Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via Import
Create a new task on your to-do list
No Folder
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Discover the Ins and Outs of 2020s Threat Landscape
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Discover the Ins and Outs of 2020’s Threat Landscape
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/discover-the-ins-and-outs-of-2020s-threat-landscape/
Partners should think out of the box and help customers assess the true threat landscape.
It’s clear that cybersecurity has become an imperative for channel partners to sell, but it’s evolving so quickly that it can be difficult for technology service providers’ knowledge base to keep up.
Sometimes we need to go back to basics, especially in a sector that’s constantly changing. And that involves taking a look at what encompasses the “threat landscape.”
Center for Threat Intelligence’s Janet Lawless
During her presentation, “What the Heck Is a Threat Landscape?” on March 11, part of the security conference track at the Channel Partners Conference & Expo, Janet Lawless, CEO and founder of the Center for Threat Intelligence, will offer a primer on what threat landscape means in a 2020 context. She’ll walk attendees through what to pay attention to, what threats partners absolutely must address with their customers and – most importantly – exactly how to approach modernizing cybersecurity strategies in today’s technology channel.
In a Q&A with Channel Futures, Lawless provides a sneak peak of the information she plans to share with attendees.
Channel Futures: How has the threat landscape evolved and what’s changing in 2020?
Janet Lawless: Threats have become more sophisticated, incorporating holistic strategies and tactics that often include a combination of cyber, physical, technical and human components. While financial and personal gain have generally ranked high in regards to motivations, the changing geopolitical landscape, including economic sanctions, has nation-state actors focusing their vast resources on financial targets. In addition, nation-states and other criminal groups will continue to focus on the theft of intellectual property to enhance business and financial gain.
CF: What are partners most commonly missing and not paying attention to in the current threat landscape?
JL: Most companies focus their budgets and resources on attempting to stop and/or limit cybersecurity breaches. Millions of dollars are spent on software and hardware products. These products are needed and provide necessary measures for addressing cybersecurity. Clients are often so concerned about a network breach that they fail to see critical signposts of potential attacks using other methods such as insiders and physical tactics, etc. Partners need to address the business goals and risks of an organization in order to promote a goal of holistic security to address the changing threat landscape. They need threat intelligence.
CF: How should the current and future threat landscape be shaping partners’ cybersecurity strategies?
JL: Partners should think out of the box and help customers assess the true threat landscape by offering threat intelligence services. These should include an organization-wide threat intelligence assessment that includes an analysis of adversarial focus, strategies and tactics, and other key components to get a true picture of the actual threat risk, and who is likely to be targeting them. A threat intelligence framework can help build a comprehensive program and help companies get ahead of the game. A high-level overview of Center for Threat Intelligence’s threat-intelligence framework will be presented during the session.
CF: Is the threat landscape a gauge for what’s working and not working in cybersecurity?
JL: Yes. Once again, adversaries are sophisticated and clever. If you are a target, they will send in insiders, hack technology and find a way into your networks. Threat intelligence focuses on building strategies, awareness and processes that stop the bad guys before they achieve a hold in organizations. We train people on cybersecurity awareness, and yet companies are still in the news for breaches. In order to win the cyber war, we need to implement threat intelligence strategies to keep our clients protected.
CF: What do you hope attendees can learn and make use of from your session?
JL: Understand that security is not just about cyber. As I have mentioned, our adversaries are well funded, clever and using tactics that are well developed and, sadly, work well. Attendees should think about a more holistic approach to cybersecurity and corporate security by incorporating threat-intelligence strategies to proactively prevent attacks before they happen. Importantly, attendees should realize that a small four-person company with leading-edge intellectual property is just as likely to be a target as a multibillion-dollar organization.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 14, 2020 at 09:09PM
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Google Photos Leak Poses Enterprise Threats
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Google Photos Leak Poses Enterprise Threats
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/google-photos-leak-poses-enterprise-threats/
MSSPs need to secure mobile image data to mitigate security and compliance risks for affected companies.
A recent Google Photos data leak underscores the fact that any company is subject to technical issues, software glitches and employee mistakes.
Some users were surprised to learn that despite proactively taking strong security measures across its product lines, Google slips up too. Most recently, the search giant managed to make errors in Google Photos where it exported some user videos to other, unrelated users’ archives for no apparent reason. While this mishap may inconvenience or even embarrass some affected users, there is additional threat potential for affected businesses as well.
Inkscreen’s Josh Bohls
“Every day, businesses and public-sector organizations capture photos, audio, video, scanned documents and mixed media content gathered on mobile devices to conduct business — much of it captured on employee devices with little or no organizational governance over content or security and compliance protections,” said Josh Bohls, Founder at Inkscreen, an enterprise mobile content management provider.
“Google’s lapse in sending individuals’ photos to other users sheds new light on this lack of protection and perilous compliance risk,” Bohls added.
Google said the problem sprang from a technical issue that affected the “Download your data” export service in Google Photos from Nov. 21-25. The tech giant informed users who had requested the service during that time that the resulting download may have been “incomplete” but also likely contained “videos that are not yours.” The suggested actions to take was to delete the previously downloaded data and download the content again.
The company said that less than 0.01% of Photos users were affected and none of Google’s other products was affected.
MSSPs should strongly consider providing the means to protect enterprise image data taken or stored on employee privately owned phones as strongly as other apps and data are. To grasp both the opportunity and the dangers, it’s important for MSSPs to fully understand the security risks visual data uniquely poses to a variety of businesses.
“Whether the content is captured by insurance adjusters, health care professionals, critical infrastructure administrators, financial services liaisons or any number of similar professionals while performing routine line-of-business activities, the fact is that such potentially sensitive content could easily be inadvertently released in this Google privacy breach … or another breach down the road,” said Bohls.
“IT, security, compliance and C-suite executives – whether with law firms, health care providers, insurance companies, or other regulated industries – need to wake up to this problem, evaluate secure content capture solutions for mobile users, and better protect and manage this content,” Bohls added.
Panorays’ Elad Shapira
While users should demand better security from companies like Google, it’s important to realize that given the complexities of businesses today, leaks will continue to happen as often through human error as technical vulnerabilities.
Take for example, an incident in December, when consulting firm IMGE accidentally exposed the names, phone numbers, home and email addresses of more than 6,000 Boeing staff. In that data snafu, too, an enterprise and its employees were exposed because of a third-party cloud misconfiguration.
“To help deter such data leaks, organizations must thoroughly assess and continuously monitor the security of their third parties and to be vigilant about how data is stored,” said Elad Shapira, Head of Research at Panorays.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 14, 2020 at 09:09PM
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Amazon Gets Its Wish: Federal Judge Says Microsoft Has to Halt JEDI Work
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Amazon Gets Its Wish: Federal Judge Says Microsoft Has to Halt JEDI Work
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/amazon-gets-its-wish-federal-judge-says-microsoft-has-to-halt-jedi-work/
One analyst calls Amazon’s legal fight for the coveted cloud computing project “a completely understandable move.”
Microsoft earlier this week was slated to start work on the giant Joint Enterprise Defense Infrastructure (JEDI) cloud computing project at the U.S. Department of Defense but, on Thursday, a federal judge put the kibosh on those plans.
The move, which is temporary, came two days after Microsoft was supposed to take the initial steps on JEDI implementation. However, legal tactics from its biggest competitor, Amazon Web Services, which expected to take home the JEDI contract, interfered with those plans.
AWS filed its much-expected lawsuit not long after the DoD awarded JEDI – which could be worth up to $10 billion – to Microsoft Azure. AWS contends President Trump’s longstanding beef with Amazon founder and The Washington Post owner Jeff Bezos directly led to Microsoft landing JEDI. In fact, the company wants to depose the president. Whether that effort will be successful remains unknown.
Futurum Research’s Shelly Kramer
Meantime, the federally imposed work stoppage comes as little surprise to Shelly Kramer, founding partner and principal analyst at Futurum Research.
“This isn’t about capabilities, it’s about a presumption of fair and equitable processes in the vetting and selection of candidates in a government bidding process,” she wrote in a Feb. 13 blog. “Ask Oracle and IBM how they feel about this — they have all the feelings on this front.”
Indeed, the whole JEDI process has been fraught with disagreements and lawsuits. Kramer, for her part, suspected all along that Microsoft would end up with the contract, “largely not because of the company’s qualifications, but because the current administration has made no secret of its animosity toward Amazon’s Jeff Bezos.”
That’s not to say, she added, that Microsoft hasn’t proven itself. In fact, it’s important to note that Microsoft Azure has an extensive track record within the federal government and recently secured certification to allow it to store classified data in the cloud.
“I believe Microsoft is both prepared and capable of doing exactly what it is the DoD seeks with regard to the consolidation of its cloud services with one vendor,” Kramer wrote. “Bottom line, both Amazon and Microsoft are fully capable of undertaking this project and delivering stellar results.”
Beth Kindig
Not all industry analysts have been convinced by Amazon’s argument. At least one, Beth Kindig, has said Microsoft Azure is the superior choice when it comes to cloud security and working with the government.
Meantime, both Microsoft and the DoD are expressing frustration over the temporary halt on Azure’s JEDI implementation.
Here’s Microsoft’s official statement, given to CNBC: “While we are disappointed with the additional delay we believe that we will ultimately be able to move forward with the work to make sure those who serve our country can access the new technology they urgently require. We have confidence in the Department of Defense, and we believe the facts will show they ran a detailed, thorough and fair process in determining the needs of the warfighter were best met by Microsoft.”
The Department of Defense told CNBC it’s disappointed in the ruling and believes the actions tied…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 14, 2020 at 11:04PM
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Flashpoint Vet Takes Leadership Role at Terbium Labs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Flashpoint Vet Takes Leadership Role at Terbium Labs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/flashpoint-vet-takes-leadership-role-at-terbium-labs/
Terbium Labs’ new CRO will drive the company’s next phase of growth.
Terbium Labs’ Ayesha Prakash
Flashpoint vet Ayesha Prakash has joined Terbium Labs, a digital risk protection company, as its chief revenue officer.
Prakash was Flashpoint‘s head of worldwide channels and partnerships. She built and then spearheaded the 150% year-over-year growth of the organization’s SPARK Partner Alliance program.
Part of her role at Terbium Labs will be encouraging closer collaboration with the company’s technical, marketing and sales personnel to help grow business with partners. She also is building specialization within the partner organizations to better solve problems for more partners, teams, and in more use cases.
“As I witnessed in previous roles, channel partners are always searching for solutions to reduce third-party risk for their customers and their own organization,” Prakash tells Channel Futures. “I’m excited by this opportunity to expand the offerings in the channel to include a seamless approach to monitoring and detecting their most sensitive information – all without exposing that data to any further digital risk. By focusing on building our partners of MSPs and MSSPs, Terbium Labs has the opportunity to focus on our core differentiator – our patented digital fingerprinting technology.”
Prakash has with more than 15 years of experience across IT and cybersecurity industries, and was named a Channel Partners Top Gun 51, which recognizes a new generation of channel executives, those who build and execute programs in a way that drives partner, customer and supplier success.
“Ayesha’s successes in driving business development, channel expansion and strategic partnerships makes her the perfect candidate to lead Terbium Labs along our next phase of growth,” said Patrick Clawson, Terbium Labs” CEO. “We are so thrilled to welcome Ayesha to Terbium Labs and know that she’ll make an incredible impact on our organization.”
Matchlight, Terbium Lab’s digital risk protection (DRP) platform, features continuous digital asset monitoring, analytics, and intelligence, to identify and minimize the impact of exposed data across the internet – whether it’s the open, deep or dark web.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 14, 2020 at 11:04PM
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Q&A: Digging Into the Channel Significance of the AppScale-Packet News
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Q&A: Digging Into the Channel Significance of the AppScale-Packet News
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/qa-digging-into-the-channel-significance-of-the-appscale-packet-news/
AppScale CEO Woody Rollins talks importance of hybrid cloud, AWS compatibility and channel plans.
As more enterprises seek to avoid cloud vendor lock-in through hybrid options, providers are innovating and accommodating.
The latest such news this week comes from AppScale Systems and Packet.
First, though, some background. AppScale is an Amazon Web Services-compatible IaaS platform. It is basically the former Eucalyptus — “same code, same people,” AppScale says on its blog — after a years-long M&A saga that involved Hewlett Packard. Eventually, the inventors of Eucalyptus got their product back and have rebranded it as AppScale.
Packet, meanwhile, specializes in public cloud data centers and bare-metal automation. Together, AppScale and Packet are enabling enterprises to deploy AWS workloads on Packet’s bare-metal servers without modifying those workloads. The companies say this allows for use cases including development and testing, placing computation close to data, and moving workloads to the appropriate platform based on current application requirements.
AppScale’s Woody Rollins
Channel Futures wanted to know what this all means for the channel and get a better feel for AppScale’s plans for its indirect partners. In this edited Q&A, AppScale CEO Woody Rollins explains.
Channel Futures: Talk about what the Packet deal means for channel partners. What’s the significance for them and their ability to build their businesses?
Woody Rollins: Today, almost 60% of enterprises are driving a hybrid cloud strategy that aligns application requirements and platform capabilities. Many of these enterprises want to leverage their existing AWS investments and embrace a single AWS development and deployment paradigm across hybrid cloud environments (Gartner sees 20% of enterprise customers deploying an AWS hybrid cloud by 2022).
The AppScale-Packet solution, which allows deployment of AWS workloads on Packet’s bare-metal servers, is a significant growth opportunity for partners as enterprises look to deploy AWS hybrid environments; and at the same time, fulfill key business objectives: vendor independence, data control and cost effectiveness. The complexities of hybrid cloud deployments will push the majority of enterprises to enlist partners to help with the assessment, migration and management of these AWS public/non-public environments.
Partners who have invested in AWS expertise, hybrid cloud professional services, and who can deliver attractive solution options that address unique enterprise requirements should see strong demand as the market for hybrid cloud solutions based on the public cloud market leader accelerate.
CF: Can you provide a concrete example of what the AppScale-Packet partnership might look like to a partner? In other words, what kind of client would a partner target with this combined capability and what specific business-outcome value would the partner bring to the table?
WR: AppScale and Packet are looking for partners that offer a full range of hybrid cloud services (assessment, migration, management) that complement the joint AWS-compatible infrastructure as a service platform offering. Partners can target a wide variety of enterprise customers who have embraced the AWS public cloud, intend to deploy a hybrid cloud solution based on AWS technology, and who find themselves looking for a solution that maintains business flexibility, allows for control of business-critical data and ensures cost objectives are met.
Today, partners can start by helping enterprises with…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 14, 2020 at 11:53PM
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Ingram Micro Shuffles Executives to Build More Solutions Attract New Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Ingram Micro Shuffles Executives to Build More Solutions, Attract New Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ingram-micro-shuffles-executives-to-build-more-solutions-attract-new-partners/
Ingram Micro accelerating growth in Australia and New Zealand.
A trio of appointments are underway within Ingram Micro’s global technology solutions team to accelerate sales and enhance partner support in the United States, as well as Australia and New Zealand.
Tim Ament, senior vice president of advanced solutions for the U.S. team, has been promoted to senior vice president and chief country executive for Ingram Micro’s Australia and New Zealand business. He will report to Diego Utge, executive vice president and group president Asia Pacific. His new position is effective March 1 and he is moving to Australia.
Ingram Micro’s Tim Ament
“There’s so much energy around the growth potential of advanced technologies and cloud solutions for partners outside of North America — I’m excited to team up with our leaders, associates, partners and vendors in Australia and New Zealand to bring these established and emerging technology solutions to markets, and work together to continue our growth across our commercial business, as well as our commerce and life-cycle services,” he said. “Globally, we are focused on the experience everyone has with Ingram Micro — partners, providers, customers and our associates. And I am excited to see first hand the potential in Australia and New Zealand, and what we can do together to build even more sustainable value for businesses with technology.”
Over the next few weeks, Ament will transition the leadership of Ingram Micro’s advanced solutions teams to Eric Kohl, vice president of security and data center software, and Jeff Yelton, who has been promoted to vice president of infrastructure and specialty technologies.
In this expanded role, Kohl will continue to oversee Ingram Micro’s networking and security business unit, cloud harmonics and emerging vendors in those categories. He also will take on responsibility for the IBM, data center software and infrastructure, and Promark business units within Ingram Micro.
In addition, Kohl will be responsible for Ingram Micro’s U.S. software business, as well as its U.S. cloud portfolio, working in collaboration with the Ingram Micro Cloud team, as a strategic growth opportunity for partners building out their security and data center practices.
Ingram Micro’s Eric Kohl
“Security runs deep across the solutions landscape, and I am excited to expand my leadership role so we can support more partners in delivering security solutions via edge, cloud or hybrid network technologies,” Kohl said. “Every business within Ingram Micro shares the commitment to being indispensable to our channel partners. One of the foundational ways we do this is by aligning our efforts, and enabling our channel partners to do more to protect and serve the businesses that count on them.”
In this new role, Yelton will oversee Ingram Micro’s Cisco, HPE, and Integrated Solutions business units, in addition to the specialty technology business unit and digital transformation team. He also will have responsibility for growing Ingram Micro’s U.S. cloud IaaS business, in collaboration with the Ingram Micro Cloud team.
“Digital transformation is being implemented by every major company and they need trusted experts who can serve as guides on where to invest, what to automate and how technology can be used to accelerate business processes and customer experiences,” Yelton said. “I’m thrilled to be able to work with our Cisco, HPE and Integrated Solutions teams, in collaboration with our specialty and digital transformation teams to pull new solutions together that work in harmony with the way our partners need to support their end business customers.”
Also, on the Ingram Micro Cloud side of the business, Renee Bergeron is leaving to pursue another opportunity and Tim FitzGerald is stepping in in the interim to lead the APAC and Americas efforts for cloud. He’s been focused on the Americas to date.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 15, 2020 at 12:53AM
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Q&A: Digging Into the Channel Significance of the AppScale-Packet News
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Q&A: Digging Into the Channel Significance of the AppScale-Packet News
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/qa-digging-into-the-channel-significance-of-the-appscale-packet-news-2/
AppScale CEO Woody Rollins talks importance of hybrid cloud, AWS compatibility and channel plans.
As more enterprises seek to avoid cloud vendor lock-in through hybrid options, providers are innovating and accommodating.
The latest such news this week comes from AppScale Systems and Packet.
First, though, some background. AppScale is an Amazon Web Services-compatible IaaS platform. It is basically the former Eucalyptus — “same code, same people,” AppScale says on its blog — after a years-long M&A saga that involved Hewlett Packard. Eventually, the inventors of Eucalyptus got their product back and have rebranded it as AppScale.
Packet, meanwhile, specializes in public cloud data centers and bare-metal automation. Together, AppScale and Packet are enabling enterprises to deploy AWS workloads on Packet’s bare-metal servers without modifying those workloads. The companies say this allows for use cases including development and testing, placing computation close to data, and moving workloads to the appropriate platform based on current application requirements.
AppScale’s Woody Rollins
Channel Futures wanted to know what this all means for the channel and get a better feel for AppScale’s plans for its indirect partners. In this edited Q&A, AppScale CEO Woody Rollins explains.
Channel Futures: Talk about what the Packet deal means for channel partners. What’s the significance for them and their ability to build their businesses?
Woody Rollins: Today, almost 60% of enterprises are driving a hybrid cloud strategy that aligns application requirements and platform capabilities. Many of these enterprises want to leverage their existing AWS investments and embrace a single AWS development and deployment paradigm across hybrid cloud environments (Gartner sees 20% of enterprise customers deploying an AWS hybrid cloud by 2022).
The AppScale-Packet solution, which allows deployment of AWS workloads on Packet’s bare-metal servers, is a significant growth opportunity for partners as enterprises look to deploy AWS hybrid environments; and at the same time, fulfill key business objectives: vendor independence, data control and cost effectiveness. The complexities of hybrid cloud deployments will push the majority of enterprises to enlist partners to help with the assessment, migration and management of these AWS public/non-public environments.
Partners who have invested in AWS expertise, hybrid cloud professional services, and who can deliver attractive solution options that address unique enterprise requirements should see strong demand as the market for hybrid cloud solutions based on the public cloud market leader accelerate.
CF: Can you provide a concrete example of what the AppScale-Packet partnership might look like to a partner? In other words, what kind of client would a partner target with this combined capability and what specific business-outcome value would the partner bring to the table?
WR: AppScale and Packet are looking for partners that offer a full range of hybrid cloud services (assessment, migration, management) that complement the joint AWS-compatible infrastructure as a service platform offering. Partners can target a wide variety of enterprise customers who have embraced the AWS public cloud, intend to deploy a hybrid cloud solution based on AWS technology, and who find themselves looking for a solution that maintains business flexibility, allows for control of business-critical data and ensures cost objectives are met.
Today, partners can start by helping enterprises with…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 15, 2020 at 01:55AM
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Centrify Chooses Tenable Vet to Lead Global Channel
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Centrify Chooses Tenable Vet to Lead Global Channel
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/centrify-chooses-tenable-vet-to-lead-global-channel/
Centrify’s new channel chief brings more than 30 years of enterprise channel, sales and marketing experience.
Centrify, a provider of privileged access management (PAM), has hired Chris Peterson, previously with Tenable, as its vice president of worldwide channels and alliances.
In this role, Peterson will be responsible for leading all aspects the company’s global channels and alliances, with an emphasis on partner alignment, demand creation and gaining customers.
Centrify’s Chris Peterson
“Our partners are essential to helping customers understand best practices for least privilege solutions, and how to best secure and manage their infrastructure as they go through cloud transformations,” Peterson said. “I’m excited to join the Centrify team and optimize our partner ecosystem so we can more effectively communicate the value of an identity-centric approach to PAM. That starts with providing a choice of solutions and deployment options to our customers, as well as a best-in-class selection of channel partners, technology partners and global systems integrators to reach and positively impact the enterprise and key vertical markets.”
Peterson brings more than 30 years of enterprise channel, sales and marketing experience to Centrify. He most recently was vice president of global channels at Tenable, where he designed, built and executed a channel and MSSP program. Before that, he was vice president of worldwide sales at Niara, which was acquired by Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE). He also held senior channel and sales leadership positions at Sourcefire, ArcSight and McAfee.
“Chris is the perfect channel executive to help Centrify transform into a channel-first market leader where he can repeat his success driving companies like ours to their next stage of scale,” said Howard Greenfield, Centrify’s chief revenue officer. “The combination of demand for privilege management in the market, our innovative technology and our partners will provide extreme value for our customers.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 15, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSP 501 Profile Podcast: Marco Technologies on the Shifting IT Skill Set and Sustaining Security Talent
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSP 501 Profile Podcast: Marco Technologies on the Shifting IT Skill Set and Sustaining Security Talent
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msp-501-profile-podcast-marco-technologies-on-the-shifting-it-skill-set-and-sustaining-security-talent/
501-er Marco Technologies talks about the scary threat landscape and the shortage of talented security professionals.
Company Name: Marco Technologies
Company MSP 501 Rank: 14
Chief Information Security Officer: Mike Burgard
Headquartered: St. Cloud, MN
Primary Services:
Business IT Services
Copiers
Cloud Services
Phone Systems
Carrier Services
Managed IT
Managed Print
Printers
Audio Systems
Hosted Services
Video Systems
Document Management
Twitter: @MarcoTechnology
When talking to CISOs, it’s not uncommon for the subject of the security shortage to come up. That is, the scarily small number of qualified security experts out there these days, and the high price tag they come with when they do pop their heads up. As the demand for security talent increases while the supply lags behind, the outlook for finding talented security professionals will become even more challenging and expensive.
So, how can MSPs help clients address this shifting skill set and subsequent shortage? That is a question our featured 501er this week, Marco Technologies, No. 14 on our list, seeks to answer.
We sat down with Mike Burgard, chief information security officer at Marco, to discuss security talent being so expensive these days and what small to midsize MSPs can do about it.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 15, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Feb 15, 2020 Via IFTTT
Datera Data Services Platform Gains Veeam Ready Certification
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Datera Data Services Platform Gains Veeam Ready Certification
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/datera-data-services-platform-gains-veeam-ready-certification/
The certification means it will be easier for partners and customers to use the products together.
Software-defined storage vendor Datera’s data services platform now has Veeam Ready certification, which better integrates the products and makes them easier for channel partners and customers to solve business data storage and backup problems.
Datera‘s autonomous block software-defined storage (SDS) platform, will now enable Veeam customers to back up Tier 1 primary data in VMware environments running on Datera primary storage to another Datera cluster under the partnership, the company said.
Chris Cummings, Datera’s chief marketing officer, told Channel Futures that the Veeam Ready certification will help channel partners make more successful services pitches to customers who need reliable backup and disaster recovery within their storage systems.
Datera’s Chris Cummings
“Enterprises are looking for new ways to deliver the agility and automation their customers need for their enterprise clouds, but they also want the highest levels of data availability and protection,” said Cummings. “With this new designation, the channel can harness Datera’s autonomous data-management platform to deliver enterprise-grade cloud infrastructure and protect their data with Veeam’s proven protection capabilities.”
Datera customers have been asking for these kinds of tighter collaborations with Veeam services as they’ve actively been incorporating their existing virtualized applications into their enterprise cloud deployments, said Cummings.
“Channel partners similarly are looking to round out Datera deployments, which typically include software and hardware for primary data with a robust protection package. Now they have it.”
By bringing together both products for partners and customers, Datera and Veeam are providing a software foundation for Tier 1 workloads in enterprise clouds that require the highest levels of protection, explained Cummings.
“Both companies are committed to unifying the underlying hardware across multiple vendors, storage media types and generations, providing a holistic approach that helps customers address common infrastructure challenges and solidifies the channel’s position as a long-term trusted adviser.”
The new offering can be purchased from any HPE channel partner through SKUs on their HPE price lists, and HPE will provide enterprise-class support to ensure customer success, enabling partners to build an annuity stream of revenue as their customer’s data environment grows, said Cummings.
Eric Slack, an IT analyst with Evaluator Group, said that the collaboration between the two companies will be helpful for channel partners and customers.
Evaluator Group’s Eric Slack
“Veeam is ubiquitous,” said Slack. “This gives enterprises a scale-out repository for Veeam backups on site, which is made more useful because it supports block and object protocols. For partners this is an entrance into these organizations to show the Datera solution.”
The certification is particularly valuable for partners because of Veeam’s large ecosystem, plus the strength of Datera, said Slack.
“Channel partners should have it on their line cards,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 16, 2020 at 01:53AM
Added: Feb 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cybersecurity Roundup: Tightening Up Election Security
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cybersecurity Roundup: Tightening Up Election Security
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cybersecurity-roundup-tightening-up-election-security/
Election security offers big opportunities for MSSPs.
What better time to discuss election security, or the lack thereof, than President’s Day?
Problems with the Iowa Democratic Caucus and a bipartisan Senate Intelligence report confirming Russian interference in the 2016 election are raising concerns about the security and accuracy of upcoming primary and general elections.
So what needs to be done by who to secure upcoming elections? To find out more, we spoke with David Mason, director of channel partner success at SiteLock.
Channel Futures: What aren’t those holding elections doing what they should be doing to ensure optimum cybersecurity? And what aren’t candidates doing that they should be doing?
David Mason: Those who are holding elections are running on a tight budget, which limits the amount of resources they can allocate toward increasing cybersecurity measures. Hackers are becoming increasingly sophisticated, so those holding elections need to do more to ensure optimum cybersecurity to protect voter information and guarantee accurate election results. This can be achieved by choosing an MSSP that offers a wide range of security solutions and the right level of expertise to help build out a package tailored to the customers budget and specific security needs.
SiteLock’s David Mason
When it comes to candidates, they should not only partner with security experts to ensure their campaign is protected from hackers, but also ensure that cybersecurity is a part of their platform. Once in office, these elected officials can make sure we implement the necessary policies to increase innovation and funding to guarantee future elections are not affected by malicious actors. One of the best ways a candidate can achieve this is by partnering with a trusted MSSP that can not only audit existing security practices, but also provide clear guidance on how to build a comprehensive and bulletproof security strategy.
CF: How can MSSPs and other cybersecurity providers help ensure secure elections?
DM: To ensure elections remain safe, MSSPs and other cybersecurity providers must first ensure they have a … comprehensive portfolio of security solutions to meet the specific security needs of these clients including endpoint, website and email security solutions at a variety of price points. If they have these solutions available, they could consider volunteering these services or offering them at a discounted rate that election organizers can afford. By expanding these offerings to election officials and polling places, MSSPs and cybersecurity providers can ensure safe elections while further reinforcing their reputation in the community as a trusted security advisor and resource.
CF: Is the shortage of cybersecurity talent impacting elections? If so, what can be done about that?
DM: The shortage of cybersecurity talent is impacting the entire industry and is sure to affect elections. Because cybersecurity professionals are high in demand, they can be selective about what companies and projects they work for. If elections are unable to offer these professionals the compensation they require, it will be difficult to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 17, 2020 at 04:52PM
Added: Feb 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Commvault EMEA Chief Demands More Diversity in Channel Organization
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Commvault EMEA Chief Demands More Diversity in Channel Organization
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/commvault-emea-chief-demands-more-diversity-in-channel-organization/
A more inclusive workforce isn’t the only change being considered at Commvault.
Commvault’s new vice president and general manager for EMEA says one of his first acts within the role will be driving greater diversity within the vendor’s channel organization.
Marco Fanizzi says diversity “is critical” for Commvault to reflect its channel partners’ business.
Commvault’s Marco Fanizzi
“We must be representative of the diversity of our channel partners – and the customers those partners serve – within our own teams in order to understand, advise and relate to them in a constructive way,” he told Channel Futures. “A team that is genuinely representative has better alignment and engagement, while also benefitting the wider cultural fabric of Commvault as an organisation and the industry as a whole.”
A more inclusive workforce isn’t the only change being considered at Commvault. The data protection, backup and recovery firm unveiled a new look and strategy back in October at Commvault Go, promising a greater focus on innovation under CEO Sanjay Mirchandani, who replaced 20-year veteran Bob Hammer last year.
Commvault’s big announcement was Metallic, the company’s first SaaS offering. Targeted at firms of 500-2500 employees, it offers customers core, Office 365 and endpoint backup and recovery, and can be purchased on an annual or monthly subscription basis.
The company also highlighted its acquisition of software-defined storage specialist, Hedvig.
While Metallic is still only available in the U.S., Fanizzi said that, “as a priority, we are actively developing our EMEA sales capability for Hedvig, appointing specific teams with expertise and background in technical and solution implementation. These specialists will be working directly with our key partners to increase the level of strategic commercial and technical engagements we can drive together.”
At Commvault Go, incoming channel chief Mercer Rowe also promised more consistency in its channel engagement in response to partner feedback. He said his priority was to introduce “simplicity, predictability and profitability” to the partner program.
Fanizzi confirms this will continue to the case in EMEA.
“My main priority for the channel program in EMEA is ensuring simplicity while making our offerings profitable and beneficial for our partners,” said Fanizzi. “Credibility with our partner ecosystem is based on maintaining and consistently supporting the great existing programs we have in place.”
Prior to joining Commvault, Fanizzi held multiple positions at Dell Technologies, most recently as VP and managing director for Italy.
In a statement, Commvault chief revenue officer Riccardo Di Blasio said he was “confident that Marco’s extensive experience – especially in the financial and enterprise sectors across Europe – will rapidly accelerate the expansion our already growing EMEA business.”
The appointment coincides with the appointment of Callum Eade as vice president of APJ. It also follows a host of additions in recent months, including former EMC executive David Boyle as vice president of sales for the Americas, and Rowe, who joined from VMWare to drive Commvault’s worldwide channel strategy.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 18, 2020 at 10:07PM
Added: Feb 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Teradici Extends Thin Clients to Microsoft Azure Stack with PCoIP Ultra
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Teradici Extends Thin Clients to Microsoft Azure Stack with PCoIP Ultra
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/teradici-extends-thin-clients-to-microsoft-azure-stack-with-pcoip-ultra/
Teradici says it is the first to boost virtual client access to Azure Stack.
Teradici’s virtual desktop software now can connect to dedicated on-premises cloud instances with support for Microsoft Azure Stack.
A new release of Teradici Cloud Access Software, introduced last week, is the first thin client certified for appliances based on Microsoft’s Azure Stack platform, according to Teradici. Azure Stack appliances are integrated servers, storage and network systems co-engineered by Microsoft and OEM partners such as Cisco, Dell EMC, HPE and Lenovo. The solutions allow organizations to distribute workloads between the public cloud and on-premises data centers.
Teradici Cloud Access already supports the Microsoft Azure public cloud. By certifying the software to work with Azure Stack as well, partners can deploy remote desktop client services in hybrid cloud environments, including disconnected, or occasionally connected scenarios.
Teradici’s Ziad Lammam
“It’s the next step up if you’re looking to deploy the equivalent of Azure in a disconnected environment or anywhere that has like regulatory requirements for the user data, or just anyone that wants the benefits of cloud on prem,” said Ziad Lammam, Teradici’s VP of product management.
Initially, Teradici Cloud Access is available in the Azure Marketplace with Azure Stack HCI, offered in the form of scalable appliances offered by Microsoft’s OEM partners. It will also work with Microsoft’s Azure Stack Hub, the company’s new set of Azure services such as VMs, web apps, SQL Server and MySQL Server databases that partners can offer as managed services.
Based on Teradici’s new PC over IP (PCoIP) Ultra protocol, its Cloud Access delivers remote Windows and Linux desktop services from Microsoft Azure, Amazon Web Services, Google Cloud and VMware cloud services. PCoIP Ultra is an alternative to virtual client protocols such as Citrix HDX, VMware Blast and Microsoft’s Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP). Similar to those protocols, PCoIP encrypts and uses compression to transmit pixels of the desktop experience to virtual clients from various software solutions, on-premises and cloud VDI platforms and endpoint hardware.
Among those using or evaluating Teradici’s Cloud Access with Azure Stack are enterprises in the oil and gas industry, manufacturers and financial services firms, Lammam said. Azure Stack also is attractive to large U.S. federal agencies mandated to move to cloud-based platforms, he said.
Terardici’s Cloud Access with PCoIP Ultra connected to Azure Stack aims to address high-performance virtual clients in private cloud scenarios, Lamman added.
“It’s suited for high -erformance use cases where customers need to run pretty big workloads and high computer GPU requirements,” he said. “But at the same time, some of the sectors aren’t quite ready to plunge into public cloud.”
PCoIP Ultra is an upgraded version of Teradici’s PCoIP protocol that the company launched last year with new hardware acceleration capability for GPUs and multicloud support. Coinciding with that rollout, AMD, Microsoft and Teradici said they had begun working together to provide full GPU access to the new Azure NVv4 instance with the AMD Radeon Instinct MI25 accelerator and 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processor.
Teradici’s PCoIP Ultra will also work with new thin client hardware announced earlier this month by Igel. The new Igel UD3 endpoint for cloud workspace environments is based on AMD’s Ryzen Embedded R1505G system-on-chip (SoC) client. It’s the first new hardware in its line of Universal Desktop endpoints launched recently by Igel, which has become better known lately for its Igel OS software.
“A couple of our friends in the industry have been spreading rumors that Igel is getting out of the hardware business because we are so software-focused, but that’s not true at all,” said Dan O’Farrell, Igel’s senior director of product marketing. “We’ve got a large install that base wants us to keep producing great endpoints, and that what we will keep doing.”
While Igel has enabled PCoIP Ultra support in other providers’ hardware, UD3 is the company’s first client with Teradici’s newest device acceleration software. Igel said UD 3 is also will offer optional Wi-Fi and Bluetooth support for the first time. The new client will also support dual 4K displays, USB-C and traditional USB-A ports. Igel’s new UD3 clients are set for release in May.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 18, 2020 at 10:07PM
Added: Feb 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell Excited About Partners Selling New PowerEdge Analytics for the Edge
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell ‘Excited’ About Partners Selling New PowerEdge, Analytics for the Edge
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-excited-about-partners-selling-new-poweredge-analytics-for-the-edge/
Three-quarters of all data will be created outside the data center by 2022.
As more data gets processed at the edge, and outside of the data center, Dell Technologies on Tuesday announced a new edge portfolio including PowerEdge servers, analytics, and new security and control capabilities.
The new products and services address the compute, network and storage needs within the edge. They include the PowerEdge XE2420, new Data Center Micro 415, and an updated PowerEdge XR2.
Dell’s Matt Baker
“We see the edge as one part of a broader system and a system that’s defined by constraints that make it a little more difficult to deliver than a traditional unrestrained or clean data center,” said Matt Baker, senior vice president, strategy and planning at Dell Technologies.
The PowerEdge XE2420 is designed for harsh environments and dimensionally constrained environments. The XE2420 is a compact, high-performance server for edge deployments, that delivers the performance, availability and security required for telecommunications customers who are building out edge networks required for the 5G implementation, for example.
It’s a low-latency, two-socket system that accommodates up to four accelerators and 92TB of storage per server. The new device has Network Equipment-Building System certification with extended operating temperature tolerance.
In cases where customers need to deploy solutions in environments where no facility exists, the Dell EMC Modular Data Center Micro 415 (MDC Micro) is designed to fit the bill.
“These are modular data centers that are quite small – the size of a refrigerator for example – that allow us to build a controlled environment out into the harshest places in the world,” said Baker.
The updated version of the PowerEdge XR2 is a more ruggedized device with more GPUs.
Dell also announced two new offerings for edge analytics, designed to work cooperatively with one another. They are the Dell EMC Streaming Data Platform and the Dell EMC HPC Ready Architecture for AI and Data Analytics.
The Dell EMC Streaming Data Platform is designed to take real-time streaming data from the edge, process and analyze the data and return real-time insights. The enterprise-ready platform delivers a single solution for all customers’ data, whether streaming or not, that provides auto-scaling ingestion, tiered storage with historical recall on-demand and unified analytics for both real-time and historical business insights.
“This is something that our customers have been looking for and complements the Dell EMC storage portfolio quite well, particularly our Isilon unstructured portfolio where much of this new class of real-time data is landing,” said Baker.
The Dell EMC HPC Ready Architecture for AI and Data Analytics is designed for many AI and data analytics frameworks.
“It’s important to observe that this is an end-to-end system, and in order to develop a real-time inferencing application, it typically requires that you train it against a large set of data. This is designed to complement and be deployed, not physically alongside, but logically alongside the Streaming Data Platform,” said Baker.
Designed to provide security and control to the edge, the vendor also introduced the Dell EMC iDRAC9 Datacenter, a new Dell remote access controller that adds streaming data-analytics capabilities critical for understanding edge operations to all Dell EMC PowerEdge servers.
iDRAC 9 Datacenter helps customers meet the requirements for deploying, securing and operating edge environments. iDRAC 9 Datacenter helps with data security, edge management and control. It provides remote and automated data security with centralized key management, automated SSL certificate renewal, and real-time FIOS scanning for malicious firmware. There are capabilities around zero-touch configuration and simple, two-factor authentication, among other features. Additionally, there’s full-access management from core to edge for comprehensive control.
Initially availability for the Dell EMC PowerEdge XE2420 will begin in the second quarter; the Dell EMC Modular Data Center Micro is expected to be available beginning in the second half of 2020; and the Dell EMC iDRAC9 Datacenter and the Dell EMC Streaming Data Platform are available globally today.
The new offers will be available to partners, who Baker said critical to delivering edge solutions to customers.
“In many cases, when you find yourself in edge environments, you’re going from a relatively unconstrained and, in many ways, a vanilla environment – it’s standard racks, a big building somewhere – and increasingly, edge environments are really reflective of the core business of the customer. In many cases, our channel partners specialize in that business. So, we’re excited about the role that channel partners can play in helping us build and deliver edge solutions designed for their customer,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 01:50AM
Added: Feb 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell Offloads RSA Cybersecurity Business But Sale Price Surprises Many
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell Offloads RSA Cybersecurity Business, But Sale Price Surprises Many
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-offloads-rsa-cybersecurity-business-but-sale-price-surprises-many/
The acquisition is expected to close in the next six to nine months.
Dell Technologies on Tuesday confirmed it’s selling its RSA cybersecurity business to a consortium led by Symphony Technology Group (STG), Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board and AlpInvest Partners, for more than $2 billion in cash.
Speculation intensified last month that Dell was looking to offload RSA, which it gained through its acquisition of EMC in 2016. The transaction, which includes the purchase of RSA Archer, RSA NetWitness Platform, RSA SecurID, RSA Fraud and Risk Intelligence, and RSA Conference, is expected to close this summer or fall.
Omdia’s Eric Parizo
Eric Parizo, senior analyst at Omdia, tells us what happens next is unclear as STG is a “somewhat unknown entity, and this is certainly its biggest play in cybersecurity to date, but it doesn’t have a history of long-term holdings.” He expects a relatively short period in which Symphony “right-sizes” the business, and then flips it to one or more other buyers.
“I’ve long believed that RSA may be worth more if it were broken up than sold as a whole,” he said. “Its various product lines are hardly complementary, and its product lines may be more valuable individually to other vendors already competing in those segments. For instance, it wouldn’t be a surprise to see a deep-pocketed vendor like Cisco eventually try to pick up NetWitness, given Cisco’s longstanding and successful technology partnership with RSA and its strong need for a ‘front end’ for its SecOps ambitions. And of course the RSA Conference events and brand remain hugely valuable.”
Dell’s Jeff Clarke
“In determining the best long-term future for RSA, we sought a partner that was enthusiastic about RSA’s mission, committed to its customer and partner base, and interested in maximizing the power of RSA’s talent, experience and tremendous growth potential,” wrote Jeff Clarke, Dell Technologies’ COO and vice chairman, in a blog, “We believe STG will be the right custodian to achieve these goals. RSA, including RSA Conference, is invaluable to our customers and the security community at large — and with that in mind we will work to ensure a seamless transition.”
Parizo said the move is hardly a surprise, as RSA has been rumored to be on the block for years now.
“At various points it seemed as if there were reasonably good opportunities to integrate RSA technologies with those of the broader EMC/Dell product portfolio, such as RSA SecurID and other IAM tools with Dell’s Quest Identity Manager, or RSA NetWitness or its endpoint security capabilities with technology from VMware,” he said. “However, last year when VMware acquired Carbon Black to serve as the technological centerpiece of its new cybersecurity group, it became clear that RSA was a non-starter within Dell and VMware, and a sale of RSA was inevitable.”
There are some surprises about the announced deal, Parizo said. Some may have expected a higher price tag, but considering RSA has “essentially treaded water for the past decade, and that EMC acquired RSA for approximately $2.1 billion in 2006, the clear message is that RSA has gained no value in the past 13 years,” he said.
“That is a brutal reality for all involved,” he said. “The companies also announced an unusually long closing period of six to nine months. This is likely due to RSA’s heavy involvement with the U.S. government and the scrutiny the deal may receive, but this also increases the slight possibility that the deal may be modified in some form before it closes.”
More than 12,500 customers use RSA to enable their digital transformation, address increasingly advanced cyberthreats and adapt to more complex digital regulations.
“As one of the world’s elite security brands, RSA represents a great opportunity for solving some of the rapidly developing customer challenges that go along with digital transformation,” said William Chisholm, STG managing partner. “We are excited and fully committed to maximizing the power of RSA’s talent, expertise and tremendous growth potential, and continuing RSA’s strategy to serve customers with a holistic approach to managing their digital risk.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 02:58AM
Added: Feb 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Veeam Delivers NAS Backup Capabilities in Veeam Availability Suite v10
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Veeam Delivers NAS Backup Capabilities in Veeam Availability Suite v10
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/veeam-delivers-nas-backup-capabilities-in-veeam-availability-suite-v10/
Also new to version 10 is integrated ransomware protection from Amazon S3 Object Lock, which protects backups.
New network-attached storage (NAS) backup capabilities and improved ransomware protection are now built into the latest version of Veeam Availability Suite v10, giving businesses a deeper data backup and data management toolbox for protecting their IT operations.
The new version of Veeam Availability Suite now incorporates Amazon S3 Object Lock, which dramatically improves the protection of data backups by locking them tightly so they can’t be deleted by cyber criminals as part of ransomware attacks, the company said.
Rick Vanover, Veeam’s senior director of product strategy, told Channel Futures that the broadened features in the latest version will expand the ability of channel partners to go into any customer IT environment and better serve their needs.
Veeam’s Rick Vanover
“The NAS backup capabilities will resonate with partners,” said Vanover. “This is something our customers have been asking about for years. This has also been raised at our partner meetings. This is continual progress through the feedback of our partner community.”
The inclusion of the new Amazon S3 Object Lock capabilities means that partners can help their customers be even more resilient against ransomware, said Vanover.
“This is something that is an immediate value-add for resellers and partners. It means customers can put their backups in the cloud and then lock them so they cannot be deleted” by attackers, he said. “It’s one of those technologies that isn’t necessarily new, but it requires an ISV like Veeam to be very specific on how we have implemented that technology.”
The updated suite also includes multi-VM instant recovery capabilities to automate disaster recovery, widened platform extensibility, data mining through APIs and more than 150 other enhancements for users.
Dante Orsini, the senior vice president of business development for Iland Cloud, a cloud service provider and Veeam channel partner, said this Veeam suite update provides a wide range of incremental improvements for customers, but the new NAS backup capabilities are the biggest advancement.
Iland Cloud’s Dante Orsini
“As ransomware gets more and more complex, some of these things are not only targeting backups but also backup copying jobs,” said Orsini. “So the S3 Object Lock feature is a very big deal. If you’re running on an S3 compatible object store, you can take advantage of that, which is the gold standard of protection.”
Making the S3 Object Lock coverage even more effective, he said, is that Veeam customers can use it alongside Veeam’s Cloud Connect offering, making the combination even more powerful for users’ data backups.
With the addition of NAS backup capabilities, Veeam backup can now protect data on a wide range of systems, including NAS, virtual, physical, Nutanix Acropolis hypervisor (AHV), Hyper-V, public cloud and more.
“It’s one piece of software that can do it all,” said Orsini. “That’s why it’s so valuable to the channel. The big thing, from the channel perspective, is that it allows a partner to work with a customer regardless of where the customer’s data resides, including on premises, hybrid, off premises or public cloud. It’s just very flexible to use.”
Steven Hill, an IT analyst with 451 Research, told Channel Futures that the version 10 of the Veeam suite offers a laundry list of enhancements and features, many of which are in response to the evolving industry focus on business continuity (BC), disaster recovery (DR) and system availability.
“This is part of the continued evolution from traditional backup to dynamic, hybrid disaster recovery, and BC/DR is an increasingly complex formula because today’s IT has a much larger list of moving parts,” said Hill. “The challenge for data-protection vendors lies in combining backup with the growing need for protecting both data and workloads and reducing the risk and impact of downtime.”
For vendors like Veeam, taking the complexity out of adopting hybrid infrastructure while continuing to expand their platforms to leverage new capabilities, meet shifting customer requirements and insure industry compliance will be critically important, said Hill.
“In the past, backup was the only tool we had for BC/DR, but today there’s a growing focus on system availability as well as data protection,” he said. “Today’s business is increasingly dependent on IT systems and the application migration, instant recovery and ransomware protection capabilities that are part of the Veeam Availability Suite v10. They are major tools for protecting against some of the most common causes of system outages.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 02:58AM
Added: Feb 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cisco Projection: 10% of Mobile Connections Supported by 5G by 2023
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cisco Projection: 10% of Mobile Connections Supported by 5G by 2023
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cisco-projection-10-of-mobile-connections-supported-by-5g-by-2023/
And M2M is on its way to accounting for half of mobile devices and connections.
5G and M2M communication are driving a wave of mobility growth, according to Cisco.
Cisco’s Annual Internet Report forecasts that 5G will account for 10.6% of all mobile connections by 2023. And of the approximate 30 billion devices and connections Cisco says will exist in 2023, 45% will be mobile. Smartphones will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 7%, but M2M connections will grow faster to 14.7 billion in 2023. That’s 50% of the world’s connected devices and connections — up from 33% in 2018.
Consumer will account for more devices and connections (74%) than the business segment, but the latter will grow at a 12% CAGR compared to consumer’s 9.1%.
Source: Cisco Annual Internet Report 2018-2023
“What we are seeing from our research is a continuous rise in internet users, devices, connections, and more demand on the network than we could have imagined,” said Roland Acra, Cisco’s senior vice president and chief technology officer. “The insights and knowledge gained by our Annual Internet Report are helping global businesses, governments and service providers prepare and secure networks for the ongoing growth in connections and applications.”
The study said consumers, SMBs and enterprises increasingly rely on mobile applications, as evidenced by the prediction that there will be 299.1 billion downloaded mobile apps by 2023.
Source: Cisco Annual Internet Report 2018-2023
“For the past 50 years, each decade introduced a new mobile technology with cutting-edge innovations,” the study’s authors wrote. “Mobile bandwidth requirements have evolved from voice calls and texting to ultra-high-definition (UHD) video and a variety of augmented reality/virtual reality (AR/VR) applications. Consumers and business users worldwide continue to create new demands and expectations for mobile networking.”
Cisco’s report also focused on increasing internet speeds. An average 5G connection will connect at a speed of 575 megabits per second, according to the study. Cisco projected connection speeds in general to increase significantly from 2018-2023, with mobile connections going from 13 Mbps to 44 Mbps, Wi-Fi connections going from 30 Mbps to 92 Mbps and broadband speeds going from 46 Mbps to 110 Mbps.
Source: Cisco Annual Internet Report 2018-2023
The study also projected the number Wi-Fi hotspots to grow by a rate of four from 169 million in 2018 to 628 million in 2023. Wi-Fi and cybersecurity – in addition to mobility – were prominent themes in the study. View Cisco’s website for a list of links and resources pertaining to its recent report.
Check out the #CiscoAnnualInternetReport to see how broadband speeds will be bigger, better, faster in the years to come.
https://t.co/tBNZhxba9p#InternetForTheFuture pic.twitter.com/Zt3udtUK5U
— Cisco (@Cisco) February 18, 2020
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 05:05AM
Added: Feb 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Google Unveils Anthos-Ready Data Storage Packages from Dell HPE More
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Google Unveils Anthos-Ready Data Storage Packages from Dell, HPE, More
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/google-unveils-anthos-ready-data-storage-packages-from-dell-hpe-more/
The first Anthos Ready Storage offerings are available immediately for on-premises use.
Google is making its Google Anthos hybrid and multicloud application platform easier to use by offering up a selection of vendors that have created Anthos-ready data storage systems for customers seeking prequalified products for their data-storage infrastructures.
The first Anthos Ready Storage offerings are available immediately for on-premises use from partners including Dell EMC, HPE, NetApp, Portworx, Pure Storage and Robin.io, according to a Feb. 18 Google Cloud Blog by Rayn Veerubhotla, director of partnerships for Google Cloud, and by Manu Batra, a Google Cloud product manager. More products and services will be added in the future as more vendors participate.
All qualified Anthos Ready Storage products recognize partner product packages that meet a core set of requirements to run optimally with Anthos running on premises, according to Google, while also helping organizations select storage products that can work with Anthos.
The Anthos Ready Storage partners have met multiple criteria for the products, such as demonstrated core Kubernetes functionality including dynamic provisioning of volumes via open and portable Kubernetes-native storage APIs; the ability to automatically manage storage across cluster scale-up and scale-down scenarios; and a simplified deployment experience using Kubernetes practices.
Anthos launched last June as an open application platform that can be used to build and manage applications across all types of environments and infrastructure – specifically for hybrid and multicloud environments – using containers and Kubernetes. Anthos enables users to modernize existing applications and build new ones, which can be run securely anywhere. Built on several Google-created open source technologies, such as Kubernetes, Istio, and Knative, Anthos enables consistency between on-premises and cloud environments and helps accelerate application development, according to Google.
Google Cloud’s Manu Batra
“To date, we have seen an extremely enthusiastic response from customers and partners to run key workloads on the Anthos platform,” Batra told Channel Futures. “As customers leverage Anthos in new and exciting ways, one of the key requests is for recommendations on storage infrastructure.”
That’s how the Anthos Ready Storage initiative got started, said Batra. The qualification process and criteria for the program validates partner CSI drivers for critical storage functions such as dynamic functionality and scale up-scale down scenarios with Anthos, which are critical containerized stateful workloads, he explained.
“Customers who are leveraging Anthos on premises can now select these storage solutions that are deployed with Anthos to better manage their data across hybrid and multicloud environments,” he said.
The key components of Anthos are Google-managed Kubernetes, service mesh, a marketplace for applications and configuration management, all of which can run on premises and on Google Cloud, said Batra. Anthos, which is centrally managed from Google Cloud, also can be used to manage clusters and services on other cloud platforms. Applications that run on Anthos can be deployed, operated and moved seamlessly across environments without the need for code changes, he said.
As customers continued to ask for storage for their Anthos projects, Google worked with several storage partners to make it happen, said Batra.
“We are constantly talking to our customers and learning about their evolving needs,” he said. “As customers are looking to deploy stateful applications and data infrastructure has become a critical requirement, we will continue to innovate to meet their requirements.”
The new Google Anthos storage qualification program should be helpful for channel partners and for their customers, several IT analysts told Channel Futures.
“Google has an impressive list of vendors initially supporting Anthos Ready Storage,” said Charles King, principal analyst with Pund-IT. “In addition, the company’s pledge that Anthos will support customers’ workloads running on other public clouds is more evidence – if any were needed – that hybrid multicloud is the approach preferred by enterprises and other cloud customers.”
Successful cloud providers are adapting their platforms to run wherever customers are conducting their business, as shown in this move by Google, said King.
“This announcement suggests that despite any short term challenges – including the recently announced reorganization of its cloud group – Google is doing what it takes to give customers what they want and require,” said King.
Viewpoint Research’s Cyndi Privett
Another analyst, Cyndi Privett of Viewpoint Research, said the Google move serves partners well.
“These collaborations maximize choice for channel partners wanting to serve their customers operating both on premises and off,” she said. “It’s particularly compelling for solution providers that have been developing container-based applications as part of their overall solution.”
Greg Schulz, principal analyst with StorageIO, called the Anthos storage qualification program a huge opportunity for the channel.
“It’s a big move for Google filling out the whole Anthos program, which is kind of far-reaching,” said Schulz. “They are showing they are realizing that there is more to cloud storage than just blob and object storage, which is good. It’s a strong game out at the edge, where the data is being generated and preprocessed. It’s big for Google, also realizing they were one of the early principals in the whole container game.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 05:05AM
Added: Feb 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cyberthreats to Watch out for in 2020
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cyberthreats to Watch out for in 2020
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cyberthreats-to-watch-out-for-in-2020/
Familiar and emerging cyberthreats will pose continuing challenges in the year ahead.
Cybercrime continues to increase, and cybercriminals persist in developing new and more insidious approaches to escalate their success rate at compromising business networks and stealing credentials, data and cash. These attacks are becoming more sophisticated, highly targeted and increasingly costly.
The emerging attack techniques being used by cyber criminals are designed to evade traditional email security, including gateways and spam filters. More often than not, the attacks originate from high-reputation domains or already-compromised email accounts, and don’t necessarily include malicious links or attachments. Because most traditional email security techniques rely on domain reputation and email credentials, the attacks are more likely to be successful.
In a new e-book, Protecting Your Business From Cyberthreats in 2020, Barracuda outlines these emerging security vulnerabilities along with strategies to protect your network, applications and data. The e-book analyzes proprietary research conducted during the past 12 months to provide an outlook of top potential cybersecurity threats for 2020 and practical solutions that businesses can use to help defend themselves.
Phishing Gets Personal
Phishing has been a persistent threat, and these types of attacks continue to evolve. In traditional phishing, emails are sent to large numbers of recipients, with just a small percentage of victims responding.
Spear phishing attacks, however, are targeted and personalized. Victims are researched by cybercriminals, who sometimes impersonate a coworker or trusted business. In either case, the attackers are generally trying to obtain login credentials or financial information.
With credential theft, the attackers can launch an account takeover, which has been identified as one of the fastest-growing email security threats. In these attacks, cybercriminals impersonate trusted brands and use social engineering and phishing tactics to steal login credentials and access accounts. Once an account is compromised, hackers can then launch other types of attacks. According to Barracuda’s research:
An analysis of account-takeover attacks found that 29% of organizations had their Office 365 accounts compromised in March 2019. More than 1.5 million malicious and spam emails were sent from the hacked Office 365 accounts in that one month. With more than half of all global businesses already using Office 365 and adoption continuing to increase, hackers want to take over accounts because they serve as a gateway to an organization and its data — a lucrative payoff for the criminals.
Identifying and removing these email threats is often a manual process, which means that response times lag behind the ability of the attacks to spread across organizations and to other networks.
Malware Becomes Modular
Like phishing, malware attacks have evolved considerably. Malware is typically hidden in a document attached to an email. Once opened, it is automatically installed and then updated continuously to fool users and security services.
There has been a substantial increase in these attacks. Barracuda’s data from April 2019 indicated that 48% of all malicious files detected in the previous 12 months were documents. More than 300,000 unique malicious documents were identified.
Modular malware attacks are also increasing, and these attacks are even more complicated and dangerous than document-based malware. Modular malware can selectively launch different payloads and functionality, depending on the target and the goal of the attack. This approach has been used in banking Trojans and info stealers.
Ransomware Attacks on the Rise
Ransomware has grown into one of the biggest security challenges, and is increasingly difficult to combat. These attacks lock down systems or encrypt data. The attackers then blackmail the company or user into paying them to unlock those systems. Ransomware attacks have targeted individual computers, companies, hospitals, cities and other organizations.
Like malware, these attacks originate with malicious email files, and small and midsize businesses have proven particularly vulnerable because
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 05:05AM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Teradici Extends Cloud Access Software to Microsoft Azure Stack with PCoIP Ultra
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Teradici Extends Cloud Access Software to Microsoft Azure Stack with PCoIP Ultra
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/teradici-extends-cloud-access-software-to-microsoft-azure-stack-with-pcoip-ultra/
Teradici says it is the first to boost virtual client access to Azure Stack.
Teradici’s virtual desktop software now can connect to dedicated on-premises cloud instances with support for Microsoft Azure Stack.
A new release of Teradici Cloud Access Software is the first third-party desktop solution certified for appliances based on Microsoft’s Azure Stack platform, according to Teradici. Azure Stack appliances are integrated servers, storage and network systems co-engineered by Microsoft and OEM partners such as Cisco, Dell EMC, HPE and Lenovo. The solutions allow organizations to distribute workloads between the public cloud and on-premises data centers.
Teradici Cloud Access already supports the Microsoft Azure public cloud. By certifying the software to work with Azure Stack as well, partners can deploy remote desktop client services in hybrid cloud environments, including disconnected, or occasionally connected scenarios.
Teradici’s Ziad Lammam
“It’s the next step up if you’re looking to deploy the equivalent of Azure in a disconnected environment or anywhere that has like regulatory requirements for the user data, or just anyone that wants the benefits of cloud on prem,” said Ziad Lammam, Teradici’s VP of product management.
Initially, Teradici Cloud Access is available in the Azure Marketplace with Azure Stack HCI, offered in the form of scalable appliances offered by Microsoft’s OEM partners. It will also work with Microsoft’s Azure Stack Hub, the company’s new set of Azure services such as VMs, web apps, SQL Server and MySQL Server databases that partners can offer as managed services.
Based on Teradici’s new PC over IP (PCoIP) Ultra protocol, its Cloud Access delivers remote Windows and Linux desktop services from Microsoft Azure, Amazon Web Services, Google Cloud and VMware cloud services. PCoIP Ultra is an alternative to virtual client protocols such as Citrix HDX, VMware Blast and Microsoft’s Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP). Similar to those protocols, PCoIP encrypts and uses compression to transmit pixels of the desktop experience to virtual clients from various software solutions, on-premises and cloud VDI platforms and endpoint hardware.
Among those using or evaluating Teradici’s Cloud Access with Azure Stack are enterprises in the oil and gas industry, manufacturers and financial services firms, Lammam said. Azure Stack also is attractive to large U.S. federal agencies mandated to move to cloud-based platforms, he said.
Terardici’s Cloud Access with PCoIP Ultra connected to Azure Stack aims to address high-performance virtual clients in private cloud scenarios, Lamman added.
“It’s suited for high-performance use cases where customers need to run pretty big workloads with high compute or GPU requirements,” he said. “But at the same time, some of the sectors aren’t quite ready to plunge into public cloud.”
PCoIP Ultra is an upgraded version of Teradici’s PCoIP protocol that the company launched last year with new hardware acceleration capability for GPUs and multicloud support. Coinciding with that rollout, AMD, Microsoft and Teradici said they had begun working together to provide full GPU access to the new Azure NVv4 instance with the AMD Radeon Instinct MI25 accelerator and 2nd Gen AMD EPYC processor.
Teradici’s PCoIP Ultra will also work with new thin client hardware announced earlier this month by Igel. The new Igel UD3 endpoint for cloud workspace environments is based on AMD’s Ryzen Embedded R1505G system-on-chip (SoC) client. It’s the first new hardware in its line of Universal Desktop endpoints launched recently by Igel, which has become better known lately for its Igel OS software.
“A couple of our friends in the industry have been spreading rumors that Igel is getting out of the hardware business because we are so software-focused, but that’s not true at all,” said Dan O’Farrell, Igel’s senior director of product marketing. “We’ve got a large install that base wants us to keep producing great endpoints, and that what we will keep doing.”
While Igel has enabled PCoIP Ultra support in other providers’ hardware, UD3 is the company’s first client with Teradici’s newest device acceleration software. Igel said UD 3 is also will offer optional Wi-Fi and Bluetooth support for the first time. The new client will also support dual 4K displays, USB-C and traditional USB-A ports. Igel’s new UD3 clients are set for release in May.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 09:51PM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cohesity Expands Cisco HPE-Backed Remote/Branch Office Solution
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cohesity Expands Cisco, HPE-Backed Remote/Branch Office Solution
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cohesity-expands-cisco-hpe-backed-remote-branch-office-solution/
Cohesity announced a new appliance-based solution for distributed enterprise branch offices, targeting data at the edge.
Turning its attention to the expected growth of data at the edge – 30X from 2019-2025 according to Gartner – Cohesity on Wednesday announced a new appliance-based solution for remote office/branch office (ROBO) management solution that extends its current Cohesity DataPlatform Virtual Edition (VE).
The new solution for ROBO combines Cohesity software with certified servers from Cisco and HPE, and is designed for distributed enterprises with many branch locations. This latest offer allows these businesses to remotely manage data through a single software-defined data management platform.
Cohesity’s Raj Dutt
“We already have the Cohesity DataPlatform VE running in remote locations but we were getting – by we, I mean Cohesity, HPE and Cisco – requests from customers to have something which is more appliance-based, and we also heard the same thing echoed through the Gartner,” Raj Dutt, senior director, product marketing at Cohesity, told Channel Futures.
Dutt refers to the 30X data growth at the edge, where ROBO is a subset of that figure.
“This is interesting because it redefines how the enterprise workload data resides within the enterprise landscape,” he said.
Cohesity DataPlatform is a software solution that consolidates backups, file shares, object stores and data for dev/test and analytics on a web-scale data management platform. It runs on HPE, Cisco, Dell and Cohesity appliances. The Cohesity software offers the same capabilities in the public cloud. For ROBO, there’s a VE version that runs in VMware vSphere, Microsoft Hyper-V, KVM, Nutanix AHV, and RHEL.
“The VE version is flexible because it allows customers today to run 1TB-16TB, in 1TB increments. We’ve seen our customers run this VE in the same production environment in ROBO, sharing resources. It does require some level of technical expertise because you need to deploy a hypervisor to deploy and manage an environment like this,” said Dutt.
The new ROBO appliance-based solution comes preloaded with Cohesity’s DataPlatform and DataProtect software – the same running in the core – and runs on HPE- and Cisco-certified servers. It comes in a 4TB and 8TB format that’s easy to deploy, reducing opex and eliminating the need to have hypervisor licenses at each of the remote locations, according to Dutt.
“This solution will only be available to our HPE and Cisco partners,” he said.
HPE has been a Cohesity partner for few years. In late 2018, HPE elevated its partnership with Cohesity – beyond a 2017 partnership where Cohesity joined the HPE Complete Program to deliver hyperconverged secondary storage solutions to enterprise customers – via an OEM agreement to offer a jointly certified solution available directly from HPE and partners, worldwide. Also, in June 2018, Cohesity closed a $250 million in Series D funding led by the SoftBank Vision Fund, including strategic investors HPE, Cisco Investments, Morgan Stanley Expansion Capital, Sequoia Capital and others. That followed Series C funding in 2017, where Cohesity raised more than $90 million from multiple investors including HPE and Cisco Investments.
HPE’s Stephen Bacon
“The momentum that we’ve seen [with Cohesity] has really started to build, especially over the last six months, with significant growth in the number of new logos which we’re securing together, as well as the amount of revenue we’re driving together,” Stephen Bacon, director, product management and partner engineering at HPE, told Channel Futures.
The target market for the new Cohesity solution are large and distributed businesses with 50-100 or more locations. Target vertical markets include retail, chain restaurants, warehouse and distribution, pharmaceutical, global IT services and energy.
Dutt notes that the benefit to partners is offering a differentiated enterprise-class solution, workload consolidation and integrated cybersecurity. Partners will be able to increase revenue by expanding their total addressable market, earn recurring revenue and offer value-added services. Cohesity will offer go-to-market enablement such as sales training, incentives and demand generation.
The ROBO appliances will be available this spring.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 10:56PM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
VMRay Targets MSSPs VARs Others with First Partner Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
VMRay Targets MSSPs, VARs, Others with First Partner Program
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/vmray-targets-mssps-vars-others-with-first-partner-program/
Making it easy to do business with VMRay was a top priority.
VMRay, a Germany-based provider of automated malware analysis and detection solutions, has launched its first official partner program.
The new global partner program will be led by Zac Kenney, the company’s channel sales manager. VMRay’s go-to-market channel partners include VARs, MDRs, MSSPs, distribution and fulfillment partners across EMEA, APAC and the Americas that have expertise in both the public as well as the private sector.
Kenney tells us that while his company has worked with a handful of partners in the past, this launch marks VMRay’s commitment to building and developing a global channel program.
VMRay’s Zac Kenney
“Building a channel program is the obvious next step in the evolution of VMRay,” he said. “With the Series B funding last year it was clear that a channel program was needed to help the company meet its growth goals going forward. VMRay technology offers a truly unique solution for cybersecurity experts. We wanted to leverage the channel to get the message out as quickly as possible.”
With the program, partners gain access to the VMRay platform and its suite of interconnected malware analysis and threat detection solutions, including VMRay Analyze, VMRay Detector and VMRay Email Threat Defender.
“We spoke with the handful of partners who are currently working with VMRay to gather their feedback on what was working and what could be improved,” Kenney said. “I have 15-plus years of experience in channel sales. Leadership at VMRay has years of channel experience as well. We even brought in outside consultants to help us even further. We spent months developing a partner program that will benefit our channel partners and ultimately provide our customers with the solutions they need to protect their organizations.”
Making it easy to do business with VMRay was a top priority when developing the program, Kenney said.
“I joined VMRay as the first dedicated channel account manager at the company and we’re already developing plans to expand the team,” he said. “We’re developing systems and processes that will help support our partners in terms of training, sales enablement and marketing support. And we’re just getting started.”
“As malware has grown more sophisticated and pervasive, it’s more important than ever to be able to offer and integrate the best solutions in the market to our customers,” said Joon Pang, CEO for Coontec, a Seoul-based VAR. “VMRay has distinguished itself in the crowded threat detection market by being able to detect evasive malware through its unique hypervisor-based monitoring technology. We are confident that our customers will continue to see the immense value VMRay’s product portfolio provides to their security teams.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 10:56PM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Google Cloud VMware Cut Jobs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Google Cloud, VMware Cut Jobs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/google-cloud-vmware-cut-jobs/
But this cloud news roundup features not-so-depressing news, too, from Oracle and MSP AllCloud.
The cloud industry is constantly changing and sometimes that means job losses; other times, it means new product introductions. This roundup covers both fronts as Google Cloud, VMware and AllCloud each make news this week for different reasons.
Layoffs Hit Cloud Sector
Some employees at Google Cloud and VMware are on the hunt for new jobs.
News broke this week that Google Cloud, despite its recent strong earnings performance, will cut about 50 jobs. Google will try to move the affected staff into other jobs at the company. Among the casualties is Tariq Shaukat, Google Cloud industry products and solutions president, according to reports of a leaked memo verifying his departure.
At least one analyst speculated, via Silicon Valley Business Journal, that Google Cloud CEO Thomas Kurian, who’s been in charge for a year now, wants to concentrate on large enterprises. CNBC noted, too, that Google Cloud is looking to land more business in markets outside the United States.
Google Cloud’s growth will rely heavily on the indirect channel. In a Feb. 11 presentation to investment bank Goldman Sachs, Kurian discussed ways to broaden customer reach with the help of a range of partners, including MSPs, REITs, ISVs, VARs and more. He also highlighted how the channel buoyed Google Cloud in 2019 compared to 2018:
190% year-over-year increase in partner-influenced GCP revenue.
13x increase in new customers won by partners in the first half of 2019 over the first half of 2018.
85% year-over-year increase in Google Cloud partner-sourced deals.
300% year-over-year increase in the number of Google Cloud-certified partners.
When Channel Futures reached out to Google Cloud for comment on the layoffs, we received the same statement as other media:
“We recently communicated organizational changes to a handful of teams that will improve how we market, partner, and engage with customers in every industry around the globe. We made the difficult, but necessary decision to notify a small number of employees that their roles will be eliminated. We’re working with our internal mobility teams across the company to help those affected by this change, and hope to find them new roles within the company. We are grateful for everything they have accomplished and their commitment to Google Cloud.”
Meanwhile, cloud infrastructure provider VMware said in a late January regulatory filing with the state of California that it will again reduce its headcount — this after a significant round last month.
Palo Alto Online reported last Friday that another wave of people – 211, to be exact – will get the axe; that number includes 10 executives in the internet of things and edge computing groups.
The layoffs will start in April. VMware attributes them to “regular workforce rebalancing,” according to reports.
—Channel Futures news editor Edward Gately contributed to the reporting on this article
Quick Note: Google Cloud Launches in Korea
In separate Google Cloud news, the company has debuted its …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 10:56PM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Video: Branch Network Management
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Video: Branch Network Management
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/video-branch-network-management/
See how Netsurion’s software-defined branch network management can power your secure and agile network for less.
Retailers are struggling to keep up with digital transformation needs while controlling cost and increasing profit margins. Netsurion delivers the only all-in-one network management, security, resilience, and compliance solution purposely built for multi-unit restaurant and retail brands. Trusted by nearly 20,000 locations, Netsurion helps you reduce IT cost and complexity, deploy new locations quickly, reduce security risks and ultimately give your business the digital launchpad needed for future growth and innovation.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 10:56PM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Ping Identity Enlists e92cloud in Hunt for Resellers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Ping Identity Enlists e92cloud in Hunt for Resellers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ping-identity-enlists-e92cloud-in-hunt-for-resellers/
Ping is taking on a two-tier distribution model as it expands into the midmarket.
Ping Identity, the identity and access management (IAM) vendor, has enlisted cybersecurity distributor e92cloud to help recruit resellers in the U.K. and Ireland.
The campaign is part of Ping’s efforts to expand into the lower enterprise market with its cloud-based identity security products and marks a shift from the vendor’s single-tiered distribution channel.
Ping Identity’s Mark Hambley
“We’ve been very much focused on that large enterprise space, but with the explosion of security requirements, there is an absolute need in that mid-tier, enterprise marketplace where resellers are focused,” Mark Hambley, EMEA alliances director at Ping Identity, exclusively told Channel Futures.
Over the past four years, Ping has increased channel revenue from about 30% to 80%, but the company still lacks a reseller base, said Hambley, who hopes e92cloud will help Ping recruit “20 or 30” new partners this year.
“Resellers are the most difficult to recruit in all honesty, because reseller organisations have multivendor products that they can sell to their customers, and so to get time with those people is quite difficult. But by using a distributor like e92, which does have a significant revenue with many of those reseller organisations, that gets you through the door and allows you to have those conversations.”
e92cloud will provide partners with a range of services including integrated marketing and demand generation, pre- and post-sale technical support, education and financing.
“What we weren’t looking for was a broadline distributor – the Tech Datas of this world – simply because we aren’t big enough for a broadline. Our revenues would hardly touch the sides inside one of those,” said Hambley. “So we were looking for a specialist cybersecurity-focused distributor, and e92 hit the mark.”
The firm cites a Grand View Research report saying the value of the IAM market will reach $24.12 billion by 2025, at a compound annual growth rate of more than 13% over the forecast period, fuelled by the proliferation of cloud services and bring your own device (BYOD) within organizations.
Ping says that to ensure a smooth transition, existing partners can choose to retain a direct-touch relationship with the vendor or move to e92cloud; however, new channel benefits will be focused around delivery through e92cloud.
Ping has two categories of partner: preferred and registered. It does have an elite tier, but no partners have yet qualified.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 19, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Proofpoint to Double UK Channel Numbers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Proofpoint to Double UK Channel Numbers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/proofpoint-to-double-uk-channel-numbers/
The last few years have seen Proofpoint transition from direct-only sales to 100% channel.
Cybersecurity vendor Proofpoint is looking to double the size of its U.K. channel over the next few months.
Speaking exclusively to Channel Futures, Keith Bird, VP EMEA at Proofpoint, says the firm wants to add another 40 or 50 new partners to its existing base of about 40.
Bird says he wants to sign up cybersecurity partners that “are serious about building a business with us because we’re only going to work with a certain number of partners long-term. This is an opportunity to really get in at the growth stage where we’re recruiting heavily.”
After this round of recruitment, he says, that’s it.
Proofpoint’s Keith Bird
“Once we’ve done that, we’re done.”
The last few years have seen Proofpoint transition from direct-only sales to a 100% channel organization, which included migrating all existing direct business to partners.
“We have now completely converted into a channel company, and all new business going forward goes through the channel,” said Bird, who explains the shift to a channel sales model reflects the company’s established position in the channel-centric U.K. and EMEA, alongside the recognition that it needed partners to scale the business.
“That was a big shift and a big commitment, [but] that’s why our channel partners are enjoying such large growth with us. We have 30 direct salespeople out there building demand across the enterprise and commercial business. And we’re going to be adding another 10 to that as well, to continue to drive more demand to the channel.
“If a partner hasn’t looked at us in the last two or three years, we’re very different company to the one we were,” he said.
Bird joined the company a year ago with the remit of driving the new channel-centric strategy and is adamant that a mix of direct and channel sales won’t work.
“You can’t do both; it has to be one or the other. You can’t cherry pick and say, ‘We’re going to deal direct in this area, and deal with the channel in this area.’ You have to do it 100% or not at all.”
The exec says Proofpoint wants partners to take advantage of the “shift from automated mass attacks to more targeted attacks, through the number one threat vector which is email.”
Proofpoint’s recent global State of the Phish report shows that nearly 90% of global organisations were targeted with business email compromise (BEC) and spear phishing attacks, reflecting cybercriminals’ focus on compromising individual end users.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 20, 2020 at 01:59AM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Webroot: Tremendous Return Prompts Massive Jump in Phishing Attempts
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Webroot: ‘Tremendous’ Return Prompts Massive Jump in Phishing Attempts
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/webroot-tremendous-return-prompts-massive-jump-in-phishing-attempts/
Webroot expects Windows 7 malware to spike even further in 2020.
Webroot, an OpenText company, last year observed a staggering 640% increase in phishing attempts and a 125% increase in malware targeting Windows 7.
The 2020 Webroot Threat Report highlights not only the agility and innovation of cybercriminals who continue to seek out new ways to evade defenses, but also their commitment to long-established attack methods. The report analyzed samples from more than 37 billion URLs, 842 million domains, 4 billion IP addresses, 31 million active mobile apps and 36 billion file behavior records.
Webroot’s Tyler Moffitt
Tyler Moffitt, Webroot‘s security analyst, tells us the growth in phishing attempts can be attributed to how they deliver a “tremendous” return on investment for cybercriminals, and phishing attempts are easy and cheap to launch, yet continue to trick under-educated end users into downloading malware or sharing their credentials. Phishing is one of the most successful delivery methods for malware, he said.
“The growth in malware targeting Windows 7 can largely be attributed to how Microsoft announced in early 2019 they will be ending support — and therefore no longer patching vulnerabilities within — the operating system in January 2020,” he said. “Cybercriminals were likely aiming to capitalize on all the vulnerable businesses and consumers still using Windows 7 before many of them would presumably upgrade in January 2020. However, even now that support has ended and some businesses and consumers have upgraded, they haven’t been forced to, so there are still plenty of extremely vulnerable devices on Windows 7 — therefore, we expect Windows 7 malware to spike even further in 2020. There are currently over 200 million devices still running Windows 7 and it will only get easier for criminals to breach these machines.”
Cybercriminals also have been leveraging Netflix, Amazon and Target in their phishing attacks, aiming to exploit people’s tendency to reuse passwords to compromise other, more lucrative accounts like online banking, Moffitt said.
“Another surprising finding is a new trend with ransomware that if the victim has adequate backups that prevent paying the ransom, the attacker will extort the victim through the threat of breaching stolen data,” he said. “This is an additional squeeze on the victim because now that the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) is in full effect, victims all over the world would face ramifications of breaches like fines through the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and CCPA.”
Other notable findings:
One in four malicious URLs is hosted on an otherwise non-malicious domain.
Some 8.9 million URLs were found hosting a cryptojacking script.
The top sites impersonated by phishing sites or cybercriminals are Facebook, Microsoft, Apple, Google, PayPal and DropBox.
The top five kinds of websites impersonated by phishing sites are crypto exchanges (55%), gaming (50%), web email (40%), financial institutions (40%) and payment services (32%).
Some 93.6% of malware seen was unique to a single PC – the highest rate ever observed.
IP addresses associated with Windows exploits grew by 360%, with the majority of exploits targeting out-of-date operating systems.
“Organizations aren’t investing heavily enough in security awareness training, and they aren’t…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 20, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
SolarWinds Gets Nerdy Adds Important Layer to Partner Success Programs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
SolarWinds Gets Nerdy, Adds Important Layer to Partner Success Programs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/solarwinds-gets-nerdy-adds-important-layer-to-partner-success-programs/
The company announced the launch of the SolarWinds Head Nerds program, highlighting customer success and partnerships.
SolarWinds has gone full nerd. The IT management software company just announced the launch of the SolarWinds Head Nerds program, designed to build on its emphasis on customer success and partnership with such programs as the MSP Institute, MSP Advice Project and MSP Pulse.
These Head Nerds are in place to serve as SolarWinds MSP partner advocates for several key reasons: to help partners learn how to create and sell services, protect their customers, demonstrate value, and stay ahead in the rapidly evolving managed services space. Drilling down even more, Head Nerds deliver training, resources and consultative sessions to help MSPs understand and maximize the most important business growth areas including security, automation, and operations.
According to Mike Cullen, group vice president, partner success, SolarWinds MSP, the biggest challenge MSPs face is how to work on their business, instead of just working in it. This was the leading impetus for creating the Head Nerds program.
SolarWinds MSP’s Mike Cullen
“We wanted to give MSPs the ability to work directly with some of the premier experts in the industry — to help them look at the big-picture potential that trends and technologies bring,” said Cullen. “Our Head Nerds give our partners direct access to the consulting and content they need to leverage key areas like security, automation, and operational efficiency to boost their bottom lines. This adds to our broader set of initiatives that have one singular objective: help fuel our customers’ success.”
The Head Nerds team is led by:
Marc-Andre Tanguay, Head Automation Nerd: A senior automation specialist, Tanguay brings extensive industry experience — having worked one-on-one with hundreds of MSPs, helping them create, optimize and employ some of the strongest automation processes in the industry.
Gill Langston, Head Security Nerd: An expert who worked directly with MSPs for most of his career, Langston has an in-depth skill set in managed services and security, and focuses on helping MSPs take their security services to the next level.
Eric Harless, Head Backup Nerd: A leader in the data protection and disaster recovery markets, Harless puts his 25-plus years of experience to work helping MSPs understand how to turn backup into a competitive growth driver.
Eric Anthony, Head Operations Nerd: A former MSP, entrepreneurial leader and SaaS software expert, Anthony brings his unique perspective to help MSPs leverage the most innovative and efficient ways to run their businesses for bottom-line success.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 20, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
J2 Global Bullish on Veeam Seeks to Acquire Veeam Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
J2 Global, Bullish on Veeam, Seeks to Acquire Veeam Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/j2-global-bullish-on-veeam-seeks-to-acquire-veeam-partners/
Expansion via acquisitions is J2 Global’s growth strategy to boost its Veeam services to customers.
As its Veeam backup and recovery backup business continues to grow with customers, Veeam channel partner J2 Global has been on a mission to acquire other Veeam services partners to further expand the company’s revenue and data backup operations.
For J2 Global, that acquisition strategy has been going on since last fall as the company continues to be in active conversations with several potential acquisition targets, Dan Timko, the chief strategy officer at J2 Global for its related OffsiteDataSync backup as a service business, told Channel Futures.
J2 Global’s Dan Timko
“If you look at the Veeam ecosystem, it was ripe for some rollup acquisitions,” including J2 Global’s acquisition of OffsiteDataSync itself in the third quarter of 2019, said Timko. “This was our strategy and the reason OffsiteDataSync was purchased in the first place. Our DNA is that of being a buyer.”
J2 Global, which in addition to its cloud backup business also owns a wide range of internet services companies, has made more than 180 business acquisitions since its founding, according to the company.
“We’ve been very open about wanting to acquire more Veeam partners, whether it be at Veeam partner advisory meetings or at other Veeam events,” said Timko. “We’re an active buyer. There are MSPs out there who are doing great things. And there are some companies out there who are finding that it’s no longer enough to do backup on their own, but that it’s better to work with a channel partner that is offering it.”
Those are some of the acquisition targets for J2 Global today, he said. “Maybe they have a small business with a chunk of revenue. That doesn’t mean it’s too late to partner with us. And we don’t have to buy a whole MSP. We can just buy a backup business the MSP has. The MSP will still have the customers, but they won’t have to continue to run the back end.”
For smaller MSPs, that would allow them to spend their time working where they should be working — as trusted advisers for their clients, said Timko.
This road map has been in the works since Timko started working for J2 last September, he said. “It was clear to me when I was brought on that this was part of the strategy,” he said. “Part of the reason I was brought on was that I’ve been in this specific data backup ecosystem for 10 years.”
The strategy was not influenced in any way by Veeam’s $5 billion acquisition by Insight Partners in January, but had been in the works long before that deal, said Timko.
The range of acquisition targets is wide, including large data backup companies to smaller mom and pop MSPs. “We try to identify who would be a fit and look at full acquisitions or at just carving out pieces. All of those options are on the table.”
J2 Global, with $1.4 billion in annual revenue, is also known as a digital media and shopping company, with brands like Mashable, IGN, PC Mag…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 20, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSPs Warned of Major Ransomware Threat to RMM Platforms
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSPs Warned of Major Ransomware Threat to RMM Platforms
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msps-warned-of-major-ransomware-threat-to-rmm-platforms/
Integrated solutions are the common type of platforms used by MSPs.
Asigra on Wednesday issued a warning to its global network of MSPs about a ransomware threat to remote monitoring and management (RMM) platforms that puts solution provider and end-customer applications and data at high risk.
When MSPs are utilizing their RMM platform with tightly integrated backup solutions, there is a single access point to dozens, hundreds or even thousands of organizations. Since the RMM platform is based on agents that are pushed out, the ransomware can potentially push out its malicious code to each of the MSP clients while neutering the backups. This makes MSPs a very lucrative target, according to Asigra.
Eran Farajun, Asigra‘s executive vice president, tells us this attack method is different from others targeting MSPs because it uses the MSP’s platforms with its multiple tools that are all pre-integrated to gain entry, and then uses the MSP as proxy to access many clients.
Asigra’s Eran Farajun
“It is different than attacking each application independently,” he said. “It is much more efficient. The tradeoff of ‘pre-integrated’ to save time and less vendor management has a cost of a higher risk.”
The hacker may send an urgent email or text that appears to come from someone’s direct manager or company executive. The email or text likely contains a link that downloads the ransomware or malware, or an attachment that’s infected with it. The email may emulate an alert email from the same RMM program or another that occurs all the time. Once the RMM platform is compromised, so is the integrated backup, and now the entire MSP client base is under dire threat, according to Asigra.
“Integrated solutions are the common type of platforms used by MSPs,” Farajun said. “Think Connectwise/Momentum, Autotask/Datto, Solarwinds, TigerPaw, Kaseya and Atera. They are very widely used; hence, the popularity of the attack vector and the risk to MSPs and their downstream customers, [and] perhaps the downside of working with another vendor. But MSP surveys show they prefer best-of-breed solutions for their customers.”
Protecting the MSP’s RMM platform against data is a simple, three-step process, according to Asigra.
First, train all employees to be aware of targeted phishing attacks, as this is the No. 1 channel by which ransomware enters the network.
Next, separate the data protection infrastructure/solutions from the RMM platform and avoid integrated solutions, which will make it more difficult to compromise.
And finally, use a backup solution that prevents ransomware or any malware from ever deleting the backup. Also make sure the backup software prevents a ransomware or malware infection by scanning both the backup and recovery streams.
“The density of high-value data in many RMM environments is too alluring for criminal hackers to avoid, making it incumbent upon the MSP to architect a bulletproof data recovery model,” Farajun said. “For the strongest protection, services professionals are advised to disentangle RMM and backup to ensure system recoverability.”
In addition, new research by BlackBerry Cylance finds cybercriminals increasingly focused on MSSPs as high-value targets in 2019.
In mid-2019, a new ransomware called Sodinokobi appeared in the wild, targeting businesses and causing mass disruption in some U.S. government agencies. Its deployment methods are noteworthy as the compromise occurred via targeted phishing attacks aimed at MSPs and MSSPs managing security within the target organization.
BlackBerry Cylance’s Eric Milam
Eric Milam, vice president of research operations at BlackBerry Cylance, tells us it’s much more efficient for a threat actor to attack the MSSP than individual customer targets since once the MSSP is breached, the hacker has access to the whole infrastructure including the MSSP’s customers proprietary data.
“The question is not what they are not doing; they can’t protect against zero-day vulnerabilities or disgruntled employees, but they can do better by employees’ awareness and training around phishing, email links and attachments, regular credentials audit, OS and application patching, better logging and monitoring,” he said. “This is a clear indication that threat actors are becoming more sophisticated since the expertise the MSSPs are providing to customers is computer security, so in theory it should be very hard to hack them.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 20, 2020 at 05:53AM
Added: Feb 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Netwrix Sharpens Partner Strategy to Accelerate Sales
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Netwrix Sharpens Partner Strategy to Accelerate Sales
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/netwrix-sharpens-partner-strategy-to-accelerate-sales/
Partners can accelerate their sales cycle to generate more revenue faster.
Netwrix, the information security and governance software vendor, has unveiled a new partner strategy centered around faster demand generation and customer value, and increased transparency.
Ken Tripp, Netwrix’s director of channel accounts, tells us the strategy change isn’t specific to partners, but “it’s a refinement to our strategy to position ourselves more closely to whom we are and have been for the past many years — the easiest company to do business when it comes to data security.”
Netwrix’s Ken Tripp
“The partner strategy shift is just an amplification of the more general organizational shift,” he said. “As part of our ongoing efforts to better understand the market, we collect feedback from many sources. This includes our customers, our partners and even from those businesses who opted (mistakenly in my opinion) to choose solutions from other vendors. Undeniably, the most common attribute applied to Netwrix was easy: easy solutions [and] easy processes. Internally, we feel we can do better, but we wanted to capitalize on the perceptions we already have in the market.”
Partners can accelerate their sales cycle to generate more revenue faster. In particular, the in-browser demo of Netwrix Auditor and Netwrix Data Classification reduces the time they have to spend scheduling and conducting demos, according to the company.
The Netwrix partner portal offers partners access to all the sales, marketing and technical enablement tools they need to generate, track and close deals, the company said. In a few clicks, they can learn about Netwrix solutions, get visibility into their leads and deal registrations, or request sales and technical assistance.
Furthermore, partners and MSPs can shorten the onboarding process for their customers. In addition to its existing JumpStart services, Netwrix will begin offering a personalized set of documentation customized for each customer’s unique installation and use cases. And to ensure that organizations realize the full value of their Netwrix products, Netwrix has updated its video training courses.
“Look, security is hard,” Tripp said. “Generally speaking, it’s not an investment that is going to drive top-line revenue growth for businesses. Nonetheless, it’s an investment that must be made in today’s world. To that end, from admins to CISOs, they want easy solutions so that they can get back to supporting the business or agency in support of revenue or its mission. This differentiated messaging, personified in our easy products, sets us apart from other vendors who make onerous demands such as requiring a site visit to even evaluate the solution and a complete evaluation before discussing pricing. We want to give our partners a competitive edge through transparency to remove as much friction as possible in delivering powerful data security solutions to their customers.”
“We find the partnership between Netwrix and Freeit extremely valuable,” said Leslie Spinks, account executive at Freeit. “Working with the sales and executive teams reminds us every day of what a true partnership looks like. We all leverage each other’s strengths for the good of both organizations, and we also align in our mutual desire to put the customer first. It’s easy to position a solution that works, is easy to use and is a reasonable investment. Customers love it, and so do we.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 20, 2020 at 05:53AM
Added: Feb 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Keyfactor Gets Serious About Channel with Partner Network
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Keyfactor Gets Serious About Channel with Partner Network
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/keyfactor-gets-serious-about-channel-with-partner-network/
The need for PKI and digital certificate management within organizations is growing.
Keyfactor, which secures digital identities, on Thursday rolled out its Keyfactor Partner Network, it’s new global partner program.
This is Keyfactor’s first partner program that has extended to solution providers (resellers, consultants and referral partners) and systems integrators. Its previous partner model was built on technology and alliance partners, including ISVs and other product integrations.
The company provides a public key infrastructure (PKI) as-a-service platform for certificate lifecycle automation and IoT device security.
BJ Ferguson, Keyfactor’s head of global channel sales and operations, tells us any selling his company did through partners was “purely opportunistic” and at the request of the customer when it came time to procure.
Keyfactor’s BJ Ferguson
“We’ve never really had a foundation for a formal program including simple partnership agreements, robust partner enablement (sales/technical), and a proper support system for our partners,” he said. “Keyfactor had primarily been a direct sales organization up to this point. The PKI and certificate life-cycle management market is a growing need for enterprises. We needed a way to scale our sales force and enter different markets throughout the world where our solutions are needed. Partners are a perfect way to do that in a quick and cost-effective manner.”
The program is a flat system with no tiering, offering a “very simple” entry point to begin offering Keyfactor products to their customers, Ferguson said.
“We have a simple agreement, an enablement program to get them up to speed quickly in both sales and technical aspects of what we do, and a support system behind our partners of every facet of our organization to make them successful,” he said. “The need for PKI and digital certificate management within organizations is growing exponentially. It seems that organizations (some fairly large) are getting into the news regularly with some sort of certificate related outage or breach, sometimes costing millions in repairs as well as brand reputation degradation. Enterprises need to scale and do so quickly to compete in today’s world. They need a certificate management solution that offers the same type of scale and speed to make them successful in their businesses as well. Keyfactor does that.”
“Now more than ever, enterprises need to assess their critical security infrastructures that manage and protect assets and customer information, especially as the industry prepares for the threat of quantum computing,” said Mark Cooper, president and founder of PKI Solutions, a Keyfactor partner. “The ability to quickly and easily partner with industry leaders, such as Keyfactor, enables us to quickly bring solutions to our customers. PKI Solutions is pleased to be part of the Keyfactor Partner Network where there is great synergy around securely managed public key infrastructures.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 20, 2020 at 10:59PM
Added: Feb 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Druva Expands Partner Program Into Germany Austria Switzerland
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Druva Expands Partner Program Into Germany, Austria, Switzerland
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/druva-expands-partner-program-into-germany-austria-switzerland/
The cloud data backup and recovery vendor has also announced a new regional leader for its growing partner program.
Druva, the cloud data protection vendor, is now broadening its channel reach to Germany, Austria and Switzerland as it moves to grow its nascent global Druva Compass partner program, which the company launched last June.
The expansion into the DACH region of Europe, consisting of those countries, comes as the company grows the Compass program in Europe. Initially, Compass was available in only a few select European nations, Timm Hoyt, vice president of global partners and alliances for Druva, told Channel Futures.
As part of the expansion, the company has named Bernd Wachtler as its new regional leader of the channel program in DACH. Wachtler will work to grow the program and the Druva data backup business in the area. Druva’s cloud data protection products and services are used by business customers to protect and manage their data while migrating to the cloud and maintaining regulatory compliance.
The extension of Druva Compass in the region means that partners will gain access to enablement resources, accreditation curriculum, co-marketing opportunities and more, according to the company.
Druva’s Timm Hoyt
“An increasing number of European countries, including Germany, are investing billions to improve digital infrastructure and networking, and are only making it easier for enterprises to move more of their business to the cloud,” said Hoyt. “Additionally, the investments in Germany that AWS announced in September are a clear leading indicator that this market is ready for a cloud-first data protection offering. Taken all together, there is a clear demand from prospects and partners in the region for this sort of offering and we feel now was the right time to expand Compass even further.”
The program’s continuing growth is a sign of success for the Compass partner organization, he said.
“We are getting great feedback from those already taking advantage of the new resources and are now seeing strong demand from partners in other countries, including Germany and others. Partners are core to our success, accounting for the majority of our sales — and Druva Compass is designed to help these partners and their customers thrive.”
Wachtler has more than 20 years of management experience with direct and partner sales organizations.
“He will be closely aligned with our key strategic partners, including AWS and VMware, to expand solution selling opportunities for our resellers, system integrators and MSPs,” said Hoyt. “Bernd has a unique background working with and for these types of organizations during his career, which will make him a valuable resource for our partners to collaborate with.”
Druva’s Bernd Wachtler
Wachtler comes to Druva from Veritas, where he led the cloud migration and data resiliency practice for Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg, as well as for other German-speaking countries, said Hoyt. Previously he held various direct and channel sales positions at major storage and data management companies including Dell EMC, IBM, Brocade, Seagate and Fusion-io.
Dan Olds, an IT analyst with Gabriel Consulting Group, told Channel Futures that Druva’s advance into the DACH countries is a good move for the company and its customers.
“For customers, it gives them a new and easy-to-use alternative for cloud backup and disaster recovery,” including ransomware protection, “which is starting to become a must-have feature these days,” said Olds. “For the company, this opens up a new territory that is full of medium- and large-sized organizations that will definitely see the need for Druva’s SaaS solutions. VARs in the DACH area should take a close look at Druva’s value proposition with an eye towards reselling Druva services as this will give them more capabilities to use to help solve the problems of both new and existing customers.”
Another analyst, Rob Enderle of Enderle Group, said that Druva’s Compass partner program appears to be well managed and tightly executed.
“This is critical for any partner program because, done right, they provide significant value to customers and sales momentum for the platform they are tied to,” said Enderle. “As we have seen with most well executed partner programs, I expect this effort will significantly improve Druva’s market position and customer satisfaction over time.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 21, 2020 at 03:56AM
Added: Feb 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cisco Meraki Extends Wi-Fi 6 Portfolio with Lower Cost Access Point
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cisco Meraki Extends Wi-Fi 6 Portfolio with Lower Cost Access Point
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cisco-meraki-extends-wi-fi-6-portfolio-with-lower-cost-access-point/
The new entry MR36 Wi-Fi 6 AP from Meraki lists for $849.
Cisco Meraki is fleshing out its wireless LAN portfolio with three new access points (AP) based on the new higher speed Wi-Fi 6 standard. The expanded Wi-Fi 6 product line, launched this week, includes Meraki’s first general purpose AP based on the new standard, also known as 802.11ax.
The new lower cost MR36, which carries a list price of $849, is considerably less expensive than Meraki’s existing higher-end MR45 and MR55s, introduced last April with price tags of $1,449 and 1,849, respectively. This week’s rollout includes upgrades of those access points. Priced the same as their predecessors, the MR46 and MR56 are aimed for much higher density requirements and offer greater performance than the MR36.
Nevertheless, access points that support Wi-Fi 6 come at a premium price over the more ubiquitous Wi-Fi 5, or 802.11ac. While Wi-Fi 6 is backward-compatible with WLAN infrastructure based on Wi-Fi 5 and earlier standards, only the most recently released iPhones and select Android phone models support Wi-Fi 6. Enterprise laptops and higher-end commercial and consumer devices have started to support it as well.
Despite the higher cost of Wi-Fi 6 access points and low percentage of users with devices that support it overall, partners increasingly are recommending Wi-Fi 6 to customer seeking to upgrading their enterprise infrastructure, or for greenfield deployments.
Worldwide Technology’s Neil Anderson
“Wi-Fi 6 offers the most future-proofing,” said Neil Anderson, senior director of network solutions at World Wide Technology. “Whereas Wi-Fi 5 has been out for five years and is definitely the safest and most understood to deploy, it’s getting long in the tooth. Where the rubber meets the road, deploying Wi-Fi APs is expensive. Someone needs to design and install them — and it’s pretty manually intensive. It’s not like putting a new server in a data-center rack. So customers want to do that as few times as possible — maybe once every five years.”
Over the next year or two, as people upgrade their devices, the percentage of devices that support Wi-Fi 6 is expected to rise. Wi-Fi 6 supports speeds a maximum of 9.6 Gbps, compared with Wi-Fi 5’s 3.5 Gbps. Its support for eight spatial streams is double that of Wi-Fi 5 and the subcarrier modulation range offers a 4x increase, according to the Wi-Fi Alliance.
Wi-Fi 6 also uses orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) to more efficiently share channels, which reduces upload and download latency, particularly in locations with a significant number of simultaneous users.
“The next 10 years will see new device types, and diverse high-density wireless environments, which is why we want to offer an expanded range of Wi-Fi 6 options,” according to a blog by Cisco product marketing manager David van Schravendijk, announcing the new access points.
WWT frequently holds workshops for customers that cover Wi-Fi 6 and 5G wireless networks.
“I would say the largest factor holding up Wi-Fi 6 deployments isn’t necessarily the newness of the technology,” Anderson said. “It’s the expense to install, and in Cisco’s case – it requires new controller architecture/products as well – so now you are not only churning your APs, but you have to replace your aggregation point too. That’s a fairly complex cutover. This is true for both Cisco and Aruba. For Meraki, their controller is their cloud — customers don’t have to worry about it, so I would expect Meraki deployments will go faster for Wi-Fi 6 initially.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 21, 2020 at 05:01AM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
How Outsourcing Creates Cybersecurity Budget Expertise Options
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How Outsourcing Creates Cybersecurity Budget, Expertise Options
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-outsourcing-creates-cybersecurity-budget-expertise-options/
As technical demands increase, outsourcing can expand options and add depth.
Alexander Moiseev
Outsourcing is a global trend in business, and cybersecurity is no exception. According to Gartner, the managed security service market grew by 6.7% in 2018, reaching $10.7 billion in revenue, and continued growth is expected in the coming years. Service providers and vendors contribute to this market by offering their customers expertise, intelligence or solutions as a service.
The advantages of outsourcing create opportunities many businesses need, but they’re typically implemented to overcome three main challenges including lack of internal expertise, poor budget planning and control.
Outsource to Afford More
Many services can provide us with more than we could otherwise afford, and IT services work the same way for businesses. Suppose a company needs to expand its data center. This company will have to buy servers, find more space in the data center and spend time on deployment. Alternatively, it can purchase workloads in the public cloud and save money it would otherwise have spent on on-premise infrastructure. Another example is a security operation center (SOC) for advanced cyberprotection. Building an internal SOC demands investment in personnel, processes and detection and response technologies. Alternatively, managed service providers and vendors offer SOC as a service with a dedicated team of experts, protection solutions and threat intelligence.
Outsource to Get Expertise
One of the main problem areas for companies in regard to their IT staff is their lack of internal expertise. According to a report, one in three CISOs (70%) say that it is difficult for companies to find experienced cybersecurity professionals.
Midlevel employees who bear the brunt of cybersecurity tasks are a key element in IT security decision-making as they assess protection demands and recommend solutions. To do this properly, there should be several experts working together to find the best solution.
Imagine that the company doesn’t have enough employees, or they don’t have enough skills in areas such as cloud computing or Internet of Things security to work effectively. In this case, outsourcing can be considered an effective alternative. Service providers accumulate cybersecurity expertise and are focused on the quality of services because their revenue depends on their customer satisfaction rating.
Because of this, the service market has become very competitive. According to Ami Partners’ evaluation, the number of MSPs is expected to almost double from 48,000 in 2016 to 74,000 in 2021. This means providers need to maintain a high level of knowledge and reputation to keep clients.
Enterprise companies already take this proven path with at least half of the CISOs (55%) confirming that they solve the personnel problem with the help of outsourcing, according to the company’s CISO perspectives on cybersecurity report. For SMBs, this approach should be even more effective as they are often more limited in human resources for IT security.
Outsource to Keep Budgets Under Control
Another benefit of cybersecurity outsourcing is facilitating necessary, but important, resource planning. This can be beneficial for companies that …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 21, 2020 at 05:03PM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
HP Unleashes Poison Pill in Increasingly Tense M&A Battle with Xerox
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HP Unleashes ‘Poison Pill’ in Increasingly Tense M&A Battle with Xerox
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hp-unleashes-poison-pill-in-increasingly-tense-ma-battle-with-xerox/
HP remains steadfast in thwarting takeover attempts by Xerox.
Sticking to its guns about its ability to drive sustainable long-term value for shareholders, HP’s board of directors has adopted a shareholder rights plan and declared a dividend distribution of one preferred share purchase right on each outstanding share of HP common stock — a defense tactic in the business world known as a poison pill.
A company targeted for acquisition uses a poison pill to prevent or discourage an acquirer’s attempts at a hostile takeover by making the affected stock less attractive. The HP board adopted the rights plan following an announcement that Xerox intends to begin a tender offer to acquire all of the outstanding shares of HP common stock.
HP’s Chip Bergh
“HP’s board is focused on creating long-term value for HP shareholders. We believe it is essential that HP shareholders have sufficient time and full information when considering any tender off that Xerox may commence,” said Chip Bergh, chair of HP’s board of directors. “As we have previously said, we are very concerned about Xerox’s aggressive and rushed tactics, and any process that is not based on full information, is a threat to our shareholders.”
Xerox’s move to acquire printer giant HP began in November, and the two vendors have been engaged in increasingly negative and hostile communications ever since. Earlier this month, Xerox tried to sweeten its bid for HP by increasing its initial offer of $22 per share, to $24.
Xerox shot back about HP’s poison pill defense with the following statement:
“The HP board clearly adopted a poison pill because our offer is receiving overwhelming support from their shareholders. Regardless of what the company and its army of advisors announce Monday, we believe HP shareholders appreciate that the value we could create by combining Xerox and HP outweighs – and is incremental to – anything HP could achieve on its own. Despite the HP board’s intention to deny shareholders the chance to choose for themselves, we will press ahead with our previously announced tender offer and electing our slate of highly qualified director candidates.”
According to HP, the rights plan will not prevent a combination of HP with another business, but should encourage Xerox, or anyone seeking to acquire the company, to negotiate with the board prior to attempting to impose some combination that is not in the best interests of HP shareholders.
Expect to hear about HP’s plan to grow the company on Feb. 24, when it’s out of its quiet period.
In the meanwhile, HP announced earlier this week its continued efforts to fight cybercrime, which includes printers, PCs and other IoT endpoints, by joining the Buyers Labor (BLI) Security Validation Testing program for multifunction printers (MFPs) and printers. The vendor said that it was the first OEM to pass the test for device penetration, and the only OEM to pass the second test for policy compliance.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 21, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Recruiting Tactics for MSPs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Recruiting Tactics for MSPs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/recruiting-tactics-for-msps/
Hiring the right candidate depends on writing clear job postings, effectively interviewing potential talent and encouraging diversity in the workplace.
For any managed service provider (MSP), having the right team in place is essential to success. So, how do you build an effective recruitment process if you don’t have a background in human resources? How can you attract the right talent? In this article, we’ll dive into tips on HR processes, writing clear job postings, interviewing potential talent and encouraging diversity in the workplace.
Keep Your Processes Simple
Make sure that your process is easily understood, and clearly communicated with your candidates and employees. Finding the right mix of simplicity, efficiency and quality assurance will enable your employees to engage in the strategy. You can always add layers of complexity if required, but keeping it simple can provide a strong foundation enabling long-term growth.
Writing Job Postings
A job posting is a mix of marketing, articulation of business needs and painting an honest picture to get high-quality candidates to click “apply.” It turns out that candidates skim job postings in much the same way that many of us read emails: Like someone replying “TLDR” (too long, didn’t read) to a wordy email, a high-quality candidate may see a wordy job posting and just move on. I’m aware of the soapbox arguments of, “Well, if they didn’t read the posting, then clearly we don’t want them here,” or, “We need to put everything in the posting so we get precisely what we are seeking.” But, where else does that apply in our day-to-day lives? We streamline processes and improve experiences for customers every day, so why not apply these principles to recruitment strategies?
Tailoring Test: 15 Seconds
A test I’ve developed and shared with many professionals over the years is the tailoring test. Print your draft job posting out and have two trusted colleagues not familiar with the role flip over the paper and read the draft for 15 seconds. Then ask them what they recalled from the posting and what stood out. What do they articulate? Was it what you wanted a proposed candidate to notice? Of course, the posting can be more than 60 words, but get creative, consolidate and target what will truly matter to high-quality candidates. In an age of Twitter and TikTok, the opportunity exists to engage short attention spans with high-quality postings.
Evaluating Candidates
With all aspects of these processes, enable your team to
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 21, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
CoreDial-ConnectWise Integration Designed to Help MSPs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
CoreDial-ConnectWise Integration Designed to Help MSPs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/coredial-connectwise-integration-designed-to-help-msps/
CoreDial has a new integration with ConnectWise’s professional services automation (PSA) solution, allowing its partners to synchronize data between CoreNexa Account Manager and ConnectWise Manage.
CoreNexa Account Manager allows its partners to sell, deliver, manage and invoice for cloud communications services. ConnectWise Manage automates business processes for MSPs in areas such as sales, help desk, support, finance and human resources.
ConnectWise Manage is one of the most widely used business platforms among MSPs.
Ken Lienemann, CoreDial’s chief revenue officer, tells us many of the partners his company signs already have a business management platform that they use to assist with their business operations.
CoreDial’s Ken Lienemann
“In many cases it’s ConnectWise,” he said. “The CoreNexa Account Manager supports the quote-to-cash process for the delivery of cloud communications. As a result of this integration in a production environment, a partner can select their database of record for account information: SKUs, pricing and billing data. Upon activation of the integration, data will sync, prompt users for manual intervention of questionable items, and events will maintain syncing going forward. The result is data accuracy, less overhead and rework, and utilizing each system for its respective strength.”
The CoreNexa-ConnectWise integration automatically updates information across both platforms, letting partners select either solution as their primary point of data entry. It also allows MSPs to choose which data elements to sync and delivers a single, consolidated invoice for UCaaS, CCaaS and more.
“Much of the channel continues expanding their solution portfolio in support of meeting more market need, capturing more wallet share and enhancing value to their customers resulting in retention and growth,” Lienemann said. “For a few customers and a few solutions this is manageable by the employees. As the number of customers and solutions expand, the complexity grows in a non-linear manner. This results in customer service challenges and frustrations, not to mention the typical multiple invoices sent to the customer or the billing gymnastics required each month to consolidate various charges into a single invoice. This integration allows CoreDial and ConnectWise to automate most if not all of this, allowing employees to focus on the customer and enhance their overall experience.”
CoreDial is integrated via ConnectWise Manage APIs, which use security roles to determine access to environments, Lienemann said.
“When our mutual partners set up an integration, an API member is created for that integration, and security permissions are established,” he said. “Our platform makes sure the API keys are encrypted and saved securely.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 21, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
HP Unleashes Poison Pill in Increasingly Tense M&A Battle with Xerox
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HP Unleashes ‘Poison Pill’ in Increasingly Tense M&A Battle with Xerox
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hp-unleashes-poison-pill-in-increasingly-tense-ma-battle-with-xerox-2/
HP remains steadfast in thwarting takeover attempts by Xerox.
Sticking to its guns about its ability to drive sustainable long-term value for shareholders, HP’s board of directors has adopted a shareholder rights plan and declared a dividend distribution of one preferred share purchase right on each outstanding share of HP common stock — a defense tactic in the business world known as a poison pill.
A company targeted for acquisition uses a poison pill to prevent or discourage an acquirer’s attempts at a hostile takeover by making the affected stock less attractive. The HP board adopted the rights plan following an announcement that Xerox intends to begin a tender offer to acquire all of the outstanding shares of HP common stock.
HP’s Chip Bergh
“HP’s board is focused on creating long-term value for HP shareholders. We believe it is essential that HP shareholders have sufficient time and full information when considering any tender off that Xerox may commence,” said Chip Bergh, chair of HP’s board of directors. “As we have previously said, we are very concerned about Xerox’s aggressive and rushed tactics, and any process that is not based on full information, is a threat to our shareholders.”
Xerox’s move to acquire printer giant HP began in November, and the two vendors have been engaged in increasingly negative and hostile communications ever since. Earlier this month, Xerox tried to sweeten its bid for HP by increasing its initial offer of $22 per share, to $24.
Xerox shot back about HP’s poison pill defense with the following statement:
“The HP board clearly adopted a poison pill because our offer is receiving overwhelming support from their shareholders. Regardless of what the company and its army of advisors announce Monday, we believe HP shareholders appreciate that the value we could create by combining Xerox and HP outweighs – and is incremental to – anything HP could achieve on its own. Despite the HP board’s intention to deny shareholders the chance to choose for themselves, we will press ahead with our previously announced tender offer and electing our slate of highly qualified director candidates.”
According to HP, the rights plan will not prevent a combination of HP with another business, but should encourage Xerox, or anyone seeking to acquire the company, to negotiate with the board prior to attempting to impose some combination that is not in the best interests of HP shareholders.
Expect to hear about HP’s plan to grow the company on Feb. 24, when it’s out of its quiet period.
In the meanwhile, HP announced earlier this week its continued efforts to fight cybercrime, which includes printers, PCs and other IoT endpoints, by joining the Buyers Labor (BLI) Security Validation Testing program for multifunction printers (MFPs) and printers. The vendor said that it was the first OEM to pass the test for device penetration, and the only OEM to pass the second test for policy compliance.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 21, 2020 at 11:56PM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Ingram Micros Promark Now Distributing Platform9s Kubernetes OpenStack Services
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Ingram Micro’s Promark Now Distributing Platform9’s Kubernetes, OpenStack Services
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ingram-micros-promark-now-distributing-platform9s-kubernetes-openstack-services/
The deal brings Promark, a subsidiary of Ingram Micro, to Platform9 as a key partner for the future.
Platform9 aims to dramatically grow its managed Kubernetes and OpenStack sales and services now that it has signed a distribution deal with Promark, which is a subsidiary of distributor powerhouse Ingram Micro.
Under the deal, Platform9’s Managed Kubernetes (PMK) and Managed OpenStack (PMO) products will gain access to Promark’s wide range of VARs and other channel partners in the U.S. to help the company expand its market around the globe, the companies said.
Kamesh Pemmaraju, Platform9’s head of product marketing, told Channel Futures that one of the largest benefits of the new distribution deal will be that Promark’s wide market presence and power will help make his company’s products more recognizable in a busy IT marketplace.
Platform9’s Kamesh Pemmaraju
“People don’t know about us,” said Pemmaraju. “We have a very compelling solution but customers don’t know we exist … they try to build this on their own and find it hard to do.”
The Promark distribution deal will help reverse that trend, he said.
“So this partnership will help us be found by customers. It gives us awareness in the market that we are going after. It is getting our message out to more and more customers who are out there and struggling” with their Kubernetes and other deployments, he said.
“We’re providing an easy button for Kubernetes deployments,” said Pemmaraju. “Everyone else is trying to build it themselves and finding out that it’s way too complex.”
The deal will also will give Platform9 and its managed services access to Promark’s broad ecosystem of training, marketing, services and more, he said.
“We have been working on trying to amplify our partner ecosystem for a while,” he said. “Then Promark asked us about this and we talked with them about it. They were looking for products.”
Now the Promark team is being trained in Platform9’s products and VARs are coming on board, he added. The products are available through Promark immediately and the first training sessions are starting next week.
“We are ready to go,” said Pemmaraju.
Platform9’s managed Kubernetes deployments can be anywhere customers want to use them, including public cloud, hybrid cloud, private cloud, on premises or as a service. The company’s managed OpenStack services allow users to go live with OpenStack private cloud in minutes, while taking care of the entire OpenStack life cycle for users, according to the company.
Jeffrey Brown, the president and general manager of Promark Technology, told Channel Futures that the deal was made to help his company’s partners and customers as well.
Promark’s Jeffrey Brown
“Our channel partners and resellers look up to us for new born-in-the-cloud technologies,” said Brown. “Many organizations search for efficient and affordable ways to implement a hybrid cloud strategy and our partners are there to help them with this mission. Platform9’s managed Kubernetes platform provides a fully automated solution to tackle the challenges of hybrid cloud environments and guide end users through this journey.”
The Platform9 products will help Promark’s channel partners and their customers because they combine a spectrum of needed services and technologies in one package and a solid team to support it, said Brown.
“Customers in the cloud era would like to achieve automation, simplicity, rapid deployment of services, efficiency and cost savings. Platform9, a market leader in managed Kubernetes, offers all that and more,” Brown said.
Tony Iams, an IT analyst with Gartner, said the deal is a good one for both companies.
“As the use of Kubernetes proliferates, organizations that lack the engineering resources to deploy and maintain Kubernetes clusters seek out managed service providers such as Platform9 to automate management of container systems on-premises or in public clouds,” said Iams. “By leveraging Platform9’s PMK SaaS offering, Promark will make Kubernetes available to a wider base of mainstream users.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 22, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
2020 Outlook for IT Solution Providers: Growth in Edge Computing AI and More
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
2020 Outlook for IT Solution Providers: Growth in Edge Computing, AI, and More
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/2020-outlook-for-it-solution-providers-growth-in-edge-computing-ai-and-more/
Looking into 2020, there is plenty of growth potential as disruptive technologies create new services and sales opportunities. The market is changing thanks to new technologies such as the Internet of Things (IoT), Artificial Intelligence (AI), and edge computing.
These technologies are enabling organizations to reach new levels of efficiency, achieve operational excellence, and provider better customer experiences. But organizations cannot possible implement, manage, and maintain the necessary systems and platforms to run these technologies – enter IT solution providers.
Read more in this whitepaper to learn how to tune into the market’s transformation and position yourself to leverage new opportunities. The future is bright – and 2020 should be a successful year!
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 22, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Backup and Recovery: Growing Opportunity for IT Solution Providers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Backup and Recovery: Growing Opportunity for IT Solution Providers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/backup-and-recovery-growing-opportunity-for-it-solution-providers/
Backup and recovery are critical elements of any business continuity plan. The ability for partners to offer disaster recovery and cloud backup services for total data protection means leveraging a full end-to-end, hybrid cloud approach.
This whitepaper discusses how end-to-end data protection and recovery from a single interface presents a great opportunity to expand your portfolio and grow your business.
Topics include:
Affordability
Flexibility
Support
Performance
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 22, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Anatomy of an Active Cryptomining Worm
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Anatomy of an Active Cryptomining Worm
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/anatomy-of-an-active-cryptomining-worm/
AT&T Cybersecurity has conducted a technical analysis of the common malicious implants used by threat actors targeting vulnerable Exim, Confluence and WebLogic servers.
AT&T Cybersecurity has conducted a technical analysis of the common malicious implants used by threat actors targeting vulnerable Exim, Confluence and WebLogic servers. Upon exploitation, malicious implants are deployed on the compromised machine. While most of the attacks described are historical, we at AT&T Cybersecurity are continuing to see new attacks, which can be further researched here.
The main goal of the malicious implants thus far has been mining Monero cryptocurrency. For the complete, detailed analysis of how an active cryptomining worm works, including scripts, click here.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 22, 2020 at 03:52AM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSP360 Readies New Billing Platform MSP University for Q2
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSP360 Readies New Billing Platform, MSP University for Q2
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msp360-readies-new-billing-platform-msp-university-for-q2/
The numbers and 2020 initiatives highlight the company’s continued focus on the needs of MSPs.
MSP360 has rolled out its year-end 2019 results along with several other updates, including the location of its new corporate headquarters and the development of both unified billing and MSP University.
The multicloud data backup and recovery (BDR) solutions provider highlighted the continued focus on the needs of MSPs, and says that last year’s numbers paint a pretty clear picture of protecting its clients’ data, acquiring new customers and helping MSPs with generating new business.
Overall product activations for MSP360 Managed Backup Service (MBS), the company’s data backup solution, increased to more than 210,000 by year-end 2019. Compared to 2018 numbers, revenue for the backup-as-a-service (BaaS) platform increased by 38%.
Further, MSP360’s user base for MSP360 Remote Assistant, a free product that allows MSPs to quickly and securely connect and provide remote support — grew by 185% year over year.
MSP360’s Brian Helwig
“While the numbers do reflect how our storage-agnostic approach to BDR has been resonating with MSPs, there’s more to the story,” said Brian Helwig, CEO of MSP360. “Our customers have been coming to us for assistance on a variety of business challenges – typically having to do with marketing, sales and support – so instead of solely focusing on selling our BDR platform, we’ve been developing new ways to deliver additional value to our customers. Educating them on common functional areas of business is proving to be an effective approach.”
In addition, the company announced that MSP360’s unified billing platform, designed to simplify the MSPs billing process for storage and software, will launch by the end of the second quarter. Essentially, instead of receiving separate bills for the cloud storage the MSP purchases from a third-party vendor and MSP360’s offerings, an MSP will have the option to receive a single, comprehensive bill highlighting both expenses if they enable unified billing. For storage providers enrolled within MSP360’s unified billing platform, MSPs will receive the same prices third-party cloud storage providers are charging their customers directly.
The provider also announced an initiative to help MSPs grow and scale through MSP University, a tool to help MSPs grow and scale. The platform is still in development, but will be designed to provide MSPs with the skills needed to take their businesses to the next level. Also expected to launch in the second quarter, the platform will provide MSPs with educational content on common functional areas in business, including marketing, sales, HR, finance and customer service.
“We’re just getting started,” says Helwig. “We’re constantly working with our partners to develop new ways to help them with generating more monthly recurring revenue. We thrive when our MSPs do.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 22, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Feb 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
New FBI Report Reveals Cyberthreats with New Twists
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
New FBI Report Reveals Cyberthreats with New Twists
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/new-fbi-report-reveals-cyberthreats-with-new-twists/
Cyberattacks are getting creative and so are MSSPs aiming to stop old threats with new twists in their tracks.
The recently released FBI Internet Crime Report 2019 alerts the public to current threats. It’s also useful data for MSSPs looking for insights from law enforcement on recent and ongoing criminal activity. Three of the top issues of most interest to MSSPs are tech support fraud, ransomware and phishing. While none of these is new to the threatscape, they’re all picking up in intensity.
The FBI reports that losses from tech support fraud in 2019 topped $54 million, up 40% from a year ago. The agency received 13,633 complaints about this issue from victims in 48 countries.
Tech-Support Scams
Comparitech’s Paul Bischoff
“Tech-support scams are a fast-growing problem according to the Bureau’s report. Microsoft is the most commonly impersonated company in these scams, and given that it leaked a huge customer service database earlier this year, that’s likely to continue,” said Paul Bischoff, lead researcher and privacy advocate with Comparitech.
The Microsoft customer service database leak Bischoff is referencing exposed 250 million Microsoft customer-service and support records over a 14-year period. No password or user authentication was required for anyone to see all of that data from a web browser. The potential for subsequent personalized tech support scams, phishing, spearphishing and whale phishing attacks is almost incalculable.
There’s an increase in the creativity behind such attacks as well. The FBI report cites some of the most recent as criminals posing as customer support for well-known travel industry companies, financial institutions or virtual currency exchanges.
However, there’s no downtick in more traditional tech support threat attacks including “email or bank account, a virus on a computer, or a software license renewal,” according to the report.
Ransomware
Ransomware attacks are increasing, and some say the number of such attacks exceed that which the FBI reported. But the consensus remains strong — ransomware remains a top threat.
“The FBI received 2,047 ransomware complaints accounting for losses of $8.9 million. I don’t know how the FBI adjusts for losses, but that seems like a very conservative estimate,” said Bischoff.
The FBI discourages paying the ransom in such attacks as the success only serves to encourage criminals to attack even more organizations. However, the FBI says in its report that if an organization does elect to pay the ransom it should also report the incident to the FBI and request assistance.
Ransomware attacks are particularly debilitating to organizations without the proper backups and restore plans in place prior to the incident. But even then, criminals are constantly adapting. For example, now ransomware attacks backups too.
Attackers are also targeting third parties for access to bigger organizations. On Feb. 11, NRC Health was hit by a ransomware attack, effectively expanding the threat to health-care institutions via third-party attack vectors. NRC Health collects patient satisfaction survey data that is used to determine doctors pay and Medicare reimbursements for hospitals.
BitSight’s Jake Olcott
“This incident isn’t just a wake-up call for NRC Health to better manage their own cyber risk, but it should sound the alarms for the hospitals and health systems that leverage their tools. Instead of breaking through the walls of hospitals and health systems, criminals now realize that an easier path to disruption is through a trusted vendor,” said Jake Olcott, vice president of BitSight, a security ratings company
“Supply-chain risk management must be a priority for the health care organizations that rely on an ever-growing ecosystem of vendors for day-to-day operations — and that starts with immediately assessing the security of those vendors and continuously monitoring their performance,” Olcott added.
But it’s not just …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 22, 2020 at 06:04AM
Added: Feb 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Juniper Networks Enhances Security Protection for Enterprise Traffic
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Juniper Networks Enhances Security Protection for Enterprise Traffic
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/juniper-networks-enhances-security-protection-for-enterprise-traffic/
Juniper Networks adds value to infrastructure sales with its expanded Connected Security portfolio.
Juniper Networks on Monday said it has expanded its Connected Security Portfolio with encrypted traffic analysis for Juniper Advanced Thread Prevention (ATP) Cloud and SRX Series firewalls. The vendor also integrated its security intelligence framework (SecIntel) to the Mist platform for wireless access.
By adding these additional capabilities, Juniper offers solutions to secure all traffic within an organization, whether encrypted or not, throughout all parts of the networks – access, campus, WAN or data center – according to the company.
Juniper Networks’ Samantha Madrid
“To achieve the best results for our customers, we must take advantage of existing network infrastructure to create a threat-aware network,” said Samantha Madrid, vice president of security business and strategy at Juniper Networks. “Juniper Connected Security gives organizations the ability to safeguard users, applications and infrastructure by extending deep network visibility and security policy enforcements to all points of connection across the network.”
At the same time, the announcement of SecIntel integration with Mist represents the vendor’s rounding out of its portfolio that already includes enabling SecIntel on Black Hat MX last August and SecIntel integration on its QFX and EX switching products in November.
With this latest integration of wireless access into the Juniper Connected Security strategy, Mist customers now can get threat alerts detected by Juniper SRX firewalls and ATP cloud within the Mist cloud-based management application.
What does this mean to Juniper partners?
“Encrypted traffic analysis will add value to the ATP Cloud platform, which will increase the software attach rate,” Oliver Schuermann, senior director, enterprise product marketing at Juniper, told Channel Futures. “Similarly, SecIntel for Mist will add value to the infrastructure, allowing tighter integration with the wireless portfolio. Also, this will add additional revenue with the pull-through of security sales. This demonstrates our ability to deliver an integrated operational experience, as well as add value to the portfolio for our partners.”
Last month, Juniper named Gordon Mackintosh its new channel chief. Mackintosh is vice president of worldwide channel and virtual sales and is responsible for the company’s go-to-market strategy for partners with the goal of delivering greater business outcomes.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 12:50AM
Added: Feb 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services Is Named a Top 3PL for the Fifth Consecutive Year
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services Is Named a Top 3PL for the Fifth Consecutive Year
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ingram-micro-commerce-lifecycle-services-is-named-a-top-3pl-for-the-fifth-consecutive-year/
Third-party logistics companies are selected based on industry experience, services offered and the ability to handle high order flow.
Each year, in January, the editors of Multichannel Merchant announce a list of the top 3PLs—the leading logistics providers. For the fifth consecutive year, Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services earned a spot on the list.
Companies are selected based on industry experience, services offered and the ability to handle high order flow. The editors also conduct a comprehensive review of key capabilities and factor in average annual order volume. Holding a place on this list year after year is a testament to our team’s commitment to innovation and excellence—and our ability to meet the ever-changing demands of our clients and the market.
Supply chain solutions are becoming more valuable.
With the growth of ecommerce, direct-to-consumer merchants need outside help to manage their internal fulfillment capabilities. Reverse logistics, too, are more critical than ever. Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services is pleased to be earning more and more recognition for our proficiency in handling forward logistics services, as well as returns.
We’re the global leader in logistics, commerce enablement and device lifecycle services.
With our global infrastructure, open technology platform, and services including cross-border fulfillment, drop shipping, returns management, IT asset disposition and re-marketing, we offer clients a broad range of resources and decades of knowledge.
Our Technology:
BlueIQ: Ingram Micro’s proprietary global IT asset management system enables clients to manage their assets efficiently in real time, regardless of where on the globe they’re collected. From receipt through processing and disposition, BlueIQ provides process control oversight and a complete, auditable chain of custody.
Shipwire: Our order and fulfillment management platform connects merchants to an expansive global network of warehouses, parcel carriers, transportation and ecommerce options. The platform’s logistics infrastructure supports B2B and B2C solutions, and enables fast order fulfillment, inventory control and visibility, and optimized supply chain solutions.
Warehouse Management System (WMS): Our proprietary WMS is highly customizable and scalable. Whether clients need to manage hundreds of returns a month or millions of units across multiple locations on a major holiday, our WMS can handle it.
To learn more about Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services and understand why we were chosen for the Top 3PL list again this year, visit www.ingrammicroservices.com.
Glen Sutton is senior vice president, Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services, Americas region.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 12:50AM
Added: Feb 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Expert Insights on 8 Cybersecurity Trends for 2020
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Expert Insights on 8 Cybersecurity Trends for 2020
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/expert-insights-on-8-cybersecurity-trends-for-2020/
The only real way for your customers to thwart cyber threats is to become armed with information.
Cyberattacks will cost the world $6 trillion annually by 2021, according to the “2019 Official Annual Cybercrime Report,” by Cybersecurity Ventures. These cybercrimes represent “the greatest transfer of economic wealth in history, risks the incentives for innovation and investment, and will be more profitable than the global trade of all major illegal drugs combined,” the report states.
The only real way for your customers to thwart them is to become armed with information. Check out these cybersecurity insights about looming threats, trends and technologies for 2020.
The Skills Gap Widens –The shortage of cybersecurity professionals is nearly 3 million globally, according to the (ISC2) Cybersecurity Workforce Study “Cybersecurity Professionals Focus on Developing New Skills as Workforce Gap Widens,” with close to half a million in the United States alone. What’s more, 60% of those surveyed say their companies are at moderate or extreme risk of cybersecurity attacks due to this shortage, the study states. Fortunately, the industry is responding with creative solutions, such as cyber ranges, to fill the gaps.
The Potential for Colossal Attacks on IoT – With the increased adoption of internet of things (IoT) and industrial internet of things (IIoT) comes the potential for colossal security breaches—both in terms of size and impacts. For example, the global connected cars market is expected to grow 270% by 2022, with more than 125 million passenger cars with embedded connectivityto be shipped between 2018 and 2022, according to CounterPoint research. Imagine the consequences of an attack.
It’s All in Service Providers’ Contracts – Read and understand the contracts of your service providers and delineate security responsibilities up front. For example, the HIPPA Privacy Rule requires that “a covered [healthcare] entity obtain satisfactory assurances from its business associates that the business associate will appropriately safeguard the protected health information it receives or creates on behalf of the covered entity.”
Dev-Test Environments – Production environments are protected, but what about dev-test and other non-production environments? Uber software engineers developed and tested software that could connect to backup data related to users and drivers through inadequate access controls. Intruders then exploited Uber’s software development environment in a series of breaches, demonstrating the importance of securing all software environments, not just production environments.
Growing Data Privacy Concerns and Regulation – Data continues to be collected from every connected device, which raises the question: Who owns the data? If an enterprise owns the data, then the enterprise must be mandated to protect it. The GDPR (and the California Consumer Privacy Act) established that personal data is fundamentally the property of the person. In the case of California, which will likely become a de facto standard across the nation, organizations will have to disclose to California customers what personal data has been collected, and then delete and stop selling it if the customer requests.
AI-Generated Cybersecurity – Attackers are increasingly using AI to mimic people we know, but security companies are also using AI to fight back. In fact, 61% of enterprises say they cannot detect breach attempts today without the use of AI technologies, and 48% say their budgets for AI in cybersecurity will increase by an average of 29% in FY 2020, according to the Forbes.com article “Why AI Is the Future of Cybersecurity.”
Fighting Back with Cyber Ranges – Today’s organizations, universities and companies alike are increasingly turning to cyber ranges to help employees understand the latest threats and give them the tools and practice to combat them.
The Downstream Suppliers – No longer are organizations navigating the global economy alone. There are partners, suppliers, franchisees and other constituencies to consider—all connected in some way. An attack on you or any one of them puts everyone at risk. The Target breach that shocked the world in 2013 and affected 40 million cardholders demonstrated how cyber attackers gained access to Target’s gateway server through credentials stolen from a third-party vendor.
These are all trends that your customers will face in 2020.This is your opportunity to serve as a trusted advisor by having critical conversations about each of these topics to determine the best solutions to solve their challenges. There is no better time to take advantage of the various opportunities in the cybersecurity space. Tech Data can help empower your team with the latest industry expertise, cutting-edge solutions and services to enhance your reputable security practice. Let Tech Data’s holistic approach to cybersecurity help you grow your security margins across the cyber-threat continuum.
To learn more, visit here or contact
[email protected].
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 12:50AM
Added: Feb 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Unisys Unveils Updated Global Partner Program at RSA
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Unisys Unveils Updated Global Partner Program at RSA
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/unisys-unveils-updated-global-partner-program-at-rsa/
Unisys also announced the availability of Stealth 5.0.
RSA CONFERENCE — Unisys, the security services provider, has expanded and enhanced the partner program it introduced last year.
Announced during this week’s RSA Conference 2020, the new Unisys Security Global Channel Partner Program designates partners at three performance-based tiers – platinum, gold and silver – with benefits assigned to each tier. Registered partners have access to discounts, demos, collateral, co-branded materials and customizable marketing campaigns related to Unisys Stealth and other security offerings.
Other benefits include webinars, partner roadshows and regional events later in 2020. Partner-specific solution overviews with use cases and case studies are also available.
Chris Kloes, Unisys’ vice president of security, tells us the program focused specific resources on a couple of partners in select markets in 2019, and the results were “wildly successful.”
Unisys’ Chris Kloes
“With greater demand for software-defined perimeter and zero-trust solutions in the market, we knew that other partners globally required this type of solution,” he said. “Some partners have decades of experience in working with technology providers. We have taken some of the best practices and applied them to the program. Unisys has invested significantly in its online training curriculum in order for our partner teams to be fully enabled when speaking with their customers.”
By formalizing relationships with registered resellers of its security solutions, Unisys will broaden its client base for its security solutions, as well as boost the market reach of partners through the ability to resell solutions like Stealth, according to the company.
“Our partners have clear line of sight to the margin they’ll earn through transparent deal registration programs and additional margin incentives based on select criteria being met,” Kloes said. “The partner program expands Unisys Stealth into many more verticals and geographies where we haven’t had a presence. Through our comprehensive training program, our partners will be able to establish additional services revenues to complement the technology sale.”
Also at RSA, Unisys announced the availability of Stealth 5.0, the latest version of its security software which now provides protection for data in container and Kubernetes environments, designed to improve data-center security and secure new workloads. Stealth brings clients “always on” security and resilience, stopping even sponsored, sophisticated cyberattacks. And should an attacker get inside, Stealth prevents data exfiltration so that the breach remains a minor occurrence, the company said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 02:53AM
Added: Feb 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services Is Named a Top 3PL for the Fifth Consecutive Year
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services Is Named a Top 3PL for the Fifth Consecutive Year
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ingram-micro-commerce-lifecycle-services-is-named-a-top-3pl-for-the-fifth-consecutive-year-2/
Third-party logistics companies are selected based on industry experience, services offered and the ability to handle high order flow.
Each year, in January, the editors of Multichannel Merchant announce a list of the top 3PLs—the leading logistics providers. For the fifth consecutive year, Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services earned a spot on the list.
Companies are selected based on industry experience, services offered and the ability to handle high order flow. The editors also conduct a comprehensive review of key capabilities and factor in average annual order volume. Holding a place on this list year after year is a testament to our team’s commitment to innovation and excellence—and our ability to meet the ever-changing demands of our clients and the market.
Supply chain solutions are becoming more valuable.
With the growth of ecommerce, direct-to-consumer merchants need outside help to manage their internal fulfillment capabilities. Reverse logistics, too, are more critical than ever. Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services is pleased to be earning more and more recognition for our proficiency in handling forward logistics services, as well as returns.
We’re the global leader in logistics, commerce enablement and device lifecycle services.
With our global infrastructure, open technology platform, and services including cross-border fulfillment, drop shipping, returns management, IT asset disposition and re-marketing, we offer clients a broad range of resources and decades of knowledge.
Our Technology:
BlueIQ: Ingram Micro’s proprietary global IT asset management system enables clients to manage their assets efficiently in real time, regardless of where on the globe they’re collected. From receipt through processing and disposition, BlueIQ provides process control oversight and a complete, auditable chain of custody.
Shipwire: Our order and fulfillment management platform connects merchants to an expansive global network of warehouses, parcel carriers, transportation and ecommerce options. The platform’s logistics infrastructure supports B2B and B2C solutions, and enables fast order fulfillment, inventory control and visibility, and optimized supply chain solutions.
Warehouse Management System (WMS): Our proprietary WMS is highly customizable and scalable. Whether clients need to manage hundreds of returns a month or millions of units across multiple locations on a major holiday, our WMS can handle it.
To learn more about Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services and understand why we were chosen for the Top 3PL list again this year, visit www.ingrammicroservices.com.
Glen Sutton is senior vice president, Ingram Micro Commerce & Lifecycle Services, Americas region.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 02:53AM
Added: Feb 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
CenturyLink Microsoft Google Cisco Kick Off the Week with Cloud News
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
CenturyLink, Microsoft, Google, Cisco Kick Off the Week with Cloud News
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/centurylink-microsoft-google-cisco-kick-off-the-week-with-cloud-news/
There’s a lot happening this week thanks to the RSA Conference and the popularity of cloud in general.
Cloud news leaped out of the gates on Monday as a number of companies made announcements independently and as part of the RSA Conference taking place this week. We’ve rounded up some of the channel-centric cloud pieces and compiled them in this short roundup.
CenturyLink Now an Azure MSP
As businesses move workloads to the edge and use more than one clother oud, they must optimize performance. To that end, CenturyLink, a Microsoft gold partner, has joined the Networking Managed Service Provider Program for Microsoft Azure.
CenturyLink now is authorized to provide network and consultation services around Azure services to help enterprises more easily connect and build cloud solutions.
Last year, the carrier and Microsoft made a deal for CenturyLink to provide high-performance connectivity to Azure locations.
“Azure customers can now look to CenturyLink to build cloud solutions with high performance, and predictable networking and security,” said Ross Ortega, partner program manager, Microsoft Azure Networking.
Microsoft Moving Into Mexico
There’s more news on the Microsoft cloud front. Last week, Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella held a press conference with the president of Mexico to announce a $1.1 billion investment in that country.
A big part of the so-called “Innovate for Mexico” initiative comes in the form of a new data center region for Azure. Once that’s completed within the next five years, businesses and organizations in Mexico will be able to buy Azure, Office 365, Dynamics 365 and Power Platform services, and they may opt to keep data in-country, the company said.
Microsoft’s Enrique Perezyera
“There is only one future, and it will be digital,” Enrique Perezyera, general manager, Microsoft Mexico, said. “Mexico is well positioned to harness the power of new technologies, and by jointly working with Microsoft, the country will make this future a reality.”
“Innovate for Mexico” aims to contribute to Mexico’s development, not just through data centers but also through education and skills development. For Azure partners, though, the data center news is likely most applicable — at least for now. As more people undergo Microsoft training, managed service providers, VARs and other partners looking to operate or expand in Mexico will have a larger talent pool from which to draw.
The addition of data centers in Mexico means Microsoft Azure will operate 57 cloud regions in 22 countries.
Microsoft stands out as the first of the big three public cloud providers to really focus on the Mexico market.
Google Cloud Releases More Chronicle-Enabled Security Features
Google Cloud Platform on Monday unveiled additional security features made possible by its 2019 Chronicle acquisition.
First, GCP has updated Chronicle’s security analytics platform so users may detect threats using the new YARA-L rules language.
“This advanced threat detection provides hugely scalable, real-time and retroactive rule execution,” Sunil Potti, vice president, Google Cloud Security, wrote in a Feb. 24 blog.
And second, GCP debuted Chronicle’s data fusion capability, which allows deeper security insights including automatically linking multiple events into one timeline. Palo Alto Networks is the first partner to integrate this new data structure, doing so with its new Cortex XSOAR platform that adds threat management to security orchestration, automation and response.
“Cortex XSOAR offers automated enrichment, response and case management to enterprise-wide threats,” said Rishi Bhargava, vice president, product strategy at Palo Alto Networks. “The integration with Chronicle’s new detection capabilities and event timelines, across months or years of data, enhances that response and enables comprehensive threat management for our mutual customers.”
Chronicle launched its security analytics platform last year to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Feb 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cybersecurity Roundup: BullGuard Olympics Cyberthreats Sophos SentinelOne
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cybersecurity Roundup: BullGuard, Olympics Cyberthreats, Sophos, SentinelOne
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cybersecurity-roundup-bullguard-olympics-cyberthreats-sophos-sentinelone/
Many SMBs are operating under a false sense of security.
Despite constant headlines of breaches and warnings that cybercriminals aren’t strictly going after big targets, many SMBs still aren’t taking cybersecurity seriously enough.
New research commissioned and published by BullGuard revealed an alarming number of small businesses in the United States and United Kingdom are not prepared for a potential cyberattack or breach.
One-third of companies with 50 or fewer employees report using free, consumer-grade cybersecurity, and one in five companies uses no endpoint security. Additionally, 43% of SMB owners have no cybersecurity defense plan in place at all — leaving their most sensitive financial, customer and business data – and ultimately their companies – at significant risk.
The study also revealed some glaring discrepancies between what SMB owners believe versus what’s actually occurring in the market. Nearly 60% of SMB owners believe their business is unlikely to be targeted by cybercriminals; however, the results revealed that almost 19% of SMB owners have suffered from a cyberattack or data breach within the past year.
Once breached, one in four (25%) SMB owners said they had to spend $10,000 or more to resolve the attack, which could be potentially devastating for a small company. As for time lost, one-half of SMB owners said it took 24 hours or longer to recover from a breach or cyberattack, while one-quarter reported they lost business as a result, and almost two in five said they lost crucial data.
To find out more about why many SMBs are lax when it comes to cybersecurity, we spoke with Paul Lipman, BullGuard’s CEO.
Channel Futures: Why are so many SMBs still not taking cybersecurity seriously?
BullGuard’s Paul Lipman
Paul Lipman: Many SMBs are operating under a false sense of security as larger companies attract most of the media attention when it comes to cybercrime and hacking. In reality, SMBs are enticing targets for hackers. Large corporations invest heavily in internet security systems, typically making it challenging for hackers to breach their networks. They also have the financial resources and workforce to monitor and address such threats compared to smaller organizations. Small businesses are not immune to cyberattacks and data breaches, and are often targeted specifically because they fail to prioritize security and have limited resources available.
Smaller companies may have less data to steal, but if successfully hacked, they can provide a tunnel into the networks of larger companies with which they work. And as phishing targets, they are much more vulnerable than their larger counterparts who have first-line defenses, sophisticated firewalls, intrusion detection systems and sandboxes that are all overseen by 24/7 monitoring.
CF: What are the dangers of relying on free consumer cybersecurity solutions?
PL: One of the last things SMBs think about is cybersecurity. By shortchanging cybersecurity, they are putting everything they’ve worked for at risk.
Additionally, for consumers, as much as free public Wi-Fi is appealing, it can also be risky and unsafe. Since it’s a free service, its use can be by anyone, including hackers, predators, spies and all sorts of cybercriminals. You never know who is sharing the public Wi-Fi connection with you and what their intentions are. There are a number of free and paid VPNs available. Though free VPNs can reduce the risks associated with public Wi-Fi, they do have security limitations. As such, it’s much better to invest in a paid VPN service to ensure maximum protection.
CF: What can MSSPs and other cybersecurity providers be doing to help these SMBs?
PL: Service providers deliver value in three key areas. First, in recommending …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Feb 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
RSA Roundup: McAfee M&A BlackBerry Trustifi BigID
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
RSA Roundup: McAfee M&A, BlackBerry, Trustifi, BigID
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/rsa-roundup-mcafee-ma-blackberry-trustifi-bigid/
McAfee is collaborating with DXC Technology on managed detection and response.
McAfee‘s acquisition of Light Point Security and product news from by BlackBerry, Trustifi and BigID marked the opening of the 2020 RSA Conference in San Francisco.
“In its 29-year history, RSA Conference has evolved to meet new demands of the ever-changing world of cybersecurity,” said Linda Gray Martin, RSA Conference’s senior director and general manager. “But one thing has always remained constant, and that’s the importance of the human element in driving the industry forward.”
McAfee plans to integrate Light Point’s browser isolation technology into McAfee Secure Web Gateway, complementing its existing inbound and outbound protection for all web and cloud traffic. Financial details of the acquisition weren’t disclosed.
McAfee’s Ash Kulkarni
“Web browsing is one of the most common threat vectors for endpoints to get infected,” said Ash Kulkarni, executive vice president and chief product officer in McAfee‘s enterprise business group. “Adding Light Point Security’s capabilities into our products will create solutions that enable our customers to mitigate web-based threats without impacting user experience. We are constantly working to find ways to help our customers safely adopt the cloud so they enjoy increased productivity without experiencing heightened concerns about cyberattacks. Light Point Security’s browser isolation capabilities will bolster the McAfee Unified Cloud Edge offering to make it a preferred solution for security-focused businesses without compromising on productivity.”
In addition, McAfee has launched a global managed detection and response (MDR) platform in collaboration with DXC Technology, and has unveiled new innovations to its cloud-native MVision platform with the availability of Unified Cloud Edge (UCE), which provides unified data and threat protection from device level to the cloud.
Also at RSA, BlackBerry unveiled its new BlackBerry Spark platform with a new unified endpoint security (UES) layer which can work with BlackBerry unified endpoint management (UEM) to deliver zero-trust security. Using AI, ML and automation, Spark now offers improved cyberthreat prevention and remediation, and provides visibility across desktop, mobile, server, and IoT (including automotive) endpoints.
Richard McLeod, BlackBerry‘s global vice president of enterprise software channels, said the Spark platform and his company’s zero trust/unified endpoint security architecture represent “significant security consultation, professional and managed services, and high value-add security sales opportunities” for BlackBerry partners.
BlackBerry’s Richard McLeod
“With this announcement, endpoint protection platform, endpoint defense and response, mobile threat defense and continuous authentication solutions are available today for authorized BlackBerry partners,” he said. “Enabling our partners to bridge the security requirements from servers to laptops to mobile devices, from endpoints to applications, to IoT and automobiles.”
In addition, with the Spark platform, partners can take advantage of BlackBerry’s software development kit (SDK) to integrate intelligent security into their apps and services,” McLeod said.
“For example, in upcoming releases an ISV that is already using our Dynamics SDK will be able to leverage BlackBerry’s advanced Mobile Threat Defense within their application without having to add any code,” he said.
Also at RSA:
Trustifi, a software-as-a-service (SaaS) email security company, has just incorporated a new AI-enabled feature into its email encryption and data loss prevention (DLP) solution that also works via optical character recognition technology (OCR). The tool recognizes elements such as a scan of a credit card or a screenshot of a financial statement, and categorizes those attachments as sensitive. It then automatically encrypts the attachment, reducing the opportunity for employees/individuals to mistakenly transmit confidential material unprotected.
BigID announced next-generation data security capabilities, with features that apply BigID’s ML algorithms, designed originally to facilitate compliance with privacy regulations like the California Consumer Privacy (CCPA), to dark data. This solution uses advanced data discovery and ML-driven cluster analysis to identify, classify and process unstructured files, and retroactively addressing glaring security blindspots and getting ahead of future issues.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: Feb 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Forcepoint Debuts Security Subscription Services
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Forcepoint Debuts Security Subscription Services
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/forcepoint-debuts-security-subscription-services/
Forcepoint Advantage modernizes enterprise security pricing.
Forcepoint has new security subscription services delivering all-you-can-consume access, unlimited growth and support across the company’s protection solutions.
Forcepoint Advantage offers a single per-user subscription program across the endpoint, network, cloud and entity behavior analytics. This eliminates the need to license and manage separate point products — such as a firewall, web gateway, cloud access security broker (CASB) and data loss prevention (DLP).
Ravi Srinivasan, Forcepoint vice president, tells us there were three primary drivers for introducing Forcepoint Advantage. Those include: growing market demand for organizations seeking security solutions that could address broader use cases; the complexity faced by the enterprises to buy, implement and maintain multiple point product vendor relations; and the lack of transparency in those point product pricing models, even in a security-as-a-services model.
Forcepoint’s Ravi Srinivasan
“This promoted Forcepoint to introduce Forcepoint Advantage, modernizing enterprise security pricing with the required security solutions to solve broader security use cases,” he said.
Forcepoint Advantage will help partners create new business opportunities, especially in the area of protecting data wherever it’s used (on premises or in the cloud) and protecting any access to cloud (branch offices or remote users), Srinivasan said.
“Partners can benefit from the disruptive, single-subscription pricing model to introduce Forcepoint solutions to address broader enterprises security needs,” he said. “For example, partners can lead with Forcepoint Advantage to unify the necessary data security controls to protecting data wherever it’s used with converged a data protection solution. This means expanded opportunities for partners.”
Instead of promoting a point product like next-generation firewall for protecting network on the edge of the enterprise, partners can leverage Forcepoint Advantage to help enterprises protect all access to cloud, from enterprise, branch offices and remote users connecting to public, private and hybrid clouds, “thus differentiating from point vendors that are either a firewall-only vendor or secure web gateway vendor, or CASB vendor,” Srinivasan said.
Organizations garner the “most flexible” enterprise deployment model available to cover unlimited user growth, whether through organic business expansion or mergers and acquisition, over the term of the relationship, according to Forcepoint.
“Forcepoint recognizes that solving today’s most pressing security problems requires tight integration of capabilities that cross traditional point product boundaries,” said Matthew Moynahan, Forcepoint’s CEO. “We are committed to being a true security partner by driving convergence across the security stack and returning value back to our customers in the form of dramatically reduced licensing costs and lower operational burden for their already resource constrained security teams. Every user on today’s enterprise network must be protected, and we are committed to making it affordable for our customers to do so through programs such as Forcepoint Advantage.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: Feb 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
RSA Roundup: McAfee M&A BlackBerry Trustifi BigID
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
RSA Roundup: McAfee M&A, BlackBerry, Trustifi, BigID
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/rsa-roundup-mcafee-ma-blackberry-trustifi-bigid-2/
McAfee is collaborating with DXC Technology on managed detection and response.
McAfee‘s acquisition of Light Point Security and product news from by BlackBerry, Trustifi and BigID marked the opening of the 2020 RSA Conference in San Francisco.
“In its 29-year history, RSA Conference has evolved to meet new demands of the ever-changing world of cybersecurity,” said Linda Gray Martin, RSA Conference’s senior director and general manager. “But one thing has always remained constant, and that’s the importance of the human element in driving the industry forward.”
McAfee plans to integrate Light Point’s remote browser isolation (RBI) technology into McAfee Secure Web Gateway (SWG), complementing its existing inbound and outbound protection for all web and cloud traffic, and the newly launched MVision Unified Cloud Edge (UCE). Financial details of the acquisition weren’t disclosed.
Naveen Palavalli, McAfee‘s vice president of product and solutions marketing, tells us the technology will be available for selling through the channel as both an add-on to current SWG customers and as part of the UCE bundles.
“Enterprises in high-risk and/or high regulated environments will benefit from RBI, which adds an additional defense-in-depth layer to strengthen their defenses,” he said. “With UCE, enterprises have a converged approach to security in a SASE architecture, which dramatically reduces their cost and complexity, delivering maximum business agility from the cloud.”
In addition, McAfee has launched a global managed detection and response (MDR) platform in collaboration with DXC Technology.
Also at RSA, BlackBerry unveiled its new BlackBerry Spark platform with a new unified endpoint security (UES) layer which can work with BlackBerry unified endpoint management (UEM) to deliver zero-trust security. Using AI, ML and automation, Spark now offers improved cyberthreat prevention and remediation, and provides visibility across desktop, mobile, server, and IoT (including automotive) endpoints.
Richard McLeod, BlackBerry‘s global vice president of enterprise software channels, said the Spark platform and his company’s zero trust/unified endpoint security architecture represent “significant security consultation, professional and managed services, and high value-add security sales opportunities” for BlackBerry partners.
BlackBerry’s Richard McLeod
“With this announcement, endpoint protection platform, endpoint defense and response, mobile threat defense and continuous authentication solutions are available today for authorized BlackBerry partners,” he said. “Enabling our partners to bridge the security requirements from servers to laptops to mobile devices, from endpoints to applications, to IoT and automobiles.”
In addition, with the Spark platform, partners can take advantage of BlackBerry’s software development kit (SDK) to integrate intelligent security into their apps and services,” McLeod said.
“For example, in upcoming releases an ISV that is already using our Dynamics SDK will be able to leverage BlackBerry’s advanced Mobile Threat Defense within their application without having to add any code,” he said.
Also at RSA:
Trustifi, a software-as-a-service (SaaS) email security company, has just incorporated a new AI-enabled feature into its email encryption and data loss prevention (DLP) solution that also works via optical character recognition technology (OCR). The tool recognizes elements such as a scan of a credit card or a screenshot of a financial statement, and categorizes those attachments as sensitive. It then automatically encrypts the attachment, reducing the opportunity for employees/individuals to mistakenly transmit confidential material unprotected.
BigID announced next-generation data security capabilities, with features that apply BigID’s ML algorithms, designed originally to facilitate compliance with privacy regulations like the California Consumer Privacy (CCPA), to dark data. This solution uses advanced data discovery and ML-driven cluster analysis to identify, classify and process unstructured files, and retroactively addressing glaring security blindspots and getting ahead of future issues.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 08:52PM
Added: Feb 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
Microsoft Sharpens Focus on India as Market Primed for Rapid Growth
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Microsoft Sharpens Focus on India as Market Primed for Rapid Growth
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/microsoft-sharpens-focus-on-india-as-market-primed-for-rapid-growth/
Digital India initiative has buoyed opportunities for IT partners.
(Pictured above: Microsoft’s Satya Nadella on stage at the company’s Future Decoded conference in Mumbai, India.)
Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella is in his home country of India this week where the company is doubling down on its effort to deepen its partnerships with technology solutions and service providers.
On the first of a three-day trip to India, Nadella addressed an audience of CEOs at Microsoft’s Future Decoded conference in Mumbai, where he talked up the company’s latest advances in AI, automation and tools to enable digital transformation.
Nadella described Microsoft’s drive toward a ubiquitous compute fabric with increasing intelligence in the cloud, at the edge, and the shift away from dependency on any one device, showcasing the company’s enabling tools and platforms including Azure, GitHub, LinkedIn, PowerApps and Teams.
“To me, it comes down to how every organization here in India can drive this wave,” Nadella said.
Anant Maheshwari, president of Microsoft India, told attendees that the country now has 560 million internet users and 460 million who use smartphones.
Microsoft’s Anant Maheshwari
“The data loop that this is creating is amongst the largest and growing the fastest across the world,” Maheshwari said. “And that creates tremendous opportunity for India to influence the world and influence where digital goes.”
Maheshwari added that the IT industry makes up $180 billion, approximately 8% of the country’s GDP. India is home of the world’s third largest ecosystem including 8,000 startups that are SaaS providers, a figure that has grown three times over the past five years, according to Maheshwari.
“If you take these two ends of the spectrum, we are part of leading the India transformation from both ends — the services side from the IT services and the innovation that’s happening in startups,” he said.
Over the past year, Microsoft has engaged in deeper partnerships with some of India’s largest IT services and infrastructure providers. Through its ITeS 360 initiative, Microsoft is encouraging some of its largest partners to create business units focused on the company’s core applications and solutions stack.
Among them, Tata Communications Services (TCS) formed a Microsoft business unit in November and HCL Technologies last month also formed one. Both are among India’s largest IT services, solutions and outsourcing providers. Last summer, Reliance Jio, a subsidiary of diversified energy and chemical conglomerate Reliance Industries, signed a broad 10-year partnership with Microsoft.
As part of that agreement, Jio is building data centers across India with the “next-generation” of compute, storage and network infrastructure where Microsoft will deploy its Azure platform. The first two datacenters are slated to go live this year in Gujarat and Maharashtra. Jio will also build solutions for clients based on the Azure platform.
India has rapidly arisen as a potentially lucrative growth market for companies that provide a wide variety of IT services throughout the country, where approximately 1.4 billion people represent the world’s second largest population.
The country has aggressively modernized its infrastructure following Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s Digital India initiative in 2014 to bring affordable and widely available broadband and modern wireless communications services throughout India.
Indeed, just a few years ago the best broadband service available was 256 Kbps, and now the average speed available in villages throughout India is 21 Mbps, according to Reliance chairman Mukesh Ambani, who joined Nadella on stage during yesterday’s Future Decoded speech.
It also wasn’t long ago that only 2G wireless service was widely available, Ambani added, noting that it came at the steep price of 10,000 rupees (approximately 139 USD) per Gb. Over the past three years, he said 380 million people have migrated to 4G technology, which now costs about 14 rupees, or 19 cents.
“I can easily say that the mobile networks in India now are better or on par with anybody else in the world,” Ambani said. “Consumption has also gone up and this has really become people’s movement. Because we have this infrastructure, we are accelerating, and we are just at the beginning of this whole journey.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 25, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: Feb 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
Automation: An Answer to the Compliance Kerfuffle
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Automation: An Answer to the Compliance Kerfuffle
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/automation-an-answer-to-the-compliance-kerfuffle/
Less than 10% of MSPs offer compliance-as-a-service solutions. Kaseya Compliance Manager seeks to fill this gap.
Compliance is so hot right now, and Kaseya is all over it. The provider just announced a new comprehensive audit, assessment and analysis solution that allows users to automate compliance processes and documentation according to the National Institute of Standards and Technology’s (NIST) Cyber Security Framework (CSF).
This capability within Kaseya Compliance Manager boosts MSPs and helps them better support small and midsize clients facing the increasingly nasty and growing number of cybersecurity threats by leveraging the best practices outlined in the NIST CSF. —
According to Kaseya’s 2019 MSP Benchmark Survey, 83% of MSPs are impacted by their end-customers’ compliance requirements, and one-half assist end customers in their compliance efforts on an ad-hoc basis; yet, there’s a compliance expertise gap among MSPs, with less than one in 10 MSPs offering compliance-as-a-service solutions.
Kaseya Compliance Manager aims to solve this issue, empowering small and midsize companies to prepare for just about any existing or future data privacy law iteration, as NIST CSF makes up the foundation for a majority of these regulations. [For example, the federal COPRA bill (US’ would-be answer to the GDPR), the CCPA, and the NY SHIELD Act — arguably the most comprehensive state data privacy regulation to date, effective March 2020).
Kaseya’s Mike Puglia
“Standards like GDPR, HIPAA and NIST CSF have a laundry list of requirements to demonstrate compliance, and oftentimes the complexity of these requirements reach beyond the expertise of IT administrators and MSPs,” said Mike Puglia, chief strategy officer, Kaseya. “Despite that fact, almost every MSP client is subject to at least one set of security or privacy rules, if not more. For most organizations, compliance with these rules is outside their skill set. This presents a huge opportunity for MSPs to step in and offer to manage the compliance process for their customers.”
Puglia warns, however, to do so effectively, MSPs need a solution that not only helps them bridge the compliance expertise gap but also complements their multifunction capabilities so that they can capitalize on this next big managed service. This is where Kaseya Compliance Manager comes in.
Kaseya Compliance Manager is a purpose-built, role-based compliance process automation platform. The product’s workflow engine, automated discovery, management portal, and built-in compliance document generation and archiving hand MSPs the information they need to gather, process, analyze and validate customer compliance efforts with a number of regulations and laws.
“We built Compliance Manager to be intuitive,” said Puglia. “Regulation-specific versions of Compliance Manager, for GDPR and HIPAA for example, delve into the specific requirements and nuances of those standards without requiring the technician to have a background in data privacy or medical records. Additionally, again keeping MSPs in mind, we offer live instructor-led training, one-on-one sessions and onboarding assistance to help them get their first deployment up and running, as well as provide free unlimited technical support.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 26, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Feb 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
Boomi Launches Improved Integration Center of Excellence Service
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Boomi Launches Improved Integration Center of Excellence Service
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/boomi-launches-improved-integration-center-of-excellence-service/
Boomi partners can leverage Boomi’s ICoE for greater ROI.
Boomi, a Dell Technologies business, has a new Integration Center of Excellence (ICoE) service, to help today’s modern business with their digital tranformations.
The latest iteration of Boomi’s ICoE practice, or service, is based on a five-step methodology designed to help enterprise customers build integrations faster and better.
Boomi’s Chris Port
“Based on our experience with over 10,000 customers, Boomi has developed the first ICoE model for the age of rapid, distributed innovation and AI, IoT, multicloud infrastructures and other technologies, that enterprises depend on today,” said Chris Port, chief operating officer for Boomi. “We’re uniquely positioned to help customers make the most of the Boomi Unified Platform to drive integrated experiences with their customers by building integrations, reducing technical debt, and achieving their goals for growth and digital transformation.”
Historically, ICoE has promised to standardize processes, cut integration costs and improve business processes, but it was criticized for falling short in each area, especially in today’s world where organizations are more distributed, a new ICoE approach needed to be created, according to Port.
The new ICoE service goes further than previous approaches and is based on Boomi’s experience with more than 10,000 customers and was developed in collaboration with leading global system integrators.
“We developed a methodology to build an ICoE that supports digital transformation and builds capabilities that meet the needs of today’s enterprise, such as support for cloud, on-premises, API, rigorous security and more,” he said. “Our ICoE is not another top-down bureaucracy designed for a pre-cloud enterprise. It’s a flexible, collaborative team that makes the most of iPaaS to empower integration contributors – from security experts to citizen integrators – to make building integrations faster and more suitable to today’s rapidly evolving digital organization.”
In contrast with earlier industry efforts with ICoEs, the new Boomi ICoE is different:
Boomi says its service combines modern development and management practices to provide a more productive, flexible, and collaborative IT environment.
Enterprises have had to pick and choose which integrations to excel at, whereas Boomi’s ICoE addresses all types of integrations – whether it involves low-code, API development or custom coding, and whether they connect to cloud, multicloud, on-prem, IoT or other endpoints.
Every organization starts at a different point in the integration maturity spectrum and has unique differences that need to be well understood. The Boomi ICoE service helps customers with the maturity journey, enabling them to more quickly and effectively achieve better business outcomes.
Partners deal with large customers who have increasingly complex and distributed teams. Their customers need support and guidance, which is what Boomi’s ICoE service is designed to do.
“Boomi’s ICoE enables partners to leverage our integration community of excellence while we remain focused on the integrations. The center will provide partners with a faster implementation, increased time to value, and greater ROI,” said Port. “Partners will be able to support even larger enterprise customers, providing them with the guidance, community, and methodology needed to more rapidly scale and succeed at integrations.“
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 26, 2020 at 05:51AM
Added: Feb 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
HP Marches Forward with Growth Plan Calls Xerox Proposal Fundamentally Flawed
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HP Marches Forward with Growth Plan, Calls Xerox Proposal ‘Fundamentally Flawed’
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hp-marches-forward-with-growth-plan-calls-xerox-proposal-fundamentally-flawed/
Yet the company is open to exploring talks with Xerox.
As promised, HP Inc. has emerged from its quiet period and announced a multiyear plan to grow earnings and the company, maintaining its commitment to shareholders. At the same time, HP said it’s keeping the door open to further talks with Xerox, which has been on a tear to take over the company for the past few months.
HP’s multiyear strategic and financial value creation plan is expected to deliver $4.7-$5.1 billion of non-GAAP operating profit in fiscal 2022, driven by growth in the company’s printer and 3-D printing and digital manufacturing products, as well as sustained attention to costs, and a new capital return program of about $16 billion from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2022.
HP’s Enrique Lores
“HP is out of the gate strong in [the first quarter], with outstanding earnings and a robust plan to create significant value for shareholders,” said Enrique Lores, president and CEO of HP. “Our three-year financial targets reflect a company at the top of its game, combining the industry’s best innovation with disciplined cost management and aggressive capital returns to support a compelling investment in both the short and long term.”
Lores also noted that Xerox’s most recent bid for the company, at $24 per share or about $34 billion, undervalues HP, creates significant risk and compromises the future of the company.
Here’s a closer look at the last Xerox proposal, as per HP:
Exchanges HP stock for cash and Xerox stock at a fundamentally flawed value exchange that does not compensate HP shareholders for the value of HP executing on its strategic plan and transfers value from HP shareholders to Xerox shareholders.
Uses HP’s balance sheet as transaction consideration and creates an irresponsible capital structure that would jeopardize the future value of the combined company and constrain its ability to invest in growth and innovation.
Overstates the potential synergies by including HP’s existing plans for independent cost reductions and productivity gains.
Always keeping its stockholders front and center, including potential mergers and acquisitions, HP said it will reach out to Xerox to explore if there is a deal that creates value for shareholders that is additive to HP’s strategic and financial plan.
“The HP Board is united in its full support of the company’s strategy and team. HP has a proven track record of consistent value creation and it is well positioned in both print and personal systems to drive operating profit growth and attractive shareholder returns,” said Chip Bergh, chair of HP’s board of directors. “Our new capital return program enables us to optimize our balance sheet while maintaining the appropriate capital structure for the business.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 26, 2020 at 05:51AM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
RSA Roundup Day 2: Mimecast Exabeam CrowdStrike Firemon
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
RSA Roundup Day 2: Mimecast, Exabeam, CrowdStrike, Firemon
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/rsa-roundup-day-2-mimecast-exabeam-crowdstrike-firemon/
Exabeam unveiled a new cloud platform and FireMon handed out awards.
Day two of this week’s massive RSA Conference 2020 in San Francisco prompted more product news from Mimecast, Exabeam and Crowdstrike.
Mimecast has added new capabilities to its cloud-based platform comprised of integrated service components to combat the latest cybersecurity challenges. These capabilities further enable customers to “embrace a new approach” to defending email, the company said.
Mimecast’s Dino DiMarino
Dino DiMarino, Mimecast’s chief revenue officer, tells us these new additions provide partners with a “stronger, more comprehensive” defense against evolving attack methods, which can be integrated to streamline and eliminate cost and complexity.
“With these updates, our partners can increase their customer’s cybersecurity protection across all corners of their organizations beyond their purview, strengthening three distinct zones — at the perimeter, within an organization or network, and beyond the perimeter,” he said. “This offers a unique opportunity for partners to differentiate themselves by offering customers more pervasive security protection in a single, integrated solution compared to [a] disparate point solution.”
Exabeam unveiled its new Exabeam Cloud Platform, designed to help architects secure new use cases by expediting the provisioning and consumption of new applications, tools and content, and making security engineers and analysts more efficient.
Applications, including the previously announced Exabeam Threat Intelligence Service and the new Exabeam Cloud Archive, will be available on the cloud platform through the Exabeam Application Marketplace. The first tool, the Exabeam Parser Editor, is being made available with the launch of the Exabeam Cloud Studio on the cloud platform.
Ted Plumis, Exabeam’s vice president of channels, business and corporate development, tells us each tool is designed to streamline the workload of the security operations center (SOC) engineer and increase the security available.
Exabeam’s Ted Plumis
“Partners will see carryover benefits from assisting end users in solving specific pain points: helping leaders improve the company’s security posture; aiding architects in securing new use cases by expediting the provisioning and consumption of new applications, tools and content; and making security engineers and analysts more efficient with simplicity of use and deployment,” he said. “This is the first step in new opportunities for Exabeam partners. In the future, applications will also be available from trusted partners. Partners will be able to build applications on the cloud platform using Exabeam’s software development toolkit (SDK) or simply sell them through the marketplace. Having access to this marketplace is a distinct competitive advantage for Exabeam partners.”
CrowdStrike announced that it has made available to partners new features built on the data of the CrowdStrike Falcon platform to enable them to develop and deliver security applications and services to customers. The new offerings allow technology alliance partners, CrowdStrike Store application partners and MSSPs to innovate for new security use cases that combat advanced threats and stop breaches.
The Falcon platform reduces the burden of operationalizing, maintaining, configuring and optimizing endpoint security for MSSPs while providing the “most comprehensive protection available,” according to CrowdStrike. MSSPs can better protect their customers with CrowdStrike’s endpoint protection because it allows them to protect endpoints across all leading operating system (OS) platforms and against all types of attacks, enabling immediate and effective prevention and detection of threats, according to the company.
“The valuable crowdsourced data and rich APIs of the CrowdStrike Falcon Platform power our thriving partner ecosystem,” said Matthew Polly, CrowdStrike’s vice president of business alliances and channels. “This is demonstrated by the growth in our strategic technology integrations with cloud leaders, the increase of offerings for our customers in the CrowdStrike Store, and the development of our new MSSP program. As a pioneer of the security cloud, CrowdStrike has revolutionized enterprise security by providing a holistic ecosystem of leading tools and applications that enable partners and customers to better architect their security stack and seamlessly deploy and manage new resources all through one platform. We are proud to partner with innovative leaders worldwide in the global battle to fight advanced threats and stop breaches.”
Also at RSA, FireMon announced the winners of its Ignite Partner of the Year awards recognizing top-performing partners, integrators and distributors.
The 2019 FireMon award winners are:
2019 Growth Partner of the Year – SHI
2019 Americas Partner of the Year – Presidio
2019 EMEA Partner of the Year – IBM Switzerland
2019 APAC Partner of the Year – AmonSoft
2019 Americas Distributor of the Year – Synnex
2019 International Distributor of the Year – StarLink
FireMon also announced new API integrations with ServiceNow, Cisco ACI and Swimlane aimed at helping customers improve network security visibility, control and efficiency while maximizing the value of their investments in security and IT service management systems.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 26, 2020 at 07:51PM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
Strike While the Irons Hot with MDR Security Services
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Strike While the Iron’s Hot with MDR Security Services
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/strike-while-the-irons-hot-with-mdr-security-services/
The market for MDR is expected to grow from $420 million in 2017 to over $1.6 billion in 2022.
Year after year, cybersecurity is at the at the top of CEO concerns and is among the top CIO purchasing priorities.
Many are working to solve this by moving to a more modern infrastructure — think UCaaS, SD-WAN and 5G. But while adopting these technologies likely leads to a better user experience, the move also brings greater complexity behind the scenes, especially around security.
During his presentation, “Stress Less, Earn More with MDR Security Services,” on March 10, part of the security conference track sponsored by Nextiva at the Channel Partners Conference & Expo, Jack Danahy, Alert Logic‘s senior vice president and chief evangelist, will dive into the growing market for managed detection and response (MDR) security services.
Alert Logic’s Jack Danahy
He’ll illustrate the low-stress opportunity it can bring for service providers to expand revenues and create stronger customer relationships by delivering peace of mind.
In a Q&A with Channel Futures, Danahy provides a sneak peek of the information he plans to share with attendees.
Channel Futures: How big is the opportunity for MDR services?
Jack Danahy: Whether you read the analysis from Gartner or watch the rising number of firms using the term MDR, it is clear that there is a new wave of services required in security, and I believe that wave is MDR. Gartner’s 2019 MDR Market guide describes a 500% increase in customers looking for MDR by 2024, and indicates a strong preference to MDR over any other managed security service during that same period. In dollars, the market for MDR is expected to grow from $420 million in 2017 to over $1.6 billion in 2022, a CAGR of 31.6%. That speaks to substantial growth in MDR services revenues.
There is an added opportunity for multifaceted MDR providers. Service providers who add a meaningful and repeating security practice can expect lower rates of churn and higher margin contribution from managed services due to the demand and perceived scarcity of the resources providing security services.
CF: Why aren’t more partners taking advantage of this opportunity?
JD: We see strong interest within the partner community to understand more about security as they create their forward-looking strategy. Impeding the adoption among some partners are exactly the conditions that are driving MDR demand. Security isn’t simple, either to understand or manage, and security resources are very scarce. Partners experience both of these complications, and can feel that the integration of MDR will jeopardize their existing relationships or revenue if they fail to meet their existing standards. It is the responsibility of the MDR enablers to improve their capacity to describe, integrate, train and reward partners for their efforts in becoming MDR teams, and demonstration of this commitment will likely bring a higher and deeper level of interest in partnering for this technology and support.
CF: What are some things to keep in mind when incorporating an MDR offering?
JD: A strong MDR partner can provide a variety of levels of MDR integration. When incorporating this capability, I recommend a …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 26, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
4 Questions to Ask Cloud Vendors Before You Buy
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
4 Questions to Ask Cloud Vendors Before You Buy
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/4-questions-to-ask-cloud-vendors-before-you-buy/
Will the vendor help you make more money and will its support grow with your capabilities?
Joseph Landes
Managed service providers looking to transition their business to a predictable, recurring cloud-based model are faced with choosing a partner from among numerous cloud management vendors – and it’s important to recognize that not all are created equal.
Promises will be made about capabilities and expertise, and the MSP needs to understand what information is most important to ensure their cloud vendor can help them build a successful cloud business. If you’re an MSP looking for a new cloud vendor, these are the four questions you must ask before buying:
Will your support model grow with me? Many cloud management vendors will claim their support is best-in-class when, in truth, it’s the Achilles’ heel of their business. Ask your vendor how many years it has been providing cloud support, its support team’s average tenure, and its standard support terms. If you feel its support can’t grow with you, don’t make the mistake of partnering with them even though other parts of their offering could be attractive.
Does your solution directly affect connectivity for my customers? No MSP wants their customer environment to be inaccessible for any amount of time. It’s the bane of every MSP’s existence as it means your customer isn’t able to work, an influx of help desk requests come in and eventually connectivity loss leads to mistrust and lost customers. Some cloud management solutions mandate a custom desktop client that first connects to a portal and then passes the connection to the infrastructure in the public cloud. If that vendor’s product is down, your customer can’t authenticate and connect to their desktops. As an MSP, you can’t afford extra steps or software to stand in the critical path of your customer’s success. A better route is for your customers to connect to the public cloud using native tools without “checking in” first with your vendor.
Do you support multiple cloud use cases? Not every customer comes to the cloud the same way. Some will move one workload at a time while others will forklift their entire business at once. If a vendor says, “we only support virtual desktops” or “we don’t support lift and shift,” it likely means their cloud solution is too narrow and you will inevitably run into scenarios they simply can’t support. Think carefully before you lock yourself into a vendor with only a one-point solution that isn’t broad enough to meet your customer’s true needs.
Are you helping me make more money? In the world of cloud, technical expertise equates to table stakes. What separates the wheat from the chaff is a vendor whose solution can help an MSP expand its margins and make more money. Many vendors will lead a demo by showing you the top 10 features of their SaaS offering. By wowing you with the bells and whistles of their product, you’ll be led to a false sense of security where you believe the product will sell itself. This leaves you to figure out on your own how to make money selling and implementing your product. Does the vendor understand the cloud ecosystem well enough to walk you through a clear path to increasing your margins meaningfully? Does it have a channel-friendly approach where it passed leads to you from direct customers or offers marketing/sales support and industry insights? If not, you’re likely betting on the wrong solution and should instead look for a vendor who is going to put more profit in your pocket while also delivering a best-in-class product for your customers.
For an MSP, forging a relationship with the right cloud management vendor is an important step in transitioning your practice to the cloud and helping your customers reap its benefits. These few simple, but important, questions will go a long way toward building a foundation for your cloud practice’s success.
Joseph Landes is the chief revenue officer of Nerdio where one of his primary focuses is to significantly scale the Nerdio for Azure product and enable MSPs to build successful cloud practices in Microsoft Azure. Prior to joining Nerdio in 2018, Landes had a successful 23-year career at Microsoft, where he held senior leadership positions at the company’s corporate headquarters in Redmond as well as in Eastern Europe, India and Brazil. He brings a wealth of experience in international marketing, sales and business development, along with cloud product marketing. Landes also has written for leading channel and technology publications. Follow him on LinkedIn or @josephlandes or @GetNerdio on Twitter.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 26, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cloud MSPs SADA SCTG Give Enterprise Clients More Options with New Deals
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cloud MSPs SADA, SCTG Give Enterprise Clients More Options with New Deals
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cloud-msps-sada-sctg-give-enterprise-clients-more-options-with-new-deals/
Each has expanded partnerships with big-name vendors, Google Cloud and Digital Realty, respectively.
Two cloud-centric managed services providers this week made waves with significant announcements. Above all, the activity showcases some different ways MSPs can expand their businesses to meet customer needs and create new revenue streams.
SADA Inks Hefty Partnership Extension With Google Cloud
SADA, an MSP named as one of Channel Partners’ and Channel Futures’ 2020 organizations to watch, is extending its singular partnership with Google Cloud through a multiyear, $500 million agreement.
Last year, SADA ditched its Microsoft business and went all in on Google Cloud — a move that has generated almost 400% growth, SADA CEO Tony Safoian said. The half-billion-dollar contract announced on Tuesday reflects total certainty in the decision to team only with Google Cloud, Safoian told Channel Futures.
SADA Systems’ Tony Safoian
“A commitment of this scale confirms our confidence in Google Cloud … while demonstrating the enthusiasm our enterprise customers are continuing to show for Google Cloud Platform,” he said. “SADA’s launch of new services around Anthos and Smart Analytics, coupled with the expansion of our packaged solution offerings, epitomizes the value that channel companies can bring to customers.”
SADA now is working to launch new solutions and services built on Google Cloud.
For example, it’s prepping faster hybrid and multicloud deployments with Anthos. The MSP recently released Anthos First-Step and Anthos Flat-Rate packages; next, it will debut AnthosLabs workshops, providing hands-on experiences, software and consultative training for IT professionals. That way, customers learn how to implement Anthos in multi- and hybrid cloud environments more quickly, and get tips for managing cloud spend and resources with more predictability and consistency, SADA said.
“What’s most exciting about these … workshops is that customers go from having zero prior experience with Anthos to deploying it to a multicloud environment, all in the span of one jam-packed afternoon,” Miles Ward, CTO at SADA and a Channel Partners/Channel Futures 2020 Channel Influencer, said.
SADA Systems’ Miles Ward
In addition, look for SADA to introduce packages that help enterprises with smart analytics and data warehousing. This will all be done through Google Cloud, of course, yet will include support for Netezza, Teradata and Hadoop migrations to BigQuery. SADA also will host “sprint workshops” around machine learning. The idea is to give clients more immediate ability to make decisions through data-driven insights, and help them innovate.
Finally, SADA will bring Google Cloud AI to contact centers. This will allow live agents to use data to resolve issues and close cases faster, spot trends and identify common topics the contact center is handling.
SADA has beefed up its engineering and technical account management teams to support and deliver these expanded managed services.
“We’re very proud to expand our strategic partnership with SADA,” Carolee Gearhart, vice president, worldwide channel sales at Google Cloud, said. “As a Google Cloud MSP, SADA has proven its expertise in enabling customer success and providing innovative and scalable solutions for the enterprise.”
SCTG Goes Deeper with Digital Realty
ServerCentral Turing Group, a key Amazon Web Services MSP, is broadening its work with data center colocation vendor Digital Realty.
On Tuesday, SCTG said it’s expanding its collaboration on Digital Realty’s Ashburn, Va., connected campus, reportedly one of the fastest-growing data center environments with more than 70% of global internet traffic passing through it.
SCTG is offering connectivity, and custom and hybrid cloud solutions to its enterprise clients through Digital Realty’s PlatformDigital offering, which supports digital transformation.
“Managed service providers must be able to provide direct connectivity to the major cloud providers so their customers can scale their IT infrastructure fast, efficiently and safely,” Jordan Lowe, CEO and co-founder of SCTG, told Channel Futures. “That starts with a trusted data center partner who can provide the highest quality service and the least amount of latency possible for critical applications and worldwide data exchange. Our expanded collaboration on Digital Realty’s Ashburn campus provides a reliable platform for our customers to build upon.”
And because Digital Realty has worldwide reach, end users teaming with SCTG gain important advantages, Lowe said.
“Companies need hyperscale platform connectivity and hybrid solutions to be competitive worldwide,” Lowe added. “Digital Realty is the perfect partner for us because they provide the accessibility, resiliency and availability our clients need to scale quickly and efficiently.”
Erich Sanchack, executive vice president of operations for Digital Realty, agreed.
“SCTG’s clients can be confident they have a solid operational foundation on PlatformDigital for their global digital-transformation initiatives,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 26, 2020 at 10:51PM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
How to Ease the Very Hard Job of Finding and Hiring the Right People
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How to Ease the Very Hard Job of Finding and Hiring the Right People
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-to-ease-the-very-hard-job-of-finding-and-hiring-the-right-people/
Here are useful suggestions to help channel partners find the right people to fill jobs in IT, sales, support and more.
Hiring the right people for IT jobs is always a critical chore, from systems security to sales, research, engineering, partner programs and more. But successful hiring has to start with first finding the right candidates and that can be a huge battle in itself.
To provide some helpful insights, three channel leaders will join James Bier, the co-founder and chief channel development officer at VAR Staffing, at the 2020 Channel Partners Conference & Expo in Las Vegas for a panel discussion about best practices to attract top talent. The March 11 panel, Recruiting the ‘Right’ Talent, part of the business best practices conference track sponsored by Nextiva, will include Sam Chawkat, chief operating officer of Dynamic Networking Solutions; Troy Gelsky, director of client services for VAR Staffing; and James Laszko, chief technology officer of Mythos Technology.
We spoke with the panelists prior to the event to talk about their recruitment secrets. Their remarks are edited for clarity and brevity.
Channel Futures: How does proactively recruiting specific talent allow organizations to separate themselves from their competition?
VAR Staffing’s Troy Gelsky
Troy Gelsky: If your organization subscribes to the idea of proactively recruiting, and your recruiting team is good at what they do, there will hopefully be a constant inflow of candidates that you are speaking with on a monthly basis. You never want to feel like you are running to catch the bus you already missed.
Sam Chawkat: You need to be always hiring and always proactively looking for talent or you will be left behind. New blood fuels creativity [and] fuels new business avenues to explore that were not explored before. It fuels culture and it fuels a little competition to strive to do better. If you are not always on the hunt for the right person, you are going to miss them through all shuffle.
CF: How should organizations find or mine such talent acquisition?
TG: We remind our partners to spread the word in different ways. Mixing it up between job postings on CareerBuilder, Dice, LinkedIn and Monster, word of mouth inside your channel community, and one of the most valuable and less utilized is the compensated employee referral. We also suggest partnering with local universities and trade schools, as that is a great revolving door for “green talent.”
CF: What are some of the ways to find qualified workers when unemployment rates are low and quality candidates are not bringing themselves to your door?
TG: It’s hard to find “hidden talent” because most of what you are looking for is gainfully employed at the moment. Typically speaking, the best employees are not on the job boards posting their resumes to find a job, so you need to be proactive and have a good message to attract them to your organization.
Dynamic Networking Solutions’ Sam Chawkat
SC: For us, it’s working with key business affiliates, working with academic institutions, having a strong internship program and offering a finder’s fee for employee referrals as well as customer referrals.
CF: What new interviewing methods are needed when you have to go out and recruit applicants?
James Laszko: For us, adapting our process to include peer interviews was a giant leap. We’ve had many applicants wash out of the process due to a gut feel or clash with one of our existing team members. Our team feels empowered because they are listened to and we’re potentially avoiding a conflict in hiring a wrong fit.
CF: What are the right messages to put out there to attract good candidates to get them to come in to talk?
JL: In an industry that has such super low unemployment rates, it’s a tough gig. We’re not located in a major metropolitan area, so our wages are a bit lower than large cities. However, we feel that the team and company culture is the biggest driver for success for us. In our interview process we make sure to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 26, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
Malwarebytes Targets MSPs with New Program Operations Console
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Malwarebytes Targets MSPs with New Program, Operations Console
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/malwarebytes-targets-msps-with-new-program-operations-console/
MP3 offers a tiered approach to suit specific customer and licensing needs.
Malwarebytes on Wednesday unveiled its enhanced cloud platform, and rolled out its MSP Premier Partner Program (MP3) and OneView, MP3’s cloud-based operations console.
MP3 and OneView will enable MSPs to grow their revenue through streamlined delivery of security solutions to their SME customers. The Malwarebytes Nebula platform provides cloud delivery and management across the entire Malwarebytes’ product portfolio including incident response, endpoint protection, and endpoint detection and response (EDR).
Mike LaPeters, Malwarebyte’s vice president of worldwide MSP and channel operations, tells us his company has always taken a regional/segmented view of the channel.
Malwarebytes’ Mike LaPeters
“We have undertaken this initiative primarily to globalize and centralize our programs under one umbrella relationship,” he said. “The important thing for both us and our partners is our relationship. Treating partners as partners is what is most important. Reselling, MSP (services), technician or break-fix are just specializations. MP3 is a realization of this vision.”
Previously in limited release, MP3 offers a tiered approach to suit specific customer and licensing needs, scaling to fit the evolving needs of MSPs, the company said. The OneView console enables onboarding of new customers, management of license and billing, global policy setting and role-based access control. Additional features include in-console support and customer reporting with insights into the value that the MSP is delivering through endpoint protection activities including detected threats and remediation activity.
The intent or spirit behind MP3 is different from what’s been in place for partners, LaPeters said.
“How a partner transacts (reselling, delivering as a service or offering break-fix) is just a matter of logistics; it shouldn’t define our engagement,” he said. “The fundamental message of this program is we have partners and we will help those partners deliver value to their customer in whatever way best meets their customer’s needs. Secondly, we have invested a lot in trying to understand how to help partners deliver a better outcome for their customers. One of the cornerstone features of the MSP launch is the ability for partners to earn security training certificates. These are granted in increasing volume as their tier level increases. These certificates allow the partner to get advanced security training, funded by Malwarebytes, to increase their knowledge and expertise in security.”
The training is an investment in helping partners to get better at delivering security across the board, LaPeters said.
“Think something along the lines of Certified Ethical Hacker (CEH) or Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) [or] Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE),” he said. “Partners growing their capabilities helps everyone. It’s a key foundational value of Malwarebytes; everyone is entitled to a malware-free existence.”
Along with the launch of MP3, Malwarebytes has increased its internal dedicated team by nearly 10 times, LaPeters said.
“We also have built a new licensing model which enables partners to add, modify and remove licenses without the need to place orders or talk to a person,” he said. “So, for example, a customer of an MSP needs 20 endpoints added at 3 a.m. on a Sunday — well, they just add them. No waiting for business hours; we want to be real-time in how our partners support their clients. Threats don’t wait for business hours.”
Malwarebytes Malware Removal Service (MRS) and Premium Services, previously in controlled availability, also are now available to all enterprises. MRS provides intervention and triage to manage and isolate a critical malware incident, while Premium Services offer dedicated security resources to suit the needs of each customer.
“We see more businesses shifting their security needs to MSPs in order to better address the rapidly evolving threat landscape,” said Akshay Bhargava, Malwarebytess’ chief product officer. “Our enhanced Malwarebytes Nebula platform and MSP offerings mean that our partners can better protect their customers. Enhanced operational controls and reporting ensure these businesses have a strong posture against threats and can recover with minimal downtime in the event of a breach.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 27, 2020 at 02:52AM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
Igel Updates Partner Program with Move to Online Training Replaces MDF
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Igel Updates Partner Program with Move to Online Training, Replaces MDF
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/igel-updates-partner-program-with-move-to-online-training-replaces-mdf/
Igel is replacing MDF with strategic planning and marketing (SPAM) funds.
Igel is moving to simplify the way it enables partners to sell services, or to deliver their own, by replacing live training with online classes.
The rollout of Igel Academy is one of several updates the provider of virtual client software and VDI hardware is implementing to its partner program for 2020. Igel also is adding incentives for its gold partners and replacing its MDF program with new funding for those who develop proposals to customers. Igel’s changes come as the company, which sells only through the channel, has experienced significant growth over the past two years.
Phil Eden, senior director of Igel’s U.S. channels, outlined the changes to partners attending the company’s recent Disrupt conference in Nashville. Partners should now have login credentials to Igel Academy, Eden said.
Igel’s Phil Eden
“If you’re familiar with our previous enablement strategy of sitting in a classroom for four hours and taking the exam, those days are past,” Eden said. “Now we host all of our technical and sales certifications behind the Igel Academy.”
All of Igel’s sales go through the channel and the same is true for services, Eden emphasized. Igel has a set of services it provides that partners can sell, each offered as separate SKUs. They include quick-start implementations, design workshops, consulting and health checks. Alternatively, Igel will certify partners to deliver those services, or they can provide their own. Partners can also offer fee-based services as well as Igel’s technical relationship managers (TRMs), which are subscriptions available for 12 months at a list price of $70,000. Igel offers multiyear TRM packages as well.
Eden outlined the other changes to its partner program for this year. The 10% margin will remain the same with 30% for deals that were registered by platinum partners and 25% for gold. One new benefit Igel is giving to gold partners is back-end deal protection, which until now was only offered to platinum partners. Igel also is replacing its MDF program with new strategic planning and marketing (SPAM) funds, Eden said.
“These are the same kinds of dollars that you use traditionally for MDF but they’re proposal-based funds,” he said.
Igel also is increasing reward bonuses to its highest achievers. Partners who exceed $1 million in revenue will receive $20,000. If they hit $1.5 million, the bonuses will double to $40,000 and those who exceed $2 million will receive $60,000. Until recently, that was an elusive goal. Not one partner had $1 million in 2017, according to Jed Ayres, who Igel named as its sole CEO earlier this month. In 2018, eight partners booked more than $1 million, and last year that figure rose to 12.
“We pumped over $1 million in rebates and MDF into the channel,” Ayres told Channel Futures during the company’s Disrupt conference last month in Nashville. “This tells you our partners are winning.”
One of those partners is Pete Downing, chief marketing and technology officer with XenTegra, an MSP which Igel named its partner of the year during last month’s conference. Downing told Channel Futures that his Igel business quadrupled last year over 2018.
“The Linux at the endpoint is resonating,” Downing said. “And I think that it’s more than just about the OS. It’s about the simplicity. It’s about the ability to plug into anything.”
Now, Igel is gearing for further growth with last month’s release of its Igel OS for Microsoft’s Windows Virtual Desktop (WVD). It’s the first virtual desktop operating system certified to work with Microsoft’s WVD, a virtual desktop as a service (DaaS) hosted in the Azure cloud.
“Microsoft has 128 customers that are actively testing WVD that are among the top 500-sized customers in the world, and many of those have Igel in the test pattern,” Ayres said. “The demand continues to amaze us.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 27, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
HubSpot Launches Solutions Partner Program a Sign of the Times
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HubSpot Launches Solutions Partner Program, a Sign of the Times
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hubspot-launches-solutions-partner-program-a-sign-of-the-times/
HubSpot is a glaring example of the evolving channel.
Since its founding in 2006, HubSpot has evolved from a marketing software company to a full customer experience platform. Its partner program has evolved as well.
The vendor recently launched the HubSpot Solutions Partner Program, the next iteration of its Agency Partner Program, which debuted 10 years ago.
Channel partners have been hearing a lot about new partner types invading what has comfortably been their terrain for many years. HubSpot, who has built its Agency Partner Program with thousands of partners in about 110 countries, exemplifies the changes taking place in the channel.
HubSpot’s Katie Ng-Mak
“The rebrand is really to capture the changing nature of our partner’s business as well as the market opportunity that’s represented to them from the fact that they’re now working with HubSpot, which has a full customer experience offer,” Katie Ng-Mak, vice president solutions partner program at HubSpot, told Channel Futures.
How muddy are the waters for channel partners? The answer — very. Here’s why HubSpot launched its Solutions Partner Program.
Today, within HubSpot’s solutions partner ecosystem, a large number of partners still call themselves agencies.
“But when you look at the services that they provide, you’ll see that many are heavy on marketing services but you’ll also find a lot of skill sets around building integrations; many partners are building systems integration practices, and some are thinking about sales-enablement services. So what we’re finding is that while many of our partners define themselves as marketing agencies, the services that they offer aren’t quite as pure as you’d imagine,” said Ng-Mak.
At the same time, over the past few years as HubSpot has expanded its product set, the company has been engaged by different types of businesses that want to partner with them.
“These businesses have nothing to do with marketing but are interested in us because their clients are interested in the fact that we have sales service and marketing products. They’re interested in the fact that we have a platform solution that can solve their go-to-market needs,” she said. “We’re starting to have other businesses come to us interested in partnership as well.”
Who are these partners knocking on HubSpot’s door? They’re service providers with skill sets in CRM implementations, and partners who identify as systems integrators and IT resellers.
“What’s interesting is that since we started having these conversations, we can have two service providers offering what sound like very similar services, but they [the partners] go by different names,” said Ng-Mak.
“HubSpot’s move is a recognition that multiple partner types are important over the buyer’s journey,” Jay McBain, principal analyst, channel partnerships and alliances at Forrester, told channel partners.
“The traditional ‘transactional channel’ doesn’t go away, McBain wrote recently. In fact, those partners that have spent years …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 27, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
Client List Stolen from Facial Recognition Company Used by Law Enforcement
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Client List Stolen from Facial Recognition Company Used by Law Enforcement
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/client-list-stolen-from-facial-recognition-company-used-by-law-enforcement/
Securing core business data is essential for MSSPs who can see clients crash in financial ruin if their protectors fail.
Clearview AI, the facial recognition company used by law enforcement, reports its entire client list was stolen by a party with unauthorized access. While at least one state, New Jersey, has barred police from using its controversial facial recognition services, Clearview AI’s now-stolen client list contains most law enforcement agencies across the country.
But the main threat isn’t a list of police departments and law enforcement agencies; after all, that data is public information and readily available. One of the main threats this theft poses is in an illegal business advantage for competitors.
KnowBe4’s Roger Grimes
“At a minimum, that customer list can be sold to competitors who can then offer similar services with steep competitive discounts to gain market share, along with which potential customers seem to be the biggest users and thus are likely spending the most money. That’s a n- brainer,” said Roger Grimes, data driven defense evangelist at KnowBe4.
Crashing business models to create an unfair business advantage for others is increasingly becoming a favorite tactic. Think of it as a subset of corporate espionage. And securing core business data is fast becoming an added focus for MSSPs who can see clients crash in financial ruin if their protectors fail.
Grimes said the list might also be used in a sophisticated spearphishing campaign, where membership can be tied to specific phishing attempts which appear to have insider information.
“Any bits of private information and knowledge, such as account names, that can be used within a spearphishing email, make that email seem more realistic and more able to fool a higher percentage of people,” Grimes explained.
The company’s facial recognition database is comprised of billions of photos scraped from social media, including Facebook, YouTube, and Venmo, according to a New York Times report. The company’s practice of gathering photos without permission from the owners or the subjects fuels ongoing privacy concerns.
Tripwire’s Tim Erlin
“This notification provides very little actionable information for anyone involved or just trying to avoid the same mistakes. A breach like this just adds fuel to the fire for Clearview’s critics,” said Tim Erlin, VP of product management and strategy at Tripwire.
As is the case with other breaches, look for it to be used in other types of threats down the road. Cybercriminals are very adept these days at combining stolen databases to create ever more sophisticated attacks.
MSSPs should also track developments on this and other breaches as standard operating procedure since it’s seldom that all the facts come out on first brush.
“We’re likely to hear more about the extent of this breach as investigations uncover more data, and history tells us that it’s likely to expand in scope,” said Erlin.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 27, 2020 at 04:51AM
Added: Feb 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
RSA Roundup Day 3: VMware Carbon Black Cybercrime Outlook Secureworks
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
RSA Roundup Day 3: VMware Carbon Black Cybercrime Outlook, Secureworks
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/rsa-roundup-day-3-vmware-carbon-black-cybercrime-outlook-secureworks/
Many organizations said IT and security have a negative relationship.
Day three of this week’s massive RSA Conference 2020 in San Francisco brought the release of VMware Carbon Black’s 2020 Cybersecurity Outlook and Secureworks’ new cloud configuration assessment.
The report uncovers the top attack tactics, techniques and procedures seen over the last year. VMware Carbon Black also collaborated with Forrester Consulting on a survey of more than 600 IT/security managers and above, including CIOs and CISOs.
Among the top findings:
Attacker behavior continues to become more evasive, a clear sign that attackers are increasingly attempting to circumvent legacy security solutions. Defense evasion behavior was seen in more than 90% of the 2,000 attack samples analyzed.
Defense evasion behaviors continue to play a key role with ransomware. These ransomware attacks are heavily targeting organizations in energy, government and manufacturing sectors.
Wipers (attacks that can overwrite data and clear hard drives) continue to trend upward as adversaries (including Iran) began to realize the utility of purely destructive attacks.
IT and security teams appear to be aligned on goals — preventing breaches, efficiency and incident resolution — but more than 77% of survey respondents said IT and security have a negative relationship.
Fifty-five percent of respondents said driving collaboration across IT and security teams should be the organization’s top priority over the next 12 months.
More than 5% of respondents said both security and IT will share responsibility for key areas like endpoint security, security architecture and identity/access management over the next three to five years.
Tom Kellermann, head cybersecurity strategist at VMware Carbon Black, tells us the high number of respondents claiming that IT and security have a negative relationship within their organization is both surprising and concerning.
VMware Carbon Black’s Tom Kellermann
“This shows that despite vastly increased awareness around cybersecurity and the continued conversation around increased collaboration, there is still a lot of work to be done,” he said. “Security should be a team sport; however oftentimes it can feel like the two sides are at odds, given the constant evolution of the attacker and the large number of IT footprints that attackers can target. It’s common to find that some organizations have misaligned priorities between IT and security teams (often driven by process and organizational challenges including discrepancies among reporting structures, budgets, processes or skill sets), and for things to function like a well-oiled machine the right hand needs to be talking to the left.”
This issue is further magnified by the C-suite’s perception of IT and security staffing, as only 31% of C-suite respondents said their IT and security teams are understaffed, while 61% of VP-and-below respondents said these teams are understaffed, Kellermann said.
“This 30-point delta suggests that the C-suite may be out of touch with the day-to-day IT and security resourcing needs for the organization,” he said. “In light of the security talent shortage, organizations must play as a team to best defend against cyberattacks. Executing a consolidated IT management and security strategy will help break down silos and empower respective teams to tackle security.”
The ability to drive collaboration and share decision making are key functions security and IT teams need to master in order to work cohesively to defend against new attacker behaviors, Kellermann said.
“As hackers continue to evolve, IT teams need to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 27, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Feb 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Underreporting Small Data Leaks Leads to Big Consequences
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Underreporting Small Data Leaks Leads to Big Consequences
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/underreporting-small-data-leaks-leads-to-big-consequences/
MSSPs may want to offer services designed to address small vulnerabilities to prevent big problems for clients.
Canada’s privacy commissioner’s office says systemic underreporting of data loss in federal agencies likely means more citizens and businesses are at risk than previously calculated.
Specifically, the House of Commons says federal departments and agencies have failed to protect 144,000 Canadians’ personal information over the past two years. Further, not everyone affected was informed. The underreporting of incidents is largely associated with small breaches.
“Most reports on data breaches only cover incidents that reach a threshold of people affected, which only allows us to see big breaches of, say, five hundred records or more,” said Paul Bischoff, privacy advocate with Comparitech. “The CBC’s report is interesting because it shows just how often smaller data incidents occur. Eight thousand incidents in two years is more than 10 breaches per day!”
Comparitech’s Paul Bischoff
Small breaches can appear of little consequence at first because they appear to affect only a few people.
“The report is a good example of how most data breaches are caused by human error and not by hackers overcoming cybersecurity measures. Even the most well-equipped organizations can do little to stop employees from accidentally emailing the wrong person,” said Bischoff.
But as the House of Commons’ new calculations proved, small breaches add up to big consequences. In this case, 144,000 people in all were affected.
Even so, Canada appears to be making strong headway in improving data-breach reporting. In the first year after Canada’s privacy law came into effect on Nov. 1, 2018, the Office of the Privacy Commissioner of Canada received six times the number of reports than the previous year — 680 security breach reports from November 2018 to November 2019.
Those reported breaches, however, were larger and due to problems commonly encountered in other countries.
NuData Security’s Lisa Baergen
“With Canadian companies now compelled to report data breaches, the number of breaches and personal information exposed is still alarming and underscores the reality: Relying on credentials is outdated,” said Lisa Baergen, VP of marketing at NuData Security, a Mastercard Company, last November when the uptick in reports first surfaced.
“Most static data like name, birthday, social security numbers and more are on the dark web for sale making such things as passwords and other credentials ineffective for truly identifying friend from foe,” Baergen added.
Because the small breaches affected so few people and were often attributable to human error, not everyone affected was notified and not every offender was aware of the offense at the time.
In the U.S., data breach notification laws vary by state. This creates a quagmire for breached companies to wade through and increases the potential for error and other compliance failures.
Given so many potential reporting gaps, especially in terms of smaller data breaches and leaks, MSSPs might want to consider offering audits and other services specifically designed to find and address these smaller vulnerabilities before they create big problems for their clients. It could very well be another important and lucrative revenue stream too.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 27, 2020 at 09:10PM
Added: Feb 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
To Address Cloud Security Challenges Simplify and Unify
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
To Address Cloud Security Challenges, Simplify and Unify
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/to-address-cloud-security-challenges-simplify-and-unify/
The cloud introduces a number of challenges that can be overcome by bringing as many controls as possible into a single solution, offering greater visibility across the organization.
According to a 2019 Cyber Security Report published by the International Information System Security Certification Consortium, 93% of organizations say they are concerned about cloud security, and 28% admit to having experienced cloud security incidents during the past year.
The reality is, most companies lack the specialized knowledge and skills needed to ensure that customer data stored in the cloud is protected. Cloud service providers (CSPs) do provide extra security layers, such as automating threat detection, with the intent of making their customers feel more confident in the security of the cloud. However, the number of cloud breaches that are being reported shows that CSPs and organizations alike continue to struggle with cloud security. Much of this is due to a lack of unified visibility not just in the cloud, but also across an organization’s entire network; siloed teams and technologies; a lack of threat intelligence; and partnerships with third-parties whose security controls are not up to snuff.
To address these challenges, many in the industry are advocating for organizations to simplify and unify their security approach—that is, to bring as many controls as possible into a single solution in order to break down the silos between security teams and technologies and to give greater visibility across the organization. We at AT&T Cybersecurity help organizations to accomplish this with our Unified Security Management (USM) Anywhere platform.
Of course, the effectiveness of any security solution is largely determined by the threat intelligence underpinning it. In any environment, we need to identify the common tactics, techniques, and procedures (TTPs) adversaries are using in their attacks.
For an overview of the latest threat intelligence from AT&T Cybersecurity for Google Cloud Platform (GCP), click here.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 27, 2020 at 09:10PM
Added: Feb 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Ingram Micros Global Growth Strategy Includes New Executive Changes
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Ingram Micro’s Global Growth Strategy Includes New Executive Changes
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ingram-micros-global-growth-strategy-includes-new-executive-changes/
The promotions follow on others made in December.
(Pictured above: Ingram Micro’s Jennifer Anaya at the distributor’s recent Trust X Alliance event.)
Ingram Micro on Thursday announced executive promotions and appointments to align with its global technology solutions strategy and growth initiatives. These leadership changes follow the surprising news, about two weeks ago, that longtime Ingram Micro global cloud leader, Renee Bergeron, was leaving the company, and news, in December, that CEO Alain Monie would focus his time on the company’s cloud, commerce and life-cycle services (CLS).
This latest news is also overshadowed by more recent Bloomberg reporting that China is poised to take over HNA Group, parent company of Ingram Micro.
The new global appointments include about a half-dozen Ingram Micro executives, including the promotion of Jennifer Anaya to senior vice president, marketing. She will lead the expansion of Ingram Micro’s marketing efforts globally. Anaya has been a VP since 2012.
Ingram Micro’s Paul Bay
“The momentum within our Global Technology Solutions team is unstoppable,” said Paul Bay, the team’s executive vice president and president. “Globally, we are continuing to expand our efforts and show up as the preferred business partner and solutions aggregator, offering the people, processes and the technology solutions for our IT channel partners to grow profitably, while delivering an unprecedented experience to the customers they serve. We are committed to collaboration as we build further on our position as an indispensable business partner to the IT industry, while providing an inclusive and engaging workplace where we have often been recognized as one of the world’s best places to work.”
News of Bay’s promotion to his current position was made in mid-December, along with the news that Monie would refocus his attention on cloud, commerce, and CLS. Ingram Micro also announced the promotion of Bill Brandel to senior vice president of Canada, Alex Maier to senior vice president of Germany, and Matt Sanderson to senior vice president of the U.K. and Ireland.
Here are the recent executive changes, in addition to Anaya who reports Bay:
Tim Ament, senior vice president, advanced solutions in the U.S., was promoted to senior vice president and chief country officer, Australia and New Zealand. He will report to Diego Utge, executive vice president and group president, Asia Pacific.
With little time to warm their seats from their December promotions, Brandel, Maier and Sanderson have been promoted to senior vice presidents overseeing their respective countries of Canada, Germany and the United Kingdom.
In the U.S., Ingram Micro vice president, networking and security business unit leader Eric Kohl’s role was expanded to vice president, security and data center software, and Jeff Yelton, vice president and general manager advanced solutions at Ingram Micro, was promoted to vice president, infrastructure and specialty technologies. Both executives report to Kirk Robinson, senior vice president and chief country executive, Ingram Micro.
Putting more focus on its marketing efforts, Agency Ingram Micro, the B2B services agency created under Anaya’s leadership in 2012, will scale its reach and results in 2020 from regional to global offerings, and will continue to expand the number of events it hosts, worldwide, including Ingram Micro One events, which will take place globally.
With the recent news of Bergeron’s departure, Ingram Micro said that Nimesh Davé, executive vice president, global cloud, and Tim Fitzgerald, vice president, cloud channel sales, North America, would fill the gap.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 28, 2020 at 01:01AM
Added: Feb 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Proposed U.S. Data Protection Act Creates New Federal Data Protection Agency
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Proposed U.S. Data Protection Act Creates New Federal Data Protection Agency
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/proposed-u-s-data-protection-act-creates-new-federal-data-protection-agency/
If it passes, the new law takes aim at medium-to-large businesses. MSSPs should be prepared to assist with compliance.
U.S. laws on data privacy protections are a jumbled mess of chaos. Filling the void created by a lack of a single, principal federal law are hundreds of federal and state laws causing compliance and enforcement confusion through overlapping conflicting legislation and a plethora of untended gaps.
Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand (D-NY) is looking to change that through a new bill she introduced this month called the Data Protection Act. If passed, the new law would create a Data Protection Agency as a consumer data privacy watchdog.
“Senator Gillibrand’s Data Protection Act of 2020 has numerous hurdles to cross before enactment but it is a powerful step in the right direction that not only affirms the powerful value of data and our innate right to privacy but also acknowledges what everyone knows — the U.S. has lagged in data security and is woefully unprepared to protect privacy,” said Warren Poschman, senior solutions architect at comforte AG.
If the Data Protection Act becomes law, Sen Gillibrand says the newly created federal Data Protection Agency would be empowered to do the following:
Enforce privacy statues and rules pertaining to data privacy as authorized by the agency itself or by Congress.
Receive complaints, conduct investigations and inform the public on data protection matters.
Comforte’s Warren Poschman
Promote data protection and privacy innovation across all sectors, “developing and providing resources such as Privacy Enhancing Technologies (PETs) that minimize or even eliminate the collection of personal data.”
Ensure equal access to privacy protection and protect against “pay-for-privacy” or “take-it-or-leave-it” provisions in terms of service (ToS) contracts.
Advise Congress on emerging privacy and technology issues, such as Deepfakes and encryption.
Represent the United States at international forums on data privacy issues and inform future treaty agreements regarding data use and protections.
However, the bill is not without flaws.
“What remains to be seen is the funding, implementation and overall effectiveness of such a huge undertaking at the federal level. Similarly to any IT implementation, without careful attention to architecture, there will be substantial post-implementation challenges to success which may come in the form of unfunded mandates to already-strapped state governments, the endless bureaucracy that stymies many federal programs and the courts already, or simply the inability to react and cause change quickly enough to make a difference,” Poschman said.
Even so, an umbrella federal agency overseeing the complexities of consumer data privacy protections is a good step toward making serious headway in the runaway “data gold rush” where abuses are bountiful and increasing daily.
“In today’s data-driven economy, there is perhaps no greater reason for action at the federal level than data privacy. Although the bill as it stands today would seemingly apply only to medium and large businesses (either more than $25 million in revenue or more than 50,000 records), the key takeaway is that the U.S. government cannot continue to hide behind the 10th Amendment by leaving data security and privacy to state and local governments,” Poschman said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 28, 2020 at 03:55AM
Added: Feb 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Microsoft Releases Azure Sphere Secure Edge to Cloud IoT Solution
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Microsoft Releases Azure Sphere Secure Edge to Cloud IoT Solution
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/microsoft-releases-azure-sphere-secure-edge-to-cloud-iot-solution/
The solution includes a new secure Linux OS embedded into microcontrollers.
Microsoft’s Azure Sphere, embedded software and services designed to hasten the development of secure IoT endpoints, is now available.
The release of Azure Sphere during this week’s RSA Conference comes nearly two years after Microsoft introduced it at the same annual event. During that time, various customers have piloted the preview release of Azure Sphere, notably Starbucks, which is deploying it to gather telemetry from its coffee brewing and expresso machines.
Initiated as a high-priority Microsoft Research effort in 2015, IoT solutions built with Azure Sphere will offer advanced security designed to protect edge devices, such as cameras and remote sensors, from cyberattacks.
Azure Sphere consists of microcontrollers certified by Microsoft that provide secure wireless communications, memory and compute, with a new edge-based operating system based on a custom Linux kernel that integrates with a cloud-based security service.
The first Azure Sphere microcontroller certified by Microsoft is now available from Taiwan-based MediaTek. Its Wi-Fi connected MT3620 controller enables smart devices to the new Azure Sphere service and partner solutions.
At last year’s Consumer Electronics Show (CES), Avnet launched its Azure Sphere MT3620 Starter Kit. Based on the MediaTek microcontroller, the Avnet kit enables developers to rapidly build prototype solutions based on Azure Sphere. In addition to including the MT3620 Sphere module, the Avnet Azure Sphere Starter Kit includes Wi-Fi connectivity, a subsystem and expansion interfaces for third-party sensors, displays, motors and relays, among other devices.
Avnet’s Jim Beneke
The Avnet bundle is a development kit is based on a production-ready, certified Azure Sphere module, which reduces the time it takes to build a solution, according to Avnet VP of product and emerging technologies Jim Beneke, who described the offering to Channel Futures last year. The kit includes FCC certification, meaning a solution provider doesn’t have to go through that lengthy process and expense, Beneke explained.
“It includes different interperipheral interfaces that are in Azure Sphere, brings them out on the module and makes them accessible on the starter kit platform through various expansion slots,” he said.
The starter kit also includes what are known as “click boards,” an ecosystem consisting of hundreds of small boards with various sensor types such as pressure, temperature, control relays and actuators.
“With these click boards, you can just plug them right in and you can customize for the types of interfaces you’re looking for, to connect into this platform and to connect them to Azure Sphere,” Beneke said.
Microsoft said other microcontrollers in the works will support various verticals, such as toys, home appliances, industrial systems and enterprises implementations such as the Starbucks effort. More advanced microcontrollers are under development, including a processor announced by NXP Semiconductors last summer that will offer greater compute capability to enable AI, graphics and image recognition. Also in the works is the first native cellular Azure Sphere processor announced in October that’s coming from Qualcomm.
The Azure Sphere security service monitors each microcontroller via trusted links between devices using certificate-based authentication. The service also provides threat detection, failure reports and enables device patching.
“The security service connects with every single Azure Sphere chip, with every single Azure Sphere operating system, and works with the operating system and the chip to keep the device secured throughout its lifetime,” said Microsoft distinguished engineer Galen Hunt and managing director for Azure Sphere, in an online discussion with Ann Johnson, corporate VP for the company’s cybersecurity solutions group.
Moving forward, Hunt said his goal is to expand the Azure Sphere ecosystem. Besides the forthcoming processors from NXP and Qualcomm, Hunt said: “Our next big plan is to take Azure Sphere everywhere. We’ve demonstrated it’s possible, but I think we’re just starting to scratch the surface of secured IoT.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 28, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: Feb 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
IBM-Harris Poll: State Local Governments Remain Unprepared for Ransomware
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IBM-Harris Poll: State, Local Governments Remain Unprepared for Ransomware
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ibm-harris-poll-state-local-governments-remain-unprepared-for-ransomware/
More than 100 cities across the United States were hit with ransomware in 2019.
Despite increasing ransomware attacks on state and local governments, a high number of employees have seen no change in preparedness from their employers.
That’s according to a new Harris Poll survey sponsored by IBM Security, which polled 690 employees who work for state or local government organizations in the United States.
Seventy-three percent of government employees surveyed are concerned about impending ransomware threats to cities across the country, and more employees fear cyberattacks to their community than natural disasters and terrorist attacks.
IBM’s Christopher Scott
Christopher Scott, global remediation lead for IBM X-Force Incident Response and Intelligence Services (IRIS), tells us the security industry is seeing a skills gap, and it’s even more difficult for state and local governments to secure top security talent.
“However, government decision makers should understand that they don’t need to be handling these issues alone and that securing assistance from MSSPs can help to strengthen their security defenses,” he said.
More than 100 cities across the United States were hit with ransomware in 2019, according to research from Emsisoft. The Harris survey found one in six respondents disclosing their department was impacted by a ransomware attack.
Despite the growth of these attacks, half of the employees surveyed have not seen any change in preparedness from their employers, with only 38% receiving general ransomware prevention training. Also, budgets for managing cyberattacks have remained stagnant according to 52% of state and local government IT/security professionals polled.
“Governments should be ensuring their teams are maintaining and testing backups of their systems, patching systems, creating and implementing incident response plans, and regularly testing their preparedness via threat simulations,” Scott said. “If employees are armed with the proper next steps, governments can avoid crucial missteps and save time in incident response and recovery. Beyond that, providing basic cybersecurity training and raising awareness around common cyber threats is a great starting point.”
Some general best practices include:
Be cautious of suspicious emails;
Encourage multifactor authentication (MFA) and biometric authentication;
Avoid using the same password on multiple sites and utilize a password manager;
Patch and backup your devices consistently; and
Be sure not to give others access to your online accounts such as email.
Election security is top of mind for government employees, according to the survey. Some 63% of respondents are concerned that a cyberattack could disrupt the upcoming elections, with most government employees placing their local board of elections among the top three most vulnerable systems in their communities.
The Cybersecurity Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) has warned that ransomware attacks, in particular, pose a heightened risk to the elections. According to the study, the fear of ransomware attacks feels real to the vast majority of responding government employees, with 73% expressing concerns about threats to U.S. cities.
“The world of cybersecurity continues to evolve and there are real threats to many of our cherished and trusted systems,” Scott said. “For these systems, making sure that people are paying attention to anything suspicious with voting machines and securing them through functions such as red-team…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 28, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: Feb 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
DigiCert Unveils TLS Certificate Management for Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
DigiCert Unveils TLS Certificate Management for Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/digicert-unveils-tls-certificate-management-for-partners/
DigiCert, the secure sockets layer (SSL) certificate provider, is upgrading channel partners to DigiCert CertCentral Partner, a comprehensive transport layer security (TLS) certificate management solution for cloud and hosted environments.
CertCentral Partner offers an updated API that lets partners integrate key features into their own offerings for their customers. Using CertCentral, partners can support multiple subaccounts under a main account, simplifying management of customer accounts, ordering, payments and other processes, according to DigiCert.
DigiCert’s Tobias Zatti
Tobias Zatti, product manager at DigiCert, tells us CertCentral Partner gives his company’s partners “not just the most flexible and trusted products in the market, but also the fastest validation.” His role focuses entirely on “building products that help our partners succeed.”
“[CertCentral Partner includes] pre-validation, which allows for instant issuance if customers have multiple certificates for the same org,” he said. “It also gives partners strong automation tools and easy integration into their own systems, with full customization. CertCentral is also built on the world’s most modern and scalable architecture, and partners can rely on DigiCert for global and locally tailored solutions that other CAs cannot provide.”
Features allow partners to: access all certificate types from one place; take advantage of flexible ordering processes; and view and use a comprehensive library of documentation with API details, technical support and more.
“CertCentral Partner not only makes it easier to sell products, it also offers more products than all previous TLS managers combined — and all in one place,” Zatti said. “The robust API helps partners tailor their solutions to their customers, paired with full automation of the certificate lifecycle. That, combined with efficient processes and technical support for every part of the world, makes upselling and cross-selling much easier than before.”
“The streamlined API gives us access to more products than before,” said Marco Hoffmann, head of product management and domain registrar services at InterNetX. “With enhanced features like pre-validation and the detailed document library, DigiCert CertCentral Partner makes our daily tasks a lot easier.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 28, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: Feb 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Citrix Channel Plans Fixed on Workspace
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Citrix Channel Plans Fixed on Workspace
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/citrix-channel-plans-fixed-on-workspace/
Citrix wants partners to put user experience at the heart of the sales conversation.
Citrix says much of its channel activity in the coming months will focus on training partners on its digital workspace platform, Workspace.
Workspace enables users to access their business apps, desktops and data streams from anywhere, from different devices through a single dashboard.
Citrix’s Justin Sutton-Parker
“Certifications will come together to be more focused around Workspace,” said Justin Sutton-Parker, director of channel, Northern Europe. “Where there were lots of different brand names for our products, we’ve got to join it together a little more around Workspace and make it slightly more concise for the partner to go through certification and understanding in that area.”
With Workspace’s focus on enabling employee productivity, the partner needs to put the user at the heart of the sales conversation, the exec told Channel Futures.
“They’ll get the technical training, enablement and how to position it for customers, because it’s a slightly different sell. The market has moved on to focus on users, and ‘what is the user experience?’ It’s making sure that partners can convey that message,” said Sutton-Parker.
Citrix claims employees today use more than a dozen apps to get work done — often four or more just to complete a single business process like submitting expenses, booking travel, submitting purchase orders or approving time off.
“Organizations are talking about user engagement, employee engagement, and how productivity is driven by that. So partners are now putting the user at the centre of the experience. And that takes a little bit of explaining,” said Sutton-Parker.
Citrix last month demonstrated some additional intelligent features for Workspace for partners at Citrix Summit. First announced at Citrix Synergy last year, they include machine learning-fueled microapps and workflows, universal search and virtual assistance.
This is an opportunity for partners to look at developing skills around micro apps, said Sutton-Parker.
“If you’ve got that interface, partners need to become conversant in micro apps — some already are, some are on the learning curve. They are asking, ‘What skills do I need?’ And Citrix is helping them with that as part of the program, to make sure those skills have developed so they can move with the times. If we’re helping them to evolve, then we also helping them to be more successful,” he says.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 28, 2020 at 09:51PM
Added: Feb 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Salesforce M&A Google Cloud Data Center Pureport Hire Top Cloud News
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Salesforce M&A, Google Cloud Data Center, Pureport Hire Top Cloud News
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/salesforce-ma-google-cloud-data-center-pureport-hire-top-cloud-news/
Pureport, Salesforce and Google Cloud each made announcements this week.
The final week of February is wrapping up with some important nuggets of cloud news. Of course, there’s more out there, including the impact of cloud on earnings at Dell and VMware. This roundup takes a closer look at some announcements that emerged this week from Pureport, Salesforce and Google Cloud.
Pureport Hires Red Hat Distinguished Engineer as CTO
Pureport, the cloud tech firm that interconnects sites and vendors without physical infrastructure, has lured a top engineer away from Red Hat, which IBM bought in late 2019.
Pureport’s Peter Sprygada
Peter Sprygada, who holds extensive expertise in cloud networking and open-source programming, has joined as the startup’s chief technology officer. He succeeds Doug Mittendorf, who now is a lead software engineer at Salesforce.
“Peter’s ability to transform network operations through automation, orchestration and seamless customer experiences will help us drive new standards in this market, and continue to position our platform,” Rich Lee, Pureport CEO, said.
Sprygada comes to Pureport from Red Hat, where for the past four years he held the role of distinguished engineer and served as the chief architect of the Ansible automation platform. Partners also may know Sprygada from his time at Arista and Cisco, among other companies.
At Pureport, Sprygada is tasked with leading the engineering and product management teams. He will oversee all product strategy and engineering, as well as the technical delivery of Pureport’s multicloud fabric platform. Sprygada’s efforts will directly benefit the managed services providers, VARs and other partners who team with Pureport.
“Channel partners are working daily with organizations faced with the challenge of how to effectively deliver today’s multicloud mandates across a seamless network infrastructure,” Sprygada told Channel Futures. “I’m eager to work closely with our partners to deliver cloud-like automation and orchestration to their hybrid and multicloud networking requirements.”
Pureport’s technology so far works with Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud, IBM Cloud and Oracle Cloud. Last September, Pureport achieved AWS Delivery Partner Status for AWS Direct Connect, supporting connections ranging from 50 Mbps to 10 Gbps.
Pureport helps channel partners with technical integration and provides them with training and education, co-branded marketing materials and more.
Sprygada has earned multiple patents that cover areas including network service discovery and automated network device configuration.
Salesforce Snaps Up Vlocity, Says That’s the Last Buy for Now
Salesforce has made another big acquisition but says its buying spree is nearing an end — at least for a while.
During its earnings call earlier this week, Salesforce said it has purchased Vlocity, a cloud and mobile software provider built on the Salesforce platform, for $1.3 billion. Nonetheless, Mark Hawkins, president and CFO of Salesforce, told investors and analysts the company doesn’t see “huge opportunity” to undergo more deals in the near future, according to multiple reports.
“It’s not what we’re working on,” he said.
Last year, Salesforce snapped up Tableau for $15.7 billion and Clicksoftware for $1.4 billion; in 2018, it also bought MuleSoft for $6.5 billion. Despite all that spending, the finance pros over at Motley Fool see no downsides — insight that partners can use as guidance as they consider their Salesforce strategies.
“Getting so many different disparate pieces to work together is no small task,” Nicholas Rossolillo wrote of the many deals, “but Salesforce is more than just making it work. Its legacy sales and service clouds are still growing by respectable percentages, and the newer marketing platform clouds are doing some serious heavy lifting. It’s clear that this cloud platform has become an integral part of many organizations’ software investment and operational strategy.”
To that point, Vlocity adds vertical market expertise in …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 28, 2020 at 10:51PM
Added: Feb 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
AlienVault Vet Joins ActivTrak to Lead Global Channel
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
AlienVault Vet Joins ActivTrak to Lead Global Channel
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/alienvault-vet-joins-activtrak-to-lead-global-channel/
ActivTrak’s solution can be configured to provide immediate visibility and reporting.
ActivTrak, the cloud productivity monitoring software provider, has appointed Andrea Tharp, previously with AlienVault, as director of worldwide channels.
Tharp will work closely with ActivTrak’s product, sales and marketing teams to implement the company’s global channel strategy targeting MSPs. Her responsibilities will include building out ActivTrak’s channel enablement, partner support and incentive programs to expand new routes to market, and drive growth and revenue in financial services, health care, retail and other vertical industries.
Tharp tells us it’s “always great to join an organization that’s enjoyed early channel success.”
ActivTrak’s Andrea Tharp
“That being said, it was very clear that there are opportunities to expand the markets served while we also expand the product portfolio,” she said. “Now that we’re getting more advanced in our solutions to meet our partners’ (and their customers’) needs, our go-to-market channel model needs to evolve with us. The biggest changes are in operational infrastructure, content and training, as well as program enhancements to best align with our partner’s businesses. Examples include a highly targeted MSP program where we’ve introduced usage-based pricing, consolidated billing and dedicated technical account managers to name a few.”
Previously, Tharp served as director of channels at AlienVault – now AT&T Cybersecurity – where she helped launch and grow the MSSP channel program. She also has held high-profile sales and channel positions at SolarWinds, Infocyte and Dell.
“The experience gained at AlienVault will serve as a great foundation to what we can achieve here,” Tharp said. “Whether collaborating with partners to successfully sell, deploy and support ActivTrak solutions, or coaching service providers on how to incorporate ActivTrak into existing security or compliance-oriented offerings, the knowledge and experience gained from the AlienVault program will be invaluable. We will also lean on lessons learned when it comes to incentivizing and recognizing the success of partners in boosting sales and ensuring ActivTrak solutions reach the market faster. The cornerstone of our program is our commitment to excellence with transparency, predictability and fairness. Through all of the years of my experience, I have found those foundational elements are top of mind with the broader partner community, too. ”
Tharp said meeting with as many partners as possible is at the top of her to-do list and “learning where we can improve while also launching programs to reach new markets, increase partner engagement, drive recurring transactions and reward partners wherever possible.”
With more than 5,000 customers, ActivTrak’s solution can be configured to provide immediate visibility and reporting.
“I’m thrilled to have Andrea join our team at such an important point in our growth trajectory,” said Rita Selvaggi, ActivTrak‘s CEO. “Her expertise and leadership in building and leading a channel organization will be instrumental in expanding our go-to-market strategy and relationships with MSPs, system integrators and resellers as they embrace and extend our workforce productivity platform.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 28, 2020 at 10:51PM
Added: Feb 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Salesforce M&A Google Cloud Data Center Pureport Hire Top Cloud News
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Salesforce M&A, Google Cloud Data Center, Pureport Hire Top Cloud News
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/salesforce-ma-google-cloud-data-center-pureport-hire-top-cloud-news-2/
Pureport, Salesforce and Google Cloud each made announcements this week.
The final week of February is wrapping up with some important nuggets of cloud news. Of course, there’s more out there, including the impact of cloud on earnings at Dell and VMware. This roundup takes a closer look at some announcements that emerged this week from Pureport, Salesforce and Google Cloud.
Pureport Hires Red Hat Distinguished Engineer as CTO
Pureport, the cloud tech firm that interconnects sites and vendors without physical infrastructure, has lured a top engineer away from Red Hat, which IBM bought in late 2019.
Pureport’s Peter Sprygada
Peter Sprygada, who holds extensive expertise in cloud networking and open-source programming, has joined as the startup’s chief technology officer. He succeeds Doug Mittendorf, who now is a lead software engineer at Salesforce.
“Peter’s ability to transform network operations through automation, orchestration and seamless customer experiences will help us drive new standards in this market, and continue to position our platform,” Rich Lee, Pureport CEO, said.
Sprygada comes to Pureport from Red Hat, where for the past four years he held the role of distinguished engineer and served as the chief architect of the Ansible automation platform. Partners also may know Sprygada from his time at Arista and Cisco, among other companies.
At Pureport, Sprygada is tasked with leading the engineering and product management teams. He will oversee all product strategy and engineering, as well as the technical delivery of Pureport’s multicloud fabric platform. Sprygada’s efforts will directly benefit the managed services providers, VARs and other partners who team with Pureport.
“Channel partners are working daily with organizations faced with the challenge of how to effectively deliver today’s multicloud mandates across a seamless network infrastructure,” Sprygada told Channel Futures. “I’m eager to work closely with our partners to deliver cloud-like automation and orchestration to their hybrid and multicloud networking requirements.”
Pureport’s technology so far works with Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud, IBM Cloud and Oracle Cloud. Last September, Pureport achieved AWS Delivery Partner Status for AWS Direct Connect, supporting connections ranging from 50 Mbps to 10 Gbps.
Pureport helps channel partners with technical integration and provides them with training and education, co-branded marketing materials and more.
Sprygada has earned multiple patents that cover areas including network service discovery and automated network device configuration.
Salesforce Snaps Up Vlocity, Says That’s the Last Buy for Now
Salesforce has made another big acquisition but says its buying spree is nearing an end — at least for a while.
During its earnings call earlier this week, Salesforce said it has purchased Vlocity, a cloud and mobile software provider built on the Salesforce platform, for $1.3 billion. Nonetheless, Mark Hawkins, president and CFO of Salesforce, told investors and analysts the company doesn’t see “huge opportunity” to undergo more deals in the near future, according to multiple reports.
“It’s not what we’re working on,” he said.
Last year, Salesforce snapped up Tableau for $15.7 billion and Clicksoftware for $1.4 billion; in 2018, it also bought MuleSoft for $6.5 billion. Despite all that spending, the finance pros over at Motley Fool see no downsides — insight that partners can use as guidance as they consider their Salesforce strategies.
“Getting so many different disparate pieces to work together is no small task,” Nicholas Rossolillo wrote of the many deals, “but Salesforce is more than just making it work. Its legacy sales and service clouds are still growing by respectable percentages, and the newer marketing platform clouds are doing some serious heavy lifting. It’s clear that this cloud platform has become an integral part of many organizations’ software investment and operational strategy.”
To that point, Vlocity adds vertical market expertise in …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 29, 2020 at 01:00AM
Added: Feb 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Voters Worry About Election Fraud Lose Trust
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Voters Worry About Election Fraud, Lose Trust
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/voters-worry-about-election-fraud-lose-trust/
New research shows that American voters are plenty worried about election fraud this cycle.
A whopping 41% of Americans worry about voter registration tampering ahead of the 2020 presidential election, according to a new nCipher Security survey. But the country is split on who will be behind any election interference. Either way, MSSPs securing election processes and voting machines for government clients will need to step up their protection measures and potentially aid clients in reassuring the public.
Super Tuesday is a primary blockbuster event and voters fear election fraud is a top threat from that day forward in this highly contentious election cycle. According to the survey, more than one-third (38%) think a U.S. government official or one of the political parties will be the criminals behind jerry-rigging election outcomes. Another 37% think the culprits will be other countries like Russia or China.
Voting Machine and Process Fears
Voters believe security is not strong enough to protect the integrity of the vote and the democracy.
Thirty-seven percent said that the systems used for voting are antiquated and not secure.
Thirty-five percent prefer paper ballots, while 30% prefer electronic voting machines with paper backup records.
One in three Americans says they are less confident about the state of election security than they were in 2016.
But are these fears based more on public perception than machine reality? Are voting machines secure? Yes and no, says Roger Grimes, data driven defense evangelist at KnowBe4.
KnowBe4’s Roger Grimes
“For most of the history of voting machines they were more likely to contain multiple hackable flaws, some of them very easy to exploit for an experienced hacker. The last few years under intense scrutiny has made them far more secure. So, for the newer ones, most of the easy exploits are gone. But in general, what makes both the old and the new ones ‘secure enough’ is that they are fairly varied,” said Grimes.
Most security partners advise election officials to remain diligent in securing their election processes and voting machines.
KnowBe4’s Erich Kron
“There are few security professionals who truly believe that electronic voting machines are secure. To compound the problem, incidents like what occurred in the Iowa Democratic primaries have eroded even the trust of the public,” said Erich Kron, security awareness advocate at KnowBe4. “With no federal requirements for election security, we find that the oversight and testing of the devices that are used to determine what may be the most important event to happen in the US, the election of our president and congress, is left to only a couple of vendors whose primary goal is selling as many voting machines as they can,” Kron added.
The key to securing voting machines lies in understanding more than just who is likely to target them.
“Voting machines are another strong example of how the proliferation of smart IoT devices – with their inherent vulnerabilities – can affect any aspect of our lives. Most voting machines lack the security to manage today’s threats and pose a real threat to democratic processes,” said Natali Tshuva, CEO and co-founder of Sternum.
Sternum’s Natali Tshuva
“With billions of smart IoT devices coming to market now and over the next few years, relying on network security alone is insufficient, and all IoT devices must be developed with strong, embedded security that can combat evolving and unknown threats,” Tshuva added.
Public Mistrust Is Growing
A whopping 60% of Americans think that some states are more likely to experience election interference than others, primarily in …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 29, 2020 at 05:11AM
Added: Feb 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSP 501 Profile Podcast: Logically Talks Automation and Artificial Intelligence
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSP 501 Profile Podcast: Logically Talks Automation and Artificial Intelligence
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msp-501-profile-podcast-logically-talks-automation-and-artificial-intelligence/
501-er Logically talks about how the management of IT has to be simplified and automated.
Company Name: Logically
Company MSP 501 Rank: 70
Chief Executive Officer: Christopher Claudio
Headquartered: Portland, Maine
Primary Services:
Network Engineering
Application Development
Healthcare Consulting
IT Outsourcing
Managed Services
Managed Security Services
O365
IT Strategy & Planning
Cloud Migration
Security, Audit, and Compliance
Twitter: @LogicallyMSP
Logically’s Christopher Claudio
Automation and artificial intelligence are becoming extremely central to customer satisfaction for MSPs. SMB managed IT services provider Logically has a solution that addresses this issue, which earned the company the title of last year’s MSP 501 Digital Innovator of the Year.
We sat down with Christopher Claudio, CEO at Logically, to discuss how automation and AI are areas of growing importance to the MSP industry; OpLogic, which the company calls game-changing technology; and how it has impacted digital transformation.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 29, 2020 at 05:11AM
Added: Feb 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
7 Steps to Developing a Strong Patch Management Strategy
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
7 Steps to Developing a Strong Patch Management Strategy
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/7-steps-to-developing-a-strong-patch-management-strategy/
Your patching strategy can make or break your—and your customers’—business.
We’ve all been there before. You log into your laptop, only to be greeted by a pop-up reading “Updates are ready to install.” If you’re like most people, you either click the “Remind Me Later” button or simply ignore the message. But system updates are designed to patch important security flaws in your operating system; by ignoring them, you create new security gaps that open your network up to vulnerabilities. This is why Windows 10 has removed the option for users to ignore or repeatedly delay updates.
Unpatched systems are playgrounds for hackers, especially those using automated exploit kits to secretly launch attacks. As an SMB or MSP, you might believe your company or clients safe, but, in reality, 43% of cyberattacks target small businesses. It’s therefore vital that they take initiative in applying preventative measures, and one of the simplest ways to do this is by keeping systems up to date with software patches. This is especially important to keep in mind if you’re running operating systems older than Windows 10.
How Cybercriminals Probe and Exploit Systems
Exploit kits are a quick and efficient way for hackers to find vulnerabilities in your unpatched software. In a recent Webroot podcast, Joe Panettieri compared exploit kits to the probe droids from “Star Wars: Empire Strikes Back” that scan the planet looking for any sign of a Rebel base. Similarly, exploit kits can “probe” or audit machines in search of vulnerabilities. When a flaw is discovered, they can automatically deliver malicious payloads like malware, ransomware or cryptomining scripts.
The EternalBlue attacks of 2017, which exploited an unpatched flaw in Windows XP’s file sharing protocol, were a good example of this strategy. Unfortunately, Windows systems make formidable targets for exploit kits. In fact, our research revealed that the number of IPs hosting Windows exploits grew 75% between January and June 2019 alone.
Microsoft itself has issued several major patch warnings for Windows 7, Windows 10 and Windows XP, noting that it’s “highly likely malicious actors will write an exploit” for older Windows systems. With the end of support for Windows 7 in January, now is the time to create a patch management strategy.
A Solid Patch Management Strategy Is Vital
An effective patch management strategy gives you a clear-cut process for deploying all missing software and application patches as soon as they’re announced. And when it comes to protecting against exploit kits, speed is crucial. Patch warnings often disclose the vulnerability, which can prompt cybercriminals to create exploit kits for out-of-date machines. This means that, as soon as you know about the security flaw, so do hackers. Currently, the average time to patch is 102 days. That gap is simply too large to be considered safe.
With the right patch management strategy, you’ll be less likely to delay or ignore important fixes when released.
Tips for Developing a Strong Patch Management Strategy
Ready to protect your business against exploits? Here are some steps every patch management strategy should include:
Step 1: Take an inventory of your IT devices, operating systems, OS versions and third-party applications.
Step 2: Categorize by risk and priority (using a high, medium or low score for each).
Step 3: Utilize virtual machines (VMs), and run patches on those environments first to perform patch validation. Back up your test data.
Step 4: Develop patch management policies by establishing when you will patch and what will be patched first. For example, “Every Friday, we patch Windows OS.”
Step 5: Roll out your patches and apply them as soon as possible. Use your RMM to patch and manage your own network and/or your SMB clients’ networks.
Step 6: Document your patch management processes and procedures.
Step 7: Keep up to date with vendor patch announcements.
What’s Next?
I encourage you to learn more about “locking down” your MSP business and your customers against exploit kits and other cybersecurity attacks by checking out our Lockdown Lessons series.
Start a free Webroot Endpoint protection trial and see for yourself how our solutions can help you prevent threats and maximize growth.
Tim Sheahen is senior director of sales.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 29, 2020 at 05:11AM
Added: Feb 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Linux Foundation Partners with Open Source Group on Code Security Audits
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Linux Foundation Partners with Open Source Group on Code Security Audits
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/linux-foundation-partners-with-open-source-group-on-code-security-audits/
The move aims to make open source software more secure for enterprises and users through security audits.
To continue to grow the security and reputation of open source software by the businesses around the world, the Linux Foundation recently partnered with the Open Source Technology Improvement Fund (OSTIF) to fund more software security audits on a wide range of open source projects.
The strategic partnership, which will augment the Linux Foundation’s previous work in providing code security audits, enables OSTIF to share its related code-auditing resources through the Linux Foundation’s Community Bridge funding and support organization for developers and projects.
OSTIF is a nonprofit group that works to connect open source security projects with needed funding and logistical support, while the Linux Foundation hosts a myriad of open source projects and encourages open source collaboration around the world.
The partnership is the result of a need for increased security audits that can assure enterprises of the safety and security of open source project code, Mike Dolan, vice president of strategic programs for the Linux Foundation, told Channel Futures.
The Linux Foundation’s Mike Dolan
“With open source, anybody can see the code and anybody can tell us if there’s a security problem,” he said. “And whether it is open source or proprietary code, the reality today is that most proprietary software even includes open source code. The world of proprietary-only is really shrinking.”
As more and more enterprises continue to use open source project code from the Linux Foundation members and projects to run their businesses, they are continuing to become more dependent on open source, which drives the need to baseline its security, said Dolan.
“If they fail, there’s a system-level problem with that,” said Dolan. “So we want to make projects better for upstream use, above the developers in the chain.”
That means focusing on increasing security and improving the security of these projects that so many enterprises are dependent upon, he added.
On its own, the Linux Foundation has funded more than $1 million in security audits in the last few years, and now those efforts will be expanded through the partnership with OSTIF.
“Putting this together means that we can start to improve, in a measurable way, many of these projects that people are dependent upon,” Dolan said.
The code security audits will be done by a variety of companies that contract with the Foundation, which has no internal code auditing resources of its own. OSTIF’s background is in performing such audits, and the group has relationships with many auditing firms, said Dolan.
OSTIF is going to help find auditors, price the work out, move the efforts forward and hold the auditors accountable, while streamlining the process for the Linux Foundation, said Dolan.
“The groups each have different specializations,” he said. “This will help get security audits done more seamlessly for projects.”
For channel partners who work with open source project code, the security audits will be helpful, said Dolan. “The world is becoming more dependent on open source and channel partners are a critical part of the supply chain that delivers software to customers. As channel partners start to build more services or software-based solutions, the choice of software becomes more important.”
Through the audits, the ability to select open-source software code that has been vetted for its security will make it easier for partners and customers to choose open source, said Dolan.
“It gives confidence for channel partners to share with their customers,” he said.
Pund-IT’s Charles King
Charles King, principal analyst with Pund-IT, said the partnership should be helpful in working to make open source projects even more secure for enterprise users in the future.
“For two decades, the Linux Foundation has provided reliable support and insights for thousands of open source projects and tens of thousands of developers,” said King. “In today’s business and online environments, there are probably no greater concerns than the security of infrastructures, systems and applications, so the new strategic partnership between the Linux and Foundation and the OSTIF comes as welcome news.”
With the Foundation’s stature among open source advocates and OSTIF’s focus on security challenges and solutions, “the partnership should deliver real dividends to the businesses and individuals that depend on Linux and other open source products,” said King.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 29, 2020 at 06:07AM
Added: Feb 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
HCL Technologies CTO Discusses New Microsoft Business Unit
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HCL Technologies CTO Discusses New Microsoft Business Unit
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hcl-technologies-cto-discusses-new-microsoft-business-unit/
HCL plans to double its workforce of Microsoft experts within two years.
HCL Technologies is the latest Microsoft partner to from a business unit. The global IT services and solution provider, based in Noida, India, generated $9.7 billion in revenue last year and has 149,000 employees. HCL announced the formation of its Microsoft Business Unit (MBU) last month.
The new MBU isn’t HCL’s first business unit focused on a specific technology alliance partner, but it’s one of a few. HCL also is investing significant resources into expanding the unit focused on the Microsoft technology stack. Channel Futures reached out to Kalyan Kumar, HCL’s corporate VP and CTO for IT business services, to learn more about the structure of this initiative and where the company sees the largest opportunities.
Channel Futures: Now that HCL has formed this business unit, what does it mean? Will you be adding new people?
HCL Technologies’ Kalyan Kumar
Kalyan Kumar: We are building a new team that will be an overlay team of evangelists, business developers, Microsoft enterprise solution architects and other people who cut across all the Microsoft stack. And we are adding more people in the field. The top priority of the Microsoft business unit is to drive enablement capability and new skills across the larger delivery ecosystem from Microsoft.
CF: What is the time frame for bringing that all together?
KK: We already have close to 5,500 people on the Microsoft stack. Our plan is to double this within about 24 months and take it to 11,000-plus who are certified on the Microsoft ecosystem. The business unit is already active.
CF: What is the driver for doubling it? Is the pipeline that strong?
KK: We’re seeing that now with our large platform ecosystems: Microsoft, Google, AWS and a few others. We are really starting to bet around a few of them and are starting to build a plan and capacity. And we’re going to hire a lot of new talent. We’re going to skill them across the globe because there’s a significant demand for the Microsoft technology across our customer base and also across our prospect base.
CF: What are some of the opportunities and pain points you are hearing from clients that the Microsoft business unit will address?
KK: There are four big areas. One, we’re seeing this whole move toward modernization as a team. How do I modernize infrastructure? And how do I modernize applications? If you look back at the Microsoft stack, there’s a big installed base of Microsoft operating systems across the globe and databases from the core Microsoft technologies. We have customers running environments going back to Windows Server 2003. They have to be upgraded and modernized. The same thing with SQL Server, the .NET Framework and applications written with more monolithic architectures. There’s a clear demand to modernize, with Azure becoming a good target for both infrastructure and application modernization.
The second is we’re seeing a big focus around SAP — modernization, especially around how [to] take SAP into hyperscaler environments. And if you’ve seen the embrace by Microsoft of the SAP S4 Move program, there is a very clear interlock around large customers in high-tech manufacturing. These are big verticals with a big massive SAP footprint wanting to migrate into Azure.
The third is workplace modernization, which there’s a massive push around. This includes Windows 10 and the whole push update model. There’s a lot of interest among customers to modernize their workplace environment across devices, the ability to seamlessly access resources across a mobile environment and to become more productive with collaboration and …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
February 29, 2020 at 06:07AM
Added: Mar 02, 2020 Via IFTTT
Sophos CEO: Faster Growth Expected Under Thoma Bravo Ownership
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Sophos CEO: Faster Growth Expected Under Thoma Bravo Ownership
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/sophos-ceo-faster-growth-expected-under-thoma-bravo-ownership/
Sophos’ MSP business grew more than 75% year over year last quarter.
Thoma Bravo‘s nearly $4 billion acquisition of cybersecurity giant Sophos is now complete and the company is ready to gain even more ground on rivals such as McAfee and CrowdStrike in endpoint, and Palo Alto Networks and Fortinet in next-gen firewall.
Thoma Bravo, the private equity firm, has acquired more than 200 software and technology companies representing more than $50 billion of value. Among the firm’s acquisitions are Imperva, Veracode and Barracuda Networks, and a stake in McAfee.
Most recently, Sophos introduced a new Xstream architecture for its XG Firewall with transport layer security (TLS) traffic decryption capabilities designed to eliminate security risk associated with encrypted network traffic.
XG Firewall now also features AI-enhanced threat analysis from SophosLabs and accelerated application performance.
In a Q&A with Channel Futures, Kris Hagerman, Sophos’ CEO, talks about what the acquisition will mean for his company and what partners can expect in the coming months.
Channel Futures: With the acquisition completed, what’s next in the process?
Kris Hagerman: Well, we continue to grow and succeed as a company. We’re now going to be no longer listed on the London Stock Exchange as a publicly traded company and will become a private company with
Thoma Bravo as our sole investor. And we’re just very excited to start this next chapter. We’ve had a really good run over the last few years. We feel like we’re on a real roll right now and we think working with Thoma Bravo will only help accelerate that.
CF: What will this acquisition mean for Sophos’ partners? Will it create new opportunities for them?
Sophos’ Kris Hagerman
KH: Yes, and I mean that fundamentally. Let’s start with the basics. Sophos is committed to our channel first and channel is our best go-to-market strategy. This strategy is a big part of what has driven our success and that will continue. And Thoma Bravo sees an exciting opportunity to continue to aggressively grow Sophos, both organically and inorganically, and so do we. And with Thoma Bravo’s guidance and support and investment, we believe we can accelerate the next-gen transition we already have well underway and get to the future faster, which has benefits for our customers, our partners and for Sophos as a whole.
If you think about where we are at the moment, we’ve been driving this quite exciting transition to become a true next-gen security leader, and as of the last quarter, we now have over 60% of our business in this next-gen product portfolio – which is all of our most advanced products – all managed in Sophos Central, which is our cloud-based management platform, and that next-gen business was not only 60% of our total business, but it grew over 40% year over year in the last quarter. So we think that we’re on a very nice trajectory and with the help of Thoma Bravo, we fully expect …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 02, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Mar 02, 2020 Via IFTTT
GPS Insight Drives the Channel with Fleet Management
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
GPS Insight Drives the Channel with Fleet Management
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/gps-insight-drives-the-channel-with-fleet-management/
Fleet management is a growing opportunity for channel partners looking to expand their businesses.
Fleet management is a growing opportunity for channel partners looking to expand their businesses.
In this Fast Chat, executive editor Craig Galbraith talks with Ted Cole, vice president of channel and strategic partnerships with GPS Insight, about how his company’s solutions help fleet managers improve their operations.
Cole also describes the type of company that would benefit most from GPS Insight’s fleet management solution and the flexible channel program that the company offers its solution-provider partners.
Watch the video — then, For more information, visit GPS Insight’s partner page.
Visit GPS Insight at booth #1156 at the Channel Partners Conference & Expo, March 10-12, in Las Vegas.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 02, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Mar 02, 2020 Via IFTTT
VMware Launches Partner Connect to Embrace the Whole Customer Journey
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
VMware Launches Partner Connect to ‘Embrace the Whole Customer Journey’
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/vmware-launches-partner-connect-to-embrace-the-whole-customer-journey/
The new partner program is a rebirth of how VMware does partnering.
In what the company is calling a significant revamping of its partner program, VMware on Monday rolled out VMware Partner Connect, a more flexible way to partner with the vendor. The company announced its intentions to rebuild its partner program at VMWorld in August, and last April at its Partner Leadership Summit in Carlsbad, California.
VMware Partner Connect is a modernized program designed to enable partners to do business with VMware in a way that aligns with their business model. The company’s previous program was largely based on a transactional resell model that was siloed in terms of all the business models – advisory services, professional services, managed services, repeatable IP, integrated solutions – represented in the vendor’s partner community.
VMware’s Jenni Flinders
“It also didn’t embrace the whole customer journey and customer experience with everything that we offer, especially with cloud and where our strategic IT priorities are coming to market,” Jenni Flinders, vice president, global channel chief at VMware, told Channel Futures. “When you look at VMware’s product portfolio of offerings, it’s really expanded dramatically over the last couple of years. This led us to create a simpler way for our partners to engage with us based on our strategic IT priorities as a company, and how we go to market.”
VMware’s goal in restructuring its partner program was also to create the opportunity to help partners excel in their capability to maximize the vendor’s offerings to customers and focus on customer outcomes.
VMware’s Richard Steeves
“We’ve kept the customer front and center as we co-developed the program with our partners,” Richard Steeves, senior director, worldwide partner programs at VMware, told Channel Futures. “It became clear that our customers’ IT needs and priorities continue to grow as our portfolio grows and evolves to meet their needs and demands. We needed to make the program radically simple for partners to engage with us, aligned to their investment strategy, acquire new practice areas — whether that’s in modernizing applications or exploring intrinsic security, or welcoming in the ecosystem that’s come in, in way of acquisition in that space.”
Partner Connect is one program built on one agreement that adapts to partners’ business models: cloud, service, resell or all. The new partner program offers three theirs: partner, advanced partner and principal partner, increasingly based on investment and commitment to VMware.
So, for example, a principal partner achieves master services competencies across different strategic IT priorities and earn comprehensive rewards, including deployment and consumption incentives and prioritization for collaborative business planning and co-selling opportunities with VMware.
Partner program enhancements include an incentives and development funds portal, which provides enhanced dashboards and improved visibility to help partners track their business with VMware; a new VMware Learning Zone, which provides a variety of content, including the ability to customize learning plans based on individual partner preferences; and an overall improved partner experience.
VMware has been working diligently with existing partners – about 32,000 – for the past three months, letting them know about the transition to the new program and offering tools and a transition planning dashboard to help them with legal and operational onboarding.
VMware Partner Connect will evolve as the industry changes, customer buying behaviors evolve and will support emerging partner business models.
Carbon Black and VeloCloud will be integrated into the new program in the first half of the year, and Pivotal integration with Partner Connect will occur in the second half of the year.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 02, 2020 at 11:51PM
Added: Mar 02, 2020 Via IFTTT
Important Security Best Practices for Spring and Beyond
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Important Security Best Practices for Spring and Beyond
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/important-security-best-practices-for-spring-and-beyond/
Here are some key security practices to add to your company’s SOP.
Jeffrey Crystal
Ben Nowacky
It’s reported that hackers attack every 39 seconds, which averages 2,244 times a day. Based on this, you have either already been attacked, are being attacked right now or you’re about to be attacked.
If that’s not enough to get your attention, consider these statistics:
Forty-three percent of breach victims are small businesses; about 30% of phishing emails are opened by users, and 12% of those users click on the infected link or attachment. (Verizon)
Smaller organizations (1–250 employees) have the highest targeted malicious email rate at 1 in 323. (Symantec)
Every day, around 230,000 malware samples are created by hackers. (Panda Security)
Cyberattacks are the primary reason that around 60% of small companies to go out of business. (Small Business Trends)
Around 94% of targeted emails use malicious file attachments as the payload or infection source, while 91% of cyberattacks begin with a “spear phishing” email. (KnowBe4)
Only 5% of company folders are properly protected, on average. (Varonis)
Financial and manufacturing services have the highest percent of exposed sensitive files at 21%. (Varonis)
The average cost of a ransomware attack on businesses is $133,000. (SafeAtLast)
Clearly, the frequency and severity of cyberattacks are on the rise. Of particular concern is the increasing number of attacks directly targeted at managed service providers (MSPs) and their customers. What’s worse, the attackers often leverage MSPs’ own automation and remote-control tools to directly access and compromise their customers.
Security is a shared responsibility between vendors and partners, and it is imperative that partners also exercise best practices in securing their platforms, tools and devices to minimize risk to themselves and their customers.
Critical Security Practices
In this article, we highlight some critical security practices that should be incorporated into your standard operating procedure (SOP) checklists. This list shouldn’t be considered comprehensive, but instead suggest mitigations for the risks and threat vectors we see most often.
Ensuring password security: Increasingly bad actors are leveraging network monitoring and key-logging software to observe their intended victims for some time, capturing critical administrative passwords and familiarizing themselves with the target environment ahead of their attacks. Due to the skilled and patient nature of these attacks, it’s no longer enough to rely simply on strong passwords. Reusing a single password across multiple customers or environments is particularly dangerous, as once compromised, you’re potentially exposing multiple customers.
A common vulnerability in all too many environments is the presence of default passwords left in place on firewalls, IPMI interfaces and other areas. Default passwords allow attackers to gain dangerous access and privileges within the network. Always make sure default passwords have been replaced to deny this avenue of attack against your systems.
Mitigating ransomware and data destruction: By far the most common attacks involve the use of ransomware (e.g., CryptoLocker) software against your servers and workstations. Once encrypted, your data and systems are held hostage by a ransom demand, and paying the attackers provides no guarantee of recovery. In fact, even if payment results in the release of your systems, it’s almost certain the attackers have left root kits, back doors, and even time bombs, so they can strike again in the future. Only a …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 02, 2020 at 11:51PM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
Enrich Your Solutions Portfolio with SOAR
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Enrich Your Solutions Portfolio with SOAR
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/enrich-your-solutions-portfolio-with-soar/
Automation can help overburdened SOC staff.
Roger Egan
As channel partners across the globe assess their portfolio of products and consider emerging security technologies, checklist criteria likely will include hot new sectors, high margins, big professional services attach rates — and limited competition. If this exercise has led you to the security orchestration, automation and response (SOAR) market, you may be on the right track.
As in many industries, automation is arriving to help cybersecurity teams battle the increasing volume of threats facing their organizations, a rise directly correlated with the expanding attack surface and increasing numbers of detection tools in use by organizations. This is especially apparent in the security operations center (SOC), which is ground zero for addressing security incidents. The daily battle to efficiently and effectively handle the barrage of alerts entering the SOC is further complicated by skills and resource shortages. Solutions like SOAR are rapidly maturing to help dispose of these very challenges and transform security operations for businesses.
How exactly does SOAR work and what can customers expect to achieve from it? To answer that question, we must first dispel some confusion, particularly how SOAR fits in with security information and event management (SIEM).
Anyone who must manage a SIEM installation in an extensive enterprise environment knows that SIEM alone isn’t getting the job done. The first SIEM solutions were developed around 15 years ago with the promise to make life easier and better for security analysts by providing them with a centralized platform from which to manage and respond to security events. Few would disagree that SIEM represents an improvement over the practice of manually managing security information from multiple, widely disparate systems. Yet many enterprise customers are increasingly finding that centralizing this information has merely replaced one problem with another.
A large computing environment might have 30-50 different security products, from firewalls to email gateways to endpoint protection, each of which produce its own alerts. When all of these alerts are funneled into a central place for handling, it can create alert overload: security analysts become inundated with notifications from dozens of tools simultaneously, many of which are likely to be redundant, and the analysts must attend to each one individually to find the correlations and weed out false positives. This is a slow, labor-intensive process that can tie up valuable analyst time for extended periods, and the tedious nature of the work can increase employee stress and eventually lead to burnout as analysts become dissatisfied and seek work elsewhere. And the greater the load on the analysts, the greater the danger that a critical alert might be missed or mishandled.
Get to Know SOAR
SOAR is designed to solve this alert overload problem and bring efficiency to the alert review process. SOAR doesn’t replace the customer’s SIEM installation — rather, it integrates with it to deliver SIEM’s original promise of providing analysts with coordinated, actionable security intelligence. The letters in SOAR tell the story:
Security orchestration: SOAR works with SIEM to connect and integrate various security systems and processes together.
Security automation: SOAR automatically handles tasks that would otherwise be performed manually by a security analyst.
Security response: SOAR provides an organized framework for both analysts and the SOAR solution itself to address and manage security incidents in a way that limits damage and reduces recovery time and costs.
For example, a typical breach incident might trigger alerts in multiple places. Suspicious files and network activity could bring notifications from enterprise firewalls, email gateways, intrusion detection systems, host-based antivirus software and more. On their own, most SIEM solutions would pass these alerts on to a security analyst without attempting to correlate them or provide any additional intelligence. Faced with a clutter of alerts from the same original incident, multiple analysts within the group would likely pick …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 03, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSPs Can Fill SMBs Endpoint Backup Gap
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSPs Can Fill SMBs’ Endpoint Backup Gap
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msps-can-fill-smbs-endpoint-backup-gap/
Endpoints are a huge target, which is why endpoint backup is so essential.
SMBs often view endpoint backup as an expensive add-on. But with endpoints becoming one of the most exploited routes of entry–and SMBs becoming lucrative targets for cybercriminals–having an endpoint backup solution ensures that critical and sensitive data can be quickly and easily restored, in the event of data loss.
And MSPs play an integral role in drilling in this message as they talk to their SMB customers about their data protection needs.
Endpoint devices like laptops, mobiles and tablets store critical business data and act as points of entry to a company’s network. They have therefore become very attractive targets for cybercriminals.
Data created and stored on these devices are also vulnerable to human error, hardware failures and theft. It is therefore imperative to back up files directly from these devices. However, an IDC study uncovered that 58% of small businesses fail to back up their endpoint devices.
Talking to SMBs about Endpoint Backup
When it comes to cyberattacks, threat actors don’t discriminate businesses by size. In fact, 67% of SMBs experienced a cyberattack and 58% experienced a data breach in 2018, according to a Ponemon Institute report. And with the average cost of a data breach climbing toward $4 million, an effective endpoint backup solution is a must-have for SMBs.
As you start talking to your customers about the importance of endpoint backup, here are a few statistics to consider:
While initiating conversations about endpoint backup, keep in mind that SMBs typically don’t have a large IT security budget. SMBs are most likely to opt for a solution that is simple, easy to manage and cost-effective.
Endpoint backup solutions for SMBs should also be automatic to ensure that all files are backed up even if employees forget to manually backup their files. The solution should also be designed for fast recovery and offer point-in-time restore options so clean copies of data are easily accessible.
A cloud-based endpoint backup solution like Carbonite Endpoint is a comprehensive, automatic backup solution for all your endpoint devices and the data that resides on them. It ensures rapid recovery, and also helps mitigate the cost and consequences of lost or stolen devices, ransomware and hardware failures.
With features like global tracking, remote wipe and poison pill, Carbonite Endpoint provides all-round data protection, so you can control and protect your business data no matter where it lives.
Mekhala Roy is a writer on the Corporate Marketing team at Carbonite. A former journalist, she blogs about Carbonite happenings and cybersecurity.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 03, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
2020 MSP 501 Applications to Open Very Soon
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
2020 MSP 501 Applications to Open Very Soon
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/2020-msp-501-applications-to-open-very-soon/
The entry date was pushed to coincide with the Channel Partners Conference and Expo and to accommodate new methodology.
Hello to all of our 501 hopefuls! As you may have realized by now, we have pushed the date for the 2020 MSP 501 applications. Entries will now open Monday, March 9, which coincides with the first day of the Channel Partners Conference and Expo in Las Vegas.
As we’ve mentioned previously, we have some exciting new judging criteria and a new methodology this year to judge applicants based on market trends and business best practices, so we wanted to make sure that we build out the functionality in a way that makes it as easy and accurate as possible to gauge all of that.
By launching the the 2020 MSP501 application at #CPExpo, we hope to highlight what both the 501 list and event are all about.
Our 2020 MSP 501 list will look much different than it did in 2019. We’re doing a deeper dive into recurring revenue streams, measuring revenue per employee and customer churn to assess operational efficiency, and looking at profit margins to gauge the health of the balance sheets. To hear a more in-depth explanation, check out our “So You Wanna be a 501er?” webinar.
The MSP 501 has grown from a competitive ranking list into a full-fledged community, complete with targeted market intelligence reports to help you benchmark your company against your competitors; an ongoing MSP Educational Series with industry experts sharing their knowledge; and our annual MSP 501 Awards Gala held every year at Channel Partners Evolution in the fall.
Applications for the 2020 MSP 501 will run through May 31. Stay tuned to the MSP 501 page on the Channel Futures site for updates. For questions, email
[email protected].
We are so excited and can’t wait to see your submission come through this year. Best of luck to all of our applicants!
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 03, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
Gartner Analyst Talks Cloud Enablement Optimization Skills for Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Gartner Analyst Talks Cloud Enablement, Optimization, Skills for Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/gartner-analyst-talks-cloud-enablement-optimization-skills-for-partners/
Use this in-depth Q&A with Gregor Petri to gain actionable insight into your cloud strategies.
Research firm Gartner Inc. forecasts worldwide public cloud revenue will reach $263.4 billion this year alone. This points to cloud as the new normal for enterprise IT; therefore, channel partners of all stripes who want to make the most of this technology must ensure they are ready to do the heavy lifting on behalf of their clients.
Of particular interest is Gartner’s assertion that, through 2024, two-thirds of organizations will opt for multicloud strategies that reduce vendor dependency. This calls for partners to familiarize themselves with more than one provider so they know whose capabilities best fit the enterprise.
But that’s just one area where the cloud-centric channel will need to become more informed. Gartner, in its recent Predicts 2020 report, revealed additional trends that will transform organizations’ cloud adoption in 2020, including:
Cost optimization. Through 2024, nearly all legacy applications migrated to public cloud IaaS will require optimization to become more cost-effective.
Delayed migrations. Through 2022, insufficient cloud IaaS skills will delay half of enterprise IT organizations’ migration to the cloud by two years or more.
Gartner’s Gregor Petri
The cloud trends and challenges Gartner analysts see correlate with what astute channel partners encounter every day. Gregor Petri, vice president and analyst at Gartner, and a lead author of Predicts 2020, discusses those issues in this edited, in-depth Q&A, which includes Channel Futures’ follow-up takeaways for readers. While Petri does not work with the channel directly, his insight into the cloud issues enterprises face give managed service providers, VARs, agents, ISVs, and others a roadmap for better serving their clients.
Learn more about what Gartner uncovered in the Predicts 2020 report and what those discoveries mean for partners focused on the cloud.
CF: This recommendation – “Start thinking of cloud computing as an enabler for your digital business initiatives rather than as a data center replacement” — is really interesting. How would you suggest channel partners (MSPs, VARs, system integrators, etc.) approach this recommendation with their enterprise customers in mind and, importantly, why?
GP: A common mistake enterprises make when embarking on cloud adoption is to try and follow the fastest path, by simply lifting and shifting their existing applications from the in-house data center to cloud infrastructure, often inclusive of their traditional middleware and tooling. After this, they typically discover this has not automatically made their applications more flexible, cheaper, faster, scalable or reliable. In fact, many companies tell us they are surprised the cost went up instead of down. Using a car analogy, they basically went from using an owned – maybe slightly older and a bit dinky – car to moving around in taxis all day, every day, but without having changed the way they use transportation to get around. Think of ordering a taxi and leaving it in your driveway every night – as you likely did with your own car – but now with a meter running.
But even more severe, the business users of the organization may not even notice the company invested significant time and effort in moving to the cloud, because the way their applications behave stayed largely the same. To get the benefits of the cloud – such as elasticity, scalability, paying only for …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 04, 2020 at 12:51AM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
Develop an Action Plan For Your Telco IT Business
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Develop an Action Plan For Your Telco, IT Business
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/develop-an-action-plan-for-your-telco-it-business/
Business targets need to be created based on your needs for the future.
For partners on both the telco and IT sides of the channel, just knowing tech isn’t going to cut it anymore.
In today’s channel landscape, you need to be as knowledgeable about business as you are about speeds, feeds and software. That doesn’t just go for your customers’ business — it starts with your own organization.
In this year’s Business Success Workshop, the Channel Partners Conference & Expo preconference, March 9, we’re bringing in a slew of experts to teach you critical skills such as how to correctly calculate your valuation, perform a gap analysis and successfully negotiate an M&A deal.
You won’t just hear people giving you advice. You’ll work through an action plan with people who have walked this walk, and you’ll go home knowing exactly what your next steps are.
One workshop, “The Accidental Entrepreneur: Creating a Business Plan,” will teach attendees to: define the company they want to be; define wealth and size targets; and define desired outcomes and timelines. Workshop leaders will include Arlin Sorensen, ConnectWise‘s vice president of brand and ecosystem evangelism, and Juan Fernandez, ImageNet Consulting‘s vice president of managed IT services.
ConnectWise’s Arlin Sorensen
In a Q&A with Channel Futures, Sorensen provides a sneak peek of the information he plans to share will attendees.
Channel Futures: How should you go about determining what your company should be, based on demand, market trends, etc.?
Arlin Sorensen: You need to do your homework on what you are considering building, or changing into, before you dive in. There are many sources of information available, but the best is still to connect with peers and learn what works and what doesn’t. Peer groups can be immensely valuable in that process. From there you want to engage with experienced folks that can help you create a solid strategy and plan so you have a course for yourself and the people that you’ll bring along to create a business with value. Know what you are building – that drives all the rest.
CF: What sort of business targets should you put in place at the beginning and how should those evolve?
AS: Business targets need to be created based on your needs for the future.
Begin with knowing the personal wealth target you need to have in place when you no longer are being paid.
Determine the timeline over which you need to achieve this wealth target.
Decide if the business will be the primary source of achieving your personal wealth target as that gives guidance to the size and scale of the company that needs to be built.
Remember that hard work alone won’t get you there — once you know the target, you build a plan to build business value to achieve it.
Key parts of that plan include: business value that needs to be created to fulfill the personal wealth need; timeline to get it done; expected tax impact; are there partners or others that will share in the business proceeds; [and] will the company run well without you.
CF: What are realist expectations in terms of outcomes and timelines?
AS: It takes time to build a company with value. Organic growth can be slow; M&A can make it happen much more quickly but requires a source of financing. The timeline does drive some of the decisions that need to be made. Outcomes are determined by how you manage time, talent and treasure that is available to grow the business. With a solid plan, good people, disciplined leadership and peer interaction, you can create a great company fairly quickly.
CF: What do you hope attendees can learn and make use of from this session?
AS: We want to challenge your thinking about the business you have or want to create. Far too many entrepreneurs enter the industry without a plan and a known target they are working to achieve, or they are running a company on muscle and feel with no real plan or success destination. We want to call out the important things to consider and give some ideas for how you can prepare to succeed and finish well.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 04, 2020 at 01:50AM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
HC3: The Simple Scalable Highly Available Appliance Solution for Modern Virtualization
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
HC3 Edge: Deploying Self-Managing Micro-Datacenters at the Edge
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HC3 Edge: Deploying Self-Managing Micro-Datacenters at the Edge
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hc3-edge-deploying-self-managing-micro-datacenters-at-the-edge/
Edge computing encompasses any physical computing infrastructure intentionally located outside the four walls of the data center. Storage and computer resources can be placed where they are needed while hosted on a minimal hardware footprint. Infrastructure at the edge collects, processes, and reduces vast quantities of data, acting as a high-performance bridge from local computing to both private and public clouds.
This document provides insight into the benefits of edge computing with HC3 Edge. You’ll learn how this powerful virtualization platform is build for running the workloads you require with high performance and efficiency.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 04, 2020 at 02:51AM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
Disaster Recovery Strategies
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Disaster Recovery Strategies
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/disaster-recovery-strategies/
Disaster recovery asks the question, “How can an organization survive and respond to a wide variety of threats ranging from small hiccups to catastrophic destruction?” The threats to ongoing operation involve both human and technological response, so your IT infrastructure must be both resilient and highly available to stay operational.
This whitepaper outlines the strategies and built-in technologies that can be used to protect both data and workloads to get services back online as quickly as possible following even the worst disasters.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 04, 2020 at 02:52AM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
Growing Managed Services Profitably by Doing More with Less
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Growing Managed Services Profitably by Doing More with Less
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/growing-managed-services-profitably-by-doing-more-with-less/
The market for managed services has grown incredibly competitive, forcing service providers to seek ways to remain competitive while becoming more profitable. The hype around hyperconvergence makes the architecture seem promising, but what more do you need to know to guarantee success?
This whitepaper describes how MSPs can support more applications for more customers with less investment. The content is organized into three sections:
Highlighting MSP Challenges
Hyperconverged Solutions for Enduring Competitive Advantage
The Most Profitable Opportunities for Selling Services
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 04, 2020 at 02:52AM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cisco Expands Offers to Small Businesses
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cisco Expands Offers to Small Businesses
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cisco-expands-offers-to-small-businesses/
Cisco expanded its Designed for Business with new offers and promotions for partners.
Cisco on Tuesday updated its “Designed for Business” portfolio that targets small and midsize business customers, with offers that bring together the power of machine learning, AI and cloud-driven solutions.
Introduced at Cisco Partner Summit in November, Cisco’s Designed for Business portfolio is a new brand for the vendor and one designed to help partners win small business customers with market specific technology that’s priced right, and easy to use and manage. Since that time, Cisco seems to have expanded its language from “small” to SMB customers, defining these organizations as having up to 250 employees. Regardless, the company is determined to shed its image as a vendor for large enterprise customers only.
Cisco’s Dhritiman Dasgupta
”Everything [in Designed for Business] is fulfilled by the partner,” Dhritiman Dasgupta, chief marketing officer, small business segment at Cisco, told Channel Futures. “We’ve been very deliberate in the use case we’re going after and all of the training and enablement materials talks to that so partners can have more targeted discussions.”
There are three elements in today’s announcement:
1. The company is introducing its first-ever “buy” button on Cisco.com. This move is designed to drive a new user experience that simplifies the buying process and connects small business customers to a Cisco partner to buy directly on the website. The vendor also offers faster access to technical and sales specialists that’s in 24 languages, globally, through live chat or callback in 15 minutes or less.
2. Cisco added a few new products under the Designed for Business portfolio. First is the Cisco Business Wireless Mobile App that provides a simple way for an individual or company to configure and manage networks in any location from a smartphone. The new app is available in the Apple App Store (iOS) or on Google Play (Android).
Cisco also announced two new Meraki products, a Wi-Fi 6 access point and cloud managed smart camera. The Meraki Wi-Fi 6 access point simplifies network management, improved network performance, reliability and security. This is the vendor’s first Wi-Fi 6 access point for small businesses.
The Meraki cloud-managed Smart Cameras are powered to deliver business insights on areas ranging from foot traffic to identifying which displays are attracting attention to parking utilization, as well as to help mitigate risks. These new cameras include high-quality video, wireless connectivity, on-appliance storage and built-in advanced analytics, eliminating costs involved in sending traffic to a data center. They offer a 360-degree view through a fisheye camera, and one unit can cover an entire premise efficiently.
3. Cisco also is offering new networking promotions and offers. One promotion includes a free access point when purchasing a switch; another offer is around the purchase of an access point that includes free mesh-based extenders. A third offer targets distributors and partners: buy three switches and the fourth one is free.
Cisco also has a data center offer: the HyperFlex Edge, a hyperconverged solution that is one node and is managed from …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 04, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
Microsoft Surface Hub 2S and Steelcase Roam
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
Survey: Businesses Failing to Fully Protect Assets
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Survey: Businesses Failing to Fully Protect Assets
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/survey-businesses-failing-to-fully-protect-assets/
It is estimated that up to 50% of all known cyberattacks use encryption.
New research from Flowmon Networks and IDG Connect shows nearly all IT managers recognize encrypted network traffic as a source of security risks, while two-thirds of businesses fail to protect their assets from both internal and external threats misusing secure sockets layer/transport layer security (SSL/TLS).
The survey maps organizations’ defense strategies in addressing the threats in encrypted traffic. Conducted on behalf of Flowmon by IDG, the survey of more than 100 IT managers explores their experiences facing this rapidly growing attack vector.
Artur Kane, Flowmon’s head of product marketing, tells us MSSPs have to make sure that the right technologies are in place, and these technologies are configured and used properly.
Flowmon’s Artur Kane
“This requires a complex ecosystem of next-generation firewall to protect the perimeter, endpoint security, network traffic analysis to cover the internal network, log management and vulnerability assessment in place together with proper knowledge and security processes,” he said. “The challenge, but also an opportunity for MSSPs is to bring the tooling, best practice and guidance with a proper level of outsourcing of these resources based on the customer current situation and needs.”
A large number of companies have been exposed not just to attacks exploiting SSL/TLS vulnerabilities, but also attacks that employ SSL/TLS to mask movement over the network and to attack applications. Without a proper toolset that covers all attack vectors, dealing with encrypted threats is a significant challenge.
Two of the biggest obstacles of deploying network traffic decryption by using an SSL proxy are the fear of breaching data privacy (36%) and concerns over performance degradation (29%).
“The most surprising is the gap between IT experts’ confidence and their real ability to repel encrypted traffic threats,” Kane said. “According to the survey, 96% of IT managers claim confidence to repel encrypted traffic threats. But the vast majority of respondents primarily inspects encrypted traffic at the perimeter, meaning they are unprotected from insider, unknown or advanced persistent threats (for example, SSL/TLS vulnerabilities misuse, cloak malware delivery, hide data exfiltration, and mask botnet communications). Only one-third of respondents have both perimeter and network protection deployed together. When common forms of attack avoid perimeter detection, such as ransomware, botnets obscuring communication with command and control (C&C) servers, advanced persistent threats or browser exploits, there appears a considerable gap in the security strategies that businesses deploy.”
The survey’s findings highlight the importance of deploying network traffic analysis (NTA) and SSL decryption together to provide equal protection against external and internal threats.
Respondents recognize NTA tools as a way to bring together network and security operations teams, to share a single version of the truth (49% rank this as a No. 1 capability of such tools), and to improve prevention and accelerate detection and response.
“Encryption can carry some very common threats,” Kane said. “Thinking about the security strategies, encryption creates certain obstacles for security teams, who are still required to protect their networks in spite of the lack of visibility. So basically, it is a danger that things get out of control without your notice. It is estimated that up to 50% of all known cyberattacks use encryption, and there is universal agreement that encrypted traffic is an important source of security risks. In spite of this, many businesses still lack the means to inspect/monitor encrypted traffic.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 04, 2020 at 06:51AM
Added: Mar 03, 2020 Via IFTTT
Latest Retrospect Backup Aims to Ease Deployment for Partners Users
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Latest Retrospect Backup Aims to Ease Deployment for Partners, Users
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/latest-retrospect-backup-aims-to-ease-deployment-for-partners-users/
A key new feature is automatic onboarding of physical and virtual backup instances, which simplifies the process.
Retrospect, the data backup and recovery vendor, has unveiled the latest version of its backup (version 17) and Virtual (2020 version) products, including updates and improvements that make it easier for channel partners to enable customers to get automatic onboarding of physical and virtual backup instances.
Also included in the Retrospect updates are improvements to the Retrospect Management Console and a ProactiveAI policy-based scheduler feature that has been optimized to be 10 times faster and more efficient, according to the company. Retrospect Virtual 2020, which is now integrated with the hosted backup service, gives users the ability to have one place to monitor every protected physical or virtual machine, whether it runs on Windows, Mac, Linux, VMware or Hyper-V.
JG Heithcock, Retrospect’s general manager, told Channel Futures that one of the most valuable features of the updated products for channel partners and their customers are the new automatic onboarding capabilities.
Retrospect’s JG Heithcock
“With automatic onboarding, administrators can share a single URL with their entire company, and each employee can download the client for their platform, pre-packaged with a public key for authentication,” said Heithcock. “There are no user passwords, and Retrospect Backup 17 will automatically add the new clients and start protecting them using ProactiveAI.”
The latest version of Retrospect Backup also now allows customers to export a preflight summary including backup files and tape information, which aid large-scale data protection strategies, said Heithcock.
Many of the new features and capabilities were created after the company received feedback and requests from partners and users, he said.
“Most of these come up from direct emails but we also hear from our sales and support team,” said Heithcock.
The online web console for Retrospect Backup allows partners and users to monitor backups of physical machines as well as virtual environments from the same web page, while being about 50% faster than the previous version. Also new is flexible licensing as well as support for Backblaze B2 automatic backup and Wasabi cloud storage.
Dagfinn Glad, an Apple certified technical coordinator for Norway-based Fink IT, a Retrospect partner, said the updated version of Retrospect Backup will give partners better control over each customer’s backup needs in one web portal, which will allow his company to advise customers about their future backup requirements.
“We have found no other products that can do this at a reasonable price,” he said. “Our customers always ask for easier and better ways to restore files, and we find that Retrospect makes this easy.”
Other useful features in the updated version of Retrospect include the ability to create scripts for backup configurations that can be shared for new employees, saving set up costs for customers, he said.
“For our customers in architecture there are a lot of employees only hired for a single project,” said Glad. “This will save costs over the year for setting up new users and deleting old ones.”
Steven Hill, an analyst with 451 Research, said that StorCentric, Retrospect’s parent company, has been working to build a respectable portfolio of SAN and NAS storage products that covers everything from the SMB and mid-range markets to the enterprise space.
“Retrospect forms the data protection component of that strategy, and the combination gives Retrospect a solid foundation to continue to expand its features and capabilities to match the evolving and competitive hybrid IT environment,” said Hill.
With the growing decentralization of storage and applications through cloud adoption, Retrospect’s increased focus on automation and centralized management is almost table stakes for next-generation backup products, added Hill.
“Increasing security, reliability and hybrid options are always important, but Retrospect’s growing focus on simplicity is becoming a key value-add, especially for channel partners, SMBs and midmarket customers,” he said.
The enhanced automatic onboarding feature will be particularly useful, said Hill.
“It can take a lot of the effort out of setting up a modern data protection model for midmarket customers,” he said. “More and more businesses are becoming dependent on their IT systems to conduct day-to-day operations, and the growing complexity of these systems can make it difficult to keep up with the changing needs of their IT ecosystems; especially if they have limited IT staffing.”
Retrospect was acquired by StorCentric in June of 2019.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 04, 2020 at 06:51AM
Added: Mar 04, 2020 Via IFTTT
AppSmart Scores with Ingram Micros Renee Bergeron for Top Executive Slot
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
AppSmart Scores with Ingram Micro’s Renee Bergeron for Top Executive Slot
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/appsmart-scores-with-ingram-micros-renee-bergeron-for-top-executive-slot/
The leadership reorganization also includes senior executives from WTG, including Vince Bradley, and Telegration.
AppSmart, the B2B technology services company that in one year merged master agents WTG, Telegration and CNSG, on Wednesday announced significant changes to top leadership roles, and the calculated hiring of Renee Bergeron, Ingram Micro’s former senior vice president, global cloud, as SVP and general manager.
AppSmart’s Renee Bergeron
In her new role, Bergeron will be responsible for the next phase of AppSmart’s growth, including strategy, sales, marketing, service delivery and business development. At Ingram Micro, Bergeron led the distributor’s global cloud go-to-market organization and was responsible for the division’s organizational management, as well as strategic direction, sales growth, marketing, business development, operations and customer service activities. She’worked at Ingram Micro for nearly 10 years.
“I am thrilled to join AppSmart. I have been impressed with AppSmart’s laser focus on making channel partners successful,” said Renee Bergeron. “Over the past 10 years, I have seen how the growth of the cloud is changing the channel. AppSmart represents a completely new proposition for partners to not only align themselves for the massive cloud opportunity, but also deliver a full digital services catalog (telecom, networking, energy and IoT) to their customers.”
Just last week, Ingram Micro announced major executive changes to align with its global growth strategy. Those changes didn’t include Bergeron, whose departure news surfaced two weeks earlier.
Here a look at AppSmart’s new leadership team:
Van Murray is vice president of service delivery and commerce operations, and will be responsible for marketplace operations, sales engineering and customer success. Murray is formerly CEO of NeoCloud.
Vince Bradley, formerly CEO of WTG, is vice president of corporate development and general manager of communications, responsible for growth from strategic business opportunities and the telecom channel.
Tim Basa is vice president of sales and operations, tasked with sales strategy, channel enablement, provider-relationship management and back-office operations. Basa joined AppSmart via the Telegration acquisition.
Denis Raue, who also hails from the Telegration acquisition, and was the company’s CEO, becomes vice president of business development, responsible for new and existing relationships wiith top agent and provider partners. Converged Network Services Group (CNSG), acquired in December, will continue to be led by Matt Harty, who will be part of the AppSmart leadership team.
Brian Leonard is the new vice president of marketing. Leonard’s most recent position was VP of marketing at RapidScale, which was acquired by Cox Business nearly two years ago. Prior to that, he worked at Intelisys for four years as director of marketing.
Since AppSmart acquired telecom master agent WTG in 2018, the vendor went on a buying spree scooping up NeoCloud, a cloud services provider, also in late 2018, master agent Telegration and CNSG, an IT and telephone network in 2019.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 05, 2020 at 01:03AM
Added: Mar 04, 2020 Via IFTTT
Boosting the Employee Experience with Technology and Workspace Layout
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Boosting the Employee Experience with Technology and Workspace Layout
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/boosting-the-employee-experience-with-technology-and-workspace-layout/
Businesses large and small stand to benefit from a mix of open and controlled spaces where employees can choose how best to work.
Employee experience isn’t just about pay, benefits and perks. Sure, employers can use these things to attract qualified candidates, but compensation and perks don’t always prevent people from leaving. You have to provide an environment where people like to work, collaborate and be creative–a place where they feel their contributions are valued.
Traditional workspaces–think silos, closed-doors and rows of high-wall cubes–resemble a mousetrap and were originally designed to support the hierarchy and individual tasks, not teamwork and collaboration. Today’s employees–especially workers from a younger generation–want flexible, open-air workspaces and the ability to collaborate on the fly, or see people who may be working remotely or dialing in from someplace else.
With so much emphasis on the mindset of today’s workers, businesses big and small stand to benefit from a mix of open and controlled spaces where employees can choose how best to work. Some may want to lean on a wall, perch on sofa arm or just sit on the floor. Some will look for a controlled, quiet environment in which to work heads-down, while many thrive on the idea that seats and surfaces can be moved around. One thing all generations seem to share is they want technology that helps them accomplish their tasks in collaboration with peers.
How the workspace is set up has a major impact on employee participation, productivity, satisfaction, retention and, ultimately, the company’s overall performance. Solution providers can help customers set up dynamic workspaces that encourage collaboration and creativity. There is an upsell opportunity that actually begins when solution providers talk about space.
In the course of selling technology and services, there’s no reason that solution providers can’t tell clients about how to set up collaborative spaces to enhance the employee experience. Remind them that a gratifying employee experience is always important–and ever more so when recruiting skilled employees is a big challenge and unemployment is low.
Remove the Obstacles
Step into an office, and you’re more likely to find neatly arranged cubicles or offices that cut off occupants from their teams. Team members usually come together at scheduled times in conference rooms laid out with chairs arranged around a large table and a screen somewhere on the wall.
The 2019 Steelcase Active Collaboration Study found that most organizations (70%) still use traditional conference rooms for collaborative sessions. According to 75% of respondents, meeting spaces are enclosed, and 81% of the time meetings are scheduled. But most respondents (71%) would rather meet in more open, flexible settings where they have the freedom to move around.
Adding to the problem, 73% of respondents say they don’t have access to the right people to collaborate, and 70% cannot access the information they need in real time. Visual distractions, interruptions and noise make matters even worse for 68% of respondents. Almost as many (66%) say they lack good, flexible technology to visually display work. Only 38% of workers are able to move furniture as activities change, although 54% would welcome it.
Solution providers can work with customers to overcome these obstacles by advising them on how to set up spaces and delivering office and technology solutions designed for the modern worker. For instance, Microsoft’s Surface Hub 2S is now mobile, thanks to the Roam Mobile Cart that Steelcase designed specifically for the Hub.
With the Roam, the Hub doesn’t have to be stationary, forcing people to come to it when they need to use it. Instead, the Hub now goes where team members happen to be huddling to come up with ideas.
These kinds of tools will go a long way toward encouraging collaboration and making employees feel their contributions matter and can make a difference to the organization’s overall purpose. And when they feel appreciated and accomplished, employees are less likely to leave.
For solution providers, helping customers to create a gratifying employee experience translates to stickiness. The more you can help customers address challenges, the more they will rely on you in the future.
Jennifer McCready is global channel chief for Steelcase, a provider of architecture, furniture, and technology products and services designed to help people reach their full potential. She has more than 18 years of professional experience successfully managing sales teams, marketing teams, project teams and technology/devices strategy for enterprise, as well as managing partner programs and partner/sales enablement for companies including Microsoft.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 05, 2020 at 01:03AM
Added: Mar 04, 2020 Via IFTTT
FortiSOAR Empowers Security Operations to Accelerate Incident Response
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
FortiSOAR Empowers Security Operations to Accelerate Incident Response
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/fortisoar-empowers-security-operations-to-accelerate-incident-response/
Network attack surfaces continue to expand due to evolving threats and new digital innovations. To keep up, many organizations add point solutions. However, this creates several problems. The addition of security orchestration, automation, and response (SOAR) capabilities to the security architecture can alleviate these pressures.
This document covers how FortiSOAR allows security operations teams to create a custom automated framework that pulls together all the organization’s security tools while eliminating alert fatigue and reducing context switching. Learn how to not only adapt but optimize your security process.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 05, 2020 at 02:53AM
Added: Mar 04, 2020 Via IFTTT
The Balancing Act of an Incident Responder
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
The Balancing Act of an Incident Responder
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/the-balancing-act-of-an-incident-responder/
Incident response is like running a fire department.
Ransomware attacks throw organizations into chaos, and incident responders like Rob Morrow are thrust right into the middle of it to help regain control while navigating among terrified staff as an outsider.
Morrow is a network security engineer/incident response at Beyond Computer Services, an Atlanta-based provider of managed IT services. He didn’t start out in IT, but found his calling after an organization he worked for experienced a cyberattack. His diverse background has allowed him to look at both IT and incident response through a unique lens — that of a victim.
In a recent blog, Morrow chronicled his recent experience responding to a ransonware attack. The following is an excerpt:
Beyond Computer Solutions’ Rob Morrow
“I walk into the office of said undisclosed location, at which point I only had an address and point of contact. I still had no idea of what was waiting for me once I was able to settle in. I get the usual “oh … who is that and why is he here” looks I have come to love and hate. I know what I have in store from a personal standpoint, yet I still have very limited knowledge of what I am actually there for. I make the rounds and introductions, and start to realize the depth of the hell that I have just walked (voluntarily) into. While a lot in my position would say ‘oh, it is just another ransomware attack,’ I have the problem that will lead to my eventual burnout and downfall, the dreaded empathy. I feel for these people, they have been working night and day trying to make sense of what happened, and finally the hopelessness set in and I got the phone call. This of course means I am already behind the proverbial 8-ball. This is never a good place to be. I understand the embarrassment that comes with an attack, the feeling of what did we do wrong, what could we have done differently, etc. The questions are endless. Now not only do I get to fight the battle of containment, I have to fight the battle of people hating me right out the gate because they feel I am there to pass blame or say what they did wrong. This is the part of the job I always dread.”
Addressing the incident, which involves containing the network and recovering data, requires gaining the trust of overworked and demoralized staff members, and in this case, communicating with two CIOs who didn’t get along.
“[I] have to get these two to understand that the betterment of the company comes first and nothing else matters at this point until it is rebuilt,” Morrow wrote in his blog. “Sounds easy right? Not so much, these two were not having it and trying to sabotage each other at every turn. Option B, keep them separate, have them delegate projects listed by priority, cross reference lists, build my own and try to keep them happy in the process. This includes finishing bits and pieces of what they want interspersed within what needed to be done. OK, challenge accepted, I like to multitask. Not the way I wanted to do things, but when does leaving backdoors for access ever go as first planned. It works so between getting work done, I now have to answer to both separately, have separate meetings and alternating phone calls. Plus, help fix a problem with a third-party program that tested my development skills. For those that don’t know me I am in no way a developer, but Google and GitHub are my friends.”
Chris Noles, president of Beyond Computer Solutions, said his company services businesses in an industry that is being widely compromised because …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 05, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Mar 04, 2020 Via IFTTT
The Countdown to Channel Partners Las Vegas Is On
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
The Countdown to Channel Partners Las Vegas Is On
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/the-countdown-to-channel-partners-las-vegas-is-on/
We understand concerns about coronavirus are top of mind, but we’re moving forward with #CPExpo. Here’s why.
We understand concerns about coronavirus are top of mind, and we want to be as transparent as possible and share information about what we are doing to prepare for the Channel Partners Conference & Expo in Las Vegas.
We also understand our attendees and exhibitors rely on Channel Partners Conference & Expo to aid business growth throughout the year. Therefore, we’re happy to report that Channel Partners Conference & Expo is still all systems go for Vegas, March 9-12.
Despite some sponsors and exhibitors choosing to forego their participation due to company instituted travel bans, we are confident the event will remain beneficial, as we are still on track to host the largest independent channel event of the year.
With that in mind, here’s what you need to know:
Our top priority is the health and safety of all participants of the show.
We are proceeding as planned to hold a safe and successful event in Las Vegas, March 9-12.
There are no known cases of COVID-19 in the area. In addition, all 11 Las Vegas airports have screening protocols in place.
On the attendee side, there have been no cancellations due to travel restrictions or the coronavirus, though we do anticipate we’ll see some impact at the show.
Of our 263 sponsors and exhibitors, our title sponsor, AT&T, as well as 13 other exhibitors have company-instituted travel bans and had to exit Channel Partners Conference & Expo. Of these, five exhibitors were based in China. The others are due to corporate travel bans.
This event will have a no-handshake policy. Feel free to use a CP elbow bump or a simple smile and nod instead.
We will be providing hand-sanitizing stations, as well as frequent sanitizing of commonly touched areas, including door handles, counters, water dispensers, etc., and strongly encourage all participants to wash their hands throughout the day.
Ultimately, we expect everyone to make responsible decisions and stay home if they are sick. For those at the event, we encourage you to practice healthy habits, including those recommended by the CDC:
Wash your hands often with soap and water for at least 20 seconds, especially after going to the bathroom; before eating; and after blowing your nose, coughing, or sneezing.
If soap and water are not readily available, use an alcohol-based hand sanitizer with at least 60% alcohol.
Always wash hands with soap and water if hands are visibly dirty.
Avoid touching your eyes, nose and mouth with unwashed hands.
Stay in your hotel or at home when you are sick.
Cover your cough or sneeze with a tissue, then throw the tissue in the trash.
The health safety of our audience and staff is our utmost priority, and we will remain attentive and continue working with the Venetian & Sands Expo to utilize precautionary measures to protect the health and safety of all of our guests. You can find all FAQs and information from WHO and the CDC on our Health & Safety page.
If you have any questions, feel free to contact our team at
[email protected]. Otherwise, we look forward to seeing you at Channel Partners Conference & Expo in Las Vegas next week. As always, drinks are on us!
Cheers, and we’ll see you soon.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 05, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Mar 04, 2020 Via IFTTT
Scale Computing Webinar: Datacenters at the Edge
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 04, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cybercriminals Stepping Up Mobile Bot Attacks
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cybercriminals Stepping Up Mobile, Bot Attacks
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cybercriminals-stepping-up-mobile-bot-attacks/
Fraudsters are working in hyperconnected, global networks.
A new report by LexisNexis Risk Solutions shows a global, networked pattern of cybercrime that is further reflected in the mobile attack rate growth, which is heavily influenced by a global bot attack targeting mobile app registrations.
The cybercrime report covers July-December 2019 and shows how fraud increasingly has become borderless on a global scale. Cybercrime is a well-organized, global endeavor powered by networks of fraud.
While consumers enjoy access to goods and services from all over the world, fraudsters are able to harness stolen identity data to launch corresponding cross-border fraud attacks, according to the report.
LexisNexis’ Kimberly Sutherland
Kimberly Sutherland, LexisNexis’ vice president of fraud and identity management strategy, tells us there is opportunity for sharing confirmed fraud data in near real time to prevent or help reduce the number of fraud attacks that penetrate an organization.
“Overcoming the organizational and cultural challenges associated with creating regional or cross-industry shared intelligence will better equip these networks to counter networked cybercrime,” she said. “We have seen positive results when organizations work together to share fraud data and additional context on confirmed fraud attempts through our Digital Identity Network.”
Of the 19 billion transactions recorded by the Digital Identity Network in this six-month period, for the first time, mobile attacks outpaced desktop attacks, with a 56% growth in mobile attacks year over year.
“This is an important finding that we will continue to monitor in coming reports to determine if this will become a trend,” Sutherland said. “Despite this increase in volume, the overall mobile attack rate of 2.5% remains slightly lower than the overall desktop attack rate of 2.7%. Yet when we further analyzed this, our report showed that [the] mobile app attack rate is the lowest, at 1.9%, and mobile browsers are the highest at 4.2%.”
Key findings from the report include:
Fraudsters are working in hyperconnected, global networks, targeting businesses across country borders and industries. In just one month, 73,000 devices associated with a fraudulent event at one organization were later recorded at another organization within the Digital Identity Network.
Globally connected bot attacks target new account creations. During the six-month period, bot volumes saw strong growth from key regions, as fraudsters use automation to maximize success. Bot volumes can be very volatile given that one bot attack can represent millions of individual attacks.
The Digital Identity Network recorded strong growth in bot attacks from Canada, Germany, France, India and Brazil. Furthering the notion of fraud without borders, bots from Canada, France and Germany all targeted the same group of organizations, which were mainly in financial services and media.
“With bot activity expanding its focus beyond on account takeover (ATO) attacks at login, the fraud attack rate during new account creations is now at its highest rate of 17% — the most ‘at risk’ use case” Sutherland said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 05, 2020 at 06:52AM
Added: Mar 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSPs Under Heavy Ransomware Attack
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSPs Under Heavy Ransomware Attack
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msps-under-heavy-ransomware-attack/
Cyberprotection requires three things: people, process and tools.
CrowdStrike‘s latest research shows a disturbing trend in ransomware increasingly attacking MSPs
The cloud-native endpoint protection platform provider’s 2020 Global Threat Report observed activity using remote management software to target many companies through a single point of entry in MSPs and cloud service providers, while also seeing a string of health care attacks by first breaching an MSP.
While the attention is often on protection for organizations, CrowdStrike found that it’s critical MSPs plan ahead to combat these attacks.
CrowdStrike’s Jennifer Ayers
Jennifer Ayers, vice president of OverWatch and security response at CrowdStrike, tells us protection requires three things: people, process and tools.
“A critical component is having the right team mix with the right skill sets and knowledge to understand the types of threats that may be targeting not just the MSP but also their customer,” she said. “In an ever-changing threat landscape, the need to understand the what and why an MSP may be a target is important. Second is ensuring that environments have the right security applied. For example, we know taking advantage of remote desktop protocol (RDP) is a very common technique used by adversaries. Are the right tools in place to monitor and reduce RDP usage?”
In addition, MSPs can use a comprehensive solution that unifies next-generation antivirus (AV), IT hygiene, endpoint detection and response (EDR), cyber threat intelligence and proactive threat hunting, Ayers said.
“They can also standardize their threat intelligence, a critical security tool in today’s threat environment, to have better visibility into adversary activity and the assets being targeted so that they know what and how to protect them,” she said.
CrowdStrike saw an increase in ransomware incidents, maturation of the tactics used and increasing ransom demands from e-crime actors. Increasingly these actors have begun conducting data exfiltration, enabling the weaponization of sensitive data through threats of leaking embarrassing or proprietary information.
Moving beyond e-crime, nation-state adversaries continued unabated throughout 2019, targeting a wide range of industries, according to CrowdStrike.
Another key trend in this year’s report is the telecommunications industry being targeted with increased frequency by threat actors, such as China and North Korea. CrowdStrike intelligence assesses that various nations, particularly China, have interest in targeting this sector to steal intellectual property and competitive intelligence.
“In 2019, big-game hunting (BGH), another term for enterprise-scale, targeted ransomware operations, was the most lucrative enterprise for e-crime adversaries,” Ayers said. “More than a dozen of the largest ransom demands reported were in the millions compared to the hundreds of thousands the year before. Numerous adversaries specializing in the delivery or development of malware benefited from supporting customers or partners conducting BGH operations. Of all e-crime threats, ransomware represented 26% of what was reported in 2019. The number climbs to 37% of threats when ransomware reports are combined with reports of banking trojan malware operated by BGH adversaries (e.g., TrickBot).”
The trend toward malware-free tactics accelerated, with malware-free attacks surpassing …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 12:04AM
Added: Mar 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Mailprotectors Channel Partners to Benefit from $5 Million Funding Boost
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Mailprotector’s Channel Partners to Benefit from $5 Million Funding Boost
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/mailprotectors-channel-partners-to-benefit-from-5-million-funding-boost/
Mailprotector goes to market through MSPs, VARs, ISV and VADs.
Mailprotector, the email security, management and hosting provider, has raised $5 million in growth equity funding from Ballast Point Ventures (BPV).
MailProtector’s portfolio of services is sold exclusively through the channel to businesses, government and nonprofits globally. The company will use the funding to accelerate product development, grow sales and marketing efforts, and expand services to its network of MSPs.
David Setzer, Mailprotector’s CEO, tells us his company goes to market through MSPs, VARs, ISV and VADs.
Mailprotector’s David Setzer
“This funding means we will have substantially more resources to enhance our current product set and launch new products like Bracket more quickly,” he said. “It also means we will be able to continue to resource our top-ranked service, and provide our partners with more sales and marketing tools.”
The company has more than a decade of experience providing email solutions to organizations globally. As a cloud-based email security, compliance, encryption and hosting platform, Mailprotector’s solution is engineered with partners’ management needs as a “top priority,” according to the company.
Mailprotector’s stack includes CloudFilter, SafeSend, SecureStore, XtraMail, CloudMail, Exchange+ and Bracket, the company’s patent-pending flagship email encryption product.
“We feel our product philosophy of high-security simplicity gives us an advantage,” Setzer said. “This funding will allow us to more fully develop that philosophy through our product set and partner management tools. From our association with GetChanneled, we have [more than] doubled our partner base in the last few years without sacrificing service. We expect an even greater level of growth moving forward.”
Nothing is changing in regard to Mailprotector’s partner commitment,” Setzer said.
“This was a paramount in our discussions with potential investors, which is why we were thrilled to find Ballast Point, who respects and values those partner relationships,” he said. “So much so that they have also recently invested in a Tampa-based MSSP, Abacode.”
“BPV has a long history of supporting high-growth software companies throughout the Southeast, and we have been impressed with David and his team as they have built industry-leading email security tools with limited outside capital investment,” said Robert Faber, partner at BPV, who will join Mailprotector’s board of directors.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 12:50AM
Added: Mar 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Partner with Scale Computing
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Beating Burnout: MSP Self-Care for Long-Term Success
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Beating Burnout: MSP Self-Care for Long-Term Success
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/beating-burnout-msp-self-care-for-long-term-success/
Getting burned out from a job occurs in every industry, from the corner office to the assembly line to the sales floor.
Like any job, working for or running an MSP has its pluses and minuses. It’s uplifting to see clients thriving and saving money thanks to the superior technology solutions you’ve helped put in place and support.
However, supporting customers comes with plenty of challenges. You’re often interacting with them when they’re unhappy because something’s not working correctly or they’re in a crisis. Tempers are short, emotions are raw, and you’re staring at seemingly unachievable deadlines.
And then there’s the tedious nature of some tasks that could suck the will to live out of the cheeriest workers. Repeating the same things over and over certainly isn’t inspiring, but sometimes you’ve just got to provision 100 endpoints or set up 50 new Office365 accounts day after day.
Burnout Is a Real Problem
Getting burned out from your job isn’t something just for entitled millennials. It occurs in every industry, from the corner office to the assembly line to the sales floor. But it’s most common in jobs that require monotonous work, helping people and heavy workloads.
While it’s not an actual medical condition, the International Classification of Diseases includes it as an “occupational phenomenon.”
“Burnout is a syndrome conceptualized as resulting from chronic workplace stress that has not been successfully managed. It is characterized by three dimensions:
feelings of energy depletion or exhaustion
increased mental distance from one’s job, or feelings of negativism or cynicism related to one’s job
reduced professional efficacy”
According to the Mayo Clinic, signs you might be experiencing burnout include:
Becoming cynical or critical at work
Having to drag yourself to work and having trouble getting started
Becoming irritable with coworkers, customers or clients
Lacking energy to be consistently productive
Lacking satisfaction from your achievements and feeling disillusioned about your job
It can also manifest itself in physical symptoms, including changing sleep patterns, headaches, and digestive issues. If left unaddressed, it can create real health issues, plus some sufferers use food, drugs and alcohol to improve moods or just become numb to it all.
Taking Burnout Seriously
Both employees and their managers must acknowledge that there is a real risk of staff getting burned out. This won’t just result in some grumpy workers; it also can have a real impact on the business itself.
Burned-out staff are more likely to make careless mistakes, work slower and have negative interactions with customers. This can lead to real impacts on customer satisfaction, as customers are counting on their MSP to perform flawlessly and professionally.
There is also a much higher likelihood of staff calling it quits when they “hit the wall.” This leaves MSPs in a lurch, as they not only lose the manpower, but they also see experience and institutional knowledge walking out the door. They’ll need to spend time and money recruiting and training replacements while suffering productivity and performance hits in the interim. Not to mention that high staff turnover could shake the confidence of clients looking for a stable MSP partner.
Adopting Proactive Prevention
In our industry, we are constantly urging–if not lecturing–our clients to put protections in place before a problem occurs. We list off the numerous threats that can provide irreparable damage to a client’s operations, livelihood and reputation–from phishing to malware to hacked data being sold on the Dark Web.
We can take the same approach to protecting the mental health of our staff and ourselves by creating environments that reduce the likelihood of burnout and are prepared to deal with it when it occurs. This requires a parallel strategy of creating a workplace where managers take a proactive interest in the emotional well-being of employees while simultaneously leveraging resources that reduce the causes of burnout to begin with.
Managing Workloads
The most common driver for employee burnout is
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 12:50AM
Added: Mar 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
HP Rejects Yet Another Xerox Attempt to Acquire the Company
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HP Rejects Yet Another Xerox Attempt to Acquire the Company
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hp-rejects-yet-another-xerox-attempt-to-acquire-the-company/
HP offers Xerox a multitude of reasons for rejecting its offer.
It appears that Xerox won’t take no for an answer. Just three days after it launched a tender offer to acquire all outstanding share of HP for $24 per share, HP slapped back at Xerox with a stern “no.”
Xerox’s latest strategic move comes on the heels of HP’s announcement outlining a multiyear plan to grow earnings and the company, maintaining its steadfast commitment to shareholders. Not only did HP reject Xerox again, citing that its latest offer was not in the best interests of HP shareholders, but the HP board unanimously recommends that shareholders reject the offer and not tender their HP shares pursuant to the Xerox offer.
HP’s Chip Bergh
“Our message to HP shareholders is clear: The Xerox offer undervalues HP and disproportionately benefits Xerox shareholders at the expense of HP shareholders,” said Chip Bergh, chair of HP’s board of directors. “The Xerox offer would leave our shareholders with an investment in a combined company that is burdened with an irresponsible level of debt and which would subsequently require unrealistic, unachievable synergies that would jeopardize the entire company.”
Why does HP’s board not love Xerox’s offer? Let’s count the ways — more than a dozen of them, which the vendor detailed in a Schedule 14D-9 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission:
The Xerox offer, in effect, principally offers HP shareholders something they already own, and would disproportionately benefit Xerox shareholders relative to HP shareholders.
The Xerox offer would use HP’s balance sheet as transaction consideration for the benefit of Xerox shareholders.
The Xerox offer meaningfully undervalues HP by failing to reflect the full value of HP’s assets and its standalone strategic and financial value creation plan.
HP has a track record of execution that has resulted in strong, consistent operational and financial performance.
The HP board believes that HP’s standalone plan has positioned HP for significant value creation.
HP’s strong balance sheet and financial flexibility provide multiple levers for value creation.
The HP board believes that the Xerox Offer would compromise the future of HP and the value of shares of HP common stock by transferring value to Xerox shareholders and leaving HP shareholders with an investment in a combined company with an irresponsible capital structure, premised on unrealistic synergies estimates.
HP believes that Xerox’s “synergy” estimates, including cost cuts, exceed reasonably achievable levels.
The Xerox Offer includes a significant equity component, the value of which the HP Board believes would be subject to significant risks and uncertainties.
Xerox does not have experience operating businesses in the sectors in which HP operates, including within Personal Systems, Home Printing, and 3D and Digital Manufacturing.
Xerox has been experiencing declining sales and its recent sale of its interest in the Fuji-Xerox joint venture raises significant concerns about its future position.
HP believes that Xerox’s cost-cutting has come at the expense of long-term value creation, and Xerox has demonstrated a lack of focus on research and development.
The quantity and nature of the conditions of the Xerox Offer create significant uncertainty and risk.
The HP board believes that Xerox’s urgency in launching the Offer, while simultaneously running a full slate of director nominees for election at HP’s 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, evidences Xerox’s desperation to acquire HP to address its continued business decline.
“At HP, we’re creating value, not risk,” said Enrique Lores, HP’s president and CEO. “HP is a trusted brand with a strong track record of value creation and we’re executing a clear plan that will drive significant earnings growth. We’re well positioned in our categories, aggressively attacking costs and pursuing the most value creating path for our shareholders.”
Clearly there’s no meeting of minds between HP and Xerox vice chairman and CEO John Visentin, who this week said “Our proposal offers progress over entrenchment. HP shareholders will receive $27 billion in immediate, upfront cash while retaining significant, long-term upside through equity ownership in a combined company with greater free cash flow to invest in growth and return to shareholders.”
This latest offer/rejection is the latest in an acquisition bid by Xerox that began in November.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 01:51AM
Added: Mar 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Next to No Salary Equality for Women in Tech
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Next to No Salary Equality for Women in Tech
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/next-to-no-salary-equality-for-women-in-tech/
The war on wages continues for women in tech.
Women in tech jobs all over the U.S. continue to earn less than their male counterparts, with Utah representing the state with the highest salary differential at $16,871. Minnesota is the only state with women earning more than men, representing a $3,929 differential, according to Dice, the employment website.
In the just released report – The Gender Pay Gap in Tech – survey results find that women in tech are still paid less in 2020 in all eight regions across the country. Looking at the salary differential by region: New England –$6,444; Mid-Eastern – $7,074; Southeast – $6,471; Great Lakes – $8,653; Plains – $3,309; Southwest – $4,086; Rocky Mountains – $9,720; and Far West – $4,667.
The salary pay gaps exist between men and women, even when factors such as experience, roles, location and education, are controlled for. The research was conducted by Cypress Research Group.
Dice’s Michelle Marian
“The technology field continues to struggle to offer equal pay and applicable benefits to women. When employers work to build a fairly compensated gender-diverse workplace, they inevitably create a more positive work culture with a wider range of ideas and creative solutions to address business needs and challenges,” said Michelle Marian, CMO for DHI Group, Dice’s parent company. “In publishing our report, Dice aims to foster important conversations to aid in eliminating compensation and benefit inequity across tech occupations.”
Four other areas that the report delves into are the pay gap by occupation, how satisfaction levels differ between men and women, how men and women value different things in employers, and the way the tech industry struggles to eliminate bias.
Looking at the gender pay gap by occupation, while controlling for years of experience, education level and location, reveals an even wider pay disparity. Here’s what some of the pay differential data shows: data architect –$13,123; database administrator – $11,053; software engineer – $8,559; security engineer – $6,847; business analyst – $6,455; and product manager – $4,709.
Women-in-tech occupations such as systems architect, network engineer and technical writer fare the best — +$2,446, +$,4,836, and +$6,443, respectively.
So why should women in tech be satisfied? They’re not expressing greater dissatisfaction than their male colleagues.
Looking at compensation, 38% of women are dissatisfied with their compensation, compared to 33% of men. The average salary for a woman satisfied with her compensation is $93,591, while the average salary for a woman dissatisfied with her compensation is $69,543. Compare that to men: Average salary for a man satisfied with his compensation is $108,711, while the average salary reported for compensation dissatisfaction is $81,829.
“This could suggest that men expect to be paid more (hence the relatively high salary number for dissatisfaction), which can have an impact on whether they accept offers and negotiate for raises,” the report states.
Women also report being less satisfied with their team and managers compared to men.
Both men and women report feeling burned out or very burned out at their jobs — 31% and 33% respectively. However, women are more likely to attribute burnout to friction with a boss or team, as well as to lack of recognition for their work.
Both men and women put a high value on health insurance, dental insurance paid vacation days and 401(k) matching/pension. Women, however, are more concerned about paid volunteer opportunities, college tuition reimbursement, maternity leave, remote and flex options, and wellness programs compared to men.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 02:51AM
Added: Mar 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Red Hat Expands Hybrid Cloud Partner Certifications Support Services
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Red Hat Expands Hybrid Cloud Partner Certifications, Support Services
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/red-hat-expands-hybrid-cloud-partner-certifications-support-services/
Simplifying partner participation and assistance is the goal of the revamped Red Hat partner program.
Red Hat channel partners that aim to grow their hybrid cloud services for customers now can take advantage of a wide range of new partner benefits unveiled by Red Hat, including an enhanced OpenShift Operator Certification, improved Red Hat OpenShift promotional and market support, and updated tools and resources through the company’s Partner Connect website.
The new partner features also now allow certified containers based on the Red Hat Universal Base Image (UBI) to be included in Red Hat Enterprise Linux UBI-based container images for redistribution through the official Red Hat and third-party container registries, the company said.
In addition, Red Hat Linux channel partners will gain enhancements to the company’s OpenShift Operator Certification through increased technical assistance as well as more tooling and workflows that aim to help accelerate the certification process for Kubernetes Operators. Broadened promotional and sales support will also be provided through the Red Hat Partner Connect website to enable deeper customer adoption and deployments on Red Hat OpenShift, according to the company.
Red Hat’s Lars Herrmann
“We’re aligning how we partner with other companies with our open hybrid cloud strategy,” Lars Herrmann, the senior director of technology partnerships for Red Hat, told Channel Futures. “We want to make it easier for other companies to drive their businesses on Red Hat’s hybrid cloud strategy.”
The changes and improvements in the partner program are in response to requests and comments from partners, said Herrmann.
“A lot of our partners gave us the feedback that they think it was complicated to work with Red Hat,” while many businesses have been finding that it is challenging to bring together new technologies and make them work well together, he said. “We tried to make that easier for them.”
Another reason of the partner improvements is that more and more products and services are shifting to dynamic cloud consumption and to digital marketplaces, and the changes will make these transitions easier for partners, said Herrmann.
“We will try to give prescriptive guidance and best practices to help them do things more efficiently,” he said.
The changes in the container certifications process is one example of this, by allowing partners to make changes in container packages for customers and then distributing them to anyone without charge, said Herrmann.
“This is taking what Red Hat starts with and makes changes that customers need. This is new — it was introduced last year as a limited set of technologies and is now being extended to all Red Hat Enterprise Linux partners,” he added.
The partner improvements in the Partner Connect website also are seeing changes meant to make the site much easier to use by reorganizing it from its former layout, which was based on whether partners were resellers, VARs, systems integrators and other types of businesses. Those traditional partner categories and site organization have been changed to reflect a more direct build, sell or service portal, said Herrmann.
“We have recognized that this older approach no longer fits the way it used to,” he said. “Business models shift fast, so changing it to a build, sell and services methodology allows partners to choose how they want to work with the company.”
In the past, partners said they had struggled to figure out …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 05:03AM
Added: Mar 06, 2020 Via IFTTT
Purdue University Launches Open Source All-in-One Network Forensics Toolkit
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Purdue University Launches Open Source, All-in-One Network Forensics Toolkit
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/purdue-university-launches-open-source-all-in-one-network-forensics-toolkit/
FileTSAR is free to law enforcement agencies, available for fee to other organizations including MSSPs.
Purdue University has introduced an all-in-one toolkit for law enforcement and companies to use to track down cybercriminals, stop insider threats, and to stop other abuses conducted via technology and moved over a network. Cybersecurity experts at Purdue collaborated with law enforcement agencies throughout the U.S. to develop the toolkit.
The Purdue Toolkit for Selective Analysis and Reconstruction of Files (FileTSAR) includes in one complete package the top open-source investigative tools used by digital forensic law enforcement teams. (Provided by Purdue University)
The toolkit is called FileTSAR, an acronym for Toolkit for Selective Analysis & Reconstruction of Files (FileTSAR). The project was funded by the National Institute of Justice and is free to law enforcement agencies for three years. Organizations in the private sector can also use the toolkit for a fee.
Following the larger software industry trend of avoiding proprietary software, this toolkit is comprised entirely of open-source software. FileTSAR is considered an all-in-one package because it contains the best of the open-source investigative tools used by digital forensic law enforcement teams at the local, state, national and global levels.
“FileTSAR allows forensic investigators to capture, selectively analyze and reconstruct files from network traffic,” said Kathryn Seigfried-Spellar, an associate professor of computer and information technology in the Purdue Polytechnic Institute, who helps lead the research team.
“The main functions of this tool are capturing data flows and providing a mechanism to selectively reconstruct documents, images, email and VoIP conversations,” Seigfried-Spellar added.
The toolkit can be used to uncover network traffic to track cybercriminals, discover employees sending out trade secrets or other sensitive information, or to recreate incriminating conversations or activities by employees or outside activities. In short, it’s a cyber forensics toolkit.
Kathryn Seigfried-Spellar, an assistant professor in the Purdue Polytechnic Institute’s Department of Computer and Information Technology, works on a computer in the Tippecanoe County High Tech Crime Unit in Discovery Park. (Purdue University file photo/Rebecca Wilcox)
“Knowing that we created an affordable tool that will help law enforcement with their network forensic investigations is incredibly rewarding,” Seigfried-Spellar said.
More than 100 law enforcement agencies have requested the technology thus far, and the final count is expected to rise much higher.
MSSPs working with clients in law enforcement need to be aware of the toolkit and its high adoption rates in order to integrate it with other tools the MSSPs sell to or use in behalf of these clients. Additionally, it is prudent for MSSPs to consider this toolkit for use by or for their client organizations in the private sector. While the toolkit is not free for organizations outside of law-enforcement agencies, it is being billed as affordable to all. An affordable price adds to the toolkit’s overall attractiveness as a comprehensive forensic tool.
However, specific pricing information was not publicly available as of this writing. Law enforcement agencies and other interested parties can learn more specific information about licensing and gain access to the toolkit via the Purdue Research Foundation Office of Technology Commercialization (OTC).
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 06:53PM
Added: Mar 06, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cybersecurity Roundup: Women in Leadership Roles Atlas VPN Verizon-Securonix
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cybersecurity Roundup: Women in Leadership Roles, Atlas VPN, Verizon-Securonix
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cybersecurity-roundup-women-in-leadership-roles-atlas-vpn-verizon-securonix/
Mentorships are often part of the process of growing into leadership positions in cybersecurity.
U.S. companies will add nearly 550,000 new jobs in computer and IT through 2028, a rate higher than the average for all occupations, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Of those jobs, the bureau predicts a 32% growth rate for information security analysts. Women are emerging as cybersecurity experts, with the expectation of a much larger influx of women entering the field.
Women are ascending into senior or leadership positions within their companies, often through different pathways, according to the results of the Women in Cybersecurity Survey to be presented by SANS Institute in two webcasts later this month.
Some 41% of respondents credited being in the right place at the right time for their rise into senior or leadership positions. That means they had to make themselves visible to decision-makers. Others credited having varied experiences (38%) or pursuing certifications (34%) with their rise into a senior or leadership positions, both of which are within the control of the individual.
Mentorships are often part of the process of growing into leadership positions and continuing to grow once taking on such a role; however, only 7% of women in cybersecurity have been mentored by another woman, with 37% mentored by both men and women, and 31% by men alone, which leaves 25% who have never benefited from being mentored.
SANS Institute’s Heather Mahalik
Most survey respondents have done just that, with just 26% not participating in a mentorship relationship. Interestingly, the majority (57%) report mentoring both men and women, a positive sign for growing the leadership role of women in cybersecurity.
To find out more about the growing influence of women in cybersecurity, we spoke with Heather Mahalik, SANS analyst and survey author.
Channel Futures: Why is it important for more women to obtain leadership roles in cybersecurity?
Heather Mahalik: Why not? We have been in the field for quite some time and are gaining traction, so obtaining a leadership role fits the bill. Women taking more leadership roles also promotes attention to younger women who want to enter the field and have career goals to climb the so-called corporate ladder. It’s important to show that leadership in cybersecurity is gender neutral.
CF: How important is mentoring in attracting and opening more doors for women in cybersecurity?
HM: Mentoring is important to everyone. Meeting and knowing the right people can really open doors for you and someone entering the field. I have mentored many people in my life and made introductions for them that have really launched their careers. We need more mentors. Please reach out to someone new to cybersecurity and help pave the way for them.
CF: Are there fewer barriers to women becoming cybersecurity leaders? If so, how?
HM: I would say yes. In my opinion, most companies realize that your work is what matters, not your gender. I know many women who run companies and who have started their own. The days of “she is a woman and doesn’t deserve this” are over.
CF: How does getting more women involved help in the fight against cybercriminals?
HM: Bottom line — we need people, women and men included. There is always a shortage of women in cybersecurity and the focus often goes to why. We are trying to push the message to any woman wanting to get involved, learn and have a career that matters. Cybersecurity is important and there are so many facets and specialties one can dive into. I took the plunge into digital forensics 18 years ago and have never looked back.
Women can have a big impact in their organizations regardless of …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 10:56PM
Added: Mar 06, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cisco Senior Exec Takes Top Slot at Western Digital
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cisco Senior Exec Takes Top Slot at Western Digital
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cisco-senior-exec-takes-top-slot-at-western-digital/
Cisco regroups and replaces David Goeckeler with Todd Nightingale.
Data storage company Western Digital’s search for a new CEO, announced in October, has come to an end with the appointment of David Goeckeler, Cisco’s executive vice president and general manager, networking and security business. He’ll replace Stephen D. Milligan, who is retiring.
Western Digital’s David Goeckeler
Goeckeler, a 17-year Cisco veteran, was in charge of the company’s $34 billion global networking and security business and a team of more than 25,000 engineers. He was responsible for security strategy and market acceleration, including development operations for Cisco’s technology portfolio and strategic acquisitions. Cisco has named Todd Nightingale, formerly senior vice president and general manager of Cisco Meraki, as his successor, earning the new title of senior vice president and general manager, enterprise networking and cloud.
“David is a transformative leader with an exceptional track record of driving highly profitable, core businesses at scale while innovating successful business strategies that expanded into new markets and generated new revenue sources,” said Matthew Massengill, chairman of the board for Western Digital. “With experience as a software engineer as well as running large semiconductor development projects, his breadth of technology expertise, business acumen and history of building and operating world-class organizations make him the right person to lead Western Digital in a world increasingly driven by applications and data.”
Cisco’s Todd Nightingale
A nearly $20.7 billion company, Western Digital earlier this week announced new WD Gold NVMe SSDs to help small and medium enterprises (SMEs) transition to NVMe. This latest addition to the vendor’s WD Gold family of products will be available in four capacities to channel partners and end customers early next q8arter, the company said.
“The industry is facing an exciting inflection point where customers of every size, vertical and geography are deploying business infrastructure that is software-driven, enabled by data and powered by the cloud. This megatrend has only just now reached an initial stage of adoption and will drive a massive wave of new opportunity,” said Goeckeler. “In this IT landscape, the explosive growth of connected devices will continue fueling an ever-increasing demand for access to data. With large-scale hard disk drive and semiconductor memory franchises, Western Digital is strongly positioned to capitalize on this emerging opportunity and push the boundaries of both software and physical hardware innovation within an extremely important layer of the technology stack.”
Cisco, as reported by the Silicon Valley Business Journal, held an internal meeting on Thursday, announcing the next phase of strategy for the company, including executive leadership changes and a new engineering team structure.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 10:56PM
Added: Mar 06, 2020 Via IFTTT
Google Cloud Telcos Pursue Lucrative Edge Opportunities
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Google Cloud, Telcos Pursue Lucrative ‘Edge’ Opportunities
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/google-cloud-telcos-pursue-lucrative-edge-opportunities/
Find out what the partnerships mean for channel partners.
Google Cloud has a series of new announcements that point to new sales opportunities for the indirect channel.
The deals – with AT&T, Vodafone, Italy’s Wind Tre and two back-office providers – likely will have a trickle-down effect for managed service providers, independent software vendors, VARs, agents and other partners.
In other words, the telco collaborations do not appear to yield immediate benefit to the indirect channel; right now, they focus on helping service providers themselves achieve digital transformation.
Down the road, however, Google Cloud and AT&T, in specific, will allow ISVs, developers, solution providers and similar entities to build platforms for their enterprise customers, much like creating apps for end users via Google Play. Channel Partners was still waiting for more insight from Google Cloud at the time of publication.
The thrust of the various deals comes down to this: monetizing 5G for business while bringing cloud capabilities to the network edge, where computing takes place at or near the source of the data. (Or, as The Verge so aptly assesses the “edge” buzzword, “It means the cloud is coming to you.”)
Thus, to that point, AT&T in particular will pair its network with Google Cloud’s expertise, relying on the new Anthos for Telecom platform. Anthos, as many channel partners know, hosts applications that can run on existing on-premise hardware and in the public cloud; enterprises then choose the optimal environment on a case-by-case basis.
With Anthos for Telecom and other Google Cloud tools, AT&T will bring its apps to the network edge. This will reduce data costs and latency, and increase security, Eyal Manor, vice president of engineering for Anthos and developer products and tools at Google Cloud, told SiliconANGLE.
Google’s Eyal Manor
“The goal is to push the latest, most modern application development tools to run anywhere,” Manor said. “There’s a lot of rigid legacy infrastructure at the edge, and that slows down innovation.”
Combining cloud computing with 5G should eradicate those rigidities and “help enterprises address real business challenges,” Google Cloud CEO Thomas Kurian said in a March 5 blog.
But first, the telecom providers themselves must embrace digital transformation; hence, Google Cloud’s newly announced partnerships and the new service it is calling the “Global Mobile Edge Cloud.” GMEC will feature a portfolio and marketplace of 5G solutions built with telcos; an open cloud platform for developing the applications; and a global distributed edge for deploying said solutions.
So far, Google Cloud and AT&T are testing all this in three key verticals: retail, manufacturing and transportation. As they refine the process and results, it’s easy to see how partners will pick up the work, crafting apps and services on behalf of their enterprise customers.
“Combining 5G with Google Cloud’s edge compute technologies can unlock the cloud’s true potential,” Mo Katibeh, executive vice president and chief marketing officer at AT&T Business, said. “This work is bringing us closer to a reality where cloud and edge technologies give businesses the tools to create a whole new world of experiences for their customers.”
Consider, too, that Google Cloud is helping telcos focus on data and analytics through artificial intelligence and machine learning.
“Not only are we able to gain analytics capabilities across … products and services, but also we arrive at …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 06, 2020 at 11:52PM
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Nutanix Selling Cloud Bundles in Pilot Program in EMEA
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Nutanix Selling Cloud Bundles in Pilot Program in EMEA
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/nutanix-selling-cloud-bundles-in-pilot-program-in-emea/
The bundles, which were sought by partners, could expand to other parts of the world if they are successful.
Hyperconverged infrastructure vendor Nutanix has launched a pilot project in EMEA to test the sale of its new cloud bundles, which are combinations of the company’s flagship software designed to make it easier for small-to-medium-size business (SMBs) to use its products.
The Nutanix cloud bundles will be offered for sale through its distributors and channel partners in EMEA and will allow SMBs to deploy a unified management bundle for VMs and containers, files, computing resources, storage and networks, according to the company.
Nutanix’s Cyril Vanagt
“We are simplifying our offering for our channel partners to more easily and quickly propose a solution for customers,” Cyril Vanagt, the senior director of channel sales in EMEA for Nutanix, told Channel Futures. “Instead of having to give quotes on many products separately, we have created nine bundles for them to sell.”
The nine bundles come in three sizes for small, medium and large requirements, as well as in basic, standard and advanced packages, resulting in nine available configurations, said Vanagt. The basic package includes the company’s AOS enterprise cloud operating system, the AHV hypervisor, and Nutanix Prism end-to-end management. The standard package adds the company’s enterprise file storage solution, Nutanix Files, as well as administration automation features from Prism Pro. The advanced package includes all those components, as well as network security and microsegmentation functionality from Nutanix Flow.
“They are all software-only bundles that are compatible with any hardware we support today,” including from HPE, Fujitsu, Lenovo and others,” he said. “We are repackaging them in a simple way for our channel partners and customers.”
The cloud computing offerings are part of a wider focus Nutanix is planning for SMBs and come as an answer to market needs that partners have been sharing with the company, said Vanagt.
“They wanted to work in a more autonomous way, and we heard this mainly in EMEA,” he said.
The pilot program, which will continue for six months through the end of July in EMEA, will then be evaluated for its success by the company to see if it should be continued there and even expanded to other parts of the world, including North America, said Vanagt.
“It came about from strong requests from many partners in the EMEA region to be able to quote prices faster and to promote simpler packaging for our customers,” he said. “I am very confident in the success of this program because it came from requests from our partners.”
Nutanix is continuing to work with partners and distributors to train their staffs to sell and deploy the bundles, as well as provide lead generation and marketing help to boost sales. The bundles will only be available to new customers in EMEA.
Dan Olds, principal analyst with Gabriel Consulting Group, said the SMB-aimed bundles are a good idea for the company.
“This new Nutanix set of offerings gives their channel partners a much needed solution for smaller enterprise customers who are looking to have the same IT options and capabilities as their larger competitors,” said Olds. “To compete effectively, smaller businesses need to have access to more sophisticated IT infrastructures and functionality. This increases the value of their data because it is easier to manage and analyze and also reduces their time to implement new solutions to better acquire and service their customers.”
For EMEA partners who will offer the new bundles, they need to also focus on the business value of these products when talking to their customers, said Olds.
Gabriel Consulting’s Dan Olds
“This will allow them to convince a customer who is thinking, ‘if it’s not broke, don’t fix it,’ by showing them that the opportunities for higher business profitability and gaining more customers outweigh the cost and effort of moving to a new type of enterprise infrastructure,” Olds said.
Another analyst. Laurie McCabe of the SMB Group, agreed.
“Nutanix cloud bundles align with what we are hearing from SMBs — they’re dealing with more complexity and data in the business so they need more comprehensive solutions,” said McCabe. “But they have to be affordable, and easy to set up and use. These types of bundles help address help these needs.”
Nutanix is also making the new offerings easy for its partners, which is a good move, said McCabe.
“It looks like Nutanix focused on making it very channel-friendly too, which is very important in this market because most SMBs rely on the channel to help them to figure out which solutions will best satisfy their requirements. But it can still be very confusing for SMBs — so hopefully Nutanix will also provide its partners with content and resources to help them better educate prospects on the business benefits that these solutions provide.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 12:58AM
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Coronavirus Concerns Prompt Industry Conference Cancellations Postponements
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Coronavirus Concerns Prompt Industry Conference Cancellations, Postponements
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/coronavirus-concerns-prompt-industry-conference-cancellations-postponements/
Tech industry event cancellations mount.
The difficult but prudent decision to cancel tech events over health concerns about the spreading coronavirus, both here and abroad, has swept across the industry.
This began, most notably, when large vendors such as Amazon, Cisco, Facebook and Intel, to name a few, pulled the plug on their attendance, in early February, at Mobile World Congress (MWC), Barcelona, scheduled for later that month. MWC event organizers ultimately cancelled the conference.
Since that time, tech industry events that draw tens of thousands of attendees, sponsors and exhibitors are being cancelled with some vendors promising to reschedule; others will create a virtual experience to deliver some of the originally planned content.
This wave of postponements and cancellations certainly has impacted the Channel Partners/Channel Futures family, as we last week officially postponed our Channel Partners Conference & Expo, originally slated for March 9-12. Stay tuned for updates on when, where, and in what form, it will return.
IBM Think 2020, a client and developer conference, and PartnerWorld, for business partners, are being recreated as a global, digital-first event, May 5-7, the same dates that were planned for the now canceled, physical event in San Francisco.
Late last week, Dell Technologies canceled is annual Las Vegas event, Dell Technologies World 2020, May 4-7, and will be posting updates about a virtual event soon.
“The core of what we set out to accomplish together is still important, which is why we will deliver keynotes, select breakout sessions and live chats with experts as a virtual experience,” the vendor posted on the event website.
Red Hat cancelled its physical event (April 27-29) and is offering a virtual experience April 28-29.
Other cancelled events: Aruba Atmosphere 2020 (March 22-27); Cisco Partner Connection Week (March 23-26); Cisco Live (May 31-June 4); F5 Agility 2020; Google Cloud Next (April 6-8); ImpartnerCon 2020; Ingram Micro Cloud Summit 2020; (May 12-14); MSPAlliance’s MSPWorld conference (March 15-17); Synnex Spring Varnex and the Red, White & Your (March 29-April 1).
There are many conferences of interest to partners that are still scheduled as planned. That said, the coronavirus situation is fluid and event planners are monitoring the situation, so attendees are advised to check status updates for cancelations.
Here’s what we know:
HPE Discover 2020, scheduled for June 23-25, in Las Vegas, is still scheduled, as is HPE Partner Growth Summit 2020, which runs June 22-24, during the Discover event. VMworld, scheduled for Aug. 31-Sept. 3, in San Francisco, is also still being held as scheduled.
Others conferences still on the books through the end of May: Build IT 2020, May 17-19, Jersey City, N.J.; Citrix Synergy, May 19-21, Orlando, Florida; Enterprise Connect, March 30-April 2, Orlando; Kasaya Connect IT, May 4-7, Las Vegas; SapphireNow, May 12-14, Orlando; SuiteWorld for Oracle NetSuite, April 20-23, Las Vegas; ServiceNow Knowledge 2020, May 3-7, Orlando; TBI’s Big Event, May 14, Chicago; VeeamOn 2020, May 4-6, Las Vegas; ZertoCon, May 18-20, Hollywood, Florida.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 12:58AM
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Channel Partners Conference & Expo Officially Postponed
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Channel Partners Conference & Expo Officially Postponed
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/channel-partners-conference-expo-officially-postponed/
After close consultation with our partners in the industry, we have made the difficult decision to postpone CP Expo 2020.
After close consultation with our partners in the industry and as the situation has changed rapidly, we have made the difficult decision to postpone Channel Partners Conference & Expo 2020.
With the rapidly developing circumstances and in light of corporate travel considerations continuing to escalate, we’ve worked as quickly as possible to explore our options.
Having spent the past year preparing for the event with our advisory boards, speakers, exhibitors and event partners, we’re genuinely disappointed not to be able to host you this coming week, but the experience and safety of our community and everyone involved in the event continues to be our top priority.
Channel Partners Conference & Expo in Las Vegas, March 9-12, 2020, is officially postponed, with the intention to announce a new date shortly. Exhibitors and attendees will be contacted with further information regarding booth contracts and registrations.
As always, we would like to thank everyone who helps to make the event possible and recognize that our event does not happen without your support. We appreciate the open discussions and encouragement. The conversations we’ve had over the last several days have proven how lucky we all are to be part of this supportive, tight-knit industry. As everyone has been reminding us, great things happen when the community comes together and connects at Channel Partners events.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 12:58AM
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
New Work. New Rules.
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Aruba Declares Entire Wi-Fi 6 Line Now Certified by Wi-Fi Alliance
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Aruba Declares Entire Wi-Fi 6 Line Now Certified by Wi-Fi Alliance
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/aruba-declares-entire-wi-fi-6-line-now-certified-by-wi-fi-alliance/
But Cisco has slight edge in the number of Wi-Fi 6 certified products.
Aruba Networks claims that it has delivered the “first and only” family of wireless LAN access points certified as compatible with the new Wi-Fi 6 standard, also known as 802.11ax.
The certification means that the Wi-Fi Alliance, the independent organization that governs wireless networking protocols, has tested all Aruba Wi-Fi 6 WLAN products for compliance with the standard. Wi-Fi 6 network equipment and endpoints that are certified should interoperate together, based on a certification program announced in September. The latest high-end laptops and smartphones – including Apple’s iPhone 11, and Samsung’s Note 10 and the new Galaxy 20 line – now support Wi-Fi 6.
“Aruba leads the industry with the official certification of all the Aruba 500, 510, 530, and 550 Series Wi-Fi 6 access points,” Aruba senior product marketing manager Dave Chen noted in a blog. “Undergoing certification is our commitment to customers that Aruba wireless networks can interoperate with Wi-Fi 6 client devices with no technical impact to your business.”
Aruba, however, didn’t actually launch any new Wi-Fi 6 equipment this week, as the company’s March 5 announcement implied. Rather, the gear certified by the Wi-Fi Alliance applied to Aruba WLAN equipment already shipping for some time, a company spokeswoman confirmed. Some of the WLAN equipment certified this week is relatively new, such as the Aruba 500 series, which the company released in November. Aruba never formally announced the product, according to the spokeswoman.
Effectively, Aruba claims to be the only supplier that can say all of its Wi-Fi 6 products are now certified as interoperable after going through testing by the Wi-Fi Alliance, which may matter to partners that want to assure customers that the gear they’re offering is compatible. Overall, Wi-Fi 6 still only accounts for a minority of wireless LAN products available today. The list of Wi-Fi 6-certfied infrastructure and endpoints started to grow incrementally in January.
As of today, Cisco has the most Wi-Fi 6 certified network products, nine, whereas Aruba has eight, according to a tracker maintained by the Wi-Fi Alliance. Meraki, a Cisco subsidiary that provides network equipment to small and midsize enterprises, also has a portfolio of Wi-Fi 6 gear, with three new models launched last month. As of this week, the Wi-Fi Alliance hasn’t included the new Meraki gear on its list of certified products.
The Wi-Fi Alliance this week also certified gear from Alpha Networks and EnGenius Technologies. Other WLAN suppliers that have successfully undergone Wi-Fi 6 certification include Linksys, Mercury and ZTE.
Certification is important to make sure handsets and access points are interoperable, said Neil Anderson, senior director of network solutions at World Wide Technology, which offers Wi-Fi 6 equipment from several suppliers.
“I think for Wi-Fi 6, the certifying body has taken an additional step to ensure that the OEMs not only comply with the protocols at Layer 1 and 2 but also implement the functionality that is unique to Wi-Fi 6 — like beamforming and wake time,” Anderson said. “This will allow Wi-Fi 6 to get to a fully functional state a lot faster than Wi-Fi 5, which let OEMs roll out capabilities in stages.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 12:58AM
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
CompTIA Announces New Emerging Technology Community Members
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
CompTIA Announces New Emerging Technology Community Members
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/comptia-announces-new-emerging-technology-community-members/
Diversity of perspective and industry was key to the council’s additions.
CompTIA, the trade association for the IT industry, has three new executive council members for its Emerging Technology Community.
Launched in 2018, the community focuses on trends such as artificial intelligence, the internet of things, and 5G wireless technology. The community analyzes these technology markets and helps companies parse how to use these technologies to drive revenue, reduce cost or bring efficiency to their operations.
“It is the role of CompTIA to digest these technologies and educate around their business use case,” said Maddy Martin, head of growth and education at Smith.ai and vice chair of the council. “We focus on the technologies that will move the needle and identify skill sets that will be needed [by the workforce] in the future.”
Three executives join the council: Jeff Benedetti, vice president for sale and marketing, Skout Cybersecurity; Matt Dukowski, senior manager, product management, SYNNEX Canada; and James Saldanha, client executive, Tech Data Canada.
Diversity of perspective and industry was key to the council’s additions.
“They all come to the table with a different perspective,” said Steven Ostrowski, CompTIA’s director of media relations. “That is the driving factor behind how we try and populate these different communities.”
Returning council members include Ted Cole, vice president of channels and strategic partners, GPS Insight; Paul Cronin, CEO, Apogee IT Services; Steven Estabrooks, general manager, Captec Americas; Frank Raimondi, chief consultant, Strategic Channel Concepts; John Rice, president, Think Channel; and Dave Sobel, host of the Business of Tech podcast.
The council produces whitepapers on these technologies, with case studies on company uses. And in just the past few months, the council has also used its research capabilities to craft an online assessment tool for companies that want to understand how to deploy them in their environment.
The Emerging Technology Innovation Assessment tool “helps companies gauge readiness to use some of the new technologies,” Ostrowski said. “You’ve got all this in perspective as to what it means for a business: ‘Can I make money with it? Can I make my business better?’ — not just taking about it at the professorial level. It comes down to the dollars and cents of operating your business.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 12:58AM
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cybersecurity Risks Soar as Coronavirus Pushes More People to Work from Home
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cybersecurity Risks Soar as Coronavirus Pushes More People to Work from Home
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cybersecurity-risks-soar-as-coronavirus-pushes-more-people-to-work-from-home/
Asher de Metz of Sungard Availability Services describes the impact of COVID-19 containment protocols on cybersecurity.
As the novel coronavirus known as COVID-19 continues to spread around the globe and throughout the U.S., companies everywhere are hurrying to take or follow containment protocols. Chief among them is the effort to stop people from gathering together, which includes steps to immediately cancel conferences and events, and to push more workers to work from home. And while those efforts are important in containing the highly contagious disease, they also open the doors to a sharp rise in cyberattacks.
Sungard AS’ Asher de Metz
We asked Asher de Metz, security consulting senior manager at Sungard Availability Services, to explain this correlation between disease containment and risk spread so that MSSPs will know what to look for, advise on – and possibly lock down – to protect their clients from a new cyberattack outbreak.
Channel Futures: What are the increased security risks when people start working from home?
Asher de Metz: The main security risks occur when technology is removed from a place that it can be controlled. Taking laptops home opens up risks of physical theft, so companies need to ensure that laptops are encrypted. It also means that remote access needs to be opened up, but this access should be controlled with limited rights, and multifactor authentication should also be utilized.
The most common mistake employees make during this transition is a lack of preparedness. As such, network access is opened up quickly without thought to security, leaving the company open and vulnerable to attack.
CF: Are some technologies riskier than others for remote workers?
ADM: Yes, remote workers are most at risk when using solutions that aren’t owned and centrally controlled by the company. One example of this may be when employees do not have a laptop assigned to them and they have to use their own personal computer to login to a VPN for work.
The personal computer may not have the right security in place with up-to-date security patches, AV or may already be infected, which can open up the company to a breach since it’s connected to the main network via VPN.
To mitigate this, organizations should provide company laptops to employees. Additionally, the VPN needs to be setup to ensure that connections can only be made from systems with a baseline security level. The system should then be placed into a space that is segmented, controlled and monitored so that it only has the minimum amount of access necessary to complete the employee’s job.
CF: Are there any best practices to manage a situation like the coronavirus?
ADM: From a cybersecurity perspective for remote workers, organizations must ensure that business continuity plans that include cybersecurity rules are in place. It is important that the plans limit access, and that all employees are trained to know how to act and use the technology in case of an emergency.
CF: What are the threats of someone tapping into a video conference launched or participated in by home workers?
ADM: All video conferencing should be encrypted, setup with MFA and be controlled from a central IT source. This will reduce the threat of it being hacked and eavesdropping on calls, which is critical if proprietary information is being shared on conference lines.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 01:53AM
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
WatchGuards Panda Security Acquisition Latest in Emerging XDR Segment
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
WatchGuard’s Panda Security Acquisition Latest in Emerging XDR Segment
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/watchguards-panda-security-acquisition-latest-in-emerging-xdr-segment/
The Panda acquisition positions WatchGuard for an XDR play.
WatchGuard Technologies is beefing up its security platform with the acquisition of Panda Security, a Spain-based provider of advanced endpoint protection.
The combined company will provide centralized management of advanced threat detection and response functionality fueled by AI, behavior-profiling techniques and security event correlation. Financial details of the acquisition, which is expected to close next quarter, weren’t disclosed.
A WatchGuard spokesperson tells us endpoint detection and response, threat hunting, endpoint antivirus (AV), email security, patching, data compliance and encryption are all cited as top areas for investment by IT decision-makers.
“Short term, the acquisition of Panda makes these products accessible to our customer base through a trusted vendor and their IT solution provider of choice,” the spokesperson said. “Longer term, our customers will enjoy the additional benefits that come from these solutions being tightly integrated with the core WatchGuard offering — centralized management, security event correlation, etc.”
The full portfolio of WatchGuard and Panda products will be available to both customers and partners this year, providing opportunities for the combined organizations to take on new product offerings and work together to provide greater value to all sectors served by WatchGuard, the spokesperson said. The two leadership teams will begin work on a cross-selling timeline with the goal of having tentative dates soon after closing.
“WatchGuard has continued to deliver on its vision of providing a complete security portfolio of products and services that protect users both inside and beyond the network perimeter, including secure Wi-Fi solutions, multifactor authentation (MFA) and now most recently user-focused security services,” the spokesperson said. “The acquisition of Panda fuels that vision and expands the company’s portfolio of user-centric threat detection and response products and services.”
Rik Turner, principal analyst at Omdia, tells us WatchGuard is a well-known security vendor in the SMB market, where it offers network security, secure Wi-Fi, MFA and network intelligence. It also has ambitions in the enterprise segment, particularly with its Firebox next-gen firewall product. That said, a more serious foray into enterprise requires a broader portfolio, which is where the Panda acquisition comes in, he said.
The acquisition is the latest move in the emerging XDR segment, in which detection and response capabilities are offered across network, endpoint and beyond, he said.
“After a veritable explosion of endpoint security vendors in the mid-2010s, the last couple of years has seen considerable consolidation, with Invincea (bought by Sophos), Cylance (Blackberry), Bromium (HP), Endgame (Elastic), and Carbon Black (VMware) all being acquired,” Turner said. “WatchGuard’s move on Panda is the latest in this trend, and is recognition that enterprise security needs the XDR capabilities outlined by Omdia two years ago, rather than silos of endpoint, network and cloud security. The Panda acquisition certainly positions WatchGuard for an XDR play and thus makes it a more relevant competitor in enterprise security. Omdia will now be watching the enlarged entity to see how it expands its XDR offerings into security for the cloud.”
Panda was the first endpoint protection platform (EPP) vendor to offer a 100% attestation service, certifying the legitimacy and safety of all running applications. The company also recently launched a threat hunting service available for direct enterprise consumption and for MSSPs who resell Panda services.
WatchGuard’s Prakash Panjwani
“Businesses today face an increasingly sophisticated and evolving threat landscape, scarcity of trained security professionals and an increasingly porous perimeter,” said Prakash Panjwani, WatchGuard‘s CEO. “By bringing the companies together, we enable our current and future customers and partners to consolidate their fundamental security services under a single brand, backed by the innovation and quality that is a core part of both companies’ DNA.”
“We are thrilled to merge with WatchGuard because of the new scale and portfolio access it provides to our customers and partners,” said Juan Santamaria Uriarte, Panda‘s CEO. “We are also excited to see our innovative product portfolio be delivered via WatchGuard’s strong global network of partners. Together, we look forward to building a security platform that bridges the network and user perimeter, with capabilities that are unmatched in the cybersecurity market.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 02:53AM
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
FASTCHAT: Securing the Future: The MSSP Opportunity in 2020 and Beyond
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
FASTCHAT: Securing the Future: The MSSP Opportunity in 2020 and Beyond
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/fastchat-securing-the-future-the-mssp-opportunity-in-2020-and-beyond/
Trend Micro is taking detection and response to another level and is asking its MSPs to come along for the ride.
The global managed security services market is surging as businesses scramble to neutralize cyberthreats and address a dearth of skilled IT talent.
In this Channel Futures FastChat, Stephan Tallent — Fortinet’s Senior Director of MSSP & Service Enablement — shares his insights on the evolution of the MSSP marketplace, outlining the critical steps to developing a healthy, profitable security business and identifying the key opportunities for growth in the months and years ahead.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 02:54AM
Added: Mar 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Channel Partners Conference & Expo Officially Postponed
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Channel Partners Conference & Expo Officially Postponed
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/channel-partners-conference-expo-officially-postponed-2/
After close consultation with our partners in the industry, we have made the difficult decision to postpone CP Expo 2020.
After close consultation with our partners in the industry and as the situation has changed rapidly, we have made the difficult decision to postpone Channel Partners Conference & Expo 2020.
With the rapidly developing circumstances and in light of corporate travel considerations continuing to escalate, we’ve worked as quickly as possible to explore our options.
Having spent the past year preparing for the event with our advisory boards, speakers, exhibitors and event partners, we’re genuinely disappointed not to be able to host you this coming week, but the experience and safety of our community and everyone involved in the event continues to be our top priority.
Channel Partners Conference & Expo in Las Vegas, March 9-12, 2020, is officially postponed, with the intention to announce a new date shortly. Exhibitors and attendees will be contacted with further information regarding booth contracts and registrations.
As always, we would like to thank everyone who helps to make the event possible and recognize that our event does not happen without your support. We appreciate the open discussions and encouragement. The conversations we’ve had over the last several days have proven how lucky we all are to be part of this supportive, tight-knit industry. As everyone has been reminding us, great things happen when the community comes together and connects at Channel Partners events.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 04:53AM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
D&H Distributing Bullish on the Channels Growing Esports Opportunity
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
D&H Distributing Bullish on the Channel’s Growing Esports Opportunity
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dh-distributing-bullish-on-the-channels-growing-esports-opportunity/
eSports is a new and rapidly growing opportunity for VARs and MSPs.
Esports is an emerging opportunity for partners that at least one distributor, D&H Distributing, is encouraging partners to explore.
No, esports isn’t about betting on the ponies or wrestling matches. For channel partners, esports is about connecting high school and college teams with trusted reseller and managed service providers (MSPs) who can outfit esports organizations with cutting-edge technology.
There’s a group called the High School eSports League (HSEL) whose mission is to make esports available to every student as a legitimate varsity-level sport in high schools across the nation. HSEL contends that through organized esports competitions, students will tie their commitment to gaming to their success in academics and future careers. The National Association of Collegiate eSports (NACE) does similar work at the college level.
D&H Distributing’s Tina Fisher
“We came about esports through our K-12 reseller partners — they’re the biggest vertical that we service,” Tina Fisher, executive director, vendor business management at D&H, told Channel Futures. “These partners are starting to get questions from their schools about esports, products for an esports environment, and which vendors have products that work together. Schools are looking for someone to help them be their consultant to pull it all together.”
An esports environment might vary from school to school. It might be a portable environment that’s set up in a gym or a computer lab that becomes a makeshift computer/esports gaming lab.
“Or, they recognize the opportunity … may have funding coming in through STEM grants, and they’re recognizing that this could become something bigger such as a team sport type of environment as much as their baseball, basketball and football teams are,” said Fisher.
Esports scales from a lab in a K-12 school, to colleges, where it first got started; in fact, Harrisburg University’s eeports team, known as The Storm, placed first in last May’s Collegiate Esports Championship. A D&H customer, the university honored it as its distributor business partner of the year for the work it did with the local university on esports.
According to a recent piece on NPR, more than 170 colleges and universities participate in esports, and there’s more than $16 million in college scholarships available. No wonder high schools are gearing up.
An esports environment includes a gaming desktop and monitor, mouse, keyboard and headset, and furniture such as gaming chairs and desks. Outfitting a medium or small arena, there’s also an opportunity for a pro audio/visual environment, including large format displays, projectors and screens, and speakers — and then there’s the networking. The role for partners goes beyond the hardware. Esports requires an integrated solution.
D&H lists esports equipment by categories such as complete systems, components and accessories, monitors and displays, ProAV, and power and networking.
“There’s a lot of opportunity for a reseller to help with a solution,” said Fisher. “And, in that environment, there’s a constant refesh cycle because they want the latest and greatest.”
Some vendors in play in esports include Acer (Predator), HP, LG, Nvidia, Termaltake, ASUS (ROG), Intel, Logitech, Poly, ViewSonic, Dell (Alienware), Lenovo (Legion), MSI, Samsung, Corsair, Kingston (HyperX), NEC, Sennheiser, Aruba and Netgear.
According to IDC’s Worldwide Quarterly Gaming Tracker, 3Q19, shipments of gaming desktops, notebooks reached 10 million units, a year-over-year increase of more than 10%. Shipments of gaming monitors grew more than 76% in one year, to 2.2 million units. IDC defines gaming PCs as desktops or notebooks hat have a Premium or Performance grade GPU, including the mid-range and high-end offerings from Nvidia and AMD. Professional-grade GPUs such as the Quadro or Radeon Pro are excluded from this category. Gaming monitors are those with a refresh rate of 100 Hz or higher.
Demand for partners in esports is building. D&H has an esports landing page, is working on an esports playbook for partners and is offering webinars, as well as other education to help partners learn and get involved in this growing market segment.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 09:52PM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
Staying Relevant in Microsofts Ever-Changing Partner Ecosystem
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Staying Relevant in Microsoft’s Ever-Changing Partner Ecosystem
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/staying-relevant-in-microsofts-ever-changing-partner-ecosystem/
How to identify and leverage the nuances, opportunities and tools necessary to effectively navigate Microsoft’s Office 365 business arena.
Marc Benioff, chairman and CEO of Salesforce.com, once said: “The only constant in the technology industry is change.” Many of us feel this day in and day out in the various sectors of the tech industry as we constantly adapt our business models, shift gears with product development, tweak our marketing strategies and try to get ahead of the competition. This reality is not mutually exclusive for CSPs and MSPs, and lately has rung all too true as Microsoft’s vision for partners continues to change.
So how can service providers stay relevant and profitable, all while adapting to the constant flux in Microsoft partner dynamics? In this article we’ll explore the nuances, opportunities and tools necessary to navigate the ever-changing Microsoft Office 365 business arena.
The Changing CSP Landscape
Over the years, Microsoft has modified its CSP program, forcing partners to adapt their operations accordingly. Major changes to the Direct CSP service provision model were first announced in 2018, but changes to both Direct and Indirect CSP programs have started to become a reality. One Microsoft partner, AppXite, predicted that only 20% of Direct CSPs would keep their status throughout this shift. Here are some of the changes to requirements and benefits of the Direct CSP program:
Microsoft support contract required ($15,000/year for ASfP or $50,000/year for Premier)
Partners must have infrastructure to support billing and provisioning infrastructure
Partners must provide at least one managed service, IP service or customer solution application
Updated incentive rates and direct rebate payments reduced, with 40% going toward co-op fund incentives (impacts both Direct and Indirect)
In 2019, we also saw some partners grappling with change related to the new “Microsoft Customer Agreement” (MCA) model for Azure. At renewal time, the MCA encourages and easily opens the door for customers to purchase their licenses directly from Microsoft, with partner activities consigned to mostly “value-added presales services and post-sale solutions for your Azure services.” Since this is the new approach for Azure, one has to wonder if Office 365 will follow.
Given these changes, the next logical step for CSPs is to create unique value-add services around licensing. This approach allows you to build your own margins, which offers more flexibility and provides a better safety net if Microsoft decides to change its CSP programs even further.
Stephen White, Research Director for Gartner said it best: “Microsoft has begun making the line in the sand more visible–providing licensing without services, and lightweight services providers seeking to leverage the transaction may be on the wrong side of that line moving forward.” Differentiating is critical in order to stay relevant and competitive, and to stand out in an already crowded Microsoft Office 365 space.
New Opportunities Created for MSPs
These changes might not sound like the best news for your traditional CSP partner, but they do provide some big opportunities for MSPs, where the business approach is often holistic and already includes services. While Microsoft’s new direction has led partners to explore new and expanded service opportunities, a shift in customer buying preferences is also impacting the types of services MSPs are offering.
In recent years, we’ve seen a trend developing around large enterprise customers gravitating toward turnkey solutions for all IT needs that fall under the managed services umbrella–licensing, IT services, support, software sourcing and service desk capabilities. Their preference is to bundle services and work with fewer vendors if they can, to lessen the overhead and burden of dealing with different vendors’ contracts, billing cycles and SLAs. The operational efficiencies of reducing overhead and simplifying costs is not only highly attractive, but also has become somewhat of a crucial commodity.
Another reality is that customers don’t want
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 09:52PM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
3 Things You Need to Know about the Current State of IoT
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
3 Things You Need to Know about the Current State of IoT
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/3-things-you-need-to-know-about-the-current-state-of-iot/
Although there are clear use cases that are working and providing value, the IoT trend hasn’t yet achieved mainstream acceptance.
Much has been written over the last several years concerning the growth and business value potential of the Internet of Things (IoT) and related trends such as edge computing. For example, Gartner forecasts that the enterprise and automotive IoT market will grow to 5.8 billion endpoints in 2020, a 21% increase from 2019. By the end of 2019, 4.8 billion endpoints are expected to be in use, up 21.5% from 2018.
However, if you take a step back, IoT development remains immature, and large-scale deployment still seems far away. Although there are clear use cases that are working and providing value, the IoT trend hasn’t yet achieved mainstream acceptance. Most hospitals, buildings, manufacturing sites and even homes have yet to implement IoT in a big way.
Evaluating the Progress of IoT among Diverse Stakeholders
I am a member of a cross-industry IoT advisory board. At our quarterly meetings, about 30 of us discuss the state of affairs as it pertains to the evolution of IoT. We share what’s happening in our space with respect to IoT, and we learn from each other. I think our meetings reflect the current evolution of the IoT trend, and I wanted to share our general observations:
IoT is bringing together a new, wider set of players from diverse backgrounds.
Our advisory group meetings are attended by the major technology players that most people would expect—IT and physical infrastructure providers such as Cisco, Dell, Schneider Electric and HP. However, some of the most influential voices are coming from smaller component suppliers (like providers of sensors and printers, small software firms and non-IT platform providers) and customers who are consuming the IoT solutions. Although the meeting attendees represent a broad swath of players, we all share the same issue: Each of us is dependent on all the others to achieve IoT deployment success.
IoT in and of itself has potential for business value creation, but all the players must work together to extract that value.
Most players agree that, as a whole, IoT opportunities can be massive. However, in many cases, if that holistic opportunity is analyzed piece by piece, some vendors, initially, may not see much revenue. For example, a use case was discussed that involved $20 million in revenue and 86 different vendors. For some of those vendors, like a cabling parts supplier, the IoT rollout represented only a thin $20,000 slice of that total revenue pot. Yet, without that part, and the commitment of the organization that supplies that part, the opportunity will not successfully convert into business value for the customer. On the other hand, that parts supplier also needs to realize that the scale of the initial opportunity is likely to accelerate quickly, supplying a steady and significant revenue stream in the future. The ecosystem of vendors needs to work together at a more intense level than is traditional to achieve the anticipated success of both the client and the vendors.
The way collaboration occurs and is executed must be simplified to drive efficiencies.
Most IoT deployments involve a high level of complexity from both an integration and coordination standpoint. The current gap, however, is not on the technology integration side, but in the way the collaboration between technology providers occurs. The management of the relationships that enable the delivery of the various parts and pieces is critical. Consider, for example, the specific area of contracts. Traditional drafting of contracts between two large entities can take weeks and months. These robust legal agreements address all the different types of engagements that might happen over an extended period. In an IoT world, lightweight, rapid execution contracts are needed. Experiments involving new micro-contracts are taking place. These are contracts that are quickly drafted to address only the specific activity between vendors that needs to be executed. This allows the players involved to move rapidly to the next set of requirements, involving yet another set of vendors, that need to be collaboratively fulfilled. Therefore, in a collaboration-intensive IoT solutions environment, even the simple exchange of monies requires a new and unique approach.
Contributions from All Players Are Needed
The process of accelerating IoT business value is complex. All key players will need to contribute. The work will require the ability to leverage the expertise of others to uncover new ideas. Our company, Schneider Electric, for example, has introduced a new, open platform called Exchange. It’s an ecosystem that combines the power of the marketplace with an active online community. Participants identify their domain of expertise, and the application allows them to display their capabilities. The system then matches them up with partners and clients who require that specific expertise. Exchange is not a channel for addressing technical support questions; it’s a problem-resolution approach that engages a community of problem solvers.
To access additional resources that can support your IoT-related implementations and provide Certainty in a Connected World, visit our edge computing page.
Jamie Bourassa is the Vice President of Edge Computing & Channel Strategy for the Secure Power Division of Schneider Electric. Jamie is responsible for enabling the Secure Power Division commercial strategy and ensuring that Schneider Electric aligns to the market evolutions related to Edge Compute, IoT, and other disruptions that increase the criticality of local computing for customers across all commercial and industrial segments. With a global career in IT Channels Strategy, Sales Operations and Offer Management, Jamie brings a unique set of competencies needed in evaluating and delivering on the current disruptions in the market.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 09:52PM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
Welcome to the 2020 MSP 501 Apply Now!
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Welcome to the 2020 MSP 501 — Apply Now!
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/welcome-to-the-2020-msp-501-apply-now/
It’s go time! The 2020 MSP 501/NextGen 101 is officially open for applications.
The Channel Futures MSP 501 opened for submissions Monday, kicking off the 13th year of the IT channel’s first, largest and most comprehensive survey and ranking of managed service providers (MSPs) worldwide.
Some very interesting things happened with the 501 in 2019 as a result of new market forces driving the managed services industry. We had a 35% year-over-year increase in applications from 2018 to 2019 that reflected a new maturity in the MSP market and an marked uptick in enthusiasm and show of support from vendor communities.
The nature of the list itself also shifted. Two in five companies on the 2019 list weren’t on the 2018 list, an interesting evolution that surprised us all. Rocking the boat (in a good way) were entries from nontraditional channels or new MSP applicants, which caused the list to look vastly different than in previous years.
Many of our 2019 501ers were and are in the beginning of a strong pivot toward managed services, but one wouldn’t necessarily categorize them as a true MSP. Of the top 10 MSP 501 winners in 2018, seven identified as MSPs, two as VARs and one dubbed itself an IT service provider. Comparing this to last year, four were VARs, only three were pure-play MSPs, one was a telco service provider, one was an IT business consultant and the aforementioned IT service provider.
Be counted among your peers as one of the top managed service providers in the world. Click here for the 2020 MSP 501 application.
This shift in diversity isn’t a fluke. Many of these nontraditional MSPs are sophisticated, large businesses in their own “home” markets that are making a concerted and strategic effort to build out their managed service practices, form relationships in this space, and promote their solutions.
Since these businesses are already fairly mature, their annual revenue is a great deal higher than our average 501ers of old, which also greatly altered the list. Between 2018 and 2019, the average annual revenue for a 501er grew by about one-third, from $28.8 million to $42.3 million. Since the 501 rankings were still solely based on annual revenue, albeit with the weighted methodology, that meant these new, bigger companies pushed a lot of our longtime 501ers off the list.
So what did we do? We knew it was time to re-evaluate our methodology and align it with market trends. Concerning the 2020 application, we have some exciting new judging criteria and a new methodology this year to judge applicants based on market trends and business best practices.
Additionally, in response to demand from telecom agents, resellers, digital agencies and other non-MSP channel partners that are spinning up managed services practices, we are excited to this year launch the NextGen 101, an MSP 501 list. The NextGen 101 will recognize outstanding partners from outside of the traditional managed services business model that are devoting energy and resources to building out recurring managed services revenue streams and creating the channel partner powerhouses of the future.
Interested in earning a coveted spot on the NextGen 101? Just apply for the 2020 MSP 501 and be automatically submitted for both lists.
Applications close on Friday, May 31, so get in there, you 501 fiends. Get ready to stand and be counted among the industries best and brightest managed service providers! Still curious about the survey? Check out the Channel Futures MSP 501 landing page, the 2019 report or last year’s rankings of the world’s top MSPs.
For any questions about the survey, rankings or report, direct inquiries to
[email protected].
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 10, 2020 at 09:52PM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
5G: Whats the Channel Opportunity?
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
5G: What’s the Channel Opportunity?
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/5g-whats-the-channel-opportunity/
With 5G operators restricted in what they can offer businesses, is there a chance for channel partners to step up?
2020 is being touted as the year of 5G, with more operators set to switch on their next generation networks in the coming months.
5G is expected to enable faster speeds and connect approximately 1 million devices per square kilometre. Research company GlobalData estimates that, by 2024, more than a quarter of all data traffic will be carried over 5G, up from less than 1 percent in 2019.
Of interest to the channel is the expected impact of 5G on business. According to a report by GSMA Intelligence, 5G will become the first generation in the history of mobile to have a bigger impact on the enterprise than consumers. It also forecasts that private enterprise networks will explode and become a competition battleground between telcos and cloud companies.
Disconnect with Telcos
So what is the opportunity for the channel when it comes to 5G?
A good starting point is a 2019 study by global consulting firm Accenture, which suggests that both business and technology executives are underestimating the disruptive potential of the technology. Moreover, nearly three in four businesses say they need help imagining the future possibilities and use cases of 5G, indicating there may indeed be a role for channel partners to help their customers cut through the hype and better understand the benefits – and challenges – of the technology.
Similarly, a recently released report by BearingPoint//Beyond, found that telcos are failing to come up with the business-focused solutions that will be vital to 5G’s commercial success.
The research suggests a major disconnect between what operators want to sell when it comes to 5G – connectivity and hardware – versus what business customers want to buy, which is sophisticated, complete solutions made up of multiple technologies, including 5G.
BearingPoint’s Angus Ward
“Businesses want to buy 5G; CSPs want to sell 5G. The problem is that CSPs want to just sell connectivity and standardized ‘connectivity plus infrastructure’ products, while businesses want to buy more sophisticated, complete solutions that better fit their needs and require the integration of multiple technologies from multiple players,” said Angus Ward, CEO of BearingPoint//Beyond, who is based in London.
Developing Skills
There appear to be several existing areas of expertise that partners can develop and apply to 5G.
Ireland-based 4site, part of the Indigo Telecom Group, helps its wireless customers as they commence rollout of 5G technologies.
“All of the key skills, from survey and design through to property negotiation and structural analysis, are the key factors for rolling out new technologies such as 5G by our customers,” Eoin Callaghan, 4site 5G solution architect, told Channel Futures.
“From our perspective, rolling out 5G technology is similar to the way that all wireless technologies are rolled out in that they require extensive working with our customers to define the design rules and guidelines on how the network is to be deployed in the most economical manner with the least impact on the existing site configuration.”
Elsewhere, Colin Knox, head of community engagement at SolarWinds MSP, says 5G creates a need for …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 11, 2020 at 01:51AM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
VMware Overhauls Expands Products with Kubernetes
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
VMware Overhauls, Expands Products with Kubernetes
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/vmware-overhauls-expands-products-with-kubernetes/
The latest VMware vSphere 7 is rebuilt around Kubernetes, with more products to follow.
VMware last year said much of its future would be centered around the Kubernetes container management platform. That vision is taking off now as the company announced a full slate of Kubernetes news, from the rebuilding of vSphere 7 around Kubernetes to a myriad of other applications which are getting the Kubernetes treatment.
In what VMware is calling a top-to-bottom effort to help its customers modernize their applications and infrastructure, the company also has introduced an expanded VMware Tanzu portfolio, a new VMware Cloud Foundation 4 platform and a wide range of related features and services.
VMware’s Pat Gelsinger
“Today’s news around app modernization is we’re taking that next click up the stack and … reaching the developer in profound and meaningful ways,” Pat Gelsinger, CEO of VMware, said in a telephone briefing about the new offerings. Twenty years ago, he said, Java was the new technology that was leading a revolution in IT; today, the latest innovations are being fueled by Kubernetes.
“Now it’s the central role of this transformational technology and Kubernetes and both the effectiveness as the new consumption interface for infrastructure and cloud, but also the new enabling layer for applications, CI/CD and modernization of how people build and deploy their applications,” said Gelsinger. “The news of this announcement … is that we’ve been building the assets to say we really now can help people build, run, manage, connect and protect across any app, any cloud and any device vision. And then … run this journey to be the ubiquitous essential infrastructure to enable our customers’ digital transformation.”
The new applications and services aim to help customers develop modern new applications while also modernizing existing applications and infrastructure, he said.
The new version of VMware vSphere 7 is the biggest evolution of vSphere in a decade, according to the company, including its re-architecture as an open platform using Kubernetes APIs to provide a cloud-like experience for developers and operators. The new version, which is a foundational component of the growing VMware Tanzu portfolio, is built to support both modern and traditional applications using any combination of virtual machines, containers and Kubernetes.
Also unveiled is the new VMware Cloud Foundation 4 hybrid cloud platform, which now supports both traditional VM-based and container-based applications, and an expanded Tanzu portfolio that includes VMware Tanzu Kubernetes Grid, which is a Kubernetes runtime that helps customers install and run a multicluster Kubernetes environment on the infrastructure of their choice. VMware Tanzu Mission Control, which is a centralized management platform for consistently operating and securing Kubernetes infrastructure and modern applications across multiple teams and clouds, is another new part of the suite.
Craig McLuckie, vice president of VMware’s modern apps platform business, said the VMware Tanzu and VMware Cloud Foundation Program components are seen by the company as a complete stack for traditional and modern application modernization. They offer a high enough level to hide away the specifics of an infrastructure and a low enough level to be able to run pretty much anything, he said.
VMware’s Craig McLuckie
“As we look at Kubernetes, it has been an incredibly powerful unifying capability that elegantly bridges the world of the application development teams and the world of the infrastructure teams,” said McLuckie. “We are all in on Kubernetes. We see this as being an incredibly powerful unifying force in the industry today. It provides an elegant way to span the best that vSphere has to offer.”
Greg Schulz, principal analyst with StorageIO, told Channel Futures that the expanding Kubernetes strategy from VMware is …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 11, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cameyo Aims to Simplify Application Delivery for MSPs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cameyo Aims to Simplify Application Delivery for MSPs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cameyo-aims-to-simplify-application-delivery-for-msps/
The cloud-native vendor has launched a new offering for the channel.
Cameyo is targeting managed service providers with its latest offering.
The cloud-native vendor has launched Cameyo for MSPs, a platform for building and scaling virtual application delivery to customers. A number of organizations still rely on legacy programs – in particular, those based on Windows – that don’t play well, or at all, in cloud settings. Cameyo overcomes this limitation by using HTML5 browsers, rather than virtual desktop infrastructure or containers. The new Cameyo for MSPs, then, eliminates the need for partners to go onsite to install customer apps.
Cameyo’s Andrew Miller
“To successfully compete, channel partners and MSPs must maximize services while reducing their costs to provide their customers with the best possible solutions at the lowest price,” Andrew Miller, co-founder and CEO of Cameyo, told Channel Futures.
Cameyo aims to make that happen for partners through its MSP product. No longer do partners have to rely on expensive and complex VDI or DaaS products, which “are notoriously hard to implement, are expensive, and are overkill if you just need to run Windows applications to any device and don’t need a full virtual desktop,” Miller said.
Likewise, going PC by PC calls for difficult scripting, or physically visiting each device to update it with the latest version of the Windows application.
“Both options are untenable from a cost and management perspective, eating into already tight margins the MSPs rely on for profitability,” Miller said. “In addition, many of the partner programs offered by the VDI and DaaS vendors are complex and confusing.”
Cameyo’s solution? Enabling MSPs to provision Windows applications from the browser to any device and from any environment — cloud, hybrid or on premises. The platform also features an administrative console for managing all customers.
How It Works
Using Cameyo for MSPs is pretty simple. First, MSPs install Cameyo’s self-hosted server in their own data center, on any Windows Server 2016 R2 server or above. Next, through the Cameyo admin console, they add new customers, then choose which Windows applications each client requires. Cameyo acts as the application delivery control plane, handling the cloud orchestration, load balancing, data persistence and system configuration. Deployment takes place instantly.
MSPs have another option, too. Those who want more extensive capabilities may provision Cameyo through their own Microsoft Azure or Google Cloud environments. This allows MSPs to take advantage of elasticity and usage optimization, reducing cost by spinning servers up and down, depending on demand. MSPs also may opt for Cameyo’s Session Sync technology, where a user’s settings and files follow them from session to session.
Either way, from there, MSPs only pay for their clients’ actual usage. Cameyo has debuted the Service Provider License Agreement (SPLA) model; this plan provides a monthly report of the number of active MSP customers. MSPs then pay Cameyo.
“Cameyo is giving MSPs the flexibility they need to quickly add and delete users, and to spin up infrastructure as needed — all while ensuring they are only billed for the number of users who actually access the service,” Miller said.
Overall, MSPs not only streamline their own costs with Cameyo’s approach to virtual application delivery, they …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 11, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
D&H Distributing Bullish on the Channels Growing Esports Opportunity
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
D&H Distributing Bullish on the Channel’s Growing Esports Opportunity
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dh-distributing-bullish-on-the-channels-growing-esports-opportunity-2/
Esports is a rapidly growing opportunity for VARs and MSPs. Here’s how to take advantage.
Esports is an emerging opportunity for partners that at least one distributor, D&H Distributing, is encouraging partners to explore.
No, esports isn’t about betting on the ponies or wrestling matches. For channel partners, esports is about connecting high school and college teams with trusted reseller and managed service providers (MSPs) who can outfit esports organizations with cutting-edge technology.
There’s a group called the High School eSports League (HSEL) whose mission is to make esports available to every student as a legitimate varsity-level sport in high schools across the nation. HSEL contends that through organized esports competitions, students will tie their commitment to gaming to their success in academics and future careers. The National Association of Collegiate eSports (NACE) does similar work at the college level.
D&H Distributing’s Tina Fisher
“We came about esports through our K-12 reseller partners — they’re the biggest vertical that we service,” Tina Fisher, executive director, vendor business management at D&H, told Channel Futures. “These partners are starting to get questions from their schools about esports, products for an esports environment, and which vendors have products that work together. Schools are looking for someone to help them be their consultant to pull it all together.”
An esports environment might vary from school to school. It might be a portable environment that’s set up in a gym or a computer lab that becomes a makeshift computer/esports gaming lab.
“Or, they recognize the opportunity … may have funding coming in through STEM grants, and they’re recognizing that this could become something bigger such as a team sport type of environment as much as their baseball, basketball and football teams are,” said Fisher.
Esports scales from a lab in a K-12 school, to colleges, where it first got started; in fact, Harrisburg University’s eeports team, known as The Storm, placed first in last May’s Collegiate Esports Championship. A D&H customer, the university honored it as its distributor business partner of the year for the work it did with the local university on esports.
According to a recent piece on NPR, more than 170 colleges and universities participate in esports, and there’s more than $16 million in college scholarships available. No wonder high schools are gearing up.
An esports environment includes a gaming desktop and monitor, mouse, keyboard and headset, and furniture such as gaming chairs and desks. Outfitting a medium or small arena, there’s also an opportunity for a pro audio/visual environment, including large format displays, projectors and screens, and speakers — and then there’s the networking. The role for partners goes beyond the hardware. Esports requires an integrated solution.
D&H lists esports equipment by categories such as complete systems, components and accessories, monitors and displays, ProAV, and power and networking.
“There’s a lot of opportunity for a reseller to help with a solution,” said Fisher. “And, in that environment, there’s a constant refesh cycle because they want the latest and greatest.”
Some vendors in play in esports include Acer (Predator), HP, LG, Nvidia, Termaltake, ASUS (ROG), Intel, Logitech, Poly, ViewSonic, Dell (Alienware), Lenovo (Legion), MSI, Samsung, Corsair, Kingston (HyperX), NEC, Sennheiser, Aruba and Netgear.
According to IDC’s Worldwide Quarterly Gaming Tracker, 3Q19, shipments of gaming desktops, notebooks reached 10 million units, a year-over-year increase of more than 10%. Shipments of gaming monitors grew more than 76% in one year, to 2.2 million units. IDC defines gaming PCs as desktops or notebooks hat have a Premium or Performance grade GPU, including the mid-range and high-end offerings from Nvidia and AMD. Professional-grade GPUs such as the Quadro or Radeon Pro are excluded from this category. Gaming monitors are those with a refresh rate of 100 Hz or higher.
Demand for partners in esports is building. D&H has an esports landing page, is working on an esports playbook for partners and is offering webinars, as well as other education to help partners learn and get involved in this growing market segment.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 11, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
CenturyLink Adds IBM Cloud to Dynamic Connections Portfolio
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
CenturyLink Adds IBM Cloud to Dynamic Connections Portfolio
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/centurylink-adds-ibm-cloud-to-dynamic-connections-portfolio/
The two companies have extended their partnership, first launched in 2018.
IBM Cloud and CenturyLink have extended their partnership, first launched in 2018.
On Tuesday, the companies announced that IBM Cloud now features connectivity through CenturyLink’s agnostic Cloud Connect Dynamic Connections. This is the platform that allows businesses, or their channel partners, to do self-service and real-time provisioning for adding Ethernet to (or removing it from) cloud and data center environments through a portal or API integration. It also features usage-based billing, by the hour and month.
A little more than a year-and-a-half ago, Big Blue and CenturyLink teamed up to deliver dedicated and private network connectivity to the IBM Cloud through CenturyLink Cloud Connect solutions. Tuesday’s news serves as an extension of that alliance.
The addition of IBM Cloud to Dynamic Connections rounds out a veritable who’s-who list of public cloud vendors that channel partners may access and manage on behalf of their customers. That roster also includes Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure and Azure Government, Google Cloud Platform, Oracle and more than 2,200 data centers. CenturyLink offers the portfolio through North America, Europe and Asia Pacific.
Now, businesses may access the connections they need to link their workloads – think Salesforce, Office 365, Google Apps and so on – and sync up with data centers through CenturyLink and IBM’s Cloud Direct Link services (as well as the other, aforementioned providers).
CenturyLink said IBM Cloud, in particular, gives businesses advantages including:
Dedicated, private connections from any public internet access.
Low-latency connectivity with consistent performance.
The ability to add and remove connections, and increase and decrease bandwidth allocation to match demand.
Usage-based billing, by the hour and month.
Security acts as a core focus for all these capabilities. CenturyLink said that when it comes to enterprise cloud and data-center locations, Cloud Connect Dynamic Connections protects data to and from the hybrid cloud. The service achieves this by taking businesses off best-effort public networks and moving them to secure, private connections; this minimizes exposure to external threats.
On the whole, “extending Cloud Connect Dynamic Connections to IBM Cloud helps more businesses deploy hybrid cloud solutions and transform their network ecosystems as application and infrastructure requirements change,” said Paul Savill, senior vice president, enterprise product and services at CenturyLink.
IBM’s Gabriel Montanti
Gabriel Montanti, network product leader at IBM Cloud, agreed.
“We’re providing businesses the capabilities they need to accelerate their hybrid cloud strategies,” he said. “Through our Direct Link services, customers can take advantage of customizable offerings that allow them to move complex workloads, including mission-critical workloads, across hybrid cloud environments to IBM Cloud.”
In other words, Montanti noted, CenturyLink business customers now may “easily access IBM Cloud and modernize their offerings to stay ahead of the competition.”
Plus, as Savill pointed out, enterprises (or their channel partners) gain control over performance and cost through self-service tools that enable quick and easy changes to cloud connections.
To that point, yes, channel partners may provision the new IBM Cloud capabilities via Dynamic Connections to their customers.
CenturyLink’s Garrett Gee
“CenturyLink is focused on enabling our partners to help their customers connect data and workloads wherever they need them,” Garrett Gee, senior vice president of indirect sales at CenturyLink, told Channel Futures. “This includes combining cloud, network and technical expertise to connect, migrate, manage and modernize enterprise applications across a range of hybrid cloud environments.”
When deploying IBM Cloud services, partners may opt for CenturyLink’s help, too.
“We can assist partners with building a reference architecture, and both high-level and low-level designs for IBM Cloud networking,” Gee said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 11, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
What Workers Told Us About Collaboration
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
What Workers Told Us About Collaboration
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/what-workers-told-us-about-collaboration/
Global study reveals universal conditions needed for successful collaboration.
No matter where you are in the world, new research tells us the conditions needed for successful collaboration are universal. The Steelcase Active Collaboration Study 2019* spoke to more than 3,000 executives, managers and individual contributors in different size organizations in Australia, France, Germany, Japan, the U.S. and the U.K.
Find out what the research revealed here
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 11, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
Why Insight Chose Microsoft Azure Sentinel as Core SIEM Over Splunk
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Why Insight Chose Microsoft Azure Sentinel as Core SIEM Over Splunk
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/why-insight-chose-microsoft-azure-sentinel-as-core-siem-over-splunk/
Insight is readying customers for its new managed security service.
Insight Enterprises, the global systems integration division of Insight Technology Solutions, is among several managed security service providers in the early stages of provisioning customers using Azure Sentinel, Microsoft’s new cloud-native SIEM.
Microsoft introduced Azure Sentinel a year ago as an alternative to traditional on-premises AI-based, threat intelligence solutions such as ArcSight, RSA NetWitness and Splunk. When Azure Sentinel became generally available in late September, Insight Enterprises’ Cloud & Data Center Transformation (CDCD) organization was among the first 20 global partners trained by Microsoft in various stages of adding it to their managed security services.
In addition to Insight, Accenture and its Avanade business, Ascent, DXC Technology, EY Global, Infosys, KPMG, Optiv, PwC, Trustwave and Wipro have said they are building out modernized managed security operations centers (SOCs) hosted with Azure Sentinel.
Microsoft’s Ann Johnson
“We’re seeing more uptake on Azure Sentinel than we could possibly consume right now, which is a fantastic problem to have, which is why we’ve rushed and quickly trained a bunch of partners,” said Ann Johnson, corporate VP for Microsoft’s corporate cybersecurity solutions group, during an interview late last year.
While most of the launch partners offer multiple SIEM options for their SOCs, Insight has decided to base its revamped MSSP with Azure Sentinel as its primary SIEM, according to Richard Diver, a cloud security architect at Insight.
“We’re the only one that I am aware of that is only doing Sentinel; everyone else has something else and then looking to add Sentinel to their list, or they’ll migrate over to Sentinel over time,” Diver said.
Insight also is offering consulting services for customers seeking to migrate their current SOCs to Azure Sentinel.
Azure Sentinel is one of the first of a new class of cloud-native SIEMs that use machine learning at scale to continuously monitor billions of data are native cloud services. Another is Backstory, a security telemetry platform created by Chronicle, incubated from Google parent Alphabet, which last summer became part of Google Cloud.
Amazon launched AWS GuardDuty in 2017, a cloud-scale threat detection offering that monitors and analyzes data sources such as AWS CloudTrail, Amazon VPC Flow Logs and DNS logs. GuardDuty is primarily for AWS workloads, whereas Azure Sentinel can import AWS CloudTrail logs via a connector, Insight’s Diver said. At last month’s RSA Conference, Microsoft announced that customers can import AWS CloudTrail logs at no charge through June 30.
Insight had decided more than a year ago to sunset its ArcSight SIEM and initially was considering running the popular Splunk SIEM as virtual machine instances in AWS, according to Insight’s Diver.
“I stepped in and said that doesn’t make sense economically or technically,” Diver said. “Splunk on prem makes a lot of sense because you’ve got the hardware but trying to run it in AWS or Azure as VMs would cost a fortune. We noticed that a lot of companies that moved to the cloud with VMs in IaaS were coming back because the lift and shift was too expensive.”
Upon learning that Microsoft was developing Azure Sentinel, Diver made the case for it over Splunk, which Insight also sells to enterprises, underscoring the economics of moving Splunk VMs into cloud environments.
“You can’t take something that’s moving petabytes of data from an on-prem environment, and suddenly move to the cloud on a regular basis,” Diver said. “If you’re in the cloud, or going to the cloud, you also don’t want to build Splunk in a VM on Azure or AWS and you don’t want to pull that data back down. Azure Sentinel doesn’t require provisioning of servers, storage, networks, and all the engineering and licensing that goes with building a Splunk environment.”
Diver sees three core scenarios for Azure Sentinel: organizations without …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 11, 2020 at 05:51AM
Added: Mar 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
BlackBerry Amps Up North America Partner Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
BlackBerry Amps Up North America Partner Program
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/blackberry-amps-up-north-america-partner-program/
Emerald partners now can earn 40% with deal registration.
BlackBerry on Tuesday unveiled improvements to the BlackBerry Cylance North America Partner Program focused on solution providers (VARs, national resellers and distributors), as well as MSSPs
The program offers prevention-first predictive security solutions and a spectrum of consulting services supported by field sales and marketing support, technical support, training and tools.
May Mitchell, vice president of global channel sales and field marketing at BlackBerry Cylance, tells us after launching the BlackBerry Cylance partner program more than three years ago, the goal is to “maintain partner mind share and stay competitive.”
BlackBerry’s May Mitchell
“We continue our commitment to enable partners with innovative solutions that help them build a predictable growth business,” she said. “We have an active partner advisory council, who are integral to our business and continually provide us with feedback on strategy, road map and programs. Additionally, we have identified a list of focus partners that are aligned with field sales, sales engineering, channel and marketing. There is a core set of regular activities we plan for and participate in with these partners to help grow their business.”
Solution-provider partners resell BlackBerry Cylance solutions and cybersecurity services driven by AI technology. There are three levels of solution provider partners: emerald, platinum and gold.
BlackBerry Cylance offers a full incumbency designation for renewals to all emerald and platinum members in good standing. Incumbent partners are not required to register renewal deals as renewals are processed at the same price and discount as the original order.
Emerald partners now can earn 40% with deal registration.
“We offer partners a proposal-based MDF program to help create demand for new business,” Mitchell said. “This allows us to provide protection for partners who are proactive and invest in our program. We also streamlined the deal-registration process so we can quickly work with our partners on a joint sales motion.”
“In the past few years, we have grown with the BlackBerry Cylance Partner Program to create a predictable and profitable recurring business model,” said Bill Strub, CEO of NaviLogic, a solution provider partner. “We receive tremendous support from the BlackBerry Cylance team with field marketing and technical training.”
With BlackBerry Cylance AI-driven endpoint protection, MSSPs can help customers reduce the time their support desk spends addressing malware issues and re-imaging machines. The MSSP program now offers simplified pricing and deal protection for deals with more than 500 seats.
Additional key program features include: billing within 30 days of joining the program; licensing products on a monthly or annual subscription basis; access to the BlackBerry Cylance partner portal, partner communications, field sales and marketing support; a multitenant console to create, manage and monitor multiple tenants from a centralized location in a single view; and no upfront fees for license and support.
MSSPs own the relationship with no direct communication from BlackBerry Cylance to customers.
“We are always looking to enhance the partner experience by improving the speed of transaction and enabling our partners with marketing resources and technical accreditations,” Mitchell said. “Improvements to our partner-focused content, including training and demand-generation kits, ensure our partners’ sales and technical resources are educated to sell, position and deliver AI-driven cybersecurity solutions. Our global channel sales engineering teams provide weekly product updates to our partners and also conduct face-to-face trainings globally.”
“Security has become a top priority for our customers and they are increasingly turning to us for solutions that help them stay steps ahead of the most advanced threats and attacks,” said Michael Crean, CEO of Solutions Granted, an MSSP partner. “BlackBerry Cylance’s endpoint protection identifies and stops threats before they penetrate networks, and is extremely easy to deploy and manage. We are looking forward to continuing to grow our business with BlackBerry Cylance.”
At last month’s 2020 RSA Conference, BlackBerry unveiled its new BlackBerry Spark platform with a new unified endpoint security (UES) layer which can work with BlackBerry unified endpoint management (UEM) to deliver zero-trust security. Using AI, ML and automation, Spark now offers improved cyberthreat prevention and remediation, and provides visibility across desktop, mobile, server, and IoT (including automotive) endpoints.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 11, 2020 at 05:51AM
Added: Mar 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
HPE Expands Small Business Solutions Targets SMBs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HPE Expands Small Business Solutions, Targets SMBs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hpe-expands-small-business-solutions-targets-smbs/
HPE announced on Wednesday the HPE ProLiant MicroServer Gen10 Plus designed for the small office or the remote-location branch office using the device as part of an edge platform. HPE calculates an employee count of 25 or fewer employees at these locations.
Calling the latest addition to the company’s Proliant Gen 10 portfolio “distraction-free IT,” HP’s new server is a configured, tested and validated solution that offers automated deployment, and a monthly subscription starting at less than $20 per month.
HPE’s Tim Peters
“Our mission at HPE is to be the vendor of choice for these sets of customers, especially as they graduate and move into their next chapter of growth and innovation,” Tim Peters, vice president and general manager, global SMB and midmarket at HPE, told Channel Futures.
The 10-pound unit is about the size of a typical hardcover book, offers a choice of Intel Xeon and Pentium processors, and up to 32GB RAM and 16TB internal storage that’s able to support virtualized and database workloads.
The ProLiant MicroServer Gen 10 Plus also offers HPE-exclusive silicon root of trust technology for data protection, and its ability to detect issues and recover from malicious firmware attacks.
That’s not the only first for this customer market segment. HPE InfoSight for Servers, the vendor’s cloud-based AI management, is also being offered to help customers monitor the health of their server and apply predictive analytics for proactive server management.
Additionally, HPE is offering options for users to run their applications. They can run them either on-premises or in the cloud, if their cloud services are supported by Microsoft Azure.
HPE outlines three business use cases to meet SMB needs: Office in a Box; scalable file and backup; and edge to cloud.
Office in a Box is tailored for up to 10 users in a variety of vertical markets.
“This solution is comprised of our Gen 10 Plus powered by Intel, our Aruba access points, a rugged local backup, and everything is wrapped around by our foundational care of services,” said Megan Zeigler, Manager, worldwide SMB and mid-market solutions and services team at HPE.
The entire box is priced at an entry point of less than $125/month.
“This also allows for unique capabilities and multiple functions for the server. So, you have virtualization, storage and backup in a single server. It’s great for remote and branch offices,” she said.
As a scalable file and backup solution, the device serves two purposes, one around file services and another back up. For file services, HPE is providing optimized configurations that allows for central access, faster performance and secure collaboration. Used for backup and recovery, the device protects data, offers fast data recovery and minimizes downtime.
The third use case is for powering the intelligent edge.
“With the MicroServer Gen 10 Plus, it provides the right amount of compute for remote and branch offices at the edge. With our optional cloud services from Microsoft Azure or MSPs, it can provide connectivity back to the home office,” said Zeigler. “It also allows for remote access and management to better enable the edge locations.”
The new servers are being sold only through partners.
“We’re very focused on trying to create these recipe-driven solutions which are focused on what [our partners] tell us are the hot spots they want to deploy,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 11, 2020 at 05:56PM
Added: Mar 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
Avant Analytics Study Finds Ransomware DDoS Attacks Phishing Top of Mind
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Avant Analytics Study Finds Ransomware, DDoS Attacks, Phishing Top of Mind
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/avant-analytics-study-finds-ransomware-ddos-attacks-phishing-top-of-mind/
A new report augments channel partners’ sales discussions with analysis of Avant’s sales data.
Avant is making strides in markedly increasing its support of channel leaders.
Last year it was the announcement of its new market research arm, Avant Analytics. This year, Ken Presti, vice president and former IDC analyst, says the master agent is increasing its support of channel leaders and IT stakeholders through its 6-12 reports. The company just unveiled its second 6-12 Report, an analysis of the state of cybersecurity preparedness across industries.
Avant Analytics’ Ken Presti
“The 6-12 Reports can be used by enterprise decision-makers to fully assess a specific technology’s ability to impact their business over the next six to 12 months,” said Presti, in an interview with Channel Futures’ MSSP Insider.
Presti explained that the reports provide a third-party view of the technology and its market impact, supported by market research derived from Avant’s sales data and a variety of other sources, including customer surveys, external data, and extensive interviews with subject-matter experts.
He said the reports augment sales discussions, help decision-makers form more targeted and informed questions, and reinforce the credibility of the “trusted adviser.”
The payoff for channel partners in using the reports’ analyses is “more knowledgeable technology decisions which translates to strengthened business relationships, increased customer satisfaction, and a more profitable use of technology for both the trusted adviser and the customer.”
Key findings from the current report include:
Ransomware, DDoS attacks, intrusion and email phishing attacks are the threats that concern customers the most (69%).
Customers’ primary issues with their current security posture focus primarily on their fears regarding emerging threats (45%), combined with staffing (38%) and resource limitations (36%).
Preparedness for attacks varies somewhat by vertical market, with the highest levels of risk perceived by respondents in the business services (80%) and medical (68%) sectors.
The focus has shifted from minimizing the IT security budget to proactively embedding security into every facet of the infrastructure
With the growth of things like toolkits and ransomware as a service, extremely unsophisticated attackers can now purchase targeted exploits, enabling them to do significant damage.
Companies across the broad market are moving to third-party managed security service providers at an annual rate of 5% RDI.
The industry is still suffering from a talent shortage. As many as 2 million jobs are unfilled due to the lack of qualified people. This phenomenon is increasing the use of third-party contractors who specialize in security, as opposed to in-house teams, which have become dramatically more expensive.
Among the many challenges in security is the “moving target” aspect that makes it difficult to permanently close down any given threat.
“Security is such a rapidly moving space that it’s difficult to know what the criminal element will be able to penetrate. And, if they can’t gain access today, perhaps they will learn how to gain access tomorrow,” said Presti.
“Since no guarantees can be made, enterprise decision-makers need to work with their trusted advisers to maximize the odds while at the same time developing effective contingency plans in the event that something bad does occur,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 12, 2020 at 03:03AM
Added: Mar 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
Scaleway Unveils All-Cloud Underground Bunker Data Cold Storage New CEO
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Scaleway Unveils All-Cloud Underground Bunker Data Cold Storage, New CEO
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/scaleway-unveils-all-cloud-underground-bunker-data-cold-storage-new-ceo/
The underground bunker storage previously didn’t have a cloud option and wasn’t available on a pay-per-use basis.
European cloud services vendor Scaleway has bolstered its object storage offerings with the first 100% cloud version of its C14 cold storage for important long-term data security – in an underground concrete bunker below Paris – while also announcing the appointment of Yann Lechelle as the company’s new CEO.
The cloud version of C14 cold storage, which follows the company’s original C14 Classic storage that was based on a monthly fee, will now feature a pay-per-use model and include a redesigned software layer on the same physical hardware server infrastructure, according to the company. The C14 Classic Scaleway object storage continues to be offered for now, but will eventually be replaced by the cloud version.
The Scaleway C14 cold storage is compatible with standard APIs such as Amazon S3 and Glacier, and includes the long-term security of being in a data center bunker 82 feet under the streets of Paris. Deep underground storage has been available from other vendors over the last 20 years, but this offering is designed for critical use cases that require enhanced protection with 6+3 error encoding, a 99.99999999999% durability guarantee and around-the-clock customer support in multiple languages, according to the company.
Scaleway’s underground bunker in Paris is a former fallout shelter. The C14 storage gets its name from the Carbon-14 isotope, which allows for dating very old objects. The C14 moniker for the data storage is an allusion to the ability of the C14 cloud service that makes it possible for users to keep data for hundreds of years.
Steven Hill, an analyst with 451 Research, told Channel Futures that Scaleway’s underground bunker data cold storage can be a good fit for specific companies that require extra protection from many risks of nature, including cosmic rays and hurricanes.
451 Research’s Steven Hill
“But physical location is only one aspect of data survivability,” said Hill. “Like any other site, there are pros and cons regarding underground facilities, but none of that matters if the infrastructure itself isn’t designed to be equally fault-tolerant to the physical location.”
Competitors like Iron Mountain and others have established the security of underground storage for physical artifacts including documents, tapes and data; but most of their data centers are actually above ground, said Hill.
“Simply put, data is highly ephemeral when compared to physical documents, and there are few technical options for maintaining data for centuries; much less multiple decades,” he said. “Today the real focus lies in building fault-tolerant data systems and insuring that archival data is regularly scrubbed for bit rot and migrated every two to three decades, regardless of where it’s physically located. But if that location is a limestone cave 100 feet below ground, it at least eliminates some of the risk of dealing with nature.”
The underground bunker data storage can be the right fit for some businesses, he said.
“A lot depends on the nature of the data in question, and the laws in that part of the world,” said Hill. “Some customers only need to think in basic two-to-seven-year data life cycles for financial information, but others may need to meet longer data-retention requirements for programs like HIPAA, SOX, FedRAMP, PCI DSS and FISMA, as well as GDPR and CCPA.”
Interestingly, when it comes to long-term information archiving, the most reliable media is still microfilm, according to Hill.
Scaleway’s Yann Lechelle
“Its combination of stable polyester film stock with solid silver images can last around 500 years. And even though it may be the slowest and most difficult way possible to find information, all you need to view microfilm is a magnifying glass and daylight.”
New CEO Takes Over for Scaleway’s Founder
Scaleway’s new CEO, Yann Lechelle, comes to the company France-based AI voice platform company, Snips, which Sonos acquired in November. At Snips, Lechelle was chief operating officer. Arnaud de Bermingham, the founder and former CEO of Scaleway, will take the role of president with the company. Scaleway, which has about 250 employees, is a subsidiary of Iliad Group, a cloud infrastructure company.
Lechelle, an entrepreneur and digital innovator, also is a co-founding member of the France Digitale association, and a co-founding member of the board of directors of HUB France IA.
A Scaleway spokesman didn’t respond to inquiries seeking comment about the new services and the executive appointment.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 12, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Mar 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
To Pay or Not to Pay Ransom Poses Big Dilemma for Governments
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
To Pay or Not to Pay Ransom Poses Big Dilemma for Governments
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/to-pay-or-not-to-pay-ransom-poses-big-dilemma-for-governments/
Refusing to pay ransom demands may be more expensive for state and local governments.
Cybercriminals increasingly are targeting state and local governments with ransomware attacks, and asking for more money.
That’s according to “Ransoming Government: What State and Local Government Can Do to Break Free From Ransomware Attacks,” a new report by Deloitte’s Center for Government Insights.
In 2019 alone, governments reported 163 ransomware attacks, with more than $1.8 million paid and tens of millions spent on recovery costs, a nearly 150% increase in reported attacks from 2018.
Srini Subramanian, principal at Deloitte & Touche, and cyber state and higher education sector leader, tells us MSSPs and other cybersecurity providers can be doing more to help state and local governments. Examples include cyberattack surface vulnerability assessments, cyber supply chain or third-party vendor risk assessments, identity and privileged access management, firewall management, and user-and behavioral-based analytics to promptly detect and protect against malicious cyber behavior, cyber war games and cyber resiliency exercises.
Deloitte’s Srini Subramanian
“State and local governments should live and plan with the reality that their critical systems and data will be attacked,” he said. “Even with cyber insurance and preventive measures in place, the growing frequency and sophistication of attacks calls for government entities to perform cyber health checks and revisit resilience strategies. The effort more than pays off. Governments can be better positioned to defend against catastrophic events that are expensive to recover from and could impact public safety and trust.”
According to the report, refusing to pay ransom demands may be the principled option, but it also may be far more expensive. For example, the city of Baltimore refused a $76,000 ransom demand, only to suffer over $18 million in recovery costs and lost revenue.
Sensing the vulnerability of state and local governments, criminal enterprises are demanding nearly 10 times what they demand from commercial entities, according to the report.
“The government agencies resorting to paying ransom to restore critical services quickly, with the assistance of cyber insurance, may be creating incentives for more attacks and escalating ransom amount demanded,” Subramanian said. “There is an urgent need to break away from that cycle and resolve not to pay ransom, but restore services quickly. That requires a proactive strategy to assure and test resilience.”
Government agencies should collaborate across jurisdictions, and set up and subscribe to cyber services like cyber awareness training, around-the-clock security operations center (SOC) monitoring, and incident response in a shared services model, as opposed to each city, municipal and county governments setting these up in silos, he said.
One encouraging sign is that associations like the National Association of State Chief Information Officers (NASCIO) and the National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency (NGA) are promoting collaborating across jurisdictions and laying foundations for state governments and large cities providing services for smaller municipal and county governments as well, Subramanian said.
To combat this growing risk, the report outlines several key considerations for organizations to move forward in this new reality: smarter systems architecture; a more prepared workforce; better cyber hygiene; cyber insurance usage scenarios; and practiced response.
“Connected devices, digital systems and integrated data mean governments have the opportunity to serve people and communities like never before,” said Deborah Golden, principal at Deloitte & Touche, and cyber risk services leader. “It also means there is a large surface for cybercriminals to attack local governments and hold sensitive citizen data hostage. Government officials need to understand the risk involved if their systems and data were suddenly gone or rendered useless.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 12, 2020 at 05:02AM
Added: Mar 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
Teradici Launches New Partner Program to Enable Customized DaaS Solutions
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Teradici Launches New Partner Program to Enable Customized DaaS Solutions
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/teradici-launches-new-partner-program-to-enable-customized-daas-solutions/
Avid and Tehama are the first TAPP partners integrating PCoIP into DaaS services.
Teradici is broadening its reach to partners with the launch of a program that will enable managed service providers (MSPs), ISVs, systems integrators and OEMs to offer customized remote desktop and application solutions.
The new Teradici Advantage Partner Program (TAPP), rolling out this month, lets partners integrate the company’s PC-over-IP (PCoIP) remote access protocol and cloud-access software into their solutions. The program allows existing partners to offer specialized solutions and is designed to attract new partners who want to deliver their solutions through cloud-based desktop-as-a-service (DaaS) — as an alternative to native clients.
Partners inTAPP gain a more extensible way to build PCoIP into their apps with access to APIs and SDKs. The program also offers support and resources to help partners embed customized virtual cloud workspaces with PCoIP, Teradici’s compression, encryption and transmission protocol for remote endpoints.
“It’s targeted at MSPs, ISVs, SIs and OEMs who are looking at providing a more differentiated solution,” said Teradici VP of product management Ziad Lammam. “It might be a solution focused on a service in a particular region or servicing a particular vertical market or a use case. ISVs, MSPs and OEMs can essentially build on top of our solution and offer their solution either as a service or an integrated offering to their customers.”
Teradici has lined up five partners for TAPP, including Avid and Tehama.
Avid, whose video production and editing platform is used by individual producers, broadcasters and studios, joined TAPP and has integrated PCoIP for a new subscription-based Edit on Demand offering, set for imminent release. Edit on Demand will provide remote video editing and postproduction service hosted in the Microsoft Azure cloud and accessible to any Teradici VDI or remote client using its cloud-access software.
Avid’s Ray Thompson
“The benefit is we can offer it as a turnkey solution that auto provisions everything for everybody,” said Ray Thompson, Avid’s director of market solutions, broadcast and media. “There’s little to no setup on the part of the user, meaning they don’t have to go in and configure the cloud components themselves. More or less, they buy a plan and then it auto-configures according to the plan they purchase.
Avid will include compute, storage and bandwidth components with the edit-on-demand service, Thompson added.
“Once it’s all staged, then they can start pushing content to the environment, where it is then accepted,” he said. “When they’re done, they just download all the metadata, the project bin and the media, and they can kick it out.”
Thompson said Avid will offer various tiers of service using Azure GPU virtual machine instances.
When Avid was building the architecture for Edit on Demand, Thompson said various virtual application protocols were considered including Citrix HDX and VMware Blast Extreme.
“We did a pretty comprehensive test of all the ones that were available at the time,” he said. “Teradici provided the best experience given the demands for what we knew our customers would want.”
Tehama, a startup provider of secure workspaces based on various compliance standards such as SOC 2Type II, FIPS and HIPAA, runs the server-side implementation of its service via Amazon WorkSpaces, the DaaS offering from AWS. Because Amazon WorkSpaces uses Teradici’s PCoIP as its DaaS optimization and security protocol, Tehama needed to also integrate it into its solution.
Through TAPP, Tehama provisioned a customized Teradici connection access broker (CAB) based and client to provide a customized user experience.
Tehama’s Paul Vallée
“None of this would be possible if we didn’t have access to the Teradici underlying technology and the partnership,” said Tehama CEO Paul Vallée.
Tehama is in the late stages of its beta test program with the new DaaS offering. Vallée said the TAPP program was a key enabler to simplifying the delivery of its solution.
“What I like about it the most is the amount of flexibility that it gives us in terms of customizing and collaborating to innovate together with a combination of our team and their team doing the work and the combination of access to the software,” Vallée said. “But just as important, it gave us access to expertise through the professional services that they make available as part of this partner program.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 13, 2020 at 12:02AM
Added: Mar 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
Connected Tech Helps Cities Conserve Resources and Reduce Costs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Connected Tech Helps Cities Conserve Resources and Reduce Costs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/connected-tech-helps-cities-conserve-resources-and-reduce-costs/
With Avnet’s IoT partnership, businesses can quickly build solutions and leverage proven software and hardware building blocks that are already compatible with the Avnet IoTConnect platform. These solutions can then help the organization meet their customers’ needs.
This whitepaper investigates a case of a small company looking to scale their differentiated product; Avnet was able to help the company stay ahead of their competition and transform it from an original equipment manufacturer to a systems integrator with multiple revenue streams.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 13, 2020 at 12:53AM
Added: Mar 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSP Worry-Free XDR Playbook
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSP Worry-Free XDR Playbook
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msp-worry-free-xdr-playbook/
Once upon a time, strong cybersecurity could be achieved with a few simple actions. Unfortunately, threats actors did not take the hint and just give up – they adapted, became more sophisticated and more dangerous in their quest to steal data and gain monetary rewards. Despite advancements in cybersecurity, data breaches are getting worse. But that doesn’t mean the bad guys have won…
This eBook covers how to be worry-free with the latest and most advanced security available. You’ll learn why you need to evolve past endpoint detection and response (EDR) to a more sophisticated tool that allows you to increase revenue while ensuring your customers have the best protection possible against today’s and tomorrow’s threats.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 13, 2020 at 12:53AM
Added: Mar 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
Secrets to Sustainable Growth for MSPs by MSPs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Secrets to Sustainable Growth – for MSPs, by MSPs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/secrets-to-sustainable-growth-for-msps-by-msps/
The IT managed services business is alive and well, and although global growth is expected to increase to $282 billion over the next three years, MSPs continue to find it a challenging business to grow, optimize, and sustain profitably.
Learn absolutely everything you need to know about sustainable growth for MSPs, by MSPs in this 44-page master eBook series.
Chapter 1: Jumpstart Your Growth – Guidance for early-stage MSPs that are trying to acquire customers and grow revenue as quickly as possible to achieve scale.
Chapter 2: Maximize Your Profitability – Guidance for mid-stage MSPs that have achieved scale and want to increase their margins by optimizing processes and cutting costs.
Chapter 3: Protect Your Revenue – Guidance for more mature MSPs that are profitable and need to protect their revenue by retaining customers and growing wallet share.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 13, 2020 at 12:53AM
Added: Mar 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
How the Past 10 Years of the As-a-Service Model Will Shape the Next Decade
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How the Past 10 Years of the As-a-Service Model Will Shape the Next Decade
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-the-past-10-years-of-the-as-a-service-model-will-shape-the-next-decade/
Update as-a-service offerings to build strong customer relationships.
Craig Fulton
The start of a new decade is a good time to reflect on how much the software marketplace and the “as-a-service” model have evolved over the past 10 years.
By taking time to reflect, providers will benefit from understanding how to effectively leverage the as-a-service model for their customers and their businesses, yielding success in the process. Below are four crucial points to update your as-a-service model, making it more profitable in the process.
1. Stand out: With the competition growing, technology professionals must stand out to their customers against the vast amount of options currently available. In today’s as-a-service world, customers are in control, leveraging more options with lowered costs for switching providers. As a result, it’s important for providers to build and maintain a strong relationship with their customers, while simultaneously catering to their needs and wants. The customer-provider relationship is constantly being tested, so organizations need to ensure every aspect of the customer experience is positive.
2. Navigate your customer journey: Your customers are busy, so offer them a clear and seamless journey that shows your business is meeting and exceeding expectations at every touchpoint. As the first interaction with your client, marketing provides your company the opportunity to deliver to your customers a targeted message, which ideally increases the opportunity to close a sale and set expectations for the quantity and quality of work you will provide. At this stage, it’s crucial to follow up with sales leads in a timely manner and provide them with a quote and proposal automation tool that works seamlessly with your PSA and automation tool to move forward with a purchase.
By delivering on your initial promises with speed and accuracy, your new client will be ready for the implementation phase. Here, your company should provide consistent, proactive services. PSA and RMM tools working in unison will help to automate redundant tasks, prevent major downtime and solidify your value. When issues or questions arise, your customer’s experience with your business’ support team will determine their overall satisfaction with your company. By using a remote-control solution that works alongside your other business automation tools, your business is better prepared to access, track and manage the issue. The final stage of the customer journey provides your client the opportunity to re-evaluate their services with a monthly checklist. Consistent billing can be achieved by implementing a PSA that is able to calculate your charges and deliver invoices reflecting the quoted price from the sales phase of the customer journey.
3. Benefits of migrating to as-a-service offerings: By entering the as-a-service market, your business will enjoy the fruits of a market able to provide customers with the benefits of an in-house team without investing in pricey infrastructure and resources. Outsourcing services provides customers with access to technology experts, cost efficiency, technological innovation, time and resource efficiency, speed, and security. When your business offers more services, potential and existing clients will appreciate the ability to manage their needs with a one-stop shop.
4. Update your marketing campaign: Even if your business is providing the best tools and services at the most affordable prices, you won’t find success without a good marketing campaign. When implementing a strategic marketing campaign, organizations will expand beyond word-of-mouth referrals and a regional marketplace. In an increasingly globalized world, modern technology has equipped businesses with the tools to reach a broader audience, and potentially gain more customers in the process. By understanding and narrowing in on your target market, implementing relevant digital and traditional marketing campaigns, conducting effective market research, developing buyer personas and creating targeted messages, you will be better prepared to drive sales.
In the tech industry, changes happen overnight, so taking the time to evaluate the past 10 years of the as-a-service model and looking for ways to cater to the changes will yield positive results for your business. By coupling simple solutions with technological innovations, your business shows it can sustain the needs of a customer while embracing the constantly evolving landscape.
As ConnectWise chief customer officer, Craig Fulton oversees the support, consulting and onboarding teams. He credits his 20-plus years in the technology sector, including time spent as a support desk and field technician, for helping him understand what partners want and need from their business management software. He co-created ConnectWise CloudConsole and authored Path to Success, a ConnectWise best-practices guide about how to run a successful technology solutions provider business. A Marine Corps veteran, he holds a number of patents related to chat program and cloud management technology and earned his bachelor’s degree in business management from the University of South Florida. He was named a Channel Partners Top Gun 51 channel executive in 2019. Follow Craig on LinkedIn or @ConnectWise.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 13, 2020 at 01:50AM
Added: Mar 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
Case Study: Sage Dental Readies Its IT Infrastructure for Growth
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Case Study: Sage Dental Readies Its IT Infrastructure for Growth
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/case-study-sage-dental-readies-its-it-infrastructure-for-growth/
Here’s how solution provider R2 Unified Technologies helped Sage Dental restore its IT infrastructure.
Sage Dental Group had a vision for growth. That wasn’t a reality, however, for the dental service organization, with about 60 locations in Florida and Georgia, until Sage undertook a major IT infrastructure upgrade.
To get the company’s IT infrastructure to where it needed to be, Sage’s new CEO and president, Thomas Marler, who joined the company two years ago, and Daniel Mirsky, vice president of IT, who joined the dental service company shortly thereafter, took on the task of revamping the company’s IT, much of which hadn’t been upgraded in years.
For starters, there was a lack of IT leadership for the company’s 60 dental practices, call center and support center. There was no IT governance, and all IT engineering and service desk engineering tasks were outsourced.
Sage Dental’s Daniel Mirsky
“The company was out of touch with what was going on in the support center and the operational challenges that we were having,” Mirsky told Channel Futures.
Here are some of those challenges: a failing network that resulted in 30-40 hours of downtime per month, slow network response, no redundancy, old Aruba switches and no consistency in the network. Also, the company’s applications, running through remote desktop services (RDS) back in the data center, were crippled.
“We’re a paperless office and our practice management system was not accessible for most of the practices for what seemed like most of the time,” said Mirsky.
A web-based, dental business intelligence application that provided each practice with a 360-degree view of daily business – information such as open treatments, appointment rescheduling, no-shows – wasn’t loading properly.
Mirsky had to work quickly and get results quickly, but that wasn’t possible without an internal IT team. Naturally mistrustful of using outside providers to do critical IT work, he didn’t have a choice.
“It’s my environment and I like to have my own staff doing things,” he said.
Lucky for Sage, Mirsky had a previous relationship with R2, a 12-year-old solution provider, whose key vendor relationships include Cisco, Dell EMC, and VMware. R2’s service delivery projects focus on collaboration, data center, security, enterprise networking, wireless and cloud. R2 also had experience working with health-care organizations and the regulatory and compliance issues that go along with that.
Five years ago, R2 did similar work for Mirsky, when he worked for The Lasik Vision Institute, an organization that faced similar IT challenges and needed the same results.
“We needed an organization that understands our business. R2 knows how to navigate the whole health care organization, what to do and what not to do,” he said. “There are some partners out there that will give you a solution, but they really don’t understand your business or if it’s a good fit. R2 truly understands our business.”
In the course of about one year, R2 undertook and completed multiple projects that started with the IT Infrastructure and included installing a Cisco Meraki SD-WAN, cleaning up cabling, replacing aging switches and access points, and creating redundancy and failover from site to site.
R2’s Jamie Doherty
“Once Dan laid out what needed to get done, his organization was quick to accept it. Then we had to step on the gas and roll this thing out as fast as possible,” Jamie Doherty, president and CTO at R2, shared with Channel Futures.
A fast rollout meant that R2, with about 36 employees, borrowed internal resources from other projects in order to cut over at least one site per week, completing all 60 sites in about three to four months.
R2 scheduled with a single practice and had its engineers go in and do all of the network upgrades over the lunch hour.
”We ripped out the network infrastructure, every endpoint, and put in the Meraki, and a guest Wi-Fi infrastructure, and got it up and running,” said Doherty.
Mirsky almost from the get-go decided to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 13, 2020 at 03:52AM
Added: Mar 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Could AWS Dethrone Azure at the Department of Defense?
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Could AWS Dethrone Azure at the Department of Defense?
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/could-aws-dethrone-azure-at-the-department-of-defense/
Find out what a judge had to say about the JEDI award. Plus, there’s a new integration partners can sell.
There’s never a dull moment in the world of cloud, that’s for sure. Get the latest scoop this week, from an update on the ongoing JEDI saga to a new product integration to some interesting quarterly results.
AWS May Stand a Chance at JEDI After All
We now know why work on the Department of Defense’s Joint Enterprise Defense Infrastructure (JEDI) project ground to a halt last month.
Recently unsealed federal court documents show that Judge Patricia E. Campbell agreed with Amazon Web Services that Microsoft’s bid contained a “host of errors.”
The DoD last fall awarded the potentially $10 billion project to Microsoft Azure, prompting AWS to cry foul. AWS contends President Trump, in his ongoing public beef with the Jeff Bezos-owned Washington Post, told officials to “screw” Amazon, according to multiple reports.
AWS further says Microsoft’s technology didn’t actually meet certain requirements and, therefore, should have been disqualified. AWS says the storage platform Microsoft proposed to use for JEDI is “noncompliant” because it does not allow for online and replicated storage, SiliconANGLE reported.
Smith agreed that AWS “likely is correct,” the outlet noted, and that the DoD probably should have dinged Microsoft, a move that would have strengthened AWS’ chances of winning JEDI.
“The court considers it likely that [AWS’] chances of receiving the award would have increased absent defendant’s evaluation error,” she wrote, per FedScoop.
Microsoft has taken issue with the opinion. In a statement distributed to multiple media outlets, a spokesman said: “The decision disagreed with a lone technical finding by the Department of Defense about data storage under the evaluation of one sub-element of one price scenario. We have confidence in our technology, our bid, and the professional staff at the Department of Defense. We believe that we will ultimately be able to move forward with the work. Time matters because those who serve our country urgently need access to this essential modern technology.”
The federal court has yet to rule on the AWS case against Microsoft and the Department of Defense. All parties remain tied up in procedural matters, which take a long time.
Calabrio-Twilio Integration Improves ‘Human Experience’
Calabrio, which develops software for contact centers, now integrates with Twilio’s programmable cloud contact center platform, Flex.
Calabrio’s Matt Matsui
Pairing the two companies’ expertise combines the capabilities of workforce engagement management and contact center as a service, the vendors said.
“There is a shift in the marketplace as customers desire a connected environment rather than disparate systems or data silos,” said Matt Matsui, chief product officer at Calabrio.
In practical terms, contact centers now may use one out-of-the-box platform for routing communication and workflows, expanding channels, capturing data, conducting quality evaluations, using analytics and more. Other features include forecasting and scheduling agents for interactions, tapping into interaction analytics, and sending important information to agents to elevate the customer experience, according to the companies.
Calabrio’s Ross Daniels
For channel partners, the Calabrio-Twilio integration means the ability to offer more scalable, customizable and data-driven capabilities, Ross Daniels, vice president, global partner organization at Calabrio, told Channel Futures.
“The integration between Calabrio One and Twilio Flex is all about making our combined offering simpler and better, with the human experience in mind,” Daniels said. “Calabrio One and Twilio Flex help modern contact centers to more seamlessly predict and plan resources, map customer interactions and gather impactful analytics that ultimately empower agents and customers alike. Calabrio’s more than 200 reseller partners can offer Calabrio One to customers today for integration with Twilio Flex.”
Oracle Revenue Exceeds Expectations Thanks to Cloud
Oracle saw higher quarterly revenue than analysts and investors expected, thanks to its cloud software and services.
Total revenue rose nearly 2% to $9.8 billion, beating analysts’ average estimate of $9.75 billion, Reuters reported. Profit fell to $2.57 billion in the third quarter that ended Feb. 29, down from $2.75 billion.
The cloud services and license support unit, however, which makes up more than half of Oracle’s revenue, grew 4% to $6.93 billion.
That proved solid momentum for a vendor that has had some difficulty keeping pace with AWS, Azure and Google Cloud.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 13, 2020 at 08:56PM
Added: Mar 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
SolarWinds Announces Discovery and Orion Platform Integration Amid Coronavirus Pandemic
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
SolarWinds Announces Discovery and Orion Platform Integration Amid Coronavirus Pandemic
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/solarwinds-announces-discovery-and-orion-platform-integration-amid-coronavirus-pandemic/
This integration will empower IT pros to get a handle on IT spending, risk levels and more.
SolarWinds is integrating its Discovery and Orion platforms to help reduce IT overspending and risk levels while improving service management processes.
The company says this integration will enable IT professionals to easily consolidate and gain visibility into asset information within SolarWinds Service Desk — an increasingly important capability for maintaining security and efficiency as more company assets are spread out across the country due to increasing remote work.
SolarWinds’ Steve Stover
“The IT assets organizations are required to manage continuously evolve, and SolarWinds understands the communication, security and tracking challenges that today’s IT professionals face,” said Steve Stover, vice president of product strategy at SolarWinds. “From quickly diagnosing and resolving major outages to preventing overspending on technology, IT teams play a vital role in meeting business objectives. This integration will empower IT professionals to get a handle on IT spending, risk levels, and the operational impact of assets to IT services.”
Fully integrated with SolarWinds Service Desk, SolarWinds Discovery provides various methods for things like tracking, monitoring and managing data from technology devices, providing IT with complete and real-time visibility of software and hardware assets as they pertain to incidents, requests, changes and other asset life-cycle processes. The Orion platform is the common technology platform for a number of SolarWinds IT operations and application management products that can automatically generate tickets within SolarWinds Service Desk, allowing IT teams to get in there and resolve network and systems issues more quickly.
In light of coronavirus-related work-from-home mandates coming from companies all around the world, we wanted to know how this integration might help MSPs proactively protect employees by enabling remote work functionality.
“A fully remote workforce creates major operational challenges and security risks for organizations,” Stover told Channel Futures. “Between the influx of logins from different networks and employees’ hardware spread out across the world, there’s a higher chance an outage or security breach will occur. By integrating SolarWinds Discovery and the Orion platform, IT professionals gain more visibility into performance monitoring and asset management. The integration allows IT teams who might not have physical access to their company’s systems to fully track and monitor all devices in their network.”
Stover also mentioned that in this unprecedented time, SolarWinds is dedicated to helping IT pros make the most out of the products that they have to address the unique problems created by the coronavirus; specifically, the company’s suite of ITSM solutions helps companies support remote work by enabling IT teams to have complete visibility into all IT assets in their network spread out across the world, he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 14, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Mar 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell: Businesses Struggling to Protect Massive Amounts of Data
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell: Businesses Struggling to Protect Massive Amounts of Data
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-businesses-struggling-to-protect-massive-amounts-of-data/
Having a data protection strategy is important for any organization.
Businesses on average are managing nearly 40% more data than they were a year ago, while the estimated total cost of data loss has increased to more than $1 million per organization.
That’s according to Dell Technologies‘ Global Data Protection Index 2020 Snapshot. The snapshot surveyed 1,000 IT decision makers across 15 countries at public and private organizations with more than 250 employees about the impact these challenges and advanced technologies have on data-protection readiness.
Dell EMC’s Ruya Atac-Barrett
Ruya Atac-Barrett, vice president of data protection marketing at Dell EMC, tells us as organizations begin to understand the value of their data and the importance of protecting it, they will hopefully start to look for more control over their data-protection processes.
“The study reported 81% of respondents said that their organization’s existing data protection solution(s) would not be able to meet all future business challenges,” she said. “That said, organizations will need to look for simple, easy-to-manage solutions from a single vendor that enable greater control with less wasted time. Also important to note, these solutions need to provide the global scale organizations require to protect applications and data wherever they are deployed.”
The more aware and conscious organizations are about the need for data-protection readiness, the more informed they will be selecting a vendor, Atac-Barrett said. Being more in tune with the state of the industry, organizations are primed to meet their organizational concerns.
The majority of respondents indicated a lack of confidence in their solutions to help them recover data following a cyberattack, adhering to compliance regulations, meeting application service levels and preparing for future data protection business requirements, she said.
“This presents a significant opportunity for our channel partners and MSP communities to help customers consolidate and simplify their data-protection environment to improve data protection and recovery service-level agreements, meet compliance objectives, enhance their cyber resiliency capabilities, lower costs and simplify IT so that organizations can spend less time on IT management and more time focusing on innovation,” Atac-Barrett said.
More than half of organizations struggle to find adequate data protection solutions for emerging technologies like 5G and edge infrastructure (67%), and AI and ML platforms (64%), according to the snapshot.
Organizations now are managing 13.53 petabytes (PB) of data. The biggest threat to all of this data seems to be the growing number of disruptive events, from cyberattacks, to data loss and systems downtime. The majority of organizations suffered a disruptive event in the last 12 months, and an additional 68% fear their organization will experience a disruptive event in the next 12 months.
The costs associated with data loss are significantly higher for those organizations using more than one data protection vendor — nearly twice the downtime-related costs and almost five-times higher data loss costs, on average.
“One of the main reasons for the increasing cost of data loss is the increasing amount of data itself,” Atac-Barrett said. “The more data that is lost, the higher the associated costs will be; therefore, organizations must update their data protection strategy, and adopt proven and modern solutions that can automatically discover and protect new workloads (virtual, containers, cloud-native, SaaS) as they are deployed across …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 14, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Mar 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Get Ready for 5G
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Get Ready for 5G
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/get-ready-for-5g/
Given the multifaceted nature of 5G and security, it’s critical for organizations to understand and prepare for the technology’s impact.
5G technologies and networks are bringing exciting new possibilities for the enterprise. Many organizations are taking a proactive stance by anticipating the security requirements that will come with the new technology. Given the multifaceted nature of 5G and security, it’s critical for organizations to understand the magnitude of this undertaking.
You can check out a recent blog with some of the results of a recent study we conducted with 451 Group: AT&T Cybersecurity Insights™ Report: Security at the Speed of 5G. But wouldn’t a webinar be more fun? Great news–there is just such a webinar available on demand.
In the webinar we cover:
• How 5G will transform the network with such things as Multi-edge Computing (MEC) and IoT
• Where 5G may present new security challenges and where it offers security benefits with a shared security model
• Which security controls will become most critical in the 5G future
• What security practitioners should focus on to get a head start on 5G
You can access the webinar by clicking here.
Tawnya Lancaster, webinar host, joined AlienVault as a Senior Product Marketing Manager in 2018. Previously, she served as the Director of Global Communications for Skybox Security, where she specialized in cybersecurity thought leadership for the vulnerability and threat management and firewall and security policy management space. She graduated from Oregon State University with a B.A. in English and has received certification in Stanford’s Professional Publishing course, an intensive program for established publishing and communication professionals.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 14, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Mar 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Blending SIEM and SD-WAN for Increased Security at the Edge
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Blending SIEM and SD-WAN for Increased Security at the Edge
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/blending-siem-and-sd-wan-for-increased-security-at-the-edge/
A combination of SD-WAN and SIEM power secure and agile networks that are fit to handle today’s digital transformations.
Highly distributed enterprises with many branch locations are rethinking their approach to network management and security. Software-defined wide area networking (SD-WAN) is a crucial technology that offers an affordable network infrastructure with greater network connectivity options combined with capabilities to protect branch devices and data. SD-WAN has been further extended to the concept of SD-Branch consisting of an SD-WAN architecture with a single multi-function edge device that replaces the need for separate routers, firewalls, cellular modems and access points. When fully rounded out with multi-layer security controls, cellular data and a cloud orchestrator, these enterprises are able to quickly deploy, secure and manage their networks with unprecedented visibility.
However, until recently, these SD-Branch solutions still lacked the ability to deliver the more immediate threat detection and effective response capabilities of cybersecurity’s proven workhorse: security information and event management (SIEM). Today’s cyber criminals seek to exploit any weakness in people, processes and technology, making advanced threat protection even more vital. Long found in the IT arsenal of larger enterprises, SIEM capabilities are rapidly being adopted within the SD-WAN edge to enhance visibility and to layer on additional cybersecurity protection. The need for SIEM capabilities at the branch level has increased greatly as more and more network traffic goes through the internet instead of being tunneled back to a corporate data center. As a result, the branch network is more likely to be vulnerable to cyber attacks.
Assessing the security posture of an organization is a key component of a SIEM solution. A SIEM system delivers comprehensive log analytics with audit-ready compliance capabilities. It identifies security threats, malware, unusual behavior and suspicious network traffic, and alerts you when you’re under attack. When coupled with a 24/7 security operations center (SOC), a SIEM system reduces complexity by combining connectivity, threat detection and compliance management into a single suite of managed network services. The synthesis of edge networking with SIEM capabilities enables better and faster security decision making.
Highly distributed organizations are looking to enhance visibility and agility while streamlining security operations and optimizing resources. In particular, network service providers are driving the value of coupling SD-WAN and SIEM through the support of managed security service providers (MSSPs). Key capabilities cited as the result of this cybersecurity convergence are:
Improved branch network visibility: Visibility across the entire organization is a crucial requirement in today’s “always-on” organization. A loss of visibility can lead to inefficient manual workarounds, network performance issues or, worse yet, security gaps that go undetected. IT teams of all sizes need single-pane-of-glass visibility and management to defend against advanced threats. Comprehensive 24/7 coverage from network and security experts comes with the integration of a managed SD-WAN and a managed SIEM solution.
Practical security operations: Collecting, correlating, monitoring and alerting on edge devices requires time and expertise that are often in short supply within distributed businesses like quick-serve restaurants (QSRs). With no additional agents or consoles to manage, the addition of SIEM capabilities to SD-WAN edge solutions like Netsurion BranchSDO ensures that you receive only
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 14, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Mar 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Avnet IoT Partner Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
More than Half of MSPs Provide IoT Managed Services
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
More than Half of MSPs Provide IoT Managed Services
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/more-than-half-of-msps-provide-iot-managed-services/
More than half of surveyed MSPs see a significant business opportunity in offering IoT managed services today.
Managed service providers see emerging technology as a significant source of business opportunity over the next couple of years. More than one-half of respondents to a recent CompTIA survey already offer IoT managed services.
The majority of MSPs have opted to take on IoT managed services as part of their portfolio, despite the fact that, according to Omdia data, enterprise adoption of IoT still hovers around 29%. But MSPs see significant business advantage in offering IoT managed services, according to the CompTIA report, “Trends in Managed Services.” Of 400 MSPs, 53% of respondents provide IoT managed services.
At the same time, MSPs are largely focused on traditional areas of IT: help desk (63%) networking (59%) and cybersecurity (55%).
Additionally, 52% say that skills in cybersecurity will be the No. 1 action to help ensure solid market performance over the next two years.
So while MSPs still place their focus on traditional services, market data indicates that their bet on IoT managed services makes sense.
The global managed IoT services market is expected to grow from approximately $21.9 billion in 2016 to $79.6 billion by 2021, at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 29.5% during that period (2016-2021), according to MarketsandMarkets.
CompTIA’s Carolyn April
According to the CompTIA study, 55% of respondents say that IoT presents significant revenue opportunities today, while 37% say that business opportunities are still one to two years away. But respondents also cite several challenges associated with running a managed IoT practice — keeping IoT hardware updated (54%), hiring people with the right skills (51%), staying on top of security concerns (46%) and the learning curve with IoT technology (46%).
Ultimately, MSPs may experience the greatest success with a familiar combination — a hybrid set of offerings.
“We see real excitement over new areas that have the potential to help MSPs tap new recurring revenue streams, attract new business and expand engagements with current customers,” said Carolyn April, senior director, industry analysis at CompTIA. “The successful MSP is likely to feature a combination of bedrock basic services and new, premium offerings.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 16, 2020 at 05:19PM
Added: Mar 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
VMware Partner Connect
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
Everything You Need to Know About Office 365 Tenant to Tenant Migrations
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Everything You Need to Know About Office 365 Tenant to Tenant Migrations
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/everything-you-need-to-know-about-office-365-tenant-to-tenant-migrations/
Office 365 has grown tremendously since it was first publicly released in 2011. Over the last few years, Microsoft has invested a lot in making the collaboration between different tenants easier. While these features do make cross-tenant collaboration easier, they are not always enough. Unfortunately, Microsoft is yet to provide a toolset that addresses the challenges of moving users and data between one or more Office 365 tenants.
This eBook to Office 365 Tenant to Tenant Migration was created to alleviate some of the uncertainties, and better prepare you for this challenging task. Inside you’ll find guidance and insight for managing a Tenant to Tenant migration project.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 17, 2020 at 02:51AM
Added: Mar 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
The HE150: Small Footprint Big Possibilities
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
The HE150: Small Footprint, Big Possibilities
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/the-he150-small-footprint-big-possibilities/
Scale Computing announced the HE150 appliance at the Gartner IO conference in December. This latest appliance in our HC3 Edge series is by far our smallest and maybe our most exciting. I personally think it is extremely cool, and I wanted to share my thoughts about the HE150 and why it might be of interest to you.
What is it?
The HE150 appliance is based on the Intel NUC, and it is small. Really small. The NUC could easily be mistaken for a thin client device rather than a hyperconverged virtualization host. It is only 1.5”H x 4.6”W x 4.4”D in size (38 x 117 x 112mm), and while you can easily fit three in the width of a 1U rack enclosure, the small size is designed to be used in spaces outside a typical server rack.
The HE150 is agile. What does that mean? It means it can run in ambient temperatures in remote office, store, warehouse, hospital, lab, classroom, etc. It is quiet, and it consumes less power than a typical server-class appliance. It is meant to go where it is needed without requiring its own special environment to be able to operate. It can live at the edge where larger servers may not fit well.
Inside this compact form of the HE150 is an Intel Core i3, i5 or i7 processor, up to 64GB of RAM, a 1GbE NIC, and an NVMe drive up to 2TB. For the small size, that is a lot of power, but, I know, not what you might expect for a full virtualization stack designed to run business-critical applications (for which it is designed, by the way). The real power comes not from being able to pack on more punch in the chassis, but by being smarter with the resource usage in the software—namely, the HyperCore operating system.
HyperCore is extremely lightweight compared to other hyperconverged virtualization stacks, mainly because of the storage architecture. HyperCore, in which the SCRIBE storage layer is embedded, allocates only about 4GB of RAM to operate. Compare this to other HCI solutions that require virtual storage appliances (VSAs), which are entire VMs consuming upward of 24 to 32GB of RAM before you even start creating VMs. You aren’t going to find those solutions available in a small appliance like the NUC, especially where you may be targeting an appliance with 16GB of RAM.
What is it for?
I’m guessing you are already formulating some scenarios as to where the HE150 might be a good fit. The truth is that the possibilities are hardly limited. I’ve been describing what a single appliance looks like, but it is probably best to remind you that this is not just a one-off little appliance. It is hyperconverged, which means you can seamlessly cluster it with two or more other appliances to create a fully redundant, highly available infrastructure.
The HyperCore operating system is designed to prevent downtime by making the storage and compute highly available across the nodes of a cluster. One appliance can fail, and you still have two nodes running with almost no downtime. This means those business-critical apps you need to run at your remote offices–stores, facilities, etc.–are going to be always on. When an appliance does fail, it is easily replaced while those apps are still running.
And, possibly the best thing about the HE150 is that
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 17, 2020 at 02:51AM
Added: Mar 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
Remote Workers Can Increase Cyber Threat to Employers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Remote Workers Can Increase Cyber Threat to Employers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/remote-workers-can-increase-cyber-threat-to-employers/
MSPs and MSSPs can help companies stay safe as more employees work from home.
Cybersecurity is a growing issue as more companies require their employees to work remotely as a precaution against spreading the coronavirus.
It’s one thing to say that workers will work remotely, and access sensitive and confidential information via the internet. It’s quite another to be able to assure executive management that information is protected and compliance mandates are met, according to Janco Associates.
Janco’s Victor Janulaitis
“In talking with a number of our clients, as they rushed to allow a greater percentage of their employees to work from home, we highlighted several risks small and midsized companies faced,” said Janco CEO Victor Janulaitis. “The risks ranged from a more complicated record management, destruction and retention process to exposure of confidential and sensitive information to individuals within the companies that did not know what they could not do with that information.”
Getting telecommuting going is not as difficult as it may sound, he said. What is an issue is the volume of sensitive and confidential information that will be exposed without the proper infrastructure to protects those corporate assets, he said.
Bitdefender’s Liviu Arsene
Liviu Arsene, global cybersecurity researcher at Bitdefender, tells us remote workers can severely increase the risk of suffering breaches or inadvertent data leaks if their employer has inadequate security procedures involving access and handing of critical customer data.
“For example, an employee using his/her work laptop at home may use it for private activities, or even share it with family members,” he said. “Inadvertently copy-pasting sensitive data into the wrong window, installing an unsanctioned applicationor using an unsecure internet connection are just a few scenarios where an employee could pose security risks that could lead to compromise of on-device data or company infrastructure.”
Surveys have shown as much as half of SMBs have suffered a cyberattack within a single year, and that a data breach can be devastating, even potentially leading to the business’s permanent shutdown, Arsene said.
“Allowing remote employees to connect to and access critical infrastructure without having proper authorization, authentication and accountability in place significantly increases the risk of cybercriminals misusing that access,” he said. “The current cybersecurity skills shortage coupled with small cybersecurity budgets and the security challenges brought forward by remote employees can spell disaster for SMBs.”
SMBs that face the challenge of fortifying security while supporting remote employees can confidently turn to MSPs and MSSPs for expertise, support and 24/7 reliability in terms of deploying the right tools and procedures at a fraction of cost, Arsene said. Investing in an in-house cybersecurity team can drive operational costs well beyond the comfort zone of SMBs, while partnering with managed service or security service providers offers the same benefits with minimum expenses, he said.
“Another option that SMBs have is relying on managed detection and response (MDR) services that act as security operations center (SOC)-as-a-service,” he said. “Security operation centers are something that only large organizations have traditionally been able to afford for threat hunting of advanced and sophisticated intruders. However, through MDR, SMBs can also defend themselves…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 17, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Mar 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
VMware Cisco Veteran Is Metallics New Channel Chief
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
VMware, Cisco Veteran Is Metallic’s New Channel Chief
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/vmware-cisco-veteran-is-metallics-new-channel-chief/
John Schwan will drive and grow the company’s fledgling partner program and bring in new customers.
Commvault’s Metallic SaaS backup and recovery subsidiary’s new stand-alone channel partner program is being headed by a channel veteran who previously worked for Puppet, VMware and Cisco.
Metallic’s John Schwan
The new partner program recently hired John Schwan as Metallic’s head of global partner sales and programs to lead the effort, according to the company. The move comes five months after Metallic backup was created out of Commvault’s own tech incubator and made into its own subsidiary.
In his new role, Schwan will be focusing on the upcoming full launch of Metallic’s channel partner program as well as driving the company’s partner engagement and growth. Metallic’s creation was announced at Commvault’s GO conference in October 2019. Metallic is targeting its services to SMB customers that require fast, flexible and powerful data backup and recovery capabilities using a software-as-a-service delivery model. Customers can use the services to back up their data to Metallic’s cloud, to another cloud or to on-premises storage. The company uses a 100% channel-based sales program.
At October’s Commvault GO event, Metallic announced its first two distribution partners, Arrow and Ingram Micro, as well as several of its first VAR partners, including Insight, CDW and Sirius, Schwan told Channel Futures. “Partners are being added as the venture grows, with Zones being the latest addition. We’re currently working to build out and eventually launch an entirely new channel program.”
The company is preparing to launch its full partner program at scale in the next fiscal year, said Schwan. It will be completely separate from the parent company’s channel program, but it will be designed to be leveraged by existing Commvault partners, he said.
“I plan to expand Metallic’s partner program by providing partners with rich attack opportunities and a frictionless velocity sales model,” said Schwan. “My focus will be on empowering our partners to use Metallic to meet their customers’ evolving data protection needs, while at the same time growing their business.”
Schwan said he is excited to take on the new role after working on channel partner programs for a wide range of other companies in his career. “I am excited to take my learnings of global partner execution – most recently at Puppet, but also in roles at Tintri and VMware – to Metallic and to the hypergrowth SaaS market. The opportunity to lead the revenue execution for a 100% channel-based company and build a world-class team is something every channel chief dreams of.”
Metallic’s SaaS backup and recovery products use Commvault’s core technology to deliver its SaaS data protection capabilities. Metallic’s services are available in three…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 17, 2020 at 04:51AM
Added: Mar 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
Why settle for just any IoT platform?
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Why settle for just any IoT platform?
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/why-settle-for-just-any-iot-platform/
Security, interoperability, IT/OT, and hosting are crucial considerations.
The Internet of Things (IoT) is the evolution of machine-to-machine (M2M) technology that facilitates the interconnection of sensors, machines, IT systems and management platforms to enable the “smart world” around us. The leading technology behind this latest industrial revolution—Industry 4.0—IoT, is signalizing major changes and disruptions in both the internet and manufacturing industries. Wireless networks, sensor technology, and cloud-based and real-time computing make it possible to collate and analyze data across machines to make processes faster and more efficient. However, installing a system to monitor machines is only a first step. To capitalize on IoT, manufacturers need to make systemic changes across the organization.
Read more here.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 17, 2020 at 04:51AM
Added: Mar 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
Californias Consumer Privacy Act and the Cloud
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
California’s Consumer Privacy Act and the Cloud
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/californias-consumer-privacy-act-and-the-cloud/
Enforcement begins July 1 — it’s time to look to readiness.
Victoria Geronimo
By Victoria Geronimo, Product Manager, Security & Compliance, 2nd Watch
Since the European Union introduced the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) in 2018, all eyes have been on the United States to see if it will follow suit. While a number of states have enacted data privacy statutes, California’s Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) is the most comprehensive U.S. state law to date. Entities were expected to be in compliance with CCPA as of Jan. 1; enforcement begins July 1.
CCPA compliance requires entities to think about how the regulation will affect their cloud infrastructures and development of cloud-native applications. Specifically, companies must understand where personally identifiable information (PII) and other private data lives and how to process, validate, complete and communicate consumer information and consent requests.
How to Ensure CCPA Compliance
CCPA gives California residents greater privacy rights over their data that is collected by companies. It applies to any business that has customers in California and that either has gross revenue of more than $25 million or that acquires personal information from more than 50,000 consumers per year. It also applies to companies that earn more than half their annual revenue selling consumers’ personal information.
To ensure compliance, the first thing firms should look at is whether they’re collecting PII, and if they are, ensuring they know exactly where it’s going. CCPA not only mandates that California consumers have the right to know what PII is being collected, it also states that customers can dictate whether it’s sold or deleted. Further, if a company suffers a security breach, California consumers have the right to sue that company under the state’s data notification law. This increases the potential liability for companies whose security is breached, especially if their security practices don’t conform to industry standards.
Regulations regarding data privacy are proliferating and it’s imperative that companies set up an infrastructure foundation that helps them evolve fluidly with these changes to the legal landscape, as opposed to “frankensteining” their environments to play catch up.
The first is data mapping in order to know where all consumer PII lives and, importantly, where California consumer PII lives. This requires geographic segmentation of the data. There are multiple tools, including cloud-native ones, that empower companies with PII discovery and mapping.
Secondly, organizations will need to have a data deletion mechanism in place and an audit trail for data requests, so that they can prove they have investigated, validated and adequately responded to requests made under CCPA. The validation piece is also crucial – companies must make sure the individual requesting the data is who they say they are.
And thirdly, having an opt-in or out system in place that allows consumers to consent to their data being collected in the first place is essential for any company doing business in California. If the website is targeted at children, there must be a specific opt-in request for any collection of California consumer date. These three steps must be followed with an audit trail that can validate each of them.
The Cloud
It’s here that we start to consider the impact on cloud journeys and cloud-native apps, as this is where…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 17, 2020 at 11:26PM
Added: Mar 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cisco Hitachi Vantara Workers Pink-Slipped in California
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cisco, Hitachi Vantara Workers Pink-Slipped in California
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cisco-hitachi-vantara-workers-pink-slipped-in-california/
Cisco’s layoffs follow the elimination of hundreds of positions since 2018.
Nearly 550 employees at Cisco and Hitachi Vantara are losing their jobs in California.
According to Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification (WARN) notices with the California Employment Development Department, Cisco is cutting 171 workers at its Milpitas facility and 224 workers at its San Jose facility. The layoffs were scheduled to take place on or within 13 days following Feb. 26. Any affected employees on approved leaves of absence will be laid off 14 days following their return.
None of the employees are represented by a union and don’t have any bumping rights applicable to their positions. Many of the impacted positions are involved in software engineering.
Cisco couldn’t be reached for comment on the layoffs.
Cisco laid off nearly 500 workers in California last August amid reporting a drop in sales to service providers and falling sales in China. That followed more than 400 Cisco workers being let go in November 2018 in San Jose.
Hitachi Vantara plans to lay off 151 employees, including 52 workers at its Santa Clara facility and 99 remote workers. The layoffs are expected to occur on March 31 and April 30. Terminated employees won’t be able to displace other workers based on seniority or any other factor. Impacted positions include software development engineers, master solutions consultants, senior software development engineers, specialist technical consultants and more.
Hitachi Vantara said with its recent integration with Hitachi Consulting and acquisition of Waterline Data, it is transforming into a “new kind of digital infrastructure and solutions company.”
“We are now simultaneously operating in the fast growth data management and analytics market and in the mature global data storage market,” it said. “The global storage market is currently delivering only modest growth – a trend many of our competitors have also noted. We remain committed to the success of both our infrastructure and digital solutions businesses; however, like many of our industry peers, we have had to make some tough decisions to simplify and streamline our operations, improve our financial performance and position ourselves for long-term success – this includes head count reductions to optimize our organization.”
These moves are important to accelerate Hitachi Vantara’s transformation and growth, the company said.
“To support our impacted employees as they transition, we are providing financial assistance and support for continuation of medical benefits, as well as outplacement services,” it said. “We remain optimistic that we can take share from our storage competitors with the recent introduction of the Hitachi VSP 5000.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 17, 2020 at 11:26PM
Added: Mar 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
Samsungs Ascend Partner Program Combines Display and Mobile Channels
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Samsung’s Ascend Partner Program Combines Display and Mobile Channels
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/samsungs-ascend-partner-program-combines-display-and-mobile-channels/
The new program offers unified assets and benefits across product groups.
Samsung Electronics America is consolidating the distinct partner programs of its mobile, display and SSD businesses under a common umbrella.
The Ascend Partner Program, launched today, replaces the longstanding Samsung Team of Empowered Program (STEP). Samsung’s new Ascend program aims to incentivize and make it easier for partners to attach products in solutions that come from different commercial and enterprise product groups, notably displays and mobile devices.
Samsung is hoping to leverage its popular consumer brand and powerful marketing capabilities with a more unified business-to-business go-to-market effort, a move which also promises more upside for the company’s B2B partners. Increasingly, B2B has become a larger percentage of Samsung’s overall revenues. The revenue shift has translated to a greater emphasis on R&D for more B2B products.
Samsung’s Michael Coleman
“We can deliver even better solutions that are really solving business problems for our customers, both here in the U.S. and abroad,” said Michael Coleman, vice president of Samsung America’s B2B mobile channel, during a press briefing to outline the new Ascend partner program. Combining the programs shows a renewed awareness that B2B will become a key driver of growth for Samsung, according to industry analyst Maribel Lopez of Lopez Research.
Lopez Research’s Maribel Lopez
“It shows Samsung recognizes that the channel is the only way to effectively scale growth,” Lopez told Channel Futures. “Samsung’s a big company and it’s important that it unifies its products under one sales umbrella. The strategy shows that they have thought through providing both access to information and channel incentives. It’s no longer enough to build quality products, it’s crucial that Samsung develops a strong channel.”
Samsung is betting that its newly launched Ascent partner portal, under development for nearly a year and based on ZiftOne from Zift Solutions, will play a key role in delivering improved access to information on sales programs, marketing collateral, incentives, training resources and technical assets. “This Ascend portal is a the culmination of our attempt to bring both teams together from display [and] mobile to make it simple to access new information and to really help you, and you help us, in terms of the growth that we both need to generate,” Coleman said.
Samsung’s Chris Mertens
“We wanted to create a one-stop shop — a portal that links all of our B2B assets in one program and to drive both mobile and channel partners into the same portal” added Chris Mertens, vice president of sales for Samsung’s display division. Mertens emphasized the fact that partners who carry both Samsung’s mobility and display products won’t need to go through separate portals. “It’s the same business portal to enable [partners] to have access to all of the [same] processes and the data.”
Samsung invited a number of its partners to test the…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 18, 2020 at 01:51AM
Added: Mar 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
Kaseya Cysurance Team for Enhanced Compliance and Cyber Risk Solution
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Kaseya, Cysurance Team for Enhanced Compliance and Cyber Risk Solution
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/kaseya-cysurance-team-for-enhanced-compliance-and-cyber-risk-solution/
Cysurance and Kaseya Compliance Manager tool partner to deliver compliance and cyber risk management to small businesses.
Kaseya and cyber insurance provider Cysurance just announced a partnership to give MSPs the ability to help their growing customers better manage regulatory and online risks.
This is especially relevant in an era where upwards of 80% of small to midsized businesses will face a cyberattack and must carefully document and remediate their compliance processes. But those relying on outdated, manual compliance procedures are at risk of facing fines for noncompliance.
By bundling Kaseya Compliance Manager, the first and only purpose-built compliance process automation platform, with Cysurance’s cyber policy underwritten by Chubb (an insurance services provider), MSPs can offer customers greater value and increase recurring revenue. This reduces the risk of fines for noncompliance and provides remediation and reimbursement after a cyber incident.
Kaseya Compliance Manager allows MSPs to automate and simplify compliance for their customers, and the joint cyber insurance module helps them fulfill unique policy conditions that will continue to be invaluable in light of GDPR, CCPA, NY Shield, HIPAA and increasing regulations.
Kaseya’s Max Pruger
“Kaseya Compliance Manager delivers compliance-as-a-service and cysurance delivers cyber-insurance-as-a-service,” said Max Pruger, general manager of compliance at Kaseya in a press release. “This partnership gives MSPs a value-added offering that provides their customers not only with the tools to satisfy insurance policy conditions but also cost-effective, robust coverage to help them recover in the event of a breach.”
Cysurance’s Kirsten Bay
Kirsten Bay, co-founder and CEO of Cysurance, echoed Pruger’s sentiments.
“We’ve created a product that gives MSPs the ability to be their clients’ one-stop shop for the cyber risk management trifecta of effective cybersecurity, cyber governance and cyber insurance.”
Eighty percent of small and medium businesses worry they will be the victim of a cyberattack, and 93% are willing to change MSPs if offered enhanced cyber services. This new partnership with Kaseya Compliance Manager and Cysurance is certainly a move to watch as the stakes continue to get higher.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 18, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Mar 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
How Partners and MSSPS Can Help Customers Through SD-WAN and SD-Branch Deployment
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How Partners and MSSPS Can Help Customers Through SD-WAN and SD-Branch Deployment
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-partners-and-mssps-can-help-customers-through-sd-wan-and-sd-branch-deployment/
As network evolution accelerates across organizations, it is up to Fortinet partners and MSSPs to guide their customers through the deployment of SD-WAN and SD-Branch solutions.
For both enterprises and small and midsize businesses, network evolution has been accelerated through the adoption of cloud-first strategies. This network expansion often happens slowly, without centralized control or secure oversight. In some cases, however, these networks develop quickly, driven by new cloud-enabled strategies such as bring-your-own-device (BYOD), the internet of things (IoT), and software as a service (SaaS). Such rapid expansion generally causes networks to suffer from less centralized control and secure oversight.
As employees seek out the tools and services necessary to stay competitive in the modern digital economy, the rate at which these technologies are being added to your customers’ networks is noteworthy. With this new technology, network traffic increases can be significant, and oftentimes the legacy architectures that exist within the network simply cannot handle the new need for bandwidth. To account for modern, latency-sensitive systems, traditional strategies for handling traffic–ike multiprotocol label switching (MPLS)–must be revised to deliver the performance that today’s digital business environments demand.
How SD-WAN and SD-Branch Aid in Network Evolution
As they face network expansion, your customers must not underestimate the role of software-defined wide-area networking (SD-WAN) and SD-branch solutions. It is expensive to upgrade traditional MPLS systems, and, even when upgraded, these devices do little to simplify operations. For this reason, your customers need an affordable way to update and secure their evolving and distributed networks while also streamlining operations, visibility and control. Your customers need SD-WAN.
Partners and MSSPs have the opportunity to help customers enhance their networks and direct traffic to remote locations and branch offices. With secure SD-WAN solutions, network monitoring becomes centralized, providing network security teams with a more effective way to manage their WAN architecture. SD-branch solutions additionally allow organizations to simplify remote office infrastructure and push security to the edge.
As partners and MSSPs expand their offerings to meet customer needs, it is important to account for the fact that not all SD-WAN solutions offer the same level of performance. In fact, 80% of organizations surveyed report that their SD-WAN solution is difficult to manage, time-consuming and over-complicated.
Seeking out service providers who can facilitate SD-WAN-as-a-service can be a fundamental starting point for businesses looking to adopt new technologies. Fortinet partners and MSSPs can simplify this process by offering a consolidated networking solution as a value-added service to help customers enhance their networks and, further, their business offerings.
Seven Aspects to Consider When Offering SD-WAN and SD-Branch Solutions
More than half of businesses claim to have sought out managed security service providers to assist in the implementation and management of their networks. Below, we’ve provided a checklist to reference when offering these managed services to your customers:
More comprehensive security-Without centralized visibility, network infrastructures can have security gaps that leave businesses at risk of
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 18, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Mar 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
Could AWS Snatch JEDI Away from Microsoft Azure?
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Could AWS Snatch JEDI Away from Microsoft Azure?
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/could-aws-snatch-jedi-away-from-microsoft-azure/
Plus, find out what’s happening with two channel-friendly cloud management companies.
Microsoft’s Azure division is chomping at the bit to start major work on the JEDI project, but now there may be another hitch in the timeline. Meanwhile, two channel-friendly companies dedicated to cloud management and governance are making news partners will want to know. Check out the news below.
Amazon Really Might End up with JEDI
On the heels of news that a federal judge has seen fit to question the award of the Joint Enterprise Defense Infrastructure (JEDI) project to Microsoft Azure, comes word that the Department of Defense may be rethinking its October decision.
According to The New York Times and The Washington Post, among other outlets, the Pentagon is requesting 120 days from a federal court to “reconsider” some criteria.
There is a chance that means AWS could land the $10 billion cloud computing initiative.
“We are pleased that the DoD has acknowledged ‘substantial and legitimate’ issues that affected the JEDI award decision, and that corrective action is necessary,” an AWS spokesman told the Post in a statement. “We look forward to complete, fair, and effective corrective action that fully insulates the reevaluation from political influence and corrects the many issues affecting the initial flawed award.”
AWS continues to contend that President Trump influenced the outcome of the award to Microsoft because he has a public beef with Amazon founder and Washington Post owner Jeff Bezos.
Microsoft, not surprisingly, disagrees. A spokesman told the Post and New York Times that Microsoft believes the DoD made the “correct decision” in awarding JEDI to Azure.
“However, we support their decision to reconsider a small number of factors as it is likely the fastest way to resolve all issues and quickly provide the needed modern technology to people across our armed forces,” the spokesman said.
What happens next remains to be seen.
CoreStack Brings Venture Funding to $13 Million
CoreStack, a cloud governance startup founded in 2016, said on Tuesday it has secured an $8.5 million round of Series A funding.
That brings the Seattle-based company’s total so far to $13 million.
Naya Ventures led the latest round and the firm’s managing director, Dayakar Puskoor, will join CoreStack’s board of directors as a result.
CoreStack’s Ezhilarasan Natarajan
CoreStack, which sells through channel partners including resellers, MSPs and ISVs, says it will use the new infusion of money to expand sales, marketing and product development. CoreStack specializes in cloud governance and management, covering aspects including service consumption and cost, and metrics and compliance.
“As enterprises rapidly embrace cloud as a part of their digital transformation initiatives, there is an increasing need for continuous and autonomous governance across compliance, security, operations, cost and consumption,” Ezhilarasan Natarajan, CEO of CoreStack, said in a press release. “The financial partnership and enterprise expertise of Naya Ventures as well as the continued support of Z5 Capital and other investors will immensely help to accelerate the execution of our vision.”
Research firm Gartner placed CoreStack in the 2020 Magic Quadrant for Cloud Management Platforms and named it as one of…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 18, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Mar 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
How to Modernize the Apps that Matter Most and Automate the Path to Production
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How to Modernize the Apps that Matter Most and Automate the Path to Production
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-to-modernize-the-apps-that-matter-most-and-automate-the-path-to-production/
VMware Tanzu Kubernetes Grid removes Day 1 and Day 2 Kubernetes operations burden, enabling companies to take full advantage of the platform.
Nearly 90% of enterprise CIOs and SVPs believe that improving their application portfolio is key to improving the customer experience, according to a March 2020 Forrester Consulting paper commissioned by VMware, “Improving Customer Experience And Revenue Starts With The App Portfolio.” And 82% recognize that end customer experience is tied to revenue growth.
In fact, one of the first questions CIOs ask me today is, “How do I modernize my applications and operations to get new features to my customers faster and in a secure fashion?”
That’s why I’m excited to announce the initial, core elements of the VMware Tanzu portfolio are now generally available.
With VMware, you now can modernize the applications that matter most and automate the path to production. You also can modernize your infrastructure by establishing a unified operating model for virtual machines and containers within your private cloud. Moreover, by taking full advantage of Kubernetes, VMware can help you extend that consistent operating model across clouds.
Simplify the Operation of Modern Infrastructure at Scale
Application modernization efforts will inevitably lead an organization to use containers—those immutable packages of code and dependencies that can be deployed almost anywhere. But when running containers at scale in production, things can get complex. Our own research reveals the top barrier to Kubernetes adoption in the enterprise is lack of experience and expertise.
VMware is taking that Day 1 and Day 2 Kubernetes operations burden away with Tanzu Kubernetes Grid—a complete, easy-to-upgrade Kubernetes runtime with pre-integrated and validated components. It can run consistently across your data center, public cloud and edge to offer a unified experience for all development teams.
We’re also making it easy to extend an enterprise-ready Kubernetes operating model across data centers and clouds for the 80% of enterprise workloads that are already running on VMware. We do this by integrating Tanzu Kubernetes Grid as a service in vSphere 7 with Kubernetes, which is available as part of the cohesive VMware Cloud Foundation 4 stack. (Read more here about vSphere 7 with Kubernetes and VMware Cloud Foundation 4.)
With VMware, IT operators can provision Kubernetes clusters just as easily as they provision virtual machines. Developers are able to access conformant Kubernetes clusters through the native Kubernetes API. And the CIO now has the flexibility of a next-generation platform that can support both virtual machines and containers, the mixed workloads that make up modern applications.
As your Kubernetes footprint grows across multiple environments and clouds, you introduce greater challenges to applying consistent policy, security and compliance. That’s why we’re excited to announce the availability of Tanzu Mission Control as your centralized management platform for operating and securing your Kubernetes infrastructure. It provides operators a single governance control point while freeing developers to deploy to production without needing to know how to operate Kubernetes. Developers can get self-service access to clusters and namespaces across multiple public clouds—with security guardrails enforced at the infrastructure level by default.
Improve the Developer (and Operations) Experience
The transition from monolithic to microservices architectures has led to an explosion of open-source containers like MySQL, Redis, Elasticsearch and Kafka. These components are often pre-packaged images with little or no transparency into what is in the stack. Nor do they always conform to IT security and auditability standards.
VMware is tackling this challenge with
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 18, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Mar 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
Alfresco Software Buys Long-Time Partner TSG
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Alfresco Software Buys Long-Time Partner TSG
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/alfresco-software-buys-long-time-partner-tsg/
TSG has been an Alfresco partner since 2006.
Alfresco Software, an open source content services provider, has acquired long-term partner Technology Services Group (TSG), an enterprise content management software and services firm.
TSG provides advice, services and solutions, including strategic advisory, application development, software engineering and software products to clients in North America. It has been an Alfresco partner since 2006.
Alfresco provides cloud-native content services, including content management, process and governance capabilities, with AI and ML that extracts business insights from content. Terms of the acquisition weren’t disclosed.
Alfresco’s Jennifer Smith
Jennifer Smith, Alfresco’s chief marketing officer, tells us the acquisition was a “natural evolution as there are many synergies between the two organizations and their product offerings.”
“TSG has developed no-code case management, collaborative annotation, redaction, migration and massive scale solutions that will soon be available for Alfresco’s channels to further market,” she said. “TSG also offers extensive vertical solution expertise within the insurance (health and personal), manufacturing, life sciences, compliance [and] archival market segments.”
The acquisition is providing more technical expertise to enable Alfresco representatives and partners to get closer to customers’ business challenges, Smith said.
“It enables Alfresco to get closer to our customers and adds packaged solutions on the digital business platform,” she said.
TSG doesn’t have channel partners, Smith said.
“For the foreseeable future, TSG will operate independently,” Smith said. “Our goal is to ensure that the integration is completed without distracting from the day-to-day business. We expect to release Alfresco versions of some TSG products at the beginning of the summer and are evaluating them now. We will also review opportunities to leverage TSG’s expertise across our global customer base as well.”
“We are tremendously excited about the new opportunities that we will be able to bring to our clients and our employees by becoming part of Alfresco,” said Dave Giordano, TSG’s owner and founder. “Joining Alfresco allows us to continue to offer our products, solutions and services to all of our current clients as well as additional Alfresco customers, backed by the strength and support of a globally recognized leader in the content services market”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 18, 2020 at 04:51AM
Added: Mar 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
HIPAA Compliance Services Are a Path to New Recurring Revenue
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HIPAA Compliance Services Are a ‘Path to New Recurring Revenue’
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hipaa-compliance-services-are-a-path-to-new-recurring-revenue/
There’s a void when it comes to knowledge and IT expertise around HIPAA that MSPs can fill.
There’s no abatement when it comes to privacy and security regulations in the health care industry. In fact, industry experts see a number of HIPAA-related trends in 2020: cybersecurity, cloud, the growing pressure for increased and easier access to medical records by patients, states stepping up privacy and security regulations, as well as the use of apps and health data devices. And that’s only a handful of the trends likely to impact existing regulations. The changing compliance and security HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act) landscape points to a strong compliance practice opportunity for channel partners.
Without even looking ahead at trends that will reshape the HIPAA landscape, health care providers today struggle with compliance. One look at the most recent HIPAA news press releases on HHS.gov, reveals a long list of regulatory infringements.
Semel Consulting’s Mike Semel
During a recent RapidFire Tools webinar for MSPs on selling and delivering HIPAA compliance services, Mike Semel, president of Semel Consulting, shared some figures on Federal HIPAA enforcement penalties: 2014-2015, $14 million; 2016-2017, $42 million; and 2018-2019, $41 million.
“We expect HIPAA penalties to increase even more,” he said.
Why? According to Semel, a 35-year IT industry veteran, IT solution provider business owner, and compliance and HIPAA certified professional, in 2020 expect to see the government make up budget cuts with increased enforcement. That’s going beyond the increase in enforcement that occurred in 2019 that focused more on business associates, and rule changes that penalize organizations who do not self-report breaches.
Business associates are one of two groups – covered entities and business associates — both of whom the government says must comply with HIPAA. There are between 2 and 3 million business associates who work with the covered entities (about 700,000 and include health care providers and health plans).
“For every covered entity, they work with vendors, some of them work with hundreds of vendors. These are companies like yours, like mine that support covered entities and we may come in contact with either protected health information (PHI) or the systems that process and store it,” he said. “You don’t have to have access to the records themselves to comply with HIPAA as a business associate.”
RapidFire’s Mark Winter
Mark Winter, vice president sales at RapidFire Tools, a Kaseya company, noted that the next generation of MSPs will offer managed compliance services such as: HIPAA, GDPR and other privacy standard compliance; cyber liability insurance policy compliance, NIST Cybersecurity Framework compliance, and PCI compliance, among others.
“This is important because every business is regulated by at least one data breach law and many are regulated by other laws and rules,” said Winter. But, that’s not all. Penalties can be assessed for a single incident and can flow down to MSPs, in many cases. “So, compliance is becoming more important for us…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 19, 2020 at 01:36AM
Added: Mar 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cybersecurity Roundup: Coronavirus Threats Radware Axis Security Darktrace
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cybersecurity Roundup: Coronavirus Threats, Radware, Axis Security, Darktrace
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cybersecurity-roundup-coronavirus-threats-radware-axis-security-darktrace/
Increases in cyberattacks and ransom amounts are expected during the pandemic.
As the coronavirus pandemic continues, one thing organizations can count on is cybercriminals making the most of this stressful and uncertain time by expanding the scope and capabilities of their attacks.
Many companies and government agencies already have sent employees home to work remotely in response to concerns about the coronavirus, and thousands more likely will follow suit until concerns about the contagion ease. The International Association of IT Asset Managers (IAITAM) is warning that most employers may have rushed into making their decision without thinking through how to secure their most sensitive data.
IAITAM’s Barbara Rembiesa
“We always say that you can’t manage what you don’t know about and that is going to be a truth with nightmare consequences for many companies and government agencies struggling to respond to the coronavirus situation,” said Barbara Rembiesa, IAITAM’s CEO. “The impulse to send employees home to work is understandable, but companies and agencies without business continuity (BC) plans with a strong IT asset management (ITAM) component are going to be sitting ducks for breaches, hacking and data that is out there in the wild beyond the control of the company.”
To learn more about the increased risk during the coronavirus pandemic, we spoke with Tyler Moffitt, Webroot‘s security analyst, Alex Willis, BlackBerry‘s vice president of sales engineering and ISVs, and Scott Barlow, Sophos‘ vice president of global MSP.
Moffitt said he doesn’t see cybercriminals “being nice to us” during this difficult time of quarantine and pandemic outbreak.
Webroot’s Tyler Moffitt
“If anything, we will only see an increase of attacks and ransom amounts since this is when infrastructures of modern civilization are needed most, but have the least amount of time to react and debate on paying or negotiating the price,” he said. “Also, many of the cybercriminals who breach and ransom as a side job are now forced to either work from home or their shifts are completely canceled, leaving them with more time and motivation to make up their income elsewhere. This is a prime circumstance for increased cyberattacks, and individuals and businesses should be hyper aware of their behavior both online and offline.”
The risk of business email compromise (BEC) rises when people are out of the office and in different locations from normal, Moffitt said. Individuals who are responsible for sending payments or purchasing gift cards are targeted through spoof email accounts impersonating company executives or familiar parties, trying to trick victims into giving up wire transfers, credentials, gift cards and more, he said.
There’s been a reported increase in attacks on hospitals, email phishing campaigns and malware-infected Covid-19 mapping applications, Willis said.
“We see additional risk in the massive work-from-home transition,” he said. “Hackers know people are working from home on personal…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 19, 2020 at 02:56AM
Added: Mar 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Quantum Finalizes Acquisition of ActiveScale from Western Digital
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Quantum Finalizes Acquisition of ActiveScale from Western Digital
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/quantum-finalizes-acquisition-of-activescale-from-western-digital/
The deal to buy the object storage products line was announced in February and finalized this week.
ActiveScale’s object storage software and erasure coding businesses are now owned by digital storage vendor Quantum under an acquisition deal from Western Digital that was announced in February and finalized this week.
The completed acquisition now gives digital storage vendor Quantum a means to expand its products and services more deeply into the object storage market while extending its operations in storing and managing video and unstructured data, according to the company.
Object storage is typically used for the storage of video and other forms of unstructured data which requires high-speed capture and processing that is usually done with a file system like Quantum StorNext products. That unstructured data, which includes video and images for entertainment, surveillance and security, marketing and training and more, is often stored for years or decades by users.
Quantum has a history of working with the ActiveScale object storage product line by delivering and supporting it for customers over the last five years as a partner.
Quantum’s Eric Bassier
Eric Bassier, Quantum’s head of product marketing, told Channel Futures that the product acquisition will give the company’s VAR, reseller and other channel partners a broadened Quantum portfolio to help them solve their customers’ increasing IT challenges.
“Quantum now has a portfolio that includes high performance file storage with NVMe, massively scalable highly durable object storage, and tape storage for the lowest cost storage option,” said Bassier. “Our data management engine can move files and objects across these tiers of storage, to build the optimal infrastructures for massive unstructured data in industries such as scientific research, advanced driver assistance systems (ADAS), media and entertainment, manufacturing, enterprise backup, surveillance and more.”
To help prepare partners for the new ActiveScale products, Quantum has already offered an introductory training to partners and will offer a series of virtual trainings for all Quantum Alliance members starting in April, said Bassier. Quantum regional channel managers also plans to kick off a series of regional in-person trainings for key partners, he added.
The acquisition was fueled by repeated requests from partners to integrate the products officially into Quantum’s product line. “Quantum has been reselling the ActiveScale product line and technology for many years, and there was consistent feedback from both customers and partners that object storage would be a great addition to Quantum’s portfolio of products and solutions,” said Bassier. “We are convinced this will give our partners a broader opportunity set and even more reasons to work with Quantum.”
Media Workflow’s Liz Davis
Liz Davis, director of media workflow for systems integrator Diversified, a Quantum channel partner, told Channel Futures that her company has definitely been asking Quantum for an object storage offering for some time. Infrastructure engineers have a growing pressure to migrate data and workflows to…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 19, 2020 at 04:01AM
Added: Mar 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Scale Computing Relentlessly Simplifying IT Infrastructure
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 18, 2020 Via IFTTT
Video: App Modernization in a Multi-Cloud World
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Microsoft Readies PBX Phone Option for Teams as COVID-19 Drives Usage Surge
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Microsoft Readies PBX Phone Option for Teams as COVID-19 Drives Usage Surge
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/microsoft-readies-pbx-phone-option-for-teams-as-covid-19-drives-usage-surge/
Pictured above: Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella (left) and corporate vice president Jared Spataro (right) hold a virtual press briefing to discuss the impact of COVID-19.
Microsoft Teams usage has more than doubled in the past four months with the company revealing that 44 million people actively work with the chat-based communications and collaboration tool.
During the past week, the COVID-19 pandemic has fueled a spike in active Teams users by 12 million, or 38%, according to today’s new figures from Microsoft, as record numbers of people have suddenly become confined to working at home.
The latest surge comes as Microsoft commemorates the third anniversary of Teams, released in March 2017 to all business and enterprise Office 365 subscribers. Microsoft today is also marking the latest milestones with the delivery of conferencing enhancements to Teams, which will include telephony features with the April 1 release of Microsoft 365 Business Voice in 70 countries including the U.S.
Microsoft continues to emphasize the rapid pace in which Teams is becoming the centerpiece of Office 365. In addition to surging to 44 million users from 20 million in November and 13 million last summer, Microsoft claims more than 650 enterprises with over 10,000 people now actively use Teams. Likewise, Slack usage has escalated with the company recently stating that 70% of its users are enterprises that rely on Office 365.
Now with COVID-19 upending millions of workers throughout the world for a potentially indefinite amount of time, Microsoft Teams, Slack and similar tools such as Cisco Webex and Zoom are in the spotlight more intensely. In response, Microsoft is giving 6-month free trials to premium editions of Teams, Google is offering access to the advanced version of Hangouts to G Suite customers through July 1 and Zoom is providing its video conferencing service free to K-12 schools.
“It’s incredible to see how even in a time of uncertainty organizations of all sizes are using solutions like Teams so that they can continue to be productive and continue to move forward,” Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella said in a prerecorded discussion with corporate vice president Jared Spataro.
Microsoft 365 Business Voice
Microsoft’s 365 Business Voice
Initially rolled out in Canada and the U.K. in November, the global release of Microsoft 365 Business Voice will enable partners to offer PSTN calling with audioconferencing capability from the Teams client, and a cloud PBX option to organizations with up to 300 users.
“Microsoft 365 Business Voice for small and mid-sized businesses makes Teams a complete phone system,” Spataro said during the media briefing earlier this week. “It adds cloud-based telephony to Teams, for an all-in-one communication solution that brings together calling, chat, meetings, and collaboration,” Microsoft product manager for Office 365 Small Business, Jimmy Ward posted.
Available with Microsoft 365 and Office 365 subscriptions including the lower tier Essentials and Business editions, the service has a per-user, monthly cost of $20. It includes…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 20, 2020 at 02:51AM
Added: Mar 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
5 Ways to Build and Grow Your Cybersecurity Practice
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
5 Ways to Build and Grow Your Cybersecurity Practice
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/5-ways-to-build-and-grow-your-cybersecurity-practice/
Building a security business that offers customers the best value can be time-consuming and costly. Done right, it can deliver significant benefits.
Given the complex and growing threat landscape and the general lack of in-house security expertise–according to (ISC)2 research, there’s a shortage of 3 million cybersecurity professionals globally–today’s organizations are investing heavily in security products and solutions. So, the time to build or expand a sustainable security practice is now.
But figuring out how to build a security business that offers customers the best value and stands out from the rest can be time-consuming and costly. Done right, it can deliver significant benefits, such as adding a new revenue stream and cementing your status as a trusted advisor.
Through our Digital Security Practice Builder program, you will grow your practice in the following ways:
Determine market potential for your security practice: Launching a practice without a plan is akin to diving into the shallow end of the pool. Regardless of whether you want to dip your toes into security or take the full plunge, you must develop a strategy and determine whether there’s a market for your offerings.
Develop a differentiated security solution portfolio: What solutions and services are most profitable for your company and round out your security profile? Consider adding endpoint security expertise or grow your already thriving practice to include new vendors. To save you time, we’ve done the heavy lifting of providing you the research you need to select new vendors or build your expertise. This research will allow you to rationalize the right area of security for your investment and with the team you already have.
Execute a training program for your sales and technical teams: Whether you’re new to security or have an established practice, you will need to accrue skills and proficiency on emerging threats, security best practices, new and proven solutions, and more. Leveraging a tool like the Digital Security Practice Builder from Tech Data allows you to quickly and cost effectively train employees and build a culture that aids in retention, while delivering greater value to your customers.
Build a marketing plan to promote your practice: Building a solid security practice is only half the battle. Creating demand for and promoting your solutions and services requires the development and execution of a dynamic marketing plan.
Become more self-sufficient: Leverage a bench of expertise to recruit and retain in-house sales teams and professionals and grow your security practice. When the time is right, you can become a fully functioning and self-sufficient security business.
With demand high and profitability all but assured, the best time to build or grow your security practice is now. Click here to learn more about our Digital Security Practice Builder program. If you have questions about the Digital Security Practice Builder Program, please contact
[email protected].
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 20, 2020 at 02:51AM
Added: Mar 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
Distributors Rally to Support Partners During COVID-19 Crisis
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Distributors Rally to Support Partners During COVID-19 Crisis
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/distributors-rally-to-support-partners-during-covid-19-crisis/
Technology is essential to support business and communities throughout the pandemic.
As every channel partner business faces a litany of challenges to keep their company up and running, their customers satisfied and their employees safe, partners are looking for answers from distribution, a critical link in their business supply chain. Distributors are rallying for their partners during this unprecedented time. Here’s what we learned.
Channel Futures reached out to D&H Distributing, Ingram Micro, Pax8, Synnex, and Tech Data. [We will continue to reach out to these and other distributors and master agents in the coming days and weeks, as the situation remains fluid.]
All distributors, with the exception of Pax8 and Synnex, have some kind of COVID-19 action statement posted on their website at this time, and all distributors have been in contact with partners via email.
D&H’s Michael Schwab
If ever there was a distribution company ready to weather this crisis, it’s 102-year old D&H — in business since 1918, the year of the Spanish Flu, a deadly influenza pandemic. “We survived the Spanish Flu through World Wars, depressions, the great recession, so we have the fortitude to see this through and come out the other side,” Michael Schwab, co-president at D&H told Channel Futures.
In fact, he said, signs of disruption in the tech marketplace started with the Chinese Lunar New Year, around January 25. “We started to see the factories not getting back to full production due to the impact of the virus in China, which immediately led to some concerns about product availability through March and April. And, that, has played out on steroids, primarily because of the huge incremental demand that’s taken place over the last week as corporations and small businesses migrate to a remote working strategy,” said Schwab.
As businesses and schools move to a remote strategy, Chromebooks, Windows notebooks, etc., as well as other technology products, mice, keypads, docking stations, monitors and networking equipment are seeing constraints with increased demand.
“I don’t expect to see that change for over the next two to three weeks,” he said. “We’re trying to secure more inventory on our partner’s behalf.”
The distributor is fielding questions from customers about products as well as what to tell their customers. “We want to communicate how we can help them succeed, including talking to our credit department, sharing our business contingency planning and so on,” said Schwab.
D&H posted a co-president’s message from Dan Schwab and Michael Schwab, as well as a short video, and points partners to a dedicated email group to handle questions. The company has dedicated
[email protected] to escalate any urgent inquiries partners may have.
Michael Urban, president, worldwide technology solutions distribution at Synnex, echoed Schwab’s message. “The distribution supply chain will see challenges in…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 20, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Mar 19, 2020 Via IFTTT
How to Maximize Your Customers Return on Office 365 Licenses
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How to Maximize Your Customers’ Return on Office 365 Licenses
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-to-maximize-your-customers-return-on-office-365-licenses/
The disparity between licenses purchased and utilized comes down to the nuanced needs of those involved in the purchasing process.
Find out how you can help your customers maximize their return on Office 365 licensing in our upcoming webinar. Help them buy only what they need, when they need it, and adopt everything they buy. (Click here to register.)
This webinar addresses the widespread issue of over-licensed organizations and how to remediate the situation. An analysis of over 3.4 million Office 365 users found about 18% of purchased licenses unassigned, which equates to approximately $150,000 in savings per year for a 10,000-person company when managed properly, and even more when scaled up.
Why the disparity between what is purchased and what is utilized?
It comes down to the nuanced needs of those involved in the purchasing process, from procurement and IT to the business and Microsoft’s license sellers. Each participant in the buying process has very different needs and motivations. Understanding how each is related is key when seeking a solution.
Here’s how the over-licensing tragedy builds:
The first layer is purchasing, where they’re dependent on capital funding that is typically cyclical. Therefore, they purchase in waves to tide the organization over until the next round of funding is available.
Secondly, the IT department is aware that these procurement cycles can result in a lengthy approval process. In order to ensure that there will be enough licenses to go around on-demand, they may request more licenses than are actually needed at the time.
Lastly, purchasing managers are often encouraged to reduce contract costs, which creates a third layer where license sellers are motivated to create discounted, bundled SKUs that can be contradictory to actual business licensing needs.
Now you can see why everyone involved is on the surplus licensing bandwagon, but the licensing gap doesn’t stop there. Turning the initial gap into a gorge are the inconsistencies between licenses assigned and those actively adopted and used. This happens when users are assigned licenses without having a true grasp on actual user needs. Additionally, many organizations simply don’t have the proper tools to monitor active usage and react accordingly to the data, and very few are equipped with the skills required to drive adoption.
In short, it’s a “vicious” cycle resulting in over-licensed organizations, which is like leaving money on the table. So, how can you help organizations make sure there are enough licenses to go around and avoid surplus spending?
Using Data to Manage the License Lifecycle
The solution lies in License Lifecycle Management techniques and using
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 20, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Mar 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
COVID-19 Stalls Xeroxs Bid for HP
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
COVID-19 Stalls Xerox’s Bid for HP
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/covid-19-stalls-xeroxs-bid-for-hp/
Xerox to focus on the health of employees, customers and partners — for now.
Just when it seemed that nothing could stop Xerox’s relentless bid for HP Inc., along came COVID-19. In light of the pandemic, Xerox prioritized its focus on the health and safety of employees, customers and partners over its pursuit to acquire HP.
Xerox put the brakes on its acquisition mission about one week ago, right on the heels of two filings — the first made March 9th in support of Xerox’s slate of independent candidates to replace the HP board of directors at HP’s 2020 annual meeting of shareholders and the second made on March 10th to seek approvals from its shareholders related to the issuance of Xerox shares in connection with its offer to acquire HP.
HP hasn’t issued any press releases in response to Xerox’s filings and acquisition tactics since March 5th.
Xerox’s John Visentin
“As we closely monitor reports from government and health care leaders across the globe and work with colleagues in the business community to minimize the spread and impact of the virus, we believe it’s prudent to postpone releases of additional presentations, interviews with media and meetings with HP shareholders so we can focus our time and resources on protecting Xerox’s various stakeholders from the pandemic,” said John Visentin, vice chairman and CEO at Xerox.
At the same time, Xerox was purposeful in its messaging around COVID-19 and the decline in the financial markets and the value of HP shares.
“For the avoidance of doubt, Xerox does not consider the market decline since the data of its offer or the temporary suspension of trading in HP shares that occurred on March 10, 2020 and March 12, 2020 as a result of marketwide circuit breaker procedures to constitute a failure of any condition to its offer to acquire HP. Xerox will take the same view on any future temporary trading halts, unless otherwise stated in advance.”
HP’s Enrique Lores
While HP hasn’t issued any press releases lately, Enrique Lores, CEO at HP, shed some light on the Xerox-HP standoff in an article published in Barron’s on March 11th. He also addressed talk of HP acquiring Xerox, its much smaller rival. About $40 billion, or two-thirds of HP’s $60 billion in revenue, comes from PCs, an area of its business where Xerox doesn’t compete. Xerox revenue is $10.26 billion.
Regarding HP’s consistent rejection of Xerox’s acquisition bids, beginning in November 2019, Lores notes his reasons are the same ones the company has stated publicly: the price doesn’t reflect HP’s value, the high leverage a combined company would have and the citing of unrealistic synergies between the two companies.
What about HP turning the tables on Xerox and acquiring them?
“Hold on. There are three questions that need to be addressed first. How do we get the right value exchange between the two companies? How do we create an entity with the right capital structure? That’s the first conversation. How the companies get together, who buys whom – there are many ways of doing that, but we don’t think it should be the first conversations,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 21, 2020 at 02:07AM
Added: Mar 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
6 Ways to Help Your MSP Stay Healthy During COVID-19
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
6 Ways to Help Your MSP Stay Healthy During COVID-19
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/6-ways-to-help-your-msp-stay-healthy-during-covid-19/
To better serve customers new, varied needs, resources must be redirected, processes and protocols must be adjusted, and MSPs must remain nimble as the situation evolves.
Our realities have all been turned upside down by COVID-19, a.k.a. the coronavirus. Life has been disrupted in ways unimaginable a few months, or even weeks, ago, and they are likely to remain this way for an unknown period of time.
At the same time, life must go on. And MSPs must play an essential role in helping that continue.
All of your customers are scrambling to adjust to this new way of life. Some of their businesses are going to face massive slowdowns if they’re not forced to shutter completely, at least temporarily. Meanwhile, other clients are going to lean on their IT services harder than ever to remain productive during this crisis. MSPs are already in the remote management business, so social distancing will come easy, but it’s going to be a whole new thing for many customers.
To better serve their new, varied needs, not to mention keep your own operations running as smoothly as possible, resources must be redirected, processes and protocols must be adjusted, and MSPs must remain nimble as the situation evolves. Here are six things you can do to prepare for and cope with what’s underway … and what’s to come.
Working from home means more work for MSPs.
To minimize transmission of COVID-19 (coronavirus), organizations able to have their employees work from home will do so. For some businesses, this may merely increase their VPN usage or require a few new sets of credentials and access for particular employees and systems.
But for other operations, shifting work off-site will be a massive, unexpected transition. For example, school districts, colleges and universities will be relying on remote learning at unprecedented levels they neither anticipated nor designed their systems for.
Even for companies that already embraced remote working and that have processes and systems in place, there’s a percentage of workers who haven’t taken advantage of the model before. They won’t have VPN clients on their laptops–if they have laptops at all. New credentials may need provisioning, new apps may need installing, and new hardware or virtual servers may be required.
There is also going to be a massive learning curve for many new to remote work, which will result in a flood of support inquiries. Folks contacting tech support are rarely in a great mood to begin with, but there will be a higher percentage than usual of people panicking that things aren’t working or that they’re not doing things correctly.
Recommendation: Stagger staffing for better coverage as more off-hours work is likely.
Recommendation: Automate as many routine tasks as possible to free up resources for emergency developments.
Current systems will be taxed to the max.
When key business systems experience a massive increase in usage, there will inevitably be some hiccups and bottlenecks. MSPs must be vigilant with their performance monitoring to minimize disruptions.
As MSPs see usage spiking they should be proactively increasing capacity and bandwidth in consultation with their clients to prevent outages or spotty service. It’s better to get ahead of things and beef up their service levels than deal with complaints about crashes and sluggish performance.
Recommendation: Monitor usage rates for signs of potential overload.
Recommendation: Check in with key clients to discuss their expected needs.
A crash course in cloud computing will be required.
Customers already leveraging cloud computing and storage may need to increase their utilization of these service, but others that have stayed on the sidelines may find themselves forced to jump on the bandwagon in a hurry.
There will be a steep learning curve for these organizations, so you should be prepared to serve as a trusted advisor, trainer and teacher during this transition. Recommending appropriate services and onboarding employees is a key value-added benefit MSPs can offer.
Recommendation: Proactively assess and recommend changes to current cloud services or the need for new ones to manage the increase in remote work.
Customers will need help locking things down.
As the economic impact of social distancing and quarantining takes hold, business will be laying off or furloughing employees. Those workers once had access to various internal systems and servers, and credential and access management must be
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 21, 2020 at 02:07AM
Added: Mar 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
AWS Tackling COVID-19 with Research Funding
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
AWS Tackling COVID-19 with Research Funding
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/aws-tackling-covid-19-with-research-funding/
Plus, Google was taking Cloud Next virtual – now, not so much. And find out what’s happening with Wipro and Cloudera.
From pressing vendor reactions to COVID-19 to more channel-centric announcements, the week has not lacked for news. Check out what’s going on with AWS, Google Cloud, Wipro and Cloudera.
AWS Pours $20M Into COVID-19 Research
Research and scientific institutions that use Amazon Web Services could get a piece of the $20 million Amazon is committing to COVID-19 diagnostics, research and testing.
AWS’s Teresa Carlson
“The program will be open to accredited research institutions and private entities that are using AWS to support research-oriented workloads for the development of point-of-care diagnostics (testing that can be done at home or at a clinic with same-day results),” Teresa Carlson, vice president worldwide public sector at AWS, wrote in a blog on Friday. “Given the need, the emphasis initially will be on COVID-19, but we will also consider other infectious disease diagnostic projects.”
The AWS Diagnostic Development Initiative aims to bring about faster testing and earlier, accurate detection of the novel coronavirus that has spread into a global pandemic. One of the key areas where AWS says it can help is in delivering compute power that supports the analytics and machine learning needed to hasten understanding of COVID-19.
AWS already has recruited 35 startups, businesses and research institutions for the DDI.
“This is a global health emergency that will only be resolved by governments, businesses, academia and individuals working together to better understand this virus and ultimately find a cure,” Carlson said.
Google Postpones Online Version of Cloud Next
Likely hampered by San Francisco’s “shelter in place” requirements amid the COVID-19 outbreak, Google has indefinitely postponed the online version of its annual cloud conference.
A few weeks back, Google canceled the in-person event, which was scheduled to start April 6, due to the coronavirus pandemic. The company said it would move forward with a remote replacement April 6-8.
That is not to be, however. This week, Google said it has axed Cloud Next 2020 altogether until “we have a better sense of the evolving situation.”
“Right now, the most important thing we can do is focus our attention on supporting our customers, partners, and each other,” Google said in a blog.
Google did not point to a specific reason for the change other than to reference the need to ensure the health and safety of employees, partners, customers and local communities, and adhere to state and federal decisions. It’s not a stretch to infer that Google is talking about the shelter in place edict in northern California, a restriction that would stymie the ability to record and roll out videos and other content even for a virtual event.
Wipro Launches Dedicated Microsoft Business Unit
More cloud-centric channel partners are specializing in just one or two vendors, and Wipro is the latest to join the trend.
The India-based systems integrator said this week it has launched its Microsoft Business Unit, built on Azure.
Microsoft and Wipro have worked together for a number of years; Wipro is a Microsoft Gold Competency Partner. Now, it is ramping up investment on the Azure side as it helps enterprise adopt more cloud platform and upgrade their technology.
“With this partnership, we will…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 21, 2020 at 03:52AM
Added: Mar 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
WFH Cybersecurity Concerns: Experts Weigh in on Phishing
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
WFH Cybersecurity Concerns: Experts Weigh in on Phishing
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/wfh-cybersecurity-concerns-experts-weigh-in-on-phishing/
More employees are working from home, using personal devices.
Do your customers have a security plan in place for their remote workers?
Cybersecurity Ventures’ Steve Morgan
Employees have moved into home offices in droves as more and more local governments issue “stay-at-home” and “shelter-in-place” orders. Employers have good reason to consider the cybersecurity implications of this situation, said Steve Morgan, founder of Cybersecurity Ventures.
“Employees from organizations of all sizes and types now have minimal cybersecurity resources, if any, compared to what is normally available to them,” Morgan wrote. “If remote workers don’t immediately self-educate, and if businesses don’t immediately provide their employees with security awareness training centered on the home office threat, then we could see global cybercrime damage costs as much as double by the end of this year.”
PC Matic’s Rob Cheng noted that most employees will now be using personal devices to hop onto company networks.
PC Matic’s Rob CHeng
It’s a “security hole,” according to Cheng.
“First, it is unclear what, if any, security solutions are installed on these devices. Second, employees are using the devices for dual purposes – personal and professional,” Cheng wrote. “… If an employee is connected to their corporate network for work purposes, then checks personal email or logs into social platforms potentially clicking on malware-riddled webpage the malware not only can, but will spread to the company’s network through the remote access port.”
This expanded attack surface makes phishing a bigger concern than ever. Last year’s Verizon Data Breach Investigations Report showed how popular a method phishing has become. Robert Herjavec, founder and CEO of an MSSP called Herjavec Group, said IT and security and security teams said phishing attacks will increase as threat actors “thrive on chaos.”
“You may want to start or continue a phishing simulation to keep employees on their toes. Either way – keep in mind that while the health and safety of your teams is paramount, cyber hygiene should never take a back seat,” Herjavec wrote in a blog post.
There is no doubt that hackers are continuing to leverage #Coronavirus in order to target individuals and organizations using phishing scams. In the latest Cybersecurity CEO blog, @robertherjavec shares tips on how to spot a phishing email. Read more-
https://t.co/NBgbm6Az9K
— Herjavec Group (@HerjavecGroup) March 19, 2020
An Ohio business recently sued its MSP for allegedly failing protect the customer from a $1.7 million phishing scam.
JS Group’s Janet Schijns
JS Group CEO Janet Schijns advised partners that they should team up with a company that has a security practice if they themselves don’t have one.
“As people begin to work virtually, it has become very critical that you understand that data at motion is data at risk,” Schijns told Channel Partners earlier this week.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 21, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Mar 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
A 2009 Office Fire Helped Prepare AmeriGas for the COVID-19 Disruption
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
A 2009 Office Fire Helped Prepare AmeriGas for the COVID-19 Disruption
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/a-2009-office-fire-helped-prepare-amerigas-for-the-covid-19-disruption/
The company’s trial by fire provided valuable crisis experience.
More than 10 years after a devastating electrical fire severely damaged the multistory headquarters of the AmeriGas Propane company, knocking the structure out of commission for almost 14 months, AmeriGas has been taking the lessons learned from the blaze and using them to find ways to adapt amid the COVID-19 pandemic.
The fire, which struck Dec. 16, 2009, at the company’s administrative building in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, outside Philadelphia, caused massive smoke and fire damage that shuttered the structure until repairs and improvements could be completed in February of 2011.
And while the fire taught AmeriGas several lessons about how to improve IT disaster recovery and IT business continuity processes, it has also helped prepare the propane supplier for the global health crisis that is affecting its operations today.
No one was injured in the blaze, which also damaged administrative offices of UGI. After the fire, the companies implemented established disaster recovery plans that had been put in place a few years earlier to prepare for such a disruption.
AmeriGas’s Justine Staub
Justine Staub, director of workforce development for AmeriGas, told Channel Futures that the having an established disaster recovery plan in place when the fire struck greatly assisted its eventual recovery. “I was involved from an HR standpoint and worked to get people into their new workspace” after the blaze. “For a crisis of this magnitude, it went very smoothly and our customers never knew there was a problem. The disaster recovery plan was key to keeping things working with no interruption of customer services or employee payroll.”
That incident forced some employees to work from home for a short time, but the company quickly found temporary offices for most workers and had those operations running within a week or two, she said.
“It was one of those things where you never thought it would be used, but boy was it critical,” Staub said of the disaster recovery plans. “We all, or most of us, received new computers because of the smoke damage” within a week or two after getting into the new temporary offices, which were three miles from the company’s building.
In response to the current COVID-19 crisis, AmeriGas corporate employees are using company-issued laptops to do their work remotely from home, said Staub. “Our company is fully enabled to support our customers during this challenging time and we are not expecting any delivery suspensions or supply issues. We are working with our suppliers to ensure continuity of supply and leveraging our proprietary trucking, rail and terminal to compliment this effort.”
Another Amerigas employee, who asked not to be identified, told Channel Futures that before the blaze, the company was just starting to provide laptop computers to its office workers instead of desktop PCs. The move to laptops exclusively came quickly after the fire. Workers were also provided with monitors, docking stations and other needed supplies to do their work from home.
In addition to the temporary offices that were opened, the company was also able to move…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 21, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Mar 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Microsoft Partners with RealWear Bringing Teams to Industrial Headsets
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Microsoft Partners with RealWear Bringing Teams to Industrial Headsets
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/microsoft-partners-with-realwear-bringing-teams-to-industrial-headsets/
Microsoft is embedding Teams for computerized headgear used by technicians.
Pictured above: A worker using the RealWear ruggedized headgear in which Teams will be embedded.
Microsoft’s push to bring Teams to firstline workers is expanding into industrial environments by way of a partnership with RealWear, an emerging provider of ruggedized headgear with handsfree computers that let technicians communicate and transmit images from job sites.
The partnership, among the many announcements by Microsoft yesterday to mark the three-year anniversary of its chat-based collaborations and communications tool, is a coup for RealWear, a venture-backed startup that has gained attention in the industrial automation world with its HMT headsets.
Founded in 2015, RealWear is known for its HMT headgear that consist of voice-controlled Android-based computers that have cameras and displays in the form of eyeglasses, attached to ruggedized headsets. The cameras capture what a technician at a jobsite sees, then streams the images wirelessly to remote associates who are providing guidance or gathering information. The headsets, which primarily rely on voice input to gather images and issue other commands, are equipped to enable live communications and have batteries that the company claims run up to 10-12 hours.
Industrial workers typically use RealWear’s HMT headgear in factories, manufacturing plants and field service scenarios in various industries including automotive, utilities, energy and telecommunications. The company has built a considerable customer base that include some of the world’s largest companies such as BMW, Pepsi and Shell.
RealWear’s Sanjay Jhawar
Most of its largest customers have purchased hundreds of headsets, which cost approximately $2,500 each, according to Sanjay Jhawar, RealWear’s co-founder, president and chief strategy officer. Among its largest installations is BMW, which has distributed about 400 HMTs to its mechanics.
The communications software embedded in the HMTs until now has come from niche providers, Jhawar told Channel Futures. Many of the customers have said they would expand the use of the headsets if they supported mainstream tools such as Teams, he added.
Customers started asking RealWear to provide a way for its headsets to work with Skype for Business two years ago. But Jhawar noted that because Microsoft had decided to curb development of Skype for Business and move that functionality to Teams, RealWear was unable to accommodate that request.
Now that Teams usage is expanding at a rapid pace, RealWear’s customers have pressed for the company to embed it into its headsets. Because numerous RealWear customers are Global 100 enterprises and many were pushing for the Teams integration, Jhawar said RealWear was able to get on Microsoft’s radar and convince the company to develop a specialized Teams client for the HMTs.
“This really was born of Microsoft’s large enterprise customers,” Jwawar said. “To get a company like us to persuade a large company like Microsoft to do something unique, are two orders magnitude bigger than the numbers that move the needle. We really had to aggregate a lot of customer requests to do this, and when it got to a large enough number that Microsoft was willing to invest in, this thing got started.”
Anshel Sag, an analyst at Moor Insights and Technology said the partnership benefits…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 21, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: Mar 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
Enterprises Start to Find Uses for AI at the Edge
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Enterprises Start to Find Uses for AI at the Edge
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/enterprises-start-to-find-uses-for-ai-at-the-edge/
New hardware enables myriad capabilities without requiring the cloud, but the consumer market is still way ahead.
Data-driven experiences are rich, immersive and immediate. But they’re also delay-intolerant data hogs.
Think pizza delivery by drone, video cameras that can record traffic accidents at an intersection, freight trucks that can identify a potential system failure.
These kinds of fast-acting activities need lots of data — quickly. So they can’t sustain latency as data travels to and from the cloud. That to-and-fro takes too long; instead, many of these data-intensive processes must remain localized and processed at the edge and on or near a hardware device.
“An autonomous vehicle cannot wait even for a tenth of a second to activate emergency braking when the [artificial intelligence] algorithm predicts an imminent collision,” wrote Northwestern University professor Mohanbir Sawhney in “Why Apple and Microsoft Are Moving to the Edge.” “In these situations, AI must be located at the edge, where decisions can be made faster without relying on network connectivity and without moving massive amounts of data back and forth over a network.”
“AI edge processors allow you to do the processing on the [device] itself or feed into a server in the back room rather than having the processing being done in the cloud,” said Aditya Kaul, a research director at Omdia, a research firm.
AI at the Edge: Enterprise vs. Consumer Adoption
The ability of AI chips to perform tasks such as machine learning inferencing has expanded dramatically in recent years. Consider the graphic processing unit (GPU), which offers more than 10 teraflops of performance, equal to 10 trillion floating-point calculations per second. Modern smartphones have GPUs that can handle billion floating-point operations per second. Even a couple of years ago, this kind of on-device processing wasn’t available. But today, devices at the edge – smartphones, cameras, drones – can handle AI workloads.
Only with the emergence of deep learning chipsets – or artificial intelligence-enabled silicon including GPUs among other chips – has this been possible. And the AI chipset market has taken off like a rocket.
“From essentially zero a few years ago, [edge AI chips] will earn more than $2.5 billion in ‘new’ revenue in 2020, with a 20% growth rate for the next few years,” wrote the authors of the Deloitte report, “Bringing AI to the Device.” [See Figure 3 to the right.]
According to the Omdia report, “Deep Learning Chipsets,” the market for AI chipsets is expected to reach $72.6 billion by 2025.
Experts say the consumer market has paved the way. Today, in 2020, the consumer device market likely represents 90% of the edge AI chip market, in terms of the numbers sold and their dollar value.
“The smartphone market is at the leading edge of this,” said Aditya Kaul, senior director at Omdia, which recently released the report “Deep Learning Chipsets.” Smartphones still represent about 40-50% of the AI chipset market.
But, Kaul said, AI-enabled processing at the edge is coming to the enterprise, in areas such as industrial IoT and retail as well as health care and manufacturing.
“You can call it ‘enterprise-grade AI edge,” Kaul said.
The impetus for enterprise adoption of AI at the edge, Kaul said, is “clarity on use cases.” Machine vision, for example, which automates product inspection and process control, can improve the quality and efficiency of …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 23, 2020 at 10:51PM
Added: Mar 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
Does the Channel Have a Diversity Problem?
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Does the Channel Have a Diversity Problem?
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/does-the-channel-have-a-diversity-problem/
CompTIA says diversity must be on the channel’s agenda in 2020.
Earlier this month, Tracy Pound, director at IT trade association CompTIA, called on channel firms to push for greater diversity within their organizations.
Making her remarks at CompTIA’s UK Channel Community Meeting in Manchester, Pound said diversity “is not a point we can take off of the agenda” in 2020.
According to CompTIA’s IT Industry Outlook 2020, 20% of U.K. companies feel that there has been significant improvement in the diversity of the tech workforce in the past two years; however, the report notes that “the initial chasm was so wide that it will take significant time and purposeful changes to close.”
Speaking to Channel Futures, Pound, who is managing director of Staffordshire-based IT consultancy Maximity, said diversity in the channel is important for businesses for many reasons.
Maximity’s Tracy Pound
“The IT channel is struggling to recruit and retain talent full stop, so in not embracing diversity, we positively exclude a subset of people who could fill the jobs we have available,” she said. “In terms of market perception, people tend to buy from people and identify with people who are similar to themselves. Diversity not only gives greater reach for sales and marketing, but diversity adds value in decision-making and business strategy through alternative points of view and expectations in working — it breeds tolerance, flexibility and agility.”
Kathy Quashie, head of partnerships and alliances at Vodafone, agrees there is a need to ensure that the workforce is representative of the community the channel sells into. For example, she acknowledges “the channel has a salesman reputation that while dynamic, can often be daunting, especially for women.
Vodafone’s Kathy Quashie
“With some women now leading businesses,” she said, however, “we have an opportunity to ensure the thinking mirrors that in how and what we sell to those customers. It is an environment that not only needs technology expertise, but also customer-facing, soft skills such as account management, marketing and sales. Technology is still a male gender-led industry and the need to bring diversity of thought to mirror technology trends is important.”
Lack of Diversity: Not a ‘Single-Threaded Issue’
So what’s holding back diversity in the IT channel? According to Pound, there’s still a huge misconception about what the channel is, and does.
“Parents and teachers are struggling to help children look at tech careers because they can’t identify with the roles available. I also think businesses [that] haven’t yet embraced diversity may not understand the benefits to be had and need to see more case studies and stories of businesses that look like theirs [that] have gained from introducing diversity,” she said.
“I don’t think any CEO or executive is sitting at their desk, dreaming up evil plans to exclude people from joining their organisation,” noted Emily Nerland, EMEA channel director for Masergy, the software-defined networking services company.
Masergy’s Emily Nerland
In fact, she says it’s probably the exact opposite.
“Untangling all the reasons why diversity is still lacking in the IT channel isn’t a single-threaded issue. It’s obvious that societal norms still play a big role in holding back substantial change in the workplace. There are unconscious biases that go unchecked driving company policy and culture. People tend to like people like themselves. There’s nothing wrong with that — that’s how you make connections, by having something in common. The issue is they also tend to hire people like themselves, and this rarely produces diverse results,” said Nerland. “Finally, there are always far more projects and focuses than hours in the day to complete them, pulling everyone in different directions and demanding immediate attention.”
How Can the Channel be Better?
Given all these challenges, what can companies to foster greater inclusion and diversity in the channel?
CompTIA points to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 24, 2020 at 12:50AM
Added: Mar 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
How Cloud Vendors Are Combating COVID-19
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How Cloud Vendors Are Combating COVID-19
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-cloud-vendors-are-combating-covid-19/
Find out what IBM, Microsoft, Rescale and AWS are doing to fight the global pandemic.
Cloud providers are acting swiftly to contribute in the fight against COVID-19.
Amazon Web Services has pledged $20 million to support researchers and scientists developing diagnostics and testing for the novel coronavirus.
IBM on Sunday joined forces with the White House, Department of Energy, academia, the National Science Foundation, NASA, the top three cloud vendors and other entities to launch the COVID-19 High Performance Computing Consortium.
Rescale, which moves legacy applications into the cloud, has enlisted Google Cloud and Microsoft Azure to immediately offer high-performance computing resources to teams creating tests and vaccines for COVID-19.
And Microsoft over the weekend said it is prioritizing Azure for first responder and critical government agency “unique needs.”
Constellation Research’s Doug Henschen
Each endeavor promises to go a long way toward combating an unprecedented global event. In fact, Constellation Research’s Doug Henschen called the supercomputing and accelerated vaccine research ventures, in particular, “the front lines of the war on the pandemic, and let’s all hope that it’s a battle soon won.”
With that in mind, here’s a look at the latest announcements from IBM, Rescale and Microsoft (click the link above to read more about AWS’ initiative). At the time of publication, Channel Futures was waiting to hear back from Dell Technologies Cloud and Oracle Cloud about any similar efforts.
IBM, HPCC Bring Supercomputing Power to Researchers
The IBM-led HPCC offers 16 supercomputing systems to researchers. Dario Gil, director of IBM Research, wrote in a blog that those platforms amount to more than 330 petaflops, 775,000 CPU cores and 34,000 GPUs — “and counting,” he said.
“How can supercomputers help us fight this virus?” Gil wrote. “These high-performance computing systems allow researchers to run very large numbers of calculations in epidemiology, bioinformatics and molecular modeling. These experiments would take years to complete if worked by hand, or months if handled on slower, traditional computing platforms.”
To that point, because the cloud brings supercomputing closer to people across the globe, scientists throughout the world can take advantage of the HPCC’s capabilities.
Daniel Newman, principal analyst at Futurum Research, called the formation of the HPCC “a no-brainer.”
“What this is really about is expediting the time to getting answers that may live within the massive volume of data that is being created as this pandemic spreads,” he wrote.
Newman added that while making such computing resources available is costly, “we are in a period where public and private sector need to collaborate like never before. …I’m happy to see these organizations stepping up and I remain hopeful that technology, health care and biotech companies can work together to bring short and midterm solutions to bring health to those that are sick as well as stability to the teetering markets and economy.”
IBM is evaluating proposals from researchers to determine where next to focus its supercomputing capacity.
Big Blue says its Summit supercomputer already has enabled the Oak Ridge National Laboratory and the University of Tennessee to screen 8,000 compounds to find the ones most likely to bind to the main “spike” protein of the novel coronavirus, rendering it unable to infect host cells.
“They were able to recommend the 77 promising small-molecule drug compounds that could now be experimentally tested,” said Gil. “This is the power of accelerating discovery through computation.”
Rescale, With Azure and Google Cloud, Goes After COVID-19
Meanwhile, Rescale Inc. is offering its platform, along with high-performance computing power from Google Cloud and Microsoft Azure, at no cost to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 24, 2020 at 03:13AM
Added: Mar 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
Best Practices for Information Security Risk Assessments
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Best Practices for Information Security Risk Assessments
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/best-practices-for-information-security-risk-assessments/
Effective security risk assessments enable organizations to make informed business decisions and move away from a reactive, whack-a-mole approach to cybersecurity.
In an age when businesses are relying more than ever on the rapid advancements in technology to drive innovation, strategy, growth and competitive advantage, it is clear the prevalence of technology is not slowing down. But the increase in new devices and systems that utilize connectivity, as well as the transition to the network of devices and systems that were traditionally air-gapped, brings with it an increased cybersecurity risk.
Organizations large and small are attempting to defend against a constant barrage of potentially damaging cybersecurity attacks and struggling to keep up. Increasingly, they are finding that the best approach is taking a proactive, risk-based approach. By repeatedly conducting risk assessments, a holistic understanding of the organization’s risk landscape can be developed. Gaps that exist among people, processes and technology can be utilized to develop a prioritized roadmap for managing and tracking risk over time. The organizations gain the ability to make informed business decisions and move away from a reactive, whack-a-mole approach to cybersecurity.
Policies and Procedures Are the Foundation
Strong cybersecurity policies and procedures are the foundation of a robust security program. A risk assessor can glean a significant amount of insight into the maturity of an organization’s cybersecurity program simply by looking at a few key cybersecurity policies and procedures. This allows the assessor to gain valuable insight on the culture of cybersecurity within the organization, the reporting structure within the organization and the types of technologies present within the organization. It also ultimately allows the assessor to drive discovery of information efficiently. This quick and efficient information discovery is especially important for external assessors or those who don’t already have an intimate understanding of the organization.
Documentation Is Not Implementation
Having a strong cybersecurity posture on paper does not mean much if it is not implemented. It’s why conducting interviews of personnel is so important in a risk assessment and why the phrase “Trust but verify” is often half-facetiously repeated by cybersecurity professionals.
When seeking to verify through conducting interviews, it’s tempting to simply go down a list of specific and tailored questions, likely from a framework or compliance standard.
Questions like “Does your organization implement a cybersecurity training and awareness training program?” are to the point, brief and elicit information the assessment framework is looking to find, but they are not the best way to conduct interviews. Risk assessments are not audits, and getting a yes/no answer to a question is not nearly as valuable as taking the time to develop a comprehensive understanding. By having a guided cybersecurity conversation and not simply going through a list of questions, an assessor is able to glean more information on an organization’s risk and develop more valuable findings and recommendations.
Start Broad and Go Narrow
When conducting interviews, start at a 10,000 -foot level of the topic being discussed, then use the framework as a general guide to steer the conversation and narrow down to specifics. Risk assessors should first ask
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 24, 2020 at 03:13AM
Added: Mar 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cybersecurity Providers Answer Call for Protection from COVID-19 Cyber Risk
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cybersecurity Providers Answer Call for Protection from COVID-19 Cyber Risk
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cybersecurity-providers-answer-call-for-protection-from-covid-19-cyber-risk/
COVID-19 is providing an unprecedented opportunity for hackers.
The coronavirus is by far the most significant issue to affect the technology industry this year, and while not beneficial, it could provide a good opportunity for cybersecurity providers to prove themselves.
That’s according to a new report by GlobalData. All sectors will be negatively impacted by COVID-19, it said.
“Companies around the world have rushed to enable remote working to keep themselves running,” said David Bicknell, principal analyst in the GlobalData thematic research team. “While no technology sectors benefit from COVID-19, cybersecurity companies that can keep the home-working army secure against the increasing number of COVID-19-related cyberattacks will earn their spurs.”
A worried population, businesses struggling to survive and naive home-workers offer a tempting target for criminals, according to GlobalData. While this is an “unprecedented opportunity for hackers,” the same applies for cybersecurity companies to prove their worth — not necessarily through new products, but “by placing more emphasis on existing defenses,” it said.
Opaq and PacketFabric on Monday announced a partnership to provide customers on-demand, elastic network-as-a-service (NaaS) connectivity with a suite of built-in security controls. The joint offerings allow organizations to provision connections between their data centers, cloud service providers, field offices and remote users, that are protected by threat inspection and prevention capabilities.
With entire companies mandating that employees work from home, networks designed to support 50-or-so remote users now must provide access for hundreds or even thousands of connections, according to Opaq. In addition to bandwidth problems, COVID-19-related remote work is straining security appliances used to inspect traffic entering and leaving corporate data centers, while devices used by employees are now underprotected, which opens the door to new security risks, it said.
Opaq’s Derek Gabbard
Derek Gabbard, Opaq’s vice president of global services, tells us partners whose customers need to scale up their remote users or scale up the use of cloud services have the flexibility when using the Opaq platform to provision additional capacity for these use cases, and have security controls and inspection policies automatically in place that are turnkey. This allows partners to be “extremely responsive and fast” in delivering more capacity for customers who need it with minimal heavy lifting on their end, all while ensuring the customer’s security policies and inspection needs are met, he said.
“For example, one customer who had dozens of remote users accessing their cloud services through the Opaq platform may now have hundreds of those remote users,” he said. “This increase in users is gracefully handled by the Opaq cloud with minimal configuration and management — the partner simply instructs additional users to install the Opaq agent and the capacity to support them is automatically available in the Opaq network. There is no impact on enterprise bandwidth, no impact on enterprise VPN licensing limits, no impact on users at all.”
The Opaq Secure Access Service Edge (SASE) platform provides PacketFabric users enterprise-grade firewall as a service (FWaaS) and endpoint protection as a service (EPaaS) on a fully encrypted infrastructure that can be centrally managed through the Opaq 360 cloud console for 100% network visibility and control. Through the Opaq SASE platform, customers can securely reach PacketFabric’s community of cloud service providers, XaaS companies, unified communication (UC) services and other collaboration partners to support the growing demand for remote work.
“The COVID-19 pandemic has very rapidly changed the demands being placed upon business infrastructure as workforces have shifted from office buildings to remote locations,” said Chad Milam, PacketFabric‘s president and CEO. “By providing automated, scalable, private connectivity to our customers, we empower them to quickly provision new capacity and instantly connect to service providers such as Opaq. This capability allows enterprise infrastructure to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 24, 2020 at 06:05AM
Added: Mar 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
4 Key Sales Strategies to Increase Profits and Drive New Business
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
4 Key Sales Strategies to Increase Profits and Drive New Business
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/4-key-sales-strategies-to-increase-profits-and-drive-new-business/
Since MSPs are selling a service, sales and marketing should be about identifying and engaging the right prospects.
In general, most managed service providers (MSPs) have a technical background rather than one in business or sales. Many MSP shops struggle with these critical aspects of running a successful business. While some growth might occur organically through word of mouth, this isn’t going to guarantee you consistent new business, even if you deliver great services.
This is where sales come into the picture. The primary goal of sales is to generate new business for your company. For an MSP, sales and marketing aren’t just about closing deals. Since MSPs are selling a service, these disciplines should be about identifying and engaging the right prospects–potential customers that have a set of IT needs that MSPs can provide for them over time. We’ve pulled together the key sales strategies for MSPs looking to increase profits and drive new business:
Build sales expertise.
There are two ways to build sales expertise: Hire someone with sales experience, or train existing staff to sell like a pro. If you are getting serious about sales and growth, hiring a skilled sales staff can make a big difference. However, many shops can’t afford to hire new employees just yet. If that is the case, MSPs need to identify and train sales representatives from within, whether they are currently a more technical- or operations-geared employee.
Another option is to get the technical staff involved in the sales process. After all, they have the most contact with current clients, which means they may be able to identify potential sales opportunities better than anyone else. If you take this approach, it is important that it is appropriately structured. Your customers should always perceive your engineers as trustworthy resources who are there to solve problems—not people trying to get them to spend money. To preserve this reputation, create a structure in which technical staff can make recommendations to customers, but then refer them to a sales rep to finalize the deal.
Select and train sales staff.
Whether you are hiring a new salesperson or transitioning a current employee into a sales role, you should look for specific qualities that indicate they will be likely to succeed. Sales training is essential. Training/education from outside sources can also be valuable. HTG Peer Groups offers a variety of sales, marketing and business development learning opportunities, including educational content via its website and events. The ASCII Group, another popular IT channel organization, also provides learning opportunities.
Develop a sales process.
Developing a sales process, sometimes referred to as a sales pipeline, is another essential step toward sales success. The specifics will differ from business to business, but, generally speaking, a sales process is a repeatable set of steps salespeople follow to move potential clients from a prospect to a customer. The stages of the sales process typically include:
Lead generation/prospecting
Initial contact
Technical presentation
Close
Track sales progress to hit goals: Tracking sales daily, weekly and quarterly ensures that potential opportunities do not slip through the cracks. It’s also the most effective way to hit set goals. Meeting goals is the measure of sales success—setting and tracking progress toward goals is the standard and most effective way to ensure sales accountability. Using a CRM (customer relationship management) system is a great way to keep track of your leads and sales goals.
Sales is the most effective way to ensure predictable growth for your MSP business, and developing a sales process that works is essential. However, the right sales process will vary from business to business and even from rep to rep. Make sure the specifics of your business dictate the foundation of your sales structure and process. To learn more read our eBook Sales Made MSPeasy.
Anirban Ghosh is senior manager, Global Expansion, Datto.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 24, 2020 at 06:05AM
Added: Mar 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Junipers Mist Systems Introduces New Analytics Service
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Juniper’s Mist Systems Introduces New Analytics Service
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/junipers-mist-systems-introduces-new-analytics-service/
The new Mist Premium Analytics extends the data lookback period.
Mist Systems, a Juniper company, on Tuesday introduced Mist Premium Analytics, a service that extends analytics across networking and business insights.
The service is the latest addition to Mist cloud services, such as Wi-Fi Assurance, Wired Assurance, Marvis Virtual Assistant, and on the engagement side, User Engagement and Asset Visibility.
“The new service adds analytics capability for both looking at the network as well as on the business side, looking at location,” Christian Gilby, director of product marketing at Mist, told Channel Futures.
Mist Systems’ Christian Gilby
Prior to this new product introduction, Mist offered basic analytics in its platform, but only allowed users to look at data for the last 30 days. Mist Premium Analytics extends that window to one year. The premium product also allows businesses to pull in third-party data.
“So, if a customer is deploying across a heterogeneous network where they may have some products from third-party vendors, this service allows them to consume that telemetry or metadata from those third-party systems and do reporting on it,” said Gilby.
Other features of the new analytics service:
Improve insight into wide area network (WAN) performance in branch/retail offices with link quality of experience (QoE) and application QoE.
Get insight into usage patterns of wireless LANs (WLANs) to predict trends and adapt to changing requirements such as soaring bandwidth needs or increased client density.
Compare and contrast data from a Mist network with other data sources from third-party providers.
Get a full stack view into network performance for heterogeneous networks.
“End-to-end network visibility into network, security and location behavior is traditionally both complex and costly because of disparate systems, organizational silos and the lack of an overarching intelligence engine to tie all the pieces together,” said Sudheer Matta, vice president of products at Juniper Mist. “With Mist Premium Analytics, we solve this challenge by taking data from numerous systems and turning it into actionable insights for better IT and business decisions.”
Another important new product feature is the ability to customize reports versus using prebuilt reports, as was previously available from Mist.
By leveraging Mist location services – either standalone or with complementary location technologies from Mist’s ecosystem of partners – Mist customers can improve business insights with customizable reporting and analytics that leverage location-based contextual information. This enables customers to better understand employee, shopper and guest behavior, as well as understand process workflows.
Here are some examples of real-world applications: improving shopper engagement to boost experience and revenue; understanding the traffic flow of customers in a venue; optimizing sales associate allocation based on historical shopper/guest traffic pattern trend; streamlining workflows in a manufacturing plant; understanding the return on marketing spend in retail environments; and understanding space utilization of employees in a campus or building.
Mist’s Premium Analytics service will be available from Mist VARs and MSPs beginning April 1.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 24, 2020 at 05:50PM
Added: Mar 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
How LoRaWAN and AI at the Edge Revolutionize the IoT
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Menlo Security VMware Team Up to Fight Mobile Device Cyberattacks
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Menlo Security, VMware Team Up to Fight Mobile Device Cyberattacks
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/menlo-security-vmware-team-up-to-fight-mobile-device-cyberattacks/
The integrated solution will be available at the end of March for iOS and Android devices.
Menlo Security and VMware have partnered on a solution that delivers phishing and mobile malware protection.
Menlo’s Global Cloud Proxy platform has integrated with VMware Workspace One Unified Endpoint Management (UEM) to deliver mobile isolation capabilities. It will allow Workspace One UEM customers to better protect mobile devices from ransomware and phishing attacks by isolating threats in the cloud and preventing them from reaching the endpoint.
Kowsik Guruswamy, Menlo’s CTO, tells us with the coronavirus pandemic, his company has seen a 50% increase in malware attacks and 60% increase in phishing attacks.
Menlo Security’s Kowsik Guruswamy
“Clearly cybercriminals are taking advantage of the situation to escalate their attacks,” he said. “People are distracted with remote working, child care and buying supplies. They are betting that people are letting their guard down a little, and cybercriminals are taking advantage of the situation with an increase in attacks.”
Menlo’s partners can expand their value proposition to protecting mobile devices as well as desktops, Guruswamy said.
“With the integration with VMware, the solution will be easy to deploy and manage,” he said. “This will help expand business for partners who do not sell mobile device security, and it should help strengthen their customer relationships.”
The solution solves the problem of mobile malware and phishing attacks by separating the mobile device from the public web while providing unrestricted access to the internet, according to Menlo. It also provides visibility and control of users, data and applications.
“The integration provides partners a competitive advantage because it provides a tightly integrated solution to augment what is already in place,” Guruswamy said. “VMware’s Workspace One will now be one of the only solutions that delivers mobile isolation, which has tremendous value in improving the security for enterprises.”
Menlo also has an integrated solution with VMware SD-WAN by VeloCloud, which was announced late last year.
“As we worked with VMware, extending our integration to mobile devices just made sense,” Guruswamy said. “Mobile devices are increasingly becoming a primary computing device for employees, and they should be protected with the same level or security as desktops.”
The integrated solution will be available at the end of March for iOS and Android devices.
“Mobile isolation is becoming a critical part of the modern security architecture as it provides an additional level of defense against threats as part of a broader workspace security initiative,” said Shawn Bass, VMware‘s CTO of end-user computing. “Bringing Workspace One UEM together with Menlo Security mobile malware and phishing prevention capabilities provides a solution that maintains an engaging employee experience while maintaining a superior level of enterprise security.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 25, 2020 at 12:54AM
Added: Mar 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Video: What Our Partners Are Saying About Partner Connect
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSSPs Huge Arm of Expanded Panda Security Partner Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSSPs ‘Huge Arm’ of Expanded Panda Security Partner Program
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/mssps-huge-arm-of-expanded-panda-security-partner-program/
Panda Security is being acquired by WatchGuard Technologies.
Panda Security, the advanced endpoint protection based in Spain, has updated its global partner program to support partners who want to invest and grow their businesses beyond legacy endpoint protection.
Panda not only is relevant to traditional resellers, but also wants to develop a network of specialized partners who can become, or already are, MSPs, MSSPs, ISPs and cloud service providers.
Panda is being acquired by WatchGuard Technologies. The combined company will provide centralized management of advanced threat detection and response functionality fueled by AI, behavior-profiling techniques and security event correlation.
Nick Motyl, Panda’s head of sales for North America, tells us that after several years and a few different runs at success in North America, the management team decided that the only way to scale quickly enough to succeed was to move to a 100% channel program.
Panda Security’s Nick Motyl
“In order to do that properly and efficiently, we had to make sure that we had an easy-to-understand program that clearly explains how to grow within it and, most importantly, protects our channel partners both with deal registration and incumbency, ensuring that it will help grow their business while maintaining their profitability,” he said.
One of the questions that challenged Panda was “what’s going to be different this time around,” Motyl said.
“The channel had seen some half-hearted attempts at growth that left us with a hodgepodge of varied levels, protections and margins that weren’t enforced, creating an uneven playing field,” he said. “Now, we’ve completely revamped protections, levels and trainings. Most importantly, we also rolled out a state-of-the-art partner portal to help our partners to be as efficient as possible. We’ve come up with new SKUs specifically to target net-new business, new products to help our partners close deals faster and better support our customers, and completely redefined our discounting system to be clear, concise and profitable for our partners.”
MSSPs are “one huge arm of focus” for the new program, Motyl said.
“We’ve revamped our billing model and strategy to be much more flexible,” he said. “With our virtual licensing option, partners can have the flexibility of on-demand licensing to distribute to customers while still getting volume purchasing incentives. Our product portfolio is now targeted at enabling MSPs and MSSPs to build value and differentiation into their security offerings, unlike some of our competition, who have product lines that compete with the MSP/MSSP business model.”
The program is designed to help partners ensure that they are able to make a solid return on our products, by offering a solution to their customers at a competitive price in a typically overpriced market, Motyl said.
“That being said, the program is just one piece of what will give our partners a competitive advantage,” he said. “With our commitment to the channel, newly revitalized support for both partners and customers, and the ability to offer a consolidated, easy-to-manage, centralized endpoint security product, our partners can rest assured that we will help them win new customers, retain current customers and expand their overall business value.”
More than 30 million users in 180 countries use Panda to keep their devices, data and businesses safe. While the majority of the organization’s business comes from Europe, the rest of the world is catching up with Panda, owning 10% of the endpoint detection and response (EDR) market globally.
“Our portfolio of solutions is recognized by both analysts and customers as the most advanced and innovative in the industry,” says Gianluca Busco Arre, Panda’s vice president of sales and operations for North America. “Thanks to the tools designed to promote our channel growth, such as the Panda Partner Portal, partners can now manage and control the entire life cycle of their customers and licenses in the most seamless way possible.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 25, 2020 at 01:55AM
Added: Mar 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Survey Results: Public Cloud Security is a Top Customer Concern
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Survey Results: Public Cloud Security is a Top Customer Concern
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/survey-results-public-cloud-security-is-a-top-customer-concern/
MSPs can play a critical role in removing security barriers and enabling faster cloud adoption.
Public cloud adoption is increasing as more companies shift to a digital transformation strategy. As an MSP, your customers can potentially benefit from using cloud infrastructure as the backbone of a modern, distributed enterprise. Gartner predicts the market for public cloud services will grow at roughly three times the rate of the overall IT services market, reaching $331 billion by 2022. However, many companies still have concerns about cloud security.
In a new report, “Future Shock: The Cloud is the New Network,” Barracuda evaluates just how big a challenge those security concerns will be when it comes to public cloud investments. Barracuda and market research Vanson Bourne interviewed 750 IT decision-makers across EMEA, APAC and the United States with responsibility for or knowledge of their organizations’ cloud infrastructure.
Securing the Cloud
The number and variety of security threats are increasing daily, and cybercriminals have become more sophisticated and effective in their approaches. As a result, security is a top concern when it comes to public cloud use among the respondents in the survey. Regarding public cloud infrastructure, security topped the list of concerns at 42%, followed by the impact of cyberattacks (36%), and protection of public cloud apps (33%). Thirteen percent of IT leaders said they lack an expert security partner to help them with public cloud deployments–presenting a significant opportunity for MSPs.
Given this growing interest in public cloud, how can MSPs help these companies take full advantage of cloud services, while also ensuring that their data and applications remain secure?
Integrated Solutions: First, MSPs should offer assistance to existing and potential clients. According to the Barracuda study, 95% of global respondents are looking for third-party providers to help them overcome cloud adoption barriers.
However, 42% of those companies will only work with a partner that offers full integration with major cloud platforms. MSPs still need to provide the basics, like staff training on cloud security and regulatory guidance. Keep in mind that security tools that have been proven effective in the public cloud will also be critical, as 41% of respondents said that responsive threat detection is a vital part of addressing security concerns.
SD-WAN: Companies that want to migrate to public cloud infrastructure need protection from both internal and external threats, but the Barracuda study found that they also need a secure connection to the public cloud. Software-defined wide area network (SD-WAN) technology can provide companies with the ability to manage security policies and bandwidth using a centralized tool. SD-WAN solutions also offer network monitoring and traffic prioritization capabilities, at a lower cost than legacy MPLS.
Organizations sometimes struggle with SD-WAN optimization because they don’t understand the
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 25, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Mar 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Removing Admin Rights Key to Stopping Microsoft Vulnerabilities
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Removing Admin Rights Key to Stopping Microsoft Vulnerabilities
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/removing-admin-rights-key-to-stopping-microsoft-vulnerabilities/
Most organizations do not have the staff or experience to remove administrative rights.
A record number of Microsoft vulnerabilities were discovered last year and most could have been mitigated by removing administrative rights.
That’s according to BeyondTrust’s new Microsoft Vulnerabilities Report, which includes an annual breakdown of security vulnerabilities facing organizations today, as well as a five-year trends analysis aimed at better equipping organizations to increase their IT security, and keep networks and systems safe.
Morey Haber, BeyondTrust‘s CTO and CISO, tells us it’s a safe assessment that most organizations do not have the staff or experience to remove administrative rights, implement least privilege and report on risks accordingly.
BeyondTrust’s Morey Haber
“In general, most businesses lack the IT/IS staff to get all of their risks under control, period,” he said. “The report highlights the benefits of when administrative rights can be removed and if a business cannot do it themselves, leveraging an MSSP with experience across multiple organizations provides a robust strategy to realizing the benefits highlighted in the report.”
Now in its seventh edition, this year’s report identified the following highlights:
In 2019, a record-high 858 Microsoft vulnerabilities was discovered.
The number of reported vulnerabilities has risen 64% in the last five years (2015-2019).
Removing administrative rights from endpoints would mitigate 77% of all critical Microsoft vulnerabilities in 2019.
All critical vulnerabilities in Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge would have been mitigated by removing administrative rights.
Eighty percent of critical vulnerabilities affecting Windows 7, 8.1 and 10, and Windows Servers would have been mitigated by removing administrative rights.
Further analysis shows on average over the last five years, 83% of all critical vulnerabilities published by Microsoft could have been mitigated by security teams removing administrative rights from users, according to the report.
“Most organizations are not removing administrative rights due to FUD (fear, uncertainty and doubt),” Haber said. “They are under the impression everything will break and [the] end user will revolt if they do. In addition, they may be unaware of the security benefits they gain if they do. So most organizations continue to make the same mistakes they have done in the past and even follow obsolete security guidance of providing users two accounts: one as a standard user and one as a local administrator. The truth is, there are tools to solve this problem – even within the native OS – that make the removal of administrative rights possible. IT/IS teams just need to learn how to do it safely and without impacting productivity.”
Removing administrative rights is a top priority, and even analyst firms like Gartner have been recommending privileged access management as a CISO top priority, he said. It is up to the business to embrace the concepts, and implement technology and procedures to overcome the challenges. Therefore, it is not a matter of priority, but rather just getting it done, Haber added.
“Threat actors are always searching for the easiest method to exploit a resource,” Haber said. “The vulnerabilities themselves may be trivial, but if a threat actor can gain administrative rights through exploit code, phishing or even poor credential management, they will compromise an asset. Therefore, it is in the hacker’s best interest to find any method possible to hack a system and then leverage credentials to continue their activity.”
There has been a slight decrease in the number of vulnerabilities that can be mitigated through the removal of administrative rights, he said. In addition, key applications also are highlighted and prove that if they are not executed with administrative rights, document vulnerabilities also are mitigated. This is yet another reason people should not …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 25, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: Mar 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
TierPoint Rounds Up $320 Million in Investment Funding
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
TierPoint Rounds Up $320 Million in Investment Funding
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/tierpoint-rounds-up-320-million-in-investment-funding/
TierPoint bookings were up 26% in the last two years.
TierPoint, the provider of information technology and data center services, has a financial agreement with multiple investors for $320 million in new funding.
The company, which offers cloud, collocation, managed services, network services, security and compliance, disaster recovery and backup solutions, reached an agreement for the funding with a consortium of new investors – Argo Infrastructure Partners, Wafra and Macquarie Capital Principal Finance – and existing investors Cequel III, Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan, RedBird Capital Partners, The Stephens Group and Thompson Street Capital Partners.
“Jerry Kent and the TierPoint senior management team have proven themselves as leaders in the digital infrastructure sector, and we are excited to partner with the TierPoint team to help fund the company’s next phase of growth. TierPoint is well positioned for robust growth that will allow the company to expand its market leading position and capitalized on the tailwinds supporting the data center industry,” said Fawaz Al-Mubaraki, CE of Wafra.
TierPoint, which serves customers in the U.S., expects the transaction to close by mid-April.
TierPoint’s Jerry Kent
“This investment agreement was reached in what we all know is a very challenging environment. That’s a testament to the strong performance TierPoint has already achieved and our prospect for continued growth,” said Jerry Kent, TierPoint’s chairman and CEO. “Our business has tremendous momentum. In the last two years, we’ve increased sales bookings by 26% and the first quarter of 2020 will be another outstanding growth period.
Most recently, TierPoint, launched Cloud to Cloud Recovery powered by Nutanix for replication and disaster recovery orchestration, with a TierPoint-managed hosted private cloud in the recovery environment.
TierPoint works with channel partners and offers business model consulting, sales and marketing support, including proactive training, a partner portal, a dedicated team of channel directors and engineers, the ability to sell all of TierPoint’s services, and competitive compensation, according to the vendor. The TierPoint channel partner program has three different types of partnerships: referral, resale and broker.
Two TierPoint channel employees won Cloud Girls Rising Awards in 2019: Alexa Sorice, account executive, and Melanie Sunahara, national channel director. Cloud Girls is a vendor-neutral, not-for-profit community of female technology advocated, dedicated to educating themselves, their organizations and customers about the vast and dynamic cloud ecosystem.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 25, 2020 at 10:40PM
Added: Mar 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
2020 MSP 501 Survey FAQs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
2020 MSP 501 Survey FAQs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/2020-msp-501-survey-faqs/
Here’s everything you ever wanted to know about applying for the 2020 MSP 501 survey and rankings.
Do you have what it takes to rank among the top 501 managed service providers in the world? Every year, MSPs from around the globe throw their hats in the ring to see how they stack up against their peers in the Channel Futures MSP 501, the IT channel’s first, largest and most comprehensive survey and ranking of managed service providers (MSPs) worldwide.
Now in its 13th year, the MSP 501 has evolved from a ranking of a handful of partners to an insightful, data-rich full report that does more than name the top MSPs in the world; it shows you how they got there. 2020 is poised to be our most captivating year yet. We’re building on 2019’s record-breaking number of applicants, introducing brand-new advanced methodologies. We look forward to making the 3rd Annual MSP 501 Awards and Gala at Channel Partners Evolution even more dynamic than years past.
Will you make the cut to become a 501er? There’s only one way to find out. Check out our FAQs below, then stand up and be counted in the 2020 Channel Futures MSP 501 survey and rankings!
Be counted among your peers as one of the top managed service providers in the world. Click here for the 2020 MSP 501 application.
It’s the goal of the Channel Futures MSP 501 team to make applying as easy as possible. If you have questions about the survey, check out the FAQ below. If you don’t see an answer, shoot us an email at
[email protected], and we’d be happy to help.
Where do I access the survey?
To apply for the 2019 MSP 501, click here.
Can I see the survey application before beginning the submission process?
To download a PDF of the 2020 MSP 501 survey, please click here.
Can I save my progress and return to finish later?
The survey platform defaults to “save.” As long as the applicant has cookies enabled and is continuing the application on the same device, the user can come back at a later time to complete the survey/form.
Can I edit my answers?
Applicants can back up in the survey and adjust data as needed before clicking on the Submit button. Once an application is submitted, it is considered final.
Will I receive a copy of my answers?
Upon submittal, applicants who provide their email address when prompted will receive a confirmation email that contains a PDF copy of their responses. We highly suggest you save this PDF for your records.
What do you need for revenue verification?
Download the MSP 501 revenue verification form here or within the survey. It must be completed with the revenue numbers you have self-reported and signed by a certified financial professional or member of your company’s executive team. You may not submit an application for the 2020 MSP 501 without first uploading the verification document.
Will my company’s financial information be disclosed?
Channel Futures/Channel Partners will not disclose specific annual revenue information such as revenue dollars; however, we reserve the right to publish company growth rates based on the private revenue data you submit.
What if I have technical difficulties?
For help troubleshooting your application, please email
[email protected] and our team will get back to you shortly. For help with site registration, please email
[email protected].
When does the survey close?
The 2020 MSP 501 will close for applications at 11:59 p.m. EDT on …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 25, 2020 at 10:40PM
Added: Mar 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
Comcast Business Product Guide
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Mar 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
Arkadin Now NTTs Cloud Communications Division
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Arkadin Now NTT’s ‘Cloud Communications’ Division
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/arkadin-now-ntts-cloud-communications-division/
Scott McMaster shares what the shift means for channel partners.
Channel partners selling Arkadin platforms now are doing so under the NTT Ltd. division’s new name, Cloud Communications.
Last year, NTT Ltd. rebranded its technology operations and started bringing all its acquired companies under one umbrella. NTT bought Arkadin in 2013. This new announcement serves as the final piece of the overall acquisition strategy.
NTT’s Scott McMaster
“Our go-to-market cloud offers are essentially the same as when we were known as Arkadin,” Scott McMaster, president of the Americas Cloud Communications unit of NTT, told Channel Partners. “However, we’ve now joined 27 sister companies – including Dimension Data, NTT Security and NTT Communications – to become a strong and united $11 billion company with 40,000 employees globally.”
As part of the shift, Cloud Communications has rolled out “new and exciting” rewards for agents and VARs, valid throughout 2020, McMaster said.
“We’ve implemented a great 3X SPIFF on cloud voice calling plans for the agent community,” he said. “And we’re offering additional incentives, on top of an already great rewards program, for our VAR partners selling Cisco Cloud PSTN solutions.”
The incentives may prove especially fruitful as partners support the many enterprises scrambling to support newly remote workers amid the COVID-19 crisis. NTT said as much in its press release discussing the Cloud Communications unveiling.
“The division will continue to act as a trusted adviser to organizations looking to accelerate modern collaboration within their workplace, which in the recent climate is more important than ever,” the release reads.
Indeed, McMaster said the NTT Cloud Communications team will continue their focus on their product lines, which comprise unified communications and collaboration based on Microsoft Teams and Cisco WebEx; the Cloud Voice portfolio that includes on-premises or cloud-based PBX, contact center and UC; and the digital events line, which includes webcasts, broadcasts and town halls. McMaster said demand for the latter services has been growing by double digits, and while he didn’t specifically attribute that increase to coronavirus-related deployments, it’s not a stretch to say that more organizations will choose this route to communicate with work-from-home employees.
Arkadin channel partners should be proud that NTT chose the company as the basis for its new Cloud Communications division, McMaster said.
“They see the value and strength our … cloud solutions bring to the market and the way we service our customers,” he told Channel Futures. “As part of the unified NTT Ltd., we bring more solutions to the table and work together to present consolidated offers. And though we’re now part NTT Ltd., we’re proud to say we maintain the close connections and personal touch and feel we offered our agent partners when we were known as Arkadin.”
In fact, McMaster added, “We are focused on partners more than ever, as they’re a critical component of our business moving forward. They represent the fastest-growing part of our business, and we embrace partners as a vital portion of our business.”
Cloud Communications also will keep working with its fully owned subsidiary, Applicable Ltd., a provider of cloud UC and enterprise voice services with offices in the U.K., Australia and the U.S.
In addition, NTT has hired Fiona Lodge and Jean Turgeon to work with the go-to-market and regional teams to drive adoption. Lodge has been appointed as chief product and strategy officer, working with partners including Microsoft and Cisco. Turgeon is serving as chief technology and information officer. He is tasked with internal and external services adoption.
“Both bring a wealth of knowledge, expertise and experience which will help the division continue to provide best-in-class solutions, partnerships, assessments and consultations to customers on their digital transformation journeys towards an intelligent workplace,” said Mark Alexander, CEO of Cloud Communications, NTT Ltd.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 26, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Mar 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
Channel Partners Announces Dates for Rescheduled CP Expo Channel Event
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Channel Partners Announces Dates for Rescheduled CP Expo Channel Event
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/channel-partners-announces-dates-for-rescheduled-cp-expo-channel-event/
CP Expo will be colocated with Channel Partners Evolution.
Historically, spring is a busy time for the channel, where partners, consultants and suppliers gather at many industry events to learn, network and form valuable relationships that help us all drive toward success.
In terms of industry events for 2020, however, we are all facing unprecedented and uncertain circumstances due to the global coronavirus pandemic. Due to concern about the health of our community, Informa Tech made the difficult decision to postpone one of our most successful spring events, Channel Partners Conference & Expo. It was not an easy call, but as we drew closer to the event, each day brought new voices from our community requesting a postponement. In speaking with our Editorial and Business Advisory Boards, industry associations and partner attendees, it was clear we needed to reschedule.
To that end, we are excited to announce that we have finalized a plan we hope will satisfy our communities. We will be co-locating Channel Partners Conference & Expo with our fall show, Channel Partners Evolution, Sept. 8-11, at the Venetian & Sands Expo in Las Vegas. We believe bringing the power of these two industry-leading events together will result in a conference that will still offer the high-quality content we had planned for Channel Partners in Las Vegas, but also provide the forward-thinking technical content of Evolution.
We’ve long wondered about the possible benefits of bringing our telco and IT communities together at one event, and the shift to get there has been years in the making. For our team, one small silver lining to this situation is that it compels us to combine these two audiences in one giant “Expolution.” This will give us all an opportunity to discover new relationships and unexpected symbiosis by coming together. One thing is for sure: With the paradigm shift, there’s sure to be opportunities for profitable new business partnerships.
We recognize that the date, which falls the Tuesday after Labor Day, is not ideal; however, we assure you that our team pursued and analyzed every option, and this arrangement provides the most benefit to our sponsors, exhibitors and attendees. Expo Hall hours will be on Wednesday-Thursday, Sept. 9-10.
For attendees, benefits include:
Any attendee registration for the postponed Channel Partners Conference & Expo will automatically be transferred to the new dates in the fall at no additional charge. New confirmation emails will be sent out in short order.
Access to new networking opportunities, including an Excellence in Digital Services Awards Brunch & Networking Event, as well as the MSP 501 Awards Dinner for select MSP attendees
Diversified content that spans the breadth of the channel ecosystem.
Hotel room rates have been significantly reduced to $199+, and additional rooms have been secured at The Venetian so all attendees can be closer to the Sands Convention Center. The website will be updated with additional hotel information at a later date and emailed to all registrants.
Registered speakers will be contacted by our director of content for rescheduled programming opportunities.
In addition to the above, we are offering our sponsors and exhibitors the following:
Exhibitor and sponsorship terms and deliverables will transfer over to the postponed dates. Lead retrieval orders will also transfer over to the new dates.
For our exhibitors, Freeman has offered 100% refunds on standard rental exhibits (non-custom), furnishings, standard carpet/padding and standard event technical equipment. Custom rental exhibits will be refunded at 25%. More details about this arrangement can be found here. For questions about your booth or shipments, click here.
For sponsorships, if custom orders/graphics can be reused for the new dates, they will be stored and transferred to new dates at no extra cost. Nominal graphic overlays will also be provided at no additional cost.
All sponsored food and beverage, electrical and A/V orders will be transferred to the new dates with no cancellation fees.
Hotel sub-block agreements at The Venetian have been refunded for the March dates, and new agreements will be sent for the fall dates. For questions about room blocks, email Ellen Kurtz.
If you have already signed up to sponsor or exhibit at Channel Partners Evolution, we will apply your credit toward the rescheduled event, Channel Evolution Europe – Dec. 1-2, in London – or digital media offerings such as the Channel Educational Series or other digital opportunities we may host in 2020. Our sales representatives will reach out to you to discuss a transfer or credit within the next week.
We will also be hosting digital education offerings leading up to the rescheduled conference. We’ll make sure to notify you of these as they become available.
Together, we will weather this situation. We are deeply indebted to our communities and sincerely thank those who have reached out with support and encouragement. Stay healthy, and we hope to see you in September.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 26, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Mar 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
Why World Backup Day Is Not Just Another Gimmicky Holiday
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Why World Backup Day Is Not Just Another Gimmicky ‘Holiday’
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/why-world-backup-day-is-not-just-another-gimmicky-holiday/
March 31 was established as a day to think proactively about the importance of regular backups.
“Cold Cuts Day,” “National Anthem Day,” “What if Cats and Dogs had Opposable Thumbs Day”…
If you’ve never heard of World Backup Day, you’d be forgiven for thinking it’s another of the gimmicky “holidays” that seem to be snatching up more and more space on the calendar. (Did you know that single quirky duo Ruth and Tom Roy are responsible for copyrighting more than 80 of these holidays, including Bathtub Party Day, held annually on Dec. 5?)
This isn’t the case for World Backup Day. While, according to WorldBackUpDay.com, it was founded by a few “concerned users” on the social media site reddit, the day’s dedication is a decidedly serious one. March 31 was established as “a day for people to learn about the increasing role of data in our lives and the importance of regular backups.”
Each April Fool’s Eve, the site invites humans all over the planet to not be fools and to back up their data. In celebration of World Backup Day, we sat down with Webroot Product Marketing Director George Anderson to see how users can ensure they stay cyber resilient by adhering to good data backup practices.
For World Backup Day, what’s the one piece of advice you’d give to a small or midsize business? Or to an everyday computer user, like a parent?
Anderson: Losing data used to be something that happened because a hard disk failed, a device was lost or stolen, or some other unforeseen accident made a device unusable. These remain risks. But these days, it’s just as likely your data is being held for a ransom or some nasty infection has destroyed it for good.
Up-to-date backups are essential. Remember: It’s not if something will happen to your data, but when. So, prepare for the unexpected. Easily restored data backups let you be more resilient against cyber attacks and better able to recover customer data, financial information, business-critical files and precious memories. Anything irreplaceable should be regularly backed up without a second thought or, worse, a passive “it won’t happen to me.”
Thankfully, many of today’s backup solutions are easy to use and affordable. My advice is to not become the next data loss or ransomware victim. Simply invest a little into backup software and rest easy knowing you’re covered.
Why is it important that World Backup Day be celebrated year-round? How can we keep the spotlight on backup and cyber resilience?
Anderson: For those with backup technology in place, World Backup Day should be a reminder of the importance digital information plays in our daily lives, and to check up on existing backups to make sure they are being properly made and that they can be easily restored.
Unfortunately, “set-and-forget” technologies like automated backup and recovery solutions are rarely
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 26, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: Mar 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
SUSE Offers Free Container Software to Medical Device Makers Fighting COVID-19
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
SUSE Offers Free Container Software to Medical Device Makers Fighting COVID-19
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/suse-offers-free-container-software-to-medical-device-makers-fighting-covid-19/
The Linux and container software is being offered with free support and maintenance for as long as it is needed.
Open source software vendor SUSE has announced that it is now providing free Linux and container software to any medical device manufacturers that are working in the global fight against the COVID-19 coronavirus.
SUSE said the offer is being made to help speed the time to market for all new medical technologies that can be used to help battle COVID-19, which has been continuing to spread around the world for months. No vaccine yet exists to stop the virus and it likely is 12 to 18 months away, according to reports.
Under the offer, the free SUSE software, which will also include no-charge support and maintenance, is available to be embedded in medical devices to run them efficiently for patients. The company already has many existing SUSE pharmaceutical, research and laboratory customers who have been using SUSE Linux Enterprise and the company’s container software, SUSE CaaS Platform, in the ongoing fight against COVID-19, according to SUSE.
SUSE’s Paul Devlin
“We encourage all of our partners to get involved in this effort,” Paul Devlin, the chief customer officer for SUSE, told Channel Futures. “We will have all our partner executives reach out to our partner community to discuss and make them aware,” while also communicating on social media about the program.
To participate, medical device companies should email SUSE at
[email protected] and company representatives will contact them to move forward, said Devlin.
The free SUSE Linux and SUSE container software will be provided for as long as the coronavirus crisis continues as part of the company’s effort to support medical device manufacturers that are working to find a solution to the pandemic, he said.
“We are speaking with the companies contacting us to understand what they need and how we can help,” said Devlin. “In the embedded space, just provisioning some solutions doesn’t do the job. We want to provide real value to those who approach us.”
By providing the software, SUSE hopes that it will give medical device manufacturers additional help to create innovative devices quickly around the world. “This doesn’t have to be limited to existing medical device manufacturers,” said Devlin. “This can be leveraged by those who may be creating these for the first time. We believe we can and will support improved time to design, develop and deploy, based on our experience with similar manufacturers.”
All kinds of research and manufacturing efforts will be needed to help solve the pandemic crisis, said Devlin, and that’s why the company’s offer is being made.
“We’re willing to provide our support as soon as possible to help drive solutions more quickly,” he said. “We will do everything we can to support those companies taking advantage of this, to set up quickly and efficiently.”
SUSE’s Melissa Di Donato
In a March 25 blog post about the free software offer, Melissa Di Donato, SUSE’s CEO, said the company is joining the efforts to fight COVID-19 because open source is rooted in community and includes unwavering collaboration, compassion and innovation that can be harnessed to battle the illness.
“High performance computing, crowdsourcing, hackathons and innovative tracking are all helping us win this unprecedented fight,” wrote Di Donato. “I passionately believe that we are stronger than ever when we work together to build solutions that tackle the world’s greatest challenges. Our open source community was built to handle moments like this, and together, we will persevere.”
Charles King, principal analyst with Pund-IT, called SUSE’s offer an interesting example of how technology companies are stepping up to assist in COVID-19-related work.
“SUSE isn’t alone in such efforts by any means, but its offerings could be valuable in a wide range of research and product development efforts,” said King.
SUSE’s Linux Enterprise operating system can be embedded into and run a wide range of devices, hardware and appliances, while a SUSE Embedded Linux version includes an optimized system footprint for specific products, including medical devices, according to the company. SUSE’s CaaS Platform allows companies to use Kubernetes to deploy and manage container-based applications and services.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 26, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Mar 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
HP to Bring Bromium Security Technology to SMBs with Select Commercial PCs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HP to Bring Bromium Security Technology to SMBs with Select Commercial PCs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hp-to-bring-bromium-security-technology-to-smbs-with-select-commercial-pcs/
HP will release a free version of HP Sure Click for those working at home.
HP will roll out enhanced security offerings in the coming months, including hardware-based advanced threat protection options for small and medium businesses (SMBs) and an upgrade of the Proactive Security service the company introduced last year.
The company revealed the security enhancements Wednesday, during what was scheduled to be the second day of HP’s Reinvent partner and customer conference in Anaheim, California, which like most events was canceled due to the COVID-19 outbreak.
HP is doubling down on delivering advanced threat protection to SMBs with the launch of its HP Pro Security Edition, which the company initially will deliver on its commercial Elite desktop and notebook PCs this summer, with system-level versions of its HP Sure Sense AI-based threat detection technology and HP Sure Click Pro tools.
Notably, HP is expanding the endpoint virtualization and application isolation technology to SMBs that it gained with last year’s acquisition of Bromium. HP had previously licensed Bromium’s endpoint virtualization technology offered with its HP Sure Click solution.
Sure Click isolates key applications such as Office documents and web browsers into their own virtual containers, which keeps malware from leaking outside of the virtual machine, which is deleted once the application is closed.
The company initially offered Sure Click Pro, a premium endpoint virtualization-based threat protection capability for enterprises. HP broadened the Sure Click solution as a managed service last year, targeting midsize organizations with the Proactive Security service, which the company will expand in April when it releases the pilot of the offering as a managed service.
Based on HP’s network monitoring telemetry, 43% of breaches are targeted at SMBs, according to Ian Pratt, global head of security for HP’s commercial systems group. In a media briefing discussing today’s release, Pratt, who was previously Bromium’s co-founder and CEO, noted that small businesses are prime targets for cybercriminals because there are more of them, and many lack the resources to adequately protect themselves.
HP’s Ian Pratt
“They go where it’s easiest; they go where they can get the most return on investment for the effort they’re putting in and that is disproportionately small businesses,” Pratt said. “The bad guys treat bypassing traditional antivirus really as just part of the QA process before they release their malware in the wild. They’re going to make sure that it gets past all of the common products.”
Looking to get SMBs to try the capabilities of Sure Click Pro, the company will offer a free download through Sept. 30, appealing to the many who have suddenly found themselves working at home because of COVID-19. It will work with HP and non-HP PCs.
“It also shows them sort of democratizing some key aspects of the Bromium technology through virtualization,” said TECHnalysis analyst Bob O’Donnell.
“They’re not giving the entire Bromium suite; they are taking some of those core technologies in terms of an AI-based engine that can run locally, as well as leveraging the virtualization capabilities of both Intel and AMD CPUs,” he added, referring to the forthcoming new Intel 11th Generation Core (“Tiger Lake”) processors and next-gen AMD Ryzen chips. “These are all important steps and clever ways to use existing technologies to provide a more secure environment for both small and medium businesses, as well as enterprises that have not chosen to use the Bromium technology in the past.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 26, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Mar 25, 2020 Via IFTTT
COVID-19 Response Roundup: Kaseya ScanSource Atera More
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
COVID-19 Response Roundup: Kaseya, ScanSource, Atera, More
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/covid-19-response-roundup-kaseya-scansource-atera-more/
Employees must have an appropriate level of awareness regarding IT security.
COVID-19 increasingly is becoming a cybersecurity threat, as just last week the federal government released an alert encouraging organizations to adopt a heightened state of cybersecurity when considering alternate workplace options.
Between unsecured employee personal devices and increased collaboration app usage, attackers are using COVID-19 as their way in via malicious campaigns ranging from email phishing to malware, and ransomware to spoofed website domains. And while large enterprises may have strong security strategies in place to deal with these attacks, many SMBs and midsize companies struggle with the cost of protecting their business online.
Kevin Lancaster, Kaseya‘s general manager of security solutions, tells us it’s critical for organizations to develop security awareness programs that educate employees on phishing scams, ways to avoid unintentional downloads of malware, and the security policies of the company in order to build organic internal security measures.
Kaseya’s Kevin Lancaster
“The loss for a dentist’s office being down for one hour today is the equivalent of an entire brokerage firm’s loss 10 years ago — its that dramatic,” he said.
Employees must have an appropriate level of awareness regarding IT security and understand their individual responsibilities when it comes to securing the infrastructure of the organization, Lancaster said. Many security breaches that involve internal actors are the result of negligent behavior on the part of employees, not malicious activity, he said.
“Despite your best efforts, there may come a time when your company falls prey to an attack,” he said. “And when that happens, it’s important for IT professionals to draw an incident response plan that enables employees to strategically evaluate the aspects of the business that could be at risk and mitigate damage after a breach.”
Lancaster suggests five ways small businesses can improve their security:
Adopt a backup strategy. Backing up servers, backing up locally and offsite, and using an onsite appliance are the three most popular backup strategies.
Outsource security tasks to MSPs. Prioritizing cloud security tasks to MSPs that provide efficient cloud security solutions with features like security assessment, identity management, multifactor authentication (MFA), single sign-on, business continuity and compliance can greatly improve your defense against a cyberattack.
Achieve higher IT operational maturity to combat and lessen outages and data breaches. The relationship between outages and data breaches is significant.
Hold your employees more accountable than ever to be trained on proper security measures.
Implement an automated patching process to ensure critical software vulnerabilities are addressed before an exploit occurs.
Also this week, ScanSource has released a new resource guide for partners aimed to help them navigate through all of the COVID-19 information. The guide provides an overview of the new legislation – Families First Coronavirus Response Act (FFCRA) – as well as insight on small business loan programs, stimulus programs, travel restrictions, insurance regulations, COVID-19 Q&As for HR and operations teams, and general tips for working remotely.
John Eldh, ScanSource’s chief revenue officer, tells us his partners, like most people, are being inundated with news, updates on state and federal actions, travel guidelines and many other COVID-19 things that are taking their time away from growing their business and focusing on their people.
ScanSource’s John Eldh
“We wanted to provide a quick reference with the best information we have received that would help them understand how some of these changes may impact them, while also providing what we believe are best practices on working from home, precautions to take during this challenging time, and guidelines to consider when handling sensitive situations,” he said. “Our hope is that by having this information in one place, our partners can quickly turn to the guide for insight. Our goal is to continue to update the guide as the situation evolves for our partners.”
ScanSource is talking with its partners every day to better understand what their challenges are — not just …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 26, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Mar 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
IoTConnect and How to Get Started
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IoTConnect and How to Get Started
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/iotconnect-and-how-to-get-started/
The evolution of machine-to-machine (M2M) technology that facilitates the interconnection of sensors, machines, IT systems and management platforms to enable a smart world around is due to the Internet of Things. The leading technology behind this latest industrial revolution—Industry 4.0—IoT, is signalizing major changes and disruptions in both the internet and manufacturing industries. To capitalize on IoT and this revolution, manufacturers need to make systemic changes across the organization.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 26, 2020 at 07:32PM
Added: Mar 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cybersecurity Pros: Critical Infrastructure Ripe for Cyberattacks
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cybersecurity Pros: Critical Infrastructure Ripe for Cyberattacks
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cybersecurity-pros-critical-infrastructure-ripe-for-cyberattacks/
Cybersecurity professionals say hacking is the biggest threat to industrial networks.
Cybersecurity professionals lack confidence in the safety and security of industrial networks, and believe a cyberattack on critical infrastructure could be even more detrimental than an enterprise data breach.
That’s according to new research by Claroty into the state of industrial cybersecurity globally. An independent survey of 1,000 full-time IT security professionals was carried out in the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France and Australia to determine the attitudes and concerns of IT security professionals related to operational technology (OT) security.
Dave Weinstein, Claroty’s CSO, tells us there is certainly opportunity for MSSPs and other cybersecurity providers in IT and OT convergence. According to the report, only 65% of respondents have been trained in the differences between these two networks and believe they have the skills to manage an OT network’s cybersecurity, he said.
Claroty’s Dave Weinstein
“Working to converge IT and OT networks gives MSSPs the chance to help unlock business value in terms of operations efficiency, performance and quality of services, although equally, this proves to be a challenge as well because threats, both targeted and non-targeted, have the freedom to maneuver from IT to OT environments and vice versa,” he said.
Most IT infrastructure was designed with security in mind and is built for interconnectivity, Weinstein said. The OT environment, by contrast, wasn’t designed to be either secure or interconnected, he said.
“When managing an OT network’s security, MSSPs must be cognizant of these fundamental differences and how they impact traditional security operations and policies,” he said. “With OT networks, for example, you can’t simply implement patches every day. Similarly, you can’t discover devices or monitor traffic using traditional techniques or tools because most of the assets on an OT network communicate using proprietary, vendor-specific protocols that can’t be easily parsed and understood. Perhaps the greatest opportunity for MSSPs in regard to the integration of OT and IT networks is to achieve efficiencies with respect to people and technology. As IT and OT networks converge, it’s increasingly important to glean full spectrum of visibility across both networks. Doing so also empowers defenders to track threat actors that are exploiting IT networks to access OT targets and vice versa.”
In regard to timing and urgency, about two in three (63%) of U.S. IT security professionals expect a major cyberattack to be successfully carried out on national infrastructure within the next five years. However, 10% said there will never be one, despite ample evidence of attacks targeting energy and other related sectors, according to Claroty.
“OT security is a new area of cybersecurity for most organizations, and while critical infrastructure owners and operators have made great progress in the last few years with reducing their cyber risks, most are still at the very beginning of what will be a long and continuous journey to maturity,” Weinstein said.
Global IT security professionals, including those in the United Kingdom, Germany, France and Australia, have a more positive outlook. A majority of all global respondents believes that industrial networks are properly safeguarded. Those in Australia and Germany are by far the most confident in the overall safety of industrial networks.
When asked which type of cyberattack on industrial networks would be most prevalent in 2020, a majority of U.S. IT security professionals put …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 27, 2020 at 01:50AM
Added: Mar 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
With Coronavirus IT Security Threats Rising MSPs Must React Wisely
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
With Coronavirus IT Security Threats Rising, MSPs Must React Wisely
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/with-coronavirus-it-security-threats-rising-msps-must-react-wisely/
Acronis provides feedback from MSPs and customers about the increasing threats they are facing.
With a growing number of people working from home due to the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic, companies have to be even more sure that their now-remote workers are well-protected from malware, ransomware, hackers and other IT security threats. To highlight those challenges, data backup and security vendor Acronis held a virtual conference Thursday to illustrate the problems and share insights from users and MSP channel partners.
Included during the two-hour event, “Backup is Dead – How MSPs can join their cybersecurity and backup solutions to win more business in 2020,” was a demo of the company’s latest beta product, Acronis Cyber Protect Cloud, which is designed as a pre-built stack of products that aims to accomplish those tasks. Cyber Protect Cloud offers a wide range of software tools for data backup and recovery, malware protection and endpoint protection, as well as security and management.
Acronis’ Patrick Hurley
“More people working from home today means you have to work harder to keep these workers safe,” Patrick Hurley, the company’s vice president and general manager for sales in the Americas, said, addressing MSPs who deliver the company’s products and services. “As an MSP, obviously you are deducing your success about security steps you can take for your customers.”
That’s where the latest product will fit in as the company continues to evolve from a vendor focused on data backup into a cyberprotection company, he said.
“We’re building the platform to allow MSPs to come in and build out what they need [for customers.] These hackers know that the big enterprises have the money to protect themselves and that smaller businesses don’t have the same resources, so we’re seeing more attacks against smaller businesses. At the end of the day, you need something that is complete.”
For SMBs and channel partners such as MSPs, the new tools will provide more help for fighting to keep smaller businesses and their workers safer, said Hurley.
“If [hackers] are going to innovate on the bad side, then we’ve got to innovate on the good side,” he said.
The combined tools in Acronis Cyber Protect Cloud will offer abilities for businesses and MSPs to be more proactive when it comes to security, including adding two-factor authentication, writing and implementing needed security policies, setting up security alerts and paying more attention to data breaches, especially in highly regulated industries where fines for non-compliance can be brutal, said Hurley.
“And don’t assume that your customers know that passwords shouldn’t be ‘password’ and that ‘12345’ isn’t a good password, either,” he said. “At the end of the day, I think it comes down to education, knowledge and awareness,” he said.
Panelist Dennis McKernan, director of security for Union Technology Cooperative, an MSP in Middleton, Wisconsin, said the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the quick moves to have employees working from home to stop the spread of the virus has been challenging.
Union Technology Cooperative’s Dennis McKernan
“Really, what we’ve seen from the crisis is this explosion of people working from home and we had no time to prepare for that,” said McKernan. “It puts us back at the first stage of the NIST Cybersecurity Framework,” referring to the National Institute of Standards and Technology, which works to promote U.S. innovation and industrial competitiveness through the use of science, standards and technology. The five stages of the NIST framework, in order, are identify, protect, detect, respond and recover.
Acronis’ flexible licensing model helps with these pressures today, said McKernan, because it focuses on letting his company serve customers right away, while not having to worry about how the licensing will be completed.
“The licensing model is simply that we have relationships with our distributor and it’s based on tiers,” so it can be quickly resolved, said McKernan. “We can help our customers get there now, instead of having to spend a lot of time on licensing issues.”
For MSPs like Union Technology Cooperative, the COVID-19 pandemic is adding new challenges due to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 27, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Mar 26, 2020 Via IFTTT
Barracuda: Cybercriminals Preying on COVID-19 Vulnerabilities
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Barracuda: Cybercriminals Preying on COVID-19 Vulnerabilities
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/barracuda-cybercriminals-preying-on-covid-19-vulnerabilities/
The goals of the attacks range from distributing malware to stealing credentials, and financial gain.
Coronavirus-related spear phishing attacks have jumped a staggering 667% since the end of February, according to Barracuda’s latest Threat Spotlight report.
Between March 1 and March 23, Barracuda Sentinel, the company’s AI solution for spear phishing and cyber fraud defense, detected nearly 468,000 spear phishing email attacks, and more than 9,100 of those detections were related to COVID-19. In comparison, nearly 1,200 coronavirus-related email attacks were detected in February, and just 137 were detected in January.
Barracuda researchers have seen three main types of phishing attacks using COVID-19 themes: scamming, brand impersonation and business email compromise (BEC).
Of the coronavirus-related attacks detected by Barracuda Sentinel through March 23, 54% were scams, 34% were brand impersonation attacks, 11% were blackmail and 1% were BEC.
The goals of the attacks ranged from distributing malware to stealing credentials, and financial gain.
Fleming Shi, Barracuda‘s CTO, tells us scammers are unlikely to invest time and effort into these attacks if they aren’t successful.
Barracuda’s Fleming Shi
“Some will land in users’ inboxes and some users will click or respond,” he said. “Social engineering attacks are responsible for around 93% of data breaches. The more targeted and personalized attacks are, the more likely they are to be successful. Today, with so many workers being remote and often distracted, this makes them even more vulnerable to these attacks. Examples and data presented in this Threat Spotlight are based on attacks that were detected and blocked by Barracuda, but organizations that don’t have the right mix of email security tools will be more vulnerable to these attacks.”
It’s surprising how quickly hackers adapt to the environment and use current uncertainty to their advantage, in addition to how quickly hackers move from simpler scamming attacks to more complex ones like conversation hijacking and BEC, Shi said. And this trend will continue.
MSSPs and cybersecurity providers should focus on three areas: technology, people and data.
“MSSPs must have the right mix of detection tool to block these attacks,” Shi said. “IT resources are often stretched to the limit with so many remote workers requiring support. Automating things like incident response will help free up time for IT to focus on support and business continuity, while keeping the organization secure. Also, they must pay attention to distracted employees and outbound email — check and enable encryption and data loss prevention (DLP) policies to ensure that sensitive information is not accidentally sent to wrong person.”
In addition, MSSPs must keep training their employees to identify and report phishing attacks, and use COVID-19 examples for training purposes, he said.
“Backing up data is more important than ever,” Shi said. “With so many people working remotely, more data than ever before is being stored on Exchange, SharePoint, OneDrive or Teams. Helping organizations back up this data from accidental or malicious loss is critical to maintaining productivity and business continuity during this time.”
Remote working brings both security risks and productivity challenges, he said. Cybercriminals can take advantage of distracted and stressed employees and their email behavior.
Skilled attackers are good at leveraging emotions to elicit response to their phishing attempts, such as the ongoing sextortion campaigns that rely on embarrassment and fear to scam people out of money. With the fear, uncertainty and even sympathy stemming from the COVID-19 situation, attackers have found some key emotions to leverage.
In addition, many of the scams that Barracuda Sentinel detected were looking to sell …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 27, 2020 at 04:53AM
Added: Mar 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Scoring the Democratic Presidential Candidates on Cybersecurity
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Scoring the Democratic Presidential Candidates on Cybersecurity
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/scoring-the-democratic-presidential-candidates-on-cybersecurity/
CISO Paul Gagliardi scores Democratic candidates’ campaigns and their third-party vendors on cybersecurity.
For months now, U.S. lawmakers have heard warnings about Russia interfering with this year’s elections. But the threat extends beyond voting machines and voter data to the campaigns in both parties. MSSPs increasingly play larger roles in cybersecurity for candidates and the voting process. A new report offers insights into how well MSSPs and others are performing on the candidate side.
President Trump is the incumbent and largely covered by national security agencies. But the Democratic candidates are pretty much on their own when it comes to cybersecurity, at least for the moment. SecurityScorecard scored their efforts in their latest report.
“The entire team entered the exercise thinking we would unfortunately find some significant holes in the candidate’s security,” said Paul Gagliardi, CISO and head of threat intelligence at SecurityScorecard.
In a previous report on national and foreign political parties, the SecurityScorecard team discovered major flaws and issues in many of them. Gagliardi said the team “expected that to extend” to this year’s crop of Democratic candidates’ campaigns as well.
“Fortunately for American voters, that was not the case and we were pleasantly surprised that there were no low-hanging giant flaws we could find across the campaigns,” he said.
SecurityScorecard’s Paul Gagliardi
“We should have expected this, but it was surprising to see modern campaigns choosing a subset of vendors and third parties to do all the heavy lifting. We’ve historically found large flaws in the political parties within software solutions that were seemingly developed in-house — for example, solutions to capture voter information,” Gagliardi added.
MSSP Insider talked with Gagliardi about the report findings and what they might mean in light of foreign interference in U.S. elections.
Channel Futures’ MSSP Insider: What are the highlights in the SecurityScorecard you released earlier this month?
Paul Gagliardi: We graded all candidates’ campaigns at a rating of “B” or above, whereas our last report in 2019 found that the DNC overall had a “C” grade. This turnaround shows an increased focus on cybersecurity measures and candidate willingness to invest in good cyber hygiene.
Each campaign utilized third parties for critical technical functions. These third parties also exhibited clean external facing hygiene, although there is a risk of them becoming a target for sophisticated actors.
However, there were problematic findings with nonsanctioned websites and applications. For example, we discovered a cross-site scripting (XSS) attack among a third-party community event management application supporting Andrew Yang, who has since dropped out of the race.
CFMI: How did the key Democratic candidates and the third-party vendors they use to support their online presence score?
PG: Of the two remaining candidates, Biden scored a 97 and Sanders scored an 89. While this is good overall, we want to see any presidential hopeful taking cybersecurity as seriously as possible, particularly given recent threats from nation-states and increased vulnerabilities as workforces move fully remote.
We looked into a number of third-party vendors, including:
services and third parties such as Google, NGP, and Mailchimp, which candidates permitted to send email on their behalf.
third parties such as Cloudflare, Cloudfront, and Fastly, which provide technical, defensive, and infrastructure services to host the campaign’s websites and platforms.
other commonly used third parties, including ActBlue, Pantheon, Mobilize America and ActionKit.
The campaigns outsourced critical functions to expert third parties, which mirrors …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 27, 2020 at 05:51PM
Added: Mar 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Apple Touts New iPad Pros That Can Outperform Most Windows PCs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Apple Touts New iPad Pros That Can Outperform ‘Most’ Windows PCs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/apple-touts-new-ipad-pros-that-can-outperform-most-windows-pcs/
Upgraded iPad Pros include the LiDAR Scanner for enhanced augmented reality.
Apple now offers two new iPad Pro tablet devices that the company claims can rival most Windows PCs in speed and performance.
The latest iPad Pro lineup, which started shipping this week, is available with either 11-inch or 12.9-inch displays. Apple also plans to offer a new keyboard with includes a trackpad, though it won’t ship until May.
Apple’s new iPad Pros could be a welcome addition for partners looking to help customers with different client device options for the larger portion of their workforces that are now working at home as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak.
Since Apple launched its first iPad nearly a decade ago, the company has regarded its tablets as replacements for PCs in certain scenarios. Now, Apple believes its latest iPad lineup powered with its new A12Z Bionic processor, and new thermal architecture and controllers, will give it the kick to outperform “most” Windows PCs.
Described by Apple as its highest-performing iPad, the tablets’ new chip includes an 8-core GPU and 8-core CPU and what Apple calls a “neural engine” to enable advanced tasks such 4K video editing or working with 3-D CAD models.
“The new iPad Pro introduces advanced technologies never before available in mobile computing,” said Apple senior VP of worldwide marketing Phil Schiller.
Some reports, however, raise the question as to how much of a boost the new processor offers over those that powered Apple’s previous lineup of iPad Pros, released two years ago. Citing several benchmarks, 9to5Mac reported that the new A 12Z Bionic chipset offers only a modest increase over the A12X chips powering the 2018 devices.
Besides the new CPU and GPU, the iPad Pros also introduce Apple’s new LiDAR Scanner, improved cameras and motion sensors that aim to enhance the Liquid Retina displays and the tablets’ augmented reality (AR) capabilities.
The new models come with upgraded Wi-Fi with support for dual band 802.11ax, or Wi-Fi 6, and models with optional cellular communications support gigabit-class LTE. As reported last fall, Apple and Cisco have worked together to optimize Wi-Fi 6 performance.
Both iPad Pro models are available with storage capacities of 128GB, 2565GB, 512GB or 1TB. The 11-inch iPad Pro starts at $799 and the 12.9-inch version starts at $999.
The new tablets come loaded with the new iPadOS 13.4, which includes the integrated trackpad support that will appear in Apple’s Magic Keyboard for iPad Pro in May, which will cost $279 for the 11-inch version and $329 for the 12.9-inch device.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 28, 2020 at 12:12AM
Added: Mar 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
COVID-19 Roundup: Datto on MSP Issues Axcient and AT&T
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
COVID-19 Roundup: Datto on MSP Issues, Axcient and AT&T
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/covid-19-roundup-datto-on-msp-issues-axcient-and-att/
An extended pandemic could prompt difficult decisions by MSPs and their customers.
MSPs already have been dealing with a high number of ransomware attacks, and now COVID-19 is presenting even more challenges for them.
While millions of people globally are working from home for the first time, the ability for MPSs to remotely manage employees’ technology is nothing new. That being said, with employees taking their computers and their company’s sensitive data home with them on such a large scale, MSPs need to consider what security implications they need to be prepared for as a result of COVID-19.
To find out more, we spoke with Chris Henderson, Datto‘s director of information security, about the challenges facing MSPs and their customers as the pandemic progresses.
Channel Futures: What new issues are MSPs dealing with during this pandemic, and do those issues involve both their own businesses and and their customers’ businesses?
Datto’s Chris Henderson
Chris Henderson: MSP’s are uniquely positioned where they are not only having to modify their business in order for them to do their jobs in servicing their customers, but they’re also having to modify the offerings that they are providing to their customers as those customers’ environments change. But a lot of the change revolves around supporting remote work and doing that securely, and making sure that you’re not opening up additional vulnerability simply by trying to service your customers.
CF: Could this leave them even more vulnerable, and therefore they need to take even more precautions?
CH: I’ve heard that people are rapidly trying to support work from home by doing things like enabling remote desktop protocol (RDP) sessions into their environments rather than standing up a secure VPN. And those are the types of scenarios where we’ve seen huge increases of attacks on honeypots to open RDP endpoints, and so an increase in attacks is coming, especially as we are on the tail end of this and other state-sponsored attack countries are just finishing up with their quarantines.
CF: Has this speed of this massive switch to working from home created additional challenges?
CH: I think so. In the rush to do it, and get people up and working, I hope that people are taking the time to make sure that they are supporting these people securely and not opening them up to further attack by enabling insecure remote working protocols.
CF: What technical and security challenges should MSPs be thinking about to ensure business continuity during COVID-19?
CH: Most companies with an MSP likely have a business-continuity plan with them, and that business-continuity plan needs to be revisited at the current time. The systems that were critical likely are still critical, but perhaps the data access patterns have changed. Additionally, you have everybody’s home computers potentiallynow becoming critical backup targets if you’re not using something like Office 365 or Google Apps, or an enterprise file sync and share. If people are just working local on their desktops, you really need to consider how do you abate the risk that comes from working out of the house that is not necessarily present when working at the office.
CF: How can employers keep track of what devices workers are using from home? That could create additional difficulties, right?
CH: I think that there’s an interesting decision to be made around, do you ask remote employees who opt to use personal devices to put managed remote monitoring and management (RMM) solutions on those personal devices, and how are they going to deal with those privacy challenges?
CF: Does the fact that nobody knows how long this pandemic is going to last create additional issues?
CH: The longer this whole situation lasts, for MSPs and their customers, it presents an interesting challenge if additional …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 28, 2020 at 03:58AM
Added: Mar 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Zendesk Teams with Tata Consulting to Better Serve Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Zendesk Teams with Tata Consulting to Better Serve Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/zendesk-teams-with-tata-consulting-to-better-serve-partners/
The deal brings Zendesk a major global consulting company to help it support it partners and their customers.
Zendesk is adding muscle behind its customer service and sales CRM platform by unveiling a new partnership with Tata Consultancy Services (TCS), one designed to help Zendesk grow its business and better serve its channel partners and customers.
The strategic alliance aims to bring Zendesk a wide range of assistance and leverage in the market, including consulting, implementation and optimization services from TCS for Zendesk’s customer service and sales CRM products — particularly for large enterprises. And while the partnership is focused on assisting existing and prospective customers, it’s also seen as a way for Zendesk to continue to invest in and expand its partner business.
Zendesk’s Robert Moreno
“This partnership with TCS is a very important step in Zendesk’s effort to more efficiently solve companies’ increasingly sophisticated technological requirements,” Ricardo Moreno, vice president of worldwide partners for Zendesk, told Channel Futures. “Specifically, this partnership will allow companies to receive solutions consulting for individual product integrations and customizations that will help them deliver better customer experiences.”
Customers around the world prefer to work with partners they know and trust, and the alliance with TCS will work to aid in those relationships, said Moreno.
“Often, customers will be on a journey of larger initiatives, such as digital transformation projects, with Zendesk being a key enabler of that effort. Now, a customer going through that said transformation with TCS can leverage the company’s deep customer knowledge, business expertise and have Zendesk integrated as part of the overall solution.”
For both companies, those objectives will be their focus, he said.
“The goal of this partnership is to provide Zendesk CRM customers with TCS’ deep contextual knowledge and experience in digital transformation, as well as [to] provide TCS customers with our support, sales and engagement software solutions,” added Moreno.
Zendesk’s partner business growth in 2019 was 95% year over year, and the new partnership aims to continue to grow those relationships in the future, he said.
Kate Leggett, an analyst with Forrester Research, said that in the past Zendesk historically has appealed to smaller companies with midsize deployments of the company’s customer service platform products, mostly in the high tens of thousands of users. The new alliance could change that situation for the company, she said.
Forrester Research’s Kate Leggett
“Zendesk is making motions to move into the enterprise with a more robust product offering, exposing platform services and partnerships with global system integrators like TCS who can bring domain expertise and a stellar reputation of implementation and business transformation,” said Leggett. “TCS has strong business process consulting and technology implementation experience, especially for projects having a custom development focus.”
Ultimately, the partnership will show Zendesk how to work with a global system integrator and that knowledge and partnership will be extended to others, she said.
“Having TCS behind Zendesk is a seal of endorsement that Zendesk’s solution is enterprise-ready and being supported by this global systems integrator,” said Leggett. That could help make Zendesk more attractive to potential customers and new channel partners, “especially to clients who are larger and have deep relationships with system integrators.”
The new alliance is positive evidence that Zendesk is making a concerted effort to move up market, she said.
“By partnering with a major global consulting company, this is the next step in Zendesk’s effort to more efficiently solve companies’ increasingly complex technological requirements and provide powerful CRM custom solutions and integrations for customers worldwide.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 28, 2020 at 03:59AM
Added: Mar 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Improving Partner/Vendor Relations The Deeper Value of the MSP 501
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Improving Partner/Vendor Relations — The Deeper Value of the MSP 501
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/improving-partner-vendor-relations-the-deeper-value-of-the-msp-501/
We collected some insights from a few channel cool cats to outline why the MSP 501 is more than just a number.
Applications for the 2020 MSP 501 list are in full swing, with managed service providers (MSPs) around the world throwing their hats into the ring to compete for a spot on the IT channel’s most comprehensive ranking list of global MSPs.
The 501 companies on the annual list from Channel Futures represent the best and brightest that the channel has to offer. They’re willing to take risks, agile enough to respond to business challenges and laser-focused on customer success.
We could tout the benefits of applying for and being on this prestigious list until we’re blue in the face, and trust us, we have, but why take our word for it?
We decided to have a few cool channel cats do it for us. We beamed out the bat signal to folks that are included in the 2020 MSP 501 survey, past 501ers, and a few analysts and consultants to comment on how ranking on a list such as the 501 is an asset, and can improve partner/vendor relations.
This list, we believe, goes beyond rankings. We ultimately want the 501 community to contribute to the success of all of our organizations and the industry as a whole. These testimonials speak to the deeper value of being a 501er.
“Landing on the MSP 501 list brings an instant lift to an MSP’s credibility and overall expertise in the eyes of their customers, peers, partners, providers and prospects. It also works to differentiate their brand and shines a spotlight on the company’s thought leadership and specialization.”
— Eric Kohl, U.S. vice president of security and data center software, Ingram Micro
“MSPs have always been, and will continue to be, vital to the success of the indirect channel and the technology industry as a whole. A large subset of TBI’s partner community is made up of MSPs who we consider essential to our business; they are key to our partner programs to meet customer demand and fuel future growth. Now more than ever, it is important to differentiate yourself in a constantly evolving and increasingly competitive marketplace, and the MSP 501, being one of the largest, most comprehensive rankings in the industry, gives MSPs from around the globe a way to shine and be recognized for their contribution and growth.”
— Bryan Reynolds, director, sales operations, TBI
“I have the opportunity to talk to thousands of vendors in the technology channel. As we review their routes to market and partner programs, the conversation invariably gets to managed services and MSPs. I am able to recommend the MSP 501 list almost every day as a validated list of those organizations who lead the managed services industry from a revenue, capabilities, capacity, and customer satisfaction perspective.”
— Jay McBain, principal analyst of channels, partnerships, & alliances, Forrester Research
“I have been in business over 25 years in a small community. Reputation is very important, and awards, publishing a book, or speaking at seminars helps establish you as the expert. Winning the MSP 501 in 2019 gave a huge surge of credibility as we meet with existing clients, new prospects, and talk to vendors. Clients are impressed and reassured that they are …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 28, 2020 at 03:59AM
Added: Mar 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
COVID-19 Roundup: Datto on MSP Issues Axcient and AT&T
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
COVID-19 Roundup: Datto on MSP Issues, Axcient and AT&T
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/covid-19-roundup-datto-on-msp-issues-axcient-and-att-2/
An extended pandemic could prompt difficult decisions by MSPs and their customers.
MSPs already have been dealing with a high number of ransomware attacks, and now COVID-19 is presenting even more challenges for them.
While millions of people globally are working from home for the first time, the ability for MPSs to remotely manage employees’ technology is nothing new. That being said, with employees taking their computers and their company’s sensitive data home with them on such a large scale, MSPs need to consider what security implications they need to be prepared for as a result of COVID-19.
To find out more, we spoke with Chris Henderson, Datto‘s director of information security, about the challenges facing MSPs and their customers as the pandemic progresses.
Channel Futures: What new issues are MSPs dealing with during this pandemic, and do those issues involve both their own businesses and and their customers’ businesses?
Datto’s Chris Henderson
Chris Henderson: MSP’s are uniquely positioned where they are not only having to modify their business in order for them to do their jobs in servicing their customers, but they’re also having to modify the offerings that they are providing to their customers as those customers’ environments change. But a lot of the change revolves around supporting remote work and doing that securely, and making sure that you’re not opening up additional vulnerability simply by trying to service your customers.
CF: Could this leave them even more vulnerable, and therefore they need to take even more precautions?
CH: I’ve heard that people are rapidly trying to support work from home by doing things like enabling remote desktop protocol (RDP) sessions into their environments rather than standing up a secure VPN. And those are the types of scenarios where we’ve seen huge increases of attacks on honeypots to open RDP endpoints, and so an increase in attacks is coming, especially as we are on the tail end of this and other state-sponsored attack countries are just finishing up with their quarantines.
CF: Has this speed of this massive switch to working from home created additional challenges?
CH: I think so. In the rush to do it, and get people up and working, I hope that people are taking the time to make sure that they are supporting these people securely and not opening them up to further attack by enabling insecure remote working protocols.
CF: What technical and security challenges should MSPs be thinking about to ensure business continuity during COVID-19?
CH: Most companies with an MSP likely have a business-continuity plan with them, and that business-continuity plan needs to be revisited at the current time. The systems that were critical likely are still critical, but perhaps the data access patterns have changed. Additionally, you have everybody’s home computers potentiallynow becoming critical backup targets if you’re not using something like Office 365 or Google Apps, or an enterprise file sync and share. If people are just working local on their desktops, you really need to consider how do you abate the risk that comes from working out of the house that is not necessarily present when working at the office.
CF: How can employers keep track of what devices workers are using from home? That could create additional difficulties, right?
CH: I think that there’s an interesting decision to be made around, do you ask remote employees who opt to use personal devices to put managed remote monitoring and management (RMM) solutions on those personal devices, and how are they going to deal with those privacy challenges?
CF: Does the fact that nobody knows how long this pandemic is going to last create additional issues?
CH: The longer this whole situation lasts, for MSPs and their customers, it presents an interesting challenge if additional …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 28, 2020 at 05:54AM
Added: Mar 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Hackers Get Creative in Latest COVID-19-Fueled Phishing Tactics
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Hackers Get Creative in Latest COVID-19-Fueled Phishing Tactics
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hackers-get-creative-in-latest-covid-19-fueled-phishing-tactics/
Google registers a 350% rise in phishing websites, chatbots joins scams, and fake OneDrive login is hot.
Phishing continuously evolves as hackers constantly improve their tactics to net more victims. But the COVID-19 pandemic has sparked their imaginations and created a notable surge in phishing creativity. MSSPs need to add these new tactics to their security measures and client employees’ phishing training to keep everyone aware and informed. Here are some of the most notable and newest phishing threats.
Who knows who WHO is? IBM X-Force recently identified a new HawkEye malware variant distributed in emails spoofing the Director-General of the World Health Organization, Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. That email campaign began on March 19 and continues today, according to the X-Force researchers.
Specifically, the spam email has attachments with Agent Tesla malware which deploys a keylogger and info stealer. The emails are personalized for each recipient by a username stripped out of the email address. And the emails claim to be from Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of WHO – instead of the organization in general – to gain credibility with recipients, the researchers said.
KnowBe4’s James McQuiggan
“Unfortunately, the pandemic entices criminals to increase their social engineering and phishing email scams and target people’s fear with false information. The criminals rely on fear and the appetite for information to lure people to open attachments or click the links to load malware onto their systems,” said James McQuiggan, security awareness advocate at KnowBe4.
Fake OneDrive logins. There’s a new global work-from-home phishing campaign that uses a fake OneDrive login in a credential-stealing scam.
“We are seeing more phishing emails that are trying to trick users into giving their credentials through a faked login page. Threat actors are actively utilizing this pandemic to attempt to compromise individuals’ accounts and organization’s networks,” said Mimecast researchers. “The potential for human error will inevitably increase and we expect to see more of these phishing attempts in the coming days and weeks.”
Customer support chatbots steal personal information. A new phishing scam discovered by MalwareHunterTeam targets Russian victims using a “customer support” to notify them of a refund for unused internet or cellphone services. The chatbot scheme is likely to expand the victim count to include people in other countries.
“If it’s too good to be true, it probably is — a famous quote, but one that is a recommended warning to be heeded when it comes to online ads, pop-ups or emails. In this case, the attackers are luring the victims with the promise of money and many are unknowingly falling for it,” said McQuiggan.
McQuiggan says the best prevention is to verify the website or the organization providing the opportunity and reply there.
“Checking to see if the company is real or ignoring it completely and closing the window is recommended. There are a lot of ads which are online scams that utilize click bait to entice people to click a link,” said McQuiggan.
“The victim is then prone to give up sensitive information or provide access to their social media accounts, which in turn leads to the criminal hackers gaining access to more information about the victim to leverage against their own contacts, friends and family,” McQuiggan added.
Google registers a 350% Increase in phishing websites. According to data and analysis by Atlas VPN, “the number of phishing websites spiked by 350% during the coronavirus pandemic. This led to the number of registered phishing sites to rocket to over half a million in March 2020.”
Highlights of the report on the researchers’ findings include:
In January, Google registered a total of 149,195 active phishing websites. In February, the number increased by 50%, reaching 293,235 of registered phishing websites.
Comparing March to January, the number of phishing websites increased by 350%, reaching 522,495 in total.
The number of coronavirus-related phishing websites hit a total of 316,523 in March.
The number of suspicious websites containing COVID-19 related keywords – more than 67,000 – peaked on March 21.
AtlasVPN’s Rachel Welsh
“Hackers identified coronavirus as something users are desperate to find information on. Panic leads to irrational thinking and people forget the basics of cybersecurity. Users then download malicious files or try to purchase in-demand items from unsafe websites, in result becoming victims of scams,” said Rachel Welsh, COO of Atlas VPN.
As protective measures against COVID-19 continue for the foreseeable future in nearly every country, more creative phishing tactics will emerge. MSSPs are now burdened to spot them quickly and guard their clients against them.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 30, 2020 at 08:54PM
Added: Mar 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
AppSmarts Growth Strategy Banks on Channel Convergence
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
AppSmart’s Growth Strategy Banks on Channel Convergence
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/appsmarts-growth-strategy-banks-on-channel-convergence/
AppSmart says businesses want to reduce the number of technology advisers they work with.
Earlier this month, AppSmart not only announced the strategic hiring of Renee Bergeron, formerly a top cloud executive with distributor Ingram Micro, as senior vice president and general manager, but the company also made several other significant changes to its leadership team.
These changes combined with AppDirect’s acquisition of WTG and NeoCloud in 2018 and Telegration and CNSG in 2019, solidify the growth objective for AppDirect’s AppSmart business unit that bills itself as the channel-led, one-stop shop for all B2B technology services.
In her new job for less than one month, Bergeron chatted with Channel Futures to provide some insight on where the company is headed and relationship with channel partners.
Channel Futures: Tell us about AppSmart today.
AppSmart’s Renee Bergeron
Renee Bergeron: AppDirect is one of the leading e-commerce platforms globally, and we make it available to technology advisers that help businesses become digital. We help them by removing friction and providing them with the technology they need to help and solve business problems for their end customers.
AppSmart is a marketplace where technology advisers can come to learn about different solutions and to order and provision services for their customers. The AppSmart Marketplace offers a catalog of applications and services from leading providers and is powered by AppDirect technology.
CF: Who else uses the AppDirect e-commerce platform?
RB: The AppDirect platform is licensed to a number of companies around the world who are using it as their go to market engine for digital services — companies like British Telecom (BT), ADP and Telstra are some examples. AppSmart is an instance of this being powered by the AppDirect platform.
CF: What is AppSmart’s relationship with partners?
RB: AppSmart comes from a number of acquisitions that have been consolidated over the past few years, such as WTG, Telegration, CNSG and NeoCloud. These acquisitions help bring together the capabilities, the expertise, the provider relationships that we needed, as a basis, to establish the business.
Today, what’s unique about AppSmart, and one of the key things that attracted me to the AppDirect company, is our ability to help the transformation that is going on in the channel.
CF: I believe what you’re referring to is convergence in the channel — right?
RB: We all see that the technology channels are converging. Businesses are looking to reduce the number of technology advisers [that they work with]. Historically, when technology was on premises, businesses had a number of different providers that brought different expertise — so many they worked with a telco agent to get their telecommunication services, a traditional channel partner for their on-premises equipment, and they may have worked with a systems integrator to get their business applications.
With the cloud, all of these channels are converging, and businesses are looking to reduce the number of technology advisers.
What’s exciting and unique about the AppSmart value proposition is that we can help these technology advisers that are looking to support their customers with all the variety of technology; we can provide it.
CF: What technology does AppSmart provide?
RB: We combine a catalog of telecommunication services such as fixed voice lines, fixed data lines or mobile services with a rich catalog of SaaS solutions and infrastructure-as-a-service (IaaS) solutions — so it’s really the first digital catalog that is made available to partners that want to take advantage of this need that customers have to work with fewer advisers, who can get more of their customer’s wallet.
CF: I’m a channel partner. Why would AppSmart be more attractive to me than any other marketplace?
RB: If you look at all of the other marketplaces, they’ll either offer telecommunication services or SaaS and IaaS services; there is no marketplace today that offers both. We bring this together in a single catalog. That’s powerful for technology advisers that want to be end-to-end providers for their customers.
CF: Isn’t it likely that partners will still have to go to more than one marketplace to service their customers?
RB: We don’t think so. We think this [a combined marketplace] is a benefit, selecting one marketplace. We believe that technology advisers will …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 12:00AM
Added: Mar 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSPs: Time to Reinvent
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSPs: Time to Reinvent
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msps-time-to-reinvent/
Jim Lampert
Managed service providers have been around for more than 20 years but my, how things have changed since they grew out of the original application service provider model. Until recently, MSPs have focused primarily on remote monitoring, security, network management and other routine IT tasks that CIOs would rather outsource for cheaper than they can run internally.
But as cloud adoption grew, MSPs began to expand offerings to include public and private cloud design, migration and management services. This has contributed to a new purpose for MSPs, especially as software-defined infrastructure and automation have replaced some of their traditional skill sets. The trouble is, CIOs are wrestling with the complexity costs of new technology: unmanaged cloud sprawl, integration challenges between SaaS and cloud providers, security risks from shadow IT and so on.
But where there’s pain, there’s opportunity. MSPs looking to grow and survive amid IT marketplace disruption can today play a bigger role than ever before in enterprise IT. In 451 Research’s “Voice of the Enterprise: Cloud Hosting & Managed Services” survey, organizations highlight cloud platform expertise, advanced platform functions and cloud-native application development as areas where the necessary skills are lacking in-house. “As a result, enterprises are looking to service providers to fill some of these gaps — over the next two years, nearly half of businesses currently using cloud plan to work with a service provider to acquire cloud platform expertise,” according to the research firm.
IT leaders are under pressure to be real business partners, working directly with the C-suite on the future of the business. In turn, MSPs now have a fantastic opportunity to deliver a new suite of services:
MSPs as strategic cloud advisers. .Cloud investments are expected to double as a percentage of IT budget over the next three years, according to Deloitte Insights Tech Trends 2020. How organizations invest is important, as there’s so much choice today in terms of vendors, solutions and architecture. CIOs and CXOs need expert, outside advice on how to design and implement the optimal IT environment from a cost, performance and business innovation perspective. They need advice on whether to choose a hybrid, multicloud or pure cloud architecture and how to manage it all. Certainly, MSPs can serve as filters in the market, recommending the optimal public or private cloud provider to the client, based on expertise, usability, price and other characteristics. They can help answer questions like: which assets should remain on-premise and which cloud provider can adapt most easily to future needs? MSPs should reconfigure operations and services (including their own staff composition) to meet these growing needs.
MSPs as technology simplifiers. Tools and app sprawl are choking the ability of DevOps and ITOps teams to be efficient and gain needed visibility into status, cost and health of the infrastructure and production environment at all points in time. A recent study found that large companies receive nearly 3,000 alerts daily in IT, and most of them are either redundant or irrelevant. This adds cost and confusion for IT organizations, and hinders the ability to quickly see issues of real business importance. Another survey, conducted by my employer, OpsRamp, found that the proliferation of legacy IT operations management (ITOM) tools is among the top three barriers for IT modernization. MSPs can help IT leaders analyze the tools environment and rationalize existing investments as well as identify requisite replacement technologies. Top goals should be reducing data noise, bringing data sets together for central visibility and applying analytics in the right areas to continually improve IT performance.
In addition, MSPs are in an optimal position to recommend new technologies, helping enterprise IT leaders rapidly …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 02:55AM
Added: Mar 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Make Every Day World Backup Day
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Make Every Day World Backup Day
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/make-every-day-world-backup-day/
This April Fool’s Eve, on March 31, the organizers of World Backup Day are asking businesses and home computer users alike not to play the joker by taking a simple pledge:
“I solemnly swear to back up my important documents and precious memories on March 31st.”
Now, World Backup Day may seem like a holiday made up by—I don’t know—a company that sells backup and recovery solutions? But that’s not the case! No, while we think it’s an excellent idea, Carbonite can’t take the credit.
According to WorldBackupDay.org, the holiday was organized by concerned internet users asking the question, “What would you do if you lost everything?”
We think that it’s a great idea and a sound reminder of the potential consequences of a lost, stolen or failed device. So, are you ready to take the pledge?
Here are a few tips for celebrating World Backup Day the right way.
Recognize data loss is a when, not an if.
As more and more of our lives migrate online, ways to lose our data are proliferating. While there was once a time when we could limit our concern to hard disk failure or device theft, today’s users know it could also be corrupted by malware or held for ransom by ransomware delivered any of a number of ways.
And whether by extortion or sale on the dark web, cybercriminals are smart to the fact that personal and business data holds tremendous value. It increasingly looks like data loss—at least for a time—is inevitable.
But for those willing to take a little initiative, there are reasons for optimism. Backup and recovery solutions today are simple to manage, affordable and non-intrusive. Like the old saw “a stitch in time saves nine,” a little effort on World Backup Day could end up saving precious photographs and essential business data.
Adhere to the 3-2-1 rule.
Businesses especially should remember the golden rule of data protection when securing essential data: the 3-2-1 rule of backup.
This rule stipulates that all backups should account for three instances of your data (an original copy and two backups); include two local copies on different types of backup media (such as a flash drive and on the cloud); and one off-site storage solution in case of a natural disaster or other device-destroying catastrophe (i.e., securely encrypted in the cloud).
Put another way, this best practice recommends businesses and home users:
Keep at 3 three copies of their data
Maintain 2 local copies on different media
Have at least 1 backup solution hosted off-site
Make every day world backup day.
The importance of backup is often eclipsed by the latest security scare or large attack making headlines. The details of the latest ransomware variant or astronomic ransomware demands are simply sexier than devising a plan to keep you safe from such an attack. Yet keeping your data safe is more important than ever in today’s risky online environment.
If your business or home media collection isn’t protected with a backup and recovery plan of action, we encourage you to use
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 02:55AM
Added: Mar 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Onapsis Targets MSSPs SIs VARs with New Partner Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Onapsis Targets MSSPs, SIs, VARs with New Partner Program
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/onapsis-targets-mssps-sis-vars-with-new-partner-program/
Out of Onapsis’ four partner pillars, MSSPs are one of the more strategic.
Onapsis, the provider of business application protection, has launched its new nCase partner program, an expansion and enhancement of its existing partner program.
This new program opens business opportunities for partners in the market of protecting SAP and Oracle applications as they migrate to the cloud and drive digital transformation for the Global 2000, according to the company.
nCase is led by Darren Gaeta, Onapsis’ vice president of worldwide alliances and channels. He tells us his company has worked with partners in the past, but lacked a comprehensive program.
Onapsis’ Darren Gaeta
“The new program provides our partners with deal registration support, an updated partner portal, channel marketing resources, technical and certification training, and more,” he said. “Beyond these updates, we’re now applying my four-pillar strategy that enables Onapsis to access and support potential clients in multiple ways. This strategy streamlines the program, offering numerous ways to market through four different types of partners, including system integrators (SIs), MSSPs, technology alliance partners and VARs.”
Onapsis partners gain access to the company’s specialized knowledge base and insights into best practices for ensuring the availability, security and compliance of business-critical applications, including information about the key quality, security and compliance issues that need to be addressed during SAP S/4HANA projects, and cloud migrations for SAP and Oracle, according to the company.
Additional benefits to partners include:
New products and services that support emerging business application transformation, cloud migration and regulatory compliance use cases.
Improved revenue margins.
Participation in deal registration by reselling Onapsis technology solutions.
Access to Onapsis technology for use in consulting engagements.
The ability to incorporate Onapsis technology, experts and analytics into managed security service offerings.
Product integrations to drive value within the security and audit ecosystem.
Access to sales and technical training, as well as branding and lead generation programs.
“Out of our four pillars, MSSPs are one of the more strategic,” Gaeta said. “Several of our partners, such as Accenture and Deloitte, have already spun up an Onapsis-as-a-service offering for clients who have requested this type of service. It allows clients that may not have the resources to manage the Onapsis Platform to obtain access and protection for business-critical applications, but through an MSSP.”
Accenture now can offer professional services and managed services as one partner, he said. Essentially, this helps them become a one-stop shop, he said.
“We’re excited to see this next phase of the Onapsis nCase partner program come to fruition as our strategic alliances grow,” said Chris Smith, Onapsis’ chief revenue officer. “As modern companies focus on complex digital transformation projects and cloud migrations, it’s crucial to ensure the availability, security and compliance of the mission-critical processes that help run their businesses. The Onapsis nCase partner program extends the reach of our mission to empower organizations to protect their business-critical applications.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Mar 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
COVID-19 Fuels MSP Cloud Deployments for Remote Work
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
COVID-19 Fuels MSP Cloud Deployments for Remote Work
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/covid-19-fuels-msp-cloud-deployments-for-remote-work/
Seven cloud-centric MSPs talk challenges, approaches and, in one case, the all-important issue: financials.
If the experience of one cloud-centric managed service provider can be considered a reflection of its peers, then MSPs throughout the channel are dealing with delays on planned projects while tackling an onslaught of unexpected deloyments, all due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Channel Futures recently spoke with seven MSPs but only one talked with us about how business demand specifically has changed as a result of the novel coronavirus that now has spread throughout the United States. At Maven Wave Partners, a Google Cloud premier partner, some customers have deferred implementations that were in the pipeline while others have accelerated suddenly critical work-at-home deployments.
Maven Wave’s Jason Foa
“To date, the puts roughly equal the takes, so our business growth has continued consistent with pre-COVID-19 times,” said Jason Foa, managing director of infrastructure at Maven Wave. But, he added, “whether that situation will hold is unknowable.”
It seems safe to say that that sentiment applies throughout the channel (and beyond). And yet, MSPs are charging forward, as they must. COVID-19 is forcing many enterprises to enable remote work access via the cloud, often in as few as 48 hours, or risk shutting down altogether.
Unitas Global’s Mary Stanhope
“We’re seeing a significant increase in tickets and calls as people set up their remote work environments,” said Mary Stanhope, chief marketing officer at Unitas Global, which partners with all the major hyperscale cloud vendors.
That squares with what Ken Presti, vice president of research and analytics at Avant, a master agency that offers a range of cloud communications platforms, is encountering.
“From what I’m hearing, the channel is receiving an influx of calls around this,” Presti said. “Channel partners’ phones are just about melting as the inquiries come in — and it all comes down to two questions: ‘How fast can you help me?’ and ‘How can we do this as smoothly as possible?’”
Some research firms are scrambling to tally just exactly how much remote work has gone into action as a result of the coronavirus; there are no statistics yet that provide an accurate picture. Global Workplace Analytics and Iometrics launched a benchmark survey on March 27 that, when complete, will shed light on the proliferation.
COVID-19 Work-At-Home Deployments Changing Conversations, the Future
Despite the lack of formal numbers and additional anecdotal MSP input, it is clear that work-from-home deployments are on the rise because of COVID-19. And cloud technology is vital to getting organizations and their employees up and running from wherever they are quarantined as quickly as possible. For SADA, which partners exclusively with Google Cloud, this has meant shifting the company’s focus from how to sell to how to serve, CEO Tony Safoian told Channel Futures.
“That includes changing the way we talk to customers, offering additional support and being super responsive to meet their immediate needs,” Safoian said. “Everyone wants to get back to normal as fast as possible but right now, the best we can do is help each other get through this.”
Once COVID-19 dies down, the businesses throughout the world that abruptly …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Mar 31, 2020 Via IFTTT
Tech Datas Security Practice Builder Goes Digital
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Tech Data’s Security Practice Builder Goes Digital
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/tech-datas-security-practice-builder-goes-digital/
Tech Data’s new Digital Security Practice Builder is offered at no cost to the distributor’s partners.
Tech Data on Tuesday launched its Digital Security Practice Builder, an online version of the Security Practice Builder that the company has been offering for more than a year. Development of the Digital Security Practice Builder got underway in mid-2019.
The Digital Security Practice Builder is an outgrowth of Tech Data’s Practice Builder methodology introduced in 2017, to help partners minimize risks and costs as they explore next-generation technology markets. The new digital program is for North America and Latin America.
Tech Data’s Alex Ryals
“We designed the new curriculum where we engage partners in a very high-touch model,” Alex Ryals, vice president of security solution business, North American, at Tech Data, told Channel Futures. “The driving force to develop the digital program was that a lot more partners than we anticipated asked for the program and had a need for our practice builder. The initial Security Practice Builder program wasn’t designed to scale to all of our partners. Digitizing it brings the capability to a larger number of our partners.”
Partners must qualify for the program, then they’re assigned a solutions practice consultant – a former business owner and security executive – who works with the partner for three to six months to build a security business. Tech Data also goes onsite to conduct workshops, offers activities to help rationalize a go-to-market program, financially models a business, and helps with a strategy that might include selecting services and which vendors to work with.
Partners qualify for the practice builder program via a security practice assessment that determines a partner’s security capability level and where that partner needs improvement for growth. Once partners gain an understanding of their capabilities or lack thereof, they gain access to curated security training courses. Best practices across strategy, marketing and vendor-specific execution follow.
There are five modules in the course and more than 20 hours of video content that partners can consume self-service and on demand. There’s also a corresponding website and portal for partners to go to for content.
How long it takes a partner to complete the builder program is unique to an individual partner business. To date, fewer than 100 partners have completed the Security Practice Builder program. Ryals expects thousands to take advantage of the digital version. Best of all, Tech Data offers the Digital Security Practice Builder for free to its partners.
Tech Data also offers a Cloud Practice Builder program and IoT and Analytics Practice Builder program. The Cloud Practice Builder program launched a digital version a year ago.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 10:01PM
Added: Mar 31, 2020 Via IFTTT
Helping to Meet the Urgent Demand for Remote Work and Study Options
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Helping to Meet the Urgent Demand for Remote Work and Study Options
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/helping-to-meet-the-urgent-demand-for-remote-work-and-study-options/
More than ever, organizations need reliable technology service solutions to continue operating with minimal disruption.
Widespread travel bans and other unprecedented changes in the global business environment have resulted in an abrupt change in the way people work and study.
More than ever, organizations need reliable technology service solutions to continue operating with minimal disruption. This includes hardware and software that directly enable remote work and learning, such as laptops, headsets, collaboration applications, etc., as well as security and other adjacent services and technologies required to create a complete and secure solution.
When working from home, it’s important to be mindful of the experience. This applies to the individual with minimal interaction, but even more so to those whose roles require constant interaction. And it matters for both the caller and the person with whom they’re connecting. Without being able to see and hear each other clearly, a remote meeting is tiring at best and unproductive at worst. This is why it’s critical your customers choose the best possible technology solution.
A Complete Source for End-to-End Remote SolutionsIngram Micro offers the guidance and resources to help you assemble and implement complete remote work/study solutions quickly and effectively—to meet the unprecedented demand for these options.
We have deep experience and technical expertise in UCC, security, cloud, data backup and retrieval, and business continuity, as well as in verticals such as education, government, financial services, health care and other industries where compliant remote options are critical right now.
Resources for Custom Remote Solutions and SupportIngram Micro’s Solution Design and Services (SD&S) team can help you choose the right products and build specific solutions to address your customers’ distinct UCC requirements. In addition to design and custom build services, our SD&S teams offer multi-vendor support, solution-focused help desks and end-user engagement skills to facilitate sales.
We also offer extensive resources throughout the sales cycle, including dedicated support teams, and longstanding relationships with vendors that specialize in all the technology required for remote work/study solutions.
With Ingram Micro cloud solutions, we connect partners to the largest ecosystem of SaaS and IaaS solutions that help their customers build and manage remote workforces without sacrificing productivity and security. We can help architect, deploy and support UCC (including voice/VoIP, videoconferencing, messaging, virtual meeting rooms and more) as well as security (endpoint protection) and backup solutions.
Last but not least, with cash flow an issue for many businesses and organizations right now, partners can turn to our financial services team for options to help with financing.
You can count on Ingram Micro to serve the needs of your customers looking for remote work and study options, as well as solutions to address other technology challenges.
Greg Richey is director of Ingram Micro’s Digital Transformation Solutions (DXS), Special Technology Group.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 10:01PM
Added: Mar 31, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell Wyse Gives Citrix Workspace App Preferred Status with ThinOS 9
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell Wyse Gives Citrix Workspace App Preferred Status with ThinOS 9
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-wyse-gives-citrix-workspace-app-preferred-status-with-thinos-9/
Citrix Workspace migrations rise as the app moves to cumulative updates.
Dell Wyse says its thin clients used in secure VDI environments by such industries as government, health care and finance can now offer the Citrix Workspace app a much-needed, more reliable user experience and performance boost with the release of ThinOS 9.0.
A new version of the proprietary secure operating system is available starting today. The release comes at an opportune time for Citrix and Dell partners that have found themselves suddenly needing to offer improved capabilities for the mounting number of their shared customers working at home due to extended quarantines stemming from COVID-19.
“It is off of the scale,” said Fred Waibel, fixed client project manager at Wyse, referring to the recent surge in demand. “We’ve seen a lot of renewed interest with individuals who are looking for solutions that they can basically send home to their customers to basically provide access to their existing virtual workspace environments.”
It’s noteworthy that Citrix Workspace app, the cloud-native, virtual end-user computing environment released in 2018 that incorporates Citrix Receiver and other components, took precedence in ThinOS 9.0 over enhancing Dell Technologies’ own VMware Horizon Cloud and Workspace ONE. Likewise, Citrix Workspace app support in ThinOS 9.0 came before providing native support for Microsoft’s new Windows Virtual Desktop, though Dell Wyse rival Igel has an exclusive window with Microsoft in working with WVD.
Waibel indicated that future ThinOS updates will address added functionality and/or support to those platforms and others as well, though he declined to elaborate. To be sure, ThinOS is a broker for Citrix, VMware Horizon, Microsoft Remote Desktop Services (RDS) and Amazon WorkSpaces environments.
Waibel, a 31-year veteran of Wyse, which Dell acquired in 2012, noted that Citrix is one of its oldest partners and estimated roughly half of Wyse thin clients now run ThinOS operate in Citrix environments. Migrations from the traditional Citrix Receiver to the modern Citrix Workspace app are increasing rapidly, according to Waibel.
“I don’t know of any that are not planning to move to Citrix Workspace app from the classic Citrix Receiver environment,” he said.
In addition to incorporating Citrix Receiver, Workspace app incorporates related plugins from Citrix including NetScaler, XenMobile Secure Hub, a driver mapper to ShareFile, a secure browser, single sign-on to SaaS apps and data-loss prevention, among other features.
ThinOS is one of three operating systems Dell offers for Wyse thin clients — the other two are the more extensible Linux and Windows OSes that allow for third-party applications and drivers.
Unlike the Linux and Windows operating systems for Wyse devices, ThinOS is a secure operating system preferred by health care providers, financial-services firms and government agencies that handle sensitive and confidential information. In addition to providing AES 256-bit encryption, ThinOS is designed to offer added protection to the underlying operating system, application and data by caching and credentials reside in RAM.
The rollout of ThinOS 9.0 also comes a week following the release of the latest Citrix Workspace app update, Long Term Service Release (LTSR) 1912 for Windows. In a blog announcing the LTSR 1912 release, Citrix product manager Aayush Agarwal noted that it marks a key milestone for Citrix Workspace app.
LTSR 1912 marks a new Citrix Workspace app release cadence that partners and customers …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 10:54PM
Added: Mar 31, 2020 Via IFTTT
Zerto 8 Backup Brings Google Cloud Integration Deeper Azure AWS Features
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Zerto 8 Backup Brings Google Cloud Integration, Deeper Azure, AWS Features
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/zerto-8-backup-brings-google-cloud-integration-deeper-azure-aws-features/
The new Zerto 8.0 features arrive after requests from customers and prospects who wanted the additional capabilities.
Zerto has expanded its flagship data protection, backup and recovery suite, giving it new integration with Google Cloud, broader connections with Azure and AWS and several new features with VMware platforms.
The Zerto backup updates aim to help business users and their partners improve their data-protection processes, including expanded recovery and mobility for hybrid and multicloud environments in a wide range of uses.
The new version (8.0) now integrates with Google Cloud’s VMware-as-a-service offering, which will allow users to protect and migrate VMware workloads in Google Cloud Platform, and a broader integration with Microsoft Azure for easier scalability of large deployments. The expanded Azure support now includes Microsoft Hyper-V Gen 2 virtual machines and allows users of Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) for VMs to use Microsoft Azure as a target for disaster recovery without having to convert the VMs to legacy formats. Also new in Zerto 8.0 is the ability for AWS Storage Gateway to be used as a target site for cheaper and easy cloud archive and data protection.
The new integration of Zerto with Google Cloud Platform resulted directly from a steady stream of requests from customers and prospects who wanted to be able to use their Zerto deployments with their Google clouds, Caroline Seymour, vice president of product marketing of Zerto, told Channel Futures.
Zerto’s Caroline Seymour
“We’re seeing an increase in our MSPs leveraging public cloud to build out their service offerings,” she said. “We’ve never before had, from a Zerto standpoint, a relationship with Google. Our customers have been asking us how they can get disaster recovery for Google Cloud instead of just on premises.”
The new version also includes features aimed at the company’s channel partners, including an expanded VMware vCloud Director (vCD) connection with Zerto’s self-service recovery portal for MSPs, said Seymour. To accomplish this, Zerto integrated its self-service extension with the built-in tenant UI in vCloud Director, giving MSPs an easier way to standardize on it to configure and enable services for customers, she said. Also added was standalone VM support, providing a design improvement within vCloud Director vApp, which now allows MSPs to protect standalone VMs in one virtual protection group.
“This is a big one for our MSPs, who asked for this,” said Seymour.
Also in Zerto 8.0 are new analytics capabilities, including a VM view feature that now shows unprotected VMs to users. Previously, only protected VMs were shown.
“This is great for MSPs because they can help customers see what is and isn’t being protected,” said Seymour. “We always saw the protected view whether it was on premises or in the cloud. It helps MSPs size up what resources are needed for additional VMs that they want to protect for organizations.”
Charles King, principal analyst with Pund-IT, told Channel Futures that Zerto’s enhanced offerings reflect broader adoption of hybrid multicloud deployments by companies of every kind.
Pund-IT’s Charles King
“By taking these steps, Zerto will ensure that its channel partners have access to the kinds of cloud solutions and services that their customers want and need,” said King.
Another analyst, Christophe Bertrand of Enterprise Strategy Group, said the addition of the new features and capabilities will be welcome for customers and channel partners.
“Zerto’s platform is truly expanding with a series of improvements that make it both broader in terms of supported platforms – hybrid, multicloud and platform integrations – and deeper with new features such as the integration with vCD,” said Bertrand. “It is also adding much-needed automation for what can be complex disaster-recovery orchestration tasks such as automated failback for Azure and AWS, and a new GUI for recoveries.”
The new support for the AWS storage gateway also is notable, said Bertrand, because it allows Zerto to provide archiving capabilities.
ESG’s Christophe Bertrand
“The improved reporting and associated capabilities complete the picture of what seems to be a very rich platform update,” he said. “Channel partners will definitely benefit from these new capabilities that will not only make their lives easier for those who deliver services, but also open up more opportunities with the expanded platform coverage and the addition of Google capabilities.”
The addition of Google Cloud support is particularly important, said Bertrand, because many organizations leverage multiple cloud vendors, meaning that those workloads and data sets must be protected wherever they reside.
“The broader the coverage, and the easier to use, the better platform,” he said. “Zerto’s platform is maturing and expanding, furthering its capabilities to optimize disaster recovery.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 10:54PM
Added: Mar 31, 2020 Via IFTTT
Security Solutions: Efficacy Is King
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Security Solutions: Efficacy Is King
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/security-solutions-efficacy-is-king/
Lots of network security providers claim they are the best at threat detection and prevention. But can they prove it?
When it comes to rating the effectiveness of security solutions, efficacy is king. Why? All it takes is one malicious request slipping through the net for a damaging breach to take place.
Lots of network security providers claim they are the best at threat detection and prevention. But can they prove it? Brand new third-party research from AV-TEST reveals that Cisco Umbrella is the industry leader in security efficacy, according to the 2020 DNS-Layer Protection and Secure Web Gateway Security Efficacy report.
Overview
AV-TEST is the leading independent research institute for IT security in Germany. For more than 15 years, the cybersecurity experts from Magdeburg have delivered quality-assuring comparison and individual tests of virtually all internationally relevant IT security products.
In November and December 2019, AV-TEST performed a review of Cisco Umbrella alongside comparable offerings from Akamai, Infoblox, Palo Alto Networks, Symantec and Zscaler.
In order to ensure a fair review, the research participants did not supply any samples (such as URLs or metadata) and did not influence or have any prior knowledge of the samples being tested. All products were configured to provide the highest level of protection, utilizing all security-related features available at the time.
The test focused on the detection rate of links pointing directly to PE malware (such as EXE files), links pointing to other forms of malicious files (such as HTML and JavaScript), as well as phishing URLs. A total of 3,668 samples were included in the testing.
DNS-Layer Protection Test
In the first part of this study, DNS-layer protection was tested. DNS-layer protection uses the internet’s infrastructure to block malicious and unwanted domains, IP addresses and cloud applications before a connection is ever established as part of recursive DNS resolution. DNS-layer protection stops malware earlier and prevents callbacks to attackers if infected machines connect to your network.
An ideal use case for DNS-layer protection is guest WiFi networks. With guest WiFi it is usually not possible to install a trusted certificate on the guests’ devices, so HTTPS inspection is not possible. The study, however, shows that DNS-layer protection without a selective proxy still provides a good base layer of security.
DNS-layer protection with selective cloud proxy redirects only risky domain requests for deeper inspection of web content, and does so transparently through the DNS response. A common use case for selective proxy is corporate-owned devices where there is a need to inspect
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
March 31, 2020 at 10:54PM
Added: Mar 31, 2020 Via IFTTT
Palo Alto Networks Making Second SD-WAN Pivot with CloudGenix Acquisition
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Palo Alto Networks Making Second SD-WAN Pivot with CloudGenix Acquisition
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/palo-alto-networks-making-second-sd-wan-pivot-with-cloudgenix-acquisition/
This acquisition pulls Palo Alto Networks closer to the Ciscos and Symantecs of the world.
Palo Alto Networks is shelling out about $420 million in cash to acquire SD-WAN provider CloudGenix in what is likely to be an isolated deal, as cybersecurity M&A otherwise has ground to a halt during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Palo Alto’s Prisma Access secure access service edge (SASE) platform delivers a global cloud network with cloud-delivered security for all users. With the proposed acquisition, Palo Alto said it will integrate CloudGenix‘s cloud-managed SD-WAN products to accelerate the intelligent onboarding of remote branches and retail stores into Prisma Access.
This combination will “extend the breadth” of Prisma Access, addressing network and security transformation requirements, and accelerate the shift from SD-WAN to SASE, according to Palo Alto. The deal is expected to close by July 31.
Palo Alto Networks’ Nikesh Arora
“As the enterprise becomes more distributed, customers want agile solutions that just work, and that applies to both security and networking,” said Nikesh Arora, Palo Alto’s chairman and CEO. “Upon the close of the transaction, the combined platform will provide customers with a complete SASE offering that is best-in-class, easy to deploy, cloud-managed and delivered as a service.”
Palo Alto said it won’t address questions regarding how its partners and those of CloudGenix will be impacted until after the acquisition closes.
Eric Parizo, senior analyst at Omdia, tells us this acquisition represents Palo Alto’s second major strategic pivot on SD-WAN in the past six months. This is yet another acquisition that pulls Palo Alto closer to the Ciscos and Symantecs of the world, “offering a solution set made largely of someone else’s parts,” he said.
“Prisma Access is the vendor’s cloud-delivered network connectivity and security service,” he said. “Hence it’s a natural fit for Prisma Access to have SD-WAN capabilities in order to facilitate the delivery and management of secure connectivity to enterprises, particularly those with branch offices and other distributed deployment scenarios. So in November, Palo Alto announced its own home-grown SD-WAN offering built into its PAN-OS, the software running its physical and virtual firewalls. The goal was for Palo Alto to use its own next-generation firewalls or even third-party devices such as Cisco routers to connect to Prisma Access.”
Omdia’s Eric Parizo
When Palo Alto made that initial announcement last fall, it represented a significant strategic shift as the vendor had been relying on third-party SD-WAN partners, including CloudGenix, for this functionality, Parizo said. But the November announcement made clear it intended to provide SD-WAN features – such as path metrics (latency, jitter, loss), path selection and dynamic path change – all on its own, managed through its Panorama management system, he said.
“It was somewhat surprising at the time that Palo Alto didn’t decide to acquire a pure-play SD-WAN vendor, but Omdia believes Palo Alto likely passed because acquiring one of those vendors would simply be too expensive,” he said. “This acquisition of CloudGenix highlights yet another shift away from those entirely home-grown SD-WAN capabilities in favor of an acquisition and integration of CloudGenix’s technology. Omdia suspects Palo Alto underestimated both the potential addressable market represented by SD-WAN, as well as the time, effort and ultimately cost … of building its own capabilities. Palo Alto has had an ambitious vision for SD-WAN that involved unifying the functionality with cloud-based data loss prevention (DLP), but the reality is it lacked the experience to develop and deploy the core SD-WAN functionality. Doing that on its own wasn’t going to be fast, easy or cheap.”
CloudGenix has about 250 customers, many of which are in the Fortune 1000 and include companies in …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 01, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: Mar 31, 2020 Via IFTTT
IT Conference Rescheduling Sees Light of Day
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IT Conference Rescheduling Sees Light of Day
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/it-conference-rescheduling-sees-light-of-day/
Many COVID-19 conference cancelations are in the rearview mirror. We’re looking ahead.
The IT industry is slowly getting a handle on the many conferences that were set to take place though the first half of the year but due to the COVID-19 pandemic, were canceled. Many event sponsors are announcing rescheduled events.
In some cases, conference sponsors canceled conferences outright; in other cases, they postponed them or set out to create virtual events for attendees. Clearly everyone – conference sponsors, vendors, industry speakers, partner organizations, attendees, venue facilities and a multitude of workers – have been thrown off course by current events.
As we all do our best to forge on and stay healthy, here’s what we’ve gathered about how and where some shows are going on.
Beginning with our own, we’re excited to announce the Channel Partners Conference & Expo, scheduled for Sept. 8-11, at the Venetian & Sands Expo in Las Vegas. The colocated event includes our fall show, Channel Partners Evolution.
Cisco Live is relaunching as a complimentary, full-scale digital worldwide event, June 2-3. Watch the event site for continuous updates.
Dell Technologies has created a Dell Technologies World virtual experience scheduled for October. The vendor noted its intentions to stay engaged with customers, partners and all stakeholders through smaller virtual meetings, gatherings, briefings, webinars, podcasts and town halls.
IBM announced early on that it’s taking IBM Think 2020, a client and developer conference, and PartnerWorld, for business partners, virtual, May 5-7. There’s still time to register for the Think Digital event. The company has already lined up an impressive guest speaker roster, including Ginni Rometty, chairman, president and CEO – soon departing; Arvind Krishna, incoming CEO; Jim Whitehurst, president and CEO of Red Hat, soon to be president at IBM; Amal Clooney, barrister at Doughty Street Chambers; Mayim Bialik, writer, actress and neuroscientist; and Imogen Heap, musician, producer, founder, Mycelia for Music, to name a handful.
Ingram Micro Cloud Summit 2020 has been postponed to early 2021. The distributor’s Comet Competition details are being worked out and participants will receive information. The Comet Competition 2.0 is in its second year.
The MSP Alliance has rescheduled MSPWorld 2020 for Sept. 30-Oct. 2 in New Orleans. Same location, different date.
It looks like the next PlanetOne Tech Tour is scheduled for June 9-10, in Hilton Head, South Carolina. Additional Tech Tour events are scheduled for Sept. 23-24, in Las Vegas, and Nov. 10-12, in Scottsdale, Arizona.
Red Hat Summit Virtual Experience, scheduled for April 28-29, is open to registrants. If you already registered for the onsite event or are interested in registering for the virtual event, visit the vendor’s website for information on the agenda, speakers, and early Virtual OpenShift Commons Gathering on April 27.
Aruba Atmosphere 2020 (ATM) was canceled and its ATM Digital event has been postponed. The company is focused on providing solutions at this time, according to a statement on its event website. Similarly, the canceled Google Cloud Next ’20: Digital Connect has also been postponed and will update its site as more information becomes available.
The ASCII Houston IT Success Summit has been postponed to Dec. 2-3 at the JW Marriott Galleria Houston. Partners can get information on other ASCII Success Summit events taking place in the U.S. on the organization’s website.
D&H Distributing recently announced the relaunch of its partner conference series for 2020. Called them Thread Technology conferences, the events are virtual, live-streamed “Threadcast” videocasts. The first two Threadcast events featured special speakers, subject-matter experts and manufacturer-based technology presentation. For partners who missed the initial virtual event, D&H is making the content available to view on demand.
IWCE Expo has been rescheduled to Aug. 24-28, at the Las Vegas Convention Center.
LiveWorx 20200 has scheduled a virtual event for June 9. The company is working through the event details and will provide updates as they become available.
Vendors with plans to retool their live events to virtual events, or reschedule for later in the year, but have not announced details as of this time include: F5 Agility; ImpartnerCon 2020; Kaseya’s Connect IT Global; Lenovo Transform 2020; Microsoft Inspire 2020; Sapphire Now 2020; TBI’s Big Event, VeeamOn 2020; Pax8 Wingman 2020; ZertoCon 2020.
HPE Discover 2020, scheduled for June 23-25, in Las Vegas, is still scheduled, as is HPE Partner Growth Summit 2020, which runs June 22-24, during the Discover event. VMworld 2020, scheduled for Aug. 31-Sept. 3, in San Francisco, is also still being held as scheduled. Both vendors are monitoring developments of the COVID-19 outbreak and will keep the public notified.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 01, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: Mar 31, 2020 Via IFTTT
Hotel Breaches on the Rise Putting Guests Their Companies at Risk
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Hotel Breaches on the Rise, Putting Guests, Their Companies at Risk
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hotel-breaches-on-the-rise-putting-guests-their-companies-at-risk/
VPNs and email encryptions aren’t the only protections MSSPs need to provide for their clients who travel.
From MGM Resorts’ massive hack to Marriott International hotel chain’s second breach in less than two years, it’s clear that hotel breaches are on the rise.
The hackers behind these attacks are looking for more than the usual data score and are setting their sights on far-flung attacks for even bigger stolen hauls. To protect clients from what comes next, MSSPs will need to step up protections for hotels and for traveling clients working in other industries.
Lucy Security’s Collin Bastable
“Consumers have grown used to the hospitality industry’s data incontinence, but leaked email addresses mean that the risk continues for consumers long after the initial attack is over,” said Colin Bastable, CEO of security awareness training company Lucy Security.
This trend is underscored by the fallout after last summer’s MGM Resorts hotels breach. The personal details of more than 10.6 million MGM Resorts guests was subsequently published on a hacking forum last month.
“This is a great example of how these breaches and their fallout can continue to haunt businesses for quite some time. It’s likely MGM thought this incident was far in the rear view, but the value of their particular data set continues to have appeal, despite its age and the potential staleness in certain spots,” said Adam Laub, CMO at STEALTHbits Technologies.
The most recent hotel breach happened at Marriott hotels, the second such incident in less than two years.
Comparitech’s Paul Bischoff
“The biggest threat Marriott guests might face as a result of this breach is targeted phishing. Guests should be on the lookout for targeted messages from scammers posing as Marriott or a related company,” said Paul Bischoff, privacy advocate with Comparitech.
“Don’t click on links or attachments in unsolicited emails. Check email addresses and don’t just trust display names. If you’re uncertain as to whether a message is legitimate or not, ask Marriott using contact information found through Google,” Bischoff added.
This Marriott breach happened after hackers secured the login credentials of two employees at a franchise property.
“While the disclosure provides useful information for the consumers affected, it offers little for information security practitioners to better understand how to avoid similar incidents in the future,” said Tim Erlin, vice president of product management and strategy at Tripwire.
“Breaches that use valid credentials can be harder to detect because the attack looks like a valid login. In these cases, organizations often have to look at what changes that attacker is making as they carry out their objective in order to detect the malicious activity,” Erlin added.
Hotels have become bigger targets given their newfound vulnerabilities in the current pandemic crisis.
BitSight’s Jake Olcott
“The hospitality industry is particularly vulnerable to a cyberattack at a time like this. The hospitality attack surface has expanded dramatically. Significant parts of the workforce are now remote. Many are furloughed but still retain sensitive data,” said Jake Olcott, VP of communications and government affairs at BitSight.
“Because of the franchise model, HQ often lacks visibility into the technical operations of subsidiaries. All of this suggests that the hospitality sector IT teams need to gain more visibility into their security posture with fewer personnel and significantly less resources,” Olcott added.
MSSPs should consider adding or offering …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 01, 2020 at 06:52AM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Webroot: Widespread Lack of Cybersecurity Best Practices
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Webroot: Widespread Lack of Cybersecurity Best Practices
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/webroot-widespread-lack-of-cybersecurity-best-practices/
Few Americans practice all key benchmark metrics to protect themselves from cyberattacks.
A new list of most and least cyber secure U.S. states shows a disturbing lack of cybersecurity best practices.
According to Webroot‘s fourth annual ranking, New York, California, Texas, Alabama and Arkansas are the least cyber secure states in the country, while Nebraska, New Hampshire, Wyoming, Oregon and New Jersey are the most cyber secure.
Tyler Moffitt, Webroot security analyst, tells us none of the states had an average score greater than 67%. Also, there is very little difference between the most secure and least secure states, he said.
No state scored a “C” grade or higher. That underlines a lack of cybersecurity education and hygiene nationally.
Webroot’s Tyler Moffitt
“However, the most cyber secure state (Nebraska at 67%) did score substantially better than the least (New York at 52%). This score was calculated through a variety of action- and knowledge-based variables, including residents’ use of antivirus software, use of personal devices for work, use of default security settings, use of encrypted data backups, password sharing and reuse, social media account privacy, and understanding of key cybersecurity concepts like malware and phishing,” Moffitt said.
Webroot says almost all Americans claim they take steps to protect themselves online, but there’s little to support this claim. For example, few practice all key benchmark metrics (using antivirus software, backing up data and keeping social media profiles private) to protect themselves from cyberattacks.
Most Americans are familiar with malware and phishing scams, but only one third feel confident they can explain what they are.
Our Security Shortcomings
Some 83% of Americans use antivirus software and 80% regularly back up their data; however, only one half know if their backup is encrypted, and only 18% back up their data online and offline.
Also, nearly half of Americans use the same password across multiple accounts. Only 37% keep their social media accounts private.
“The results are particularly unsettling given the pandemic,” Moffitt said. “It’s even more important for employees to follow cybersecurity best practices while working from home as they’re under less strict supervision by IT while cybercriminals can still gain access to company networks and data. Also, with everyone now forced to work from home, we’re seeing spikes in the attack surface of unsecured remote desktop (RDP) machines.”
More than half of Americans routinely use their employer-provided work device for personal use, according to Webroot. Almost one half have never looked into the security of these devices. Just a third have taken any steps to improve its security.
One silver lining is our improving vigilance with data backups, Moffitt said. One half (50%) report storing their data encrypted in the cloud, up from just 43% last year.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 03:54PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cloud Computing: Rackspace Goes Into EMEA IBM Targets Hybrid Cloud
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cloud Computing: Rackspace Goes Into EMEA, IBM Targets Hybrid Cloud
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cloud-computing-rackspace-goes-into-emea-ibm-targets-hybrid-cloud/
Take a break from pandemic news to learn what three cloud-centric providers are doing that impacts the channel now.
COVID-19 dominates nearly all conversations and news sites, but companies continue to make announcements not related to the virus. Take a break from pandemic developments to learn what three cloud computing-centric providers are doing that impacts the channel now. Here’s how Rackspace, IBM and Zenoss are helping partners develop their business strategies to adapt to a changing world.
Rackspace’s EMEA Expansion Will ‘Address Dearth of Cloud Skills’
Rackspace’s recent expanded investment into the Middle East will bring more opportunity for channel partners.
Rackspace’s Lisa McLin
The company, a cloud computing and managed hosting provider, is “bringing additional local resources to help address the dearth of cloud skills in the Middle East,” Lisa McLin, vice president of alliances and channel chief at Rackspace, told Channel Futures.
Distributors, master agents, systems integrators and VARs in the region gain access to Rackspace’s services as a result. Rackspace teams with Amazon Web Services, Google Cloud Platform and Microsoft Azure, among some other cloud vendors. It manages the private and public deployments on behalf of end users.
George Pawlyszyn is leading Rackspace’s strategy in the Middle East and Africa as general manager.
“He is focused on providing trusted and unbiased expertise to migrate customers to the cloud securely, and enhance existing customers’ environment whilst working closely with partners,” McLin said.
Rackspace already boasted more than 500 customers in the Middle East. But, fueled by a multimillion dollar investment, it intends to add to that list. Rackspace has launched a hub in Dubai where it will house salespeople, professional services consultants and marketing personnel.
“The cloud market is growing significantly in the region and customers are increasingly requiring unbiased experts to support them on their cloud journey,” Martin Blackburn, Rackspace’s managing director, EMEA, said.
IBM Names New Cloud SVP
IBM’s new CEO has appointed a new head of cloud business as Big Blue pursues its intent of going up more powerfully against AWS, Google Cloud and Azure.
Arvind Krishna, who replaces CEO Virginia Rometty and who used to lead the company’s cloud computing division, on Monday said Howard Boville will take over as senior vice president of IBM Cloud on May 1.
IBM’s Howard Boville
Boville comes to IBM from Bank of America where he worked as chief technology officer. The two companies have been collaborating to build cloud platforms for the financial services sector.
Now, Boville will stand at the forefront of cloud strategy, with a particular focus on hybrid cloud. He will also oversee more than 60 cloud data centers across 19 countries and 18 availability zones across six regions, IBM said.
Zenoss Takes Cloud Zone Into EMEA
Zenoss Inc., which develops monitoring analytics software for visibility in cloud computing and other IT environments, recently debuted its cloud zone for the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) region.
This means all U.S.-based Zenoss Cloud services now are available to EMEA from a dedicated instance in Frankfurt, Germany. Zenoss said it chose Frankfurt because the site offers the highest standards of data protection. And it complies with the German Bundesdatenschutzgesetz (BDSG), a federal data protection act.
“Zenoss Cloud has taken off domestically, and we’ve been experiencing increased demand for separate instances in other regions,” said Greg Stock, chairman and CEO of Zenoss. “We’re dedicated to serving our customers around the world, and this new zone will provide full-stack monitoring and AIOPs with the highest levels of data protection.”
Zenoss Cloud is a SaaS platform that, put simply, helps organizations ensure peak performance within their IT environments.
The Austin, Texas-headquartered company said it will follow the EMEA announcement as it builds more zones in other regions. The Zenoss Cloud EMEA zone is available now; the company said partners and customers already are using it.
Zenoss did not respond to Channel Futures’ inquiry for further insight into how the announcement will impact channel partners. The company’s strategic alliance partners include AWS, Accenture, Cisco, NTT Data and more. The company also has marketplace partners, offering its software through AWS, CenturyLink, Cisco, Rackspace and ServiceNow.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 03:55PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
New HP ProBook Laptop Models Debut for SMB and Remote Workers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
New HP ProBook Laptop Models Debut for SMB and Remote Workers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/new-hp-probook-laptop-models-debut-for-smb-and-remote-workers/
The new HP ProBook Laptop models feature the latest AMD Ryzen 4000 processors.
(Pictured above: The new HP ProBook 445 G7 laptop.)
HP on Tuesday introduced two new HP ProBook Laptop models to its 400 series of devices. The new HP ProBook 445 G7 and the HP ProBook 455 G7 laptops are designed for growing businesses and remote workers.
HP ProBook 455 G7 Laptop
Back in January, HP expanded its ProBook laptop series with the x360 435 G7 model. The product will be available in May.
The HP ProBook 445 G7 and HP ProBook 455 G7 are the company’s first commercial products to feature the latest AMD Ryzen 4000 series of mobile processors. AMD introduced its Ryzen 4000 series processes at CES in January.
Here are some of the ProBook features:
Performance and productivity. The latest ultra-responsive AMD Ryze 4000 Series is available with four-, six-, or eight-core mobile processors and offers long battery life. PCs recharge quickly to get up to 50% battery life in 30 minutes with HP Fast Charge.
Multilayered security protection below, in and above the OS (operating system). Users stay protected with built-in security and privacy features from the BIOS up, including HP Sure Start, HP Sure Sense, HP Privacy Camera and optional HP Sure View Gen 3. The self-healing BIOs HP Sure Start for AMD automatically recovers from firmware attacks or corruption without IT or user intervention. HP Sure Sense uses deep learning AI to identify and quarantine never-before-seen attacks. This helps to prevent infections before they happen. The integrated HP Privacy Camera includes a physical shutter to block the lens to prevent malicious surveillance. There’s also an optional HP Sure View Gen3. This instantly blocks prying eyes from seeing your screen because it reduces visual light when viewed from the side.
Built for business and productivity for the modern workstyles. The ultra-slim devices have a 180-degree hinge, lay-flat design and passed 19 MIL-STG 810G tests. It features a durable aluminum cover that holds the near borderless display and a 3-D-forged aluminum keyboard deck. Users who want to transition to desktop productivity can opt for the HP USB-C Dock G5. HP also offers an HP Extended Range Wireless LAN that allows greater distance from transmission point and fast data throughput at shorter ranges. There also is an option for a fast connection in dense wireless environments with gigabit-speed Wi-Fi 6.
The two new commercial-grade HP ProBook laptop models are designed for business users and are powered by Windows 10. The devices will be available later this month.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 03:55PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
BitTitan Appoints North and South America Sales Director
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
BitTitan Appoints North and South America Sales Director
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/bittitan-appoints-north-and-south-america-sales-director/
BitTitan’s new sales director will explore new opportunities for MSPs.
BitTitan has hired Kevin Serpanchy, previously with ProQuest, as sales director for North and South America.
Serpanchy will lead BitTitan’s Americas sales team and identify opportunities for driving sales growth. He also will work with partners such as Microsoft and Google, as well as MSPs.
Serpanchy spent the past 15 years with educational technology company ProQuest. He most recently was senior sales director for the U.S. South region and government.
BitTitan’s Kevin Serpanchy
Serpanchy cites BitTitan’s success in the channel with its cloud migration tool, MigrationWiz. He plans to look for new markets in the Americas to help BitTitan continue its success and pursue business growth.
“In my new role, I’ll work closely with MSPs to explore opportunities for joint selling, enhanced partnerships and marketing activities,” he said. “Globally, we’re in the midst of a pandemic, and many companies need the cloud now more than ever. Our objective is to help organizations that urgently need cloud services accelerate their move to the cloud, enable their workforce to work remotely, and fully leverage cloud services to maintain business continuity and keep employees on payroll. As a cloud-based company, I believe we have much to offer to help businesses that need these services now.”
At the top of Serpanchy’s to-do list is to meet with MSPs that work with BitTitan to better understand how his company can help MSPs meet their customers’ needs.
“Our objective is to educate and provide training to our partners with technical and customer support to ensure they’re positioned for success,” he said. “It’s critical that BitTitan and our channel partners understand the challenges and unique needs of customers when it comes to digital transformation. The process of using digital technologies to update business processes and customer experiences is constantly changing. It’s important that we stay abreast of these technologies, how they’re regulated in different industries, and how they’re being used.”
Serpanchy also will review and analyze BitTitan’s business goals to find opportunities for expansion and business growth in the Americas.
“This will not only help BitTitan achieve revenue growth, but our partners as well,” he said.
“Kevin is a proven and passionate leader who is well-versed in the needs of global customers looking to fully leverage cloud technologies,” said Tony Rummans, BitTitan’s vice president of global sales. “As more companies turn to cloud solutions to enable remote work, Kevin’s demonstrated history of delivering technology solutions in various industries, including the higher education vertical, will help BitTitan meet customer needs to accelerate migrations to the cloud.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 03:55PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Scale Computing Gains an Acronis Cloud Storage Option for Customers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Scale Computing Gains an Acronis Cloud Storage Option for Customers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/scale-computing-gains-an-acronis-cloud-storage-option-for-customers/
The deal gives Scale Computing customers and partners additional choices for cloud storage and data backup.
Scale Computing now offers Acronis cloud storage to customers through an expansion of its OEM partnership agreement. The option also gives channel partners more ways to help their customers combine needed tools to run their businesses.
By incorporating Acronis cloud storage, Scale Computing customers get broader data backup, disaster recovery (DR) and cybersecurity capabilities, according to the companies. Using Scale’s HC3 platform with Acronis, users will gain granular object-level recovery, variable-length deduplication for backup and active ransomware protection. Scale Computing provides edge computing, virtualization and hyperconverged infrastructure products and services. Acronis cloud storage provides hybrid, redundant backup storage for disaster recovery and cybersecurity mitigation. Scale is offering Acronis Cloud Storage in increments ranging from 250GB to 5TB with terms of one to three years.
The deal is an extension of an ongoing relationship the two companies have had for more than a year, Alan Conboy, chief technologist in the office of the CTO at Scale, told Channel Futures.
Scale Computing’s Alan Conboy
“Scale and Acronis have a tight integration, to the point where Scale OEMs Acronis Backup advanced for our virtual platform,” Conboy said. “And Acronis is building agentless backup specifically for our HC3 platform.”
Partners and customers have asked for these expanded services, added Conboy.
“Acronis already has the plumbing built into their backup package to send backups to their own cloud as one of many locations that a customer can back up to,” he said.
Scale customers began asking for Acronis services to be available with Scale’s platform, he said.
“One customer [was] hit with ransomware, which played a major role in their move to Scale Computing and Acronis. They reached out to their partner and asked about adding the built-in Acronis Cloud offering as an additional backup target on top of their local and remote site targets to provide a safe additional layer of backups that isn’t directly on the local network,” he said. “This extra layer of insurance was their motivation to move to Scale Computing and Acronis.”
The broadened OEM deal helps channel partners by providing an easy-to-implement, trusted and tested DR platform to protect customers, said Conboy.
Customer & Analyst Reaction
Jose Solis, senior systems and network engineer for Classic Hotels & Resorts, a Scale customer, said the deal helps customers. The deepened relationship helps partners and resellers offer an all-inclusive platform that will make things easier for customers, he said.
“In the real world, a lot of customers like us are left to deal with implementing both. And it is not an easy task,” he said. “Sometimes vendors are not clear about any compatibility issues or best practices. If both manufacturers are set to be compatible, we understand that all those compatibility issues are left behind and the whole book has been written on how to integrate both from the get-go.”
Pund-IT analyst Charles King said Scale customers get options for robust and secure, cloud-based data backup and recovery.
“Acronis’ experience in detecting and thwarting ransomware and other cyberattacks makes it a potentially valuable strategic partner,” said King. “The deal should benefit both companies and their customers.”
The companies say their combined products can protect virtual machines and provide bare-metal restore capabilities. They also can protect restores on dissimilar hardware or platforms if required. The Acronis cloud storage backups are stored on the Acronis Cyber Infrastructure software-defined compute and storage platform.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 03:55PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
New Survey Measures Impact of COVID-19 on Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
New Survey Measures Impact of COVID-19 on Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/new-survey-measures-impact-of-covid-19-on-partners/
We are looking for partner feedback to help us understand what’s happening in your business during the pandemic.
We are living in unprecedented times. Like nearly every industry, the channel is going through a paradigm shift due to the impact of COVID-19. The economic downturn and uncertainty over the global pandemic are pushing entire sectors to shift from office to remote work. This has caused thousands of businesses to re-evaluate 2020 budget forecasts, and has forced employers to make hard decisions about how much of their own workforce they can continue to support at pre-COVID levels.
We are hearing a range of responses from partners, with some SMBs having to take measures such as furloughing employees or significantly cutting hours and others watching their business increase drastically as the economy shifts to a remote work norm. We want to drill down into what’s on the minds and balance sheets of our readers and community members.
That’s why today, Channel Partners and Channel Futures launched a new survey, “Channel in Crisis: How Partners are Navigating COVID-19.” The survey looks at the impact of COVID-19 and examines other factors such as:
Trends by company size and location, including if business has picked up or slowed down.
The status of cloud migrations among customers.
The impact of shadow IT.
Security
Projected revenue streams.
In order to continue to offer the most relevant industry insights and thought leadership, we need your input. We encourage you to take 10 minutes to give us your feedback.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 03:55PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Channel Partners Conference & Evolution: Heres What You Can Expect
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Channel Partners Conference & Evolution: Here’s What You Can Expect
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/channel-partners-conference-evolution-heres-what-you-can-expect/
Thanks to the coronavirus, we had to postpone our spring show. The result is a first-ever combined show that promises to be our best ever.
In March, Channel Partners had to make the very difficult decision to postpone our flagship spring event, Channel Partners Conference & Expo, thanks to escalating concerns over the spread of coronavirus. The event was set to be one of our most educational conferences ever, with sessions based on your feedback, an incredible preconference workshop, and a slew of downloadable materials to accompany most sessions.
Our sponsors pulled out all the stops to create a show floor packed with creative booths, help desks and consultation stations. We had several high-energy, fun sessions like our Thunderdomes, a new debate series with experts weighing in on hot topic issues, and improv sales training.
Postponing Channel Partners Conference & Expo
The event landed at a particularly ambiguous time during the COVID-19 pandemic. By and large, formal travel restrictions weren’t yet in place. While we kept a close eye on the situation, things escalated quickly in the week leading up to the Channel Partners Conference & Expo.
On Monday, the vast majority of our attendees, speakers and sponsors were still gung-ho about coming to Vegas. By Thursday, we started to see massive numbers of people withdrawing from the show. This was either because of personal health concerns or mandates against travel issued by their own companies. By Friday afternoon, we knew that for the sake of our communities and our employees, we had to postpone.
The Convergence of 2 Shows
We spent the next couple of weeks searching for the best alternative. We explored ways in which we could still serve up the educational and in-person networking benefits of Channel Partners. After lots of research and discussion, we came up with a plan that would be the most widely beneficial. The best course of action, we decided, would be to combine the spring event with our fall show, Channel Partners Evolution.
The Channel Partners Conference & Expo is somewhat geared more for our telco audience than our other communities, and Channel Partners Evolution leans a bit more toward the IT side of the channel. In our newsroom, we’ve been talking seriously about more convergence between the two channels in the last couple of years. A silver lining for this situation is that we have a chance to bring our two communities together. We got the opportunity to learn from one another, form relationships and find new business opportunities.
Introducing … ‘Expolution’
What can you expect from this new, combined show? It’s the biggest channel show of the year, which we have fondly nicknamed “Expolution.” Almost all of the content we had programmed for Expo will be included. The sales training, business best practices and security education are applicable to both audiences. You’ll see more IT folks on our keynote stages, and we’ve added new sessions that focus on additional technologies.
For the Channel Partners Conference & Expo, we challenged each and each of our speakers, moderators and panelists to develop an educational asset for their session: a workbook, reference sheet or list of resources, for example, that gives attendees tangible materials they can use to act upon what they learned from each thought leader. That push will continue for Expolution. If you’re looking for top-notch education to tide you over until then, check out our Channel Educational Series page on Channel Partners Online and Channel Futures. Many of the webinars in that series feed directly into …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 03:55PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cloud IT Infrastructure Spending a Bright Spot Amid Pandemics Spread
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cloud IT Infrastructure Spending a Bright Spot Amid Pandemic’s Spread
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cloud-it-infrastructure-spending-a-bright-spot-amid-pandemics-spread/
A new report from IDC looks at the fourth quarter of 2019 but also looks ahead as COVID-19 threatens the economy.
IT infrastructure spending for cloud projects recovered in the fourth quarter of 2019 after two previous quarters of decline.
That proclamation comes from IDC in its latest Worldwide Quarterly Cloud IT Infrastructure Tracker. The research firm said end-user spending, which includes channel-generated revenue, was $19.4 billion in the final quarter of last year. The number comprised servers, storage, Ethernet switches for both public and private cloud environments.
In terms of vendors leading the cloud IT infrastructure charge, IDC reported ties for both third and fifth places. Analysts declare a tie when there is a difference of 1% or less in two or more vendors’ revenue shares. With that in mind, here is the tally IDC released for each provider’s fourth-quarter revenue and market share:
Dell Technologies, $2.7 billion and 14.5% market share.
HPE, along with its new H3C Group, $2.2 billion and 11.6% market share.
Cisco, at $1.1 billion and 5.9% market share. (tied for third)
Inspur/Inspur Power Systems, at $1.1 billion and 5.9% market share. (tied for third)
Huawei, at $873 million and 4.7% market share. (tied for fifth)
Lenovo, at $810 million and 4.4% market share. (tied for fifth)
But the COVID-19 outbreak may cut short much excitement over a prolonged rebound.
The virus’ spread is slamming the brakes on planned technology projects, particularly those with a hefty capex component, worldwide. As a result, IDC expects non-cloud IT infrastructure spending to decline 9.2%, to $61.4 billion, in 2020. The firm forecasts overall IT infrastructure spending will drop 2.9%, to $130.6 billion.
A Bright Spot?
And yet, cloud offers a rare bright spot amid the COVID-19-fueled global economic implosion. Many organizations have scrambled to suddenly support work-from-home capabilities for employees, and are leaning on the cloud to achieve these ends. That will help 2020’s cloud IT infrastructure spending rise 3.6% over 2019’s $66.8 billion to $69.2 billion, IDC estimates.
Overall, here’s a quick look at 2019’s fourth-quarter cloud IT infrastructure market results from IDC:
Public cloud led the spending, up 14.5% year over year, reaching $13.3 billion.
Private cloud grew 8.2% to $6.1 billion.
Cloud storage platforms saw the fastest year-over-year growth in the last quarter of 2019 at 15.1%, with spending reaching $6.6 billion.
Compute platforms increased 14.5% year over year, with $10.8 billion in spending.
Ethernet switches declined 3.9% to $2 billion.
IDC added that as cloud IT infrastructure investments keep increasing, regardless of quarterly fluctuations, the whole IT infrastructure industry is reaching the point where spending on cloud will consistently surpass spending on non-cloud. That holds true despite – or perhaps largely because of – the impact of the novel coronavirus.
IDC’s Kuba Stolarski
“As enterprise IT budgets tighten through the year, public cloud will see an increase in demand for services,” Kuba Stolarski, research director, infrastructure systems, platforms and technologies at IDC, said. “This increase will come in part from the surge of work-from-home employees using online collaboration tools, but also from workload migration to public cloud as enterprises seek ways to save money for the current year.”
Even so, the world must get through the rest of 2020 first. And doing so means finding ways to survive a pandemic that IDC dubbed “a severe threat to global growth.” Analysts said the cloud IT infrastructure’s demand and supply channels will continue to suffer from quarantine measures, worker illness, factory closures, and negative consumer and business sentiment.
Once the coronavirus threat passes, though, “IDC expects some of this new cloud service demand to remain sticky going forward,” Stolarski said.
To that point, the firm’s new five-year forecast predicts cloud IT infrastructure spending will reach $100.1 billion in 2024. That represents a compound annual growth rate of 8.4%. Non-cloud IT infrastructure spending will decline slightly to $65.3 billion, with a -0.7% CAGR. Total IT infrastructure is forecast to grow at a 4.2% CAGR and produce $165.4 billion in spending in 2024.
Surely such a projection comes as a welcome shift in the face of constant bad news.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 03:55PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Lenovo DCG Partner Program Gets Facelift New Boss
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Lenovo DCG Partner Program Gets Facelift, New Boss
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/lenovo-dcg-partner-program-gets-facelift-new-boss/
New partner benefits are designed to incentivize growth and drive collaborative success.
Changes are afoot in the channel executive team in Lenovo’s Data Center Group (DCG). Steve Biondi this winter replaced Stefan Bockhop, executive director, DCG channel, North America. Bockhop held the position since 2017.
Biondi, head of partnerships and channels, NA DCG, spent almost 20 years of his career at IBM in direct sales, 1990-2009. He was global channel chief and SMB sales leader at Avaya from 2015-2017, and vice president, OEM and strategic partner sales, Americas at VMware, 2009-2012.
Lenovo’s Steve Biondi
On April 1, the start of the company’s new fiscal year, Lenovo DCG NA made changes to its partner program, doubling down on its channel-first strategy. New partner benefits are designed to incentivize growth and drive collaborative success with partners.
Channel Futures met up with Biondi to discuss his new role, the new Lenovo DCG partner program, and channel priorities for 2020.
Channel Futures: Tell us more about your role. Why did Lenovo combine the channels and alliances groups?
Steve Biondi: Channels includes the VAR community, distribution, bigger volume VARs, MSPs and the OEM business. Alliances and OEM functions are similar kinds of sales motions. They both have long technology integrations and long sales cycles, for example. The feeling was it made sense to combine those two functions to get better scale and coverage.
CF: Why did Lenovo bring in a new channel chief?
SB: The program that Bockhop built and the team and structures that he built were positive. The changes that I made organizationally and to the program reflect the position that Lenovo is in now. We’re in a great position to grow aggressively, and the design of the program and the changes are meant to encompass that.
We want to position ourselves so that our partners see great value support-wise and financially.
CF: You launched a new partner program on April 1. What do partners need to know the new Lenovo DCG partner program?
SB: The existing program was good and allowed partners to make money and satisfy customers with our great solutions. But the challenge that existed in the program, since the acquisition of IBM’s x86 server business — there weren’t substantive growth elements in the partner program.
For example, for a silver partner to become a gold partner or a gold partner to become a platinum partner, [it wasn’t] compelling. What we put in place are strong growth objectives, more support in terms of helping partners growth their skills, education and certifications.
CF: You mention aligning the partner program with the velocity that Lenovo wants to grow. What velocity are you referring to?
SB: We’re in a position now where our products and solutions are very strong. We’re having great successes, so the challenge the company proposed to me is getting double-digit growth at a sustained rate for the next several years.
CF: What are your top three objectives for the rest of 2020?
SB: I like to keep things simple, so my first objective is to fix the Lenovo partner program. The elements of the new program have a simple design. The program tells partners what …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 03:55PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
HPE Financial Services Rolls Out Relief Programs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HPE Financial Services Rolls Out Relief Programs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hpe-financial-services-rolls-out-relief-programs/
HPE Financial Services offers more than $2 billion to help businesses.
HPE Financial Services (HPEFS) is out to help the customers and the channel partners that support them. On Tuesday it announced relief financing to the tune of more than $2 billion. The new HPEFS initiatives target liquidity and cash, a concern of utmost importance to business customers in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic.
HPE Financial Services’ Payment Relief Program aims to help customers buy new technology today. It also offers other financial initiatives.
HPE Financial Services’ Paul Sheeran
“We’re very much open for business,” Paul Sheeran, vice president, worldwide channel and SMB business at HPEFS, told Channel Futures. “HPE Financial Services has very strong relationships with the partner community, worldwide. We work closely with our partners and customers in making sure that we can support them through these terrible times.”
The new program allows customers to get the new technology they need today. Customers will pay only 1% of the total contract value each month for the first eight months. This allows them to defer more than 90% of the cost until 2021. Beginning in 2021, each monthly payment will equal approximately 3.3% of total contract value.
HPE Financial Services Programs
Generating cash from existing assets. Customers can convert value from the IT assets they own into capital that can be applied to purchase new, upgraded technology. This incremental capital resource can help close the gap with IT expenditures. Or, it can give customers the flexibility to support other parts of their business. HPEFS can also buy back excess newer technology that customer’s no longer need. For the past two years, HPEFS has infused more than $642 million back into clients’ budgets this way.
Deferring or reducing expenses. The team is offering a 90-day delayed payment structure in addition to the HPEFS Payment Relief Program. The goal is to help ease customers’ tight budgets. The payment deferral option is available on new technology purchases. It is eligible for a range of HPE hardware and select software, software appliances, services and installation packages.
Matching payments to production. HPEFS offers customers a phased deployment program. This allows them to acquire compute and storage capacity now so they have the flexibility to configure, test and stand up systems before paying. The deployment schedule can extend out one year.
Relieving capacity strain or delivery delays. HPEFS is offering certified used technology to address a variety of situations. A full portfolio of data center equipment, such as components, parts, subassemblies, feature upgrades and whole systems, is available off the shelf or custom-configured to meet customer budget or circumstance. This technology meets HPE OEM standards and comes with a standard 30-day warranty, eligible for additional maintenance and support.
Short-term rentals. HPEFS will rent used HPE technology from three months to one year, and new PCs for one year. The goal is to relieve capacity strain or delivery delays that some customers may face. This technology is factory-configured to customer specifications, available with warranty and eligible for HPE Pointnext Services support.
While HPE Financial Services targets customers with these new initiatives, it also demonstrates that HPEFS is standing behind partners as well. And end users can reach HPEFS directly or through the channel. HPEFS offers rewards for partner assistance.
“These initiatives will provide partners the extra confidence to go and approach customers and continue doing business where possible right now,” said Sheeran. “The main message that we’re hearing from partners and customers is, ‘How can we conserve our cash and protect our balance sheet and PLO as we navigate through uncertain times?’”
The majority of HPE’s business worldwide is via channel partners. Partners can position these programs for their customers. The HPEFS Technomics portal is a quick and digital route for partners to transact business with HPEFS. It offers digital or electronic signatures.
“By leveraging these programs, partners can use our cash instead of their own lines,” Lee Eberding, global director channel and SMB go-to-market at HPEFS, told Channel Futures. “That’s in terms of paying for the product and the inventory. By processing the business through these programs, it can help partners manage their own financial situation as well.”
HPEFS will do business as usual using the same underwriting criteria. Minimum deal size is $5,000 covering SMBs through global accounts.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 06:03PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
App Modernization in a Multi-Cloud World
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
App Modernization in a Multi-Cloud World
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/app-modernization-in-a-multi-cloud-world/
VMware is transforming the world of enterprise applications, combining decades of enterprise expertise with cloud native principles and the incredible innovation from the Kubernetes community. VMware’s new portfolio can help you drive developer productivity, operate across multi-cloud and transform existing applications.
Follow the link to learn more.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 06:04PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
How Vendors Are Supporting Partners with COVID-19 Relief
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How Vendors Are Supporting Partners with COVID-19 Relief
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-vendors-are-supporting-partners-with-covid-19-relief/
A growing number of vendors and distributors have initiatives for partners during the pandemic.
A growing number of IT vendors are offering COVID-19 relief measures to help support partner businesses during the pandemic. With the coronavirus placing extraordinary pressure and uncertainty on the channel, vendors are stepping with initiatives to help. Those include offering financial incentives, extending certifications or providing free training during this period.
Canalys’ Alastair Edwards
“As we move into the period of much greater uncertainty around demand, we expect to see much greater emphasis on financial support – adjusted targets, simplified incentives, extended payment terms, low-cost financing – to help with intensifying cashflow pressures,” said Alastair Edwards, chief analyst at Canalys.
Last week, for example, HP announced a more predicable flat-rate incentive program for partners. In addition, the tech giant relaxed compensation models for those needing COVID-19 relief. Elsewhere, Lenovo unveiled a new partner stimulus package for the channel. And Microsoft revealed a series of adjustments to the Microsoft Partner Network in response to partner feedback.
Meanwhile, Kaseya said it is investing $10.5 million to help customers through COVID-19. The MSP software vendor launched its Kaseya Care programme, which includes helping partners secure money from government relief programs. It also includes business coaching and consulting to help acquire, retain and service customers during the pandemic. Partners can get direct financial assistance from Kaseya, too.
“Our partners are facing many of the same challenges as most businesses around the world – the health and safety of their workers, trying to avoid layoffs and still pay salaries [and] benefits, customer attrition due to global cost-cutting measures, and much more,” said Kaseya CEO Fred Voccola. “On top of that, MSPs must now play a more critical role than ever before in helping their customers maintain IT operations in order to stay in business and to do so with proper security measures in place so that their customers aren’t exposed to heightened cybersecurity risks during this volatile time.”
Distribution Playing a Part in COVID-19 Relief
However, Edwards noted that distribution has been faster at providing extended credit to the channel. Distributors play a key role in providing financial support to the channel. One of the first to announce assistance for partners in the U.K. was Exclusive Networks, which launched a partner support package. It aims “to assist efforts to continue business on a sustainable basis.”
“Extraordinary times call for extraordinary actions and we’re doing everything we can to support our partners through these tough trading conditions,” said Barrie Desmond, SVP, marketing and communications at Exclusive Networks.
“The launch of our partner support package provides partners with assistance to alleviate supply chain pressure, access supplementary technical support capacity, consolidation of multiple vendor solutions and offers, and advice on finance and currency volatility to support them through tough trading conditions ahead … Keeping the lights on now and preparing to sustain partner businesses during this crazy time is critical, so we’re offering any assistance we can in terms of business continuity and stability.”
Tech Data’s David Watts
Elsewhere, Tech Data has said it will work closely with its customers to determine the right credit and payment solutions.
“The ability of IT distributors to provide channel partners with financial support is more important than ever to enable them to maintain their product supply and serve their customers,” said David Watts, regional VP, U.K. & Ireland at Tech Data.
“Having seen an increase in support requests relating to credit, Tech Data currently extends over £1.8 billion of credit to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 09:51PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Making sense of sensors
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Making sense of sensors
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/making-sense-of-sensors/
How this ‘underrated’ technology spells big opportunity for developers.
Rudimentary sensors were invented well over a century ago and helped put the first thermostat on the market. More than 100 years later, research shows that creators are still thinking about sensors, but they continue to classify them in a sweeping, monolithic category. These general attitudes about sensors were illustrated in a recent Avnet survey of our element14 and Hackster communities to identify what is essential to product developers. One of the survey’s key takeaways? Some 61 percent of respondents said IoT and sensors are the most critical technologies for products they’re designing today.
Here’s what startled me the most: the fact that creators are still viewing sensors as the single most underrated technology driving the innovation train. When I read that, I thought: “Wow, developers think sensors are underrated?” There are sensors in almost everything these days, except maybe the coffee you are drinking now (and I can’t even guarantee that).
If your business interests touch anywhere within the sensor community, the “underrated” designation is exciting. Why? Because if creators still don’t think that sensors are getting the attention they deserve now, then there really is no limit to where the IoT can go.
To read more follow this link
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 08, 2020 at 09:52PM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Kudelski Security Hires IBM Vet to Lead Professional Services
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Kudelski Security Hires IBM Vet to Lead Professional Services
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/kudelski-security-hires-ibm-vet-to-lead-professional-services/
The company’s latest hire brings nearly two decades of cybersecurity consulting experience.
IBM vet Ernie Anderson is the new head of professional services for the Americas at Kudelski Security.
Anderson will lead Kudelski Security’s portfolio of professional and consulting services. Those include advisory consulting, technology and staff augmentation. These services will be centrally managed, providing clients a more comprehensive, solution-focused portfolio, the company said.
Anderson brings almost 20 years of cybersecurity consulting experience to the role.
Kudelski Security’s Ernie Anderson
“Over the past four years, Kudelski Security has helped hundreds of CISO clients define and execute a more strategic approach to their cybersecurity business,” he said. “The proprietary tools, and a deep bench of experienced consultants, technicians and analysts, represent an incredible opportunity to expand our impact with clients and help them navigate the modern threat landscape with greater confidence.”
Anderson previously was an associate partner and leader of IBM‘s data and application security practice for North America.
Prior to IBM, Anderson led a commercial cybersecurity team, among other roles, at Booz Allen Hamilton. Before that, he was an information technology risk transformation manager at Ernst & Young.
Anderson has a proven track record of working with CISOs and CIOs to deliver a diverse set of services.
“We’re excited to have Ernie join our U.S. management team and take the reins of a growing portfolio of cybersecurity services,” said Andrew Howard, Kudelski Security’s CEO. “Ernie’s long tenure in management consulting, and his rare combination of both broad and deep cybersecurity expertise, brings immediate value to clients to address those challenges and help businesses that are increasingly relying on us as their partner across a range of service-based solutions.”
In January, Kudelski Security expanded its partner channel to meet growing demand for increased product security and privacy applications.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 09, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Comcast Business Solutions Provider Benefits Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell EMC VMware MobileEdgeX More Form Hybrid 5G Enterprise Edge Ecosystem
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell EMC, VMware, MobileEdgeX, More Form Hybrid 5G Enterprise Edge Ecosystem
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-emc-vmware-mobileedgex-more-form-hybrid-5g-enterprise-edge-ecosystem/
Dell EMC, Infosys, MobileEdgeX, VMware and WWT are founding members.
Seamster, a new consortium, is creating what it describes as an open enterprise edge ecosystem focused on accelerating the deployment of private and hybrid 5G networks.
MobileEdgeX, a startup Deutsch Telekom formed in late 2017, operates a cloud-based platform called Edge Cloud. It created Seamster to establish an “edge-to-edge value chain.” Because Edge Cloud enables mission-critical applications that use MobileEdgeX’s distributed edge service APIs, the company has already created its own broad enterprise edge ecosystem.
Seamster now aims to bring a wider enterprise edge ecosystem together. Specifically, its focus is for members to collectively discover use cases and adoption blueprints with a sustainable economic model. They achieve this by collaborating, partnering and sharing research. The aim is to bring 5G and other advanced communications technology, along with high-performance compute, to emerging enterprise solutions that use robotics, image recognition, machine learning and augmented reality. in verticals such as retail, health care, smart cities, manufacturing and gaming.
In forming Seamster, MobileEdgeX has recruited hardware and software providers, system integrators, application developers and mobile network operators. Accedian, Dell EMC, Infosys, Quanta Cloud Technology (QCT), and Stratacache are on board at launch. So are Topio Networks, VMware, Wind River and Worldwide Technology (WWT). Additional members will come forward next month, according to Seamster participants.
Key in creating an “open” enterprise edge ecosystem will include mobile operators from around the world. AT&T and Intel are expected to join Seamster, though neither has officially commented. Both companies dropped out of last week’s online launch event at the last minute. A Seamster spokesman said additional participants will come forward next month. MobileEdgeX originally planned to launch Seamster during February’s Mobile World Congress in Barcelona. But that show became among the first major conferences canceled due to the spread of COVID-19.
MobileEdgeX CEO Jason Hoffman laments barriers to growth in bringing high-performance computing and communications to the edge. Distribution models and ways to economically engage are well-defined in the device and public cloud worlds. Specifically, that refers to the infrastructure that connects the two. For operators, the infrastructure is the transport core. For enterprises, it’s the distributed infrastructure within their locations. Nevertheless, there is no such distribution model for the edge, according to Hoffman.
MobileEdgeX’s Jason Hoffman
“Everything we do from a product development perspective is to really help there be a clear means of distribution to get access to a lot of these interesting spots, and then from an ecosystem-building perspective, start a value chain away from everybody to economically gain,” he said.
The effort will commence with researching opportunities, needs and the models required to enable growth in the years ahead.
“What we discovered, just like everybody else, is we don’t know exactly what the future is going to be, even though of course, we’re trying to influence it, and help everybody along with it,” Hoffman said. “And we also realized that we really have to take this type of ecosystem approach, where we’re actually helping everybody else figure out their edge strategies, where they’re going to fit in this new world.”
Joe Wojtal, CTO of global service provider WWT, sees the edge as the next opportunity to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 09, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
VMware Virtual Cloud Network Gets Robust Releases
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
VMware Virtual Cloud Network Gets Robust Releases
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/vmware-virtual-cloud-network-gets-robust-releases/
New releases for the VMware Virtual Cloud Network include NSX-T 3.0 and vRealize Network Insight 5.2.
VMware on Wednesday announced a couple of robust releases to its Virtual Cloud Network, as it approaches its second anniversary. The company also talked about its work with Microsoft to offer SD-WAN solutions for Azure.
The new milestones in its VMware Virtual Cloud Network vision include VMware NSX-T 3.0 and vRealize Network Insight 5.2, a network management and monitoring tool.
VMware’s Tom Gillis
“The concept behind the Virtual Cloud Network has always been clear,” said Tom Gillis, senior vice president and general manager, networking and security business unit at VMware. “In an increasingly heterogeneous enterprise infrastructure environment, virtualization can pull all these computing resources together and can make infrastructure more agile, more efficient, and more nimble.”
VMware boasts more than 15,000 customers between SD-WAN and NSX data center. Virtual Cloud Network is an integral component of VMware Cloud Foundation. It is offered on all major hyperscale cloud providers — AWS, Azure, Alibaba Cloud, Google Cloud, IBM Cloud and Oracle Cloud.
“We feel that virtual networking is beginning to approach mainstream,” said Gillis.
The new, robust releases align with VMware’s vision for its virtual cloud network to deliver the public cloud experience on premises.
NSX-T 3.0
NSX-T 3.0 introduces NSX Federation. With this ,enterprises can deliver a cloud-like operating model with fault isolation domains and global policies synchronized across all locations. A fault isolation domain allows customers to better ensure that networks aren’t brittle. They will now be able to contain network problems to a single zone, minimizing the severity and impact of problems when they arise.
NSX-T 3.0 offers comprehensive threat protection. VMware is taking internal security to the next level following the introductions of Service-Defined Firewall and NXS Intelligence, with the general availability of VMware NSX Distributed Intrusion Detection and Prevention (IDS/IPS) capabilities for the Service-Defined Firewall.
“What we’re doing with NSX is going beyond the simple problem of microsegmentation to doing true internal firewalling. That means we look at in-band traffic,” said Gillis. “We put intelligent filtering around applications to stop both in-band and out-of-band attacks.”
With the NXS-T 3.0 release, enterprises can extend full stack container networking services including switching, routing, distributed firewall, microsegmentation and load balancing to the newly released VMware vSphere with Kubernetes and VMware cloud Foundation 4 platforms, the VMware Tanzu portfolio, and non-VMware Kubernetes platforms, according to the vendor.
vRealize Network Insight 5.2
VMware vRealize Network Insight 5.2 introduces flow-based application discovery across multiple VMware platforms. It uses machine learning to better understand categorized applications by tier.
The latest release is available as on-premises software or SaaS. VMware vRealize Network Insight 5.2 provides end-to-end network visibility and analytics to optimize network performance and to troubleshoot the Virtual Cloud Network. The entire VMware Virtual Cloud Network includes the virtual overlay and physical underlay. It spans data centers, multicloud environments and branch locations.
There are three key aspects to the new release: automation/machine learning for discovery; visibility into the public cloud (AWS); and …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 09, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
ConnectWise Launches Cybersecurity Training Program for TSPs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
ConnectWise Launches Cybersecurity Training Program for TSPs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/connectwise-launches-cybersecurity-training-program-for-tsps/
Amid the COVID-19 crisis, this intensive, customized training enables TSPs to become the go-to security experts.
ConnectWise just launched Certify, a cybersecurity training and education program for technology solution providers (TSPs).
We can thank COVID-19 for the “new normals” in our daily lives, including working from home for a lot of us. This of course raises a whole slew of technical and logistical concerns, but one of the biggest is security.
ConnectWise Certify is a dual track certification program targeting TSP owners, sales professionals and engineers. There is no cost to attendees. The idea is to ensure these two functions are aligned on cybersecurity knowledge. These groups can also share their experience and expertise to maximize security capabilities for SMB clients.
ConnectWise’s Joy Beland
“Organically, the Certify Fundamentals courses have served to fortify an MSP’s understanding of managing risk and business impact,” said Joy Beland, senior cybersecurity education director, ConnectWise. “That includes work from home, as opposed to cybersecurity being just a tools problem. In the recent delivery of this course, we were able to tout the timeliness and applicability of these segments. Our incorporation of the NIST Cyber Security Framework and the CIS Controls, for example, draws attention to IoT, remote worker policy, remote endpoint management and cyber culture that must extend beyond the office walls.”
During this COVID-19 crisis, the topics of risk and business impact are at the fore. More and more companies are seeking ways to help partners. Cybersecurity training must be chief among them, now more than ever.
“The biggest issue we hear is the lack of resources to get the end clients what they need,” said Beland. “Our delivery of customized playbooks that include checklists, policies, webinars and training materials takes a huge load off the MSP’s plate. When you compliment that with the implementation checklists and best cybersecurity practices, you’re augmenting resources exponentially. In the end, that means improved security and lower risk for everyone.”
Charting the ‘Course’
An IT certification company helped guide the course curriculum and develop the exams. The teachers are Beland; Jay Ryerse, CISSP, vice president, cybersecurity initiatives; and Drew Sanford, director of technical sales. Each owned their own TSP prior to joining ConnectWise and have long been providing IT and security solutions to SMBs.
To date, more than 500 TSP owners, sales professionals and engineers have completed the training and attained their certification.
“Consistent controls, policies and standards are crucial during this time of implementing multiple solutions quickly,” urged Beland. “Having the engineers understand ‘what good looks like’ for remote workers is essential. Having the ability speak to the same controls and solutions that sales and management teams do with the end client helps pave the way for SMBs. It creates an action plan to shore up their vulnerabilities now that everyone has moved to remote work.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 09, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
4 Reasons Your Customers Should Leverage an ISAO
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
4 Reasons Your Customers Should Leverage an ISAO
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/4-reasons-your-customers-should-leverage-an-isao/
Information Sharing and Analysis Organizations enable community members to share timely, examined and highly relevant data on the latest cybersecurity information.
New cyber threats are constantly emerging, making it difficult for your customers to keep up with the latest cyber security risks. There are too many threats for any professional or business to battle on its own. To address this challenge, many security professionals are joining cyber security communities like an ISAO.
In 2015, Information Sharing and Analysis Organizations (ISAOs) were established to allow businesses, local governments and security specialists to create communities that work together, share intelligence and deliver training under the cover of mutual non-disclosure agreements. This alliance lets the community members share timely, examined and highly relevant data to stay up to date on the latest cyber security information.
Here are four reasons why your customers should utilize an ISAO to keep up with the evolving cyber security landscape:
Cost-effective threat intelligence: Threat intelligence feeds are typically costly and draw from a small pool of collaborators.
Real-time indicators of compromise (IOCs): Attacker IP addresses, hashes of malware, phishing and spam infrastructure are delivered to your customers’ SIEM, firewalls or their team directly. False positives are removed, and the enriched data is reliably delivered through experts with years of experience.
Secure and private communications among members: Sharing intelligence, collaboration and questions must remain confidential. The RECON ISAO offers a secure and private platform for your communications with RECON ISAO members.
Education and technical resources: Your customers will have access to a private portal where they will find educational references and other resources. The portal also includes technical documents on topics ranging from threat hunting to breach mitigation. Members also have exclusive access to technical workshops and conferences.
Tech Data Security remains committed to empowering our channel partners and their customers with access to threat intelligence and resources that are invaluable to your customers. That is why we have established a partnership with the Arizona Cyber Warfare Range and National Cyber Warfare foundation to provide you with the Tech Data RECON ISAO solution. This ISAO draws from an extensive community of knowledgeable members and leverages expert analysis through our partnerships.
RECON ISAO provides the breadth and depth necessary to ensure that your customers gain access to the most comprehensive threat intelligence. By joining the RECON ISAO, your customers will be able to take advantage of mutual collaboration for their cyber defense.
To learn more about how you can add RECON ISAO to your portfolio, contact your Tech Data sales representative or email
[email protected].
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 09, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Apr 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Making Sense of Sensor Development
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Making Sense of Sensor Development
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/making-sense-of-sensor-development/
How this ‘underrated’ technology spells big opportunity for developers.
Rudimentary sensors were invented well over a century ago and helped put the first thermostat on the market. More than 100 years later, research shows that creators are still thinking about sensors, but they continue to classify them in a sweeping, monolithic category. These general attitudes about sensors were illustrated in a recent Avnet survey of our element14 and Hackster communities to identify what is essential to product developers. One of the survey’s key takeaways? Some 61 percent of respondents said IoT and sensors are the most critical technologies for products they’re designing today.
Here’s what startled me the most: the fact that creators are still viewing sensors as the single most underrated technology driving the innovation train. When I read that, I thought: “Wow, developers think sensors are underrated?” There are sensors in almost everything these days, except maybe the coffee you are drinking now (and I can’t even guarantee that).
If your business interests touch anywhere within the sensor community, the “underrated” designation is exciting. Why? Because if creators still don’t think that sensors are getting the attention they deserve now, then there really is no limit to where the IoT can go.
To read more follow this link
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 09, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell EMC VMware MobiledgeX More Form Hybrid 5G Enterprise Edge Ecosystem
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell EMC, VMware, MobiledgeX, More Form Hybrid 5G Enterprise Edge Ecosystem
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-emc-vmware-mobiledgex-more-form-hybrid-5g-enterprise-edge-ecosystem/
Dell EMC, Infosys, MobileEdgeX, VMware and WWT are founding members.
Seamster, a new consortium, is creating what it describes as an open enterprise edge ecosystem focused on accelerating the deployment of private and hybrid 5G networks.
MobiledgeX, a startup Deutsch Telekom formed in late 2017, operates a cloud-based platform called Edge Cloud. It created Seamster to establish an “edge-to-edge value chain.” Because Edge Cloud enables mission-critical applications that use MobileEdgeX’s distributed edge service APIs, the company has already created its own broad enterprise edge ecosystem.
Seamster now aims to bring a wider enterprise edge ecosystem together. Specifically, its focus is for members to collectively discover use cases and adoption blueprints with a sustainable economic model. They achieve this by collaborating, partnering and sharing research. The aim is to bring 5G and other advanced communications technology, along with high-performance compute, to emerging enterprise solutions that use robotics, image recognition, machine learning and augmented reality. in verticals such as retail, health care, smart cities, manufacturing and gaming.
In forming Seamster, MobiledgeX has recruited hardware and software providers, system integrators, application developers and mobile network operators. Accedian, Dell EMC, Infosys, Quanta Cloud Technology (QCT), and Stratacache are on board at launch. So are Topio Networks, VMware, Wind River and Worldwide Technology (WWT). Additional members will come forward next month, according to Seamster participants.
Key in creating an “open” enterprise edge ecosystem will include mobile operators from around the world. AT&T and Intel are expected to join Seamster, though neither has officially commented. Both companies dropped out of last week’s online launch event at the last minute. A Seamster spokesman said additional participants will come forward next month. MobileEdgeX originally planned to launch Seamster during February’s Mobile World Congress in Barcelona. But that show became among the first major conferences canceled due to the spread of COVID-19.
MobiledgeX CEO Jason Hoffman laments barriers to growth in bringing high-performance computing and communications to the edge. Distribution models and ways to economically engage are well-defined in the device and public cloud worlds. Specifically, that refers to the infrastructure that connects the two. For operators, the infrastructure is the transport core. For enterprises, it’s the distributed infrastructure within their locations. Nevertheless, there is no such distribution model for the edge, according to Hoffman.
MobiledgeX‘s Jason Hoffman
“Everything we do from a product development perspective is to really help there be a clear means of distribution to get access to a lot of these interesting spots, and then from an ecosystem-building perspective, start a value chain away from everybody to economically gain,” he said.
The effort will commence with researching opportunities, needs and the models required to enable growth in the years ahead.
“What we discovered, just like everybody else, is we don’t know exactly what the future is going to be, even though of course, we’re trying to influence it, and help everybody along with it,” Hoffman said. “And we also realized that we really have to take this type of ecosystem approach, where we’re actually helping everybody else figure out their edge strategies, where they’re going to fit in this new world.”
Joe Wojtal, CTO of global service provider WWT, sees the edge as the next opportunity to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 09, 2020 at 07:56PM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSP 501 Application Q&A: Organizational Revenue vs. Managed Services Revenue
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSP 501 Application Q&A: Organizational Revenue vs. Managed Services Revenue
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msp-501-application-qa-organizational-revenue-vs-managed-services-revenue/
Channel Futures’ Kris Blackmon answers a frequently asked question about revenue.
Every year, you have questions. We have the answers. The annual MSP 501 application attracts some of the biggest and most successful MSPs in the world. Filling it out takes time, because it gives us a comprehensive understanding of your business.
Fill out an application. You might celebrate with your peers at the MSP 501 awards dinner in September.
But every fall, hundreds of MSPs feel gratified for filling out that MSP 501 application when we celebrate them during a festive gala at Channel Partners Evolution. This year, we are combining our traditional fall show with the rescheduled Channel Partners Conference & Expo.
One of those frequently asked questions involves how you describe your revenue on the application. Do you list your full organization’s revenue? Or just managed services revenue?
You’ll find the answer in the video above, where Channel Futures and MSP 501 senior editor Kris Blackmon tackles that question. Kris also describes the brand-new NextGen 101. That list features some smaller, rock star MSPs who might deserve to make the MSP 501, but whose smaller revenue makes them a better fit for this new category.
When done watching, go here to fill out the MSP 501 application.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 10, 2020 at 01:00AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Tackle App Modernization in Days & Weeks Not Months and Years.
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Tackle App Modernization in Days & Weeks, Not Months and Years.
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/tackle-app-modernization-in-days-weeks-not-months-and-years/
VMware’s methodology leverages cloud-native patterns and continuous delivery (CD) automation across your existing application portfolio.
Why do you need app modernization? Over time, large organizations develop layers of manual processes designed to minimize risk and ensure compliance. As a result, software releases are often infrequent, high-ceremony events that require heroism and brute force. This bleak status quo is untenable for businesses that want to compete and win in the digital age.
Follow this link to download the white paper.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 10, 2020 at 01:01AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSP 501 Application Q&A: Organizational Revenue vs. Managed Services Revenue
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSP 501 Application Q&A: Organizational Revenue vs. Managed Services Revenue
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msp-501-application-qa-organizational-revenue-vs-managed-services-revenue-2/
Channel Futures’ Kris Blackmon answers a frequently asked question about revenue.
Every year, you have questions. We have the answers. The annual MSP 501 application attracts some of the biggest and most successful MSPs in the world. Filling it out takes time, because it gives us a comprehensive understanding of your business.
Fill out an application. You might celebrate with your peers at the MSP 501 awards dinner in September.
But every fall, hundreds of MSPs feel gratified for filling out that MSP 501 application when we celebrate them during a festive gala at Channel Partners Evolution. This year, we are combining our traditional fall show with the rescheduled Channel Partners Conference & Expo.
One of those frequently asked questions involves how you describe your revenue on the application. Do you list your full organization’s revenue? Or just managed services revenue?
You’ll find the answer in the video above, where Channel Futures and MSP 501 senior editor Kris Blackmon tackles that question. Kris also describes the brand-new NextGen 101. That list features some smaller, rock star MSPs who might deserve to make the MSP 501, but whose smaller revenue makes them a better fit for this new category.
When done watching, go here to fill out the MSP 501 application.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 10, 2020 at 01:53AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Advantage Gains EMEA Foothold with Tawasul Telecom
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Advantage Gains EMEA Foothold with Tawasul Telecom
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/advantage-gains-emea-foothold-with-tawasul-telecom/
Tawasul’s network creates a gateway to the Middle East and the rest of the world.
Advantage Communications Group has expanded its international carrier portfolio with Kuwait-based Tawasul Telecom. Tawasul’s services include MPLS, Ethernet, SD-WAN and cloud. The company is an AWS and Microsoft Azure provider.
Advantage’s partners and clients gain access to Tawasul’s communications solutions. In addition, this is Tawasul’s first U.S. partnership.
Jesse Bernstein-Ansaldi, Advantage‘s director of international sales, tells us Tawasul allows his company and its partners to get “even more granular for our customers with their projects in the Middle East.”
Tawasul’s network creates a gateway to the Middle East and the rest of the world, he said.
Advantage has seen a “huge increase” in connectivity requests from customers and partners, Bernstein-Ansaldi added.
Advantage’s Jesse Bernstein-Ansaldi
“So we are continually exploring new relationships with international providers that allow us to increase the options available to support these global projects,” he said. “Tawasul has always been on our radar and we were able to leverage relationships in order to finalize the agreement.”
Tawasul will be a “secret weapon” in Advantage’s international provider portfolio,” Bernstein-Ansaldi said.
“They have an impressive network with a strong presence across the Gulf and Middle East, with reach into Asia and Europe,” he said. “That, combined with their laser focus on customer experience, makes them an ideal fit to address the unique connectivity needs of our clients and partners.”
Tawasul is a subsidiary of Kalaam Telecom, one of Bahrain’s largest MSPs. Its network includes 16 points of presence (PoPs) across EMEA. It also has numerous network-to-network interface (NNI) arrangements.
“Once we decided to make the U.S. channel a key part of our growth strategy, we immediately targeted Advantage,” said Clive Batchelor, Tawasul’s vice president of sales. “We’re excited to work with Jesse and his team to design solutions to address the expansion and diversity requirements of Advantage’s global customers.”
Advantage last fall claimed the “international master agent” crown after it signed an agreement with Sify Technologies of India.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 10, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Tackle App Modernization in Days & Weeks Not Months and Years.
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Tackle App Modernization in Days & Weeks, Not Months and Years.
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/tackle-app-modernization-in-days-weeks-not-months-and-years-2/
VMware’s methodology leverages cloud-native patterns and continuous delivery (CD) automation across your existing application portfolio.
Why do you need app modernization? Over time, large organizations develop layers of manual processes designed to minimize risk and ensure compliance. As a result, software releases are often infrequent, high-ceremony events that require heroism and brute force. This bleak status quo is untenable for businesses that want to compete and win in the digital age.
Follow this link to download the white paper.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 10, 2020 at 02:51AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
StorageCraft OneXafe Solo Backup Appliance Eases Data Backup for MSPs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
StorageCraft OneXafe Solo Backup Appliance Eases Data Backup for MSPs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/storagecraft-onexafe-solo-backup-appliance-eases-data-backup-for-msps/
The smaller new OneXafe Solo model can be easily installed by users and monitored remotely by MSPs for customers.
StorageCraft, the data storage and protection vendor, has unveiled the latest model in its OneXafe product line. It’s the Solo backup appliance.
StorageCraft OneXafe Solo is designed for SMBs. It allows companies to get enterprise-level backup and recovery services without user intervention. The appliance provides cloud-based business continuity from a small plug-and-play device, for a subscription.
StorageCraft calls it easy to configure and deploy. Devices stream data to the cloud via the internet, without needing costly onsite infrastructure. The Solo appliances use the same advanced data protection technology platform included in the company’s ShadowXafe products. They also include flexible restore capabilities, SLA-based data protection and workflow, and cloud-based management.
The Solo appliances can also help as part of efforts to set up employees’ remote working environments due to mandatory COVID-19-related “shelter in place” orders around the world, according to the vendor.
The Solo measures only 4x4x2 inches and you can use it in virtual, physical, agentless and other environments. MSPs can use the devices to protect single-tenant and multitenant customer environments. Users can connect the device to the internet, then follow several steps to connect it to the MSP. The MSP can then remotely set data protection and replication policies for the devices. MSPs can manage the OneXafe Solo remotely via StorageCraft OneSystem from anywhere through a web browser.
The new device model aims to help better protect smaller businesses that face many of the same threats as larger companies, but without having dedicated IT security departments to help them. So says Shridar Subramanian, vice president of global product management and marketing for StorageCraft.
StorageCraft’s Shridar Subramanian
“It provides business continuity and recovery for SMBs — delivered through MSPs,” Subramanian told Channel Futures. “It is simply sent to the customer site and plugged into the network to begin the backup and protection process via a cloud-based [user interface].”
Security & SMBs
After installation, the devices protect customers from malware, ransomware, data failure and other threats. The Solo also offers new business opportunities to MSPs who may not have previously been serving smaller customers, Subramanian said.
“They can now service this market to scale, with ease and at economics that are aligned around their business model,” he said.
MSPs don’t have to send technicians to a customer site for any reason when using the devices, saving money.
For some time, partners and customers have been asking for backup capabilities that are easy to deploy and use, said Subramanian.
“There has been unmet demand for an enterprise-class data backup and recovery solution that delivers the simplicity, flexibility, ease of management and economics that SMBs require,” he said. “Ease of management and simplicity are key in this solution. During an extensive global beta program, StorageCraft refined the management and reporting features directly from beta feedback to optimize the remote management capabilities.”
The StorageCraft OneXafe Solo has no upfront costs for users. You pay monthly, startng at $99 per month for the first protected machine. Additional protected machines start at …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 10, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cloud-Hosted Desktops and Apps Create a Better Employee Experience
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cloud-Hosted Desktops and Apps Create a Better Employee Experience
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cloud-hosted-desktops-and-apps-create-a-better-employee-experience/
Simplify management and delivery of virtual desktops and apps on premises, in the cloud, or in a hybrid or multi-cloud configuration.
As the digital perimeter dissolves, it’s more important than ever to have an infrastructure that gives employees everything they need while still protecting the business. Cloud-hosted desktops and apps create a better employee experience.
Follow this link to download the eBook
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 10, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Kaseya CARES for MSPs Navigating Legal Legwork Amid Coronavirus
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Kaseya CARES for MSPs Navigating Legal Legwork Amid Coronavirus
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/kaseya-cares-for-msps-navigating-legal-legwork-amid-coronavirus/
Kaseya CARES is one program developed to help SMB partners through the COVID-19 crisis.
A new program from Kaseya, Kaseya CARES, aims to help partners through the COVID-19 crisis. It’s a scary time to own a business. Thanks to the global coronavirus pandemic, economies around the world are plummeting, businesses are tightening their belts or closing their doors altogether and channel partners have their fingers crossed that they were in a good enough position before the world even heard of COVID-19 that they’ll be able to weather the storm.
The CARES Act
After weeks of uncertainty and panic among American business owners, Congress passed the CARES Act on March 30. The $2.2 trillion bill is meant to bring relief to mainly small to midsize businesses, loaning funds to help them keep the lights on and avoid layoffs. But like any legislation, there are miles of bureaucratic red tape to navigate and mountains of legalese to try to understand. Taking advantage of the relief act isn’t as easy as just signing up for the loan. There are multiple factors every business owner has to tackle one by one, and some areas are nothing but gray. There are employment taxes, provisions around net operating losses and funding of benefit plans. That’s all over and above the actual forgivable small business loans, where qualified businesses can take advantage of the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) to pay ambiguous “utilities” and cover payroll.
The Paycheck Protection Program
Friday, April 3, was the first day that businesses could apply for PPP, and it’s clear the financial system is still racing to catch up to the legislation. Not all banks accept applications for the program. Some place restrictions around who can apply. And the federal guidelines surrounding the loans are still so murky that some banks, such as JP Morgan Chase, just flat out couldn’t launch their lending process on time.
On the Thursday nightprior to the application period opening, Chase sent notices to customers that warned, “Financial institutions like ours are still awaiting guidance from the SBA and the U.S. Treasury. As a result, Chase will most likely not be able to start accepting applications on Friday, April 3rd, as we had hoped.”
It’s clear that SMBs in every sector will need help navigating the bill, refining and pivoting their business plans and best practices, and accessing funds to keep them going. In the channel, many vendors, distributors and master agents are rolling out programs to help their partners through this crisis.
Kaseya CARES
Kaseya’s Alexandra Letts
Kaseya CARES aims to do just that. The company carries a large legal staff with tier one auditors and boasts a global network of legal firms and investment firms. Led by general counsel Alexandra Letts, Kaseya is doing much of the legal legwork for its customers. In addition to webinars, reference sheets and workbooks, Letts’ team is working in real time to answer questions MSPs have about their loan application process. Letts says that in the end, Kaseya CARES is all about providing clarity.
“We brought in BDO, one of our accounting and past partners, to break down piece by piece what their interpretation of different clauses of the laws are,” said Letts. “So they could fill out an application that we think would be accepted by those lenders under the PPP.”
But navigating the CARES Act is only …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 10, 2020 at 05:00AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Customization: Competitive Edge and IoT Security Challenge
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Customization: Competitive Edge and IoT Security Challenge
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/customization-competitive-edge-and-iot-security-challenge/
Consider hardware and software in secure solutions.
There’s no one-size-fits-all IoT solution because every industry, vertical and business is different. Whether you have an in-house team or are exporting the building of infrastructure to a trusted partner, make sure the team is asking the right questions when it comes to implementing and deploying IoT solutions.
A fully customized in-house solution isn’t vetted for quality and assurance the way something tried and true is. Avnet’s advice is to check the validation of assumptions in order to ensure customization doesn’t leave you vulnerable to IoT security challenges.
To read the full article, follow this link
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 10, 2020 at 05:00AM
Added: Apr 09, 2020 Via IFTTT
Comcast Business Overview
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Apr 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
Another Ivanti Exec Departs Becomes LogRhythms Chief Revenue Officer
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Another Ivanti Exec Departs, Becomes LogRhythm’s Chief Revenue Officer
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/another-ivanti-exec-departs-becomes-logrhythms-chief-revenue-officer/
Mitchell Rowe had recently explained Ivanti’s shift toward direct sales.
Ivanti EVP of global sales Mitchell Rowe has left the company and is now LogRhythm’s chief revenue officer.
LogRhythm, a securty information and event management (SIEM) provider, announced Rowe’s hiring this week. Coincidentally, LogRhythm tapped Rowe as chief revenue officer weeks after his former employer, Ivanti, hired LogRhythm channel exec Gary Abad.
LogRhythm’s Mitchell Rowe
Rowe’s departure from Ivanti comes months after a mass exodus among its top execs, including longtime CEO Steve Daly. Rowe remained when new management alerted partners they could no longer fulfill license renewals and core sales.
Many channel partners who provide Ivanti’s system and IT service management software were notified around the beginning of the year of the planned changes.
It was Rowe who explained the change to Channel Futures in early February. At the time, he said Ivanti would transition its expert solution providers (ESPs) from a reseller model to a two-party gross contract, or 2PG. The change took effect April 1.
In early March, Ivanti announced the promotion of Cyrus Hatfield to senior vice president, global sales. As part of that move, Ivanti brought on Abad as vice president of global channels and system integrators.
“The culture is what brought me to this great team,” Rowe said in a LinkedIn post announcing his new role as LogRhythm’s chief revenue officer. According to this week’s announcement, Rowe will evolve and implement LogRhythm’s go-to-market approach.
LogRhythm’s partner community consists of managed security service providers (MSSPs), systems integrators and technology alliances. The company competes with SolarWinds, Splunk, McAfee, RSA, IBM and Microsoft in providing enterprise threat detection, log analysis and intelligence solutions.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 11, 2020 at 01:54AM
Added: Apr 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
FASTCHAT: Convergence is Key for MSPs to Deliver Effective MDR
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
FASTCHAT: Convergence is Key for MSPs to Deliver Effective MDR
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/fastchat-convergence-is-key-for-msps-to-deliver-effective-mdr/
By converging the right technologies, MSPs are able to quickly and more effectively detect and remediate threats across their customers’ entire networks.
Managed threat detection and response services are critical to a true cybersecurity practice. Managed security services must encompass Prevent, Detect, and Respond capabilities. However, many MSPs are building out inefficient technology stacks from disparate vendors and still left to sort out how to staff the expertise necessary to achieve better security outcomes for businesses.
In this Channel Futures FastChat, Guy Cunningham – Netsurion’s Senior Vice President of Channel & Alliances – explains how the concept of cybersecurity convergence is making it possible for an MSP to become an MSSP overnight. By converging the right technologies – SIEM and EDR, the right people – SOC-as-a-Service and the MSP, into a co-managed security solution, MSPs are able to quickly and more effectively detect and remediate threats across their customers’ entire networks.
Learn more about how Netsurion produces positive outcomes for common MSSP challenges.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 11, 2020 at 01:54AM
Added: Apr 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
Thales Data Threat Report: Cloud an Inflection Point for Data Security
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Thales Data Threat Report: Cloud an ‘Inflection Point’ for Data Security
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/thales-data-threat-report-cloud-an-inflection-point-for-data-security/
The 2020 Thales Data Threat Report contains key findings the channel will want to understand.
More than 40% of organizations say they are underway with digital transformation — projects that are complicating data security efforts, especially in the cloud.
That’s one major takeaway from the 2020 version of the annual Data Threat Report. Thales eSecurity commissioned the survey, and research firm IDC carried it out.
Analysts say enterprises have reached an “inflection point” because half of all data now resides in the cloud, thanks to digital transformation. (Incidentally, the United States leads in these deployments, at 59%, with the U.K. trailing closely, at 51%.) And almost half (48%) of that data is deemed sensitive.
Add to that the reality that most cloud environments are comprised of multiple platforms. All this, the report notes, creates complexity that hinders data security.
The problem is, two-thirds of organizations perceive their environments as very secure.
“[But] organizations are not implementing the processes and investing in the technologies required to appropriately protect their data,” analysts wrote. “More than half have been breached or experienced failed security audits. And when it comes to securing data in the cloud, most companies incorrectly look to their cloud providers for their portion of the shared responsibility model.”
Most respondents funnel only a small portion of their IT budgets toward securing their data in the cloud, IDC found. The bulk continue to shore up their network security instead.
Data Security Spending
Even so, analysts said 46% of organizations intended to boost data security spending in the 12 months following the survey, which IDC conducted in November. That means the latest Thales Data Threat report does not reflect the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and its subsequent effect on organizations making sudden moves into the cloud, potentially increasing data security risks.
The imperative to put more money into data security already was clear, even before the novel coronavirus outbreak. IDC said almost one-half (49%) of global respondents had experienced a breach at some point, with 26% suffering a breach in the past year. It only makes sense that now, as more firms choose cloud solutions to provide unplanned work-from-home support, that the risk grows greater without a solid security strategy.
Consider, too, that 95% of organizations surveyed rely on software-as-a-service applications, which run from the cloud. Plus, 78% of those users store sensitive data in those programs, IDC said. Those figures don’t include the sensitive data housed in PaaS or IaaS environments globally. In the U.S. alone, organizations keeping sensitive data in cloud environments looks like this: 79% in SaaS, 48% in PaaS and 46% in IaaS. All this stands to create a perfect storm of data threats.
The channel is in a great spot to step in and help. Overall, in the Thales Data Threat report, IDC recommends a multilayered approach to data security. Analysts encourage organizations to embrace cloud shared security responsibilities. They also recommend adopting a zero-trust model that authenticates and validates the users and devices accessing applications and networks. At the same time, they suggest employing more robust data discovery, hardening, data loss prevention and encryption solutions. Cloud-centric MSPs, VARs, system integrators and other partners are the right experts to implement and guide those initiatives for clients.
‘Zero Trust’
That “zero trust” approach is key, according to IDC. It “eliminates the binary trust/don’t trust approach of yesterday’s on-premises, perimeter-centric reality and instead requires a least-privileged, continuous validation and verification approach, providing both network and application-centric access protections,” analysts wrote. “Likewise, technologies like …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 11, 2020 at 01:54AM
Added: Apr 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
DivvyCloud: Cloud and Container Security Lacking
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
DivvyCloud: Cloud and Container Security Lacking
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/divvycloud-cloud-and-container-security-lacking/
Most enterprises are not equipped to operate in the cloud securely.
Zoom faces harsh criticism, investigations and litigation as new questions about lax security practices surface. But a new study shows many enterprises are lacking when it comes to cloud and container security.
The new DivvyCloud report shows nearly one half of developers ignore cloud and container security policies. DivvyCloud surveyed nearly 2,000 IT professionals and compared data to its 2019 report.
Eighty-five percent of enterprises believe public cloud fuels innovation. However, the majority are not equipped to operate in the cloud securely.
Only 40% of organizations using public cloud have an approach to managing cloud and container security.
Only 58% said their organization has clear guidelines and policies for developers building applications and operating in the public cloud. And of those, one in four (25%) said these cloud and container security policies are not enforced. Another 17% confirmed their organization lacks clear guidelines entirely.
Other findings include:
Developers and engineers sometimes ignore or circumvent cloud and container security and compliance policies. That’s according to almost half of all respondents whose organizations use public cloud.
Forty-two percent do not know which frameworks their company uses to maintain compliance with relevant standards and regulations.
DivvyCloud’s Chris DeRamus
We spoke with Chris DeRamus, DivvyCloud‘s CTO and co-founder, to learn more about this lack of cloud and container security.
Channel Futures: If it weren’t for the COVID-19 pandemic, would a lot of these security and privacy issues gone unnoticed?
Chris DeRamus: The security issues that many companies are experiencing now would have come to light eventually. These vulnerabilities may have been revealed during the crisis, but the underlying problems were there long before they were detected.
CF: So how are organizations being impacted by adopting public cloud without proper security?
CD: As organizations adopt public cloud, they are shifting to a reliance on software-defined infrastructure and also to self-service access. So for the first time, developers now have unfettered access to create and configure their own infrastructure. Due to this transition, the hardened perimeter (firewalls) has disappeared. And now, identity and access management (IAM) has become the new security perimeter. Security is no longer a command and control approach, but a democratized function, involving everyone who interacts with cloud services.
Companies adopt public cloud quickly for its speed and agility, and to remain competitive and innovative in today’s fast-paced business landscape. The problem is, so many are failing to adopt a holistic approach to security. The asynchronous approach by organizations to not implement cloud security strategies at the time of cloud adoption is the reason data breaches caused by cloud misconfigurations continue to dominate headlines, exposing nearly 33.5 billion records.
CF: Who’s paying a price for developers ignoring security policies?
CD: Data breaches caused by cloud misconfigurations are rampant, costing enterprises an estimated $5 trillion in 2018 and 2019 alone. The enterprise is paying a hefty price for …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 11, 2020 at 02:56AM
Added: Apr 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
How to Support a Sudden Sea of Remote Workers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How to Support a Sudden Sea of Remote Workers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-to-support-a-sudden-sea-of-remote-workers/
Many IT organizations around the world are suddenly dealing with a massive increase in the number of home/remote workers they need to support.
In light of current events, many organizations are feeling the effects of life’s unpredictability. With many organizations canceling in-person events and meetings and mandating temporary work-from-home policies, companies are quickly realizing just how prepared they really are in the wake of unexpected events. In this blog we’ll discuss what this means for IT, remote workers and your entire organization.
Many IT organizations around the world are suddenly dealing with a massive increase in the number of home/remote workers they need to support. The past few weeks have seen countless vendors and providers creating guides for how their software and solutions can help in situations like these. While this is helpful for longer-term planning, my reaction tends to be more along the lines of, “That sounds great, can you sell me a time machine, too?” because what I should’ve done six months ago to prepare doesn’t help me when I wake up to this email:
Now what? Where do you even begin?
Think about Three Areas
The first step is to break this massive challenge into smaller, easily digestible parts. We like to think about three areas:
The users’ physical home environments
Your company’s cultural environment
Potential technological issues
For more on this topic, including specific considerations and recommendations, click here.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 11, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Apr 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell Extends Commercial PC Security at the BIOS Level
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell Extends Commercial PC Security at the BIOS Level
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-extends-commercial-pc-security-at-the-bios-level/
SafeBIOS Events and IoA detects BIOS changes for indicators of attack.
Dell is boosting its commercial PC security at the BIOS level to address the surge in remote employees from COVID-19.
The PC maker on Friday launched SafeBIOS Events and Indicators of Attack (IoA). The new tool uses anomaly detection to discover attacks against the BIOS of its PCs. Attackers have stepped up their attacks on PCs’ BIOS, the software underneath the operating system that issues boot commands and stores system and user credentials.
Dell will include SafeBIOS Events and IoA with its commercial PC models including Latitude, Precision, Optiplex, Vostro and XPS. Dell will release a download for existing systems.
The tool is only available for Dell commercial PCs, said David Konetski, a Dell Fellow and VP of client solutions. Konetski says that’s because Dell’s commercial PCs have BIOS capable of sharing telemetry to determine indicators of an attack. Over time, he said Dell hopes to bring that capability to its consumer systems as well.
Improving PC security at the BIOS level has become increasingly more important. Forrester Consulting did a survey for Dell last year. It revealed that 60% of companies with more than 500 employees were concerned about exploits to BIOS and firmware.
OEMs are paying greater attention to enhancing endpoint security below the operating system. HP last month said it will bring more of the Sure Click application isolation technology from its Bromium acquisition into more of its commercial PCs. While it’s a different approach to Dell’s, it points to OEMs extending endpoint protection below the OS.
Dell’s David Konetski
“It’s a good thing for organizations to have that level of instrumentation and attack detection,” said Scott Crawford, VP of 451 Research’s information security practice.
An intruder who successfully gains access to a system’s BIOS potentially could use those credentials to gain access to an organization’s entire infrastructure. Intruders can also alter BIOS configuration to carry out a broader attack.
Anomaly Detection
Konetski told Channel Futures that SafeBIOS Events and IoA uses anomaly detection. If the tool discovers changes to a BIOS configuration, it alerts security and IT administrators. Managed security services providers (MSSPs) can also get alerts from the tool, he explained.
Dell’s new tool builds on the company’s SafeBIOSm which offers BIOS verification. SafeBIOS measures the BIOS and compares it to a measurement taken from the host. It ensures no modifications were made to the BIOS when it is preparing to boot. It runs the verification in runtime mode as well. Using machine learning, it measures the behaviors at the OS level and generates attack indicators to protect machines above the OS and application layer.
Now, SafeBIOS Events and IoA builds on that approach below the operating system.
“We now look at changes to the BIOS configurations and modifications below the OS and string those things those events together to create indicators of attack,” Konetski said.
MSSPs and administrators can look at machine logs, available in any management system, to present potentially malicious changes below the OS.
“It’s a very unique thing that we are doing,” he said. “It really has not existed in the industry before. And we’re kind of pioneering this with Dell platforms. And then of course, working with our partners, Carbon Black from VMware and Secureworks, to be able to consume these indicators of attack and be able to protect our customers.”
While Dell integrated SafeBIOS CrowdStrike last year, the company hasn’t integrated the new tool with CrowdStrike. Since then, VMware, a Dell Technologies company, acquired Carbon Black.
Asked about other MSSPs and partners, Konetski said Dell will offer technical documentation to them.
Dell also announced it is offering temporary Dell Encryption licenses through May 15. Last month, Dell lifted the number of devices its VMware Carbon Black endpoint detection and response software covers through June 20.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 11, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Apr 10, 2020 Via IFTTT
Unitrends Helix Brings AI to Automated Data Backup Management
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Unitrends Helix Brings AI to Automated Data Backup Management
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/unitrends-helix-brings-ai-to-automated-data-backup-management/
By bringing automation to data backup, partners can help customers gain time that can be spent on other critical tasks.
Unitrends’ new Helix AI-powered automated data backup platform aims to help channel partners make data backup easier for their customers.
Helix is a SaaS-based tool that automatically fixes backup problems without user intervention using self-healing processes. It is a preconfigured add-on to Unitrends’ Recovery Series and Unitrends Backup appliances. The automated data backup management tool uses artificial intelligence to fix many common backup issues that IT administrators face.
Mike Sanders is general manager of Unitrends, a Kaseya company. He told Channel Futures Helix is designed to save customers and partners time spent managing backup systems.
Unitrends’ Mike Sanders
“Helix’s unique value is that it evolves quickly and continuously learns more use cases and common problems to remediate over time,” said Sanders. “Most backup vendors leave it to IT admins to monitor, detect and remediate conditions that impact backups. Unitrends Helix is an intelligent engine that automates these tasks so internal IT teams or MSPs can focus on more important issues or just get more time back in their day.”
Using AI, Helix works to resolve power monitoring, remediation and maintenance issues for users. By tracking the real-time status of backed-up devices and monitoring backup servers, Helix catches issues as they happen, said Sanders.
“The tool looks at the configurations of the assets before the backup runs to determine the likelihood of failure, which means fewer failed backups and quicker remediation for those that do.”
Helix also remediates problems within protected guest operating systems, such as disk space and network connectivity problems.
“Not only are these services critical to maintaining data protection, but they are also the most commonly reported root causes of backup and recovery failures,” he said. “Future versions of Helix will also intelligently increase recovery point objectives (RPOs) and automate recoveries after certain failure conditions.”
The automated data backup tool also provides automated maintenance of backup infrastructure so it can keep appliances up to date.
“Partners and customers that manage backup and disaster recovery have asked for various tools and feature suggestions to identify and catch issues in the surrounding environment that can impact backups,” said Sanders. “This is because these tend to be the most time-consuming issues to resolve. They can sometimes take days.”
Partner Benefits
For MSPs and other channel partners who help customers with data backup, Helix will be an important tool, he said.
“Helix gives MSPs – and anyone managing backup and DR – time back in their day,” said Sanders. “For any condition that Helix can detect and remediate, that’s typically hours to days of time they get back, which can help their bottom line.”
In addition, partners who sell the automated data backup technology can gain new ways to build recurring revenue, he said.
The Helix agent checks for service-related issues in Microsoft’s Volume Shadow Copy Services (VSS), which are critical for backup services. The system sends reports to the user if it finds and remediates any issues through service restarts.
Enterprise Strategy Group analyst Christophe Bertrand said Helix adds important new capabilities for Unitrends partners and customers.
ESG’s Christophe Bertrand
“Ease of use and operational efficiency have become critical against a backdrop of constant data growth and pressures to support the availability of data and applications of key business functions,” said Bertrand. “Our research shows that IT is only becoming more complex, and that data protection is the No. 1 area for investments in the data center for 2020.”
Using AI to help simplify some of those complexities is important, he said.
“Channel partners will benefit by having an improved solution to help their customers improve RPOs and RTOs, maintenance and general backup hurdles with Helix. Unitrends is spot on with this new capability, and I expect competitors will take notice,” said Bertrand.
Another analyst, Rob Enderle of Enderle Group, said tools that automate labor-intensive tasks like backup management help busy IT teams. Such teams are typically underfunded and understaffed, so automation is welcomed, he said.
“It is ideal for partners who want to provide value to IT and lower their workload so they can consider other projects,” said Enderle. “If they free up time, that can provide the potential for additional sales opportunities. And, even if they don’t, IT will appreciate having the extra free time.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 11, 2020 at 04:52AM
Added: Apr 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSPs: Improve Internal Security Practices Avoid Headlines
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSPs: Improve Internal Security Practices, Avoid Headlines
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msps-improve-internal-security-practices-avoid-headlines/
From 2FA to system isolation, beefed-up internal security practices keep MSPs, clients safe.
Doug Truitt
By Doug Truitt, Kalleo Technologies
Make no mistake: The high-profile $2.5 million ransomware attack striking multiple local governments in Texas last summer that was traced to a single compromised managed service provider has raised the stakes for all MSPs. Not too long ago, MSPs’ greatest danger was perhaps that a single client might be infected by malware. Now, MSPs must worry about being hacked themselves (and attackers then exposing all of their customers). MSPs must improve internal security practices.
Conversations among MSPs on Reddit make it clear that attacks compromising MSPs’ entire clientele have become nearly a weekly occurrence. This new reality has MSPs fearing breaches of their own systems like never before. It has given even the smaller MSPs new incentive to implement every security precaution.
Best Practices
While emerging MSPs lack the resources to enlist expensive tools, they can still employ many effective best practices against these threats and improve internal security practices. Here are five internal security practices these MSPs ought to implement as soon as possible, if they haven’t already:
1) Remove risks stemming from employee mistakes (with two-factor authentication, access controls, etc.). At its heart, IT security is the art of managing human nature. I’ll give you an example on the client side of things: In the past 12 months we’ve had employees at four different clients fall for the “Please buy me iTunes gift cards because I’m stuck in a meeting” phishing scam. It’s important to understand that none of these individuals are stupid — they simply got hit at the perfect distracted moment. This may be a client example, but its lesson applies to internal MSP teams. Don’t think that your people are “too savvy to fall for that kind of thing.” No, they’re not.
To secure against social engineering threats, smaller MSPs should design systems where an employee can fall for a scam and it doesn’t matter. In our case, we now use two-factor authentication (2FA) across all our solutions. We do that so that if an employee has a bad day and exposes his or her login credentials, attackers still cannot access our systems. MSPs must also be strict in adhering to these types of security strategies for them to be effective. For example, standardizing all solutions across a multifactor authentication (MFA) tool of choice, like Duo or AuthAnvil. If our techs want to adopt a new solution, it has to support our 2FA tool.
We also use Beachhead Solutions’ SimplySecure to erase the impact of mistakes when it comes to safeguarding employee devices and the data they hold. With this platform, if a device with access to our data is lost or stolen, the tool can block access or delete that data remotely. Because phones are the key to our two-factor authentication, this capability to protect phone devices is even more essential to us. It not only prevents isolated data breach incidents but ensures that such events can’t cascade and expose additional systems.
We have an easy time selling a tool like this to clients as well. We sell it like insurance against data breaches — a proposition they understand and are eager to engage with. This is clear example of how implementing secure solutions for your business can serve as a launchpad for secure client-facing solutions.
2) Introduce isolation. Practice isolation so that one compromised system cannot impact others. For example, our servers are isolated from each other and located in a SOC-compliant data center. Emerging MSPs can introduce isolation without introducing big expenses. Take strategic inventory of each system’s access capabilities and the associated risks. Analyze your systems as an attacker would — if you wanted to break in and escalate access to impact all systems and clients, how could you do it? Then, limit those systems, shutting off every avenue that might give an attacker hope.
3) Enlist capable external tools. As a small MSP in 2004, we created our tools. However, that was another time and another world. If I was starting over today, I’d use zero in-house tools. Today’s cloud-based solutions are simply far more capable from a security perspective. For example, we use a third-party business management software provider built for MSPs.
We also use a heavy-duty endpoint security that locks down how much trouble a user can get into.This has helped to reduce the endpoint infections…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 13, 2020 at 11:01PM
Added: Apr 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
The Time Is Now for Office 365 Migration
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
The Time Is Now for Office 365 Migration
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/the-time-is-now-for-office-365-migration/
How organizations handle Office 365 migration is the difference between a swift, efficient upgrade with minimal disruption and downtime–or a long, costly process.
In this two-part blog series, we’ll begin by exploring the reasons why now, more than ever, organizations should have a strategy in place for migrating IT operations to the cloud–starting with migrating email workloads to Office 365–and the challenges associated with such an Office 365 migration move. In the second part we’ll examine the ways to overcome these challenges, and the benefits associated with third-party managed migrations.
The business case for Office 365 migration is strong and one that MSPs are well-versed in: increased mobility; simple scalability; reduced management, maintenance and IT costs; better security; and an estimated 112% ROI over three years, according to A Forrester Total Economic Impact Study Commissioned By Microsoft in October 2018
With an enormous recent influx of remote workers, it’s not a question of “if” but “when” your customers should move IT operations to the cloud. Their next decision will be the most important one, because how they handle the migration is the difference between a swift, efficient upgrade for the company with minimal disruption and downtime–or a long, costly process fraught with complications, setbacks and company-wide disruption.
The biggest challenges organizations face during an Office 365 migration:
User disruption. Email is critical to carry out many normal business functions. It’s frustrating for users when email goes out for 15 minutes; imagine that disruption scaled up throughout a migration project that lasts months. It’s a risk that organizations can’t afford to take. Ensuring users maintain uninterrupted access to email throughout the migration is crucial.
The “human” factor presents a wide margin for error. Not every aspect of a migration can be automated, and some tasks are extremely detail oriented and arduous. Typically there is not a lot of in-house experience around migrations; the manual and repetitive tasks increase the risk for error, which can result in user disruption, extended timelines, and, in some cases, permanent data loss, which is a big no-no for user satisfaction as well as regulatory compliance.
Migrations are extremely time consuming. When performed in-house, the migration process can become a full-time job, and IT departments cannot ignore day-to-day operations. The migration process must be managed in a way that keeps the IT department available for routine tasks as well as any urgent needs.
Decentralized and complex data sources. While most organizations are on top of the email migration portion of a digital transformation, oftentimes the dispersed third-party archive systems and PST files are forgotten. If this related data isn’t also migrated to the cloud, there’s a missing piece to the puzzle that could hinder productivity and a positive user experience. These systems and their data require even more expertise to move. Take PST files, for example: Locating and eradicating PST files is a slow, painful process. Typically, these files are sprawled all over the network (as well as on local devices and network shares). These files can be corrupted or password-protected, and Microsoft does not have a native tool to aid in easy discovery. Similarly, with third-party archives, deep knowledge of both the source system and target system are required to migrate data quickly and without error or disruption.
Unforeseen complications can extend project timelines and costs. Sometimes these issues are predictable, but not in all cases. Instability with Exchange, any misconfiguration problems or data corruption combined with potential issues with your source system/files (archive systems, PST files) can throw a wrench in even the best laid plans, pushing out your completion date and throwing your customers’ budget (and potentially your margins) out the window.
Stay tuned for Part 2 of this blog series, where we will unpack how to successfully mitigate these challenges to achieve a swift, efficient migration.
To learn more about our migration best practices and tips check out our Data Migration Risk Assessment Template with our checklist to help ensure successful migration projects.
Contact us today to speak with a migration specialist, and keep your customers moving with Quadrotech.
Nick Dishman is the Vice President of Channel Sales for Quadrotech in North America. He has been with Quadrotech since 2014 and has over 13 years of experience with Channel Sales in technology.
Quadrotech is a global software vendor that has migrated millions of users and petabytes of data to Office 365 with its industry-leading archive, mailbox, PST file, and tenant-to-tenant migration tools. Alongside these, our SaaS Management Platform, Nova, enables partners and their customers to get the most value from their Office 365 investment. Learn more at quadrotech-it.com.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 13, 2020 at 11:01PM
Added: Apr 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Nutanix Alum Pentagon Chief Strategy Officer Join AttackIQ
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Nutanix Alum, Pentagon Chief Strategy Officer Join AttackIQ
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/nutanix-alum-pentagon-chief-strategy-officer-join-attackiq/
AttackIQ’s new CMO held previous roles at Good Technology, Box, Cisco and SightPath.
AttackIQ has expanded its leadership team with Julie O’Brien as CMO and former Pentagon chief strategy officer Jonathan Reiber as senior director of cybersecurity strategy and policy.
AttackIQ’s Julie O’Brien
O’Brien will lead AttackIQ’s global brand strategy and help drive demand for the platform in key markets. She joins the company from Nutanix where she served as senior vice president of corporate marketing.
“The cybersecurity industry is notoriously crowded, but AttackIQ’s novel approach offers value to customers, partners and the security ecosystem at large,” she said. “The company has a unique opportunity to be the Switzerland of the security stack — providing an independent assessment of how solutions perform against real-world attack scenarios so enterprises can close security gaps and solution providers can improve their product offerings.”
O’Brien brings more than 20 years of global marketing and leadership experience. She previously held roles at Good Technology, Box, Cisco and SightPath.
“Julie has a strong track record leading high-performing marketing teams in both startups and large enterprises. We are thrilled to have her talents at AttackIQ,” said Brett Galloway, AttackIQ’s CEO.
AttackIQ’s Jonathan Reiber
Reiber will shape strategic communications and industry thought leadership. In addition to Pentagon chief strategy officer, Reiber was Illumio’s head of cybersecurity strategy and Technology for Global Security‘s senior adviser.
“In today’s climate, every organization should adopt an adversary mindset to inform their cybersecurity strategy,” he said. “AttackIQ systematically tests organizations’ cyber readiness against real adversary tactics, from the Russians to the Iranians, to criminal organizations. This unique approach can help cybersecurity professionals in the private and public sectors do their job better.”
“Jonathan will be an incredible asset to AttackIQ as we continue to strengthen our leadership position in the breach and attack simulation market,” said Carl Wright, AttackIQ’s chief commercial officer. “He will provide excellent insights for our platform.”
In February, AttackIQ announced an updated Accelerate channel program to better serve its global partner community.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 13, 2020 at 11:51PM
Added: Apr 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Ingram Micro Develops a Center of Excellence for IoT
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Ingram Micro Develops a Center of Excellence for IoT
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ingram-micro-develops-a-center-of-excellence-for-iot/
Sabine Howest will lead Ingram Micro’s Center of Excellence for IoT team effort.
Ingram Micro’s Sabine Howest
Ingram Micro today announced it will create a Center of Excellence for IoT. The distributor also named Sabine Howest to lead the team effort. Howest’s new title is vice president partner engagement and IoT.
The new Center of Excellence for IoT will expand Ingram Micro’s IoT go-to-market and portfolio. Channel partner enablement is core to the center’s initiative.
“The introduction of a Global Center of Excellence will smooth and accelerate the road-to-market for our channel partners and manufacturers specializing in IoT. It will also pave the way for us to share best practices, new market applications and resources globally,” said Paul Bay, executive vice president and president of Global Technology Solutions at Ingram Micro. “Under Sabine’s leadership, Ingram Micro’s IoT business will scale. And, it will further specialize — adding increased and sustainable business value to our partners and manufacturers by helping them extend their expertise, share their experience and meet the varied demands of the market locally, regionally and globally.”
Howest, at Ingram Micro since 2009 and formerly the company’s channel chief, is now in an expanded role. She oversees the distributor’s global business development of its top vendor and solution provider partners. She is also responsible for increasing Ingram Micro’s value-added capabilities within enterprise and specialty markets. She serves as the executive lead for Ingram Micro’s Global Centers of Excellence.
“IoT remains one of the channel’s must-have technology practices. It represents an area where channel partners are able to lead and enable their customers with the technology and services needed to proactively pivot, lean into their strengths and learn from real time data, AI and analytics to make more informed business decisions,” said Howest. “Our Centers of Excellence are proven to optimize operations and help empower our people and our partners. We are in this together. I am eager to work with my new team and put our business process, portfolio and resources — which now include collaborative engineering — to work for our IoT-focused partners and providers and, in turn, the customers they serve.”
Ingram Micro will expand its portfolio by teaming up with up with established and emerging vendors. In particular, the distributor will work with IoT, artificial intelligence (AI) and mixed reality (MR) manufacturers. The distributor will also add resources for partners including financing, solution development services and market-ready use cases. The use cases will support the high demand for select technologies and service capabilities in key markets.
Last year, Ingram Micro launched a cybersecurity Center of Excellence in the Netherlands. That Center extends support across Europe, including Germany, the United Kingdom, France, Spain, Nordics, Netherlands, Italy, Belgium, Austria and Switzerland, among others. The company appointed Brian Verburg as manager of the center.
Earlier in 2019, Ingram Micro established three cybersecurity Centers of Excellence to cover the EMEA region.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 14, 2020 at 01:55AM
Added: Apr 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Microsoft Partner Network: Whats Ahead for the Channel
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Microsoft Partner Network: What’s Ahead for the Channel
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/microsoft-partner-network-whats-ahead-for-the-channel/
Microsoft Partner Network news includes tools, investments and programs.
Microsoft’s Gavriella Schuster
Microsoft global channel chief Gavriella Schuster today shared Microsoft Partner Network updates on investments and new partner program offerings. In lieu of the company’s annual state of the partner ecosystem update, cancelled due to the COVID-19 pandemic, Schuster addressed partners via her blog.
This latest Microsoft Partner Network news focuses on current as well as future direction. It comes in addition to resources and program updates that help partners navigate the pandemic. The updates address partner program updates and enhanced tools. The vendor’s investment strategy addresses several areas of partner opportunity, such as Teams, security and Azure migration. Schuster also discusses recently launched offerings and addresses global partner impact.
“The Microsoft partner community is a powerful ecosystem. For decades, it has been and continues to be at the center of how we bring technologies and business transformation to customers in markets around the world,” Schuster said. “Today, Microsoft partners are playing a critical role helping companies everywhere adjust to a new way of working. The remote work, business continuity solutions and services they’re delivering during this global pandemic will be the foundation of workplace productivity moving forward.”
Here’s a closer look at the Microsoft Partner Network program updates underway.
Microsoft is giving partners increased access to training, support and go-to-market services.
The company is helping partners differentiate by offering new competencies, and advanced specializations through the Azure Expert MSP Program.
Driving strong results and positive outcomes for customers helps partners earn more rewards and reward models specifically designed to help build and accelerate growth.
Schuster outlines enhanced tools and says more will follow.
Partners are now onboarding to Partner Center. It is a centralized experience for partners and a single place to manage their relationship with Microsoft, their customers and other partners. With streamlined processes into one place, it makes it easier for partners to do business with Microsoft.
On-demand support is one of the new ways Microsoft wants to give partners quicker and easier access to Microsoft support. The goal is to better help partners solve challenges and meet customer needs.
To further support its commitment to shared growth and profitability, Microsoft is enabling partners to access co-selling programs so they can accept and share referrals from Microsoft (first-party solutions) and other partners.
Here are some of the digital transformation areas where Microsoft sees strong partner opportunity and is making investments.
Teams for modern business. The ability to connect remotely with coworkers, friends or family is vital. Partners have an opportunity to support activation and usage for their customers. We’re seeing adoption and change management partners focus on extensions to further customize to their customers’ business needs.
Microsoft wants partners to support customers movement toward tech intensity. The vendor says there’s an opportunity for partners as organizations move past adopting the latest technologies to developing their own digital capabilities.
Azure migration. The latest versions of Windows Server, SQL Server and Windows Virtual Desktop offers opportunity for businesses to secure and modernize their workloads. Partners can help customers migrate to the cloud and unlock the benefits of Azure to transform workloads.
Security is a top priority for customers. Security is engineered into Microsoft our products, but partners are needed to help secure the customer’s environment from endpoint to data center.
Schuster reminds partners of two recently launched offers, the Adoption and Change Management Advanced Specialization and the Teams Practice Development Playbook.
The Microsoft global channel chief also shares partner success stories. These vignettes highlight partners addressing scientific and business continuity needs related to COVID-19.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 14, 2020 at 03:52AM
Added: Apr 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
StorONE S1 Storage Platform Adds New Features for Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
StorONE S1 Storage Platform Adds New Features for Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/storone-s1-storage-platform-adds-new-features-for-partners/
The StorONE S1 Storage Platform has been updated with new features aimed at increasing productivity and revenue for channel partners. Bolstering Version 3 of the platform is the ability to move data across multiple tiers of storage and quarterly updates.
Also new is the ability to move older snapshot data to cheaper hard disk-based or cloud storage with zero impact. The enterprise storage platform also now allows users to create volumes that support object storage using Amazon S3 storage protocols.
StorONE’s George Crump
The ability to move data across four storage tiers is huge, George Crump, StorONE’s chief marketing officer, told Channel Futures.
“What makes this new and different is that with most hybrid arrays you are typically going from a flash tier to a hard disk tier,” said Crump. “This goes from up to four tiers, from NVMe SSD to QLC SSD to hard disk or to cloud, whichever.”
That makes it more flexible for users, said Crump. “For resellers, this matters because now they can provide a cost-effective solution and because of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its business and economic effects, that’s going to be as import as it’s ever been.”
The StorONE S1 storage platform gives resellers a chance to prescribe the exact solution for a customer’s needs, he said. In addition, the product can be installed remotely, which is helpful during ongoing COVID-19 quarantines.
Also helpful for channel partners is the company’s decision to move the product to quarterly releases, said Crump. “Formerly, there had been one major release a year. This now allows us to get new features to customers more quickly. For resellers, it gives them the opportunity to re-engage with customers on a quarterly instead of annual basis.”
That also makes new releases more manageable from a training perspective because IT workers don’t have to learn as many new feature changes at once, said Crump. “It allows us to avoid a whole big feature load. It’s just a few things of significance, which is easier to bring in than 16 big things once a year.”
This is important to resellers so there’s one product to use, sell, support and train for, said Crump. “For resellers, this is an ideal strategy because it is one piece of software they can combine with their hardware and they can really focus on.”
The new features and improvements in the StorONE S1 storage platform came through requests from partners and users.
“We’re finding our resellers are telling us that margins with this are significantly better and that time to install and time spent supporting it is significantly lower” compared to other products, said Crump. “The time to learn the product from sales to an engineering perspective is also lower. Because we simplified the customer environment it became one solution to sell, and it dramatically reduces the cost of storage because we are less expensive and we are 60% more efficient in using hardware.”
Fabrics4Clouds’ Andre Mellul
Andre Mellul, CEO of StorONE Fabrics4Clouds, said the StorONE S1 storage platform options are critical for software-defined storage platforms. “The flexibility, the multiprotocol paradigm as well as the multitier storage media” will be helpful for his consultancy and customers, he said.
“Customers do not directly ask for these things,” he said. “It is more about showing them they need these things to fit in the delivery and protection of their storage assets.”
The improved platform provides storage flexibly quickly and reliably where needed while providing for granularity of these metrics, said Mellul. “This is a differentiated platform with a focus on flexibility, performance and reliability. The functionalities and abstractions play a key role in providing those achievements.”
For partners, working with StorONE means having partner support and a voice for customer features, he said. “We have decided to standardize on S1 for our existing customers and are actively demonstrating better value and performance than their existing solutions.”
ESG’s Scott Sinclair
Scott Sinclair, an analyst with Enterprise Strategy Group, said the flexibility of StorONE’s software-defined storage architecture may be its most compelling feature. “Businesses often desire more choice when it comes to storage hardware and public cloud services,” said Sinclair. “More choices, however, often add complexity. Here is where channel partners can offer value, by providing their expertise…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 14, 2020 at 05:51AM
Added: Apr 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
iboss Beefs Up Channel Sales Strategy with Symantec Vets
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
iboss Beefs Up Channel Sales Strategy with Symantec Vets
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/iboss-beefs-up-channel-sales-strategy-with-symantec-vets/
iboss’s strategy involves building out its channel and adding channel and distribution vets.
iboss has hired several Symantec vets to build out its channel sales strategy with accelerated partner programs, initiatives and relationship management.
The channel team additions will design and manage strategic initiatives and programs. iboss’ channel sales strategy includes partner training and enablement, certification, technical design and support.
iboss provides cloud-delivered network security.
The new additions are:
Linda McCord as director of channel sales;
Erick Foy as senior director of channels sales for the East;
Traci Sever as senior director of channel sales for the West;
Matthew Hamling as senior director of channel sales engineering for the Americas; and
Henry Niekerk as director of channel sales engineers.
iboss’s Linda McCord
McCord is a national partner manager covering the Optiv and Sirius relationships. She managed national partner relationships at Symantec and McAfee. She also managed global SIs at CheckPoint Systems.
McCord tells us joining an organization “where you truly believe in their vision, leadership, strategy and portfolio doesn’t present itself often.”
“If you can honestly check all the boxes and work with such an amazing team, you have found a uniquely amazing opportunity to be part of something great,” she said.
Foy and Sever cover all partners and channels in their respective regions.
iboss’s Erick Foy
Foy served as Symantec’s director of North America channel sales for more than 15 years. He also held roles at Avnet, Xircom and Polaroid. He will connect eligible MSPs and MSSPs with distributors to help support pre-sales efforts and demand generation campaigns for growth.
Foy said he joined iboss for its “industry leading technology along with the very exciting opportunity to help build a channel/distribution go-to-market sales engine.”
Sever built one of Symantec’s largest national partnerships. In previous roles, she developed an organizational strategy around new business development in Fortune 100 accounts. She also managed commercial accounts at McAfee.
“Our goal is to roll out our highly profitable partner program to a defined set of strategic partners and distributors, as well as build out
iboss’s Traci Server
an extended channel team,” she said. “We will align with our partners in key accounts, expand their knowledge base and help them build out their services offerings. iboss integrates extremely well into MSP offerings and we are working closely with a number of partners to enable them to deliver transformational network security. We are seeing a large increase in demand from our MSP partners, particularly around our ability to increase SD-WAN speeds and positively impact ROI.”
Hamling led Symantec’s North America sales engineering team for alliances and channel partners. Prior to that, he managed the service provider, global SI and channel sales engineering teams at Blue Coat Systems. Blue Coast was acquired by Symantec.
Niekerk held senior roles at Fidelis Cybersecurity, GE and Symantec, where he served strategic global accounts. He has spent most of his career as a channel and field sales engineer.
iboss’s Ryan O’Connell
“The strategy is to build out the channel and to add talent with deep relationships and tenure in the channel and distribution areas,” said Ryan O’Connell, iboss’ vice president of channel sales. “This will dramatically improve customer touch and education on the iboss brand.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 14, 2020 at 05:51AM
Added: Apr 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Why Fortinet for my MSSP
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Why Fortinet for my MSSP
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/why-fortinet-for-my-mssp/
Fortinet Security Fabric Powers Digital Transformation
Digital Transformation offers new business advantages, and organizations are rapidly adopting digital technologies to accelerate their business, deliver better experiences, lower costs, and improve efficiencies. But it also introduces security challenges that post serious risk to organizations. Read more in this whitepaper, which provides insight into how to solve these challenges with broader visibility into […]
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 15, 2020 at 12:13AM
Added: Apr 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Tech Data Offers Online Coaching and Mentoring Community
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Tech Data Offers Online Coaching and Mentoring Community
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/tech-data-offers-online-coaching-and-mentoring-community/
The online coaching and mentoring community has more than 70 industry experts.
Tech Data today launched Tech Data Coaches, an online coaching and mentoring community for Tech Data partners in the U.S. and Canada.
The Tech Data Coaches community currently consists of more than 70 coaches from the distributor’s business. These experts will advise partners on a variety of business topics and help individuals refine their personal and professional skills. Subject matter experts can address areas such as marketing, sales, business development, organizational enablement and more. Additionally, many coaches have vertical industry knowledge in areas such as public sector, health care, retail and smart city.
Tech Data’s Stacy Nethercoat
“We created a dedicated interactive environment that connects our partner colleagues to experts that can help them enhance their skill sets and their experiences,” Stacy Nethercoat, senior vice president, cloud solutions, Americas at Tech Data, told Channel Futures. “Ultimately, the objective is to foster collaborative innovation across our ecosystem.”
The concept for Tech Data Coaches grew out of the distributor’s launch, about 18 months ago, of its Cloud Practice Builder program. That program helps partners adopt and accelerate their cloud practices. Its success spurred the launch of additional Practice Builder programs in IoT, analytics and security. The Cloud Practice Builder program includes coaching. Tech Data learned from the Practice Builder program that leveraging expertise is something the company should invest more in.
“Tech Data Coaches is that concept on steroids,” said Nethercoat. “The Tech Data Coaches platform is purpose built to connect people to one another, enable a more interactive and deeper experience.”
By contrast, in the Practice Builder experience, coaches were available for a partner to reach out to with a question. It was designed more as a self-service experience.
The new online coaching and mentoring program is free to the distributor’s reseller partners in the U.S. and Canada. Tech Data plans to both increase the number of coaches as well as expand the platform to other geographies.
How It Works
Tech Data Coaches is a social networking platform with “find-an-expert” features and functionality. This includes user profiles, opt-in notifications, personalized content feeds and the ability to favorite and follow members. Based on their unique requirements and interests, users are matched with Tech Data coaches. These experts offer informal mentorship, personalized guidance and support via live content feeds, on-demand training and product demonstrations, as well as one-on-one coaching sessions.
Tech Data’s Ashley Martinez
Coaches are seasoned channel professionals, according Ashley Martinez, marketing strategist at Tech Data.
Coaches can address topics at a high level as well as delve into niche topics. “We have coaches skilled to address topics such as organizational enablement, change management and marketing topics such as design thinking, for example,” said Martinez. “Also, topics such as technical sales and the range of next generation technologies — cloud, IoT, analytics, security, converged infrastructure and beyond.”
Meetings are 30 minutes. However, the online coaching and mentoring experts can customize the length of the meetings. Anyone in the partner’s firm can open an account.
“Coaches are also trained to be clear at the end of every session on what the next steps are,” said Martinez. “So, is a follow-up meeting appropriate? Would it be best to connect the partner to a different coach? Or, does the coaching stop there?”
Tech Data has included several program limitations. Partners can schedule up to three meetings with different coaches at any given time or until those meetings have occurred. And, partners can schedule one meeting at a time with any one coach.
“I think the program will be very popular,” said Nethercoat. “And, when you think about the times we’re living in, a lot of us are used to traveling conferences where a big value of attending events are the side conversations. This new opportunity for mentoring and conversations is going to fill a void for partners and Tech Data, as well.”
Tech Data also launched a new podcast series called “On the Clock.” The podcast covers popular topics of discussion in the online coaching and mentoring community. Partners can access the podcasts on the Tech Data Authority Blog.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 15, 2020 at 12:13AM
Added: Apr 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cloud Remains the Top Technology Tool During Pandemic
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cloud Remains the Top Technology Tool During Pandemic
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cloud-remains-the-top-technology-tool-during-pandemic/
This roundup looks at how Aptum Technologies and Fugue are addressing the situation.
Not surprisingly, the cloud remains the top technology tool to which entities are turning as they enable remote work during the ongoing pandemic. This puts the impetus on channel partners to help clients manage those deployments to avoid cost overages and security breaches. This roundup looks at two companies addressing those areas.
Aptum’s Hybrid Cloud Manager Launches at Critical Time
COVID-19 lockdowns and other restrictions continue to spur organizations worldwide to support largely unplanned employee work-from-home initiatives via the cloud. And even while cloud vendors were strategizing product launches prior to coronavirus, their new platforms are helping enterprises, vis à vis their channel partners, manage those unexpected deployments.
Take Canada-based Aptum Technologies’ Hybrid Cloud Manager as one recent example. Around the globe, amid COVID-19, hybrid cloud implementations stand out as a go-to option because so many firms must maintain some on-premises control of their data. Meantime, they are using the public cloud, as well. Aptum’s new Hybrid Cloud Manager, then, comes at an advantageous time.
The platform enables enterprises, through their partners or directly, to assess, monitor, optimize, provision and govern their private and public cloud environments through one interface. This encompasses both infrastructure- and platform-as a service resources. Hybrid Cloud Manager capabilities allow for full cost control, real-time visibility into resources and configurations and, overall, simplified management, Aptum said.
Charles Lippe, director of channels for Aptum, called the new product “a great opportunity” for managed service providers and system integrators to differentiate themselves. Partners can offer Hybrid Cloud Manager to “help customers who are planning a migration to cloud and those who want to improve managing their spend and automate tasks,” Lippe told Channel Futures. Further, he said, Hybrid Cloud Manager “is provided at no additional cost to customers with an Azure subscription with Aptum.”
And at a time when cost control may prove more imperative than ever, Aptum says Hybrid Cloud Manager gives IT and other business leaders the information they need to oversee and optimize their public and private clouds on the fly.
Aptum’s Jeremy Pease
“Organizations are struggling to get visibility into the performance of their cloud-based infrastructure and applications,” Jeremy Pease, COO of Aptum, said in a prepared statement. “Aptum Hybrid Cloud Manager not only provides deep visibility into IaaS-based environments but also addresses PaaS resources.”
All this, he added, provides “a holistic view of every cloud asset, simplifying day-to-day operational cloud complexities. This platform addresses some of the biggest challenges in cloud management such as workload migration, cost and performance optimization, compliance and DevOps automation.”
Aptum has made Hybrid Cloud Manager available immediately to its global customers. The company’s partner program offers two tiers – one for referrals and one for resellers.
Sudden Cloud Deployments Exposing Security Vulnerabilities, Concerns
Almost 90% (84%) of cloud engineers harbor concerns about new security vulnerabilities stemming from sudden cloud adoption amid COVID-19.
That’s according to some of the findings in Fugue Inc.’s State of the Cloud Security report conducted with the help of Propeller Insights. Fugue is a software developer focused on cloud infrastructure security and compliance, and an Amazon Web Services partner.
Fugue’s Phillip Merrick
“What our survey reveals is that cloud misconfiguration not only remains the No. 1 cause of data breaches in the cloud, the rapid global shift to 100% distributed teams is creating new risks for organizations and opportunities for malicious actors,” said Phillip Merrick, CEO of Fugue, in a press release. “Knowing your cloud infrastructure is secure at all times is already a major challenge for even the most sophisticated cloud customers, and the current crisis is compounding the problem.”
In fact, because cloud misconfiguration exploits can be so hard to detect with traditional security analysis tools, Fugue found that 84% of IT professionals fear their organizations already have suffered a major cloud breach they have yet to discover. Almost one-third (28%) said they already know about a critical cloud data breach.
More than half (52%) of survey respondents cited lack of awareness of cloud security and policies as the top cause of cloud misconfiguration. Another 49% attributed the problem to a lack of adequate controls and oversight; 43% said the issue lies with too many cloud APIs and interfaces to adequately govern. Finally, 32% of respondents said negligent insider behavior creates cloud misconfiguration. These results point directly to ways channel partners can help their enterprise clients better protect their cloud environments, especially amid last-minute, COVID-19-fueled deployments.
Fugue and Propeller surveyed 300 IT, cloud and security professionals.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 15, 2020 at 01:53AM
Added: Apr 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Red Hat Linux Hires Former IBM Oracle Exec as Channel VP
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Red Hat Linux Hires Former IBM, Oracle Exec as Channel VP
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/red-hat-linux-hires-former-ibm-oracle-exec-as-channel-vp/
Ernest Jones, the new North American partner leader, will develop strategic partner relationships and expand the company’s customer base.
Red Hat Linux has hired former IBM executive Ernest Jones as its new North American partner leader. Jones, who also previously worked for Oracle, is Red Hat’s new vice president for North America commercial partners and alliances.
Red Hat Linux’s Ernest Jones
Jones has extensive industry experience in leading global technology sales and channel operations. At Oracle, he was vice president of North America cloud solutions, while at IBM he served as vice president of enterprise server sales for North America. He also was the co-founder and chief operations and revenue officer for vVents.com, an enterprise live-streaming cloud-based platform.
Jones replaces D. Martin, who was Red Hat’s vice president of sales for six years following his departure from Cisco.
Jones, who started his new post on March 23, told Channel Futures that it was strange moving into his new job during the COVID-19 pandemic because he couldn’t share in what traditionally would be live meetings with co-workers and partners.
Instead, he began by participating in a virtual sales kickoff meeting held with co-workers and North American partners.
“We all want to get out of the office and shake hands and meet the team,” said Jones. “But I just haven’t been able to do that yet.”
Jones said his time at IBM and Oracle allowed him to watch Red Hat evolve into what it is today. “I remember wholeheartedly being in meetings with Verizon and AT&T and hearing them talk about moving away from proprietary software. Red Hat has made significant strides in regards to its positioning.”
As he starts out at Red Hat Linux, Jones said he doesn’t anticipate making any huge changes to its channel operations.
“I’ve not been here for even a complete month yet,” he said. “But it’s apparent to me that the partner ecosystem here is one of the best I’ve ever seen. Partners have been an important multiplier for Red Hat over the years. Without the close relationships we’ve built, we would certainly look very different.”
As he settles into his new job, Jones said he’ll have more time to assess the company’s partner program. At that point, perhaps his new set of eyes will reveal some things that can be improved, he said.
Jones said he’s not new to open source software, having worked with OpenStack for the last three years.
Two things he particularly likes already about working at Red Hat are the company’s startup mentality and culture, he said.
“That led itself well to me landing here,” said Jones.
He recalls 20 years ago when people were wondering how open source Red Hat Linux was going to make money. Since then, it’s become very apparent as the company has grown and prospered, he said. “Now IBM spent a significant amount of money [$34 billion in July 2019] to acquire us.”
Jones said one of his goals will be to help scale it from $5 billion in revenue to $10 billion. He also wants to help ramp up its cloud, container and Kubernetes business as well.
“The ability of OpenShift is that it allows clients to move freely and with agility in the multicloud environment,” said Jones. “That’s a huge differentiator.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 15, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Apr 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Blockchain Database Technology Provider FlureeDB Courts ISVs SIs VARs
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Blockchain Database Technology Provider FlureeDB Courts ISVs, SIs, VARs
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/blockchain-database-technology-provider-flureedb-courts-isvs-sis-vars/
The North Carolina startup provides a blockchain-based data platform for web3 innovation.
FlureeDB, a blockchain database technology provider, unveiled its first branded global partner program for ISVs, SIs and VARs.
The Fluree Partner Network invests more in partner enablement resources to build and deliver web3 applications.
FlureeDB’s Buck Flannigan
Buck Flannigan is FlureeDB’s vice president of global partners. He said the market for FlureeDB’s technology is providing new opportunities for partners.
“ISVs are delivering products for enterprises on a modern web3 stack, requiring a congruent data management platform,” he said. “Consultants and SIs are increasingly finding a data-centric architecture delivers the agility and transparency their clients require. Forward-looking VARs are always seeking fast-growing sectors to add to their solution portfolio.”
The blockchain technology provider focused on specific partner types to maximize enablement, Flannigan said.
“A recent Wipro survey found 75% of executives now look at blockchain as a strategic priority in 2020,” Flannigan said. “At the same time, we must dismantle the barriers to adoption for blockchain in new or existing systems, which remains the top-reported issue according to Deloitte. This … represents a golden opportunity for our partners to go to market with data-centric blockchain solutions powered by Fluree.”
FlureeDB has expanded to markets like Asia and Africa.
“ISVs delivering applications gain flexibility with embedded/OEM subscriptions, which fit their deployment model and business model,” Flannigan said. “Resources are available for ISVs whose product offering is at any stage of their web3 journey.”
AWS, Google Cloud Platform and Microsoft Azure support FlureeDB. A diverse group of established and startup ISVs, SIs and VARs are part of the program.
“At Zeeve, we value good technology above all else in a strategic partnership,” said Ravi Chamria, CEO of Zeeve, an ISV partner. “The Fluree team has built a web3 enterprise platform that pushes the boundaries of secure and scalable data management.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 15, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Apr 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cisco Program Offers Funds to Support Businesses
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cisco Program Offers Funds to Support Businesses
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cisco-program-offers-funds-to-support-businesses/
The Business Resiliency Program includes $2.5 billion for customers and partners.
Cisco today announced a new Business Resiliency Program that offers funds to support businesses facing financial challenges resulting from the pandemic. Offered through Cisco Capital, the program includes $2.5 billion for customers and partners.
The Business Resiliency Program includes an upfront 90-day payment holiday and allows customers to defer 95% of the cost of a new product or solution until 2021. After that time, customer monthly payments are based on the total financed amount for the remaining contract terms.
Cisco’s Chuck Robbins
“Cisco’s customers and partners are under enormous pressure to keep their businesses connected while remaining productive and secure,” said Chuck Robbins, chairman and CEO of Cisco. “Whether it’s technology, financing or helping those most in need, Cisco is committed to working together to fight this pandemic on every front.”
The new payment program offers funds to support businesses and is designed to promote business continuity. It will also help customers invest for recovery. It will also help customers protect their businesses with cash preservation and minimized cash outlay.
All Cisco solutions including hardware, software and services are eligible for the Cisco Capital funds. Also included is up to 5% of partner services, such as installation. Financing is available for 36 -, 48- and 60-month deals. Orders must be placed by July 25,2020. Eligibility is subject to credit approval.
“Cisco Capital’s goal is to make it easier for customers and partners to acquire the technology they need to keep their businesses running and productive. Their success is our priority,” said Kristine A. Snow, senior vice president and president at Cisco Capital. “The new Business Resiliency Program is designed with this in mind. It will help address some of our customer’s most pressing concerns.”
The Cisco Refresh program also targets customers and partners. It offers Cisco-certified remanufactured equipment at a reduced cost. Products purchased through Cisco Refresh are eligible for the Business Resiliency Program. Cisco Refresh offers a wide range of products, plus discounts and promotions.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 15, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Apr 14, 2020 Via IFTTT
The All-in-One Guide to Maturing Your MSSP
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
The All-in-One Guide to Maturing Your MSSP
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/the-all-in-one-guide-to-maturing-your-mssp/
Cybercriminals are relentless, professional and organized, and will stop at nothing to attack organizations. Meanwhile, many of their targets are becoming more attractive by the day as organizations embrace digital transformation through mobile, IoT and cloud adoption, all leading to greater risk exposure, blind spots and potential security incidents like sensitive data loss.
One result of this perfect storm, managed security services providers (MSSPs) are being greeted with more opportunity than ever to grow their business. In addition, more and more managed service providers (MSPs) are transitioning to MSSPs in hope of capitalizing on the rising demand for cybersecurity solutions worldwide.
This whitepaper examines MSSPs, reasons why MSPs are becoming MSSPs and challenges they face. It also provides actionable insights and recommendations to help MSSPs differentiate themselves from rivals and ensure they are incorporating the right security solutions into their portfolios. IT closes with a discussion of security orchestration, automation and response (SOAR), describing how this red-hot technology helps MSSP security operations teams better deliver efficiency and effectiveness to multiple customer environments.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 15, 2020 at 03:57AM
Added: Apr 15, 2020 Via IFTTT
Red Hat Hires Former IBM Oracle Exec as Channel VP
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Red Hat Hires Former IBM, Oracle Exec as Channel VP
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/red-hat-hires-former-ibm-oracle-exec-as-channel-vp/
Ernest Jones, the new North American partner leader, will develop strategic partner relationships and expand the company’s customer base.
Red Hat has hired former IBM executive Ernest Jones as its new North American partner leader. Jones, who also previously worked for Oracle, is Red Hat’s new vice president for North America commercial partners and alliances.
Red Hat’s Ernest Jones
Jones has extensive industry experience in leading global technology sales and channel operations. At Oracle, he was vice president of North America cloud solutions, while at IBM he served as vice president of enterprise server sales for North America. He also was the co-founder and chief operations and revenue officer for vVents.com, an enterprise live-streaming cloud-based platform.
Jones replaces D. Martin, who was Red Hat’s vice president of sales for six years following his departure from Cisco.
Jones, who started his new post on March 23, told Channel Futures that it was strange moving into his new job during the COVID-19 pandemic because he couldn’t share in what traditionally would be live meetings with co-workers and partners.
Instead, he began by participating in a virtual sales kickoff meeting held with co-workers and North American partners.
“We all want to get out of the office and shake hands and meet the team,” said Jones. “But I just haven’t been able to do that yet.”
Jones said his time at IBM and Oracle allowed him to watch Red Hat evolve into what it is today. “I remember wholeheartedly being in meetings with Verizon and AT&T and hearing them talk about moving away from proprietary software. Red Hat has made significant strides in regards to its positioning.”
As he starts out at Red Hat, Jones said he doesn’t anticipate making any huge changes to its channel operations.
“I’ve not been here for even a complete month yet,” he said. “But it’s apparent to me that the partner ecosystem here is one of the best I’ve ever seen. Partners have been an important multiplier for Red Hat over the years. Without the close relationships we’ve built, we would certainly look very different.”
As he settles into his new job, Jones said he’ll have more time to assess the company’s partner program. At that point, perhaps his new set of eyes will reveal some things that can be improved, he said.
Jones said he’s not new to open source software, having worked with OpenStack for the last three years.
Two things he particularly likes already about working at Red Hat are the company’s startup mentality and culture, he said.
“That led itself well to me landing here,” said Jones.
He recalls 20 years ago when people were wondering how open source Red Hat Linux was going to make money. Since then, it’s become very apparent as the company has grown and prospered, he said. “Now IBM spent a significant amount of money [$34 billion in July 2019] to acquire us.”
Jones said one of his goals will be to help scale it from $5 billion in revenue to $10 billion. He also wants to help ramp up its cloud, container and Kubernetes business as well.
“The ability of OpenShift is that it allows clients to move freely and with agility in the multicloud environment,” said Jones. “That’s a huge differentiator.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 15, 2020 at 10:08PM
Added: Apr 15, 2020 Via IFTTT
Onfido Partners to Gain More Support from New Funding
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Onfido Partners to Gain More Support from New Funding
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/onfido-partners-to-gain-more-support-from-new-funding/
This brings the total investment in Onfido to $180 million.
Onfido partners will directly benefit from a $100 million funding round led by global investment firm TPG Growth.
This brings Onfido’s total investment to $180 million. The new funding will help it meet global demand for identity verification and authentication.
Onfido confirms a user’s real identity by checking if their photo ID is genuine and then matching it against a selfie video. This combats rising fraud and enables access to digital services.
Robert Humphrey is Onfido’s CMO. He said partners will receive more hands-on training, consultancy from Onfido engineers and tailored marketing campaigns.
“Currently, our partner program consists of four partner channels: technology resellers and commercial resellers, SIs and a referral program,” he said. “Each program provides partners the ability to offer Onfido services directly to their customers, either by embedding Onfido into their own cloud/SaaS offering or by co-selling as a combined solution stack. Partners benefit from commercial incentives and increased customer acquisition and retention through joint-marketing programs. These opportunities will increase as we accelerate investment in these programs.”
The new funding will accelerate geographical expansion, Humphrey said. It also will help Onfido explore new solutions across health care, financial services, online marketplaces and government organizations, he said.
“Ultimately, our goal is to create a more open world where an individual’s identity is the key to accessing more digital services,” he said. “We call this real identity, where a person’s identity is anchored by their photo ID and their face, rather than by a centralized database of numbers and letters.”
Partners are a critical and strategic element of Onfido’s overall growth strategy, Humphrey said.
“As we expand our capabilities as part of the growing identity ecosystem, partners … become even more critical,” he said. “Ensuring the channel is educated and ready to sell Onfido is an important strategic move that will enable us to accelerate our expansion in the United States, Southeast Asia and Europe while exploring new product innovation with them such as digital registration, account takeover and authentication.”
Onfido’s new partnerships with ForgeRock, SecureKey and Okta are accelerating its presence in the identity platform marketplace, Humphrey said.
“With every stage of funding comes new degrees of competitive advantage,” he said. “Onfido is fortunate to have incredibly high-profile and wildly successful investors including Salesforce Ventures, M12 (Microsoft) Ventures and now TPG. Their strategic value includes their tremendous experience assisting hyper-growth companies in the areas of strategy, go-to-market expertise, operational excellence and their impressive networks. All of this will help us and our partners deliver impactful solutions to the market.”
“Onfido’s use of AI to develop market leading tech is extraordinary,” said Mike Zappert, partner at TPG. “There is tremendous demand for seamless and simple identity verification and authentication across major sectors and we see them becoming the new standard for digital access.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 15, 2020 at 11:51PM
Added: Apr 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
AppSmart Offers COVID-19 Support for Businesses
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
AppSmart Offers COVID-19 Support for Businesses
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/appsmart-offers-covid-19-support-for-businesses/
AppSmart COVID-19 support for businesses is available to both existing and new channel partner firms.
AppSmart, an e-commerce platform vendor, this week announced COVID-19 support for businesses. The resources support channel partner business operations as partners navigate through the lengthy pandemic.
The COVID-19 support for businesses includes both existing and new channel partner firms. Resources include: free access to telemedicine services for one year; individual HR consulting sessions with AppDirect’s senior vice president and chief people officer; individual business consulting sessions with AppDirect’s vice president of cloud services; and discounted remote workforce productivity bundles.
AppSmart’s Renee Bergeron
“I’m proud of what we’ve assembled as a leadership team in terms of resources that we’re making available to you as business owners,” Renee Bergeron, senior vice president and general manager at AppSmart said. Her comments appeared in a recently produced series of guides addressing COVID-19. “AppSmart wants to support the channel community because you’re an extension of our organization. We’re invested in your success. We’re invested in you navigating these treacherous times successfully.”
AppSmart has series of videos available. “The Channel Business Owner’s Guide to COVID-19.” is a series of videos covering five topics. Bergeron speaks to partners in the “Resources AppSmart Is Offering to Technology Advisors” recording. The other four videos are: Research and Risks; COVID-19 Symptoms & Treatments; How the U.S. Government Is Assisting During COVID-19; and, COVID-19 & the Impact on Employees.
Other COVID-19 support for businesses resources AppSmart is making available:
For technology advisers without a benefit program, AppSmart will provide telemedicine services through December 2020. The offer extends to one seat per active technology adviser.
Human Resources Consulting is being offered. Many channel partner firms lack deep HR expertise available, so AppSmart is making its HR resources available to business owners. The services will cover a number of topics including communications, benefits, time off and remote management, among others. Business owners will be able to ask questions.
Business Continuity Consulting by AppSmart offers up its deep engineering capability and expertise. It’s for partner firms who don’t have business continuity plans in place for a pandemic. Business continuity covers planning, recovery, management, ongoing operations, risk, resilience and procedures. Business continuity consulting services address system backup, recovery, remote access, productivity, security and more. AppSmart solution engineers will provide technology advice free of charge.
A COVID-19 web page on the AppSmart Marketplace. Developed as a central point of reference for businesses owners, it provides access to information and best practices that are publicly available. Partners can log in with their AppSmart credentials.
“We’re invested in our channel community. We’re invested in everybody navigating successfully through these difficult times,” said Bergeron.
AppSmart partners can contact the company for more information.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Apr 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
Board Ready Endpoint Resilience in 5 Steps
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Board Ready Endpoint Resilience in 5 Steps
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/board-ready-endpoint-resilience-in-5-steps/
The job of every CISO is to secure the organization and minimize risk to business operations in the event of an attack. One successful endpoint attack can interrupt employee productivity and bring the business to a grinding halt. In an era when CISOs can no longer prepare for if there will be a breach but when a successful incident will occur, it’s more important than ever for organizations to adopt a proactive posture of endpoint resilience.
Establishing endpoint resilience minimizes the impact of a cyberattack and restores employee endpoints and operational systems to ensure business continuity. CISOs need to move beyond protection-only measures and adopt endpoint resilience through these five essential steps:
Prepare
Protect
Isolate
Remediate
Investigate
Download this 21-page eBook and learn how to make endpoint resilience a reality!
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Apr 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
3 New Features for EnGenius Cloud-Based Network Management
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
3 New Features for EnGenius Cloud-Based Network Management
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/3-new-features-for-engenius-cloud-based-network-management/
The new features enhance management and troubleshooting of wireless networks.
EnGenius Technologies today announced three new features for its EnGenius cloud-based network management platform. The wireless networking company introduced EnGenius Cloud in April 2019.
The new features enhance management and troubleshooting of wireless networks. The features include a new client timeline, splash page customization tools and a client blocklist.
The serverless EnGenius Cloud uses AI to manage wireless networks for SMBs and enterprises. It features function-as-a-service (FaaS), security and high reliability. EnGenius Cloud also supports 100,000 devices per account.
“EnGenius Cloud elevates our company above the competition and completes our network management solutions,” said Eric Chen, director of product line management at EnGenius, at the time of the product announcement. “Our team’s hard work and dedication over the years made it possible to develop a subscription-free network management solution. It offers practical insights able to meet the complex and demanding needs of SMBs wanting to take advantage of the convenience offered by the latest technology. The long-awaited EnGenius Cloud solution is the foundation that we needed to continue paving the way of wireless networking management for small and medium-size businesses.”
The New Features
The new Client Timeline feature creates a visualization of device connection history. This assists network managers in finding potential issues faster. The client timeline creates an interface that tracks client connection histories and insights into client behavior. Administrators can detect connection patterns, radio information and wireless problems with graphical representations. The time-based client connection sequence simplifies troubleshooting and recommends possible solutions for common problems.
EnGenius offers customization tools with increased flexibility to meet customer requirements. Users can customize the splash page using premade templates, logos and images. There’s also a WYSIWYG editor for inserting custom HTML.
The third new feature is the client blocklist. This lets network administrators block rogue client devices from accessing specific SSIDs. The client blocklist feature enables administrators to deny client devices with suspicious activity from accessing the network. This can be done for specific SSIDs by selecting client devices or by manually entering in the device’s MAC address.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Apr 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
The NextGen 101 List to Honor Partners Building MSP Practices
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
The NextGen 101 List to Honor Partners Building MSP Practices
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/the-nextgen-101-list-to-honor-partners-building-msp-practices/
Informa Tech Launches Its First-Ever List for Development of Recurring Revenue Streams
Every year, partners from around the world compete for a place on the prestigious MSP 501 ranking list. This year, we’re introducing a new component, the NextGen 101 list. Earning a spot on the 501 is one of the highest honors in the managed services channel. It gives winners valuable proof for customers and vendors alike that they exemplify the gold standard of MSPs.
Over the years, the MSP 501 has become one of the most sought-after awards in the channel. Simultaneously, more and more non-MSP partners have begun to recognize the high value that a managed services offering can bring to their revenue streams. Particularly in a world of cloud solutions, the recurring revenue managed services model is one that telco agents, digital agencies, resellers and consultants are beginning to build into their existing practices.
In the Beginning
Since its inception, the MSP 501 rankings were solely based on the previous year’s annual revenue. Last year, it became clear to us that the judgement criteria introduced a logical fallacy.
Between 2018 and 2019 alone, there was a 35% uptick in the number of submissions we received, and these partners came from all corners of the channel. Many of these non-MSP partners are sophisticated, large companies in their own rights. Their managed services practices only account for a small percentage of their total annual revenues. These larger companies, naturally, carry larger balance sheets, so in a list based on previous year’s revenues, they ranked higher than many small and midsize MSPs just by default.
A significant chunk of the 2019 MSP 501 winners, therefore, were not strictly speaking MSPs. This hurt some of our MSP community, and clearly we need the 501 to be a safe space for MSPs to play.
But it also doesn’t do a lot of good for those outlier partners, either. If you’re a telco service provider, why would you want to market yourself to the world as an MSP? Everyone should be able to lay claim to the business classification they’re going for, while also being recognized for diversifying offerings and pivoting toward more profitable revenue streams.
Enter the NextGen 101
Any applicant to the MSP 501 with annual recurring revenues less than 20% of their company’s total annual revenues will automatically be moved to this new list. The NextGen 101 is designed specifically to honor partners dedicating resources to building out their practices — all while maintaining the integrity of their core businesses. Maybe these partners will become the MSP powerhouses of the future. Maybe they’ll continue to expand their managed services capabilities while also devoting resources to core competencies. Or maybe they’ll become a new kind of hybrid partner that isn’t yet even on our radar.
We can’t wait to see what these companies will do next, and we’re excited to honor them in a list of their very own.
Any partner type can land on the NextGen 101. It’s the same application and same judgement methodology as the MSP 501, so there’s no extra legwork. These winners will be honored alongside their MSP brethren at the annual MSP 501 Awards Gala at Channel Partners Expolution. Taking place in September, this will be a combination of our spring and fall events into one massive, diversified event.
For more on these two industry-leading lists, check out the following resources:
Click here to apply for the 2020 MSP 501/NextGen 101
Want to see what the survey is asking for before you start? Here’s a PDF of the application.
We ask all applicants for a revenue verification form. The highest-ranking financial manager or CPA must attest that the reported numbers are true and accurate. You can see a copy of that form here.
For more information on the new 2020 judgement methodology, click here.
The MSP 501 resource page has all the information you could need on the application, timelines and deadlines, how to make the award work for you and what it’s like to be honored at the Gala, the “Academy Awards” of the channel.
Still have questions? Email us at
[email protected]
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Apr 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
IT 2020 Conference Rescheduling Update for Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IT 2020 Conference Rescheduling Update for Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/it-2020-conference-rescheduling-update-for-partners/
Both HPE and VMware have opted for virtual events.
IT 2020 conference rescheduling continues to take shape as COVID-19 disruption tests event planners. After ongoing monitoring of the pandemic, both HPE and VMware have opted for virtual events.
Other organizations, who as of a few weeks ago, cancelled physical events but offered no new details at that time, have firmed up event plans.
HPE Discover Virtual Experience starts on June 22. This includes HPE Partner Growth Summit at HPE Discover. The immersive, interactive platform will include live and on-demand content. HPE customers and partners will find tailored content on current topics and trends. Registration is open and HPE suggests attendees watch for updates about the online event.
VMware this week cancelled VMworld 2020, scheduled for Aug. 31-Sept. 3, in San Francisco. The vendor also cancelled VMworld Barcelona schedule for November. The VMworld 2020 global digital event will take place the week of Sept. 28.
The virtual conference will be interactive with participation and collaboration available, worldwide. Attendees will hear from VMware executives, get access to education and technical content, and engage with industry experts. The vendor is also considering offering small, regional physical events later in the year.
Here’s updated information from a handful of IT 2020 conference planners.
The Cisco Live 2020 digital event is scheduled for June 2-3. It will feature keynotes, innovative talks and technical content, deep-dive sessions and opportunities to interact with Cisco experts. Registration is open.
F5 Agility is now Virtual Agility 2020. Session for the digital event run May 12-14 and labs run June 9-10. The conference is free and will showcase keynotes, breakout sessions, labs, and demos.
Fortinet Accelerate 2020 digital edition is scheduled for May 12,13 or 14.
Kaseya Connect IT Global 2020 is a physical event scheduled for Aug. 24 -27 at the Aria in Las Vegas. The conference explores trends impacting MSPs and internal IT teams.
VeeamOn 2020 is now an online event, scheduled for June 17-18. The conference will feature live collaboration with interactive chat rooms, a virtual TechFest and Hands on Labs. The event will also feature Veeam executives and experts. Registration is open.
ImpartnerCon 2020 is postponed with plans for a fall event, as is Lenovo Transform 2020. Check back on the event sites for updates. Microsoft has not released additional information about its cancelled Microsoft Inspire event. No additional information is available about SAP’s cancelled SapphireNOW conference, TBI’s Big Event, Pax8 Wingman 2020 or ZertoCon 2020.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 01:56AM
Added: Apr 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
Flash Storage Vendor Vast Data Raises $100M in Series C Funding Round
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Flash Storage Vendor Vast Data Raises $100M in Series C Funding Round
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/flash-storage-vendor-vast-data-raises-100m-in-series-c-funding-round/
The additional money brings Vast Data’s total funding to $180 million at a valuation of about $1.2B.
Flash storage vendor Vast Data has unveiled a $100 million Series C funding round to continue to grow its business.
With the funding, the company has now brought in a total of $180 million, resulting in a $1.2 billion valuation. Leading the Series C funding round is global venture firm Next47. Other investors include 83 North, Dell Technologies Capital, Goldman Sachs, Greenfield Partners, Mellanox Capital, Commonfund Capital and Norwest Venture Partners.
Vast Data came out of stealth mode in February 2019 with its universal storage concepts and products. It is built on an exabyte-scale, all NVMe flash architecture for customer data storage. Vast Data uses a disaggregated shared-everything (DASE) architecture and global algorithms to provide high storage efficiency and resilience for customers.
The $100 million in the Series C funding round is for driving global expansion and business growth.
Vast Data’s Renen Hallak
“Following a historic first-year revenue performance in 2019, we’ve had the fortune of receiving interest from new investors such as Next47, Commonfund Capital and Mellanox Capital who have joined our existing investor team,” Renen Hallak, the company’s founder and CEO, told Channel Futures. “While the product is universal storage, what we’ve been selling is outcomes. The move to Vast has resulted in a radical simplification and acceleration at the application level once customers liberate themselves from the last 20 years of storage complexity.”
Next47’s Lak Ananth
Lak Ananth, CEO and managing partner of Next47, said the investment was made because data is a critical business resource. “Vast Data’s highly-disruptive infrastructure concept unlocks access to massive reserves of information — eliminating the complexity and compromises that have resulted from the long-standing performance and capacity trade-off,” he said. “We’re thrilled to partner with them to further scale the business.”
In September 2019, Vast Data added accelerated support for AI applications and asymmetric cluster expansion to its services. The Vast Data Universal Storage Platform received more tools to improve the performance and resiliency of business data storage systems.
Eric Kaplan, CTO for Ahead, a Chicago-based Vast reseller, called the Series C funding round a positive sign for partners.
Ahead’s Eric Kaplan
“It gives them more runway to focus on building the right product without pressure,” said Kaplan. “Vast has an incredible price/performance/density proposition that clients are finding extremely valuable across data intensive workloads.”
The Vast sales and engineering teams are great to work with, he added. “These are industry veterans who know the problems our clients are looking to solve and have deep expertise in the storage industry. The product works incredibly well, and we’ve had it in some of the toughest and most demanding client environments.”
Architecting IT’s Chris M. Evans
Chris M. Evans, an analyst/consultant with Architecting IT, said getting this investment in today’s COVID-19 coronavirus environment is meaningful.
“I’m sure investors are reviewing their portfolios to determine which businesses survive and which are left to wither on the vine,” said Evans. “I genuinely don’t see investment firms being sentimental and keeping investments alive without good cause.”
Vast is targeting enterprises, financials and other organizations that can weather the storm, he said. “The technology is strong, and not going down the excessive marketing route that other unicorn startups have followed is definitely a wise move.”
Vast’s technology is something customers will buy into for the long term, said Evans. “By the nature of the platform, solutions will be built for the retention and active analysis of data over many years,” he said. “Many of the challenges we’re experiencing at the moment have solutions based on data analysis that fit right onto the Vast platform.”
For channel partners, Evans said he sees lots of promise with the new investment in the company. “The channel has a great opportunity to help their customer develop innovative solutions that leverage off the benefit of having all their data in one place.,” he said. “The success of Vast as a company is going to be dependent on the ability to demonstrate practical and financially rewarding use cases for deploying a single unified storage platform. Vast needs the channel to make this work and can’t be successful without that ecosystem.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Apr 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
2020 State of Malware Report
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
2020 State of Malware Report
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/2020-state-of-malware-report/
The State of Malware report features data sets collected from product telemetry, honey pots, intelligence, and other research conducted by Malwarebytes threat analysts and reporters from January 1 through December 31, 2019. Data from the previous year is used to demonstrate year-over-year change.
Download this 57-page report which explores:
The threat landscape for Windows, Mac, Android, and the Web
Threats specific to geography
Top industry threats: a key look at Services, Education, and Retail
Data privacy in 2019
2020 cybersecurity predictions
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Apr 16, 2020 Via IFTTT
LogMeIn Boosts Its GoTo Online Meeting and Communications Services
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
LogMeIn Boosts Its GoTo Online Meeting and Communications Services
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/logmein-boosts-its-goto-online-meeting-and-communications-services/
GoTo adds Microsoft Teams integration and new contact center option.
LogMeIn has fleshed out its GoTo online meeting and communications services with the addition of a contact center option and Microsoft Teams integration.
This week’s enhancements, among others this month, come as demand for online meeting and communications services surge to support those working or attending classes from home because of COVID-19.
LogMeIn’s Mark Strassman
GoToMeeting and GoToConnect users can initiate online conferences or calls from Microsoft Teams with a module now available from LogMeIn’s recently launched GoTo Marketplace or Microsoft’s AppSource. “It creates an environment where the GoToMeeting app becomes part of the Microsoft Teams app, which is really convenient,” said LogMeIn Senior Vice President Mark Strassman.
LogMeIn is also bolstering GoToMeeting and GoToConnect as customers seek more secure and reliable alternatives to Zoom. To meet the spike in usage, LogMeIn has added memory and network capacity. The company has also enhanced audio delivery with added noise suppression and reduced delay. The company said the enhancements are designed to ensure improved performance when users have poor network access.
Similar to Zoom, Microsoft and Cisco Webex, LogMeIn is experiencing a sharp rise in usage of its online meeting and communications services, according to Strassman. “Our business is absolutely booming, which we couldn’t be more excited about,” Strassman said.
Some of the increased interest is also coming from customers and partners concerned about security weaknesses in the Zoom meeting service, leading some organizations to ban its use. “We’ve seen a lot of customers come to us, focusing on our history with security and our uptime,” Strassman said.
Among added security improvements, GoTo users can control what content they share and with whom. Strassman emphasized GoTo’s security, which requires passwords to enter meetings. The service includes AES 256-bit encryption, SOC2 and SOC3 data centers, Rich Based Authentication (RBA) and HIPAA compliance.
“It’s constantly a trade-off with video and meeting solutions — do you offer something that’s easier to use or do you add a couple steps to have it more secure? Strassman said. “It’s a fine line, but we’ve always focused on security first and continue to do that.”
CirQlive’s Dov Friedman
Dov Friedman, founder and vice president business development at CirQlive, which provides online meeting and communications services to K-12 schools and universities, is among those partners who have fielded requests to find alternatives to Zoom. “Since all of this has come out about Zoom, some of our customers are starting to look into other platforms like LogMeIn and Webex,” Friedman said. “It’s a big problem.
In addition to GoTo and Webex, CirQlive offers online meeting and communications services from Zoom and BlueJeans, through its Media Enhanced Education & Training Suite (MEETS). Besides conferencing, CirQlive integrates key learning management systems (LMSs) with MEETS.
Demand among CirQlive customers for GoTo services has accelerated over the past year, since LogMeIn launched GoToConnect, Friedman said.
LogMeIn developed GoToConnect to advance its Jive voice over IP telephony offering with GoToMeeting’s key online meeting and communications services. The launch of GoToConnect Support Center on Wednesday is an option for those who need to add basic contact center functionality. Partners can deploy it for customers in a day or less, according to Strassman.
GoToConnect Support Center lets employees field calls from home or on mobile devices. It’s an optional feature for customers with GoToConnect.
It lets managers create and update agent assignments. Managers can also access real-time information from the GoToConnect dashboard, which displays activities of agents, such as talk time and availability. Agents can login and logout of assigned queues with one button. They can view calling queues that displays caller ID, how long the callers waited on hold.
“This is a contact center offering for people who don’t have a big warehouse with thousands of people on the phone,” Strassman said. “And that’s especially relevant today where most contact center employees are actually now working from home. They don’t have to be in a central place. It can be deployed in a very distributed way. People can use it in the office, at home over a normal phone or on a mobile device.”
GoToConnect Support Center is currently available in the United States, the U.K., Germany, Ireland, Australia, Brazil and Mexico with rollout in other countries planned during the coming months. It…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 04:54AM
Added: Apr 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
Breach and Attack Simulation Firm SafeBreach Gets $19 Million in Funding
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Breach and Attack Simulation Firm SafeBreach Gets $19 Million in Funding
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/breach-and-attack-simulation-firm-safebreach-gets-19-million-in-funding/
This brings SafeBreach’s total funding to more than $50 million.
SafeBreach, which provides a breach-and-attack simulation (BAS) platform, has obtained $19 million in Series-C funding.
The round brings SafeBreach’s total funding to more than $50 million. OCV Partners led the round with participation by previous investors.
SafeBreach will use the new money to accelerate product development. In addition, it will accelerate sales channel and partnership growth on a global scale.
The company will add new services for customers that have embedded SafeBreach attack-and-breach simulation into their daily operations.
SafeBreach’s Guy Bejerano
Guy Bejerano is SafeBreach’s co-founder and CEO. He said there’s high demand for breach-and-attack simulation services.
“We have received significant interest over the past year from numerous organizations to partner with SafeBreach and with this funding we can dramatically expand these efforts,” he said. “First, we will use the funding to hire top-notch people with many years of experience growing channels in the information security realm.”
SafeBreach recently hired Peter Ritter as director of worldwide partner programs. He established Cylance’s MSSP business and grew it into a multimillion-dollar business line by the time Cylance was acquired by BlackBerry.
“We will be investing heavily in partner enablement capabilities and training,” Bejerano said. “We now have the funds to create better training curriculums and programs to help channel partners become experts in our technology and to provide the necessary resources to help them deliver it effectively.”
SafeBreach has a detailed road map of product enhancements for partners to better integrate and utilize the company as part of their solution stack, he said.
“With these enhancements, partners will be able to easily scale, deploy, monitor and tune their offerings across a broad range of clients, as well as provide robust, industry-leading reporting and remediation guidance to clients,” Bejerano said.
Monthly simulations running on SafeBreach BAS platforms are growing at a triple-digit rate globally.
SafeBreach has expanded its product offerings and integrations into cloud-native security, risk-based vulnerability management and security validation for remote workforces.
Most of SafeBreach’s business comes through partners, Bejerano said.
“More specifically, our VAR partners are using SafeBreach to help validate the security controls they implemented at their clients that proves their security stance is rock solid,” he said. “For MSSPs, SafeBreach enables them to offer BAS as a service to their customers. Using SafeBreach, MSSPs can leverage simulations they run against clients’ infrastructure to provide tactical and strategic remediation plans to address gaps and to improve the organizations’ security posture.”
Major cybersecurity companies like Microsoft and IBM, cyber consulting firms like Deloitte and integration partners like BlackBerry Cylance and SentinelOne have partnered with SafeBreach. They deliver simulations to Fortune 500 organizations.
Expanding these partnerships and channels broadens SafeBreach’s market reach. These initiatives also will increase awareness of BAS.
“The explosive growth of cyberattacks, combined with the increasing complexity of managing IT infrastructure, creates a pressing need for continuous attack simulation,” said Hemi Zucker, OCV Partners’ managing principal. “In addition, overstretched security teams need the ability to visualize their entire attack surface, receive guidance on remediation decisions, and ultimately reduce business risk. We are impressed with the rapid growth and quality of SafeBreach customers and believe that SafeBreach is uniquely positioned to address those challenges and to change the game for IT security.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 08:51PM
Added: Apr 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
ScanSource Picks Up Microsoft Cloud Portfolio Enables Remote Workforce
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
ScanSource Picks Up Microsoft Cloud Portfolio, Enables Remote Workforce
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/scansource-picks-up-microsoft-cloud-portfolio-enables-remote-workforce/
Microsoft 365, Office 365, Azure and more are available to partners.
ScanSource this week announced that it now offers the full Microsoft cloud portfolio. North American channel partners can sell licenses for Microsoft 365, Office 365 and more.
The latest software offer from ScanSource targets increasing demand by businesses for products that promote remote workforce productivity. Software available from the Microsoft cloud portfolio includes Microsoft 365, Office 365, Azure and Dynamics 365.
ScanSource’s John Eldh
“By offering the Microsoft cloud platform, partners can help increase collaboration and productivity across their end-customers’ businesses, wherever they may be located,” said John Eldh, senior executive vice president and chief revenue officer at ScanSource.
ScanSource partners interested in selling licenses for the Microsoft cloud portfolio also get technical support, onboarding and enablement tools such as provisioning and managing services for their customers. This support is offered through the ScanSource Cascade platform and Partner Insights. The Partner Insights tool helps partner solves their customer’s cloud challenges. Customers often need help with license management, licenses usage, cloud spend and consumption. The analytics tool helps partners provide consultative services around Office 365, Microsoft Teams, Azure and other SaaS products.
ScanSource acquired the Cascade cloud services distribution platform with the purchase of intY last year. Cascade, a strategic acquisition by ScanSource, helps partners launch a cloud practice or grow existing recurring revenue for XaaS offerings.
ScanSource partner access the full Microsoft cloud portfolio through the Cascade cloud platform.
“ScanSource is uniquely positioned to deliver Microsoft solutions through multiple routes-to-market, such as the agent channel, micro-verticals,and through VARs selling into unified communications, POS and barcode, and voice spaces,” said David Smith, vice president of partner development at Microsoft.
Want to expand your Microsoft practice? Register for the ScanSource webinar, on April 29th.
The Microsoft cloud portfolio offer is the second of two remote workforce solutions introduced by ScanSource this week. ScanSource and Intelisys launched Go Remote, a sales and enablement program to help partners deliver unified communications and collaboration solutions and adjacent technologies.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 17, 2020 at 10:52PM
Added: Apr 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cutting Business Expenses Shouldnt Include Cybersecurity
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cutting Business Expenses Shouldn’t Include Cybersecurity
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cutting-business-expenses-shouldnt-include-cybersecurity/
Security budgets are being impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.
The COVID-19 pandemic no doubt is increasing strain on organizations’ budgets, but cutting business expenses shouldn’t include cybersecurity.
A new PwC survey of more than 300 U.S. finance leaders reveals the financial measures top U.S. business leaders are evaluating to minimize and manage business impact, including cutting business expenses.
More than half are considering deferring or canceling planned investments. Of planned initiatives, 2% are considering cybersecurity and privacy budget cuts, while 53% are looking at reduced IT spend.
Twenty-five percent may scale back digital transformation initiatives. This is surprising given the number of businesses forced to expedite remote working connections and capabilities over the last month.
Security budgets are being impacted by both the COVID-19 pandemic and budget cuts in several ways, said Bob Layton, Digital Defense‘s CRO.
Digital Defense’s Bob Layton
“IT budgets are based upon a percentage of revenue and corporate forecasts are unclear right now,” he said. “The work from home (WFH) necessity is re-prioritizing IT budget dollars toward infrastructure purchases to just keep running. Evaluation of public and private clouds for simple connectivity and scale are hot discussion topics. “
The end-user experience of WFH is pushing security to the second or third priority, Layton said. Channel checks and surveying of Digital Defense’s top customers shows security is still a priority and spending is steady. However the immediate priority is responding to home workers.
Once the workforce gets productive in the present environment, security will rocket right back to the top. This is likely a mid-Q2 bounce to watch for, Layton said.
Keyfactor’s Jordan Rackie
Jordan Rackie, CEO of Keyfactor, said these unusual and unprecedented business circumstances have created a “new level of cyber risk for companies building a new level of connectivity.”
“Many companies had some level of remote working infrastructure, but many others didn’t,” he said. “The mass and fast move to remote working environments meant that IT teams had to pivot quickly to get employees online and minimize operational downtime. What started as a short-term project now looks like a longer-term reality. ”
Security already was a continuous battle for every business, Rackie said. Now that companies are shifting to long-term remote working infrastructure, security is priority one, he said.
“More connections mean more risk — it’s as simple as that,” he said. “The natural knee-jerk response to an economic stall like this is to pare back budgets across the board, but the reality is that one expired certificate, one compromised connected device can cost more in downtime, lost revenue and brand value than any potential savings can produce.”
This crisis has overwhelmed IT and security teams managing onsite to offsite work transitions and security, Rackie said. Outsourced tools cost less than trying to recruit, hire, train and ramp up more in-house staff, he said.
“The pressure on IT teams is only going to grow as organizations build out their long-term remote infrastructure with new systems, applications and devices,” he said. “The problem is all those additions to the company’s environment to help remote workers cope adds new connections that can be compromised. All connections need to be tracked, managed and monitored continually to mitigate risks. The best path at this point is to do an audit, assess those connection points, and the tools and solutions you’ve got in place to manage them, then determine the best path forward that’s secure and cost effective.”
Businesses and cybersecurity executives are using this period to accelerate digital transformation, not scale it back, Rackie said. The key is managing and securing the new applications, systems and devices supporting digitization, he said.
“By no means should any company consider reductions in endpoint security, and identity and access management — their risk perimeter has just widened almost overnight,” he said. “If an organization has no other option but to cut their security budget, they need to make sure that any cuts are precise and reasoned. Eliminating or reducing security spend could open a number of security holes and compromise other systems in place that keep the network and assets secure.”
While cutting back isn’t ideal, it does provide an opportunity to evaluate the way they’re managing their security, Rachie said.
“The advice I’d offer to business leaders and CFOs is to resist the knee-jerk option to…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 18, 2020 at 02:58AM
Added: Apr 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
High-Profile Consultants Offer Advice to Hopeful 501ers/NextGen 101ers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
High-Profile Consultants Offer Advice to Hopeful 501ers/NextGen 101ers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/high-profile-consultants-offer-advice-to-hopeful-501ers-nextgen-101ers/
Partners that apply to the MSP 501/NextGen 101 by May 15 can win valuable business consultations.
Applicants to the MSP 501/NextGen 101 have some powerful incentives to get their applications in early this year. So powerful, we thought, that we got a few of our high-profile consultants involved.
Thanks to the global coronavirus pandemic, businesses worldwide are having to rethink the way they run their organizations. The channel is no exception. What are the new strategic imperatives in a COVID-19 world? What KPIs should partners be measuring? How can they leverage digital platforms to create lasting customer relationships?
Ask the experts
Several high-profile industry consultants have donated time to the MSP 501/NextGen 101 community to walk some lucky partners through those questions and more. Partners that apply prior to May 15, 2020 will be entered to win one of the following prizes:
A one-hour consultation with high-profile industry consultant Janet Schijns of JS Group
One of five one-hour consultations with sales and prospecting guru Will Harris
A one-hour consultation with renowned partner business consultant Gary Pica of TruMethods
Two free All-Access passes to Channel Partners Conference & Expo. This includes admission to a half-day business success workshop with a lineup of vendors, consultants, analysts and partners to teach business planning in today’s ecosystem.
A $100 Amazon gift card
Logistics and criteria
Now more than ever, it’s important for partners to be able to accurately gauge their operational maturity. Channel Partners and Channel Futures are grateful to these industry leaders for volunteering their time and expertise to help partners in this time of upheaval.
The partners that earn a spot on the MSP 501/NextGen 101 are the best of the best. Judging criteria will involve the diversity of their revenue streams, customer churn, revenue per employee and profit margins. Winners will be recognized at the 501er Awards Gala on Sept. 9 at Channel Partners Expo in Las Vegas.
So send in your application to the 501/101 by May 15, and you just might get some valuable free advice from some of the greatest minds in the channel.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 18, 2020 at 02:58AM
Added: Apr 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
SoftNAS Rebrands as Cloud Data Performance Company Buurst
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
SoftNAS Rebrands as Cloud Data Performance Company Buurst
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/softnas-rebrands-as-cloud-data-performance-company-buurst/
As Buurst, the company will charge fees based on cloud data performance measures, rather than how much data is being processed.
SoftNAS is changing its name to Buurst and revamping how customers are charged for its cloud data performance services.
The company will now charge customers based on needed cloud data performance levels rather than on data quantities. This removes a long-time pricing strategy dating back to legacy storage practices that no longer make sense, according to Buurst.
The new strategy is based on discussions with customers, Garry Olah, the CEO of Buurst, told Channel Futures. “We talked to customers and they felt they were getting taxed a second time after paying for storing their data,” said Olah. “We have customers that need a lot of performance and have a little data. We have customers who need less performance and have a lot of data. They can now pay based on how much performance they need, rather than how much data they have.”
Over the last seven years, customer data has been expanding, but customers are not really prepared for it, said Olah. “Their IT budgets are not doubling, but their data is doubling,” causing serious cloud cost pressures. “So they want to get it all into the cloud, where they can do analytics without being taxed for moving that data to the cloud. We’ve been listening to them say this for a while.”
This differs from competitors whose charges are based on the amount of data, essentially meaning customers pay twice for data — once for storing it and once for using it, Olah said. By changing the practice, it will lower costs for customers and increase opportunities for partners he added.
“We are aiming to disrupt the cloud storage industry by changing the pricing paradigm,” he said. “Buurst is a data performance company, while our competition sells storage. We are committed to enabling the best data performance with the best cloud economics.”
Customers will still get their storage from Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud or elsewhere, while using Buurst services for better performance and economics. “This is for ensuring the performance of data in the cloud,” Olah said.
SoftNAS was established in 2012 as a cloud NAS vendor that layers NAS-type infrastructure onto cloud architecture. The company’s products are software-based and include no hardware. The products were developed to help move customer data out of on-premises hardware and into the cloud. It is cloud-native software for controlling and managing virtually any type of data.
SoftNAS remains a core cloud data performance product offering from Buurst and is available on AWS Marketplace and Azure Marketplace.
Since Buurst doesn’t sell storage, its services prices can be based on metrics that are more equitable, Olah said.
Olah, who joined Buurst in August 2019, is working to help it rethink some of the ways it does business.
“I’m a channel guy – I get the power of the channel,” he said. Olah formerly worked for Citrix and others. At Buurst, he’s been bringing in more power to develop channel relationships and a channel focus, he said. “Our goal is to have 60 more channel partners from North America signed by the end of the year.”
The channel is critical for Buurst’s growth and he sees lots of opportunity in growing those relationships, he said.
“Traditionally, our customers have come through the marketplace, beginning with projects and growing over time,” said Olah. “But as we look to support larger accounts, the channel will play an important role because they have relationships with organizations. Buurst’s delivery of performance and cloud economics helps partners save customers money, while still getting good margins, so these relationships are win-win.”
Buurst also announced that it’s secured another $5 million in Series A funding to grow its cloud data performance business. The additional financing brings the company’s total equity capital raised to $35 million.
IDC’s Deepak Mohan
Deepak Mohan, an analyst with IDC, said he see Buurst’s strategy and pricing adjustments as positive moves for partners. “The change aligns with the evolution of cloud data storage needs in the market and with the optimizations customers are trying to make around cloud storage usage,” said Mohan. “The new offerings introduced and the broader scope of focus on the market are both timely.
Data movement, data storage cost optimization and increased choice around cloud storage are all top topics of consideration for cloud customers, said Mohan.
“With the broader portfolio, Buurst serves a broader set of use cases – offering a broader tool kit for channel partners to use when engaging their downstream customers,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 18, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Apr 17, 2020 Via IFTTT
New IBM CEO Arvind Krishna Takes Reins of Revamped Leadership Team
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
New IBM CEO Arvind Krishna Takes Reins of Revamped Leadership Team
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/new-ibm-ceo-arvind-krishna-takes-reins-of-revamped-leadership-team/
The 30-year-plus IBM veteran takes over during a time of unparalleled social and economic turbulence.
IBM CEO Arvind Krishna is about two weeks into his new job. Around the corner is the company’s 2020 annual meeting of stockholders. And, as the company’s 10th CEO, he dives into the job in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic.
IBM’s Arvind Krishna
Clearly, Krishna, is jumping in at the deep end. The new CEO has a rich history with IBM. But will his 30-year-plus career at IBM give him the firm footing required to lead at this tumultuous time?
“If there’s one thing that this public health crisis has brought to light is the very essential role of IBM in the world. We are the backbone of some of the most critical systems of the world. Our technologies and services help banks run credit card transactions, businesses run supply chains, telcos connect to customers, healthcare providers improve patient care, and companies and cities tackle cyber threats,” Krishna wrote to IBM employees on April 6, his first day on the job.
“In our 109-year history, we have weathered countless storms and seen many crises unfold before our eyes. Today, we are financially strong, and we have a loyal client base. When this crisis ends, I’m confident that IBM will emerge strong and we will be focused on growth. Few companies have the trust, credibility and cumulative wisdom to change the fabric of society through technology the way that IBM can,” he said.
The new CEO is ready to tackle what he sees as top priorities for IBM.
Hybrid cloud and AI. IBM will leverage its open source and security leadership to gain competitive advantage.
To win the architectural battle in the cloud. That’s an opportunity for IBM and Red Hat to establish Linux, containers and Kubernetes as the new standard. And, to make Red Hat OpenShift the default choice for hybrid cloud.
Drive customer success with continuous innovation.
Krishna, who drove the $34 billion acquisition of Red Hat, will work with Jim Whitehurst, president at IBM. The former senior vice president at IBM and Red Hat CEO will head IBM strategy and the cloud and cognitive software unit. The appointment was announced in late January. That was the same time that Ginny Rometty, IBM chairman, president and CEO announced that she’s stepping down. She will remain executive chairman until the end of the year.
There were a few other new leadership changes.
Bridget van Kralingen becomes senior vice president of global markets, leading global industries and integrated accounts. She succeeds Martin Schroeter, who retired after a 28-year career with IBM. van Kralingen previously served as senior vice president blockchain, industry platforms, global industries, IAs and partnerships at IBM. She joined the company in April 2004.
Paul Cormier will become Red Hat’s new president and CEO. Cormier’s previous role was president of products and technologies.
Bank of America’s chief technology officer, Howard Boville, joins IBM on May 1st, as senior vice president of cloud platform, overseeing the IBM Cloud.
“This combination [of individuals] is going to allow us, leveraging all of the Red Hat technologies, because we do believe that as people embark on this transformation to cloud there is going to be an architectural war. In that war, we believe the winning architecture is going to be Linux, containers and Kubernetes, which are parts of Red Hat’s portfolio,” Krishna said on an interview on CNBC’s Squawk Alley. “As we bring the Red Hat portfolio with Paul Cormier into what Jim and Howard build to provide to clients, delivered in place by Bridget, this is going to be a huge victory for us as we go into and emerge from the current pandemic.”
With IBM PartnerWorld at Think Digital, May 5-6, the vendor isn’t giving away too much today about what the new IBM leadership team and strategy means to IBM partner ecosystem.
What IBM and channel chief David La Rose have done to date in response to the COVID-19 pandemic is offer a number of digital platforms and resources to the company’s business partners.
La Rose stepped into his new role as general manager, IBM partner ecosystem in July 2019. The former channel chief, John Teltsch, is now general manager IBM systems sales.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 18, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Apr 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Breach of Clearview AI Server Exposed Source Code Secret Keys and More
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Breach of Clearview AI Server Exposed Source Code, Secret Keys and More
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/breach-of-clearview-ai-server-exposed-source-code-secret-keys-and-more/
Caused by a misconfigured server, the security lapse is Clearview’s second in two months.
A massive data breach of the Clearview AI server exposed source code, secret keys and pre-released developer versions of its apps. Clearview is a U.S. facial recognition firm serving U.S. law enforcement agencies and other organizations, The breach was reported in February. Clearview said at the time that although data had been accessed by unauthorized persons, its servers remained secure and its systems and network were not compromised. But now a compromised server has been found and it exposed massive amounts of information.
SpiderSilk, a Dubai-based cybersecurity firm, found a misconfigured server belonging to Clearview AI “exposed Clearview’s internal files, secret keys and credentials, apps, source code and employee messages.”
Bitglass’s Anurag Kahol
“Clearview AI’s latest security incident follows shortly after a data breach that compromised the company’s client list. This time around, a misconfigured setting in Clearview’s password-protected server allowed attackers to bypass authentication methods and gain access to the company’s most sensitive internal files such as its source code, employees’ private messages and cloud storage buckets that hold copies of finished and pre-released developer versions of its app,” said Anurag Kahol, CTO at Bitglass.
The company has come under fire over privacy concerns. It collects images from social media public profiles, usually without users’ or social media companies’ consent. Initially the company said it served only U.S. law enforcement, but several reports have come out since then naming private companies on the company’s client list.
DivvyCloud’s Chris DeRamus
“Clearview AI has gained a lot of attention not only from critics who are concerned about the privacy implications of its facial recognition technology, but also from hackers. Regardless of your personal feelings about the company, Clearview’s second security lapse in just two months demonstrates how common misconfigurations are when companies lack proper cloud security strategies, and how easily threat actors can exploit these vulnerabilities,” said Chris DeRamus, CTO of DivvyCloud.
DivvyCloud’s latest report found that the number of records exposed by misconfigurations rose by 80% from 2018 to 2019. Further, the researchers reported that more than 33 billion records were exposed this way over the last two years.
“Bad actors could steal the exposed information for a competing company or leverage the secret keys and credentials to gain access to even more private information — as people commonly reuse their passwords across multiple accounts,” said Kahol.
But this Clearview AI incident comes with a wicked twist.
“Usually, when we talk about breaches and cloud misconfigurations, it’s customer or employee data that is at risk, but this is an example of a security incident that is putting a company’s intellectual property at risk,” said Kahol.
But with every breach comes lessons learned for security partners. Savvy MSSPs take note and adjust their services to better protect their clients.
“This particular misconfiguration incident highlights the need for enterprises to adopt least-privileged access across cloud environments, including a robust approach to identity and access management (IAM). In these environments, everything has an identity — users, applications, services, and systems,” said DeRamus.
“Organizations must implement multifactor authentication (MFA) for all users, securely manage service accounts and their corresponding keys, enforce least-privileged access, and enforce best practices for the use of audit logs and cloud logging roles,” DeRamus added.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 21, 2020 at 12:31AM
Added: Apr 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
How To Manage Teams Sprawl
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How To Manage ‘Teams Sprawl’
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-to-manage-teams-sprawl/
As more and more organizations continue to adopt Office 365, the adoption and popularity of Microsoft Teams is soaring. Teams, a collaborative cloud-based tool that seamlessly enables online meetings, the ability to chat with co-workers, make calls and upload files for sharing, has had an uptick in users in just four months. Microsoft has muddied the waters even more with the Teams situation, by allowing just anyone to create their own Team by default. There is no doubt that Teams can be an extremely efficient and productive collaborative tool, when utilized properly.
There are several ways to address this and with the Quadrotech toolkit, you can help sort through the sprawl minutia. Find out more in this whitepaper.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 21, 2020 at 12:31AM
Added: Apr 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell Technologies Channel Partners Get COVID-19 Relief
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell Technologies Channel Partners Get COVID-19 Relief
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-technologies-channel-partners-get-covid-19-relief/
Dell Technologies channel partners can stay afloat with new relief offers.
Dell Technologies channel partners can get cash flow assistance, on-demand services training and certification, and more from their technology partner, the company recently announced. The vendor’s commitment is to help partners navigate business operations through the ongoing pandemic.
Dell’s Joyce Mullen
For many partner firms, as well as their customers, the biggest current concern is cash flow. Dell is addressing both channel partners and customers with relief programs, according to Joyce Mullen, president, global channel, embedded and edge solutions at Dell. “COVID-19 has changed the way we work, the way we interact, and the way we approach public health. But it hasn’t changed our commitment to our partners. We have our partners’ backs. We always have, and always will,” Mullen wrote in a blog. “That’s why we’ve been working on ways we can continue to support our partners – so they can continue to support their customers – during this unpredictable time.”
For Dell Technologies channel partners, the company is offering the following:
Dell will provide a one-time cash payout for up to 50% of current partner market development fund (MDF) / business development fund (BDF) balances for use towards future marketing activities. Partners must apply for this between April 13 – June 20, 2020.
For metaled solution providers, Dell is waiving the fee for on-demand partner services deployment training. This applies to Unity XT, VxRail and DP4400 from now until May 31, 2020.
Dell is introducing team-based pricing options for solution providers to make all training more affordable for partners’ teams.
The company is also extending to July 24, 2020, unspent earned MDF and BDF that was scheduled to expire between March and July 2020.
The Dell Technologies Working Capital Solutions (WCS) program complements Dell Financing Services (DFS). Partners whose end customers use DFS may receive payment in as quickly as two days. Dell Technologies channel partners already using WCS, may qualify for a 60-90 day payment terms extension to pay their financing vendor.
WCS offers flexibility for partners to extend up to 120 days from the invoice date (subject to approval) for an incremental fee negotiated with the financing vendor.
With WCS, partners can meet end-user demand for longer invoice payment terms. With a range of 60-90 days for qualifying partners, the partner cash conversion cycle can be fully tailored to mirror the payment demands of their end user.
In other happenings at Dell – Jim DeFoe, senior vice president, worldwide distribution at Dell, stepped down on April 4th. DeFoe announced his retirement
Dell’s Jim DeFoe
earlier this year.
DeFoe’s tenure at Dell goes back to before the company merger with EMC. He began his career at Dell in January 1997. Before moving into his distribution role,over three year ago, DeFoe was vice president, global commercial channel sales and programs. He was responsible for all channel sales and programs in North America.
Dell Technologies World 2020 is scheduled as a virtual event in October.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 21, 2020 at 03:03AM
Added: Apr 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Ingram Micro Scores 100% in 2020 Corporate Equality Index
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Ingram Micro Scores 100% in 2020 Corporate Equality Index
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ingram-micro-scores-100-in-2020-corporate-equality-index/
The Corporate Equality Index showcase show companies are promoting LGBTQ-friendly workplace policies in the United States, while also helping advance the cause of LGBTQ inclusion in workplaces abroad.
Recently, Ingram Micro received a top score of 100% on the Human Rights Campaign (HRC) Foundation’s 2020 Corporate Equality Index (CEI). This is the nation’s premier benchmarking survey and report measuring corporate policies and practices related to LGBTQ workplace equality.
The results of this year’s Corporate Equality Index showcase how 1059 U.S.-based companies are promoting LGBTQ-friendly workplace policies in the United States, while also helping advance the cause of LGBTQ inclusion in workplaces abroad. Ingram Micro’s focus on these issues is well-aligned with CEI’s criteria, earning the organization a 100% score and the designation as a Best Place to Work for LGBTQ Equality.
The Corporate Equality Index rates companies and top law firms on detailed criteria falling under five broad categories:
Non-discrimination policies
Employment benefits
Demonstrated organizational competency and accountability around LGBTQ diversity and inclusion
Public commitment to LGBTQ equality
Responsible citizenship
We discussed the index and Ingram Micro’s participation with Constanze Duke, senior manager of corporate social responsibility. She manages the information-gathering process, completion and submission of the annual survey in collaboration with the company’s benefits team and philanthropic committees around the world.
How long has Ingram Micro participated in the CEI process?
We first participated in the corporate equality index in 2011.
What are your thoughts on the 100% score and the list?
The corporate equality index has been a very helpful tool for us, and the team at HRC has been incredibly supportive. Ingram Micro has a made a concerted effort to understand opportunities for improvement, focus on initiatives that maximize positive outcomes for our LGBTQ associates and expand information sharing across our global operations. My colleagues and I are proud of our 2020 score, but, more importantly, of how our leadership team and global workforce are embracing and promoting workplace equality.
What specific initiatives has the company made over the past few years that helped it receive this perfect score?
Ingram Micro has seen an increase in grassroots and formal initiatives in recent years. Associates have stepped up participation in community events and philanthropy to advocate for LGBTQ rights, and the company supports these efforts through funding for associate resource groups, sponsorships and executive champions. Our leadership team regularly communicates about diversity, equality and inclusion, and we’ve expanded our latest stakeholder engagement process to include additional dialogue around these important topics. In addition, we offer training to our managers focusing on what being a good ally looks like.
Last year, we joined HRC and more than 200 other U.S. companies in voicing our support for the protection of LGBTQ people under the Civil Rights Act. We also became a signatory to EQUAL in LEGAL by General Counsel Netherlands (GCN). The 2020 CEI rating reflects our belief that we all benefit from workplaces and communities that embrace individual differences and promote authenticity.
We look forward to continuing our efforts to promote diversity, equality and inclusion—initiatives that remain key priorities for us as a company.
The full report is available at www.hrc.org/cei.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 21, 2020 at 03:03AM
Added: Apr 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Partners: Curb COVID-19-Spurred Cloud Overspending
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Partners: Curb COVID-19-Spurred Cloud Overspending
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/partners-curb-covid-19-spurred-cloud-overspending/
Money is tight. The channel must empower organizations to prevent unnecessary cloud consumption that translates into higher charges.
Channel partners now have a new responsibility: helping clients curb COVID-19-spurred cloud overspending. The spread of COVID-19 continues to ramp up the number of global cloud deployments as organizations seek to provide full-fledged work-from-home capabilities to suddenly remote employees. In fact, the coronavirus pandemic will fuel 2020’s cloud IT infrastructure spending past last year’s. The figures will rise 3.6% over 2019’s $66.8 billion, for a total of $69.2 billion, according to research firm IDC.
The channel remains vital to those efforts — managed service providers, VARs, ISVs and other partners have proven essential in implementing and overseeing new cloud tools for clients. But the responsibility extends beyond typical administrative efforts; it also must include the financial side of the house. Worldwide, enterprises, nonprofits and government agencies are experiencing unprecedented economic pressures. They have to support as much ongoing work as possible while spending as little money as possible (and defending the money they do spend). Never has cost control been a more important initiative than it is now. The channel sits in the ideal position to help address this challenge, especially regarding the most in-demand technology: cloud.
Indeed, one could argue responsibility lies with partners to make sure customers avoid cloud overspending. After all, shifting capex expenses to the opex budget and trimming IT spending in general constitute two of the main reasons organizations generally choose cloud over on-premises counterparts. And clients turn to the channel for the most informed and unbiased advice about which platforms to use and why. Thus, partners must also take it upon themselves to offer the expertise, resources and recommendations that empower organizations to prevent unnecessary cloud consumption that translates into higher charges.
Overspending Estimates
Enterprises’ monthly cloud overspending ranges from 20%-50%. That’s the compiled estimate from six sources, comprised of analysts, expense management vendors and cloud-centric MSPs. Perhaps not surprisingly, much of the waste occurs within late adopters.
Ensono’s Ben Wood
“They have less familiarity and knowledge around keeping cloud costs down,” said Ben Wood, vice president of advisory and consulting at Ensono, an Amazon Web Services Advanced Consulting and Microsoft Gold Hosting partner.
App Associates’ Bill Saltys
This sounds an alarm for partners. Organizations that have scrambled to get into the cloud amid COVID-19 may overlook critical areas. For example, overspending risks will increase “relative to the governance and control policies and methods in place,” said Bill Saltys, senior vice president, alliances at Apps Associates, an AWS Premier Consulting Partner, Oracle Platinum Partner and Salesforce Silver Consulting Partner. The takeaway? The channel must step in as guides, correcting cloud problems before they get out of hand.
Reasons for Cloud Overspending
There are myriad factors, typical and not so typical, that lead to cloud overspending. Partners working to identify the exact causes may have to invest a fair amount of time determining the causes. Plan to conduct as in-depth an investigation into the client environment as possible while adhering to social distancing and other COVID-19 safety precautions. With any luck, this section will help speed up the discovery process.
Common Cloud-Overspending Scenarios, Solutions
Apps Associates’ Pete Salamanca
Overprovisioning. Organizations often will build out virtual machines without undergoing the requisite due diligence — and then find themselves with more resources, at more cost, than they really need. With the cloud, services are so easy to turn up and down that “the ease of access may result in companies utilizing services that aren’t necessarily needed for their business,” said Pete Salamanca, vice president, cloud services, at Apps Associates.
Sean Feeney, cloud practice director at Nerdery, which teams with AWS, Microsoft Azure and Google Cloud, agreed.
“It’s easy to choose a general-purpose instance type and maintain a similar vCPU/memory sizing as worked on-prem, but doing so may not be the most cost-effective or performant choice,” he said.
Avoiding overprovisioning is tough, especially because cloud providers release new products and services all the time. This can make it harder for IT teams to understand what might make an optimal cloud choice from one day to the next, said Elissa Livingston, senior vice president of growth and strategy at cloud management vendor CloudCheckr.
“It is difficult to keep up, and overspend occurs when older, less efficient resources are deployed instead of the new,” Livingston said. “Complete freedom, without a comprehensive understanding of…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 21, 2020 at 03:03AM
Added: Apr 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Exclusive Networks Nabs Optiv Vet to Head Services Consulting
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Exclusive Networks Nabs Optiv Vet to Head Services, Consulting
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/exclusive-networks-nabs-optiv-vet-to-head-services-consulting/
Exclusive Networks launched assistance for partners dealing with the pandemic in the United Kingdom.
Exclusive Networks has hired Nigel Gilhespy, previously with Optiv, as global head of professional services and consulting.
Exclusive Networks’ Nigel Gilhespy
Gilhespy will create a “powerhouse” of services that generates value and margin for partners, according to the company. He has more than 30 years of experience in networks, cloud and cybersecurity. That includes nearly 20 years in senior management roles.
He led the creation and development of professional services and consulting organizations across EMEA and globally.
“I’m very pleased to be joining Exclusive Networks and have already seen the diversity and quality of services routinely rolled out by Exclusive for global systems integrators (GSIs) and other partners,” Gilhespy said. “There is certainly scope for strategic services innovation and harmonization on a global basis. It’s a challenge I relish. Close ties with our vendor and reseller partners will be very important to ensuring the relevance and value of our services portfolio in helping partners transition to a services first mindset and business model — and that is true value creation.”
At Optiv, Gilhespy was head of professional, advisory and managed services for EMEA. He held similar positions at Juniper Networks, Palo Alto Networks and Equinix.
“Technology consumption is becoming more output-oriented and critical to the success of technology projects as complexity increases, speed of innovation accelerates and the skills gap widens even further,” said Andy Travers, Exclusive Networks’ executive vice president of sales and marketing. “As a result, the evolution to managed services and an increase in the provision of professional services is key to addressing those trends and filling the gaps. A services-first approach for us and our partners creates more value and is the oxygen for sustainable growth. Nigel has the experience we need to take on this new position, having shown great leadership and innovation in similar roles for hardware and software vendors, as well as service providers and channel organizations.”
Exclusive Networks was one of the first distributors to announce assistance for partners in the United Kingdom because of the COVID-19 pandemic. It launched a partner support package aimed at assisting efforts to continue business on a sustainable basis.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 21, 2020 at 04:58AM
Added: Apr 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cisco Umbrella for MSPs Cloud Security Platform
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: Apr 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
Remote Security: Its Not Just about Devices Anymore
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Remote Security: It’s Not Just about Devices Anymore
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/remote-security-its-not-just-about-devices-anymore/
As the COVID-19 pandemic continues to upend businesses, companies that can remain operational via work-from-home scenarios are now in the middle of a massive, unplanned experiment. Can work be done effectively and securely with hundreds (or thousands) of employees remotely accessing the network on a wide variety of devices?
As the COVID-19 pandemic continues to upend businesses, companies that can remain operational via work-from-home scenarios are now in the middle of a massive, unplanned experiment. Can work be done effectively and securely with hundreds (or thousands) of employees remotely accessing the network on a wide variety of devices?
For these newly remote employees to work securely, businesses must shift from a device-centric approach to security focused to one that is both user- and data-centric. Many employees likely don’t have their office equipment with them. They are accessing the network on personal computers and tablets, and they may be sharing these same devices with other family members.
While the cloud has helped remove device-based thinking when it comes to data and network access, world events are now forcing more businesses to take a hard look at just how secure the cloud can be.
MSPs will play a vital role in helping these companies protect their employees and their data by enabling their clients to employ the following best remote security best practices:
Use a VPN: Remote employees should be working via the company’s virtual private network (VPN). If the company doesn’t already have a VPN, this is the perfect opportunity to implement one. The VPN will have the same security tools as the office, which will ensure a secure workflow.
Network segmentation: For remote employees, network segmentation of their home network can also mitigate risk. An employee’s home network likely has several devices connected to it (routers, TVs, game systems, etc.), and each one represents a potential vector of attack. Network segmentation can help ensure data security and reduce potential damage from a ransomware attack.
Remote support: With remote network maintenance, device management and cybersecurity tools, the MSP can help ensure the health and safety of employees and clients by reducing the need for on-site help if there’s a failure.
Software updates: Traffic via online meeting tools like Zoom, WebEx and Skype has skyrocketed. Make sure clients have updated software across all devices and are following basic security protocols (like requiring passwords and not allowing participants with unknown names or credentials).
Cybercriminals Exploit Crises
This is also an excellent time to refresh everyone’s remote security training when it comes to spotting a phishing attempt. A crisis like this encourages cybercriminals to launch new types of attacks that can easily fool remote employees who are stressed and disoriented by this new work environment. Employees also may be distracted in what is for many a much more chaotic and disorganized workspace.
At home, everyone’s guard is down. Your clients’ employees aren’t used to applying their corporate security protocols to their home life. That makes them more likely to fall for a spear-phishing campaign. If they were to receive an email or phone call from someone claiming to be from IT or human resources, they’re more likely to fall for it than they would in their office environment.
MSPs should advise clients about best practices when working from home. This can include both technology-related operations (like email protocol), as well as non-technical ones, such as how to avoid
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 21, 2020 at 04:58AM
Added: Apr 20, 2020 Via IFTTT
IT Spending Declines Amid COVID-19 Pandemic: Forecasts Revised
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IT Spending Declines Amid COVID-19 Pandemic: Forecasts Revised
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/it-spending-declines-amid-covid-19-pandemic-forecasts-revised/
The declines are inevitable, but not permanent.
The IT spending forecast from various leading industry research firms are being revised in light of the lengthy COVID-19 pandemic. That and expected declines in enterprise budgets will have tech vendors and partners rethinking what their businesses will look like in 2020, and perhaps beyond.
A recent IDC worldwide IT spending forecast expects a 2.7% decline in 2020. Forrester updated its forecast for U.S. tech market budgets in 2020 and shows a best-case 5% drop in 2020. And, CFOs responding to a Gartner survey are preparing for revenue declines of up to 30%.
Gartner’s Alexander Bant
“Most CFOs have told us they are using the most severe downside scenarios to inform their decisions right now. This is leading CFOs to consider drastic cost management actions across April and May,” said Alexander Bant, practice vice president, research, for the Gartner Financial Practice. “When CFOs were asked how these downside scenarios are impacting their ability to fund long-term growth investments, 70% of CFOs said they are now showing caution in the area.”
The Gartner survey of 145 CFOs and senior finance leaders was from April 12th.
Another Gartner survey of 317 CFOs and finance leaders, this one from March 30th, focused on cuts to selling, general and administrative budgets. Thirty-eight percent of finance executives don’t anticipate any cuts. Another 18% plan across-the-board cuts in every category of 10% or more. That includes IT budget cuts of 16%.
Gartner’s Dennis Gannon
Gartner views across-the-board cuts as short-sighted. “For example, we see evidence that the coronavirus has prompted a permanent shift to more homeworking,” said Dennis Gannon, vice president, advisory for the Gartner Finance Practice. “This transition to large-scale remote working puts additional strain on the IT department. Therefore, forcing the IT infrastructure group to bear the same cost reductions as another functional area could expose your organization to new risks or negatively affect business continuity.”
A Forrester report, “US Tech Budget Outlooks in a COVID-19 Recession,” looks at a few scenarios for the U.S. economy in 2020. Each scenario assumes that the country is in a recession, with each scenario based on progressively worse assumptions.
The best-case scenario shows a 5% drop in U.S. tech markets in 2020. This is based on the virus’s infection and death rates peaking in Q2 2020. Markets would stabilize in 2021.
The biggest declines would be in computer and communications equipment, tech consulting and systems integration services. This is due to the expectation that firms cut back on new projects. Software, tech outsourcing and telecom services would experience smaller decreases.
Scaling up the bad news, scenario B projects a 9% fall in 2020 budges with a 5% decrease in 2021. Budgets would improve by mid-2021. In this scenario, firms would cut back on software and outsourcing spending and reduce internal IT staff.
IDC reports that worldwide IT spending went from +5.1 in January to +4.3 in February to -2.7% in March.
Expect major spending declines this year in PCs, tablets, mobile phones and peripherals. Spending on server/storage and network hardware are also expected to decline, and that’s despite strong demand for cloud services.
IT services spending will decline from +3.9% in 2019 to -2.0% in 2020. The worst of those declines is project-oriented services. Spending on managed services and support services is also expected to decline. This decline is in line with overall IT activities and hardware/software deployments.
At the same time, software will post positive growth of just under 2%, due to cloud investments along with some resilient demand for specific categories that are integral to ongoing operations.
IDC’s Stephen Minton
“There will be pockets of opportunity for software and related services during the next six months, as organizations create measures focused around increased remote work and collaboration,” said Stephen Minton, program vice president in IDC’s customer insights and analysis group. “Organizations that are further along the digital transformation and cloud migration scales are likely best positioned in terms of integrating these technologies into effective and agile response plans.”
IDC forecasts total Information and communication technology (ICT) spend to decline by 1.6%, to just under $4.1 trillion. ICT growth last year was 3.5%.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 21, 2020 at 04:58AM
Added: Apr 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Google Blocks 18 Million COVID-19 Themed Phishing Emails in One Week
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Google Blocks 18 Million COVID-19 Themed Phishing Emails in One Week
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/google-blocks-18-million-covid-19-themed-phishing-emails-in-one-week/
It’s only 2.5% of 100 million phishing emails Google blocks in a single day — and still the threat grows.
Google says it blocked 18 million COVID-19 themed phishing emails in one week this month alone. The tech giant is training its machine learning (ML) to detect and block COVID-19 themed attacks. The effort appears to be paying off. Still, the staggering number of COVID-19 themed phishing emails amounts to only about 2.5% of the 100 million phishing emails Google blocks in a single day on average.
Red Canary’s Chris Rothe
“The COVID-19 angle is not surprising. Attackers use what works and this crisis opens up a huge new lane for them to prey on people’s fear,” said Chris Rothe, co-founder and chief product officer at Red Canary.
But this new batch of COVID-19 baited phishing and spam campaigns require security teams to make quick adjustments in their strategies and tactics.
It’s no secret that Google machine learning models are some of the best in the world but even they need more training to stay abreast of current threats. So, too do ML-powered cybersecurity products from other vendors.
KnowBe4’s Erich Kron
“The fact that 18 million COVID-19-related emails are blocked each day just by Google is a sign of just how prolific these attacks are. In these times of high stress and change, cybercriminals know that humans are more vulnerable than ever to phishing and smishing attacks and are doing their best to capitalize on this,” said Erich Kron, Security Awareness Advocate at KnowBe4.
But the weakest link is what it has always been when it comes to stopping spearphishing threats: humans.
“Because people are working from home and often miss out on the security benefits of corporate networks and organization managed devices, the bad guys know that many of the technical controls that can save people are now missing,” said Kron.
That means security partners need to step up their human training as much as vendors need to ramp up machine training.
“The best thing organizations can do right now is to ensure that their employees have up-to-date training on how to spot and report phishing emails to their organization. By reporting these, organizations can have them removed from other mailboxes, limiting the exposure to these attacks within the organization,” Kron added.
Meanwhile, email providers have both fans and critics as the first wave of spearphishing protections.
Lucy Security’s Collin Bastable
“Relying on email filters, crypto and firewalls to protect remote workers from opening the door to cybercrime is naïve. Patching people is the only way that we are going to win the war on cybercrime,” said Colin Bastable, CEO of security awareness training company Lucy Security.
While Google is one of the leaders in ML and an array of security measures, it too has detractors.
“Hackers use Gmail accounts with spoof names in BEC fraud, and to associate Gmail accounts with phishing links, in phishing campaigns. Google gets to virtue-signal while playing both sides of the fence,” said Bastable.
“Google is also using the ‘https:’ certificate requirement as part of their browser war with Apple and Microsoft, kidding people into thinking encrypted browser sessions keep people secure when using Chrome. Over 80% of phishing sites use certificates. People must always ask themselves what is in it for Google,” Bastable added.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 12:03AM
Added: Apr 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Ingram Micro to Partners: Beware Economic Stimulus Check Scams
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Ingram Micro to Partners: Beware Economic Stimulus Check Scams
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ingram-micro-to-partners-beware-economic-stimulus-check-scams/
Ingram Micro and cybersecurity technology partner Proofpoint offered channel partners best practices to avoid scams targeting economic stimulus checks.
Ingram Micro and technology vendor partner Proofpoint are sharing cyber safety tips with channel partners to avoid scams that target economic stimulus checks being distributed.
With more than 80 million economic relief payments sent out by the IRS, con artists are out in full force. This batch of payments went out individuals that have direct deposit information on file. Millions of additional checks will be mailed.
“Many of you are eligible to receive economic stimulus checks from the U.S. federal government in response to COVID-19 in the coming days. Unfortunately, criminals are actively exploiting the situation to steal stimulus funds, capture people’s personal information or spread misinformation. These individuals use a wide variety of methods to steal payments — including text messages, social media, email, phone calls and fake web pages,” Ingram Micro wrote in a letter to partners. “We want to remind you to please be alert for email scams or other attempts to trick you out of your money or steal your identity around this topic. Below are some tips from our email security partner ProofPoint that we thought would be useful to help you avoid being a victim.”
Proofpoint, a cybersecurity vendor, outlines five best practices on how to not fall victim to criminal exploitation scams.
Refer only to official IRS sources for information about stimulus checks.
Ignore all solicitations from any source, in particular, those who encourage you to provide your personal information to obtain your funds or to obtain them faster.
Take no action, unless you’re in a small group of people who need to provide information to the IRS.
If the IRS requires more information to send your stimulus payment, there is an IRS website. However, be aware that the IRS uses an authorized non-government website to collect your information.
Share these safeguards with family members or others who might need it.
In the business world, employees are the weak link when it comes to security awareness. Eighty-three percent of global organizations experienced phishing attacks in 2018, according to Proofpoint’s 2019 “Beyond the Phish” report.
Ingram Micro and other distributors began supporting partners during the COVID-19 crisis back in March. Vendors have also introduced programs to help channel partners navigate business operations through the pandemic.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 12:03AM
Added: Apr 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Whats Behind the Surge in Phishing Sites? Three Theories
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
What’s Behind the Surge in Phishing Sites? Three Theories
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/whats-behind-the-surge-in-phishing-sites-three-theories/
Installing up-to-date antivirus software is an essential first step in protecting yourself from phishing attacks.
One of the most notable findings to come from the Webroot 2020 Threat Report is the significant rise in the number of active phishing sites over 2019—a 640% rise, to be exact. This reflects a year-over-year rise in active phishing sites, but it’s important to keep this (dangerous) threat in context.
“Of all websites that host malicious content, phishing historically has been a minority,” says Webroot Security Analyst Tyler Moffitt. “While it’s growing quite a bit and a significant threat, it’s still not a large percentage of the websites being used for malicious content. Those would be things like botnets or malware hosting.”
This traditional low instance rate is likely one explanation—or at least a portion of an explanation—that’s led to such a gaudy increase in the number of active phishing sites.
Here are three other factors that may have contributed to the rise in phishing sites.
Diversification of Attacks
Since first being described in a 1987 paper, phishing attacks have diversified considerably. While “phishing” was once reliably email-based with a broad scope, it now entails malware phishing, clone phishing, spear phishing, smishing and many more specialized forms. Inevitably, these strains of attack require landing pages and form fields for users to input the information to be stolen, helping to fuel the rise in active phishing sites.
Spear phishing—a highly targeted form of phishing where cyber criminals must study their subjects to craft more a realistic lure—has turned out to be a lucrative sub-technique. This has likely contributed to more cybercriminals adopting the technique over mass-target emails pointing to a single source. More on profitability later.
Opportunism
After years of studying phishing data, it’s clear that the number of active phishing sites rises predictably during certain times of the year. Large online shopping holidays like Prime Day and Cyber Monday inevitably precipitate a spike in phishing attacks. In another example, webpages spoofing Apple quadrupled near the company’s March product release date, then leveled off.
Uncertainty also tends to fuel a rise in phishing sites.
“Not only do we always see a spike in phishing attacks around the holidays,” says Moffitt, “it also always happens in times of crisis. Throughout the COVID-19 outbreak we’ve followed a spike in phishing attacks in Italy and smishing scams promising to deliver your stimulus check if you click. Natural disasters also tend to bring these types of attacks out of the woodwork.”
The year 2019 was not without its wildfires, cyclones and typhoons, but it would be safe to suspect the number of phishing sites will grow again next year.
Short codes and HTTPs represent more phishing opportunities for cyber criminals. Malicious content is now often hosted on good domains (up to a quarter of the time, according to our Threat Report). Short codes also have the unintended consequence of masking
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 12:03AM
Added: Apr 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Network-as-a-Service Platform PacketFabric Hires Cisco Exec as CEO
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Network-as-a-Service Platform PacketFabric Hires Cisco Exec as CEO
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/network-as-a-service-platform-packetfabric-hires-cisco-exec-as-ceo/
PacketFabric’s new CEO drove innovation at Cisco and Juniper Networks.
PacketFabric, a network-as-a-service platform, has hired Dave Ward, previously Cisco’s CTO of engineering, as its new CEO.
Ward also was chief architect and senior vice president of Cisco’s networking and security business.
PacketFabric’s Dave Ward
“I could not be more excited to join PacketFabric at this critical juncture in the company’s trajectory,” Ward said. “During a career spanning over two decades in the telecommunications and networking sectors, I’ve been privileged to drive innovation for Cisco Systems and Juniper Networks. PacketFabric is fundamentally rethinking enterprise and service communications in a way that others have not. I’ve been very impressed with PacketFabric’s technology, go-to-market and business models, strong customer feedback and unique talent. I believe PacketFabric can lead and positively disrupt the next phase of transformation for the networking industry. I’m honored and excited to lead the company at this critical time in internet history.”
PacketFabric launched in 2017. The network-as-a-service provider most recently expanded its cloud connectivity service. It also secured a $75 million joint venture investment from Digital Alpha Advisors to advance the company’s network offering.
PacketFabric‘s hosted cloud connectivity product now offers capacity starting at 50Mbps and additional on-ramps to the leading public clouds, available from more than 160 on-net locations.
“Dave is an industry luminary and one of the very few ‘big internet’ architectural systems thinkers, and we are fortunate to attract him to PacketFabric,” said Rick Shrotri, Digital Alpha managing partner. “He brings unmatched networking and telecommunications expertise, business acumen and senior industry relationships. Under Dave’s guidance, I am even more excited about PacketFabric’s growth potential. We believe Dave is the right leader to transform the industry with PacketFabric.”
Ward and his engineering teams built numerous hardware and software products, such as networking orchestration and automation, and virtualized and cloud-native services. He also led architectural governance, technology strategy and development, and university research.
Ward joined Cisco in 1999 when the company acquired the Internet Engineering Group.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 02:01AM
Added: Apr 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
GitLab Expands Partner Program to Help DevOps Transformation Journey
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
GitLab Expands Partner Program to Help DevOps Transformation Journey
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/gitlab-expands-partner-program-to-help-devops-transformation-journey/
GitLab is growing rapidly in terms of new customers and average annual recurring revenue.
GitLab, a DevOps platform, has expanded its global partner program for technology partners and channel partners to help with the DevOps transformation journey.
The GitLap Partner Program expands the company’s customer reach and helps more organizations use GitLab for their DevOps transformation. It offers a one-stop shop for DevOps transformation combining GitLab’s expertise and single application with services and technology solutions from its partners.
GitLab’s Brandon Jung
Brandon Jung is GitLab‘s vice president of alliances. He said the revamped program helps expand his company’s market reach, and betters support the DevOps transformation journey.
“We are building on our current technology partner relationships with the largest cloud and Kubernetes providers (AWS, VMware, Azure, Google Cloud Platform, Hashicorp) to continue to strengthen the program and ensure success of our joint customers,” he said.
GitLab kicked off its channel expansion in January with the hiring of Michelle Hodges as vice president of global channels. The company is growing rapidly in terms of new customers and average annual recurring revenue.
GitLab said the partner program creates significant growth and margin opportunities for partners, particularly in the delivery of partner services to customers.
In place of a conventional tier or medallion structure, GitLab focuses on partner relationships propelled by incentives and investments.
“Our partners are faced with similar issues that we see our customers facing,” Jung said. “Many businesses are looking for the right people, processes and technology platforms to enable them on their digital transformations. Bringing all of this together as we build these partnerships is critical to meeting customer demands and enabling their achievements.”
Additionally, many partners are looking for ways to increase their services revenues, he said. The program rewards partners for making investments to include GitLab-related services in their DevOps service practices, he said.
“Partner input absolutely came into play when creating the program,” Jung said. “When you look at the structure of the program, it is designed to allow partners to engage with customers in several different ways. In speaking with our partners, we got consistent feedback that they wanted to build joint high-value offerings for our customers. In order to do so, we are fostering a partner community that is built on more strategic relationships and creates an environment where every partner can contribute.”
“HashiCorp has been working closely with GitLab to enhance the experience for our joint customers, and we are looking forward to even greater connections between our companies and products as part of this new program,” said Burzin Patel, HashiCorp‘s vice president of global alliances. “Our joint efforts with GitLab have been very positive, and the HashiCorp Terraform and Vault product integrations offer a great out-of-the-box experience to customers looking to secure and manage their infrastructure as part of their DevOps lifecycle”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 03:53AM
Added: Apr 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell Technologies Latest Flexible Payment Plan for Channel Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell Technologies’ Latest Flexible Payment Plan for Channel Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-technologies-latest-flexible-payment-plan-for-channel-partners/
The company is making $9 billion in financing available to help partners and customers invest in vital technology solutions.
Dell Technologies’ today introduced a flexible financial payment plan that extends to channel and global alliance partners and their customers. The new portfolio of offers is provided and serviced by Dell Financial Services or its affiliates.
The new Payment Flexibility Program includes pre-defined and customizable financial offers. The program also offers 0% interest rates and up to a 180-day payment deferral. The company is making $9 billion in financing available to help partners and customers invest in vital technology solutions.
Dell’s Bill Wavro
“This is our commitment to help you run your business, take care of your people and access essential technology,” Bill Wavro, president and GM of Dell Financial Services wrote in a blog.
In addition to 0% interest and 180-day deferrals, the Payment Flexibility Program also offers six-month terms and 90-day partner relief.
For qualified channel partners, extended invoice terms of 60 and 90 days are available through Dell Technologies Working Capital Solution Program.
Here are more details:
Dell is introducing 0% interest rates for all Dell Technologies server, storage and networking solutions. This provides access to technology with no upfront payment required.
The company will defer the first payment up to 180 days on data center infrastructure and services. This is intended to improve cash flow management.
There are short-term options for remote work and learning with 6- to 12-month terms and refresh options for laptops and desktops.
A one-year term is available for flexible consumption offerings in the Dell Technologies on Demand This allows customers to scale usage of Dell Technologies’ converged, hyperconverged, hybrid cloud, storage and data protection solutions. As part Dell Technologies on Demand portfolio, Flex on Demand is also available from three- to five-year term options.
Dell will continue to partner with VMware to deliver flexible payment solutions.
Partners whose customers use DFS are paid within days, according to Wavro.
Dell Technologies earlier this month set in motion a program to offer channel partners cash flow assistance, on-demand services for training and certification, and more
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 03:53AM
Added: Apr 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
Hitachi Vantara Enterprise Storage Takes Aim at Midsize Businesses
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Hitachi Vantara Enterprise Storage Takes Aim at Midsize Businesses
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hitachi-vantara-enterprise-storage-takes-aim-at-midsize-businesses/
The new Virtual Storage Platform E990 offers high performance at lower prices by dropping unneeded features.
Hitachi Vantara enterprise storage is now available in a new version designed for midsize business customers. The Virtual Storage Platform (VSP) E990 is the latest in the company’s growing family of VSP storage products.
The VSP E990 uses all flash NVMe storage in a unit offering high performance and low latency for midsize businesses. The E990 uses the same architecture on which all other Hitachi Vantara enterprise storage models are built. The E990 deletes some features from the high-end models built for large enterprises, which helps drops its price.
Hitachi Vantara’s Colin Gallagher
Colin Gallagher, the company’s vice president of infrastructure solutions product marketing, told Channel Futures that the new VSP E990 Vantara enterprise storage model brings enterprise-grade capabilities to the midmarket.
“This is in addition sitting at the upper end of our midrange portfolio,” he said. “We refreshed the high end of the market in 2019 with our VSP5000 model. The new E990 brings many features from that model to this midrange market.”
“This is a fantastic product. It delivers industry-leading performance at an affordable cost. Our partners can go in and engage with customers on this. It offers productivity for businesses who need such a device without all the options of the higher-priced model.”
Filling this niche in the company’s product lineup has been important to partners, he said.
“This was perceived as a gap in our portfolio,” said Gallagher. “They were asking for all NVMe storage at a lower price point. The perceptions of partners on the high end last year were that we were not focusing on midrange customers. We certainly took that to heart.”
For Hitachi Vantara, that was a lesson learned and the advice was quickly taken, he said.
“I’m a product guy, day in and day out,” said Gallagher. “Particularly in the midrange space, we cannot be successful even when we have a great product without the participation of our partners.”
Hitachi Vantara is also helping partners with the new product by making partner program changes to build greater success.
“We want to be frictionless and help them sell,” he said. That includes partner program changes to help focus on midmarket sales.
Included are a revised digital platform, revised marketing plans and revised marketing development funds to help channel partners boost sales. The Vantara enterprise storage partner program improvements are all based on feedback from partners, he said.
New artificial intelligence (AI) features have also been added to the partner program to accelerate the price quote process for customers, said Gallagher. Using AI, previous price quotes and historical data are analyzed to provide partners with the best pricing for customers.
“It rapidly shrinks the time it can take to get a quote back to the customer,” he said.
Also announced by the company is a revamped EverFlex from Hitachi Vantara program, which allows customers to choose options for buying Hitachi Vantara enterprise storage devices, paying as they go or paying for them on an as-a-service basis.
IDC’s Eric Burgener
Eric Burgener, an IDC analyst, said the latest Vantara enterprise storage announcements renew a commitment to go attack midrange storage.
“They’ve taken some key technology from their high-end VSP 5000 and moved it onto this midrange platform,” said Burgener. “It’s all NVMe, leverages the latest Hitachi controllers —although supports just two whereas the high end VSPs can add more — and includes hardware-assisted encryption.”
In addition, the NVMe capability means it will be ready to support other NVMe technologies such as storage class memory and persistent memory in the future without upgrades, he said. “This delivers strong price/performance given its midrange price point, although it is in the upper midrange price band. It should give existing Hitachi customers a reason to look at the vendor for the midrange and entice new customers looking at midrange platforms and comparing it against the usual suspect competitors of Dell EMC, HPE and IBM.”
The revamped EverFlex consumption program is also notable, said Burgener. By putting the existing consumption model options under one name, Hitachi is making it easier for partners and customers. “They basically let the customer buy Hitachi products either outright, through leases or through true subscription licensing pay-per-use models that move those assets off balance sheets. They’ve had these options in the past, but they were all separate and it was harder for channel partners and customers to get to know about them.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 03:53AM
Added: Apr 21, 2020 Via IFTTT
BeyondTrust Chooses SentinelOne Vet as Global Channel Chief
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
BeyondTrust Chooses SentinelOne Vet as Global Channel Chief
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/beyondtrust-chooses-sentinelone-vet-as-global-channel-chief/
BeyondTrust’s new global channel chief said the company’s channel strategy just needs some honing.
BeyondTrust, a privileged access management (PAM) provider, has hired Dee Dee Acquista, formerly with SentinelOne, as its global channel chief.
BeyondTrust’s Dee Dee Acquista
At BeyondTrust, Acquista will lead the global channel and alliances strategy, focusing on expanding market share through the global partner community. Her new title is senior vice president of global channels and alliances.
As BeyondTrust‘s global channel chief, Acquista brings more than 20 years of experience leading successful channel organizations. She led SentinelOne’s worldwide channel effort for more than two years.
Prior to this, she worked alongside BeyondTrust CRO Carl Helle at Proofpoint. There, she developed and drove the worldwide channel strategy that yielded a 45% year-over-year growth trajectory for the organization.
Acquista said she wanted to join BeyondTrust because of the “people, the technology [and] the opportunity to leverage my experience to help BeyondTrust grow and scale with the right set of partners who can help us get our products into the hands of the customers who need it.”
BeyondTrust’s channel strategy is strong and just needs some honing, Acquista said.
“I am fortunate to have a talented and mighty channel team worldwide to work closely with our security-focused resellers, system integrators, MSPs and technology alliances partners,” she said. “Having the support of the executive leadership team is vital to an organization’s channel success, and I have that.”
This new addition to the sales leadership team will further drive BeyondTrust’s 2020 goals to drive an increased percentage of bookings through the channel, grow MSP offerings and further enhance technology leadership with PAM.
“A little over a year ago, BeyondTrust experienced an active M&A period that brought four best-of-breed organizations together under the BeyondTrust name as a single entity in early 2019,” Acquista said. “Last year was a foundational year as the company integrated the four companies, emerging as a clear leader in the PAM space. Top of my to-do list is to expand the education and enablement opportunities for partners to ensure they are best positioned to solve the business challenges our customers face today and in the future, leveraging the strong team and resources that already exist inside the organization to deliver enablement tools to our partners worldwide.”
Helle said Acquista is a “seasoned executive with the skill, relationships and talent we need to drive our continued market leadership by executing on a global channel strategy.”
“Her vast experience will guide BeyondTrust and our global partners, providing the technical direction, sales alignment, business enablement and the financial rewards that will assure them that BeyondTrust is a trusted partner,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 04:54AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
Oil & Gas Spearphishing Campaigns Carry Agent Tesla Spyware
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Oil & Gas Spearphishing Campaigns Carry Agent Tesla Spyware
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/oil-gas-spearphishing-campaigns-carry-agent-tesla-spyware/
It is the first documented instance of Agent Tesla targeting the oil and gas industry.
As the oil market crashes, news comes that hackers have been targeting oil and gas companies with spearphishing campaigns loaded with Agent Tesla spyware. Bitdefender researchers say “this is the first documented instance where Agent Tesla has been associated with an attack against the oil and gas industry.”
The attacks appear to have centered on the recent OPEC+ deal as they targeted related companies in the U.S., Malaysia, Iran, South Africa, Turkey, Oman and The Philippines.
Bitdefender’s Liviu Arsene
“The date when we registered the spike seems to coincide with the same date when OPEC and other producers were supposed to extend a deal on oil output curbs. The fact that it drops the Tesla Agent infostealer suggests these campaigns could be more espionage-focused,” said Liviu Arsene, Global Cybersecurity Researcher for Bitdefender.
Arsene said that these threat actors might have some skin the game — perhaps some stakes in oil and gas prices or in future developments — especially since the niche targeted vertical dovetails with the ongoing oil crisis.
“In this sector, the links between the government and private sector are very strong and in many countries the government owns large parts of these companies. Even though private companies do not directly influence negotiations, they may deal with confidential information about the OPEC meeting,” Arsene said.
The spearfishing campaigns are exceptionally well done as they “reference legitimate and well-known companies, projects, processes, and vessels and use industry jargon and abbreviations,” according to a recent Bitdefender report.
“This seems to be an espionage campaign that involved having intimate knowledge of operational procedures and jargon used by the industry. This could be the result of knowledge acquired over time through other campaigns, which potentially led to getting access to this type of information,” said Arsene.
Using the Tesla Agent spyware seems to indicate an interest in collecting information specific to the targeted industry.
KnowBe4’s James McQuiggan
“The criminals are using a malware strain from six years ago, which downloads a keylogger onto the computer. This malware collects sensitive information,” said James McQuiggan, Security Awareness Advocate at KnowBe4.
The bottom line is that it is getting progressively harder to spot spearphishing emails given the immense amount of accurate details threat actors commonly use these days.
“If there’s one thing these highly focused spearphishing attacks have in common, it’s that attackers seem to leverage every piece of information, public or from past breaches, to surgically craft messages and emails that have a really high chance of tricking victims,” said Arsene.
Besides leveraging information, criminals are cleaning up their act to fool more people too.
“Gone are the days of phishing emails with misspellings, poor grammar and zip files. The criminal groups are becoming more and more sophisticated with understanding organizational procedures to socially engineer their way in via email,” said McQuiggan.
Given the rise in sophistication of phishing attacks, this is a good time for MSSPs to review their user training programs to ensure the ways of detecting spearphishing are up to date.
It is also prudent for MSSPs to increase protections for customers in verticals that haven’t been heavily targeted in the past but may be in the news now. Previous attack patterns and tactics may not be as prevalent in this new global pandemic paradigm.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 08:59PM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
Oil & Gas Spearphishing Campaigns Carry Agent Tesla Spyware
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Oil & Gas Spearphishing Campaigns Carry Agent Tesla Spyware
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/oil-gas-spearphishing-campaigns-carry-agent-tesla-spyware-2/
It is the first documented instance of Agent Tesla targeting the oil and gas industry.
As the oil market crashes, news comes that hackers have been targeting oil and gas companies with spearphishing campaigns loaded with Agent Tesla spyware. Bitdefender researchers say “this is the first documented instance where Agent Tesla has been associated with an attack against the oil and gas industry.”
The attacks appear to have centered on the recent OPEC+ deal as they targeted related companies in the U.S., Malaysia, Iran, South Africa, Turkey, Oman and The Philippines.
Bitdefender’s Liviu Arsene
“The date when we registered the spike seems to coincide with the same date when OPEC and other producers were supposed to extend a deal on oil output curbs. The fact that it drops the Tesla Agent infostealer suggests these campaigns could be more espionage-focused,” said Liviu Arsene, Global Cybersecurity Researcher for Bitdefender.
Arsene said that these threat actors might have some skin the game — perhaps some stakes in oil and gas prices or in future developments — especially since the niche targeted vertical dovetails with the ongoing oil crisis.
“In this sector, the links between the government and private sector are very strong and in many countries the government owns large parts of these companies. Even though private companies do not directly influence negotiations, they may deal with confidential information about the OPEC meeting,” Arsene said.
The spearfishing campaigns are exceptionally well done as they “reference legitimate and well-known companies, projects, processes, and vessels and use industry jargon and abbreviations,” according to a recent Bitdefender report.
“This seems to be an espionage campaign that involved having intimate knowledge of operational procedures and jargon used by the industry. This could be the result of knowledge acquired over time through other campaigns, which potentially led to getting access to this type of information,” said Arsene.
Using the Tesla Agent spyware seems to indicate an interest in collecting information specific to the targeted industry.
KnowBe4’s James McQuiggan
“The criminals are using a malware strain from six years ago, which downloads a keylogger onto the computer. This malware collects sensitive information,” said James McQuiggan, Security Awareness Advocate at KnowBe4.
The bottom line is that it is getting progressively harder to spot spearphishing emails given the immense amount of accurate details threat actors commonly use these days.
“If there’s one thing these highly focused spearphishing attacks have in common, it’s that attackers seem to leverage every piece of information, public or from past breaches, to surgically craft messages and emails that have a really high chance of tricking victims,” said Arsene.
Besides leveraging information, criminals are cleaning up their act to fool more people too.
“Gone are the days of phishing emails with misspellings, poor grammar and zip files. The criminal groups are becoming more and more sophisticated with understanding organizational procedures to socially engineer their way in via email,” said McQuiggan.
Given the rise in sophistication of phishing attacks, this is a good time for MSSPs to review their user training programs to ensure the ways of detecting spearphishing are up to date.
It is also prudent for MSSPs to increase protections for customers in verticals that haven’t been heavily targeted in the past but may be in the news now. Previous attack patterns and tactics may not be as prevalent in this new global pandemic paradigm.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 22, 2020 at 09:55PM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
HPE Doubles Down on Partner Focused Covid-19 Support Initiatives
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HPE Doubles Down on Partner Focused Covid-19 Support Initiatives
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hpe-doubles-down-on-partner-focused-covid-19-support-initiatives/
The latest program changes and offers should help partners gain financial footing and reduce financial pressures.
Today HPE doubles down on relief initiatives to help partners weather business disruption resulting from the lengthy pandemic. This latest targeted response from HPE comes just weeks after the vendor announced an initial round of services from HPE Financial Services.
The latest program changes and offers should help partners gain financial footing and reduce financial pressures. HPE made changes to its Partner Ready program, addresses partner liquidity, offers several hybrid IT partner propositions for customers and will offer partner enablement virtually.
HPE’s Paul Hunter
“We’re taking action to relieve financial pressure for all our partners, while helping them focus on expertise and differentiation,” Paul Hunter, worldwide head of partner sales at HPE, said in a blog.
Here’s a closer look at the four new initiatives.
HPE suspends Partner Ready revenue thresholds. These thresholds are required for partners to maintain their status in the HPE Hybrid IT Partner Ready program for 2021 eligibility and for the Aruba Partner Ready for Networking Program. For this year, the program focus will be on enabling partners to meet training and certification goals.
“Partners are worried about the revenue thresholds they have to hit in order to get the higher level of rebate payments,” said Hunter. “Rebate payments are an important part of the partner ecosystem and partner profitability. So, we’re suspending the requirement to hit the revenue threshold for 2020. [Partners] will take their current status into 2021.”
HPE rolled out three initiatives around partner liquidity.
Early Pay Discount. From May 1 to July 31, 2020, distributors and service providers in North America that do not participate in factoring programs can take advantage of extended Early Pay Discount terms.
Enhanced Factoring Program Extension. From May 1 – July 31, 2020, HPE will extend payment terms from 60 to 90 days in North America and Europe for participants in existing enhanced factoring programs.
Suspension of SDI targets. HPE has temporarily suspended or reduced Strategic Development Initiative (SDI) targets in most geographies.
To help partners stay relevant with their customers, the following offers are in place.
Remote management. HPE will offer its remote server management software, Integrated Lights-Out (iLo) Advanced, to partners and customers for free for the remainder of 2020.
HPE is working to support service provider partners’ efforts by offering increased business continuity services to customers via a central new site. The Spotlight Page hosted on Cloud28+ helps customers find HPE partners and cloud services.
Fast-tracked GreenLake Partners can leverage HPE GreenLake Quick Quote and targeted mid-market offers. The company has developed additional pre-configured reference architectures at pre-agreed pricing.
In May, HPE will roll out the HPE Sales Pro Learning Center. This is a virtual experience that offers new sales enablement with trainings and micro-learnings. Partners can access the same learning and collaboration opportunities as HPE teams through the HPE Tech Pro Community.
Virtual demos and Proofs of Concept are possible through the self-service Demonstration Portal. The portal also includes short, prerecorded lab demos for partners and customers.
The HPE Discover 2020 and HPE Partner Growth Summit physical events have been cancelled. The HPE Discover 2020 Digital Experience is scheduled for June 22.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 12:50AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cato Networks Partnering with Nuvias for EMEA Channel Expansion
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cato Networks Partnering with Nuvias for EMEA Channel Expansion
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cato-networks-partnering-with-nuvias-for-emea-channel-expansion/
Cato Networks is partnering with distributor Nuvias Group to expand its presence in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA).
Nuvias says it will extend Cato’s reach through the EMEA channel with a partner program and specialist services including partner training, solutions engineering and configuration.
Cato Networks’ Mark Draper
“The channel plays a critical part in Cato’s growth, helping us drive relevance, pipeline, and market share by leveraging the scale and expertise of partners,” the firm’s EMEA channel director, Mark Draper, told Channel Futures.
The firm currently has 90 active VARs and MSPs in the region. More than 75% of its business is channel-led, with a 52% growth in quarter-over-quarter, channel-led bookings.
“The introduction of Nuvias Group as our first pan-EMEA distribution partner will help increase this further, taking us into new region and countries where historically we had limited presence,” said Draper.
Sign up for Channel Futures’ new EMEA newsletter, where we feature news and analysis involving companies based in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, as well as those doing business in that region.
With Nuvias’ help, Cato Is looking to recruit partners with expertise in networking and security and which typically serve the midmarket, as well as small businesses with a global presence.
Wilson also said Cato is looking to limit potential partner conflict: “We are not looking to sign hundreds of partners per country. Our focus, resources and investments will align with partners that see the value in our proposition and who ultimately lead with Cato in the regions in which they operate.”
Cato is the first implementation of the Gartner SASE framework, which it said, “empowers partners to instantly profit from the disruption of the $60 billion managed network service market.”
First defined in Gartner’s Hype Cycle for Enterprise Networking 2019, SASE converges disparate network and network-security capabilities including SD-WAN, SWG, CASB, SDP/ZTNA, DNS protection and FWaaS onto a global, cloud-native architecture.
Cato says the platform enables enterprises to move away from legacy MPLS networks built with a bundle of point solutions and expensive managed services to a modern network that is “global, secure, agile, and affordable.”
“As a cloud-native service, we enable our partners to benefit from the reoccurring revenue model of SaaS. This is much more appealing than the traditional appliance-capex based model,” said Wilson.
Cato will provide free training and certifications, and free demo equipment and licenses.
Wilson also pointed to strong margin opportunities for partners: “Cato’s product gross margin is amongst the highest in the industry. Also, our partners sell their managed services around Cato Cloud and mark up these margins by more than 100%.”
In a statement, Nuvias executive chairman Paul Eccleston, described Cato as “an innovative addition to our advanced networking portfolio.”
He added: “Cato’s cloud-native platform can be tailored to address a host of business challenges, enabling cost-efficiency and convergence through a simple, transparent architecture. We are excited to support our channel partners by delivering tailored services enabling easily deployed solutions for business.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 01:54AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
As IT Evolves Is Your Sales Organization Keeping Up?
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
As IT Evolves, Is Your Sales Organization Keeping Up?
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/as-it-evolves-is-your-sales-organization-keeping-up/
Partners with a customer-centric mindset will thrive in changing times.
Paul Hunter
Consultative selling has always been the hallmark of the sales profession in the IT industry and the sales organization. The data explosion that is changing every enterprise has heightened the need for highly knowledgeable partners that decision-makers can trust.
The speed of change needed, combined with the existing complex IT environment and the potential for many new data-driven insights, makes a challenging situation for the IT leaders and the business leaders with whom they collaborate.
It’s time for all of us in the channel world to engage in some self-examination. To ask ourselves, “Are we giving customers the support they need?”
If you’re unsure about the answer, it may be time to revisit the role of your sales team, the people who comprise it, how it is structured and what they can do to transform customer relationships — and ensure recurring sales.
Prepare IT Sales Teams
Based on my experience working with channel partners of all sizes and capabilities, let me offer a few suggestions for ensuring your team is well-prepared for IT sales in this new decade:
Broaden your influence. In today’s hybrid IT environment, the users of data —and those who decide how and by whom it will be managed — often extend well beyond the CIO, CTO or CFO. From global behemoths to burgeoning small and midsized businesses, a wide range of influencers have a say in technology purchases and deployments. Thus, it’s wise to take the time to better understand the nuances of a customer’s business and the role IT plays in its success (or failure) and to build new relationships. It’s also important to inform decision-makers as they research their decisions independently of your people. Influencers can include industry analysts, community forums, local government, trade associations and your own website.
Get schooled. New IT solutions, services and capabilities are sprouting everywhere, amplifying the need for dedicated sales training programs to decipher the new technologies and explain their relevance for harried customers eager for solutions. For instance, the growing availability of subscription, pay-per-use and consumption-driven offerings is giving customers intriguing options that can reduce capital costs, redeploy IT staff and accelerate time to market.
With consumption, customers can use IT and infrastructure more efficiently. But this is a relatively new business model for many so they’ll have plenty of questions to ask and misconceptions to overcome.
Consequently, there is also a teaming approach to working with your vendors and you have another question to ask yourself: Are your vendors offering the requisite training and materials to enable you to enlighten your customers, and close the right deals for them? If not, urge them to do better – or perhaps you should seek other vendors who offer a more complete package of pertinent insights.
Listen hard. You already know this, but in these transformative times, this reminder bears sharing: Too often in sales, we enter the conversation with a view on what the customer wants rather than really listening. The word I am hearing a lot is “simplicity.” Simplify what you are doing and how you are doing it. In a world where great skills are in short supply and high demand, help make our processes and systems simpler. Listening is a skill that takes practice. Many of you will have seen the basketball video where you are asked to count the passes, only to miss the interception that happens. Active listening takes the same concentration to keep the mind clear of our own thoughts, to hear what our customers are trying to tell us. But with the right investment in education, modern salespeople have a chance to earn the trust of their clients through their expertise.
Several channel partners I work with have undergone this sort of self-assessment, leading to changes — often subtle, sometimes dramatic — in how they conduct business. One fast-growing partner has pivoted, altering its business model to enable pursuit of a broader range of sales opportunities. This has required them to focus less on being “salespeople” and more on becoming “great listeners” with the knowledge to advise prospects on how technology can efficiently drive business outcomes.
And part of their own evolution has involved hiring data-savvy experts with a wider range of expertise beyond the vertical markets they serve. They found that, in some instances, changing the profile of their sales team was a better option than trying to change how existing salespeople sell. To help facilitate this transition, vendors will need to invest in partner sales and technical enablement programs, together with the tools to help salespeople advise their clients, create opportunities based on data insights already gleaned and build collaboration within an ecosystem.
This era is one of the most transformative times in the (relatively) short history of IT. The channel is playing, and will continue to play, a critical role as organizations tackle the realities of our digitized world. And channel partners who do so with determination, agility, expertise, the right listening skills and a customer-centric mindset are sure to thrive amid changing times.
Paul Hunter is global channel chief for Hewlett Packard Enterprise, the global edge-to-cloud platform-as-a-service company that helps organizations accelerate outcomes by unlocking value from their data, everywhere. The channel accounts for about 70% of HPE’s annual sales. Follow Hunter on Twitter @pmhunter1969 or @HPE.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 01:54AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
Former Apple Exec to Lead McAfee Global Channel Management
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Former Apple Exec to Lead McAfee Global Channel Management
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/former-apple-exec-to-lead-mcafee-global-channel-management/
McAfee will roll out solutions to support partners’ remote-work needs.
McAfee’s Kathleen Curry
Former Apple sales executive Kathleen Curry has been appointed to head of McAfee global channel management.
Curry will lead McAfee’s multi-tier global channel organization to ensure a “seamless and productive” go-to-market strategy. Her new title is senior vice president of global enterprise channels, OEM and strategic alliances.
As head of McAfee global channel management, she also will help expand partner program initiatives to accommodate the growing remote workforce across industries. This will entail rolling out customized solutions to meet partners’ needs.
“Traditionally, McAfee has been very committed to the channel and I see that continuing to be the case,” Curry said. “We’re actively making investments in our channel strategy, spanning across product, sales and customer success initiatives. I am excited by the focus and have been very pleased with the overall interest in doing more with our channel. That said, we have an opportunity to be better aligned globally on our partner program and initiatives. This will help us be more strategic about enablement and marketing, with even better thrust.”
There’s an opportunity in partner enablement, Curry said.
“It is fundamental to overall partner success and growth,” she said. “My team has been working hard to bring new enablement programs and content to partners around the world. This will continue to be an important area of focus. Also important is that we are clear, consistent and fair in our channel approach. As I learn more and we identify opportunities to improve our program, our partners can count on frequent communication from us.”
It’s important for partners to know how their investments will deliver outcomes, particularly in times of uncertainty, Curry said.
“It is my job to ensure our partners have the best support and clearest picture possible from McAfee to make decisions for their businesses,” she said.
“Kathleen’s experience leading mobile transformation initiatives comes at an invaluable time as we look to support our partners who are quickly mobilizing remote sales teams as our traditional ways of working and selling moves digital,” said Ken McCray, McAfee’s head of Americas channel sales and operations. “We’re thrilled to welcome her to the team and are looking forward to tapping into her 20-plus years of channel experience at leading technology companies.”
Last month, McAfee completed its acquisition of Light Point Security. McAfee is integrating Light Point’s remote browser isolation (RBI) technology into McAfee Secure Web Gateway (SWG) This complements its existing inbound and outbound protection for all web and cloud traffic, and MVision Unified Cloud Edge (UCE).
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 02:52AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
Axis Security Launches Partner Program for Secure Application Access
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Axis Security Launches Partner Program for Secure Application Access
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/axis-security-launches-partner-program-for-secure-application-access/
Axis Security emerged from stealth last month.
Axis Security, a secure application access provider, has introduced its first partner program for VARs, systems integrators, MSSPs, OEM partners and distributors.
The Axis Security Partner Program (ASPP) enables Axis channel partners to expand their security offerings to include a cloud-native security and analytics platform for control of private application access built on a zero-trust model.
Axis also signed BlackLake Security as its first VAR.
Axis’s Tamir Hardof
Tamir Hardof is Axis’ CMO. He said several factors contributed to developing and launching the program.
Customers asked Axis to work with their channel partners due to existing relationships, he said. Also, VARs and MSSPs approached Axis to introduce the solution to their customers and enhance/expand their solution portfolio, he said.
In addition, channel partnerships are “part of Axis Security’s DNA,” with its founders and leadership coming from channel backgrounds including Check Point Software Technologies, Juniper Networks, Symantec, Tanium, McAfee and others, Hardof said.
“The program is brand new, just getting off the ground on the heels of our launch from stealth mode,” he said. “We expect to grow together with our VAR and MSSP partners. Specifically for MSSP’s, our solution is SaaS-based, cloud-native, cloud-agnostic and multi-tenant, along with solving a clear and immediate need for enterprise application access, enhancing and expanding existing MSSP security service offerings.”
The program offers support according to two tiers – authorized and premium. Based on level, this includes business development opportunities, training, joint marketing, partner resources, marketing co-op funds, sales leads, website presence and field account planning.
“Working with BlackLake Security, who several of us in the Axis leadership team have worked with previously, they discussed with us needs and expectations including the urgency of making App Access Cloud available to their customers due to the current situation,” Hardof said. “We expect the ASPP to grow and evolve over time.”
App Access Cloud is ideal for organizations across geographies and industries globally, according to Axis. The program offers partners a SaaS subscription model, end-user experience, proof of concept and quick deployments that integrate with and complement existing technology choices.
“The ASPP is designed to streamline the process for channel partners and MSSPs to partner with Axis Security, receive training and co-marketing benefits and to grow our businesses together,” Hardof said. “That said, qualification for the ASPP includes a vetting process and only qualified partners will be accepted into the program.”
“Axis Security offers a great new platform to enhance and expand the cybersecurity portfolio we offer our clients,” said Mark Jones, BlackLake’s CEO. “We know the founders and team very well, and respect and appreciate their in-depth knowledge of this space. This is a game changer for companies that want to rapidly enable both their partners and employees with remote access to applications from anywhere, no client software required. Our customers need a zero trust solution that solves problems in hours, not months or years. Axis delivers that and more.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 02:52AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
Fortanix Offers Free Trial Program for Channel Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Fortanix Offers Free Trial Program for Channel Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/fortanix-offers-free-trial-program-for-channel-partners/
The offer coincides with the new Fortanix HSM Gateway.
Fortanix today announced the new Fortanix Legacy HSM Replacement program. The free trial program lets partners offer customers a migration path from their legacy hardware security modules (HSMs).
The runtime encryption platform vendor also announced a new extension to its Fortanix Self-Defending Key Management Service (SDKMS). The extension, the Fortanix HSM Gateway, integrates cloud applications and databases with legacy on-premises HSMs. This enables optimized data security for on-premises, public cloud and hybrid cloud environments.
Fortanix’s Faiyaz Shahpurwala
“Enterprise customers we work with are trying to accelerate their migration to public cloud, but many are held back by the complexity of migrating or reproducing their legacy HSM and key management infrastructure in the cloud,” said Faiyaz Shahpurwala, chief product officer at Fortanix. “Fortanix HSM Gateway adds a critical new capability to Fortanix Self-Defending KMS that provides a single consistent management and application interface for on-premises, hybrid and public cloud workloads.”
The Fortanix Legacy HSM Replacement program gives free licenses for the Fortanix HSM Gateway extension with the purchase of Fortanix Self-Defending Key Management Service (KMS) licenses.
Customers can get started immediately with the Fortanix Self-Defending Key Management service. This allows them to address security needs. And then, customers can migrate to the Fortanix HSM gateway over time.
Fortanix introduced its Fortanix’ Self-Defending Key Management Service, a cloud service in 2017. It delivers its runtime encryption technology to protect applications and data during use. SDKMS uses Intel Software Guard Extensions (SGX) to protect sensitive data during runtime.
The new extension, Fortanix HSM Gateway offers multiple business beneifts. It allows businesses to reduce management costs, accelerate cloud migration and simplify data security, according to the vendor.
The HSM Gateway is designed to provide customers a single consistent management and application interface across Fortanix and legacy HSMs.
The extension was customer driven It grew out of challenges associated with integrating, migrating and replacing their existing HSMs for their on-premise workloads. They were forced to maintain separate architectures.
Fortanix HSM Gateway connects to the legacy HSMs customers have and makes their keys manageable and accessible through Fortanix. “The keys stay secure in the existing HSM, while applications and databases (on-premises or in the cloud) get a single source of cryptographic services, and security teams get a single pane of glass to manage and audit,” Vishal Gupta, product management leader, cloud and cybersecurity at Fortinix, wrote in a blog.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
Data Management Platform Provider Cohesity Hires Channel Leader
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Data Management Platform Provider Cohesity Hires Channel Leader
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/data-management-platform-provider-cohesity-hires-channel-leader/
Cohesity continues to invest in its channel sales operations.
Cohesity, a data management platform provider, has hired veteran channel sales leader Mike Houghton as vice president of Americas channels.
Cohesity’s Mike Houghtonn
Houghton brings nearly 30 years of technology and channel experience to his role at Cohesity. He will help partners increase revenues and differentiate from competitors.
Houghton also will bring solutions and services to partners’ customers through Cohesity’s data management solutions.
In addition, he will expand Cohesity’s penetration and reach in the Americas market. Cohesity said it continues to invest heavily in its channel sales operations. That includes offering programs and incentives to help partners take advantage of the rapidly expanding data management sector.
“Cohesity’s breakthrough data management platform uniquely solves business challenges customers face today in a way that legacy products simply fail to address,” Houghton said. “I’m very excited to reach more of these organizations in the Americas through our exceptional global channel ecosystem. I’m honored to work with the incredibly talented team at Cohesity and engage in a market that is rapidly embracing new, innovative approaches to data management.”
Houghton previously was president and chief sales officer at Logicalis. He was responsible for the team’s strategic direction, as well as the day-to-day sales operations and performance.
Prior to Logicalis, he was the senior vice president of sales at Tech Data, managing the company’s U.S. and Canadian enterprise solutions business. There, he oversaw field and inside sales teams, VAR sales and relationships with emerging channel partners and government agencies.
Houghton also held several executive-level sales roles at Avnet Technology Solutions before the company was acquired by Tech Data in 2017.
“Mike understands how to help partners and customers succeed at a fundamental level because he has decades of experience in IT and in driving partner programs that have true impact,” said Bill Lipsin, Cohesity’s vice president of global channel sales. “I believe that Cohesity and our partners have only begun to capitalize on the enormous opportunity in the data management market, and Mike will play a key role in taking this growth to the next level.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 04:54AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
Samsung Ships Galaxy XCover Pro Ruggedized Phone
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Samsung Ships Galaxy XCover Pro Ruggedized Phone
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/samsung-ships-galaxy-xcover-pro-ruggedized-phone/
Push-to-talk is available on Verizon network and coming to Microsoft Teams.
Samsung has begun shipping its new Galaxy XCover Pro ruggedized phone for frontline workers. The XCover Pro’s push-to-talk feature touted by Samsung is initially only available on the Verizon 4G LTE network.
When Samsung introduced the Galaxy XCover Pro ruggedized phone earlier this year, the company showcased it integrated with Microsoft Teams. Simultaneously, Microsoft launched a walkie-talkie feature coming to Teams and highlighted that it will first appear on Samsung’s new Galaxy XCover Pro.
Initially though, partners who have customers seeking the Galaxy XCover Pro’s walkie-talkie feature right away can use it on Verizon’s network.
To make use of it, the Verizon Push To Talk Plus application is bundled from the carrier on the phone. Partners can acquire the phones from Verizon or its distributors. Later, Verizon will offer them in its retail stores.
Partners can also offer the phones on other 4G LTE networks with unlocked versions of the Galaxy XCover Pro ruggedized phone. The unlocked versions are available from distributors, as well as directly from Microsoft and Samsung.
Microsoft has said it will offer a private preview of the Microsoft Teams walkie-talkie feature during the first half of this year. The Galaxy XCover Pro runs with the current Microsoft Teams client and other Android-based Office apps.
Frontline workers will ultimately be able to use the Microsoft Teams walkie-talkie feature with the push-to-talk capability on Samsung’s new phone.
Push-to-talk is intended to make frontline workers more productive by enabling them to have instant communications with each other and their managers. Target environments include retail stores and other customer-facing settings such as hotels, hospitals and in transportation, both companies have emphasized.
“This new push-to-talk experience enables clear, instant, and secure voice communication over the cloud, turning employee- or company-owned smartphones and tablets into a walkie-talkie,” according to a post by Microsoft corporate vice president Emma Williams.
Microsoft and Samsung introduced their respective push-to-talk capabilities at the National Retail Federation Big Show in New York.
Samsung’s Chris Briglin
Chris Briglin, head of marketing for B2B products at Samsung, told Channel Futures that the Galaxy XCover Pro is well suited for retail. In a retail setting, customer-facing frontline workers need to communicate and gather information.
“It’s a rugged smartphone that we think is going to enable frontline workers to be extremely productive and without sacrifices, Briglin said. “It balances the line between traditional rugged devices and the consumer device with the case.”
The Samsung Galaxy XCover Pro is the company’s latest effort to expand its Android smartphone line for frontline workers who require more rugged devices. It is IP68- rated, meaning the Galaxy XCover Pro for frontline workers can withstand drops of up to five feet. Similarly, Samsung claims it can tolerate dust or getting wet. It has a display designed to work with those wearing gloves.
While it doesn’t have the bells and whistles of Samsung’s $1,000-plus Galaxy S20 line, the Galaxy XCover Pros are lower cost mobile phones, priced at $499.
The phone has a 6.3-inch FHD+ display, has a user-replaceable 4,050 mAh battery that supports fast charging and has a base configuration of 4GB of memory, 64 GB of embedded storage and a microSD slot that enables up to 512 GB. It also comes with a single 13 MP camera and dual rear cameras, 25 MP and 8MP, respectively.
Samsung is also emphasizing the Galaxy XCover Pro for those looking to streamline workflows for frontline workers. The company has lined up support for third-party scanners, image recognition software and other peripherals.
Among partner offerings available with the Galaxy XCover Pro are the Infinea XC 1D/2D scanner from Infinite Peripherals, the SKX SmartSled Bluetooth barcode reader from Koamtac and the wearable MARK Basic barcode scanner from ProGlove.
Scandit, which offers real-time data scanning software, has also developed a software update without requiring modification to existing Android apps.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 04:54AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
8 Critical Capabilities for Digital Workspace Security
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
8 Critical Capabilities for Digital Workspace Security
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/8-critical-capabilities-for-digital-workspace-security/
In the era of increasingly diverse work places and more dynamic cyber threats, your enterprise needs security that adapts automatically.
When your IT staff can enforce security while empowering employees with apps they want and need to be more productive, the business wins. A defense-in-depth, digital workspace security approach is needed to not only protect your most sensitive assets, but also detect and remediate successful intrusions—when, not if, they occur.
Follow this link to download the eBook
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 04:54AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
How COVID-19 Is Impacting Our Partners in EMEA
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How COVID-19 Is Impacting Our Partners in EMEA
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-covid-19-is-impacting-our-partners-in-emea/
Six of our EMEA 501ers talk challenges they’re facing, top focuses amid “new normals” and looking ahead.
The impact of the pandemic is being felt everywhere, so we thought it’d be a good idea to check in with our 501ers across the pond and beyond to see how COVID-19 is impacting our partners in EMEA.
Be counted among your peers as one of the top managed service providers in the world. Click here for the 2020 MSP 501 application.
MSPs need to be poised and prepared to help their customers weather any disaster. But, this being a rather unique one with so many different factors at play, we wanted to pull in some perspectives from different geographies.
So, we decided to solicit some commentary from a few of our 501er folks in the EMEA region, from the U.K. to South Africa. How are they navigating the pandemic and its fallout on their businesses?
Sign up for Channel Futures’ new EMEA newsletter, where we feature news and analysis involving companies based in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, as well as those doing business in that region.
Below are insights from several of our partners in EMEA: Dennis Moore, sales analyst and reporting, Netsurit, Matt Torrens, chief operating officer, Sprout IT, Marco Caselli, brand marketing manager, CYBEROO , Mit Patel, managing director at Netstar, Jessica Symondson, marketing director, Complete I.T. and Des Lekerman, CEO, TiG Data Intelligence.
What are your top focuses right now?
Sprout IT’s Matt Torrens
Matt Torrens: Our initial focus was to mobilize our clients’ business continuity plans — we had huge successes here, with customers using cloud telephony and our hosted VDI and hybrid cloud solutions.
Now that customers are established in the “new normal” of remote working, it is important to review exactly how they have achieved it. Whilst speed was of the essence in the early days of the lockdown, it is imperative that the security of any remote working is reviewed. This extends to shared home computers, encryption of data in transit and at rest, antivirus, etc.
But I believe that there should be a particular focus on the human element. When humans are stressed, under pressure and working in unfamiliar circumstances, mistakes are likely to occur. Clearly we all find ourselves in this circumstance and so I would advise the implementation of a truly intelligent security awareness, behavior and culture solution that demonstrably reduces human cyberrisk.
We have also made our ’Sprout Academy’ product free to all U.K. law firms and barristers’ chambers for six months. Sprout Academy is a training platform which enables you to learn precisely what you need, exactly when you need it. We have very relevant sections on remote working, remote team management, mental health, stress and so on.
CYBEROO’s Marco Caselli
Marco Caselli: Right now our main focus is cybersecurity. At the moment, the only crowded squares are digital ones. In this context, we are witnessing an increasing number of cyberattacks that bring harm to data security and privacy.
We’ve seen many different types of attacks, but they seem to be mainly surrounding phishing and stolen information.
For companies, the current increased use of remote working implies an acceleration of investments in data protection systems. For basic protection, it is obviously necessary to use antivirus, antispam, web filter, firewall. But, for more sophisticated attacks, it is necessary to have more advanced tools such as XDR and Threat Intelligence. These are tasks that we carry out with our cybersecurity division (CYBEROO s.p.a. branch of Sedoc Digital Group).
We focus on an MDR service, managed detection and response. We manage everything through our SOC 24/7 so that the customer can focus on their business without having to worry about anything else.
Complete I.T.’s Jessica Symondson
Jessica Symondson: For starters, we are ensuring that our clients can work safely, productively and collaboratively from home. We have just launched a new solution called Complete Virtual Workplace that can be set up remotely. This is for SMEs needing to move to the cloud.
We are also doing all we can to make sure that our clients can continue to stay open. That may mean remote technical consultancy, regular virtual review meetings, reducing costs for those that need it, etc.
Finally, we’re ensuring that our teams are working in a safe environment, and that their mental health is forefront. To ensure this, we are in constant contact with all team members and are setting up twice-daily ‘drop ins’. We are also doing weekly webinars and Friday virtual pubs. In addition, we’re putting on weekly virtual yoga classes and sending out…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Apr 22, 2020 Via IFTTT
HPE Doubles Down on Partner-Focused COVID-19 Support Initiatives
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HPE Doubles Down on Partner-Focused COVID-19 Support Initiatives
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hpe-doubles-down-on-partner-focused-covid-19-support-initiatives-2/
The latest program changes and offers should help partners gain financial footing and reduce financial pressures.
Today HPE doubles down on relief initiatives to help partners weather business disruption resulting from the lengthy pandemic. This latest targeted response from HPE comes just weeks after the vendor announced an initial round of services from HPE Financial Services.
The latest program changes and offers should help partners gain financial footing and reduce financial pressures. HPE made changes to its Partner Ready program, addresses partner liquidity, offers several hybrid IT partner propositions for customers and will offer partner enablement virtually.
HPE’s Paul Hunter
“We’re taking action to relieve financial pressure for all our partners, while helping them focus on expertise and differentiation,” Paul Hunter, worldwide head of partner sales at HPE, said in a blog.
Here’s a closer look at the four new initiatives.
HPE suspends Partner Ready revenue thresholds. These thresholds are required for partners to maintain their status in the HPE Hybrid IT Partner Ready program for 2021 eligibility and for the Aruba Partner Ready for Networking Program. For this year, the program focus will be on enabling partners to meet training and certification goals.
“Partners are worried about the revenue thresholds they have to hit in order to get the higher level of rebate payments,” said Hunter. “Rebate payments are an important part of the partner ecosystem and partner profitability. So, we’re suspending the requirement to hit the revenue threshold for 2020. [Partners] will take their current status into 2021.”
HPE rolled out three initiatives around partner liquidity.
Early Pay Discount. From May 1 to July 31, 2020, distributors and service providers in North America that do not participate in factoring programs can take advantage of extended Early Pay Discount terms.
Enhanced Factoring Program Extension. From May 1 – July 31, 2020, HPE will extend payment terms from 60 to 90 days in North America and Europe for participants in existing enhanced factoring programs.
Suspension of SDI targets. HPE has temporarily suspended or reduced Strategic Development Initiative (SDI) targets in most geographies.
To help partners stay relevant with their customers, the following offers are in place.
Remote management. HPE will offer its remote server management software, Integrated Lights-Out (iLo) Advanced, to partners and customers for free for the remainder of 2020.
HPE is working to support service provider partners’ efforts by offering increased business continuity services to customers via a central new site. The Spotlight Page hosted on Cloud28+ helps customers find HPE partners and cloud services.
Fast-tracked GreenLake Partners can leverage HPE GreenLake Quick Quote and targeted mid-market offers. The company has developed additional pre-configured reference architectures at pre-agreed pricing.
In May, HPE will roll out the HPE Sales Pro Learning Center. This is a virtual experience that offers new sales enablement with trainings and micro-learnings. Partners can access the same learning and collaboration opportunities as HPE teams through the HPE Tech Pro Community.
Virtual demos and Proofs of Concept are possible through the self-service Demonstration Portal. The portal also includes short, prerecorded lab demos for partners and customers.
The HPE Discover 2020 and HPE Partner Growth Summit physical events have been cancelled. The HPE Discover 2020 Digital Experience is scheduled for June 22.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Apr 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
Datto Survey: MSPs Face New Challenges Opportunities
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Datto Survey: MSPs Face New Challenges, Opportunities
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/datto-survey-msps-face-new-challenges-opportunities/
MSPs are facing flat growth and fast-changing client needs. Here’s where they stand during COVID-19 pandemic.
MSPs face new challenges and opportunities as the results of the COVID-19 pandemic. That’s according to a survey conducted this month by Datto. The results of the survey were compared to Datto’s 2019 State of the MSP Report published last May, to see what has changed for MSPs since the onset of the pandemic.
The coronavirus pandemic has turned the world upside down. Every industry has seen massive and sudden change from an oil crash to a surge in demand for video conferencing software. MSPs have had to adapt to fast change and increasing market pressures too. While there are several strong challenges, there are also new opportunities.
Datto’s Ryan Detwiller
“The COVID-19 pandemic forced an immediate shift to remote access and work-from-home solutions, and with the initial wave of work-from-home setups complete, MSPs see improvement of those remote access solutions, security, and cloud migrations as the top opportunities through 2020,” said Ryan Detwiller, senior director, customer insights and analytics at Datto, a business continuity and disaster recovery provider.
Below is a comparison of the two Datto surveys’ top findings on MSP challenges and opportunities.
Pre-COVID-19 (2019 State of the MSP Report)
Top 3 challenges: marketing and sales, work/life balance, revenue growth
Opportunities: MSPs report RMM, cloud storage management, productivity software, business continuity and disaster recovery (BCDR), and professional services automation (PSA) among the solutions that positively impacted them the most last year.
Post-COVID-19 (April 2020 survey)
Top 3 challenges: revenue growth, client financials, adjusting to client needs
Opportunities: Cloud and security solutions were already in high demand, but MSPs see that only accelerating during the pandemic. A remote workforce opens new security vulnerabilities for SMBs, and cloud migrations offer an opportunity to improve collaboration and business resiliency across a distributed workforce.
COVID-19 induced stressors on MSPs are primarily financial, according to the Datto survey. Those financial concerns include finding new sources of revenue, ensuring their clients have the ability to pay, receivables, and cash flow.
“Prior to the pandemic, MSPs were predicting an average of 20% annual growth over the next three years; now those have been adjusted downward by an average of 11% for the remainder of 2020, leaving many MSPs at flat or marginal growth,” said Detwiller.
“However, MSPs focused on harder-hit verticals will likely see revenues decline in the short term. The pandemic has also made it challenging to complete on-premises project work and face-to-face sales meetings, making onboarding new clients a challenge,” Detwiller added.
The long-term impact is still difficult to predict given the virus is still surging and government policies are staggered and stumbling. But Datto does see a few early indications beginning to form.
“It may be too early to tell what the long-term shift is: A number of MSPs are waiting to see how the situation unfolds and how current infrastructure and internet services hold up, but they expect SMBs to realize their reliance on their IT provider and disaster recovery plans,” said Detwiller.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 23, 2020 at 10:55PM
Added: Apr 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
IBM Business Partners Weigh in on COVID-19 Relief Plan
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IBM Business Partners Weigh in on COVID-19 Relief Plan
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ibm-business-partners-weigh-in-on-covid-19-relief-plan/
IBM business partners get immediate business support and enablement to grow tomorrow.
IBM business partners and executive channel leadership at IBM are in synch about a robust COVID-19 relief plan introduced this week. The latest pandemic response measures address the partner program, competencies, cloud and AI, and new go-to-market models.
IBM’s initial COVID-19 commitment to partners rolled out in March. A digital resource page, introduced at the time, continues to be updated.
IBM’s David La Rose
“How we constructed this is an important part of the discussion. We have global advisory councils, one that we updated the team on yesterday morning – North America and Europe, and Asia Pacific countries – Japan, China, and the rest of Asia in the evening,” David La Rose, general manager, partner ecosystem, told Channel Partners. “We’re hearing about partner priorities and how we’re responding. It’s a two-way street. We’re looking for feedback and dialogue about, are we doing enough and what can we press more on.”
Coming just a few weeks ahead of IBM Think 2020 – now Think Digital – scheduled for May5-6, La Rose talks about the four categories the vendor is addressing.
The first area is programs, terms and how to help stabilize the partner’s business, quickly.
IBM is extending the IBM PartnerWorld Program revalidation and certification grace period from May 5, 2020 to January 1, 2021. Partners are guaranteed that they will remain at their program tier level for the remainder of the year.
“The gates that we had for May and July have been lifted. Partners will maintain their current status,” said La Rose.
The use of eligible partners’ co-marketing funds is been extended.
IBM has added millions of dollars into the incentive portfolio for distributors and specialty partners in markets, worldwide.
IBM extended flexible financing options for IBM Power and IBM Storage solutions to partners and clients through IBM Global Financing.
The company also increased Q2 performance incentives for Power and Storage partners.
The second bucket of measure addresses developing competencies.
“Partners are telling us that they don’t have all the skills needed for today and tomorrow. And, North America is not immune to this,” said La Rose. “So, what we’re doing this year is increase the number of assets that we have and the capabilities that we have digitally. That’s around enablement, selling skills, providing visual selling activities, offering webinars on technical support, even to the extent that we’re doing proof of concepts in a virtual environment.”
Here is how IBM is addressing the area of competencies.
Think Digital offers partners tracks and is free.
Enablement webinars are available.
Access to key virtual selling tools are available to help partners shift from in-person selling to remote digital selling.
Resources to help plan/prospect and progress leads are available. There’s also information for partners on how to run a digital workshop with the Digital Technical Engagement team.
The third area of new measures address how to harness IBM’s cloud and AI portfolio. The company launched a 90-day software offerings and trials at no cost for cloud and cognitive software, for example.
“We’ve opened this up across the majority of our software portfolio. It allows the partners to act quickly, integrate that into a proposal to clients, get them online, get them to try something, it has technical capabilities built-in,” said La Rose.
From a hardware perspective, IBM put together a set of focused solutions for IBM Power, IBM Security, IBM Storage, IBM Z and LinuxONE. “There are also extended flexible financing options for [partners’] clients.”
Other new measures in this bucket:
IBM’s Skills for Deals program for security, valid through April 30th, lets partners follow technical skills development programs at no cost.
Ongoing Seismic updates.
The fourth area addressed by IBM today is enabling partners to run their own digital demand. IBM launched IBM MyDigital Marketing in February. Today there are about 1,800 partners on the platform.
“If you’re a new partner and you haven’t tried it yet, if you give this thing a shot, we’ll give you a $2,000 credit,” said La Rose.
More specifically, the My Digital Marketing promotion helps partners build and execute…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 24, 2020 at 02:57AM
Added: Apr 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
EnGenius Continues to Enhance Its Elite Partner Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
EnGenius Continues to Enhance Its Elite Partner Program
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/engenius-continues-to-enhance-its-elite-partner-program/
Partners in the EnGenius’ Elite Partner Program drive at least 80% of company revenue.
EnGenius Technologies is a company long known for its line of managed and unmanaged wireless network solutions for small and medium-size businesses (SMBs). With the 2019 launch of EnGenius Cloud, the company broadened the path for its future. To make sure partners are on the same path, EnGenius continues to beef up its Elite Partner Program.
The serverless EnGenius Cloud uses AI to manage wireless networks for SMBs and enterprises. Last week, the company introduced three new features for the EnGenius cloud-based network management platform.
EnGenius’s Amanda Blasnick
EnGenius top channel executive Amanda Blasnick met with Channel Futures to update us on the company’s Elite Partner Program as well as partner opportunities. Blasnick joined EnGenius in 2016. She is the company’s channel marketing manager and is responsible for messaging, branding, putting together the partner program, resources and execution. Prior to joining EnGenius, Blasnick worked for more than five years at Ingram Micro.
Channel Futures: Who are EnGenius channel partners and how much business goes through the channel?
Amanda Blasnick: We have about 4,500 partners in North America. These partners are primarily VARs, MSPs, system integrators and installers. A partner for us is not someone with an e-commerce store on their website. We want the VAR who is adding value to the solution. That’s where partners get the added benefits from our program as well.
Partners drive at least 80% of the company’s revenue. We do have some business that takes place on the Amazon e-commerce site. But as a company we’re a B2B company. Having that channel team, that channel connection that’s what our business thrives on. That’s where our focus is and that’s where we make our investments.
At the end of the day, Amazon is actually a competitor to our channel partners. So, we put as much focus as possible on the channel, exclusively.
CF: EnGenius targets the SMB market?
AB: The reason I say that we target the SMB is because our products could be used in enterprises in some cases but in a saturated market it’s good to have a defined market. It helps us tailor our messaging and content to support and drive the specific need from SMBs. When we talk about SMB, we’re saying that we have enterprise-class features that [partners’] customers may be asking for that Cisco brings to market. However, our solution overall — and we don’t lead with cost — our solution happens to be one of the more affordable solutions in the channel.
We not only offer hardware that is comparable to enterprise-level products, but we also offer the software and support. Our management software license is free. Partners can charge for services, adding more to their bottom line. We’re not taking that money.
While SMB is our target market and where our partners sell today, we’re also moving into the markets like hospitality, hotels, multidevelopment units and assisted living, and we have a strong outdoor solution for campgrounds and marinas, and large venues like stadiums. As we’ve expanded to cloud — that was the one thing missing from our portfolio until last year.
Once we brought that cloud solution to market, it enhanced the partner opportunity and the resources we provide to them. We’re slowly expanding to meet that midmarket and lower-tier enterprise market. We’re going to give the larger more well-known networking vendors a run for their money in the next few years. We’re a primary manufacturer so we have a direct line of sight to our engineers to make changes customer want.
[Senao Networks is EnGenius’ parent company. Senao is a Taiwanese manufacturer of data networking and telephony products marketing under the EnGenius and Senao brands.]
CF: Tell us about the partner program that you inherited when you joined EnGenius and how it’s changed.
AB: I inherited a program when I joined the company. And we saw areas where it needed improvement. I changed the program to adhere to meeting the new needs in the market. Then we continued to add more benefits and enhancements.
The old program was the Empower Partner Program. The new program is the Elite Partner Program. I changed the name but also program elements like support, the approach…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 24, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Apr 23, 2020 Via IFTTT
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 Gets Intelligent Monitoring Capabilities
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 Gets Intelligent Monitoring Capabilities
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/red-hat-enterprise-linux-8-2-gets-intelligent-monitoring-capabilities/
Channel partners get more features and options to help their customers use the enterprise Linux operating system.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 will soon be available to users, incorporating a wide range of improvements and new features. The latest RHEL release incorporates additional container tools, deeper IT security functions and broad new intelligent management and monitoring capabilities.
The new release also includes improved visibility into IT security and compliance by eliminating manual actions. Also included are new policies and patch services to better define and monitor internal policies.
New enhancements are also being added to the Red Hat Universal Base Image in the latest version. They include OpenJDK and .NET 3.0 for expanded developer choice in building Red Hat certification-ready cloud-native applications. Improved access to source code associated with a given image through a single command is also now featured. That makes it easier for Red Hat partners to meet source code requirements for open source licensing needs.
Other performance improvements include updated resource management with Control Groups v2, which helps limit memory usage. Also provided are improved capabilities for optimizing performance-sensitive workloads through non-uniform memory access (NUMA) and sub-NUMA service policies.
The latest Performance Co-Pilot (PCP) 5.0.2 adds new metrics tools, including new collection agents for Microsoft SQL Server 2019. The tools collect and analyze SQL Server-related metrics, providing a clearer picture for database and operating system tuning.
Also included is a Red Hat subscription watch software-as-a-service tool, which makes it easier to view and manage cloud subscriptions. The tool lets users eye Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform subscriptions across hybrid cloud infrastructure.
For organizations that want to build containers inside of containers for additional isolation and security, there are new options. Containerized versions of Skopeo and Buildah are available in Tech Preview for users who want to experiment with these options.
And for increased security for containerized workloads, also included is Udica, a tool that creates customized, container-centric SELinux security policies. When applied to a workload, Udica reduces the possibility that a process can “break out” of a container and cause problems across other containers or to the host itself.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 will soon be available through Red Hat’s customer portal, though no date has been designated.
Red Hat’s Scott McBrien
“The new capabilities of RHEL 8.2 help our partners be proactive in keeping their build systems and their customer systems up-to-date, thanks to Red Hat Insights,” Scott McBrien, principal technical marketing manager for the product, told Channel Futures. “The container advancements, along with the enhancements to the Red Hat Universal Base Image, make it easier to create cloud-native applications and services that are certification-ready on RHEL, opening up a massive customer base and ecosystem to their solutions.”
For partners and customers, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 forms the backbone of the company’s entire hybrid cloud portfolio, he said. “Advancements in RHEL help drive additional capabilities in Red Hat OpenStack Platform, Red Hat Virtualization, Red Hat OpenShift and more – as RHEL expands, so to do the rest of our products, potentially opening up additional streams of value for our partners.”
IDC’s Larry Carvalho
Larry Carvalho, an analyst with IDC, said the improvements will help customers better manage their Linux deployments. “Customers strive for automating IT, and monitoring is essential to identify and take corrective action before issues lead to downtime,” he said. “The RHEL 8.2 announcement combines insights with monitoring and makes the job of IT operations simpler in managing large and complex environments that are necessary to meet evolving business needs.”
By removing complexity when running containerized workloads, Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 can dramatically help users, said Carvalho. And the company’s acquisition in 2019 by IBM can further help IBM’s customers as well, he added.
“IBM customers get the benefit of simultaneously running legacy workloads, transforming solutions and building new applications with the Red Hat OpenShift container platform,” said Carvalho. “This offers a clear path for architects leading enterprise transformation to adopt new cloud technologies.”
Open Source Sense’s William Weinberg
Another analyst, William Weinberg of Open Source Sense, said the insights improvements in RHEL 8.2 are particularly notable. By doing so, it gives IT departments access to operational management and security capabilities to improve visibility and reduce risk. “These same attributes are also a boon to channel partners, especially MSPs and MSSPs), serving the mid-market. Leveraging Red Hat Insights has potential to simplify service provider operations, scale more easily across customer fleets, and improve efficiency and reduce overhead.”
RHEL 8.2 also gives channel partners opportunities to bolster their security offerings around compliance and vulnerability analytics, said Weinberg.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 24, 2020 at 05:55AM
Added: Apr 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Can Autonomous Mobile Robots Ease Supply Chain Backlogs?
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Can Autonomous Mobile Robots Ease Supply Chain Backlogs?
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/can-autonomous-mobile-robots-ease-supply-chain-backlogs/
Fetch Robotics and Zebra partner to accelerate warehouse automation.
The COVID-19 pandemic is poised to accelerate adoption of autonomous mobile robots (AMRs) to ease supply chain backlogs.
Even before the coronavirus pandemic shut down the global economy, leading companies that distribute large amounts of goods were deploying, or evaluating, AMRs such as DHL and Ryder. UPS yesterday announced that it has begun deploying AMRs in some of its facilities to consolidate orders.
UPS’s Philippe Gilbert
UPS wants to “create more custom and turnkey outsourced fulfillment services to meet our customers’ unique supply chain needs,” according to a statement from Philippe Gilbert, UPS’s president of supply chain solutions.
IDC’s Remy Glaisner
The weak link in warehouse automation efforts is the shortage of people to fulfill the steady rise in e-commerce transactions. The shift to e-commerce has changed the way goods are distributed. COVID-19 has now exacerbated that, which has generated more attention on AMRs, said analyst Remy Glaisner, IDC’s research director covering robotics and drones.
“I would say the COVID-19 outbreak resulted in a considerable increase in inquiries from business leaders who are wondering how the deployment of modern AMR systems can help them ensure the availability of essential goods where and when they are needed,” Remy said. “Supply chains are heavily disrupted, to say the least, so business and technology executives’ critical endeavor turns into ensuring they can reallocate capacities on the fly to meet sudden local and tactical surges that are practically unpredictable.”
COVID-19 will also boost use of mobile robotics for disinfecting, monitoring and surveillance, lifting the market to $23 billion next year, according to ABI Research. Analyst Rian Whitton sees COVID-19 helping deal with increased e-commerce activity to provide more automation in warehouses, as well as distribution and fulfilment centers.
ABI’s Rian Whitton
“The pandemic is going to have far-reaching consequences for the next five to 10 years, with a big focus on building more resilient supply chains,” Whitton said. “Though there will be an attempt to revert to business as usual, more local supply chains for key equipment will be prioritized and extended to durable goods. In order to facilitate further diversification of the manufacturing supply chain, there will have to be a lot more robots.”
Among those who offer autonomous mobile robots for warehouse automation and order fulfilment are Fetch Robotics, Geek+, Locus Robotics and Vecna Robotics.
Fetch Robotics’ Barry Phillips
Since the COVID-19 crisis emerged, Fetch Robotics fielded an estimated 64% increase in inquires for its AMRs, according to CMO Barry Phillips. “If you can have a robot move material instead of having a human move it, that just means that human is going to be much more productive,” Phillips said.
Fetch Robotics, among the early movers with a broad portfolio of different robot options, has a cloud-managed solution. It has ARMs that handle data collection as well as materials transport.
Zebra Technologies, best known for its industrial mobile scanners, hand-held and tablet computers, and other edge devices, is also making moves into robotics. A year ago, Zebra revealed it has taken stakes in Plus One Robotics and Locus Robotics, through its venture investment business.
In December, Zebra launched FulfillmentEdge, a solution designed to extend warehouse management systems (WMSs) from providers such as Blue Yonder (formerly JDA), HighJump Software and Manhattan Associates. Fulfillment Edge provides real-time workflows to and routes orders to mobile workers and robots for picking, sorting and packing.
Last month, Zebra announced a partnership with Fetch Robotics. Zebra this week held a webinar to discuss the partnership with Fetch and the opportunity it sees for robots to play a role in the supply chain.
Specifically, Fetch Robotics has integrated Zebra’s FulfilmentEdge with its various autonomous mobile robots. Zebra claims fulfilment Edge with Fetch Robotics AMRs will help edge to perform more accurate fulfilment and more efficient workflows and remove manual processes. While Zebra’s FulfillmentEdge provides warehouse optimization by syncing with WMSs and other backend systems, it also connects with select hardware from the company. Notably, Zebra launched its new HD4000 head-mounted display, that gives industrial workers real-time views tied to workflows for order processing, repair and use in production
Asked why Fetch Robotics opted to partner with Zebra rather than build its own WMS optimization software, Phillips said, “We decided that is not something we were going to do. There will be WMS…
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 24, 2020 at 09:54PM
Added: Apr 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
SBA Data Breach Exposes Small Business Disaster Loan Applicants
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
SBA Data Breach Exposes Small Business Disaster Loan Applicants
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/sba-data-breach-exposes-small-business-disaster-loan-applicants/
MSSPs need to guard their small business clientele from “identity data abuse cascading to deeper economic injury risk.”
A recent Small Business Administration (SBA) data breach exposed sensitive information from an estimated 8,000 businesses that had applied for a loan. Those affected are businesses that applied or received Economic Injury Disaster Loans (EIDL).
While EIDL was expanded by the CARES Act, it is separate from the larger Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) that recently passed to help small businesses over the coronavirus pandemic-induced challenges.
However, security professionals are warning that small businesses remain vigilant in assessing any possible damages from the breach, regardless of their loan status with the SBA.
Tripwire’s Tim Erlin
“Initial disclosures of these kinds of breaches are often filled with qualifiers like ‘may’ and ‘might have included.’ It’s difficult for an affected party to really understand what the impact will be,” said Tim Erlin, vice president of product management and strategy at cybersecurity firm Tripwire.
MSSPs can help their small and midsized customers with damage assessments directly or by distributing DIY advice on what steps to take now.
KnowBe4’s James McQuiggan
“The small organizations that were impacted by the data leak want to be vigilant and have credit monitoring on their accounts and social security number,” said James McQuiggan, security awareness advocate at KnowBe4.
While the risks to small businesses have yet to be determined, some think they may be relatively small.
Comparitech’s Paul Bischoff
“Although this breach could have been very serious had it fallen into the wrong hands, at this time it seems no malicious parties accessed the data. We still need to know more details, but if the breach occurred nearly a month ago, then it would have probably surfaced by now had it been stolen. Small businesses should hope for the best but prepare for the worst. That includes identity theft and phishing,” said Paul Bischoff, privacy advocate with Comparitech.
The need for speed is likely behind the sloppy security surrounding SBA disaster loan programs.
comforte AG’s Mark Bower
“It’s clear that prioritizing services to save vulnerable small businesses in a pandemic is a priority, but this exposure begs more questions about application data handling risk. Have best practices like data-centric security been traded-off to launch quickly, leading to further exposure and attack down the line?” said Mark Bower, senior vice president at comforte AG.
“The last thing these businesses need is their identity data abuse cascading to deeper economic injury risk. Attackers are smart, following the money, and the path of least resistance. Affected businesses really need to be watchful for social engineering attacks which follow identity exposures leading to more sinister IT compromises and financial theft,” Bower added.
Even so, government agency breaches are growing to an appalling number and risks overall are growing too — especially when you consider these exposures collectively.
“Government developed and deployed systems are subject to the same risks, and perhaps more, than commercial enterprises. While any breach is unfortunate, it is especially painful when the government exposes the personal data of citizens,” Erlin said.
For the moment, repairing the harm takes priority over finger-pointing.
“There is likely plenty of blame to go around for an incident like this, but the focus should be on how trust can be restored, and affected victims can be protected,” Erline said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 24, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Apr 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSSP SaalexIT Expands Territory Capabilities with Valeo Networks Buy
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSSP SaalexIT Expands Territory, Capabilities with Valeo Networks Buy
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/mssp-saalexit-expands-territory-capabilities-with-valeo-networks-buy/
The acquisition will combine the two MSPs in SaalexIT’s Southwest region.
Saalex Information Technology (SaalexIT), a California-based MSSP, is expanding its service area through the acquisition of Arizona-based MSP Valeo Networks.
The acquisition will combine the two MSPs in SaalexIT’s Southwest region, including California, Arizona and New Mexico, among other states. Financial terms of the deal weren’t released.
The Valeo Networks brand will continue to operate as DBA SaalexIT and maintain its Arizona headquarters.
SaalexIT’s Travis Mack
SaalexIT is a division of Saalex. Travis Mack is Saalex’s president and CEO.
“Saalex has continuously been identifying MSSPs for acquisition to address future growth areas and a changing business environment,” he tells Channel Partners. “Valeo happen to fit our M&A profile, which made for an easy fit.”
Celebrating its 20th anniversary, SaalexIT is an experienced player in the managed services industry, Mack said.
The Valeo Networks acquisition will give SaalexIT a competitive advantage, he said.
“For one, they have strong automation tools, which are critical for scale and quality customer service, [and] cyber hygiene,” Mack said. “And two, they have solid engineering resources in the areas of cybersecurity and cloud computing – two areas of focus for us, which will enable new business service opportunities. Lastly, our footprint – or our customer coverage areas, now span from Santa Barbara to San Diego, and east to Arizona and New Mexico – a formidable MSSP footprint in the Southwest region.”
SaalexIT and Valeo Networks weren’t competitive rivals, he said.
“Through automation and new engineering resources, SaalexIT will have a very significant geographic service area in multiple new markets, and have the tools, people and processes to really ramp up our business regionally, which includes a nice customer base that the Valeo Networks team has from California to New Mexico,” Mack said.
Valeo Networks’ services include backup and disaster recovery, cloud solutions, network security, server virtualization, vendor management, network monitoring and more.
“We’re very excited to be a part of the Saalex IT team, and share our expertise in automation and engineering, to create a formidable regional MSP, and expand our customer and brand footprint,” said Matthew Hodson, Valeo Networks’ CEO. “We think that by combining our teams we can greatly enhance our ability to scale and grow into a top-tier MSP in the Southwest.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 25, 2020 at 12:51AM
Added: Apr 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Atera and Acronis Have Joined Forces for Cyber Backup
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Atera and Acronis Have Joined Forces for Cyber Backup
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/atera-and-acronis-have-joined-forces-for-cyber-backup/
The new partnership will allow MSPs to simply and seamlessly ensure their customers’ data stays safe.
Atera just announced an integration with Acronis to enable MSPs and IT professionals to provide hardcore cyber backup to protect their customers’ data. With COVID-19 disrupting nearly every aspect of business, it is vital, now more than ever, for MSPs to ensure their clients’ data is protected. RMM vulnerabilities especially can be devastating for providers.
Atera’s Tal Dagan
“This new partnership will enable MSPs and IT professionals to easily deploy Acronis Cyber Backup into their Atera solution,” said Tal Dagan, vice president of product at Atera. “Especially during these challenging times, there are so many ransomware attacks and bad actors trying to steal data and hack into systems. With this integration, MSPs will be able to keep their data, applications, and systems safe.”
Dagan also emphasized that lost data leads to costly downtime, customer dissatisfaction, regulatory fines, and lost revenue.
“We need to work harder than ever to protect businesses from cyberattacks and human errors. Acronis and Atera are working to save time and money while scaling your IT efforts for your clients,” Dagan added.
According to ESG, 60% of organizations experienced a ransomware attack in 2019. There is a cyberattack every 39 seconds. This is terrifying data, guys. These rapid attacks put businesses at major risk of losing important data and being otherwise compromised. The integration with Acronis enables MSPs and IT professionals addresses this, putting keeping clients’ infrastructure and data completely secure at the tip top of the importance heap.
Atera’s integration with Acronis offers MSPs and IT professionals the following benefits:
Ransomware protection
Data integrity
Instant RTO
Simple workflow and centralized management
Save on licensing, education, and daily operations
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 25, 2020 at 12:51AM
Added: Apr 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Your Tech Checklist for Setting up a Remote Workforce
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Your Tech Checklist for Setting up a Remote Workforce
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/your-tech-checklist-for-setting-up-a-remote-workforce/
Whether you’re an MSP with a remote workforce or you’re helping clients work from home, you have to take certain measures to ensure a successful transition to remote work.
Whether you’re an MSP with a remote workforce or you’re helping a number of clients work from home, you have to take certain measures to ensure a successful transition to a remote work. Security, communication and connectivity are just a few of the technical aspects you’ll have to evaluate to develop your transition strategy.
At Datto, when the global health crisis became apparent, a decision was made early on to start testing more work-from-home scenarios. We wanted to be sure that we could protect our employees by enabling them to work from home, support our partners and keep the business going even if we all had to work remotely. When the time came to have everyone work from home we had to transition quickly, but we were ready. The steps I outline below helped us make the switch to a remote workforce successfully. I hope these tactics will help you, the MSP, ensure your business and your clients’ businesses have a seamless technical transition, as well.
Audit your tech stack: Evaluate the technology you have for your own team and the technology that you offer to your clients. What do you have that would be helpful to work-from-home teams and enable their success? What might be missing that you’ll need to add to support this new way of working?
Consider capacity planning: Audit the technology that different departments need. What is in place, and what does the company need to ensure people can work from home? General connectivity, communication sets and technology sets are all pieces of this puzzle. Look at your VPN capacity, as well as your licensing for videoconferencing and other technologies that are essential to keeping the business up and running. In addition, evaluate backups for those technologies should you need them. You need the right software capacity and bandwidth to make working from home possible.
Test if you have time: We realize that for some the order to work from home came so quickly that testing was not possible. However, for those that have not yet had an order to reduce the number of people in the office or to close the office, take this time to do some work-from-home tests. See what’s possible so when the time comes you can make sure teams can easily work from home.
Communication with customers is key: The following aspects of our communication plan have been essential in our success while working from home.
Intranet
Instant messaging
Video conferencing
Email
Whether you use an intranet site, email, internal instant messaging tools, or even text chains, keep all employees updated during the transition. We use a combination of media to continue to provide updates and communication as we go. Instant messaging platforms are also extremely useful for
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 25, 2020 at 12:51AM
Added: Apr 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dice Report: Early Look at COVID-19 Impact on Tech Hiring
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dice Report: Early Look at COVID-19 Impact on Tech Hiring
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dice-report-early-look-at-covid-19-impact-on-tech-hiring/
Companies are scrapping projects in favor of ensuring security and stability for remote employees.
Dice, the online technology recruiter, this week presented re-evaluated business hiring plans data for Q1 in light of the COVID-19 impact on the economy. It looks like impact of COVID-19 on the tech sector is less severe than in other industries. That said, although hiring is up in many technology occupations, it is negatively impacting many in-demand occupations while driving up others.
For example, job postings for tech jobs such as software developers and network engineers were down, -8% and -3% respectively. That decline is from February to March. The demand for cybersecurity engineers, systems engineers and systems administrators were up, 20%, 11% and 7%, respectively for the same two-month period.
Dice attributes the job postings decline to deprioritization of new development projects. Companies are shifting focus to stability and adoption of more employees having to work from home. At the same time, the company attributes the increased job postings for cybersecurity engineers, systems engineers and systems administrators to the need to ensure security for remote employees and maintaining core platforms.
Looking at the report data for top tech occupations in 2019, software developer, network engineer and systems engineer, ranked #1, #2, and #3, respectively. Systems administrator ranked #9 and cybersecurity engineer, #10.
In the first quarter, the impact of the coronavirus on tech job postings saw significant increases compared to Q1 2019. That’s among both established and emerging technology hubs. Data for April is showing signs of softening but not significantly, according to the company.
Dice focuses its Q1 2020 Tech Job Report on job posting volume to highlight the early effects of the coronavirus outbreak on the tech industry by location, role and skill. It looks at both macro and micro levels.
Looking at hiring by location, cities and states, 2019 data suggests the growth in emerging innovation centers and technology corridors in cities across the country. The fastest growing states – Florida (26%), Ohio (25%), California (23%), New York (15%) and Alabama (15%).
For Q1 2020, four of the top tech hubs saw a reduction in job postings in March compared to February. The four cities – Boston (-6%),; Columbus, Ohio (-5%); Atlanta (-4%), and New York (-1%).
On the flip side, cities such as Raleigh, North Carolina, San Diego and and Arlington, Virginia. saw increases, 28%, 23%, and 20%, respectively.
The report also looks at hiring at some big name vendors, such as Amazon, Cisco and Walmart, to name a few. Hiring at these companies was up 110%, 71% and 64%, respectively. Amazon was looking for software developers and network engineers. Walmart was looking to primarily fill software developer and project manager roles.
DHI Group’s Art Zeile
Dice also this week announced that it will offer thought leadership on remote hiring during the pandemic through the Dice COVID-19 Jobs Resource Center.
“We’re pleased to be able to share Dice’s COVID-19 Jobs Resource Center with the larger tech community. Dice’s deep knowledge and critical understanding of changing trends in technology careers puts us in a unique position to share proprietary data and timely content that allows us all to manage through the pandemic,” said Art Zeile, CEO of DHI Group Inc., parent company of Dice.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 25, 2020 at 02:53AM
Added: Apr 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Apples New iPhone SE Now Available With Atypically Low $399 Price
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Apple’s New iPhone SE Now Available With Atypically Low $399 Price
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/apples-new-iphone-se-now-available-with-atypically-low-399-price/
It lacks the iPhone 11’s size and camera, but has its A13 Bionic chip.
Apple’s new iPhone SE is welcome news to customers who need an upgrade but don’t have the budget for an iPhone 11.
The iPhone SE, available beginning today from Apple or through the channel, starts at $399.
While Apple’s new iPhone SE is smaller and more basic than its most recent iPhones, it is a formidable upgrade of the original 2016 version. That iPhone SE only had a 4-inch display and started with a meager 16GB of storage. The new iPhone SE comes with 64GB with options for 128GB for $449 or $256GB priced at $549.
The new iPhone SE’s display is slightly bigger at 4.7 inches. That’s still small by today’s standards where phones typically have displays of nearly 6 inches or more.
Considering the atypically low price for a new iPhone, Apple appears to be offering a reasonable value for those with modest needs. It should appeal to those who balk at upgrading their phones until the battery can’t hold a charge or other performance issues arise. With more people working at home, businesses may also want a lower-cost option to outfit employees with phones for those who need them.
Despite its lower price, the new iPhone SE comes with Apple’s A13 Bionic processor, the same generation that powers the high-end iPhone 11. By comparison, the older iPhone SE had an Apple A9 processor.
Besides the fact that it is considerably smaller than the iPhone 11, the new iPhone SE only has a single rear camera. The iPhone 11 has 3 cameras.
The new iPhone SE has the same form factor as the iPhone 8 including the home button that uses its Touch ID fingerprint-based authentication.
“Whether it is the iPhone 6, the iPhone 7 or the iPhone 8, users have been accustomed to that size as well as features like the home button,” according to a post by Carolina Milanesi, a principal analyst at Creative Strategies. “It would be fair to characterize this user base as a more pragmatic one, that puts value on core features that have a long-lasting impact on their experience.”
For those who prefer Android or are looking to switch to it, Samsung earlier this month rolled out several lower cost alternatives to its Galaxy S20 and S10 lines. The new Galaxy S51, also priced at $399, has a 6.5-inch Super AMOLED display and 128GB of storage, expandable to 512GB though the microSD slot. A lower-end version of that phone, the A21, offers 32GB of storage, costs $249. For those with minimal requirements, Samsung also added the A11, priced at $179 and the A01 for $109.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 25, 2020 at 02:53AM
Added: Apr 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
Kaspersky Offers Free Online Working-from-Home Security Guidelines
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Kaspersky Offers Free, Online Working-from-Home Security Guidelines
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/kaspersky-offers-free-online-working-from-home-security-guidelines/
The sudden shift to remote working left many employees lacking in proper cybersecurity training.
Kaspersky has introduced a new, free online module providing working-from-home security guidelines to ensure remote workers don’t endanger their businesses.
With more companies now switching to working from home due to the COVID-19 pandemic, Kaspersky has collaborated with Area9 Lyceum to offer the remote security guidelines module. It will educate customers on COVID-19 and maintaining a secure working-from-home environment.
Kasperky’s Elena Molchanova
Elena Molchanova is head of security awareness marketing at Kaspersky. She said the shift to remote work is many employees’ first experience of working from home.
“As this change was rather unexpected, some companies were not able to provide a training on security basics of remote working,” she said. “As such, employees may not know how to securely configure home Wi-Fi, install required updates or protect their own devices used for work, etc., as these were previously a duty of [the] IT department. In addition, they may not have a usual and convenient way to contact their IT department, for example, in case they receive a suspicious mail. So these employees may find themselves unprepared for new cybersecurity challenges.”
The module includes two parts. The first examines what COVID-19 is and how users should behave in order to minimize their chances of becoming infected. The second part discusses cyber safety and how users can protect their workplace from cybercriminals while working from home.
The modules take no longer than 30 minutes to complete and use an adaptive training approach so that they are personal, engaging and ensure skills retention.
“The lesson is free and everybody can share the link to the online training with his or her colleagues,” Molchanova said. “MSSPs play an important role in security training for their customers’ employees, and we are delighted that our partners are sharing this special course during the pandemic lockdown.”
Also Friday, the 2019 Global Encryption Trends Study by nCipher Security and the Ponemon Institute found 54% of business leaders consider their employees to be the biggest security threat. Hackers ranked third at 29%.
Employee mistakes continue to be the most significant threat to sensitive data, more than external hackers and malicious insiders combined. In contrast, the least significant threats include government eavesdropping and lawful data requests.
The main driver for encryption is protection of an enterprise’s intellectual property and the personal information of customers — both 54% of respondents.
With more data to encrypt and close to two-thirds of respondents deploying six or more separate products to encrypt it, policy enforcement was selected as the most important feature for encryption solutions. In previous years, performance consistently ranked as the most important feature.
Cloud data protection requirements continue to drive encryption use, with encryption across both public and private cloud use cases growing over 2018 levels, and organizations prioritizing solutions that operate across both enterprise and cloud environments.
“Organizations are under relentless pressure to protect their business-critical information and applications, and meet regulatory compliance, but the proliferation of data, concerns around data discovery and policy enforcement, together with lack of cybersecurity skills makes this a challenging environment,” said John Grimm, nCipher’s senior director of strategy and business development.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 25, 2020 at 05:58AM
Added: Apr 24, 2020 Via IFTTT
User Insights: MSP 501ers Weigh in on Kaseya CARES Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
User Insights: MSP 501ers Weigh in on Kaseya CARES Program
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/user-insights-msp-501ers-weigh-in-on-kaseya-cares-program/
We asked for insights on the Kaseya CARES program from a few of our MSP 501ers that are Kaseya users.
A few weeks ago, we took an in-depth look at the Kaseya CARES program, and how it was developed to help SMB partners through the COVID-19 crisis.
Congress passed the CARES Act on March 30. The $2.2 trillion bill is meant to bring relief to mainly small to midsize businesses, loaning funds to help them keep the lights on and avoid layoffs. But like any legislation, there are miles of bureaucratic red tape to navigate and mountains of legalese to try to understand.
It’s clear that SMBs in every sector will need help navigating the bill, refining and pivoting their business plans and best practices, and accessing funds to keep them going. In the channel, many vendors, distributors and master agents are rolling out programs to help their partners through this crisis.
Kaseya CARES aims to do just that. We solicited commentary from some of our MSP 501ers that indicated they are Kaseya users on last year’s survey, asking them to provide their take on the following:
In terms of bettering your business best practices, what were you focused on pre-pandemic?
What are your primary concerns now, and are they reflective of the industry?
Do you think MSPs will come out the other side of this in a better position? Why?
What is the most beneficial of the parts of the Kaseya CARES program? (Help navigating the legalese around the U.S. CARES bill; assistance with business best practices through Kaseya’s Powered Services program; direct financial assistance) and why?
Click through the slideshow above. to view their answers.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 25, 2020 at 05:58AM
Added: Apr 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Distributor Opengear to Take Channel to Next Level
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Distributor Opengear to ‘Take Channel to Next Level’
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/distributor-opengear-to-take-channel-to-next-level/
Opengear’s new EMEA channel manager is introducing a new structure and just revealed partner recruitment plans.
Distributor Opengear’s channel manager for Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) has revealed plans to increase the company’s exposure within in the region.
Mark Hughes says the network access and automation vendor brought him on in January to provide structure to the firm’s channel operations.
Opengear’s Mark Hughes
“The company is 100-percent channel-focused [but] has been using the channel to sell through, rather than sell with. My appointment comes as the company is looking to step up to the next level,” Hughes exclusively told Channel Futures.
Hughes said the firm wants to move beyond a transactional relationship with partners. He wants to work more closely with those that “have demonstrated their value in the past and are willing to work with us going forward.
“If you want to reach the top enterprise customers, you have to be working with the top enterprise reseller partners. We have sold through them because their customers have asked for Opengear product, but not regularly or consistently.”
Hughes also heads up efforts to recruit five to six resellers in each of Opengear’s key countries within the region. This will increase its core channel community to 50, with several other specialist relationships across EMEA.
Sign up for Channel Futures’ new EMEA newsletter, where we feature news and analysis involving companies based in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, as well as those doing business in that region.
Exclusive Networks Partnership
Earlier this year, Opengear expanded its relationship with distributor Exclusive Networks, which previously covered southern Europe. It now helps the company expand its reach in DACH (Austria, Germany and Switzerland) and the U.K.
“We’re going to have a focused channel. Outside of that we have a run rate channel that we drive more by distribution while we focus on larger enterprise revenue opportunities,” said Hughes.
Hughes said he is in talks with partners. Opengear will soon put a plan in place to determine which might be awarded premier status in one year.
The exec said initially there will be “no real revenue goals” in EMEA, but this will change going forward.
“Our U.S. colleagues have a more mature channel and they have started putting revenue goals in in place. We will get to that, but we’re a good number of years behind our U.S. colleagues,” he said.
Distributor Opengear specializes in “out-of-band” technology, which provides an alternative path to devices at remote sites when the primary network is down. This allows administrators to securely monitor, access and manage all devices without impacting normal operations.
Prior to joining Opengear Hughes was EMEA partner manager for rival out-of-band firm, Lantronix.
Digi International, the provider of IoT connectivity solutions, bought Opengear for USD $140 million last fall.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 27, 2020 at 10:56PM
Added: Apr 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
New Virtustream Managed Availability Services Boost End-to-End Support for SAP
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
New Virtustream Managed Availability Services Boost End-to-End Support for SAP
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/new-virtustream-managed-availability-services-boost-end-to-end-support-for-sap/
Virtustream Managed Availability Services are designed to be an add-on service and turnkey offer.
Virtustream, a Dell Technologies company, on Monday announced new Managed Availability Services that boost end-to-end support for mission-critical SAP applications.
The latest Virtustream services aim to deliver 99.95% application uptime for SAP applications and databases. They complement the Virtustream xStreamCare services portfolio.
Virtustream’s Rob Scott
“With thousands of SAP migrations in our experience, our deep expertise and proven methodologies appeal to enterprise customers across all industries,” said Rob Scott, vice president of professional and managed services at Virtustream. “We’ll continue to broaden our SAP services portfolio and enhance our cloud platforms to deliver the solutions that our customers require for their complex IT environments.”
For customers with SAP applications on the Virtustream cloud, the latest Managed Availability Service improves application uptime. Virtustream says that on average, that amounts to a guarantee of fewer than five hours of unplanned downtime per year. Virtustream already offers availability service-level agreements (SLAs) for infrastructure (99.999%) and applications (99.95%).
The new Managed Availability Services use technologies such as SAP HANA systems replication to provide:
Protection against hardware and software failures. Monitoring servers, storage, operating system, network, databases and applications to detect problems that can make SAP applications unavailable.
Potential of near-zero planned downtime in many scenarios.
A turnkey solution that includes everything from software licensing to solution planning, deployment and ongoing management for SAP applications.
Managed Availability Services are designed to be an add-on option and turnkey offer for end-to-end support. They combine deep application-aware monitoring and automated failover to recover in the event of failure. The service includes clustering software licenses, planning and deployment of a failover cluster, including the provisioning, installation, and configuration.
Last May, Virtustream announced Virtustream xStreamCare, an expansion of its suite of professional and managed services for customers looking to migrate applications to any cloud. xStreamCare services include planning, migration, integration and optimization.
In a January Smarter with Gartner blog, the industry analyst firm addressed “4 Trends Impacting Cloud Adoption in 2020.” The trends are cost optimization as a driver for cloud adoption; multicloud will reduce vendor lock-in; insufficient cloud IaaS skills will delay migrations; and distributed cloud will support expanded service availability.
Virtustream Enterprise Cloud offers a portfolio for SAP including SAP ERP, S/4HANA, SAP HANA, SAP Hybris and DAP Data Hub in the cloud. In fact, Virtustream reports more than 2,500 migrations.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 28, 2020 at 03:02AM
Added: Apr 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
NetApps Project Astra Aims to Solve Container Problems
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
NetApp’s Project Astra Aims to Solve Container Problems
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/netapps-project-astra-aims-to-solve-container-problems/
Success will depend on several factors, including partnering with the open-source community.
From Data Center Knowledge
Enterprises are taking advantage of containers at a rate few would have predicted even a couple of years ago. The benefits of containerizing applications and managing them via Kubernetes are clear: They improve efficiency, security and scalability.
But while container technology has many benefits, it also creates new problems, especially around data management and portability. In other words, there is a gap between basic storage management enabled by the Container Storage Interface (CSI) and enterprise data manageability.
That’s exactly the problem NetApp said it’s working to solve with its new Project Astra initiative. Eric Han is vice president of product management for NetApp’s Cloud Data Services business unit. He sees Project Astra as a service allowing organizations to work with any Kubernetes distribution they prefer, on any cloud.
Users will connect their Kubernetes cluster to the Project Astra control tower. Astra will then detect the application, and users can then choose which applications to manage.
The Project Astra announcement is simply a declaration that NetApp intends to develop technology to discover applications on premises and in the cloud, and integrate and unify applications and data management.
It’s a problem worth solving, and it’s one that few companies are talking about because there is no solution today, said Steve McDowell, senior analyst covering storage and data center technologies at Moor Insights & Strategy.
Success Factors
Success will depend on several factors, McDowell said, including partnering with the open-source community.
Moor Insights & Strategy’s Steve McDowell
“The solution to this needs to emerge from the Kubernetes communities,” he said. “That’s how you integrate open source into enterprise products. You need the open-source technology developers to stand behind it and agree that it’s an approach they will support.”
NetApp seems committed to the concept. Han said the company already is working with customers that have built their systems on upstream-based Kubernetes, the Google Kubernetes Engine (GKE) and the Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS).
“From there, customers can run and launch Astra to do application data management,” he said. “We anticipate OpenShift as a next phase, but will base [that] on customer interest.”
Project Astra will be open to a larger group of customers by summer.
“We will show how Astra can use portability to bring workloads to first-party public cloud services, and you’ll have to stay tuned after that,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 28, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Apr 27, 2020 Via IFTTT
Fetch Robotics Exec: Autonomous Mobile Robot Demand Is Surging
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Fetch Robotics Exec: Autonomous Mobile Robot Demand Is Surging
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/fetch-robotics-exec-autonomous-mobile-robot-demand-is-surging/
CMO Barry Phillips: COVID-19 supply chain shortages have increased demand.
Time will tell whether supply chain shortages from the COVID-19 pandemic will hasten the deployment of robots in warehouses. Last week, we reported that autonomous mobile robot suppliers are seeing a surge in demand.
Among those beneficiaries is Fetch Robotics, regarded as a leading supplier of autonomous mobile robots, or AMRs. Founded in 2014, CEO Melonee Wise was the second employee at Willow Garage, an R&D lab influential in advancing robotics. DHL, Ryder and Universal Logistics are among those that have deployed AMRs from Fetch Robotics.
Last summer, Fetch Robotics raised $46 million in a Series C round of funding. Fort Ross Ventures raised the round with CEAS Investments, Redwood Technologies, TransLink Capital and Zebra Ventures. Overall, the company has raised $94 million. Earlier investors include O’Reilly AlphaTech Ventures, Shasta Ventures, SoftBank Capital and Sway Ventures.
Fetch Robotics last month partnered with Zebra Technologies. Among other things, Fetch Robotics will use Zebra’s recently launched Fulfillment Edge optimization software to manage its mobile robots. Both companies described the partnership last week.
Among those participating in the discussion was Fetch Robotics CMO Barry Phillips. Afterward, Channel Futures reached out to Phillips, who explained why Fetch Robotics and Zebra are working together.
Fetch Robotics’ Barry Phillips
Phillips discussed the near-term opportunity for the company and partners to use autonomous mobile robots to advance supply chain automation. What follows is a synopsis, edited for clarity.
Channel Futures: What does Zebra’s Fulfillment Edge bring to your autonomous mobile robot solution that you didn’t already have?
Barry Phillips: Fulfillment Edge can take a list of SKUs across multiple orders and then assign those to different pickers. That way, you can essentially optimize the pick path for each of the pickers. If they’re picking for six orders, they can essentially pick down one aisle and get everything for those six orders. And then I can go to a different place. It’s a much more efficient way than with serial pick paths with one person picking an order. The other thing that we are working with Zebra on with Fulfillment Edge is orchestrating associates and the robots.
CF: How does it orchestrate people and robots?
BP: Our Cart Connect solution moves the carts around. So, one robot can handle between three to four carts. The robot will move a cart to a place. The cart will typically have some sort of totes or orders on it or something like that. And then the associate will grab that. And then they’ll start picking to it based on what they see from the [new] Zebra [HD4000] headset display. When the associate is close to the end of the picks, Fulfillment Edge sends an autonomous mobile robot with the next cart. And that cart could be an empty one, or it could be a partially full one from a different area.
CF: And the benefit of that is?
BP: It allows the associates, who may spend half their time moving in between aisles, to remain in an aisle. The robots essentially keep the associates in the aisle picking and being more productive, rather than just moving things. Fulfillment Edge is making them much more efficient while they’re picking while they’re in the aisle.
CF: Fetch Robotics is focused on both the hardware and software?
BP: We have the robots and the software on the robots. We have about 18 roboticists on staff. Most other AMR companies …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 28, 2020 at 05:54AM
Added: Apr 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Opengear to Take Channel to Next Level
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Opengear to ‘Take Channel to Next Level’
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/opengear-to-take-channel-to-next-level/
Opengear’s new EMEA channel manager is introducing a new structure and just revealed partner recruitment plans.
Opengear’s channel manager for Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) has revealed plans to increase the company’s exposure within in the region.
Mark Hughes says the network access and automation vendor brought him on in January to provide structure to the firm’s channel operations.
Opengear’s Mark Hughes
“The company is 100-percent channel-focused [but] has been using the channel to sell through, rather than sell with. My appointment comes as the company is looking to step up to the next level,” Hughes exclusively told Channel Futures.
Hughes said the firm wants to move beyond a transactional relationship with partners. He wants to work more closely with those that “have demonstrated their value in the past and are willing to work with us going forward.
“If you want to reach the top enterprise customers, you have to be working with the top enterprise reseller partners. We have sold through them because their customers have asked for Opengear product, but not regularly or consistently.”
Hughes also heads up efforts to recruit five to six resellers in each of Opengear’s key countries within the region. This will increase its core channel community to 50, with several other specialist relationships across EMEA.
Sign up for Channel Futures’ new EMEA newsletter, where we feature news and analysis involving companies based in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, as well as those doing business in that region.
Exclusive Networks Partnership
Earlier this year, Opengear expanded its relationship with distributor Exclusive Networks, which previously covered southern Europe. It now helps the company expand its reach in DACH (Austria, Germany and Switzerland) and the U.K.
“We’re going to have a focused channel. Outside of that we have a run rate channel that we drive more by distribution while we focus on larger enterprise revenue opportunities,” said Hughes.
Hughes said he is in talks with partners. Opengear will soon put a plan in place to determine which might be awarded premier status in one year.
The exec said initially there will be “no real revenue goals” in EMEA, but this will change going forward.
“Our U.S. colleagues have a more mature channel and they have started putting revenue goals in in place. We will get to that, but we’re a good number of years behind our U.S. colleagues,” he said.
Opengear specializes in “out-of-band” technology, which provides an alternative path to devices at remote sites when the primary network is down. This allows administrators to securely monitor, access and manage all devices without impacting normal operations.
Prior to joining Opengear Hughes was EMEA partner manager for rival out-of-band firm, Lantronix.
Digi International, the provider of IoT connectivity solutions, bought Opengear for USD $140 million last fall.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 28, 2020 at 07:50PM
Added: Apr 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
F5 Networks Eases Transition to Software Company with Program Updates
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
F5 Networks Eases Transition to Software Company with Program Updates
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/f5-networks-eases-transition-to-software-company-with-program-updates/
F5 Networks is offering greater benefits to partners adapting to software and subscription model.
F5 Networks says it has updated its Unity+ channel program to give greater levels of discount and margin to partners.
The changes are in response to partner feedback, said F5’s director of channels and alliances for the U.K. and Ireland.
F5 Networks’ Neill Burton
“Partners were asking for greater rewards, based on certain investments they’re making because their customers are driving them that way,” said Neill Burton. “For example, the move from physical to virtual, then virtual to cloud journey, was missing from our previous Unity program.”
F5 has increased margins, discounts and the profit that partners can make selling things like enterprise license agreements (ELAs), subscriptions and utility licencing schemes.
“Our partners are educating us that customers want to buy ELAs that don’t tie them down to a specific architecture. For us, it allows us to have a multiyear relationship with a customer’s transformation journey, as opposed to rocking up every year and doing a technology refresh.”
The company has also started to offer rebates for the first time.
“We’re a rebate company now, and we never used to be at all,” said Burton. “Frontline margins and backend rebates were introduced, tiered on the things that are important to both F5 and the partners, and what the customers are asking the partners for.”
F5 is also making it more lucrative for partners to bring in opportunities.
“Partner-initiated opportunities are much more profitable that just transacting F5-generated opportunities,” said Burton. “They’re getting 40% discount on partner-initiated business. In that way, it makes F5 a much more relevant vendor in quite a crowded security market.”
Traditional Partners Struggle
At the heart of these changes is the fact that F5 is a company in transition. F5’s CEO and president, François Locoh-Donou, on Monday reiterated the company’s move to a more software-driven business ahead of its second quarter earnings call. On the call he noted strong demand in subscriptions, security and technology from its 2019 acquisition of NGINX.
Burton, however, noted that some partners have struggled with the company’s transition to a software model.
“Our trajectory is based on cloud enablement, secure cloud architectures, and helping customers with an application digital transformation journey. It is less about pure play security. That has challenged traditional partners, which have been very infrastructure-based.
“Going forward, the market is consuming our solutions via Amazon or Azure, consuming our solutions as a service, as opposed to capex procurement. I’m seeing our partners having to evolve with that,” he said.
This friction between traditional infrastructure partners and the demands being placed on them by the customer is highlighted by F5’s acquisition of web server NGINX. F5 snapped up the open source application delivery specialist for $670 million last year.
Burton notes DevOps is outside the comfort zone of many traditional F5 partners, prompting a new recruitment campaign.
“Most of my traditional partners were infrastructure partners. And with a few exceptions, [they] didn’t have anything to say in the DevOps space. So, the first thing I found with the acquisition is I needed to look for new, different partners.
“I’m hungry for more partners in the DevOps space. These are typically professional services companies. They’re not people that typically sell product, because most of the product that’s used at that end is open source.”
Last December, F5 announced it was acquiring Shape Security, a provider of app security and fraud prevention solutions, for $1 billion.
About 95% of F5’s sales go through the channel, with between 400 and 500 partners in the U.K.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 28, 2020 at 08:50PM
Added: Apr 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dropbox Partner Program Gets New Support and Enhancements
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dropbox Partner Program Gets New Support and Enhancements
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dropbox-partner-program-gets-new-support-and-enhancements/
This is the first significant Dropbox Partner Program upgrade in three years.
Dropbox on Tuesday rolled out partner program enhancements including more benefits, tools and support.
This move gives partners additional benefits and support at a time they most likely need it. But the vendor planned these changes prior to the unexpected impact of COVID-19.
“As we all are adjusting to the sudden and unexpected changes in the way we work, Dropbox wants to ensure that our partners have the tools and resources to continue their vital role in our effort to help teams do their best work from anywhere, be organized, stay focused, and get in sync,” a company spokesperson said.
The program enhancements are the first from Dropbox since introducing the partner program three years ago. The vendor has about 11,000 channel partners globally.
Here’s what’s included in the three buckets of new partner support.
Improved support for Select and Elite partners:
Marketing support for joint demand generation activities.
Increased sales support to help partners close deals.
Increased access to Dropbox support teams.
Enhanced partner program benefits:
24/7 access to refreshed online sales and technical certifications.
Rebates for qualified registered deals.
An increase in the number of free Dropbox internal use licenses. And, free HelloSign internal use licenses.
HelloSign & Dropbox Spaces
Dropbox made two moves last year that advanced its product and opportunities for channel partners.
First, the company announced the impending acquisition of HelloSign. HelloSign is an e-signature and document workflow platform. The $230 million deal closed a month later. As part of Tuesday’s enhanced partner support announcement, Dropbox wants to drive new opportunity for partners with the HelloSign eSignature solution. The vendor also wants partners to take a look at Dropbox Spaces as new revenue source.
Last September, Dropbox introduced Dropbox Spaces, which improves shared folders by transforming them into collaborative workspaces. That content may include files, cloud content, Dropbox paper documents and web shortcuts.
Dropbox helps teams stay connected and work from anywhere.
“As trusted advisers to customers, partners are in a position to help them navigate the challenges of the unexpected workplace changes we’ve seen over the past few months. With more people working remotely, partners have an opportunity to help businesses support and manage this increase by leveraging the capabilities of Dropbox Business to enable remote working that can scale with customers’ needs,” said the company spokesperson.
Dropbox says it will continue to find ways to support partners through the pandemic. Expect to see the company introduce additional coronavirus-focused relief.
“In addition, we want to make sure we are giving partners time to acclimate to the new partner program, and therefore will not start enforcing the tier requirements until January 2021. We will potentially look to push this out further depending on the business climate at that time,” the company said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 28, 2020 at 08:50PM
Added: Apr 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Channel Steps Up Big to Offer Customer Support During COVID-19 Crisis
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Channel Steps Up Big to Offer Customer Support During COVID-19 Crisis
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/channel-steps-up-big-to-offer-customer-support-during-covid-19-crisis/
The channel has come out in force to support customers during the COVID-19 pandemic.
The past few weeks have seen IT vendors rush to roll out a series of COVID-related measures to support partners. Just as importantly, however, is what channel companies themselves are doing for customer support during COVID-19. Channel Futures spoke to some key channel players about customer support during COVID-19.
“The channel’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic has been almost overwhelming in its generosity,” said Alex Louth, managing director of Logicalis UK.
Logicalis UK’s Alex Louth
“Our part was to help our customers make sense of those offers and get them implemented quickly and without disruption, so that they can focus on steering their business through this crisis,” said Louth.
Logicalis has implemented its Rapid Support Services to help maintain security and infrastructure readiness and to provide supplemental IT support for remote workers. Logicalis engineers can deliver all services remotely.
“While we are still engaged in long-term transformational projects, these Rapid Support Services are key to enable everyone to focus on the business at hand,” said Louth.
Elsewhere, Insight UK has been sharing its own experiences of remote working with customers. It is equipping them with devices such as notebooks, tablets, displays, headsets and wireless access points, and accompanying services. It is also helping them to use collaboration solutions and establishing secure remote working practices.
At the same time, the firm has been helping customers “keep a firm handle” on costs around remote working. That’s according to Matt Elrick, practice lead architect, workplace and collaboration.
Insight UK’s Matt Elrick
“We offer rapid remote management tools for cloud services, providing data-driven analysis and guidance on how to reduce costs. We have been smoothing the path to remote working, so employees continue to see IT as a help rather than a hindrance over the longer term, regardless of wherever they are working, from home or in an office.”
Securing Customers
With employees forced to work from home, there has been a corresponding sharp increase in cyberattacks. Some estimates note an 80% spike in phishing and malware attacks alone in March.
As a result, cybersecurity MSP Effective Cyber Security (ECS) designed a free external scanning service for customers. It includes a dashboard that enables customers to translate technical data into everyday language. It highlights vulnerabilities, ranks them in order of criticality and recommends remedies. All the work is done remotely, with additional telephone support if required.
“Everyone is having challenges at the moment, whether you’re on the front line doing amazing work saving lives or working frantically behind the scenes to keep your organisation secure and ticking over,” said ECS co-founder and CTO Simon Gray. “We wanted to help those often invisible IT staff, who do such an important job in keeping a company’s crown jewels safe yet are only really noticed when something goes wrong or doesn’t work.”
Cybersecurity is also top of the agenda at channel firm EACS. It is providing customers with free access to webinars with cybersecurity and privacy vendors, as well as cloud data protection. It also is offering free and discounted software application subscriptions from the likes of Sophos and Bitdefender.
In addition, it has established a system where it can sell refurbished hardware to customers, then offer to buy it back later in the year.
“This means that our customers are able to have the hardware they need to continue operating like business as usual at this difficult time, while giving them peace of mind that any investment now doesn’t need to be long term,” said Steve Dickinson, head of supply chain at EACS.
Communication with Customers
Richard Wyn Griffith, director of solutions, services and marketing at Softcat, explained that communication has played a key part in the company’s customer engagement strategy.
“We keep customers fully informed on orders, stock and deliveries, as well as additional advice and expertise through emails, blogs and personal one-to-one conversations. The aim is to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 28, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Apr 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cumulus Networks Releases NetQ 3.0 with Life Cycle Management
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cumulus Networks Releases NetQ 3.0 with Life Cycle Management
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cumulus-networks-releases-netq-3-0-with-life-cycle-management/
Cumulus NetQ 3.0 further simplifies network operation and deployment.
Cumulus Networks on Tuesday released NetQ 3.0, a network operations tool that now includes full life cycle management capabilities.
With the latest enhancements, Cumulus NetQ 3.0 gives data centers and campus environments new features such as configuration management and software upgrade management. Cumulus NetQ utilizes telemetry for deep troubleshooting, visibility and automated workflows from a single user interface.
Cumulus Networks’ Patrho Mishra
“We are in the business of providing our customers with the tools to make network operation and deployment as easy and cost-effective as possible,” said Partho Mishra, president and chief product officer at Cumulus Networks. “Adding life cycle management capabilities to NetQ provides significant operational benefits to our Cumulus Linux customers and opens the doors to unprecedented insights into the state of modern network infrastructure at the push of a button.”
NetQ, the telemetry-based fabric validation system, first hit the market three years ago. The vendor rolled out NetQ 2.0 about two years later. At that time, Cumulus added a new GUI for visibility into Cumulus Linux.
Cumulus says NetQ 3.0 full life cycle management functionality allows users to easily upgrade, configure and deploy network elements with a full suite of operations capabilities. Those capabilities include visibility, troubleshooting, validation, trace and comparative look-back functionality.
Here’s more info on the new NetQ 3.0 features:
Configuration Management — Customers can now install a new switch and push a golden configuration from a centralized location. So users get the ability to enforce standards and deploy tools that help to automate repetitive configuration tasks. It also helps to easily identify differences between this and the default configuration.
Software Upgrade Management — This feature helps avoid network disruption. For example, disruption during important software upgrades for new features, critical security patches and bug fixes. NetQ Upgrade Management aims to simplify software upgrade functionality.
“What previously would require automation scripting and significant development effort to perform a software upgrade, can now be done simply with the push of a button,” Scott Ciccone, senior director of product marketing at Cumulus Networks wrote in a blog.
In January, Cumulus and HPE partnered to put Cumulus’ open network operating system on HPE’s StoreFabric M-series Ethernet switches. The M-series switches also run Cumulus Linus and NetQ.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 28, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: Apr 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Red Hat Summit: Red Hat OpenShift Getting Deeper Virtualization Features
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Red Hat Summit: Red Hat OpenShift Getting Deeper Virtualization Features
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/red-hat-summit-red-hat-openshift-getting-deeper-virtualization-features/
Other Red Hat applications also get performance and feature enhancements that will benefit partners and customers.
The Red Hat Summit 2020 virtual event opened with big OpenShift news. The family of containerization software is getting new virtualization capabilities.
Also announced were upcoming features for advanced cluster management for Kubernetes and a new Red Hat OpenShift version 4.4.
The OpenShift virtualization features are a technology preview within Red Hat OpenShift and won’t be complete until later in 2020. The new virtualization capabilities come from the KubeVirt open source project. They aim to provide opportunities to develop, deploy and manage applications consisting of virtual machines alongside containers and serverless.
The virtualization tools will allow standard VM-based workloads to come to Kubernetes, according to Red Hat. That can help eliminate workflow and development silos that often exist between traditional and cloud-native application stacks. Ultimately, this will make it easier for organizations to migrate and modernize existing applications and services on Red Hat.
The OpenShift virtualization developer enhancements include a consistent development experience across VMs, containers and serverless functions for users. Users can manage all of the enterprise application stack components directly through Red Hat OpenShift. In addition, one can migrate VMs to OpenShift without fully containerizing them. This allows them to run mixed applications.
The general availability of Red Hat OpenShift virtualization is later in the year.
Red Hat OpenShift 4.4
Also unveiled at Red Hat Summit 2020 Virtual Experience was Red Hat OpenShift 4.4, the company’s latest enterprise Kubernetes platform. Building on Kubernetes Operators, the new version includes improvements in core platform capabilities around compute, networking and storage. In addition, a new descheduler tool helps OpenShift administrators rebalance workload distributions across OpenShift for improved efficiency and utilization. OpenShift 4.4 also upgrades the ingress controller implementation to use HAProxy 2.0, which allows higher performance.
OpenShift 4.4 also now gets self-guided installation experience support for deployment with full-stack automation (IPI) on Red Hat Virtualization (RHV). It includes support for Helm 3, making Helm charts visible and available in the OpenShift Console’s developer catalog.
Kubernetes users weren’t forgotten in Red Hat’s announcements at the event, which was held virtually due to the COVID-19 pandemic. For Kubernetes users, a new Red Hat advanced cluster management for Kubernetes tool was unveiled as a tech preview. The tool provides a single, simplified control point for the monitoring and deployment of OpenShift clusters at scale. It offers policy-driven governance and application life cycle management. It allows organizations to consistently manage their Kubernetes clusters across hybrid clouds. That includes Red Hat OpenShift deployed on-premises, on bare metal and on public clouds from Amazon, Google, IBM and Azure.
Red Hat’s Brian Gracely
Brian Gracely, director of product strategy for Red Hat OpenShift and Red Hat cloud, told Channel Futures that partners will benefit from the virtualization enhancements because they are being added to existing OpenShift products being used by customers.
“What’s important to note is that OpenShift virtualization is a component of OpenShift, it’s not a separate offering requiring an additional subscription or new infrastructure,” said Gracely. “As with all of our technologies, this is not covered by an expensive proprietary license — if you are an OpenShift subscriber, you immediately will have access to OpenShift virtualization and the benefits that it could provide to you and your customer organizations.”
Partners can use OpenShift virtualization to innovate while still protecting existing investments and …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 29, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Apr 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
3 Reasons Why There Has Been a Rise in Phishing
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
3 Reasons Why There Has Been a Rise in Phishing
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/3-reasons-why-there-has-been-a-rise-in-phishing/
Factors including opportunity and diversity figure into the rise in phishing.
One notable finding from Carbonite partner Webroot’s 2020 Threat Report was a 640% rise in the number of active phishing sites in 2019. This rise in phishing may still represent a small fraction of all malicious sites, but it’s a significant and growing fraction.
“Of all websites that host malicious content, phishing historically has been a minority,” says Webroot Security Analyst Tyler Moffitt. “While it’s growing quite a bit and a significant threat, it’s still not a large percentage of the websites being used for malicious content. Those would be things like botnets or malware hosting.”
Even small growth for a tactic that has traditionally made up some a small portion of overall malicious can seem like a large percentage, which may be part of the explanation for the rise in phishing we are seeing.
But there are at least three other factors that may have contributed to the rise in active sites.
More types of phishing attacks
Phishing attacks are becoming more diverse. The aim is always to steal credentials by posing as an authorized individual, but it’s now carried out over the phone, text messages, with malware, and in much more targeted forms—where cybercriminals will actually go through the trouble of learning a little about their targets before reaching out.
Spear phishing, the name for this targeted for of phishing, has turned out to be lucrative for those who carry it out. These tailored attacks require more individualized web pages than the broad-brush attacks that preceded them, further fueling the rise.
Striking while the iron is hot
There are predictable patterns when it comes to phishing attacks. Online shopping seasons and “cyber holidays” are almost always accompanied by more phishing attacks. Webpages spoofing Apple, for example, rose four-fold around the company’s March product release date before returning to their normal volume.
And cybercriminals, of course, aren’t above capitalizing on a panic.
“Not only do we always see a spike in phishing attacks around the holidays,” says Moffitt, “It also always happens in times of crisis. Throughout the COVID-19 outbreak, we’ve followed a spike in phishing attacks in Italy and smishing scams promising to deliver your stimulus check if you click. Natural disasters also tend to bring these types of attacks out of the woodwork.”
This means that, while there were plenty of opportunities for malicious hackers in 2019, don’t be surprised to see an overall rise in 2020, as well.
Short codes and HTTPS also make it easier to land a successful phishing attack. Short codes obscure destination URLs, one of the recommended ways to check if a link is legit. And HTTPS encryption protocols make it easier to hide malicious content on benign domains, which may prompt a site visitor to let their guard down.
“All of sudden these mental checks that everyone was told to use to sniff out phishing attacks, like double-checking URLs, no longer hold,” says Moffitt.
It’s a money maker
Not surprisingly, profit is the essential motivator for the rise in phishing attacks. Shared drives help to drive profitability by acting as a stepping-stone to further data compromise. A single corporate Google Drive account may house enough valuable information to warrant a six-figure ransom, especially when fines for not
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 29, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Apr 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Pandemic Impact on IT Investments by Small and Medium Businesses
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Pandemic Impact on IT Investments by Small and Medium Businesses
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/pandemic-impact-on-it-investments-by-small-and-medium-businesses/
The pandemic impact on IT invests creates uncertainty and glimmers of hope.
Common sense tells us that the pandemic impact on IT investments by organizations of all sizes isn’t good. In fact, several industry research firms have already revised their forecasts. But what about the SMB sector, specifically? Techaisle surveyed 2,500 SMBs in several countries for insight on the COVID-19 impact on business and IT operations.
The results? Both small and medium-size firms face uncertainty — but not the same. More SMB companies than not expect IT to return to the usual priorities. And, more than half of SMBs are planning to increase investment in digital transformation going forward.
Techaisle’s Anurag Agrawal
“Irrespective of well-intentioned investment strategy, 32% of SMBs say they lack sufficient IT budgets and 39% are worried about cost of implementations,” writes Anurag Agrawal, founder and chief global analyst at Techaisle. “When depleted financial capacity is combined with a lack of in-house expertise and security concerns, rapid investments seem impossible. This is where an as-a-service model with deferred payments becomes beneficial.”
There’s no shortage of vendors introducing new financing options to partners and their customers to help them establish business continuity.
A Closer Look
Here’s a closer look at the pandemic impact of IT investments, according to the Techaisle survey.
Investment in collaboration will see the biggest IT investment increase and smallest spending delays (58%). That’s followed by cloud solutions (47%), security solutions (45%) and remote work/mobility solutions (43%). SMBs also expect to increase investments in PCs (39%), managed services (32%), migrating to modern IT (31%), digital transformation (25%), business continuity (10%) and analytics (2%). These figures represent spending increases that reflect delays due to the pandemic. Actual spending percentages are higher.
On the flip side, investment in IoT moved into the negative (-2%). Investment in analytics, at 2%, also took a hit as SMBs opt to delay spending.
Looking at the investment data, the report highlights what 2020-2021 future-past COVID-19 digital transformation looks like. In 2020, SMBs are focusing on reducing costs and improving operational agility. As these firms move toward 2021, their focus is on connected business to drive growth, innovation and customers intimacy.
When looking at the current pandemic impact on IT investments, Agrawal looked for lessons from recent history to attempt to understand the present.
During the financial crisis of 2008-2009, uncertainty and unpredictability led to agility and business growth among SMBs in 2009-2010. During deflation, Brexit, a weak dollar and economic uncertainty in 2015-2016, SMBs were driven toward efficiency and a value shift. And, in 2016-2017, there was optimization and digitization.
“After every downturn, SMB IT spend has rebounded higher and faster than overall (consumer + SMB + enterprise + government + education) IT spends,” he observed.
While uncertainy among SMBs currently abounds, more than half of SMB business leaders in Asia Pacific and some countries in Europe are optimistic about a V-shaped recovery as compared to U.S. and U.K. SMBs who believe in more of a U-shaped recovery.
Channel Partners Have Their Own Woes
The mixed bag of SMB survey results is probably of little comfort to channel partners also seeing the impact of COVID-19 on their businesses.
In fact, a Techaisle survey of 225,000 channel partners looked at the impact of COVID-19 on their businesses. Thirty-seven percent of partners expect to see revenue decreases, compared to 21% earlier in the year.
The top five immediate business concerns of partners:
Business survival in the short term and improving cost efficiencies in the medium term. Both are manifestations of cash flow constraints and demand shock.
Increasing employee empowerment and organizational productivity in the face of crushing uncertainty.
Improving customer intimacy by innovative and empathetic communication, service and support.
Prioritizing investments, expenditures and crisis renegotiation of contracts with suppliers to drive operational excellence.
Long-term planning on driving business growth.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 29, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Apr 28, 2020 Via IFTTT
Spotlight on Vendasta: Evolve to Survive
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Spotlight on Vendasta: Evolve to Survive
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/spotlight-on-vendasta-evolve-to-survive/
This isn’t a new concept, but given this “new norm,” we’re shining a light on how this powerhouse company did things.
In order to survive, MSPs must continually evolve. You’ve probably heard this before with varying spins. Perhaps you have some form of it as your desktop background, cross-stitched on a pillow, or printed on a t-shirt. In fact, this is one of the main aspects we highlight with the MSP 501 and NextGen 101 lists — recognizing outstanding partners and the outstanding ways they have evolved their businesses.
Nontraditional Methods
One such company has become quite the powerhouse by doing just that. Vendasta, our second place winner for the MSP of the Year award last year, didn’t start out as an MSP in any way, shape or form.
The company had its genesis as a platform for homeowners to connect and share inspiration in 2008. It then saw a need for an online reputation management platform within the home services market. So, it built one that was designed for local business. The company began targeting markets that were being drastically disrupted. Markets like the online media industry, for example.
Industries like these needed to learn to sell digital products fast in order to keep up with revenue expectations. Once it had a toehold in those companies, it leveraged their channels to gain access to the greenfield SMB market. Vendasta kept churning out product after digital product, owning the process from development to implementation to ongoing management. It wasn’t managed services in the way we might think of them, but technically, Vendasta was a managed services company. Then, in a roundabout way, it started coming for other shop’s customers.
No More Lanes
In 2017 the company launched a marketplace of resalable apps and solutions. This was a combination of products that Vendasta owned and built, services fulfilled by their in-house agency, and vendor apps. When 2018 came around, it added a number of global brands to Marketplace. This included Google’s G Suite, GoDaddy and Constant Contact. In 2019, Vendasta worked to expand its solutions to span SMB business needs. This was similar to MSP practices that behemoth companies like Office Depot were spinning up. SMB IT in a box. The platform supports dozens of digital marketing and business productivity tools with marketing automation, a robust CRM and a client-facing portal, all under a single login.
Be counted among your peers as one of the top managed service providers in the world. Click here for the 2020 MSP 501 application.
At Channel Partners Evolution last fall, Vendasta, a managed service provider itself, participated in the Channel Partners version of Shark Tank. Startups wanting to build their channel practices pitched their concept to a lineup of master agents and distributors. Vendasta is a partner, and now it’s finding its own partners, and we don’t really even know what to call hybrids like that — except competitors.
And therein lies the point. You cannot pinpoint these shops and say, “Here is your lane, here is mine. Let’s stay out of each other’s way and everyone wins.” There aren’t really lanes anymore. There are only solid businesses with the right amount of business savvy, market knowledge, tech expertise, customer experience chops, proven case studies in vertical markets, and a willingness to take risks. And yes, to continually evolve.
Pivoting During a Pandemic
Dealing with shifts has become …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 29, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Apr 29, 2020 Via IFTTT
Juniper Networks Mist Systems Propels Channel Partner Opportunity
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Juniper Networks’ Mist Systems Propels Channel Partner Opportunity
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/juniper-networks-mist-systems-propels-channel-partner-opportunity/
Enterprise Plus partners are the vendor’s preferred go-to-market partners for AI Access for the network edge.
The combined Juniper Networks-Mist Systems portfolio positions the vendor to leapfrog the competition, prompting new channel investments. Just one year into its $405 million acquisition of Mist, Juniper is moving full-speed ahead with its channel strategy. This includes the expected merger of the Juniper and Mist channel partner programs later this year.
Mist’s next-gen, AI solution for cloud-managed wireless networks plugs a critical solution gap in Juniper’s campus networking portfolio, and more. Gartner’s Magic Quadrant for Wired and Wireless LAN Access infrastructure, published last September, featured Juniper Networks‘ Mist Systems as a visionary.
With the Mist acquisition, Juniper leads with the AI-driven enterprise marketing message. Gordon Mackintosh is the company’s recently appointed vice president of global channels and virtual sales. He is rewarding partners who take that message to market. He discussed the company’s channel strategy with Channel Futures.
Mackintosh Talks Partner Differentiation
Channel Futures: What does the Juniper Networks/Mist Systems channel look like?
Juniper Networks’ Gordon Mackintosh
Gordon Mackintosh: Mist had its own channel and small partner team and program. What’s happened over the last year is tremendous interest from the broader channel, post-acquisition. Seven hundred new partners have signed up and 40 new distributors, globally. The majority of new Mist partners are in the Americas, with some from Europe as well.
Juniper has about 3,000 partners transacting on a quarterly basis. A lot of the newly onboarded Mist partners come from the Juniper partner base. They want to take advantage of the new AI-driven enterprise solution. They’re seeing great differentiation in it. Many were selling security and switching products from Juniper.
CF: Do you plan to merge the separate Juniper and Mist partner programs?
GM: We’re looking to merge the programs this fall and create a new partner program. We want to take the best ingredients of both programs. Mist has a simplistic and effective program. Juniper has a very rich set of rebates and MDF program.
New Investments
CF: What investments has Juniper been making in its partners?
GM: There are 600 new technical resources within the partner community. Three hundred partners are going through deep enablement program. We’ve seen a 240% increase in deal registration as well from a Mist perspective. It’s catching on like wildfire because it’s a simple technology to get enabled for. It is highly differentiated and in high demand.
Keep up with the latest channel-impacting mergers and acquisitions in our M&A roundup.
CF: Tell us more about the investments you’ve made in the company’s enterprise strategy.
GM: We’ve doubled down on the enterprise segment. This acquisition is rocket fuel for those investments. Within my organization we’ve brought in 50 new people this year. They focus on partners and customers through our virtual sales motion. AI-based Mist is fantastic for that kind sales motion because the technology sells itself.
We’ve had different inside sales organizations models in the past, but we’ve built a new virtual sales organization that we’re scaling to 100 people. We call it …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: Apr 29, 2020 Via IFTTT
Equinix Interconnection Services Expand in EMEA
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Equinix Interconnection Services Expand in EMEA
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/equinix-interconnection-services-expand-in-emea/
ECX Fabric is a global interconnection service available in 45 strategic markets.
Equinix is expanding interconnection services in EMEA, designed to simplify hybrid and multicloud connectivity.
Equinix Cloud Exchange Fabric (ECX Fabric) is available in Barcelona, Brussels, Geneva, Istanbul, Lisbon and Sofia. It will be available in Hamburg later this quarter. Enterprises and service providers can interconnect to a community of clouds, networks, partners and customers.
Equinix’s Eugene Bergen Henegouven
“Most of the organizations we work with around the world are already on a digital transformation journey. And they are using the cloud to improve their global reach and seamlessly connect with the customers, partners and suppliers that matter to them,” said Eugene Bergen Henegouwen, Equinix’s EMEA president.
Cloud Research
Equinix recently conducted a global survey of IT decision-makers that produced interesting results.
“Nearly three-quarters (71%) [of respondents] said they plan to move more of their IT functions to the cloud. COVID-19 has accelerated this trend for some businesses that have had to rapidly virtualize their services to respond to the extremely fast-changing nature of business during this crisis,” he said.
This EMEA expansion of Equinix interconnection services will help businesses navigate the difficult months ahead, he said. And they’ll “come out the other side fit for the future and ready to seize the opportunities the cloud offers.”
ECX Fabric is a global interconnection service available in 45 strategic markets. It allows businesses to exchange their data on demand, and between metros through private connections.
Through a single port, customers in any ECX Fabric-enabled market can create and manage on-demand connections. Equinix says it is making it easier for digital businesses to increase their global reach.
“Platform Equinix’s global interconnection capabilities help Aryaka … with our peering and cloud connectivity needs,” said Armin Rishi, Aryaka‘s director of technical partnerships. “This enables us to provide an industry-leading managed SD-WAN service to our customers. Seeing the expansion across several European markets opens up more possibilities for the future growth of our platform.”
Last month, Equinix completed its acquisition of Packet, a bare metal automation platform, to speed the development and delivery of its interconnected edge services.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: Apr 29, 2020 Via IFTTT
New Kaseya Home Device Scan Solution Designed for Employees Working from Home
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
New Kaseya Home Device Scan Solution Designed for Employees Working from Home
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/new-kaseya-home-device-scan-solution-designed-for-employees-working-from-home/
New solution tackles both network and security assessments on personal devices as the world works from home.
Kaseya‘s RapidFire Tools has a new bundled solution in response to the coronavirus crisis and increasing concerns about employees working from home.
Network Detective Work from Home (WFH) is critical because it allows remote employees to scan the home devices they’re using for security issues before they can connect to the corporate network, the company said.
RapidFire Tools’ Michael Mettel
“Many businesses were not prepared for the sudden shift of resources from offices to employee homes when the coronavirus hit, and that left many organizations vulnerable to data breaches and internal threats,” said Michael Mittel, president and GM, RapidFire Tools. “We created Network Detective WFH to address this very issue. [The solution] delivers self-service assessments that safely allow employees to work from home using their personal devices. Business owners can have peace of mind knowing that the integrity of their IT infrastructure remains in place. They can also save money and reduce IT workload by allowing employees to use home computers and networks.”
Network Detective Work from Home provides:
“Graded” PC risk scores and consolidated report cards to prevent compromises to the business. Areas include basic IT security protection, as well as antivirus and personal firewall configuration. It also includes third-party applications, scanning for potential threats.
Critical asset information for the IT helpdesk that captures computer and network data to make remote IT support a breeze.
A self-service portal that lets employees scan without the assistance of IT..
An option for automatic weekly re-scans and “grading” to ensure the integrity of the corporate infrastructure.
As the COVID-19 pandemic continues to upend businesses, companies are now in the middle of a massive, unplanned work-from-home experiment. One thing is certain, though. Ease of access for employees working from home and security are now more important than ever.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Apr 29, 2020 Via IFTTT
Clumio Extends Backup as a Service to Microsoft 365
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Clumio Extends Backup as a Service to Microsoft 365
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/clumio-extends-backup-as-a-service-to-microsoft-365/
Clumio is investing more in product development since its latest funding round last November.
Clumio has added Microsoft 365 to its secure backup as a service to fill a data protection gap and reduce ransomware risks for Microsoft 365 users.
Businesses that standardize on Microsoft 365 need to protect and ensure compliance of their email data, Clumio said. As the data owner, these organizations are responsible for data protection and backup.
Bill Danz is Clumio’s director of channel. The addition of Microsoft 365 on Clumio’s backup as a service is a “great opportunity” for partners, he said.
Clumio’s Bill Danz
“Greater than 60% of enterprise customers use Microsoft, yet many of them don’t realize that they themselves are responsible for the protection of data in email, not Microsoft,” he said.
Danz says this is a challenging problem for Microsoft users. It’s also an area where partners can add a lot of value “by offering a solution that can protect not only Microsoft 365, but also data that they have in public and private cloud, all with a secure service built on a single platform.”
Clumio is the first data protection vendor to deliver a private, public and SaaS data protection service on a single platform, Danz said.
“Data protection can be a huge barrier to enterprise initiatives designed to help them get to cloud faster,” he said. “The complexity and cost of data protection in the cloud is exponentially harder than in the data center.”
Clumio touts a single service for a wide variety of hybrid cloud, public cloud and SaaS use cases.
“This will be much more competitive in the market relative to other channel players that partner with vendors with point solutions. You need four or five of them to equal what Clumio does with one service,” said Danz.
Multiple COVID-19-related email scams have been documented. Some provide links to fake Microsoft 365 login screens that capture user credentials.
Ransomware & Backup
By 2021, ransomware will cause $20 billion in damage globally. A business will become a rasnsomware victim every 11 seconds, Clumio said.
“There has been a significant increase in ransomware attacks because the security posture of the enterprise changed drastically when the attack surface rapidly expanded due to employees and students working and learning from home,” Danz said. “Clumio has a security-first focus and its cloud-native design ensures data is securely backed up in the cloud.”
Clumio says security credentials are separate from Microsoft 365 production credentials. And during backups, data is written to an S3 object store and can’t be changed. This creates an air-gapped security layer.
“This provides additional peace of mind for a sound recovery in the case of a data breach or ransomware attack resulting in data deletion within production mailboxes and email accounts,” said Danz.
Clumio is investing more in product development since announcing $135 million in Series C funding last November. It plans to invest more in backup-as-a-service products in the coming months.
“Clumio will continue to protect additional workloads in the private cloud, public cloud and SaaS,” Danz said. “Because we are delivered as SaaS, we rapidly innovate and push new releases to customers regularly so that they can quickly take advantage of new capabilities … each of which presents another selling opportunity for the partner, but always as extension of the platform that they are already familiar with and have sold to their customer base.”
“As enterprises continue to make oversight, protection and control of their data a priority, leaders must also solidify their backup strategy for Microsoft 365,” said Archana Venkatraman, IDC’s associate research director for cloud data management. “Without data protection that also encompasses SaaS, companies are exposing themselves to data loss, security issues and compliance risks.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: Apr 29, 2020 Via IFTTT
NetApp Takes on Citrix Expands Into Cloud Workspace Market with CloudJumper Buy
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
NetApp Takes on Citrix, Expands Into Cloud Workspace Market with CloudJumper Buy
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/netapp-takes-on-citrix-expands-into-cloud-workspace-market-with-cloudjumper-buy/
“We are going to compete with our good friends at Citrix,” a NetApp senior VP said.
NetApp has signaled it will compete with Citrix in the expanding virtual desktop and cloud workspace market by acquiring CloudJumper.
The acquisition, announced Wednesday for an undisclosed amount, widens NetApp’s push in cloud managed services, specifically the cloud workspace market. It notably aims to extend NetApp’s footprint into the rapidly growing Microsoft Windows Virtual Desktop (WVD) ecosystem.
NetApp’s Anthony Lye
“Windows Virtual Desktop has become a very big and disruptive change in the VDI space,” said Anthony Lye, senior VP and general manager of NetApp’s cloud data services business. “I think that changes the industry. And I think Microsoft has an advantage now over legacy, RDS and VDI platforms.”
Lye said Azure NetApp Files, a managed native file share service, has helped NetApp partners participate in WVD deals. Microsoft’s WVD became generally available last fall and partners have pointed to growing interest in the service.
“Azure NetApp Files is really the default for all enterprise deployments of WVD,” Lye said. “Honestly, we saw customers buying CloudJumper at the same time they were buying our stuff. And selfishly, I said: ‘Why can’t we just have one salesperson in the meeting, not two?’ And NetApp can leapfrog the legacy vendors and put ourselves in pole position with Microsoft.”
The COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated growth of the cloud workspace market to support the spike in people working at home.
“All of the client virtualization vendors have seen good traction towards the end of [the first quarter] and through to the middle of [the second quarter],” said Shannon Kalvar, research manager for IDC’s client virtualization program. “How long that lasts is anyone’s guess. Companies scrambled to invest in work from home technologies including Windows Virtual Desktop and the associated infrastructure to support them. Whether that is sustainable during the upcoming economic shocks is less clear.”
The launch of Amazon Workspaces in 2017 gave rise to a nascent but growing opportunity to migrate VDI and native Windows desktops to cloud workspace offerings. CloudJumper is among several upstarts in recent years that have launched cloud workspace services. Others include Nerdio and Workspot. Among others, these companies have emerged as alternatives to VDI solutions from Citrix and VMware.
Longstanding Rivalry with Citrix
For its part, CloudJumper had its sights on targeting Citrix partners and customers from the outset. CloudJumper spun out in 2016 from MSP nGenx, a onetime Citrix partner of the year. CloudJumper stepped up that battle in early 2018 with the acquisition of Independence IT, a former Citrix partner. Independence IT’s hypervisor-agnostic cloud workspace software expanded CloudJumper’s workspace-as-a-service (WaaS) offering as Citrix Cloud started rolling out.
CloudJumper decided to run its WaaS offering in Microsoft Azure, which is also the control plane for Citrix Cloud. When Microsoft publicly revealed plans for WVD in 2018, the company said both Citrix and CloudJumper would be early launch partners.
While WVD provides baseline cloud VDI services in Azure, Citrix, CloudJumper and others offer solutions that ease provisioning and management. Many MSPs are …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Apr 29, 2020 Via IFTTT
Igneous Unveils Data Management Enhancements for Broader Data Visibility
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Igneous Unveils Data Management Enhancements for Broader Data Visibility
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/igneous-unveils-data-management-enhancements-for-broader-data-visibility/
The enhancements add new capabilities to the Igneous DataDiscover and DataFlow SaaS platforms for users.
SaaS data management vendor Igneous is bringing data management enhancements to its DataDiscover and DataFlow products.
The updates will give customers deeper visibility into their unstructured data, wherever it’s stored and needs to be used. DataFlow is for organizations that are always moving data between on-premises and cloud storage. It allows them to leverage new NAS devices and use cloud file systems or objects without vendor lock-in. Customers also can use DataFlow with any tiers and systems to move data, the company said.
DataDiscover gives users visibility of all data. It enables data owners to interact with live views so they can search for or see the data they need. The idea is to allow them to spend more time doing their jobs, instead of looking for their data.
Igneous services are all deployed as SaaS and can be enabled by deploying a virtual machine. DataDiscover and DataFlow enhancements will be available starting May 15.
The enhancements will simplify data storage for channel partners and their customers, Christian Smith, vice president of product for Igneous, told Channel Futures.
Igneous’ Christian Smith
“When organizations are managing multipetabytes worth of NAS data, having these capabilities means users can be more productive,” said Smith. “Decisions can be made on where to move data from cloud or other tiers. And it gives flexibility by being able to choose which NAS and location makes the most sense for data.”
DataFlow also aims to help companies with workflows that are turning into hybrid configurations. The product makes it easier to move large amounts of data from on-premises to the cloud, Smith said.
Channel Exclusivity
All Igneous products are exclusive to the channel. That includes through cloud marketplaces on AWS and Azure.
“Channel partners can help their customers with large amounts of NAS data with our suite of services to help control cost, leverage the cloud, and help organizations be more productive with their data,” said Smith.
The company based many of the new enhancements on customer and partner feedback, said Smith.
Because the company’s platforms are SaaS-based, the new data management enhancements are enabled automatically for customers, simplifying deployment.
Grant Tomlin, client account manager for Igneous channel partner InterVision Systems, said the product updates will be useful for customers. The improvements are relevant to all industries because unstructured data is growing rapidly in many verticals, he said.
InterVision’s Grant Tomlin
“With this rapid growth of unstructured data comes a challenge of finding data, moving data and protecting data,” said Tomlin. “Igneous solves this challenge with a suite of data management services that gives end users visibility, agility and protection that is essential to manage the data sprawl our clients are experiencing. I believe that Igneous is solving a challenge that is becoming more prevalent across the board.”
Customers have been looking for years to do this more simply, but it has been a cumbersome task, said Tomlin.
“Igneous gives our clients the flexibility to use their incumbent NAS devices they have previously invested in and use Igneous to improve their data management workflow,” he said. “Having a partner that fits seamlessly into our company’s vision is …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 05:50AM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Red Sift Debuts Channel Program to Support Partners During COVID-19
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Red Sift Debuts Channel Program to Support Partners During COVID-19
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/red-sift-debuts-channel-program-to-support-partners-during-covid-19/
Cybersecurity vendor Red Sift said COVID-19 crisis has intensified its commitment to the channel.
Cybersecurity firm Red Sift has launched its inaugural channel program to support partners during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Red Sift said the new program and portal are designed for partners during “unprecedented, work-from-home times.”
The program aims to simplify how partners can offer customers essential cybersecurity defences without the need for complicated hardware installations.
“We launched the program now as there are accompanying plans, incentives and initiatives designed to help the channel during this tough period,” Red Sift’s channel director, Neil Crossley, told Channel Futures. “It had always been our intention to launch our program in the first half of 2020, and the COVID-19 crisis only intensified our commitment to the channel.”
Crossley said the firm was aware of how the lockdown could impact working practices for partners. He said it also understood how delays from manufacturers could impact the channel’s ability to continue to support their clients.
Red Sift’s Neil Crossley
“It’s our hope that our PaaS model will enable partners to still offer their customers best-in-class solutions with minimum management and interaction during this time, and as we go back to some kind of normality in the future,” he said.
The vendor says the three-tier program to support partners rewards loyalty above deal registration and revenue. And the company wants to make the channel-vendor partnership more inclusive.
“This is really about rewarding focus, rather than size,” said Crossley. “Partners come in many shapes and sizes, but it’s about engagement, transparency, and a true partnership. Those that demonstrate focus and loyalty are given the right kind of prioritisation and rewards.”
Channel Growth
Serial entrepreneurs and ex-Shazam techies, Rahul Powar and Randal Pinto, founded Red Sift in 2015, offering cloud-based email security. Based on a machine learning platform, Red Sift offers users a dashboard of tools to support network monitoring, email analysis and authentication. Its portfolio of cloud-based security solutions includes OnDMARC and OnINBOX.
Headquartered in London, customers include TransferWise, Telefonica, Action for Children, and top U.K. law firms. Last September, Red Sift closed its Series A funding round, hired Crossley and expanded operations into the U.S.
Across Europe, Middle East and Africa, Red Sift has 25 partners, including distributors. Five are piloting the MSP program and the remainder are VARs. Channel sales make up about 20% of revenues. Crossley said the company’s immediate goal is to hit 33% this quarter and 50% by the end of the year.
“Any partner engagement we have will typically be with those who understand the need for inbox protection and the DMARC protocol,” said Crossley. “We are keen to bring on a number of enterprise partners as we see a steady stream of 3,000-plus users and above opportunities.
“That said, we are looking to grow all aspects of the channel. We’ve had conversations with new VARs and distribution partners in the U.K. and beyond. And we’ll continue to support smaller, consultancy-led businesses. Our MSP and system integrator approach is also kicking off this quarter with a number of MSPs already involved in our MSP pilot.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 08:50PM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Microsoft Reduces Cybersecurity Risk with Patching People Strategy
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Microsoft Reduces Cybersecurity Risk with ‘Patching People’ Strategy
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/microsoft-reduces-cybersecurity-risk-with-patching-people-strategy/
Microsoft’s aim at human-operated ransomware campaigns points to new opportunities for MSSPs.
Microsoft is taking aim at human-operated ransomware campaigns. The company offers analysis of such attacks in a new blog and recommends mitigation efforts with a “patching people” strategy.
The Microsoft Detection and Response Team (DART) offers insights on precisely where defenders should look to prevent these attacks.
Lucy Security’s Collin Bastable
“A strategy of patching people by simulating ransomware attacks on staff and running ‘what if’ system tests to identify systemic vulnerabilities would be far more effective in reducing damage from ransomware attacks than solely focusing on plugging holes below the IT waterline after a hit,” said Colin Bastable, CEO of security awareness training company Lucy Security.
A pronounced patching people strategy also expands opportunities for MSSPs that provide phishing awareness and other training programs for employees at their clients’ companies.
“They say that threats are opportunities in disguise. Many IT security people regard non-IT folks as part of the problem,” said Bastable. “CISOs need to treat their colleagues as potential allies in the fight against cybercrime, engage HR, department heads and make the whole organization defense-ready.”
Microsoft DART noted an uptick in ransomware attacks during the first two weeks of April. The attacks primarily targeted health care critical services but were not limited to the sector.
“Microsoft is telling its customers how to use its technology to mitigate the attack after it has happened, and this is very sensible for a technology company. Preventing what they define as ‘human-operated ransomware campaigns’ in the first place requires a different, holistic approach, aimed at humans, because the attacks are designed and carried out using psychology and understanding human behavior,” said Bastable.
“Train people how to identify the socially-engineered attacks that lead to the delivery of ransomware. Over 90% of these attacks are initiated by email and often as part of a carefully thought out social engineering attack,” Bastable added.
Human-Operated Ransomware
All of these attacks used techniques associated with what Microsoft dubs as human-operated ransomware attacks. Microsoft notes these type of ransomware infections are at the tail end of protracted attacks, and recommends that defenders focus on finding “signs of adversaries performing credential theft and lateral movement activities” to prevent the deployment of ransomware.
Red Canary’s Keith McCammon
“Ransomware actors continue to leverage some textbook breach tactics – service and account discovery, lateral movement and widespread infection of endpoints – to maximize the impact and profitability of their operations. This underscores the need not just for better preventative controls, but for robust detection coverage, careful investigation, and proactive hunting for threats that others controls have missed,” said Keith McCammon, co-founder and chief security officer of threat detection and response specialist Red Canary.
Defenders face an ongoing onslaught of attacks, and new tactics and techniques are constantly necessary to thwart them. Monetary damages caused by cybercrime are expected to reach more than $27 billion by 2025, according to Atlas VPN estimates. The company also predicts that pandemic lockdowns this year are likely to act as “a catalyst for the biggest hacker attack outbreak to date.” MSSPs should therefore add a people patching strategy for those working at home to their services menu.
Atlas VPN says that in 2019, digital crimes that caused the most financial damages were business email compromise (BEC). Those accounted for more than half of the monetary losses that year, totaling $1.77 billion.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 10:50PM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Accenture CentriLogic Cloud Deals Represent Way to Thrive Amid COVID-19
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Accenture, CentriLogic Cloud Deals Represent Way to Thrive Amid COVID-19
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/accenture-centrilogic-cloud-deals-represent-way-to-thrive-amid-covid-19/
The two channel-centric companies have snapped up firms that help them grow, even – or especially – during a pandemic.
This month, two channel-centric companies with global presences – Accenture and CentriLogic – announced cloud acquisitions. While the deals were in the works prior to the coronavirus pandemic, they still signify that COVID-19 may not have the power to slow partners or vendors focused on next-generation technologies.
Indeed, if estimates from research firm IDC stay on target, cloud is the silver lining as the world works to survive an unprecedented economic threat. The transactions recently made public by Accenture and CentriLogic represent a small, yet positive, part of that new reality.
On April 20, Ireland’s Accenture, a worldwide professional services firm, said it has secured Paris-based Gekko, an Amazon Web Services consultancy, as its latest purchase. Accenture is an AWS premier consulting partner.
Then, on April 21, Canada’s CentriLogic, a managed IT solutions provider that also sells through fellow partners, said it has snapped up ObjectSharp. Headquartered in Toronto, ObjectSharp is a cloud-native development and application services firm specializing in Microsoft Azure; CentriLogic is a longtime Microsoft gold partner.
Neither CentriLogic nor Accenture disclosed the financial terms of their respective transactions.
Of interest is that the spread of COVID-19 still did not impede the timing of these acquisitions. That’s namely because enterprises, SMBs, nonprofits and other organizations throughout the world now need cloud technologies more than ever.
Robert Offley, CEO of CentriLogic, agreed.
CentriLogic’s Robert Offley
“COVID-19 has thrust all businesses into practically overnight digital transformation,” Offley told Channel Futures. “We experienced this beginning in the second week of March, when most metropolitan areas in North America went into shelter-in-place mode and, hence, created a work-from-home imperative. That very first Friday, CentriLogic had numerous customers approach us with a need to provide them with expanded infrastructure and upgraded security to prepare them for the transition.”
Keep up with the latest channel-impacting mergers and acquisitions in our M&A roundup.
One customer immediately tapped the MSP and data center provider to help it support 850 employees working from home. That’s 800 more than it was equipped to handle. Bringing on ObjectSharp during the COVID-19 pandemic will only make other such deployments smoother, Offley noted.
Accenture was reluctant to talk about if it is steering more or fewer cloud deployments during the spread of coronavirus. The company is traded publicly.
“We’re working to help clients outmaneuver uncertainty with very fluid changes daily so it won’t be appropriate to make projections about our business,” Cédric Le Yeuc’h, managing director at Accenture Technology in France and Benelux, told Channel Futures. “We need to look at this with a human and business lens more than ever.”
With that in mind, Accenture is keenly aware of the need to help clients achieve resilience. And cloud will prove critical to that capability.
“The cloud offers the best solution to scale system resources as required,” Le Yeuc’h said. “The cloud also helps by enabling the deployment of instant innovation and aligning technology costs to rapid fluctuations in demand.”
For example, he added, the Singapore government used cloud architecture to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Cloud Data Management Report: Backup for Whats Next
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Cloud Data Management Report: Backup for What’s Next
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/cloud-data-management-report-backup-for-whats-next/
Building strong digital foundations that center on data availability is vital to the future of every organization.
Unfortunately, many businesses recognize that they still are unable to meet users’ demands for uninterrupted access to applications and data. This gap is causing business-critical challenges, from damage to customer confidence and brand integrity, right through to losses of hundreds of thousands of dollars an hour.
This 33-page report explores how businesses worldwide are approaching data management, the most common challenges with backups and availability, and the lessons leaders can learn from how high-performing businesses are using data as they continue to transform.
So, as businesses take the next step on their digital journey, we’re offering a blueprint for how each organization can get the foundations right and become a more intelligent business.
Sponsored By:
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
April 30, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Barracuda: reCaptcha Test New Weapon in Phishing Scams
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Barracuda: reCaptcha Test New Weapon in Phishing Scams
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/barracuda-recaptcha-test-new-weapon-in-phishing-scams/
Working from home may increase the risk of being tricked by this technique.
More cybercriminals are using the reCaptcha test to their advantage in their phishing campaigns. That’s the test that ensures you’re not a robot before logging onto a website or submitting a form online.
Barracuda researchers say malicious hackers are using the reCaptcha test to block URL scanning services from accessing the phishing page content. Legitimate companies use the Google service to deter bots from scraping content.
The researchers uncovered one campaign with more than 128,000 emails using this reCaptcha test to obscure fake Microsoft login pages.
End users are familiar with solving reCaptcha tests. Therefore, malicious use of a real reCaptcha wall lends more credibility to the phishing site.
Jonathan Tanner is senior security researcher at Barracuda. He said the phishing masked by reCaptcha can put businesses of any size at risk.
Barracuda’s Jonathan Tanner
“It mainly aims at defeating automated URL scanning services from protecting users from receiving the phishing emails,” he said. “So, regardless of whether or not the company utilizes such security measures, the users would receive the same phishing attempts. If anything, it seeks to bring larger or more well-funded (in terms of security) businesses to the security level of those without such security measures. This specific phishing campaign was aimed at users of Microsoft mail products, which are used by companies of all sizes.”
The phishing emails used in the Microsoft campaign claim the user has received voicemail. The bad actors redirect users who solve the reCaptcha to the actual phishing page.
The phishing page spoofs the appearance of a common Microsoft login page.
It’s not clear whether the page’s appearance matches the user’s legitimate mail server. However, using some simple reconnaissance, the attacker could find this sort of information to make the phishing page even more convincing.
Working-from-Home Risk
People working from home might be more vulnerable to this technique, Tanner said. Network-based web traffic defenses won’t protect any user solving the reCaptcha, he said.
“The most likely detection and prevention method for this campaign would be detecting the email content itself as phishing, which would likely be in place regardless of whether the user was working remotely or not,” he said.
Some solutions that MSSPs and cybersecurity companies offer could help mitigate this attack, Tanner added.
“The best places to detect this sort of attack are through the email content itself (not relying on the URL, but rather the wording and headers of the email) or through analysis of all URLs users visit (should a user click through),” he said. “While the reCaptcha adds a layer of sophistication when it comes to evading URL analysis, the content of the emails reads like standard email phishing attempts, and could likely be detected by email protection capable of identifying such content as malicious.”
There are a number of techniques available to help distinguish phishing sites from legitimate ones, Tanner said. There may be subtle differences in content or structure that could be detected. However, this would require knowing all versions of legitimate pages being served, he said.
“This is perhaps why Microsoft email logins specifically are targeted so often despite actually trailing Gmail for Business in market share,” he said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 01, 2020 at 12:50AM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
New Red Hat CEO Thrives on Channel Partner Relationships
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
New Red Hat CEO Thrives on Channel Partner Relationships
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/new-red-hat-ceo-thrives-on-channel-partner-relationships/
Paul Cormier has seen a lot of change in the world of open source and Linux since joining Red Hat in 2001.
In his 19 years at Red Hat, Paul Cormier is always focused on channel partner relationships. And now, as CEO since April 6, Cormier stresses that the channel continues to fuel Red Hat’s steady growth.
Cormier arrived as the company’s VP of engineering 19 years ago, and later became president of products and technologies. He has watched the company transform from a startup into a goliath in the world of open source software. And in many steps of that path, Cormier has had a leadership role in making things happen. The company has grown dramatically from its start as a Linux vendor to offering a wide range of enterprise applications. Today that includes platforms for cloud, Kubernetes, storage, middleware, virtualization and more. The company’s $34 billion acquisition by IBM in July 2019 has been a huge boost as well.
Red Hat’s Paul Cormier
In a Q&A with Channel Futures, Cormier speaks about his new roles as CEO and president and about what he sees in the future for Red Hat, its partners and customers. Cormier succeeds Jim Whitehurst as Red Hat’s CEO. Whitehurst left Red Hat in April to become the CEO at IBM. Cormier was employee No. 120 at Red Hat when he arrived 19 years ago.
Channel Futures: You’ve been working for the company since the days of the early LinuxWorld conferences back in 2001. What’s this journey been like for you? Did you expect to be CEO one day?
Paul Cormier: When Jim Whitehurst came in 12 years ago as CEO of Red Hat, we talked about it. Jim was coming from Delta Airlines, an airline guy. Jim and I forged a really good partnership. He brought things to the table that he was better at and I brought things to the table that I was better at. And look where it got us. But this time, for this change, IBM has been incredible in terms of understanding why we need to be independent and how to be independent. Especially Arvind Krishna, IBM’s new CEO. Arvind was really the architect of the deal. And he and I worked on it really early. So, at this point in time to make the change, to make sure that it really gets solidified inside IBM, it had to be a Red Hatter to [succeed Whitehurst as CEO].
CF: Red Hat has been a huge partner with the channel for a long time. What is your approach to channel partner relationships?
PC: The channel is what made Red Hat. The key to the success of the company was Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL). When I first started, we had a retail Linux product we sold in bookstores. Bob Young started the company by selling Linux CDs out of his trunk and his flea market. I’m not kidding. And when I came in, the banks on Wall Street were starting to use Red Hat Linux. I went and talked to them, and some of the feedback I got was that it’s great, but there are no ISVs and no partners who know how to do service or who can help configure, install and architect it. They said they didn’t know where it was going, that there was no life cycle. We later solved all those problems when we introduced RHEL.
CF: What helped move things forward?
PC: One of the biggest problems was building an ecosystem around it. And that ecosystem is what made us successful. The first channels were the OEM partners: Dell, HP, IBM. All the OEM partners were really the first channel partners. Then we started to get smaller channel partners that could actually build …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 01, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Setting up Your Remote Workforce for Long-Term Success
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Setting up Your Remote Workforce for Long-Term Success
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/setting-up-your-remote-workforce-for-long-term-success/
Suddenly, a remote workforce isn’t the outlier, it’s the norm. The organization’s processes, culture and tools must adapt accordingly.
There’s a big difference between employees occasionally “working from home” and having a true remote workforce.
In the first case, you need a VPN, company-issued laptops, a conference call number or two, and some basic ground rules. In these cases, it’s the exception, not the rule. But when a company fully embraces remote work–which many firms are suddenly finding themselves doing whether they wanted to or not–there are additional considerations. Suddenly, remote workers aren’t the outlier, they’re the norm. And the organization’s processes, culture and tools must adapt accordingly.
For MSPs, the recent switch to remote work in light of COVID-19 was either jarring and disruptive or it was more of a natural evolutionary step in its flexible approach to work. Either way, turning the new reality into a workable, long-term solution requires some tweaks–if not wholesale changes–in how MSPs run their day-to-day operations.
Properly Equipping Your Team
Remote workers can’t be expected to do their jobs day after day with an inappropriate home setup. Working in bed might be fun for a day or two, but it’s no way to live for months on end.
To be successful, you must ensure your team is kitted out with what they need to ensure maximum productivity. Everyone has a professional-grade laptop or desktop setup, including a monitor they won’t mind staring at for days on end. And while you may not have the budget for home office furniture, encourage everyone to create a dedicated workspace providing them with proper ergonomics in as quiet of an environment as possible.
Beyond the “stuff” they’ll need to do their jobs, the remote workforce also need guidance and protocols around how to work remotely and their employer’s expectations. Whether it’s mutually agreed upon working hours, a dress code for videoconferences or ensuring redundancy in case someone gets sick, MSPs shouldn’t take it for granted that everyone will approach long-term remote work the same.
There’s obviously a need for flexibility, but that shouldn’t come at the expense of professionalism or productivity. Having those conversations early on and periodically checking in with staff during the transition is crucial to avoiding bad habits from setting in. A refresh or additional training around security protocols may also help reinforce things.
Getting Comms Squared Away
Communication is going to be critical during this period, so workers need a reliable system for staying in touch with colleagues and customers. If possible, they should be using the business phone system and having calls forwarded to their remote office. They should also be able to check their voicemail remotely.
To ensure they sound professional, they should be using headsets. Even better, a dedicated VoIP phone line can create some separation from personal calls and device usage, not to mention superior audio quality.
Videoconferencing and screen sharing are also paramount during these times, so make sure there’s a solution in place supporting these functions. It not only helps with maintaining human relationships, but also makes it much easier to support customers struggling with their own remote work IT challenges.
Securing Client Systems
Depending on the nature of their business, many customers might not have embraced working for home before recent events. Even those who did might have still expected certain staff to always be onsite, which is no longer the case.
Opening up what used to only happen in the office to a fleet of remote workers requires a new level of discipline regarding security and remote monitoring. MSPs should be sure clients have proper defenses in place to defend data and systems while allowing seamless access to those requiring it.
Multifactor authentication is imperative given how many employees will be logging in from unfamiliar devices, as is secure VPN access to servers. And any device a remote employee uses for work should be running current operating systems, applications and browsers, along with having the latest security patches and upgrades installed.
Some people also need remote access to systems that can’t leave the office. In these cases, MSPs can use endpoint management tools to easily enable those workers to do so from their devices at home. Creating automated scripts for common tasks like these will streamline the client support process.
But beyond the technical infrastructure, clients also need
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 01, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
5 Ways MSPs Can Optimize Security Spend
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
5 Ways MSPs Can Optimize Security Spend
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/5-ways-msps-can-optimize-security-spend/
To optimize security spend, avoid IT budget cuts with long-term implications and risk.
Today’s business environment is creating unprecedented financial challenges for MSPs and clients alike. Your executives may ask you to justify your IT and cybersecurity budget, or even provide cost-cutting recommendations. Your response to requests to justify security spend directly impacts the bottom line and sets the stage for the future.
Here are five steps to optimize your IT security spend for short and long-term impact:
Consolidate your tools: Reduce tool sprawl by convergence of single-function technology and consolidation without compromise. Spending on comprehensive IT security solutions can offer greater data protection at a lower cost than legacy systems and applications. If you staff a security operations center (SOC), include automation and machine learning (ML) to minimize alerting and false positives, or use SOC-as-a-Service (SOCaaS) to augment your cybersecurity expertise.
Shift expenses to operating expenses: Organizations can move purchases for new long-term cybersecurity assets like software that are often considered capital expenditures (CAPEX) to ones that are for software-as-a-service (SaaS). SaaS-based purchases such as SOC-as-a-Service are operating expenses (OPEX) incurred to run the business. OPEX purchases are often viewed as more scalable and simpler for internal budget approval.
Minimize the attack surface: Assess whether there are benefits to consolidating your technology solutions and streamlining your vendor bench; minimizing vendors saves time and money. Consider a new sourcing initiative with a vendor that provides a holistic cybersecurity platform with more all-in-one capabilities.
+ + + + + + + + ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +++ + + +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
“Prepared organizations emerge from crises stronger and more competitive.”
Max Hammond / Senior Director Analyst
Gartner, Inc.
+ ++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ++ + + + + ++ ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Invest in a well-tuned SIEM solution: A co-managed security information and event management (SIEM) solution catches advanced threats that pose a financial risk to you and your clients, and also identifies suspicious internal behavior that could pinpoint areas for improved processes and productivity.
Augment your internal expertise: Sophisticated adversaries continually morph their techniques to evade detection. It can be challenging, however, to master all aspects of cybersecurity. A lack of 24/7/365 visibility increasingly puts you and your clients at risk. SOCaaS controls costs and resources while simplifying day-to-day management and maximizing cybersecurity coverage.
Learn more in the Netsurion blog “ IT Security: How Much Should You Spend” to understand how to balance risk management and business growth.
It’s important to strike the right balance between reactively cutting costs and proactively preparing for business ramp up and recovery. Assess your existing IT and cybersecurity spend while looking for short- and long-term savings as you enable future growth initiatives. Learn how SOCaaS from Netsurion increases cybersecurity and saves money.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 01, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
COVID-19 Lifts Microsoft Teams Usage Boosts Windows Virtual Desktop Demand
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
COVID-19 Lifts Microsoft Teams Usage, Boosts Windows Virtual Desktop Demand
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/covid-19-lifts-microsoft-teams-usage-boosts-windows-virtual-desktop-demand/
Microsoft Teams usage continues to rise sharply as COVID-19 forces millions of people to work from home.
Likewise, new remote work scenarios are lifting demand for Microsoft’s Windows Virtual Desktop, Dynamics 365 and its other cloud services.
More than 75 million workers now use Microsoft Teams, a figure that has nearly doubled since early March. Microsoft revealed the latest figures yesterday with its third quarter earnings report.
During the period ending March 31, Microsoft posted revenues of $35 billion, a 15% year-over-year increase. That beat forecasts of 10% growth. Microsoft’s $10.8 billion profit represented a nearly 11% increase.
Microsoft’s Satya Nadella
“As COVID-19 impacts every aspect of our work in life, we have seen two years’ worth of digital transformation in two months,” said Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella, speaking during the company’s earnings call with analysts. “We are working alongside customers every day to help them stay open for business in a world of remote everything. There is both immediate surge demand and systemic structural changes across all of our solution areas that will define the way we live and work going forward.”
Microsoft Teams usage was already growing steadily before COVID-19 required employees who don’t provide essential services to work at home. During its last earnings report in January, Microsoft counted 20 million Teams users, up from 12 million last summer. By early March, as much of the world economy started to shut down, the user count jumped to 38 million. A week later, Microsoft Teams usage spiked to 44 million.
Having nearly quadrupled since the beginning of this year, Nadella said Microsoft Teams usage was 4.1 billion minutes this month. The number of organizations integrating line-of-business apps from partners with Teams has tripled during the past two months.
Microsoft Teams usage could rise, because the chat and communications tool is included with all commercial SKUs of Office 365. Microsoft reported its latest tally of commercial Office 365 subscriptions is now up to 258 million.
Dynamics 365 and Windows Virtual Desktop Growth
Revenue for Dynamics 365 grew 47% year over year, lifted by demand from companies that quickly needed to shift to remote operations.
“Dynamics 365 is helping thousands of organizations accelerate digital transformation as they remote every part of their operations, from manufacturing, to supply chain management, to sales and customer service,” Nadella said. “[That’s] inclusive of new scenarios like curbside pickup contactless shopping, remote customer assistance and operations.”
The shift to remote work has also increased demand for Windows Virtual Desktop, which Microsoft released last fall. The company didn’t reveal specific figures. But in a webinar today, Microsoft corporate VP Brad Anderson said demand has exceeded the company’s forecasts.
Microsoft’s Brad Anderson
“What we’ve seen with Windows Virtual Desktop is just an explosion in the use way beyond any of our expectations that we had mapped out for our entire fiscal year,” Anderson said.
Headwinds from COVID-19
COVID-19, which has decimated many businesses, has been a mixed bag for the tech industry. AMD, IBM and SAP are among those that have reported weaker revenues or outlooks. Intel, however, which had a strong quarter, issued a weak outlook. Google on Wednesday reported weakness in its core ad-supported search business. But Google Cloud revenue of $2.8 billion was up 52% and YouTube revenue of $4 billion grew 33%.
Overall, Microsoft’s business has fared better than most during the COVID-19 crisis, though the company isn’t entirely immune from headwinds. CFO Amy Hood said transactional business across all of its segments slowed, notably from SMB customers. Also, consulting projects that were put on hold led to weaker enterprise services business. Microsoft’s LinkedIn Talent Solutions business also saw a slowdown in renewals, as a result of the weak job market.
Despite economic worries, Hood said Microsoft will continue to build out its cloud services.
“We will continue to provide increased support to our customers and partners as they navigate the uncertain future ahead, deepening our engagement and adding increased value,” she said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 01, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: Apr 30, 2020 Via IFTTT
Swimlane Revamps Channel Partner Program for Long-Term Growth
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Swimlane Revamps Channel Partner Program for Long-Term Growth
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/swimlane-revamps-channel-partner-program-for-long-term-growth/
The Swimlane channel partner program targets VARs, distributors, SIs and SSIs.
An updated Swimlane channel partner program will help partners grow a profitable security orchestration, automation and response (SOAR) business.
The Insider channel program aims to generate long-term partner growth. It includes key strategies like competitive discounts, specializations for service delivery, managed services and more.
Earlier this month, Swimlane acquired Syncurity, an organization focused on security incident response and case management.
The Swimlane channel partner program targets VARs, distributors, SIs and SSIs.
Andy Duewel is Swimlane’s vice president of global channels. He said Swimlane’s previous program enabled grassroots expansion.
Swimlane’s Andy Duewel
“However, with recent overall company growth and channel investment, we needed to revamp the program to scale for growth,” he said. “We not only needed a new program to better align our partnerships and help us through the next phase of growth. We also needed a two-tier program to incentivize our partners to position Swimlane more. Our goal is to protect our partners through an appropriate deal registration structure as well as incumbency protection on renewals.”
The new Swimlane Immersion Program gives partners advanced training and certification to make them more knowledgeable.
“We sought advice and input from a few strategic partners,” Duewel said. “We wanted to fully understand what they value in a channel program. Our goal was to make the program simple to understand and easy to do business with, as well as offer structured sales and technical enablement while providing favorable margins for our partners.”
COVID-19 has driven a new way to do business remotely by doing more with less, he said.
“Swimlane is positioned favorably in the market today due to the fact we help our partners and customers be more efficient in the way they operate,” Duewel said.
“As one of Swimlane’s strategic partners, we’re thrilled they’re rolling out a new, formalized partner program,” said Chuck Crawford, Fishtech Group‘s co-founder and CCO. “By enhancing their offering while launching a new training and certification program, Swimlane is showing their commitment to the channel. And it’s exciting to see them grow and evolve as a leading SOAR company.”
Other Swimlane partners include Merlin, Optiv, Spectrami EU and SSS IT Security Specialists.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 01, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: May 01, 2020 Via IFTTT
Remote Working Challenges Aplenty for Cybersecurity Pros
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Remote Working Challenges Aplenty for Cybersecurity Pros
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/remote-working-challenges-aplenty-for-cybersecurity-pros/
Nearly all cybersecurity pros are working remotely full time.
Nearly all cybersecurity pros are working remotely due to the COVID-19 pandemic. And many no longer focus on their normal tasks.
That’s according to ISC2‘s latest survey of 256 cybersecurity professionals. They shared insights into how their work has changed during the first several weeks of the pandemic. Remote working challenges are common.
Eighty-one percent said their job functions have changed during the pandemic, with 90% of cybersecurity pros working remotely.
Nearly half, most of whom are cybersecurity pros working remotely, are not doing some of their typical security duties. Instead, they’re assisting with other IT-related tasks like equipping remote workforces.
Fifteen percent said their teams don’t have the resources to support remote workers.
“COVID-19 hit us with all the necessary ingredients to fuel cybercrime: 100% work from home (WFH) before most organizations were really ready; chaos caused by technical issues plaguing workers not used to WFH; panic and desire to ‘know more’ and a temptation to visit unverified websites in search of up-to-the-minute information; remote workforce technology supported by vendors driven by ‘new feature time to market’ and not security; employees taking over responsibilities for COVID-19 affected coworkers (unfamiliarity with process); and uncertainty regarding unexpected communication supposedly coming from their employers.”
ISC2’s Wesley Simpson
To find out more about cybersecurity pros’ remote working challenges, we spoke with Wesley Simpson, ISC2’s COO.
Channel Futures: What were some of the most surprising survey findings about remote working challenges?
Wesley Simpson: Learning that nearly half of cybersecurity staff have been reassigned to IT tasks was what surprised us most, especially as 81% indicated their organizations have categorized security as an essential function during this pandemic.
CF: With nearly half of cybersecurity pros being reassigned to IT, is that leaving more organizations vulnerable to cyberattacks? If so, why?
WS: Twenty-three percent of respondents indicated their organizations are seeing an increase in security incidents, at a time when nearly half of these respondents are being pulled into other areas of IT. This kind of situation is obviously not ideal or sustainable for keeping organizations protected. This is magnified by the fact that 34% of respondents said they have the resources they need to support a remote workforce, but only for the time being.
CF: Do remote working challenges for cybersecurity pros put them at a disadvantage when compared to onsite? If so, why?
WS: While 10% of the respondents to our survey said they are still going into the office, the rest say they are working remotely and did not indicate being at a disadvantage, although we did not ask them specifically about this. Fortunately, cloud technologies and VPNs make it easier for cybersecurity tasks to be handled from remote locations, but I don’t think anyone would go as far as to say that this situation is ideal.
CF: Can MSSPs and other cybersecurity providers help ensure optimum security during this difficult transition?
WS: Our survey doesn’t cover how organizations are using third-party support during this time, but I would imagine that as cybersecurity staff are being repurposed with IT tasks, organizations may be looking to MSSPs to help fill the gaps.
CF: Does the ongoing cybersecurity talent shortage play a role in these remote working challenges?
WS: Absolutely. Our 2019 Cybersecurity Workforce Study showed that there is a shortage of more than 4 million trained cybersecurity personnel globally, and I think that unfortunately, for those companies that were not already fully staffed in their security departments before COVID-19, this pandemic has likely put even more stress on their programs.
CF: Are there any indications that cybersecurity eventually will catch up to this new normal? If so, how?
WS: We’re still in the early stages of this situation, and no one knows exactly how long it will last or what the new normal will look like. But if I had to bet …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 02, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: May 01, 2020 Via IFTTT
Vast Data Adds 20 Features to Universal Storage Architecture v3
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Vast Data Adds 20+ Features to Universal Storage Architecture v3
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/vast-data-adds-20-features-to-universal-storage-architecture-v3/
The updated Vast platform adds support for cloud data replication, native encryption and more.
The latest version of Vast Data’s universal storage architecture has more than 20 new features, including cloud data replication support.
Also included in Version 3 of the updated platform is support for native encryption for Windows and MacOS applications. Other updates include enhanced user behavior monitoring, performance improvements and new management features designed to ease deployment and system scaling.
The new Server Message Block (SMB) support for Windows and MacOS applications gives important new capabilities to enterprise customers. That includes multiprotocol access between network file system (NFS) and SMB file sharing protocols. The new SMB server also enables failover of SMB clients so customers have no downtime.
A new snap-to-object feature allows customers to protect critical data assets by snapshotting them to other systems. That can include to another Vast system, an on-premises S3 storage system or another cloud service. This can help reduce reliance on secondary data centers for disaster recovery strategies for file and object data.
Version 3 of the latest universal storage architecture will encrypt user data at rest. It uses FIPS-class AES-256 when stored to 3D XPoint and QLC flash. This step strengthens Vast’s security protocols and provides customers peace of mind that their information remains secure.
Also included is enhanced data reduction for unstructured data, which adds storage efficiency for customers. The similarity-based data reduction feature is designed for users who are not getting data reduction from their legacy storage systems. The new features are all part of Vast’s disaggregated, shared-everything (DASE) approach to all-flash enterprise storage.
New Capabilities for Customers
The new features give channel partners new capabilities for customers, Phil Manez, Vast’s director of channel sales, told Channel Futures.
Vast Data’s Phil Manez
“Version 3 enables channel partners to deliver a customer experience that has never been possible before,” said Manez. “Legacy unstructured storage systems, whether scale out or scale up, were never designed to be all-flash. And they were never intended to service the AI and analytics that customers see as critical for the survival of their businesses. With Version 3, channel partners can now offer a single platform that makes all-flash affordable for any workload, while also providing the foundation needed to make AI and analytics initiatives successful.”
With the updated universal storage architecture, channel partners can now deliver the true all-flash data center, said Manez.
“While it has been talked about for years, all-flash storage has been largely confined to tier-1, block workloads. Other all-flash storage solutions for unstructured data have come at a huge premium to those based on spinning disk. Version 3 marks the beginning of the end of tiers in the data center.”
Aaron Cardenas is the founder and CEO of solutions provider and Vast channel partner P1 Technologies. He called the product enhancements in version 3 “monumental.”
They are “big features that you typically don’t see in an early release from a new storage company,” Cardenas said.
P1 Technologies’ Aaron Cardenas
SMB support is “always the most difficult feature hurdle for most storage companies,” he added. “And it appears that Vast has not only executed, but executed well.”
There’s one really big benefit for the channel, said Cardenas. Vast’s offerings are now a much more marketable product with SMB and cloud capabilities.
“The addressable market for NFS-only opportunities is very small,” he said. “It lends to the Vast value proposition of having one storage tier that can do everything at a tier 3 price point.”
The new version of the platform will also help architects and administrators, he said. It takes away their worries about which workflows need performance or which data should be moved to less expensive disks.
“Most of these are table stakes features, so it takes Vast from being an aspiring enterprise data storage company to a legit player in the market, said Cardenas.
In April, the company unveiled a $100 million Series C funding round to continue to grow its business.
Vast released version 2 of its universal storage architecture last September. Version 2 added accelerated support for AI applications and asymmetric cluster expansion some 10 months after Vast announced the first version of its high-performance, all-flash NVMe, exabyte-scale platform.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 02, 2020 at 03:50AM
Added: May 01, 2020 Via IFTTT
Microsoft WVD Update Will Offer Improved Video Conferencing Quality with Teams
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Microsoft WVD Update Will Offer Improved Video Conferencing Quality with Teams
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/microsoft-wvd-update-will-offer-improved-video-conferencing-quality-with-teams/
WVD v2 is integrated into Azure Portal and offers new security and compliance features.
Microsoft’s Windows Virtual Desktop (WVD) service will offer improved video conferencing quality with its Teams software.
The improved video conferencing quality is part of several updates for WVD, announced Thursday. Described by some as WVD v2, the rolling upgrade also more tightly integrates with the Microsoft Azure cloud service.
Specifically, Microsoft is making WVD easier to deploy and manage by integrating the administrative console into its Azure Portal. The company is also adding security and compliance capabilities to WVD by supporting data residency requirements.
WVD v2 promises to offer improved video conferencing quality when customers use it with Microsoft Teams. A technology Microsoft calls AV Redirect enables peer-to-peer data transfer during video. Brad Anderson, corporate VP for Microsoft 365, described it during a webcast Thursday outlining the updated WVD service.
“Instead of the communication having to go [through] that VDI session up in the cloud, you can now establish a peer-to-peer model where you’re going from one endpoint to the other,” Anderson said.
Anderson indicated the updated WVD is easier for partners and customers who are more accustomed to provisioning and managing VDI.
“One of the big things we’ve done with the update that’s coming out now is dramatically simplified the IT experience,” Anderson said. “In the previous experience, if you really didn’t understand Azure –say you were a VDI specialist – it was a bit of a challenge to put all the pieces together in Azure in order to spin up that VDI experience. But now, with these concepts of a host pool and application group workspaces, these things that are just natively understood by VDI specialists. That is now presented inside of the admin experiences. So, it just feels much more natural.”
Brian Barnes, chief technology officer at Coretek Services, who has had early access to the update since January, agrees.
“There are a lot of great enhancements here,” Barnes said. “It’s a great step forward in the management and entitlement of users and host pools. Their pace of innovation will force those value-add WVD Partners to stay ahead of the curve and provide additional capabilities and ongoing innovation.
Migrating customers from v1 to v2 requires some manual processes, Barnes added.
“But Coretek is building innovative automation to cut down time and effort for that process,” he said.
COVID-19 Drives Demand for WVD
Even before last fall’s release of WVD, the company’s Windows desktop as a service (DaaS), Microsoft was projecting strong uptake. Now that entire workforces are working from home because of COVID-19, demand has soared, according to Microsoft.
“Over the past few months, we’ve seen unprecedented growth in the use of Windows virtual desktop as more and more people work from home,” Anderson said.
Anderson emphasized the appeal of WVD is the ability to quickly provision virtual desktops. Bret Arsenault, Microsoft’s CISO, explained how his group rolled out WVD for 32,000 of the company’s developers in two days.
“We had developers who weren’t able to take devices home,” Arsenault said, during Thursday’s webcast. “So, we spun up capability for 32,000 devs via the WVD solution. It turns out our developers have been more productive since we sent them home than they were in the office.”
Security Features Added to WVD
Among the security features added to WVD is a reverse connect capability and FSLogix profile containers. In a blog, Anderson noted that reverse connect “significantly reduces the attack surface area by letting you run a virtual machine without keeping any inbound ports open.”
Profile containers, he added, “provide a simple, robust solution to quickly manage virtual profiles in non-persistent environments while staying protected through your organization’s security settings.”
Other new security features for WVD include:
The ability to add groups of users to Windows Virtual Desktop using Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) groups
Support for static or dynamic conditional access policies.
Support for mandating multifactor authentication (MFA).
Windows Virtual Desktop integration with Azure role-based access control (RBAC) and analytics for greater administrative control over user permissions.
The ability to choose the geography you want to store your service metadata for the best possible regulatory compliance and performance.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 02, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: May 04, 2020 Via IFTTT
Microsofts Azure Edge Zones Ready for Edge Computing 5G
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Microsoft’s Azure Edge Zones Ready for Edge Computing, 5G
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/microsofts-azure-edge-zones-ready-for-edge-computing-5g/
One Azure Networking exec says the strategy is to build a “global computing infrastructure substrate.”
From Data Center Knowledge
Microsoft is preparing to launch not just one edge computing service, but three, one each for industrial connectivity on a 5G private network, standing up a mini Azure region closer to your customers, and offering cloud services that run inside a carrier network.
Connectivity and the amount of compute available differ from service to service. But for developers who will place workloads on them, the company is promising the same experience as in every other flavor of Azure — although for a limited set of Azure services. That promise of consistency applies across Azure public cloud, Azure Stack Hub (the on-premises version), Azure Stack Edge, or the Azure Arc control plane for Kubernetes clusters in non-Azure clouds. What you run where is a deployment decision, not one dictated by the development or operational model.
Azure Edge Zones, which Microsoft started previewing at the end of March, are meant to bring that consistency to applications that need to run at the edge for extremely low latency. The three new services are Edge Zones, Private Edge Zones and Edge Zones With Carrier. They cover multiple “edge” types and use cases. Those include more localized regions than the core public cloud with latency of ExpressRoute; Azure with 5G through a carrier; and Azure in private industrial or retail deployments with 5G connectivity.
Azure Edge Zones are connected to Azure’s own network. They run in existing Microsoft network edge locations.
Microsoft’s Yousef Khalidi
“These are typically cages in exchange points,” said Yousef Khalidi, corporate VP for Azure Networking. “They are the same locations where we typically have ExpressRoute, where we have Azure Front Door [for web traffic routing optimization], where we have our CDN services, where we have our routers. They have the right security and compliance regime to enable you to host compute.”
Azure Edge Zones with carrier puts that same Azure hardware into a carrier-owned data center. In both cases it’s the same hardware used in standard Azure cloud availability regions. “We actually use the same supply chain, the same mechanism we have to send the hardware to the right location and make sure it is secure. … And that’s how we’ll scale the locations,” Khalidi explained.
The carrier version of Edge Zones is tightly integrated with both the carrier network and the Azure network. That’s what Microsoft has spent the last year testing with AT&T, which will be the first carrier on the service. It wants to make sure to avoid “tromboning” a mobile connection to another location and back.
“Traditionally, with mobile networking, that [packet] would have gone all over the universe before it got where it was supposed to be going,” Khalidi joked.
The degree of integration with their network is up to each carrier. And how fast devices on their networks can reach the edge zone will be part of their differentiation. In time, Azure plans to let developers take advantage of that to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 05, 2020 at 02:51AM
Added: May 04, 2020 Via IFTTT
IT By Design Extends Support for Key MSP Vendors Datto and Kaseya
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IT By Design Extends Support for Key MSP Vendors Datto and Kaseya
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/it-by-design-extends-support-for-key-msp-vendors-datto-and-kaseya/
The MSP has expanded its tool-agnostic approach by adding Datto and Kaseya expertise to its engineering services.
IT By Design (ITBD)’s remote engineering services now provide full support for the entire portfolio of solutions available through MSP vendors Datto and Kaseya. This goes for its outsourced NOC, RMM virtual admin and professional services as well.
ITBD, one of our 2019 501ers, provides expert MSP-trained talent services built for MSPs, by an MSP. ITBD’s offer steps in when an MSP requires a dedicated, MSP-Way trained engineer to augment their technical team, or simply wants to outsource its NOC or help desk services. Each MSP practice needs the flexibility of choice, so ITBD crafted its NOC support to be vendor agnostic. It’s also evolving its partnerships – such as those with Kaseya and Datto – as the industry continues to shift and grow in terms of valuable vendor offers.
Why is this MSP vendor partnership significant?
IT by Design’s Sunny Kaila
“ITBD has been working with the tools from both Datto and Kaseya portfolios as part of the extensive training we provide to our dedicated remote engineering staff. That is, those engineers who work within our MSP customers’ environments as a remote part of their team,” said Sunny Kaila, CEO, ITBD. “Our engineering talent is prepared to work with whatever MSP tools our customers prefer.”
What’s new is that ITBD has expanded its knowledge base and deepened its partnership with both vendors. This also is to support the Datto RMM tool and Kaseya’s VSA RMM through their around-the-clock, outsourced NOC and help desk services and as part of their RMM virtual administrator offer. The latter enables best practices and optimization of the Datto RMM and Kaseya VSA services for best capacity and performance within an MSP’s environment.
“The bottom line is that we want to ensure our talent can work inside an MSPs preferred tool set, ticketing on their service boards and generally offering a seamless experience,” said Kaila. “We are working to expand our vendor ecosystem even further.”
ITBD’s goal is to ensure it is building partnerships with key MSP vendors to work in the tools their MSP partners select.
“We understand that MSPs need the freedom to make that decision depending on their unique business needs,” said Kaila. “So, it’s incumbent on ITBD to support that freedom of choice by being agile and ready to build out services as those tool choices evolve with the quick-moving MSP industry.”
How does this relate to the industry?
ITBD provides the technical talent that MSPs need to scale their business. To help their partners grow by getting the talent they need in place – whether a dedicated remote engineer or around-the-clock NOC support – it’s imperative that their talent can work in and on leading tools so they can provide value immediately.
“We also know that MSPs choose their tool stack to fulfill particular needs within their businesses. This means that we must be prepared to support those choices,” added Kaila. “We want to help our MSP partners deliver more value and better service downstream, and to be able to focus their high-cost engineering talent on strategic, profitable projects.”
So why is it significant that ITBD’s remote engineering solutions fully support all Datto and Kaseya solutions? Not to mention its …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 05, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: May 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
IBM PartnerWorld at Think Digital 2020 Kicks Off with Refreshed Partner Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IBM PartnerWorld at Think Digital 2020 Kicks Off with Refreshed Partner Program
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ibm-partnerworld-at-think-digital-2020-kicks-off-with-refreshed-partner-program/
Hybrid cloud sits at the center of IBM and partner opportunity for 2020 and beyond.
For the 28,000 partners attending IBM PartnerWorld at Think Digital 2020 on Tuesday, they heard the company announce new specialized tracks, new competencies, and how hybrid cloud is the biggest opportunity for IBM and its business partners.
The new elements in the IBM Business Partner program represent the biggest overhaul of the program in a decade. They covers three themes: partner growth, increased partner collaboration with IBM, and new tracks for success. And, the focus centers on hybrid cloud.
IBM’s David La Rose
“Hybrid cloud is at the center of the opportunity that both IBM and its business partners have in 2020 and beyond,” David La Rose, general manager, IBM Partner Ecosystem, told Channel Futures. “Hybrid cloud operating environments are a reality at their clients – large enterprise, midsize, commercial – whatever size clients you want to look at.”
A Closer Look
Taking a closer look at the three themes:
Helping facilitate partner growth through clarity, simplicity and support. IBM announced new incentives and rewards that put the company’s software portfolio and IBM Cloud Paks front and center.
The company is simplifying its software incentives structure. IBM is aligning partner incentives with its go-to-market so IBM teams and partners can better collaborate.
The vendor is expanding the PartnerWorld program, introducing two new tracks. One is a “build” track; the other is a “service” track. The company already has a “sell” track.
The build track is for partners who want to build on a cloud platform. That can be for the IBM Cloud or another vendor’s cloud platform.
“This is in the context of a hybrid multicloud environment,” said La Rose. “The service track will be centered around those partners who want to build services on a cloud environment. These could be developers or system integrators, for example.”
The build, service and sell tracks come with benefits and offerings for partners to unlock opportunities for their businesses quicker.
Hybrid Cloud Opportunity
While IBM customers are in different positions on the spectrum of moving to a hybrid cloud environment, they do have multiple cloud environments in their businesses today.
“Customers have moved about 20% of the workload into a cloud environment. Those are the easy workloads. Now they’re looking for partners and integrators to help them move the complex workloads, or that remaining 80% of workloads,” said La Rose.
IBM’s Red Hat acquisition allows the company to containerize its middleware software on the Red Hat OpenShift platform. That effectively allows you to build once and deploy anywhere.
“The evolution of the PartnerWorld program is to pivot the program toward accelerating that opportunity,” said La Rose. “We have partners that have a heritage of reselling software. And we want to bring them with us and protect the investments that they’ve made. We want to bring them into the new world of platforms and consumption.”
At IBM PartnerWorld at Think Digital, the vendor also said it is looking to attract a new set of partners who are already in the hybrid world.
New Competencies
The company introduced new competencies aligned to the banking and financial services industry, and also industrial and manufacturing. Expect to see additional competencies roll out throughout the year, the company said at IBM PartnerWorld at Think.
The company is also delivering new IBM partner packages. They bundle cloud and cognitive benefits to help partners quickly learn, develop and test solutions on the IBM Cloud. The company isn’t just helping business partners speed up development time and reduce time to market. IBM also has an extensive network of sellers, ecosystem partners and go-to-market resources. They can help partners get global visibility and make money off of their products and services more quickly.
IBM launched a new partner support desk to address the partner experience. This serves as a central location for personalized and proactive support via phone, email or chat.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 05, 2020 at 10:54PM
Added: May 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
In-Memory Computing Firm GigaSpaces Gets $12 Million Funding Injection
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
In-Memory Computing Firm GigaSpaces Gets $12 Million Funding Injection
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/in-memory-computing-firm-gigaspaces-gets-12-million-funding-injection/
Demand for GigaSpaces’ solutions is increasing during the COVID-19 crisis.
GigaSpaces, an in-memory computing company, has raised $12 million in a funding round to fuel continued growth. The funding round was led by Fortissimo Capital.
Last year, GigaSpaces doubled its annual recurring revenue (ARR) and tripled its InsightEdge customer base. The company also had its most profitable year. GigaSpaces continues to demonstrate growth, with record ARR in the first quarter of 2020.
The in-memory computing company reports more customers demanding its services during the COVID-19 crisis.
GigaSpaces’ CEO Adi Paz said the money will give partners more opportunities. The company will build and deploy services with partners for joint customers, and increase go-to-market activities, he said.
GigaSpaces’ Adi Paz
“Channel partners, including large integrators as well as smaller regional partners, are helping expand our reach to more customers and to have presence in more regions,” Paz said. “They leverage our technology in their big data analytics stacks and solutions.”
GigaSpaces partners with technology companies such asTableau, Red Hat, Confluent, AWS, GCP and Informatica. They build complementary services that they jointly present to the market, he said.
“Partners are one part of our go-to-market strategy, which augments our direct sales approach,” Paz said. “Looking forward, partners will become an even more significant part of GigaSpaces’ expansion plan, as we increase focus on existing partners and grow our partner ecosystem across all regions.”
Fueling Growth
GigaSpaces’ InsightEdge platform addresses market demand for real-time, data-driven insights.
“GigaSpaces’ rapid growth is fueled by industry trends and requirements, and our ability to deliver innovative, differentiated solutions to our customers,” Paz said.
Enterprises are shifting to cloud. They need to maintain speed and scale for applications in both hybrid and cloud-only environments, he said.
In addition, enterprises require simpler architectures with distributed software platforms to unify all data and analytics processing, he said.
“Today, organizations must remain competitive, and require the agility to develop and deploy real-time data-driven services and applications that improve customer experience while optimizing their business operations,” said Yoav Hineman, partner at Fortissimo Capital. “GigaSpaces’ modern data platform and impressive track record of driving the digital transformation initiatives at tier-1 enterprises … confirm GigaSpaces’ proficiency in addressing today’s and tomorrow’s customer challenges.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 06, 2020 at 12:51AM
Added: May 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
IBM and Red Hat Team on Edge Computing Advancements
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IBM and Red Hat Team on Edge Computing Advancements
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/ibm-and-red-hat-team-on-edge-computing-advancements/
IBM also forms IBM Edge Ecosystem and IBM Telco Network Cloud Ecosystem.
IBM and Red Hat on Tuesday announced new edge computing services. The new offers combine IBM’s multicloud expertise and Red Hat’s open source technology.
IBM also announced its new Edge Ecosystem and the creation of the IBM Telco Network Cloud Ecosystem. The news comes out of this week’s IBM Think Digital 2020.
The new offers include IBM Edge Application Manager; IBM Telco Network Cloud Manager, a portfolio of edge-enabled applications and services; and a dedicated IBM services team.
IBM’s Denis Kennelly
“In today’s uncertain environment, our clients are looking to differentiate themselves by creating more innovative, responsive user experiences that are adaptive and continuously available — from the data center all the way out to the edge,” said Denis Kennelly, general manager, IBM Hybrid Cloud. “IBM is helping clients unlock the full potential of edge computing and 5G with hybrid multicloud offerings that bring together Red Hat OpenShift and our industry expertise to address enterprise needs in a way no other company can.”
A Closer Look
Here’s a closer look at the four offers.
IBM Edge Application Manager is an autonomous management solution. It enables AI, analytics and IoT enterprise workloads to be deployed and remotely managed. And it delivers real-time analysis and insight at scale. It is the first offering to be powered by IBM’s open source project, Open Horizon. It enables a single person to securely manage such a vast network of edge devices.
Twenty IBM Edge Ecosystem partners are part of the IBM Edge Application manager launch. This community includes partners in infrastructure and software-defined networking (SDN). It also includes partners to facilitate distributed edge Kubernetes environments and devices, and industry solution providers.
Existing edge computing products – IBM Cloud Pak for Data, Maximo Worker Insights, IBM storage solutions and IBM Power9 Systems – are offered with IBM Business Partners.
“IBM business partners will be a part of business transformation, helping their clients take advantage of 5G while bringing insights to their data, wherever it is created,” Evaristus Mainsah, general manager, IBM Cloud Paks Ecosystem, wrote in a blog.
IBM Telco Network Cloud Ecosystem
IBM’s Marisa Viveros
The IBM Telco Network Cloud Ecosystem brings together partners across telecom. These partners offer a range of network functionality that helps CSPs to deploy their network cloud platforms and provide choice.
“These certified network functions work with IBM’s life cycle management, orchestration and service assurance capabilities,” Marisa Viveros, vice president, strategy and offerings, with Telecom, Media and Entertainment Industry, IBM Industry Platform, wrote in a blog.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 06, 2020 at 12:51AM
Added: May 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Managed Migration: a Fast and Safe Approach to Migrating Your Customers to Office 365
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Managed Migration: a Fast and Safe Approach to Migrating Your Customers to Office 365
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/managed-migration-a-fast-and-safe-approach-to-migrating-your-customers-to-office-365/
How to overcome challenges associated with Office 365 migrations and the benefits of choosing a third-party managed migration service.
In last month’s blog, “The Time Is Now to Migrate to Office 365,” we touched on the recent drive to migrate to the cloud as well as the challenges that companies face when migrating email data to Office 365. In the second part of our two-part series, we delve into the ways you can overcome challenges associated with Office 365 migrations and the benefits of choosing a third-party managed migration service to handle your customers’ projects.
What is a managed migration and how does it address the associated challenges?
A market-leading managed migration service will conduct the project from beginning to end, and typically includes a dedicated operations team to ensure a smooth-running project with experienced consultants for faster setup and operation. Many migration vendors allow MSPs and customers to run the migration software themselves, but with minimal training and experience (especially when dealing with complex migrations) that approach can lead back to the very challenges you and your customers were trying to avoid in the first place.
As an MSP, the vendor you choose to partner with will ultimately determine the amount of services that you will need to provide in relation to the migration. If your vendor doesn’t provide managed migrations, you’ll be left to handle all aspects of the migration service, which can be difficult for MSPs to manage and scale if they don’t have the necessary technical resources and it isn’t their core competency.
If you work with a vendor that does provide managed migrations (like Quadrotech), there’s no need to provide these technical services. This means you can focus on formal project management, the Office 365 rollout and other activities that add value to your customer. We know how important it is that you, as a trusted advisor that owns the relationship with the end user, expertly guide your customer to a qualified vendor and reduce any potential friction down the road.
How you and your customers will benefit from a managed migration.
Working with an experienced migration vendor partner reduces risk, ensuring the job is done right the first time with reduced errors and increased efficacy. You and your customers both likely have competent and highly capable IT staff, but it’s unlikely you have hundreds of migration projects under your belt. Furthermore, is it worth the time and cost for your team to train and gain technical skills for a migration project that will likely only be partially transferrable to a future customer’s project? Probably not.
Unfortunately, migrations are not exempt from Murphy’s Law, and you want those handling the migration to be well-versed and prepared to handle complex and irregular situations that arise. In the wise words of our CTO, Paul Robichaux, “I don’t want to do my own heart surgery or my own appendectomy, and I’m sure you don’t want to, either.”
While migrations can sometimes be viewed as “routine,” and a skilled technical resource likely could “figure it out,” in practice,
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 06, 2020 at 12:51AM
Added: May 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Nutanix Talks Furloughs Salesforce Tackles COVID-19 Google and Splunk Team Up
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Nutanix Talks Furloughs, Salesforce Tackles COVID-19, Google and Splunk Team Up
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/nutanix-talks-furloughs-salesforce-tackles-covid-19-google-and-splunk-team-up/
As COVID-19 has dealt its economic blows, cloud largely has gone untouched. Until now.
There is little sign of COVID-19 letting up, even as some states loosen shelter-in-place restrictions. As such, the virus is both inhibiting and spurring business decisions. In this cloud news roundup, find out who is imposing furloughs and who is releasing new technology so organizations can bring back workers. Also, who is enabling big data insights.
Nutanix Furloughs ‘Carefully Scripted’
As COVID-19 has dealt its economic blows, cloud largely has gone untouched. Until now. The novel coronavirus has forced Nutanix, whose software unites public, private and distributed clouds, to institute furloughs as it navigates the pandemic’s effects.
Nutanix furloughs impact one in four employees who must take unpaid leave while the company works through the pandemic.
According to The Mercury News, Nutanix told the State of California in mid-April that it is implementing two “separate, one-week unpaid furloughs” for 1,457 employees, or about 26% of its global workforce. The reductions will take place over the next six months. In a letter to California’s Employment Development Department, Nutanix cited COVID-19 as the direct cause for the decision.
However, the company made clear to government officials that the reductions are not permanent. In addition, a spokesperson told Channel Futures, furloughed U.S. staff, as well as staff outside the United States who voluntarily take unpaid leave, will maintain their benefits and employment status with Nutanix on leave.
Channel Futures had asked whether the furloughs impact Nutanix’s channel program or its channel strategy in general. A spokesperson did not directly answer the questions, saying instead that the company has “carefully scripted” its action to minimize customer – and, presumably, partner – impact. The spokesperson did say nothing about the new Nutanix Special Financial Assistance Program. It gives participating partners extended payment terms so they have more financial flexibility.
Salesforce Unveils Work.com As States Seek to Reopen
As more states reopen businesses amid the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, many executives are looking for data-centered guidance. Salesforce on Tuesday released Work.com to address this need, and views the channel as imperative to implementing it with customers.
Work.com acts as a resource center. It houses apps and modules that contain information from the nonprofit Business Roundtable, the University of California San Francisco, health and economic experts and government leaders, Salesforce said. Here’s a short overview of the product:
Command Center: A hub that provides data about return-to-work readiness across locations, employees and visitors.
Contact Tracing: Allows public and private sector leaders to manually trace health and relationship contacts. Salesforce said this will be done safely and privately. The module collects from people who are infected or may have been exposed to an infectious disease. It then creates maps of contacts and locations to monitor potential interactions and outbreak.
Emergency Response Management: Lets public health organizations, government agencies and the private sector manage all types of emergencies.
Employee Wellness: Enables leaders to gather the data needed to monitor and analyze employee and visitor health and wellness.
Shift Management: Helps organizations plan for the eventual return of employees to the office through shift management that reduces office density.
Salesforce said several of its global strategic consulting partners already are rolling out Work.com. Accenture, Deloitte and PwC top that list. Meanwhile, Fusion Risk Management, Traction Guest and ComplianceQuest are building the first ISV solutions on the Salesforce platform to extend Work.com. Salesforce said those particular capabilities will support business continuity and risk management plans. They also will help users adapt supply chains, manage employees and visitors on-site, and more.
Google Cloud, Splunk Join Forces for Big Data
Google Cloud is teaming with Splunk to help organizations gain big data insights for IT, security, user behavior and more.
The companies’ combined capabilities will let users share data among applications and draw insights from data sets pulled from their cloud environments, according to Google Cloud.
Plans include native integrations with Google Cloud Security Command Center, Anthos and Stackdriver. Splunk will provide the data-insight capabilities, while Google Cloud will bring technology including artificial intelligence, machine learning, security, networking and data analytics to the table.
Splunk Cloud on Google Cloud remains in beta for early access customers.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 06, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: May 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell Technologies Launches New Midrange Data Storage Platform
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell Technologies Launches New Midrange Data Storage Platform
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-technologies-launches-new-midrange-data-storage-platform/
The Dell EMC PowerStore platform helps the company better serve the midrange market.
With its new Dell EMC PowerStore midrange storage platform, Dell has launched its NEXT strategy in midrange data storage.
The PowerStore platform can be up to seven times faster than previous Dell EMC midrange storage arrays. The systems include all new designs from the ground up to give increased performance, according to Dell.
Built for any workloads, PowerStore includes a scale-out architecture for block, file and VMware Virtual Volumes (vVols). To provide that performance, PowerStore is built around NVMe all-flash memory and dual port Intel Optane SSDs.
Also included are machine learning and intelligent automation capabilities to give faster application delivery and services with less staff intervention.
Other features include Dell EMC CloudIQ storage monitoring and analytics for real-time performance and capacity analysis and historical tracking. A programmable infrastructure streamlines application development and provides VMware integration and support for platforms including Kubernetes, Ansible and VMware vRealize Orchestrator.
PowerStore also includes AppsON, which is a built-in VMware ESXi Hypervisor where administrators can deploy apps directly on the array. That provides greater flexibility and is built to handle data-intensive workloads in core or edge locations and infrastructure applications.
Built-in tools simplify the migration of entire data stores to new locations in fewer than 10 clicks, according to Dell.
In addition, Dell Technologies On Demand allows customers to respond to workload spikes and new service requests with elastic capacity as needed. Customers can choose flexible, pay-per-use consumption models with short- or long-term commitment options for their data storage.
The Dell EMC Future-Proof Program covers the PowerStore platforms, so customers can get anytime upgrades when they need them.
You can connect PowerStore to all major public clouds including Amazon Web Services, Azure and Google Cloud, as managed services.
Answering Partners’ Call
Dell’s Scott Millard
“Our partners played an active role in developing these new offerings,” Scott Millard. told Channel Futures. Millard is senior vice president of global channel data center sales at Dell Technologies. “PowerStore combines all the best features our partners have been asking for from across our current midrange product lines.”
The new storage line will help partners support growing customer requirements as it also helps grow revenue, he said.
“It qualifies for all existing Dell Technologies partner program incentives, including tech refresh, competitive swap, partner preferred and others. Also, our partner marketing team has many, many virtual partner enablement activities scheduled in May.”
Partners and customers will be able to take advantage of several flexible financing options for the new products, said Millard. That includes Flex On Demand or through Dell Financial Services for midrange data storage.
“This is the most important and differentiated product launch I’ve seen in my 20 years in the storage industry,” said Millard. “The opportunity in front of partners is huge. The worldwide storage market is an estimated $28.5 billion this year and midrange is the largest and fastest growing portion.”
Jerrod Janes is vice president of technical presales for Dell EMC partner and reseller, SHI. He said the new offering’s midrange pricing and all-flash design hit a sweet spot in the market.
SHI’s Jerrod Janes
“Before PowerStore, Dell Technologies was already the market leader in midrange. But we are all hoping that this marks a start toward consolidation of the portfolio,” said Janes.
The new systems will help partners assist customers who want simplified data storage management and flexibility, said Janes.
“Dell was very engaged with partners in the development of PowerStore,” he said. “PowerStore combines all the best features partners have been asking for from across current product lines.”
Eric Burgener, a storage analyst with IDC, said the move to NVMe instead of SCSI was a good call. It gets more done with …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 06, 2020 at 03:54AM
Added: May 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
HP Sees Accelerated Push for Enterprise Chromebooks Thin Clients
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HP Sees Accelerated Push for Enterprise Chromebooks, Thin Clients
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hp-sees-accelerated-push-for-enterprise-chromebooks-thin-clients/
HP broadens its Chromebook portfolio with three new systems and two thin clients.
HP will roll out new enterprise Chromebooks and thin clients including its first based on Intel’s Project Athena.
Among the five new enterprise Chromebooks and thin clients launched on Tuesday, two will ship this month. One of the two, the HP Chromebook 14G6 for frontline workers, is available now starting at $399. The three other systems will arrive this summer. They include the high-end Project Athena-based HP Elite c1030 Chromebook Enterprise.
HP has offered Chromebooks for more than a decade, but consumers and students are the usual targets. Similarly, HP has a long history of offering thin clients for traditional VDI deployments.
HP’s latest rollout of enterprise Chromebooks and thin clients cover a wide range of workers, usage scenarios and performance capabilities.
Technalysis’ Bob O’Donnell
“They’re diversifying the Chromebook line even more because they see a multitiered group of people using them,” said Bob O’Donnell. He’s the founder and principal analyst with TECHnalysis Research.
“The reality is Chromebooks were always best suited for organizations that primarily run SaaS or web applications,” O’Donnell said. “The problem was a lot of companies were very slow in doing that. Well, guess what? They’ve suddenly sped up all those efforts because of COVID. It’s not going to happen overnight, but there are a lot more companies who are starting to do more of that. And so Chromebooks all of a sudden become a more viable option in those environments.”
Before the COVID crisis, HP was already forecasting higher demand for enterprise Chromebooks and thin clients for mobile workers.
At the same time, many organizations were still reluctant to let firstline workers and other employees to work at home. After the pandemic suddenly shut down millions of offices and facilities two months ago, organizations have eased their stances.
As of mid-March, 72% of office employees were working at home, according to an HP survey. And 42% of IT managers have extended endpoint security and BYOD policies, according to the survey’s 1,100 respondents.
Chromebooks Rising
IDC last year forecast sales of Chromebooks to increase 61%.
During a media briefing, Andy Rhodes, HP’s global head of commercial systems, said demand is accelerating due to COVID-19. Rhodes said HP has shipped thousands of Chromebooks to companies that needed to suddenly equip their workers at home. While he declined to identify any customers, he said HP helped one major bank deploy 60,000 within weeks.
HP’s Andy Rhodes
“They shifted their strategy,” Rhodes said, in reference to the unnamed bank. “Business resilience is what it’s all about right now. And it’s going to continue to as we move as we move forward.”
Demand for Chromebooks will accelerate even after the COVID crisis subsides, said John Solomon, VP of Google’s Chrome OS group. As organizations shift to web and SaaS apps, typically 20% of work requires OS-native software, according to Soloman.
“There’s important work that still needs to be done on legacy applications,” Solomon said during HP’s briefing. “Virtualization [of those legacy applications] works extremely well, particularly on these more performant Chromebooks that HP is bringing to market.”
All three Chromebooks come with Google’s Chrome Enterprise, upgraded last summer.
HP says its highest performing new Chromebook, the HP Elite c1030 Chromebook Enterprise, will ship in August. There’s no price yet, but it will be HP’s premium enterprise Chromebook. As noted, the HP Elite c1030 is the company’s first Chromebook based on Intel’s Project Athena. Intel revealed Project Athena last year, which brought social scientists into its design team. Instead of designing capabilities in its labs, the engineers conducted their work in actual work environments.
The HP Elite c1030 is powered with …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 06, 2020 at 04:51AM
Added: May 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Kimble Upgrades Intelligent PSA Software
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Kimble Upgrades Intelligent PSA Software
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/kimble-upgrades-intelligent-psa-software/
The provider announced features that enhance and streamline the resource management process.
Professional services automation (PSA) provider Kimble Applications on Tuesday announced significant developments to its intelligent PSA software, enhancing its resourcing and project management abilities as businesses look for ways to utilize employees’ time as efficiently as possible.
Specifically, Kimble says its “Summer 20” product improvements give businesses “unprecedented versatility” when tackling project staffing challenges and retaining employees. The specific feature enhancements include:
Automated Resource Matching: reducing the amount of time it takes to assign resources to open and available assignments.
Hand Raising: available on the new dashboard used to search for skills assignments showcase and express interest in them as resources.
Bench Optimization: allowing resource managers to quickly identify full capacity resources as well as assignments with upcoming capacity.
Resourcing and Project Management Significance
Kimble’s Charles Gustine
“We’re sensitive to the fact that what our customers are offering – people’s time, deployed in service of meeting a client’s goal – is a perishable item,” said Charles Gustine, product marketing manager at Kimble. “You can’t get back the cost of a resource that spent a day without a project and its subsequent revenue. The math on that is pretty straightforward, but the equation gets more complicated the larger and more complex an organization gets. And so, resource planning in services can be a particularly tough nut to crack. … [The Kimble offering] makes clear what levers to pull to better balance supply and demand across the organization and maximize utilization. It also makes it easier to pull those levers, more streamlined, more efficient, saving a lot of time that can be spent on [even] more strategic activities.
“We wanted to double down on that in Summer 20,” Gustine added. “We took input from some of our largest clients and used it to build features that increase both the efficiency Kimble provides (cutting time it takes to find the best candidates for a job down to seconds) and increase that visibility into data that enables strategic evaluation (making it easy to compare proposed candidates and weigh the impact that deploying them would have on the margin before making a final decision).”
With this, businesses can make more informed decisions more quickly. So project kickoffs happen sooner and more smoothly, which improves profitability and customer satisfaction.
RMM/PSA Software and the Current Landscape
How does this fit into what’s going on right now considering the current landscape and what’s happening in the industry?
“Businesses are developing and enacting strategies that are going to keep resources off the bench,” said Gustine. “This means breaking out of conventional team and business unit mindsets and flexing resources into roles and assignments you might not typically seek them out for, but for which they might be well-suited. That also means, even more than usual, finding the right projects for resources rather than the right resources for projects.”
That makes Kimble’s focus on PSA software and resource planning for Summer 20 especially pertinent and prescient. According to Gustine, users get a complete, up-to-the-minute view of supply (resources) and demand (upcoming work). Kimble’s intelligent resource matching helps find the ideal fit for a project based on skills and availability. Summer 20 automates the ability to home in on candidates for an assignment. This means there is more time to focus on strategic resource planning. Resource managers can use the new bench optimization functionality to find available work for resources, and to forecast long-term. That way, they can be sure that everything aligns with the resources they have and the skills those resources have.
“Companies are trying to build predictability in unpredictable times,” said Gustine. “Kimble is helping them do that by enabling them to reforecast and re-budget based on in-the-moment information.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 06, 2020 at 04:51AM
Added: May 05, 2020 Via IFTTT
Dell Technologies Partners Get New Need-to-Know Digital Series
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Dell Technologies Partners Get New ‘Need-to-Know’ Digital Series
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/dell-technologies-partners-get-new-need-to-know-digital-series/
Dell Technologies maximizes the partner opportunity with digital face time.
Dell Technologies partners are getting a taste of a new “Need-to-Know” digital series. The vendor launched the series during the same week originally reserved for Dell Technologies World and Global Partner Summit in Las Vegas. A virtual Dell Technologies World is rescheduled for October.
Joyce Mullen is president, global channel, embedded and edge solutions at Dell. She and other top partner executives addressed the challenges that partners face today and how Dell will help them succeed in the current business climate.
Dell’s Joyce Mullen
“As we’ve shifted out engagement strategy to all digital experiences, today I’m excited to launch [this] new video series called Need-to-Know,” said Mullen. “We’ll use these videos to bring you the most important information you need to maximize every opportunity in our partnership. Today, we’ll talk about the real challenges all of you are facing and how we at Dell Technologies are here to help you succeed in this environment.”
The Business Climate
Mullen also talked about how Dell Technologies partners and the company can learn from today’s business climate, and how everyone can prepare for the opportunities ahead and grow stronger and more resilient as a result.
In Tuesday’s Need-to-Know series, Mullen updated partners on Dell’s partner relief package, while other speakers addressed partner program updates and the new midrange PowerStore launch.
Mullen talked the top three priorities for partners: cash flow, business continuity and building for the future. And she outlined the relief package the company put in place to address partner concerns. She also named new Dell titanium black partners — Ahead and SCC.
Meantime, Dell veteran Denise Millard talked about her promotion to SVP, global alliances. Also on the crisis management team at the company, Millard has a bird’s-eye view of the pandemic and the vendor’s response. She announced two new titanium black partners within global alliances. Those partners are Atos and DXC Technology.
Her predecessor, Jay Snyder, Dell’s former global alliances leader, announced his departure from the company early last month.
Partner Program Changes
Darren Sullivan, SVP, global partner strategy, programs and operations, addressed Dell Technologies Partner Program improvements and a new services competency.
Dell launched the latest iteration of the partner program a couple of months ago. On Tuesday, Sullivan talked about how the company improved the partner experience.
It did so by including storage, server and networking into the Solutions Configurator tool, an integrated quoting tool. The tech giant is phasing partners in to use it. Partners in Latin America, Canada and a limited number in the U.S. have transitioned to the Solutions Configurator. That’s for Unity XT ad VxRail. Dell will add the new PowerStore products to the tool and the remaining U.S. partners will get access in June. EMEA and APJ partners will get access in July. All remaining partners can use it by October.
Sullivan also introduced new Proven Partner services competencies. Dell recognizes “proven partners” as those with comprehensive capabilities to position, design and deliver the Dell Technologies product portfolio.
The new competencies include data center infrastructure and hyperconverged infrastructure. Data Center infrastructure includes alignment across server, storage, networking, and data protection competencies. Hyperconverged Infrastructure includes alignment across HCI, networking, server and data protection competencies.
“Partners who achieve a Proven Partner Services Competency will hold the broadest level of services delivery abilities within the Dell Technologies Partner Program,” said Sullivan.
These partners will receive benefits from involvement in an early-access program to active promotion of their achievement by the company.
PowerStore Introduction
The vendor on Tuesday also launched Dell EMC PowerStore, new midrange storage, with NVMe all-flash or Storage Class Memory (SCM) with Intel Optane.
“I’ve been in the storage industry for 20 years and this is the single, most important and most differentiated product launch I’ve ever seen,” said Scott Millard, senior vice president, specialty sales, global channel, alliances and OEM. “PowerStore combines all of the best features that our partners have been asking for across all the current product lines.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 06, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Vulnerability Orchestration Firm ZeroNorth Hires Mimecast Vet as Channel Chief
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Vulnerability Orchestration Firm ZeroNorth Hires Mimecast Vet as Channel Chief
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/vulnerability-orchestration-firm-zeronorth-hires-mimecast-vet-as-channel-chief/
ZeroNorth’s annual recurring revenue grew 300% last year.
ZeroNorth, a provider of risk-based vulnerability orchestration, has hired Chris Riley, previously with Mimecast, to lead its channel.
As senior vice president of sales, Riley will lead strategic sales initiatives, including channel programs. His appointment follows a year of 300% growth in annual recurring revenue for the risk-based vulnerability orchestration firm.
“ZeroNorth has seen significant demand for our platform as companies seek to drive continuous software and infrastructure security programs,” said John Worrall, ZeroNorth’s CEO. “The success we are having in the market has allowed us to attract someone of Chris’ caliber who represents an ideal fit to lead our sales initiatives.”
Riley has more than 25 years of sales, professional services and operational leadership experience. He was Mimecast’s vice president of enterprise sales.
Before that, Riley was senior vice president of sales and president of SSH Communications Security for North America. And he spent more than 11 years at RSA, including as vice president of identity assurance sales.
ZeroNorth’s Chris Riley
Last year, ZeroNorth raised $10 million in Series A+ funding led by Crosslink Capital with participation from previous investors ClearSky, Rally Ventures and Petrillo Capital.
In a Q&A with Channel Futures, Riley talks about why he wanted to join ZeroNorth and what partners can expect in the coming months.
Channel Futures: Why did you want to take this role with ZeroNorth?
Chris Riley: Where do I start? With every relevant company and government agency on the planet becoming a technology entity, the need for security across the software development life cycle and applicable infrastructure is growing every day. Being able to abstract vulnerabilities so they can be dealt with at scale is critical now and in the future. ZeroNorth excels at delivering for this need. This is a terrific leadership team, board and investor group that I have a lot of really good experience with. My family and I are beyond excited.
CF: What’s your take on ZeroNorth’s current channel strategy? Any changes needed?
CR: The early direction is the right one. We need capable partners with the right relationships who are able to add value during customer sales and success cycles. I don’t see any major changes needed at this time. We will continue to drive determined targeted growth to add capable partners this year and beyond to support our sales and customer acquisition growth goals.
CF: Will you be building/expanding/enhancing any channel programs? If so, how?
CR: We will build out our channel program by focusing on making enablement repeatable and developing partner-friendly incentive models.
CF: What are the biggest issues facing ZeroNorth’s partners and what will be your role in addressing them?
CR: This is a very challenging time for all constituents: customers, partners and platform providers. All partners and platform providers need more opportunities and at-bats. Those can be in short supply at a time like this. We must stand by our partners and have a qualified partner tied to every opportunity so that they may be able to derive value and experience. We grow our program with them, invest the right way regarding incentives and enablement, and then harvest joint rewards going forward. Enablement, enablement, enablement. We can do this with real opportunities.
CF: How will your previous experience come into play in this role?
CR: It is so important to be patient, but purposeful as we build out our partner program. Opportunities in kind may be a few quarters or a year-plus out. But we must invest in opportunities now knowing a properly enabled community of the right partners will return the investments with new opportunities for us over time. And of course we will manage and measure this closely.
CF: What do you hope to have accomplished a year from now?
CR: We hope to have all of our business running through properly enabled partners able to deliver value during sales cycles and through the success cycle.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 07, 2020 at 08:50PM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Lenovo Data Center Group Expands Server Portfolio
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Lenovo Data Center Group Expands Server Portfolio
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/lenovo-data-center-group-expands-server-portfolio/
The latest ThinkSystem servers handle peak workloads without adding capacity.
Lenovo Data Center Group is offering two new two-socket ThinkSystem servers powered by AMD EPYC 7002 series processors.
The new ThinkSystem SR645 and SR665 servers follow the announcement of two single-socket servers, SR635 and SR655, last August. The devices are available through partners.
“Our new Lenovo ThinkSystem servers are designed for workloads such as in-memory databases, advanced analytics, virtualization and AI,” said Kamran Amini, vice president and general manager of server, storage and software defined infrastructure, Lenovo Data Center Group. “With the exceptional power, speed and onboard storage of these new servers, our customers have the ability to handle the increasing data requirements of today’s workloads with the scalability to grow with their business.”
New Server Specs
Lenovo’s Kamran Amini
The SR645 is a 2-socket 1U rack server that features the AMD EPYC 7002 family of processors. The 2nd generation AMD EPYC server processors feature up to 64 cores and PCIe 4 support. The new hardware offers the flexibility to handle critical hybrid data center workloads such as virtualization, database and analytics.
The ThinkSystem SR665 rack server equipped with dual AMD EPYC 7002 series CPUs features performance and configuration capabilities to handle data center workloads such as database, big data and analytics, virtualization, VDI and HPC/AI solutions.
Both devices also feature 32 DDR4 memory slots, maximum 4TB using 128GB RDIMMs, up to 1DPC at 3200MHz, 2DPC at 2933MHz. In addition, the two new servers feature increase GPU support (up to 8x 75W NVidia T4s). This allows users to implement video analytics and inference solutions for artificial intelligence. There’s also increased onboard storage up to 40 2.5” drives or up to 32 NVMe drives. This allows for dense software-defined storage solutions.
Lenovo ThinkShield secures the products. They are available through Lenovo TruScale, the company’s flexible IT consumption data center payment option.
Lenovo this year made big changes to its partner program, demonstrating a channel-first strategy. The vendor also put Steve Biondi at the helm of the Lenovo Data Center Group channel in North America.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 07, 2020 at 08:50PM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Distributed Denial of Service Attacks Skyrocket During Pandemic
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Distributed Denial of Service Attacks Skyrocket During Pandemic
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/distributed-denial-of-service-attacks-skyrocket-during-pandemic/
On average, organizations became more vulnerable when working from home.
Distributed denial of service attacks jumped during the first three months of 2020 due mostly to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.
That’s according to Kaspersky’s Q1 2020 Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attacks report. Attacks on educational and municipal sites spiked during the quarter.
Cybercriminals are taking advantage of increased demand in online resources to attack the most vital and popular digital services. For instance, they targeted the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, hospitals in Paris and online game servers.
Alexander Gutnikov is a system analyst at Kaspersky DDoS prevention service. He said on average, organizations became more vulnerable when working from home.
Kaspersky’s Alexander Gutnikov
“First, as people are more reliant on online services, the risk related to their downtime has also increased, which means that malefactors have become more interested in attacks on such services,” he said. “Secondly, some parts of a company’s infrastructure, which previously were not very important for company functioning, now become critical as the work of the company depends on them. These can be, for example, a VPN server that employees use to remotely connect to the company’s infrastructure. At the same time, the load on these infrastructure elements is growing. This makes them an attractive target for attackers, and victim organizations may not have the experience of protecting these parts of infrastructure.”
In the first quarter, DDoS attacks tripled compared to the same period in 2019. And the share of such attacks amounted to 19% of the total number of incidents in the first quarter.
During this period, Kaspersky DDoS protection detected and blocked double the amount of attacks than in the fourth quarter of 2019, and 80% more compared to the first quarter of 2019. The average duration of attacks also grew, with first-quarter 2020 DDoS attacks lasting 25% longer than in the year-ago quarter.
Organizations don’t contact qualified specialists, and that is a big problem, Gutnikov said. DDoS attacks and protection against them is a complex service. Therefore, it’s difficult to organize and maintain it on your own.
“Many companies now need an infrastructure audit to find weakest links, so MSSPs can provide such a service,” he said.
It’s difficult to estimate the monetary damage of DDoS attacks, including the price of service downtime and reputation losses, Gutnikov said.
“Taking the example of the VPN server: If because of a DDoS attack employees cannot connect to the company’s infrastructure and therefore cannot do their work, the damage will be equal to a day of downtime,” he said.
Datrium Ransomware Research
Meantime, Datrium’s latest research shows ransomware is a top concern for companies during the pandemic. The company surveyed more than 300 IT professionals from organizations with 500 or more employees, and that have experienced a ransomware attack in the last year.
Nearly 96% say their companies are increasingly concerned about being hit with a ransomware attack during the pandemic. This marks an increase from Datrium’s State of Enterprise Data Resiliency and Disaster Recovery 2019 study. In it, nearly 90% of companies considered ransomware a critical threat to business.
Most respondents said ransomware attacks have cost their companies between $100,000-$500,000, while 19.7% reported a loss of more than $500,000. That includes ransomware payment, downtime and lost business.
“Ransomware continues to dramatically plague businesses, and this research shows that businesses are even more concerned about it because of their newly distributed workforces resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic,” said Tim Page, Datrium’s CEO. “The current pervasiveness of remote work puts businesses in a more vulnerable position as they are more open to increased targeting by ransomware criminals.”
Most respondents reported that disaster recovery (DR) has become more important at their company given their newly distributed workforces.
The survey asked what kind of disaster recovery approaches businesses have in place. To that question, many respondents said they currently or plan to use the cloud as part of their DR strategy.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 07, 2020 at 08:50PM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Strong Unique Passwords: The Front Line of Cybersecurity
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Strong, Unique Passwords: The Front Line of Cybersecurity
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/strong-unique-passwords-the-front-line-of-cybersecurity/
Strong, unique passwords are vital to individual and enterprise online security.
Each year, the first Thursday of May is World Password Day. It was created by Intel in 2013 to raise public awareness of the critical need for using strong, unique passwords. But seven years later, the need is still there and perhaps even more critical than ever.
Countless employees working from home right now. And the frightening truth is that there’s nothing standing between many companies’ essential data and determined hackers except passwords such as “password123” and “PuppyToes4.”
WatchGuard’s Corey Nachreiner
“It is somewhat surprising and depressing that we still need a special day to get the message across,” said Corey Nachreiner, CTO at WatchGuard Technologies. “But the truth is that passwords still play a big part in our lives. And with many millions of us currently working from home and hackers working overtime to take advantage of COVID-19, strong authentication is more important than ever. In the office you can physically check on people but when everyone is remote, their digital login is all you have.”
“The chances are that home workers are repeatedly authenticating to many online and cloud-based corporate resources but from less secure and trusted networks,” he said. “This makes the hacker’s job at sniffing out or stealing credentials a little easier.”
Dashlane’s Emmanuel Schalit
“There are obvious security risks mounting alongside the increase in remote work we’re seeing due to COVID-19,” said Dashlane co-founder and CEO Emmanuel Schalit. “Many employees that rely on their companies’ security measures for workplace devices are now using their personal devices to conduct business. This leaves individuals and companies much more vulnerable to online risk. It’s so important for consumers to take online safety into their own hands — whether they are on their devices for work or personal use.”
A critical security risk
One critical security risk surrounding the current work from home situation is that many people tend to use the same password on multiple sites. That means if it is broken, several sites could be at risk. In a Webroot survey released last month, 49% of respondents said they use the same password across multiple accounts.
According to the LastPass Psychology of Passwords Report, 91% of people know password reuse is insecure, yet two-thirds do it anyway. Half of respondents hadn’t changed their passwords in over the past 12 months even after hearing about a breach in the news.
“It’s particularly important for MSPs to ensure their clients exercise good password security hygiene and implement strong, unique password requirements,” said a Webroot spokesperson. “Weak passwords can lead to breaches of client data and reflect poorly on the security solutions in place, even if they weren’t to blame.
Help with password management
In recognition of World Password Day, KnowBe4 has launched a new kit to help people strengthen and improve their password management. The KnowBe4 Password Kit is available to anyone who is looking to learn more about password best practices. It includes a complex password guide, a video by security consultant Kevin Mitnik on how easily a password can be cracked and KnowBe4’s complimentary Password Exposure Test.
Scroll through the gallery above for more tips from cybersecurity pros on creating strong, unique passwords.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 07, 2020 at 09:51PM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Datrium Disaster Recovery Adds Edge Computing Protection
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Datrium Disaster Recovery Adds Edge Computing Protection
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/datrium-disaster-recovery-adds-edge-computing-protection/
Datrium is expanding thee disaster-as-a-service product to cover edge environments and remote or branch offices.
Datrium disaster recovery capabilities are extending to edge computing environments through the company’s new DRaaS for VMware Cloud on AWS service.
Datrium also built the broadened SaaS service to protect remote and branch offices (ROBO) for business and enterprise customers. The company’s DRaaS for Edge provides data protection and disaster recovery for VMware workloads in edge environments and ROBOs. So when using the service, if a successful ransomware or other cyberattack strikes, businesses can quickly fail over to their Datrium DRaaS capabilities.
Also announced is the general availability of Datrium DRaaS Connect for VMware workloads running on HCI, SAN and NAS systems.
The DRaaS services are cloud-native and offer pay-per-use cost savings, built-in backup, instant RTO and efficiency compliance checks for users. Datrium DRaaS is built on the company’s ControlShift workload orchestrator and provides fully automated failover to VMware Cloud on AWS. Those failovers are based on live mounts of VM snapshots held in AWS S3.
Datrium DRaaS Connect
DRaaS Connect is available for two vSphere deployments — for VMware vSphere On Premises and for VMware Cloud on AWS. Datrium says the on-premises version extends Datrium DRaaS to any VMware vSphere on-premises infrastructure with efficient replication of VMware vSphere snapshots. Those snapshots are stored deduplicated, compressed and encrypted on Amazon S3. A cloud-based control plan then manages it to define VM protection groups and their frequency, replication and retention policies. On failback, DRaaS will return only changed blocks back to VMware vSphere and the local on-premises infrastructure through DRaaS Connect.
The DRaaS services enable users to orchestrate a failover from one VMware Cloud Software-Designed Data Center in an AWS Availability Zone (AZ) to another AZ. DRaaS Connect for VMware vSphere On Prem will be available in late May. DRaaS Connect for VMware Cloud on AWS will be available in the second quarter. You can get DRaaS for Edge computing in the fourth quarter.
Sazzala Reddy, Datrium’s co-founder and CTO, told Channel Futures that the new services add critical capabilities for partners and customers.
Datrium’s Sazzala Reddy
“Datrium DRaaS Connect will enable organizations running any VMware workload to dramatically reduce the cost and complexity of DR and reduce the risk of ransomware attacks without needing to rip and replace their primary storage system,” said Reddy. “DRaaS Connect now makes on-demand, cloud DR with built-in backup accessible to organizations running SAN, HCI, NAS and non-Datrium DCHI solutions.”
And the edge protection allows customers to protect all their VMware workloads regardless of where the data resides, he said.
“In the event of a ransomware attack or other disaster, IT teams can create an onsite backup copy of data and they can recover locally or fail over on demand to Datrium DRaaS with VMware Cloud on AWS, achieving instant RTO.”
The resulting backups using Datrium disaster recovery services are immutable and encrypted at rest and over the wire, he said.
“IT teams can manage and deploy DRaaS for Edge from a central location, which simplifies remote site management,” said Reddy.
Partner Benefits
For channel partners, the new products can help them better protect their customers, said Reddy. “It can better assist them in quickly and effectively recovering from disasters leveraging Datrium DRaaS with VMware Cloud on AWS,” he said. “Channel partners can deliver cloud-native, on-demand disaster recovery to more customers and protect all of their VMware workloads.”
Channel partners will also see some new …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 07, 2020 at 09:51PM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
HPE SimpliVity 325 Gen10 Gets Power Boost to Support Remote Workers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HPE SimpliVity 325 Gen10 Gets Power Boost to Support Remote Workers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hpe-simplivity-325-gen10-gets-power-boost-to-support-remote-workers/
HPE says the new HCI offer is a net gain opportunity for partners.
HPE on Thursday expanded its remote workforce products and services with the HPE SimpliVity 325 Gen10 hyperconverged infrastructure (HCI) solution. It is based on the 2nd generation AMD EPYC processor. The vendor also announced that HPE Nimble Storage dHCI is available through GreenLake, its as-a-service consumption model.
The new HPE SimpliVity 325 Gen10 HCI platform offers the scalability businesses need to support remote workers and remote workforce workloads, the company said. The 2nd generation AMD EPYC processor offers powerful CPU performance that doubles the number of virtual desktops and reduces the cost.
HPE’s Patrick Osborne
“The COVID-19 global pandemic is an unprecedented situation that is affecting all businesses, our communities and our way of life,” said Patrick Osborne, vice president and general manager, HPE SimpliVity. “As an edge-to-cloud platform-as-a-service company, HPE is here to help our clients bring together the right expertise and technology solutions to meet their most immediate challenges and unexpected demands. With these challenges, customers are looking to rapidly unleash mobile productivity and desktop virtualization. HPE SimpliVity and Nimble Storage dHCI solutions provide performance and flexible payment options for our customers.”
Supports Businesses
HPE SimpliVity addresses the demand for a remote workforce with an intelligent, software defined HCI solution that simplifies the time needed to deploy, manage and scale VDI. Using the 2nd generation AMD EPYC processor drives down the cost for each remote worker by 50%. It’s a small, efficient 1U platform, delivered in a small footprint for entry-level and distributed edge HCI use cases.
Nimble Storage dHCI, HPE’s disaggregated hyperconverged infrastructure, became available globally last October. You can get it through HPE GreenLake, to deliver virtual machine as a service. HPE InfoSight, AI for autonomous infrastructure, powers Nimble Storage dHCI. Nimble Storage dHCI is built for VDI users, business-critical applications and mixed workloads with unpredictable growth.
HPE also expanded Nimble Storage dHCI support for HPE ProLiant DL325, DL385, DL560 and DL580 servers. And it increased the scale of servers supported from 20 to 32. HPE Nimble Storage dHCI allows HPE ProLiant customers to convert their existing server investments into a disaggregated HCI.
HPE says Nimble Storage dHCI simplifies life cycle management. It has one-click, unified software upgrades for server firmware, hypervisor and storage software. You can perform upgrades directly in VMware vCenter.
HPE Financial Services supports the new VDI products and services. Customers can delay payments for up to six months to help with cash flow.
The Partner Opportunity
HPE’s David Wang
“Partners can offer their customers a full-stack solution that allows for the cloud experience on-premises. They can also help customers take their existing services and transform that into an HCI experience,” David Wang, director of product marketing, storage at HPE, told Channel Futures. “This is a huge cost advantage since the customers can attain that HCI experience through a simple upgrade, instead of an expensive rip and replace. This is a net-gain opportunity for channel partners.”
Expect the HPE SimpliVity 325 Gen10 with the new AMD EPYC processor to ship in late May. HPE GreenLake is now available for HPE Nimble Storage dHCI globally. The expanded server support, scale and one-click software upgrade enhancements will be available in the second half of the year.
In early April, HPE responded to the global COVID-19 pandemic with several new offers. The company announced new VDI solutions delivered through HPE GreenLake. Additionally, the vendor announced new financing options through HPE Financial Services.
The new VDI offers are built on either HPE ProLiant or HPE Synergy servers. These offers scale from 80 users to more than 2,000 remote workers. They are designed for Citrix and VMware environments.
For businesses that need a more powerful solution, HPE Moonshot ships with HPE ProLiant m750 server blades for a 70% performance advantage.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 07, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Carbonite Endpoint Encryption
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Carbonite Endpoint Encryption
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/carbonite-endpoint-encryption/
This whitepaper provides an in-depth look at the encryption technology behind our premium endpoint backup solution. By utilizing the automated key management and encryption technology in conjunction with unique data deduplication, both efficiencies of data deduplication and security of data can be accomplished. Read more to learn about the end-to-end encryption process and encryption key life cycle management.
Sponsored by:
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 07, 2020 at 11:50PM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Office 365 Backup: Quest Software Metallic Platforms Get Enhancements
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Office 365 Backup: Quest Software, Metallic Platforms Get Enhancements
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/office-365-backup-quest-software-metallic-platforms-get-enhancements/
Quest adds features to NetVault, while Metallic adds a distribution and sales partner for its SaaS-based product.
Quest Software and Metallic are both bolstering their Office 365 backup products to help companies protect critical Office 365 data.
Quest’s latest NetVault (version 13) product gets snapshot support for NetApp arrays and a wide range of other new features. In a separate announcement, Metallic is partnering with global distributor Zones to offer Metallic’s Office 365 backup product to customers.
Quest’s NetVault v13 also gets a new Rest API interface, support for Office 365 Teams and an updated licensing model. The support for NetApp arrays expands snapshot protection from Dell Compellent and Huawei Oceanstore arrays, according to Quest. The company created the new RESTful API to help IT teams integrate, streamline, guide and improve NetVault operations and processes.
In addition, customers can now create synthetic backups from deduplicated full and incremental backups stored on Quest QoreStor. Quest says this feature gives users additional protection against malicious attacks and unintentional human error. The new server-side licensing model aims to reduce license administration and complexity.
Also new are intelligent synthetic full backups, which can reduce backup windows and resource usage. These full backups, which metadata generate, integrate with Quest QoreStor. Full and incremental backups and recovery support are also now available for Office 365 calendars.
The Easy Button
Adrian Moir is the senior product management consultant and lead technology evangelist for Quest. He told Channel Futures that easier NetVault operations accompany the enhanced features.
Quest Software’s Adrian Moir
“A new option to unify QoreStor Storage elements into a single ‘pool’ while intelligently managing the data streams to optimize deduplication simplifies data management and target selection without compromising on deduplicated data space savings,” said Moir. “The additional capabilities to Snapshot NetApp storage logical unit numbers (LUNs) add to the capabilities already found in NetVault.”
The revised Office 365 plug-in adds protection for Teams and Calendars, and is more scalable, said Moir.
“Office 365 data can also be collected by deployments in the cloud or on premises. And leveraging QoreStor, it can be stored anywhere the organization needs without constraints. In a world that has become more reliant on remote working technologies, the simplified recovery options for Teams make life easier for administrators to recover and businesses to continue working,” he added.
For channel partners, the improvements address customers’ expanded needs during the COVID-19 pandemic, said Moir. The RESTful API allows MSPs and others to integrate, streamline and incorporate NetVault functionality into their operational frameworks. Simplified licensing and the ability to offer the product as a subscription also empower partners and MSPs, he said.
Channel partners and customers have been asking for backup support for Teams, simpler management and greater ability to scale.
“Teams is rapidly becoming an essential business tool,” he said. “NetVault v13 provides a simple way to …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 08, 2020 at 02:51AM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Fileless Malware Ransomware Big Concerns for Businesses
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Fileless Malware, Ransomware Big Concerns for Businesses
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/fileless-malware-ransomware-big-concerns-for-businesses/
Fileless malware attacks are more difficult to detect.
Ransomware and fileless malware attacks pose massive threats to organizations, prompting the need for a more forward-thinking strategy.
That’s according to Panda Security‘s Threat Insights Report 2020. It highlights data compiled by PandaLabs, the company’s antimalware laboratory and security operations center (SOC).
Panda detected nearly 15 million malware events in 2019. It stopped 7.9 million potentially unwanted programs (PUPs).
It also stopped 76,000 exploits attempting to take advantage of vulnerabilities in applications, networks or hardware.
Panda Security’s Rui Lopes
Rui Lopes is Panda’s director of sales and engineering support. He says to tackle these threats, cybersecurity providers need to arm themselves with next-generation endpoint security. It uses multiple layers of technology to combat threats that are varied in their methods, attack vectors and complexity.
“The future of cybersecurity lies not in a single method of protection, but instead in a combination of effective, proven layers of security technology and advanced, forward-thinking solutions,” Lopes said. “This approach is the most efficient and effective way to proactively secure endpoints against threats known and unknown.
As threats become increasingly complex in 2020, IT providers need a cybersecurity solution that’s consistently one step ahead of the hackers, Lopes said.
Persistent Threats
Ransomware is still persistent. A single click can paralyze an entire network, doing away with security controls and backups to make a big impact in a short amount of time. Any organization can fall victim to ransomware, Panda said.
Fileless malware attacks are more difficult to detect. That makes it easier for cybercriminals to launch a stealth attack.
Cybercriminals are changing how they attack, and their strategies no longer need a specific file to break into a network, according to the report.
Proactive threat hunting is essential to recognize abnormal and malicious behaviors that exploit trusted applications, it said.
The report also found cybercriminals are ultimately after three things:
Using ransomware to extort money.
Stealing data to sell on the dark web.
Control of infrastructure to sell to nation-states, political groups, paramilitary factions and more.
“While the findings and data in the report speak for themselves, it’s important that IT professionals carefully read it so they can defend themselves for the threats they face today and prepare their cybersecurity offerings for the dangers coming in the months and years to come,” Lopes said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 08, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Planning Ahead During a Pandemic: ConnectWise in the Time of COVID-19
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Planning Ahead During a Pandemic: ConnectWise in the Time of COVID-19
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/planning-ahead-during-a-pandemic-connectwise-in-the-time-of-covid-19/
CEO Jason Magee and CTO Steve Cochran discuss major focus areas in the midst of the coronavirus pandemic spread.
A growing number of IT vendors are extending COVID-19 relief measures to help support partner businesses during the pandemic. And ConnectWise is no exception.
CEO Jason Magee and CTO Steve Cochran recently discussed some of their initiatives and major focus areas in the midst of the coronavirus pandemic spread, and the resulting impact on businesses. It turns out they are taking a number of steps to help MSPs and technology service providers (TSPs) in this time of upheaval and uncertainty.
Back in March, as the world shifted to work from home (WFH) mode, ConnectWise came out with its overall COVID-19 strategy: Protect the company, colleagues and partners — securing everyone’s oxygen mask, if you will. Now that the dust has settled a bit, both ConnectWise and partners can plan for things post-pandemic.
ConnectWise Education
Whether from a technology or business standpoint, ConnectWise is doing what it can to prepare and educate partners, and their own colleagues.
ConnectWise’s Jason Magee
“We started with educational series,” said Magee. “There was also the aspect of product enablement — what can partners do to leverage their existing technology? What can they do to get their customers to manage and serve the remote workforce? To enable them to work from home? To remain healthy as a business? We did webinars on this, and called in our internal general counsel and outside subject matter experts to educate business owners.”
Raising Funds
Through the ConnectWise Foundation, the company has launched a couple of initiatives to raise money for those in need.
“This is really about trying to raise the awareness and support around what MSPs and TSPs have achieved in such a short amount of time to enable SMBs to work remotely,” said Magee. “Because of them and the lengths they’ve gone to, they have enabled the global economy to continue to function. They’re the ones responsible for making sure their customers can continue to operate as best as they can.”
It’s true. MSPs and TSPs have pulled off some remarkable maneuvers to ensure that security, fluidity and functionality remain at the forefront. ConnectWise raising awareness and funds for partners in need ensures they can keep doing just that.
In the same vein, Magee said that for the next six weeks, he is donating 40% of his salary to the ConnectWise Foundation. That money will flow into the ConnectWise Hand Wash Karaoke effort, the proceeds from which the foundation will distribute to MSPs and TSPs — even non-ConnectWise partners, Magee said.
Leading by Example
Magee is calling on other MSPs to contribute in similar ways. His long career spans both sides of the channel, giving him the perspective of the importance of giving back to the industry.
“I’m pretty passionate about doing my part as an individual to help keep those companies running,” said Magee. “I hope we are able to get more participation from other leaders and executives, and see other companies come forward. It would be so great to see the ecosystem and the IT nation rally to make that happen.”
CTO Steve Cochran chimed in as well regarding ConnectWise’s R&D team, which has successfully transitioned to a WFH model worldwide. New feature and function development remain on track, but ConnectWise is treading lightly and incrementally to avoid enhancement overload.
ConnectWise After COVID-19
ConnectWise IT Nation Explore 2020 is still on for June. Of course, the company is keeping a close eye on the pandemic and will plan accordingly.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 08, 2020 at 03:51AM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
Alkira CSX Addresses Need for Simple Multicloud Networking Technology
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Alkira CSX Addresses Need for Simple Multicloud Networking Technology
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/alkira-csx-addresses-need-for-simple-multicloud-networking-technology/
The company, founded by the brothers behind Viptela, will look almost exclusively to the channel.
Every now and again someone comes along and shakes up the status quo. Startup Alkira is doing just that for multicloud networking. And the company will rely almost entirely on channel partners to sell and manage its technology.
Alkira: Some Re-‘Khan’ in Action
The names and faces behind Alkira will not come as a surprise to many in the indirect channel. Founders (and brothers) Amir Khan and Atif Khan are renowned for their work at Juniper Networks and for launching SD-WAN vendor Viptela, which Cisco acquired in 2017. At Alkira, Amir leads as president and CEO, and Atif serves as CTO.
Together, the Khan brothers have developed Cloud Services Exchange, or CSX. The platform lets enterprises – or, perhaps ideally, their managed service providers – administer multiple public clouds around the world without having to log in to each vendor’s interface. In essence, a user points, clicks and deploys a multicloud network in less than an hour, according to Alkira. For example, need to connect AWS to Google Cloud? Done with the click of a button.
Other capabilities include security, traffic segregation, load balancing, automated scaling and more. To enable its reach, Alkira works with PoPs throughout the world.
To date, multicloud networking technology has required a piecemeal approach, Amir Khan said in an interview with Channel Futures. IT teams and channel partners have had to stitch together virtual routers or firewall instances, he said. The entire infrastructure ends up patchy and labor-intensive.
Alkira’s Amir Khan
“We need to take a fresh look at automation and innovation so we can allow things like elastic scale of services from all aspects, whether connectivity or firewalls,” Khan said.
That’s what Alkira has done with CSX.
“We have built a very intelligent infrastructure which adapts to the requirements of the customers,” Khan said. “That’s where the industry is lagging.”
Alkira’s executive team is not alone in seeing CSX’s unique proposition. Three venture capital firms – Kleiner Perkins, Sequoia Capital and GV – so far have funded Alkira to the tune of $30 million. With that money in hand, Alkira has, as it announced on April 15, “emerged from stealth mode.”
‘We Understand What It Takes to Win Together’
To reiterate, Alkira will look to channel partners as its main sales outlet. Khan said MSPs, boutique firms, SIs, consultants, traditional VARs, and telecom master and subagents all fit the general profile for the types of partners Alkira seeks. Offering CSX gives partners a comprehensive cloud solution, Khan said.
“Networking has plateaued,” he said. “Partners need to figure out new ways to make money. So one of the attractive major areas to address is cloud.”
Danielle Kramer, head of sales at Alkira, agreed.
Alkira’s Danielle Kramer
“From a partner point of view, so many projects are bogged down by intense systems integration work. That really slows down the speed of delivery and value to customers. So to offer Alkira, lightning-fast, to provide secure connectivity to one or multiple clouds, is a huge breath of fresh air. There is incredible excitement from partners to make projects perform on schedule without a lot of laborious SI work, and a lot of excitement about adding Alkira in to their own managed service.”
While Alkira emerges from stealth mode and continues to design its channel strategy around multicloud networking, it also has an inside sales team. But that team does not compete with partners; rather, the internal and channel experts will sell CSX together “until channel becomes self-sufficient,” Khan said.
The Khan brothers’ track record at Viptela, which also primarily relied on the channel, speaks for itself. As a result, partners across the board will already feel comfortable joining forces with Alkira.
“We understand what it takes to win together rather than trying to win alone,” Khan said. “For us to reach the masses, we have to have a very strong partner ecosystem, and that’s what we are building.”
Many of the partner program details remain …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 08, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: May 07, 2020 Via IFTTT
How DoH Is Overcoming DNS Challenges
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
How DoH Is Overcoming DNS Challenges
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/how-doh-is-overcoming-dns-challenges/
In the age of COVID-19, DNS challenges are becoming an even bigger problem for employers.
“One of the things about working in internet technology is nothing lasts forever… [Students] come to me and they say, ‘I want to do something that has an impact 20, 50, or 100 years from now.’ I say, well, maybe you should compose music because none of this technology stuff is going to be around that long. It all gets replaced.”
—Paul Mockapetris, co-inventor of the domain name system (DNS)
It would have been difficult for Paul Mockapetris to anticipate the DNS challenges we are dealing with today. As foresighted as he may have been, DNS inventor Mockapetris got one thing wrong in a retrospective interview about his contribution to internet history. Namely, some aspects of technology do have at least 20-year staying power. In this case, his own invention: the domain name system, or DNS.
But DNS, just three years shy of its 40th birthday, is on the cusp of a major reimagining–one that could enhance the privacy of business and private users alike for some time to come. According to some experts, it may even be worthy of the title “DNS 2.0.”
DNS Challenges Today
While DNS has evolved significantly in the more than 35 years since originally conceived, the skeletal structure remains much the same. DNS is the internet’s protocol for translating the URLs humans understand into the IP addresses machines do.
The problem is that this system never meant to consider privacy or security. With DNS today, requests are made and resolved in plain text, providing intrusive amounts of information to whomever may be resolving or inspecting them. That is most likely an ISP, but it may also be a government entity or some other source. In authoritarian countries, governments can use this information to prosecute individuals for visiting sites with outlawed content. In the United States, it’s more likely to be monetized for its advertising value.
“The problem with DNS is it exposes what you’re doing,” says Webroot product manager and DNS expert Jonathan Barnett. “If I can log a user’s DNS requests, I can see when they work, when they don’t, how often they use Facebook, the Sonos Speakers and Google Nests on their network, all of that. From a privacy perspective, it shows what on the internet is associating with me and my network.”
This can be especially problematic in terms of home routers. Whereas business networks tend to be relatively secure—patched, up-to-date and modern—”everyone’s home router tends to be set up by someone’s brother-in-law or an inexperienced ISP technician,” warns Barnett. In this case, malicious hackers can change DNS settings to redirect to their own resolvers.
“If you bring a device onto this network and try to navigate to one of your favorite sites, you may never wind up where you intended,” says Barnett.
In the age of COVID-19, DNS challenges are becoming an even bigger problem for employers. With a larger workforce working from home than perhaps ever before, traditional defenses at the network perimeter no longer remain.
“To maintain resilience,” says Barnett, “companies need to extend protection beyond the business network perimeter. One of the best ways to do that is through DNS protection that ensures requests are resolved through a trusted resolver and not a potentially misconfigured home network.”
DoH: The Second Coming of DNS
In response to these concerns, DNS over HTTPS (DoH) offers a method for encrypting DNS requests. Designed by the Internet Engineering Task Force, it leverages the HTTPS privacy standard to mask these
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 08, 2020 at 04:50AM
Added: May 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Whats in a Name? Channel Partner Types and Positioning for M&A
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
What’s in a Name? Channel Partner Types and Positioning for M&A
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/whats-in-a-name-channel-partner-types-and-positioning-for-ma/
Key differences to consider for best merger and acquisition options for IT channel companies.
Cristian Anastasiu
What’s in a name? Plenty when it comes to a channel partner’s business model and positioning for a planned merger and acquisition. Particularly if they’re planning a mergers and acquisitions event in the next six to 18 months — be it a sale of the business or an acquisition.
In the last two decades, the IT infrastructure channel industry has evolved significantly from the resale niche that dominated the 1980s. Following a measured progression from the value-added resellers (VARs) of the ’90s and system integrators (SIs) of the early 2000s, managed service providers (MSPs) and cloud services exploded onto the scene. In some cases, companies have transitioned from one business model to the next and blurred these lines, but many have found it hard to do.
Business Models
Channel companies generally fall into categories based on product resale revenue vs. professional services revenue vs. recurring services revenue, although many are still a combination of two or more models. Typical metrics are:
Reseller: more than 95% product resale.
VAR: more than 80% product resale.
Systems integrator: up to 50% services revenue, some of it recurring.
MSP: more than 60% recurring service revenue.
Cloud provider: little product resale, more than 80% recurring service revenue.
What were the M&A trends and valuations in 2019?
The valuations for MSPs and cloud providers continued to grow, and successful companies (based on profitability, growth rate, etc.) were valued on a multiple of revenue basis. The time to successfully close a transaction involving such a company was often less than 6 months, which is below the overall market and industry averages. Sellers received multiple competitive bids. The higher and stickier the revenue, the higher the multiple.
The valuations for VARs and SIs were flat at best, with a typical sale taking anywhere from nine to 12 months or longer. There had to be a perfect fit with the buyer for the seller to fetch acceptable multiples. Typical valuations were in the low- to mid-single digit earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) multiples.
Let’s first walk through what seems to distinguish these companies, and then explore the best M&A options.
Besides the obvious product vs. service revenue mix, these companies have distinct characterizations on several levels:
1. Size
VARs and SIs, with their focus on product sales, were able to scale faster and have been around for a longer period of time. Many of today’s VARs and SIs are companies with north of $50 million in revenue, with several players in the multibillion dollars range and active globally.
In comparison, MSPs are generally companies in the $1 to $5 million revenue range, with a few larger exceptions. They are sometimes centered around a few local key customers. These customers are historically small- and midsized businesses where it’s strategically beneficial to outsource IT services rather than organically grow those departments in-house. Currently there are thousands of MSPs active nationwide.
2. Customer profile. Larger enterprise customers have been slow to transition to the outsourced model for a number of reasons: their requirements are too complex, IT is strategic to them, outsourcing would lead to some IT staff losing their jobs, etc. As a result, VARs and SIs who served large accounts weren’t given the opportunity to develop a managed services practice (because their customers had no need for managed services). And for those VARs and SIs that tried to add services to their repertoire, a key mistake was trying to sell to all the needs of each customer rather than standardizing their service and streamlining their staff. Consequently, many missed the opportunity to create a profitable and repeatable service model.
3. Founder background. The founder’s background plays a major role in the company culture and their abilities to scale or transform their businesses.
VARs and SIs have traditionally been founded by salespeople or, at times, two or three partners with complementary backgrounds (sales, engineering, operations and finance). Some of these founders and their company became experts at solving new problems, based on new technologies and products offered by manufacturers. This project-based model was a great fit for their skill and inclination. Once the problem was solved and the project was completed, they …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 08, 2020 at 08:52PM
Added: May 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Whats in a Name? Channel Partner Types and Positioning for M&A
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
What’s in a Name? Channel Partner Types and Positioning for M&A
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/whats-in-a-name-channel-partner-types-and-positioning-for-ma-2/
Key differences to consider for best merger and acquisition options for IT channel companies.
Cristian Anastasiu
What’s in a name? Plenty when it comes to a channel partner’s business model and positioning for a planned merger and acquisition. Particularly if they’re planning a mergers and acquisitions event in the next six to 18 months — be it a sale of the business or an acquisition.
In the last two decades, the IT infrastructure channel industry has evolved significantly from the resale niche that dominated the 1980s. Following a measured progression from the value-added resellers (VARs) of the ’90s and system integrators (SIs) of the early 2000s, managed service providers (MSPs) and cloud services exploded onto the scene. In some cases, companies have transitioned from one business model to the next and blurred these lines, but many have found it hard to do.
Business Models
Channel companies generally fall into categories based on product resale revenue vs. professional services revenue vs. recurring services revenue, although many are still a combination of two or more models. Typical metrics are:
Reseller: more than 95% product resale.
VAR: more than 80% product resale.
Systems integrator: up to 50% services revenue, some of it recurring.
MSP: more than 60% recurring service revenue.
Cloud provider: little product resale, more than 80% recurring service revenue.
What were the M&A trends and valuations in 2019?
The valuations for MSPs and cloud providers continued to grow, and successful companies (based on profitability, growth rate, etc.) were valued on a multiple of revenue basis. The time to successfully close a transaction involving such a company was often less than 6 months, which is below the overall market and industry averages. Sellers received multiple competitive bids. The higher and stickier the revenue, the higher the multiple.
The valuations for VARs and SIs were flat at best, with a typical sale taking anywhere from nine to 12 months or longer. There had to be a perfect fit with the buyer for the seller to fetch acceptable multiples. Typical valuations were in the low- to mid-single digit earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) multiples.
Let’s first walk through what seems to distinguish these companies, and then explore the best M&A options.
Besides the obvious product vs. service revenue mix, these companies have distinct characterizations on several levels:
1. Size
VARs and SIs, with their focus on product sales, were able to scale faster and have been around for a longer period of time. Many of today’s VARs and SIs are companies with north of $50 million in revenue, with several players in the multibillion dollars range and active globally.
In comparison, MSPs are generally companies in the $1 to $5 million revenue range, with a few larger exceptions. They are sometimes centered around a few local key customers. These customers are historically small- and midsized businesses where it’s strategically beneficial to outsource IT services rather than organically grow those departments in-house. Currently there are thousands of MSPs active nationwide.
2. Customer profile. Larger enterprise customers have been slow to transition to the outsourced model for a number of reasons: their requirements are too complex, IT is strategic to them, outsourcing would lead to some IT staff losing their jobs, etc. As a result, VARs and SIs who served large accounts weren’t given the opportunity to develop a managed services practice (because their customers had no need for managed services). And for those VARs and SIs that tried to add services to their repertoire, a key mistake was trying to sell to all the needs of each customer rather than standardizing their service and streamlining their staff. Consequently, many missed the opportunity to create a profitable and repeatable service model.
3. Founder background. The founder’s background plays a major role in the company culture and their abilities to scale or transform their businesses.
VARs and SIs have traditionally been founded by salespeople or, at times, two or three partners with complementary backgrounds (sales, engineering, operations and finance). Some of these founders and their company became experts at solving new problems, based on new technologies and products offered by manufacturers. This project-based model was a great fit for their skill and inclination. Once the problem was solved and the project was completed, they …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 08, 2020 at 09:50PM
Added: May 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
Commvault Adds NetApp Scale-Out Data Protection for Customers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Commvault Adds NetApp Scale-Out Data Protection for Customers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/commvault-adds-netapp-scale-out-data-protection-for-customers/
The longtime partners pair up to solve lingering and critical backup and recovery issues facing hybrid cloud users.
Commvault and NetApp are deepening their partnership by offering NetApp scale-out data protection atop Commvault’s data backup and recovery services.
The deal, which continues a 12-year relationship between the companies, aims to extend rapid data recovery support for customers. The NetApp Scale-out Data Protection (SDP), along with Commvault Complete Backup & Recovery, is designed for hybrid cloud environments. The joint offering expands rapid recovery support for critical data across NetApp hybrid-enabled storage systems. The Commvault software provides snapshot management, and backup and disaster recovery functions for customers, under the partnership.
Nigel Tozer, Commvault’s EMEA solutions marketing director, told Channel Futures that partners are asking for this service combination.
Commvault’s Nigel Tozer
“Rapid recovery and disaster recovery are huge issues” for customers, said Tozer. “Ransomware, corruption, human error and a host of other downtime risks can hit any business in the pocketbook. Access to data is paramount.”
Using the Commvault NetApp offering, customers can protect their data and get back to work if there are disruptions, he said.
“Normally you have to choose between fast and deep. But using Commvault to manage snapshots, rapid recovery from the NetApp HCI flash primary recovery tier and long-term retention in the StorageGRID cloud tier means you get fast, deep easy scalability in one package.”
As customers demand more HCI and scale-out, they want similar ease of use and scalability for backup and recovery, said Tozer.
“Scale-up backup appliances don’t meet modern recovery needs, and because there is a well-documented skills shortage in storage and cloud architects, a simpler, scale-out approach is very much in demand for recovery systems,” he said.
For partners, NetApp Scale-out Data Protection provides great reasons for customers to ask for help, he said.
“With the COVID-19 pandemic being faced around the world, a simpler way to protect and consolidate key systems is welcome. NetApp and Commvault are in strong position to help customers migrate to or adopt cloud technologies such as VDI, too.”
Longtime Partnership
The companies have been working together for a long time and each bring their strengths to help customers, said Tozer.
“Commvault provides data protection for the whole of NetApp’s data fabric — on premises and in the cloud. And it doesn’t stop there. The same is true from a data governance perspective, too. It doesn’t matter whether your concern is in the midmarket or with enterprise systems from SAP, Oracle or Microsoft. Commvault provides the most comprehensive data protection, data management and data governance suite available for NetApp customers.”
Charles King, principal analyst at Pund-IT, said that as hybrid cloud deployments grow, data backup and recovery becomes more critical.
“However, solutions that are both effective and simple to use are thinner on the ground than one might imagine,” he said.
“That’s a challenge that NetApp and Commvault are attempting to address with the new Scale-out Data Protection solution,” King added.
By integrating their platforms, customers can deploy and benefit from on-premises and cloud-based data protection, backup and recovery, he said.
Another analyst, Rob Enderle of Enderle Group, said NetApp Scale-out Data Protection addresses a rarely discussed problem.
“How do you properly secure a system that has components that aren’t only geographically-separate but controlled by different entities? You need centralized control and monitoring, and the solution has to span the distributed ecosystem,” said Enderle. “That looks like what Commvault has created, and while it appears tied to NetApp, it should get CIOs, who are incredibly risk-averse at the moment, to begin questioning whether their more decentralized solutions will result in avoidable breaches, hopefully before those breaches occur.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 09, 2020 at 01:51AM
Added: May 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
PagerDuty Partner Program Expanded for MSPs Solution Partners
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
PagerDuty Partner Program Expanded for MSPs, Solution Partners
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/pagerduty-partner-program-expanded-for-msps-solution-partners/
PagerDuty launched a reseller program in 2018 that’s been growing ever since.
The PagerDuty Partner Program now targets system integrators (SIs), consultancies and managed service providers (MSPs).
PagerDuty says the new solution partner and MSP programs allow partners to offer reselling, professional and managed services globally. The company sells digital operations management.
Jukka Alanen is PagerDuty’s senior vice president of business development and corporate strategy. He says PagerDuty’s reseller program, which the company introduced two years ago, has been growing ever since.
PagerDuty’s Jukka Alanen
“The new solution partner and managed service partner programs expand partnering from reselling to higher-value solutions and services delivery,” he said.
The PagerDuty partner program offers support across all parts of real-time digital operations. That includes detecting and understanding issues, responding, orchestrating and automating real-time work.
It also supports continually analyzing and improving operations.
“These new programs make it easier for partners to expand business with their clients with higher-value solutions and services, and also engage with PagerDuty in a more strategic manner,” Alanen said. “PagerDuty enables partners to deliver solutions, professional services and managed services to their clients and leverage the full potential of PagerDuty’s digital operations management platform to help clients transform their operations.”
Always On
The digital always-on world requires organizations to modernize and transform their digital operations, he said.
“We saw an opportunity to partner with SIs, consultancies and MSPs to help organizations transform their operations,” Alanen said. “SIs and MSPs bring valuable expertise, resources and in-depth understanding of their clients’ needs. And they can help accelerate and scale operational transformation.”
The program’s partners bring a mix of solution, industry vertical and geographic expertise. They serve complex needs across DevOps, ITOps, CloudOps, AIOps, customer service, security operations and industrial ops.
“We’ve chosen to leverage PagerDuty with our clients because it offers a tremendous degree of flexibility, efficiency and simplicity at a time when it’s needed most to protect business continuity, reduce costs and proactively mitigate risks in these uncertain economic times,” said Kevin Mead, Kinect Consulting‘s vice president of business development.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 09, 2020 at 02:49AM
Added: May 08, 2020 Via IFTTT
MSP 501 Profile Podcast: Parasol Alliance a Unique MSP Business Model
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
MSP 501 Profile Podcast: Parasol Alliance, a Unique MSP Business Model
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/msp-501-profile-podcast-parasol-alliance-a-unique-msp-business-model/
CEO Amber Redmann speaks to the unique approach to her MSP model, and how it has helped weather the COVID-19 storm.
The 501 Files: The MSP 501 Profile Podcast — Parasol Alliance’s Amber Redman discusses her company’s unique MSP business model.
Company Name: Parasol Alliance
Company MSP 501 Rank: 468
CEO: Amber Redmann
Headquarters: Milwaukee, WI
Primary Services:
Consulting
IT
Strategy
Managed Services
Senior Living Industry
Twitter: @ParasolAlliance
Amber Redmann, CEO of Parasol Alliance (No. 468 on the 2019 MSP 501), has a very unique approach to her MSP business model.
Parasol Alliance’s Amber Redmann
The company was born from a severe lack of IT services dedicated to the senior-living industry. Recognizing this gaping hole, Redmann decided to go where few have dared to.
Redmann got her start in the assisted living/retirement community industry more than 10 years ago. Working her way up from the help desk to managing business systems, Redmann learned the ins and outs of the senior-living industry, implementing vital systems, processes and strategies — and building teams.
Redmann had worked in senior living for nine years. She began to realize that there was a huge unmet need for IT services specific to that industry.
“Because we work solely in the senior living industry, we have developed a business model that is very focused on meeting the needs of that specific vertical,” said Redmann. “This unique approach and model has helped us weather this COVID-19 landscape.”
Read on to find out more about Parasol Alliance, and the MSP business model that has, in many ways, transformed the sector.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 09, 2020 at 02:50AM
Added: May 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
Aruba ClearPass Policy Manager Integrates with Microsoft
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Aruba ClearPass Policy Manager Integrates with Microsoft
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/aruba-clearpass-policy-manager-integrates-with-microsoft/
Aruba and Microsoft integrations boost enterprise security.
Aruba, a Hewlett Packard Enterprise company, says ClearPass Policy Manager now integrates with Microsoft endpoint protection platforms. The integration boosts enterprise cybersecurity.
The Aruba ClearPass Policy Manager platform provides role-based and device-based network access control. That is for users across any wired and wireless, and VPN infrastructure. ClearPass now controls access to network resources based on endpoint security intelligence that Microsoft provides. The goal is to reduce the risk of compromised network connections.
Michael Tennefoss is vice president of strategic partnerships at Aruba.
Aruba’s Michael Tennefoss
“Protecting enterprises against attacks requires a holistic approach to security based on an open approach to device and application protection. Aruba’s ClearPass provides policy management on network infrastructure from any vendor,” said Tennefoss. “Microsoft Endpoint Manager provides secure, integrated management of devices and applications from any source. Operating in concert, ClearPass and Microsoft Endpoint Manager address endpoint security for a very broad range of IT, IoT, BYOD and operational technology (OT) devices and applications used in different vertical markets.”
Microsoft Endpoint Manager is a unified management platform that includes Configuration Manager and Microsoft Intune.
More Security
Aruba ClearPass Policy Manager also integrates with Microsoft Defender Advanced Threat Protection (ATP). Microsoft ATP is a unified endpoint security platform which aims to help enterprises prevent, detect, investigate and respond to advanced threats.
The two vendors also are collaborating to improve the access control communication efficiency and security. They are doing so by developing a standardized approach to support multiple authentication methods and types in a single authentication request.
“Combining network access control with endpoint security, such as risk or exposure scores, yields synergies for both technologies, ensuring businesses that the right devices have access to the right network resources,” said Moti Gindi, corporate vice president with Microsoft Threat Protection. “This integration allows our joint customers to simplify their security infrastructure and enables both solutions to provide higher levels of security.”
Pandemic and Security
In April, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, Infrastructure Security Agency and the U.K. National Cyber Security Centre sounded the alarm about increased malicious cyber actors.
“APT groups are using the COVID-19 pandemic as part of their cyber operations,” wrote the authors. “These cyber threat actors will often masquerade as trusted entities. Their activity includes using coronavirus-themed phishing messages or malicious applications, often masquerading as trusted entities that may have been previously compromised. Their goals and targets are consistent with long-standing priorities such as espionage and ‘hack-and-leak” operations.’ Cybercriminals are using the pandemic for commercial gain, deploying a variety of ransomware and other malware.”
Aruba is a member of the Microsoft Intelligent Security Association (MISA), which has over 100 members. Ecosystem partners, including independent software vendors, develop critical integrations to improve security threats.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 11, 2020 at 11:53PM
Added: May 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
Protect Customers from Evolving Threats by Responding More Rapidly
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Protect Customers from Evolving Threats by Responding More Rapidly
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/protect-customers-from-evolving-threats-by-responding-more-rapidly/
Protecting your customers’ IT infrastructure from evolving threats must be a top priority, for both their businesses and yours.
Cyberattacks and other evolving threats continue to dominate the headlines. But many companies fail to allocate the resources necessary or don’t have the budget to fortify their infrastructure. As a result, companies that have not implemented a multi-layered security strategy become an attractive target to cybercriminals. Without a holistic security strategy in place, these companies are likely to experience significant financial, reputational and legal repercussions.
Protecting your customers’ IT infrastructure from evolving threats must be a top priority, for both their businesses and yours. To help your customers quickly obtain an optimal security posture to avoid serious repercussions, partners must be able to swiftly identify and recommend trusted technology solutions. To address this issue, we created our Solutions Product Inventory (SPI) Tool. This tool helps our partners quickly position new security solutions for their customers. As a global resource, it can be leveraged by partners to build solutions on the fly with their customers due to its ability to search by vendor, product, category, sub-category, MSP readiness and geographic region.
Here are three ways our SPI Tool can help your business protect customers from evolving threats by addressing their current security challenges with reliable security solutions:
Establish yourself as an expert: Earning your customer’s trust requires you to not only demonstrate and share your knowledge of the security landscape, but also to be honest with them about the inevitability of an attack. Understand and validate their concerns and show them how you can ably address them.
Build trust: Your customers rely on you to be their trusted advisor, guiding them to the best resources, solutions and products available to protect their business’ IT infrastructure. That trust requires that you show them you thoroughly understand the threat landscape. It means understanding their business goals and how their business might be impacted by an attack—and showing them how you can help them mount a defense.
Our Tech Data Security experts have thoroughly vetted our vendor portfolio to ensure our partners have access to the most trusted technology solutions available on the market. These technology solutions will help equip your customers with the tools they need to successfully combat sophisticated cyberattacks.
Become top of mind: While meeting with your customer, you will be able to use our SPI Tool to pull up a comprehensive library of common security issues, along with corresponding solutions and services available to them. This kind of tool:
Helps you to educate your organization—and your customer—about security issues and available options that might work in their environment
Cuts the time needed to package a solution for your customer, enabling faster deployment and increased revenue
Allows you to quickly pinpoint opportunities, solutions and services to offer your customers
Schedule a demo today to see how our SPI Tool can help you propose new security solutions to solve your customer’s most critical security needs.
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 11, 2020 at 11:53PM
Added: May 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
Its 501 Somewhere: MSSP Jason Ingalls on Security Landscape in a COVID World
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
It’s 501 Somewhere: MSSP Jason Ingalls on Security Landscape in a COVID World
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/its-501-somewhere-mssp-jason-ingalls-on-security-landscape-in-a-covid-world/
An editor and a channel expert walk into a bar and talk security over drinks.
When it comes to the managed security landscape, few MSSPs can claim the expertise that Jason Ingalls, CEO of Louisiana-based Ingalls Information Security, regularly displays on Channel Futures. In this installment of our talk show, It’s 501 Somewhere, Ingalls talks about how the security landscape has shifted amid the coronavirus and the resulting work-from-home paradigm shift.
Ingalls Infosec’s Jason Ingalls
Ingalls is a fan of “the power of three.” In this virtual chat, he lays out details of what he sees as the foundation of any good security solution: availability, confidentiality and integrity. These tenets serve as the baseline for any remote work safeguards for IT companies. They, he feels, qualify as an essential business today.
As for Ingalls? Attending Mardi Gras back in March certainly brought on mixed feelings. But Louisianans are no strangers to surviving disaster.
“When you live in Louisiana,” says Ingalls, “you know how to take a hit.”
Click on the video above to see how he does it.
If you want to be a part of the 2020 MSP 501, make sure you apply by May 31, 2020. To be entered in a raffle to win free consultations with Gary Pica and other consultants, apply by May 15!
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 12, 2020 at 02:55AM
Added: May 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
AWS Microsoft Azure Google Cloud Grow During COVID-19 Pandemic
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
AWS, Microsoft Azure, Google Cloud Grow During COVID-19 Pandemic
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/aws-microsoft-azure-google-cloud-grow-during-covid-19-pandemic/
More people are working from home. That’s leading to continued growth for AWS, Google Cloud and Microsoft Azure.
Enabling employees to work from home isn’t the only right move organizations have made due to COVID-19. Many are also reaping the benefits of migrating to the cloud during the pandemic. As you might expect, the top public cloud providers are among those that are benefiting.
Amazon, Microsoft and Google all described significant growth in their recently released financial earnings reports. Google says its first-quarter cloud revenue was close to $2.8 billion, up 52% over the year-ago quarter. Revenue for Microsoft’s intelligent cloud group, which includes Azure, was $12.3 billion. That’s a 27% year-over-year gain. Amazon reported cloud revenue of $10.2 billion, up 33%.
Synergy Research’s John Dinsdale
“While COVID-19 is having a devastating impact on communities and economies around the world, indications are that it is having a mildly positive impact on the cloud infrastructure services market,” said John Dinsdale, a chief analyst at Synergy Research Group. “For sure the pandemic is causing some issues for cloud providers, but in uncertain times the public cloud is providing flexibility and a safe haven for enterprises that are struggling to maintain normal operations.”
This article originally appeared on Channel Futures’ sister site, IT Pro Today.
The three top public cloud providers grew revenue last quarter, but they also added new regions and services.
Microsoft Azure Surges Forward
During Microsoft‘s earning call, CEO Satya Nadella boasted that, with new regions added in Mexico and Spain in the first quarter, Microsoft Azure now has more data center regions than any other cloud provider.
Azure‘s cloud footprint also extends to the edge, another area where Nadella sees Microsoft differentiating from its public cloud peers. On March 26, Microsoft announced the acquisition of Affirmed Networks, which helps operators deploy and maintain 5G networks and services.
“Azure Edge Zones extends Azure to the network edge, connecting directly with the carriers’ 5G network to enable immersive real-time experiences that require ultralow latency,” Nadella said.
Google Cloud Platform
Microsoft wasn’t the only cloud provider opening new regions in the first quarter. On March 4, Google announced that it is building out four new regions: in Toronto; Delhi, India; Doha, Qatar; and Melbourne, Australia.
Google was also busy during the quarter rolling out new services for its cloud users. Among them is the Cloud Memorystore, which is an in-memory data store service. The Google Cloud Data Catalog also hit a major milestone during the quarter, exiting beta and becoming generally available.
Google’s Shekhar Bapat
“Google Cloud Data Catalog is a fully managed and scalable metadata management service. It can help your organization quickly discover, understand and manage all your data from one simple interface,” Shekhar Bapat, product manager for Google Cloud Data Catalog, wrote in a blog. “Accessible from within the Google Cloud console, Data Catalog allows immediate access to data discovery without requiring any upfront setup.”
AWS Continues to Lead
Amazon Web Services was also active in the quarter, announcing the opening of new regions in Milan, Italy, and Cape Town, South Africa. In addition, Amazon announced plans to launch new regions in Indonesia, Japan and Spain.
In terms of new services, AWS announced general availability of its Amazon Keyspaces cloud database service. The Amazon Augmented Artificial Intelligence (Amazon A2I) service also hit general availability, providing organizations with a service to enable the human review of machine learning predictions. In addition, AWS announced Amazon AppFlow, a new service that helps organizations move data across applications.
Brian Olsavsky is Amazon’s chief financial officer. During the company’s earnings call, he highlighted Amazon’s efforts to help with COVID-19 research and continuity efforts.
“AWS has created data lakes to assist health care workers, researchers, scientists and public health officials working to understand and fight the coronavirus,” Olsavsky said. “Many of our AWS products are helping in the government response to the crisis, and are there for customers who are seeing their own demand spikes, companies enabling video conferencing, remote learning and online health services, for example.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 12, 2020 at 02:55AM
Added: May 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
Visual Effects Studio Crafty Apes Remains Online with VDI for Remote Work
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Visual Effects Studio Crafty Apes Remains Online with VDI for Remote Work
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/visual-effects-studio-crafty-apes-remains-online-with-vdi-for-remote-work/
Teradici partner RFX connected artists to workstations from their homes.
When COVID-19 forced Hollywood studios to shutter, visual effects studio Crafty Apes rushed to give its graphic artists remote connectivity.
The crisis affected all of Crafty Apes’ 150 visual effects editors, who work on high-end post-production projects. The company‘s recent credits include Birds of Prey, Hustlers, Jumanji: The Next Level, Star Trek: Picard and The Way Back.
Since Crafty Apes formed in 2011, editors and artists have typically performed their postproduction tasks at one of its studios. The main studio is near Los Angeles, but Crafty Apes also operates facilities in Atlanta, New York City and Vancouver. In early March, Crafty Apes expanded to Baton Rouge, and it plans to add a studio in New Mexico.
As offices started shutting down in March, like all other nonessential businesses, film production ground to a halt. But Crafty Apes had plenty of film and animation content already in the queue that was ready for post-production.
Enabling the visual effects studio’s employees to work from home was important to keep the pipeline of releases on schedule.
Crafty Apes called on RFX to come up with a practical way for its artists to remotely access their workstations. RFX, a hardware, software and services provider also based in the L.A. area, is Crafty Apes’ longtime technology provider and adviser.
State of Panic
RFX’s Prashant Buyyala
“As the coronavirus started hitting, a lot of the studios were in a state of panic,” said Prashant Buyyala. Buyyala leads technology initiatives at RFX.
Establishing remote access for graphic artists has unique requirements. It is more complex than setting up office workers to share documents or connect to customer service systems.
Crafty Apes’ artists use workstations that run compute-intensive software such as Nuke, Houdini, Autodesk Maya and Adobe Photoshop. And of course, visual content can amount to gigabytes, or even terabytes of data.
“There are severe constraints around the security implications of it, Buyyala explained.
“There are also workflow issues with regard to the large datasets that they’re working with. Some people just wanted to move the workstations home, then have the employees connect over a VPN. But that doesn’t work very well. So we really started quickly mobilizing our teams to try and take a look at the various technology solutions out there.”
Considering Various VDI Options
Because of those issues, RFX decided the best approach was to provide remote access via VDI. Buyyala said his team considered several VDI options. Among them were HP’s Remote Graphics Software (RGS), TGX’s Remote Visual Solution and Teradici’s Cloud Access Software.
RFX decided to use 10ZiG thin clients with Teradici’s Cloud Access Software.
Crafty Apes’ Aleks Siekiewicz gets ready for another day of visual effects work at Crafty Apes.
“It is the kind of software that works with media and entertainment clients,” said Cliff Edson, RFX’s general manager. “They can’t just get on and do Zoom, because of the amount of information that’s going back and forth.”
It helped that the visual effects studio already had an internal VDI platform based on Teradici’s PC over IP protocol.
“Since they were already using PC over IP in the office and for their remote branches, they were able to just extend that network to the home users,” said Ziad Lammam, Teradici’s VP of product marketing.
RFX provisioned all 150 artists within a week by letting them install …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 12, 2020 at 02:55AM
Added: May 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
Rackspace Microsoft Each Make Key Cloud Moves
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Rackspace, Microsoft Each Make Key Cloud Moves
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/rackspace-microsoft-each-make-key-cloud-moves/
Much of the activity, although not all, ties to the COVID-19 pandemic and brings opportunity to partners.
Rackspace and Microsoft are making separate moves with their cloud approaches, and both benefit partners. Rackspace’s strategy has evolved out of a need to help during the COVID-19 pandemic. And while Microsoft’s new initiative looks ahead five years, it also offers immediate economic assistance as the coronavirus has shut down businesses worldwide.
Rackspace, Partners Helping Business
Rackspace partners are rolling out free technology as enterprises navigate the coronavirus pandemic.
Lisa McLin, Rackspace’s channel chief, said the managed cloud computing company is doing its part to help during COVID-19. To that end, Rackspace has invested $10 million so it may provide OpenStack Public Cloud hosting resources at no cost to organizations helping with COVID-19 response efforts. The offer covers the next six months.
Rackspace also is letting MSPs, VARs and other partners deploy Microsoft Teams to Office 365 users, for free, for six months “so business stays afloat,” McLin told Channel Futures.
Rackspace’s Lisa McLin
“Microsoft Teams and our OpenStack are the two tools that our partners have to help customers,” McLin said. “There’s no commission, but it’s a way of finding free opportunities. Partners are looking at long-term relationships and this is the goodwill they provide.”
Other products, however, are still a revenue-generator for partners. Those include Microsoft’s Work Anywhere platform, data center management, and cloud optimization and performance. Partners are especially seeing success with the latter two services, McLin said.
“The pandemic is pushing customers into the cloud faster than predicted,” she said. “Cost-cutting measures are key topics we’re hearing quite a bit.”
Organizations are looking to a mix of public and private clouds, McLin said. That shouldn’t surprise partners. Hybrid cloud is outpacing public- or private-cloud-only configurations.
For now, the Rackspace professional services team is helping partners conduct all implementation work remotely.
As for partner enablement during COVID-19, Rackspace has developed additional training sessions and webinars, all delivered over the internet. The materials include identifiers that indicate a customer makes the right fit for a certain product, as well as “battlecards” describing the value proposition of each service.
“As we continue to make sure the solutions that we’re focusing on service our customers, we will always have partners top of mind as well,” McLin said. “We don’t know what COVID will continue to look like and what customers will need. So when that happens, we’ll make sure we pull in resellers and partners and give them opportunities to serve their customers.”
Microsoft to Add Cloud Data Center Region, More, in Italy
Following on its plan to invest heavily in Mexico, particularly through cloud technology, Microsoft now plans to do the same in Italy.
The Redmond, Washington-based software giant said late last week it will funnel $1.5 billion over five years in Italy. The money will fund access to local cloud services, create a new data center region in Milan so enterprises may use Microsoft Azure and its tools, launch smart-working programs and more.
This is the second iteration of Microsoft and Italy’s “Ambizione Italia”; the company and the country first started working together two years ago.
Microsoft on May 8 cited joint research conducted by Politecnico di Milano School of Management and Microsoft Italia. That research indicates the new data center region may generate more than 10,000 job-related opportunities. It also could help create an estimated $9 billion in direct and indirect business impact by the end of 2024. The forecast encompassed data center construction and operations as well as opportunities for businesses and the technology ecosystem.
Microsoft’s investment announcement comes as Italy emerges from COVID-19-imposed lockdown restrictions. The country remains the hardest hit by the virus in Europe.
“In this time of change, it is important to create private and public collaboration and join forces among companies,” said Silvia Candiani, general manager, Microsoft Italy. “This plan creates a platform for growth for millions of Italians. The new data center region will provide intelligent and secure services, and we will continue to partner with our customers to reimagine their business models, creating more innovative companies.”
Channel partners will be key to helping bring much of the strategy to fruition, Microsoft said.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 12, 2020 at 04:54AM
Added: May 11, 2020 Via IFTTT
FASTCHAT: Exploring the impact of Security Orchestration Automation and Response (SOAR)
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Added: May 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
Kaseya MSP Benchmark Survey 2020 Finds Compliance Up Cloud Declining
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Kaseya MSP Benchmark Survey 2020 Finds Compliance Up, Cloud Declining
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/kaseya-msp-benchmark-survey-2020-finds-compliance-up-cloud-declining/
Security bumps up business and revenue gains for MSPs.
The Kaseya MSP Benchmark Survey 2020, released Tuesday, takes a deep dive into the business of being an MSP.. And, what rises to the top among six key findings, is the prominence of security and compliance.
Nearly three in four (73%) MSPs gained revenue providing security services. And almost three in five (59%) increased revenue by offering backup and disaster recovery. At the same time, as IT compliance requirements increase, more businesses struggle to meet those requirements. Two-thirds of MSPs report their clients can’t meet compliance requirements. And, for the past two years, about one-third of MSPs have seen the need for compliance services increase.
Kaseya’s Jim Lippie
“The emphasis on cybersecurity services, in this year’s report, didn’t surprise me. This continues to be a hot button issue for MSPs and their customers,” Jim Lippie, general manager cloud computing and senior vice president partner development at Kaseya, told Channel Futures. “However, I’m surprised that only 83% of MSPs offer antivirus and antimalware solutions. I would expect this to be closer to 100%. Also, only 66% of MSPs perform password resets — again, I would expect this to be closer to 100%.”
In the 2020 survey results, 83% of MSPs offered antivirus and antimalware, just 3% higher than the 2019 survey results revealed. While two in three (66%) MSPs in this year’s survey provide password resets/self-service/password management, 62% reported doing so in last year’s report.
Compliance an Opportunity
This year’s report shows that MSPs are beginning to understand the burgeoning opportunity around compliance. In fact, 90% of high-growth MSPs have added four or five new services to their portfolios, at least one of which is compliance. A high-growth MSP is defined as having an average MRR growth greater than 20%.
“California this past year came out with its Consumer Privacy Act. New York came out with SHIELD [Act] and, we believe, that over the next two to three years, many states will have their own data privacy laws that small businesses will have to be compliant with,” said Lippie. “At this point, not enough MSPs are offering compliance. I suspect that next year we’re going to see more MSPs offering compliance services to their customers.”
The Kaseya MSP benchmark survey is based on feedback from 1,300 MSP firms. Survey-takers were from the Americas (76%), EMEA (16%) and APAC (9%). Two-thirds of MSPs describe themselves as “general purpose,” while 17% describe themselves as MSSPs. Ten percent of respondents selected “network and data center focused” and “specialized by market vertical” descriptions.
In terms of size, MSPs surveyed employ from fewer than 10 up to more than 100 employees. Also measured by endpoints managed, MSPs managed from as few as 1-100 nodes to more than 15,000.
Key Themes
Here are the six key themes in this year’s survey results. They highlight MSP business challenges, concerns, risks and opportunities.
Top MSP client needs and concerns. Security is the top concern, particularly among small businesses. Nearly one in three (29%) respondents cited meeting security risks as the top IT need for their clients. Another 14% listed cybersecurity services as a top need.
Security and backup services raise revenue. Security, and backup and disaster recovery, play a big part in MSP revenue increases.
A strong need for compliance. Compliance is an area of opportunity for MSPs.
Expanded service offerings. The lion’s share (almost 90%) of MSPs see expansion of services as critical to their business. MSPs with average MRR growth greater than 20% added four to five new services to their portfolios in the past two years.
Cloud support has its ups and downs.
MSPs recognize the importance of integration between their core applications to help drive more efficient business operations. Almost 70% of respondents said that integration between their core applications is very important. In addition, 81% said that that this integration could help drive better bottom-line profit for their firms.
A Closer Look at Cloud
Lippie added some perspective to the cloud support ups and downs. What the survey data show is that …
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 12, 2020 at 04:56PM
Added: May 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
Taking the Pain Out of Procurement with All-OEM IT Solutions
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Taking the Pain Out of Procurement with All-OEM IT Solutions
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/taking-the-pain-out-of-procurement-with-all-oem-it-solutions/
Procuring hardware, virtualization software and operating systems from a variety of different sources is a daunting and complicated task. But there’s a more efficient way to source the technology that modern business needs. Managed service providers (MSPs) can neutralize procurement pain with all-OEM offerings that deliver hardware, virtualization, operating systems and database as a single solution.
Read on to discover how sourcing an end-to-end solution from an MSP:
Saves organizations time and money
Boosts technical support throughout the procurement process, both pre- and post-installation
Makes it easier to focus on strategic business goals
Sponsored By:
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 12, 2020 at 07:54PM
Added: May 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
HPE CEO Antonio Neri Accelerates Companys Post COVID-19 Transformation
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
HPE CEO Antonio Neri Accelerates Company’s Post COVID-19 Transformation
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/hpe-ceo-antonio-neri-accelerates-companys-post-covid-19-transformation/
The goal is to accelerate HPE becoming an edge-to-cloud platform-as-a-service company.
HPE CEO Antonio Neri on Tuesday unveiled his view of a post-pandemic world that includes all business groups report directly to his office.
Neri says this shift in HPE’s executive committee is critical as it accelerates its transformation to an edge-to-cloud platform-as-a-service company.
HPE’s Antonio Neri
“In the new world that is emerging, business continuity will depend on technology that advances IT resiliency, empowers remote workforces, and creates new experiences. Through the power of technology, we can reinvigorate customer engagement and help organizations reimagine their business models. HPE has a very important role to play in all of this, and it’s critical that we accelerate our pivot to becoming the edge-to-cloud-as-a-service company,” Neri wrote in a blog.
Neri’s announcement includes changes in business group leadership, labs, a technology road map and software leadership, sales and operations leadership, and global function leadership.
Breaking Down the Reorganization
The seven business group leaders will now report directly to HPE CEO Antonio Neri. They include: Tom Black, storage; Pradeep Kumar, Pointnext technology service; Neil MacDonald, compute; Keerti Melkote, intelligent edge; Irv Rothman, HPE Financial Services; Pete Ungaro, high-performance computing and mission-critical solutions; and, Keith White, who leads the new GreenLake cloud services business group.
Labs, technology road map and software leadership are seeing the creation of a new dual role that embraces innovation and design, and development of HPE’s software-defined portfolio. The company appointed Kumar Sreekanti, HPE chief technology officer and head of software. Mark Potter, chief technology officer, who also manages Hewlett Packard Labs, will retire this summer.
Sales and operations leadership — Heiko Meyer leads sales as chief sales officer, and Pat Collins, who leads global operations, including supply chain, will report to Neri.
HPE’s five global function leaders will continue to report to the CEO as part of the company’s executive committee. They include: Jim Jackson, chief marketing officer; Alan May, chief people officer; Tarek Robbiati, chief financial officer; John Schultz, chief legal and administrative officer and head of HPE’s transformation office; and Jennifer Temple, chief communications officer.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 13, 2020 at 04:56AM
Added: May 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
IoT Security Company Ordr Formalizes Channel Partner Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
IoT Security Company Ordr Formalizes Channel Partner Program
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/iot-security-company-ordr-formalizes-channel-partner-program/
The IoT security company’s channel strategy kicked in from day one.
Ordr, an IoT security company, on Tuesday said it is expanding and formalizing its global partner program. In doing so, the company creates more ways for partners to make money with the channel-focused startup.
Founded in 2015 by former Aruba executives, Ordr early on understood the value of growing with partners.
Ordr’s Greg Murphy
“From the outset we knew we needed to be a channel-first company,” Greg Murphy, president and CEO, told Channel Futures. “I saw that from my years of work at Aruba. Getting the understanding of how channel partners give you breadth, but also bring the expertise to enable organizations to successfully absorb and use solutions such as ours.”
Murphy refers to the Ordr Systems Control Engine (SCE), an actionable AI-based systems control engine for the hyperconnected enterprise. Ordr SCE, which debuted last fall, identifies and classifies devices in the environment. It regulates device flow and behavior, and delivers closed loop security. And, Ordr SCE provides businesses with system utilization.
The IoT security company addresses the challenge of unmanaged IoT and OT devices connected in the enterprise. These devices include things such as building systems, connected medical devices, and manufacturing infrastructure. Also, many devices that are unfamiliar to the organization, they don’t know what to do with and have a hard time protecting them.
Channel Investment
Eric Berkman, a channel veteran with ties to Cisco, OpenDNX and Citrix, joined Ordr as senior director of worldwide channel in October. Berkman is responsible for expanding the company’s global, and invitation-only, partner program.
“We want to work and focus on partners that can bring best-of-breed capabilities and expertise with our solution.” said Berkman. “A lot of times, channel programs are one-size-fits-all. We’re a dynamic startup organization with a channel-first model and our partner program has a lot of flexible choices.”
What that means is doing what’s best for the partners. So the program supports referral selling, authorized resellers, assessment partners and MSPs.
Strategic growth of the partner program is in terms of regions and verticals. In North America, Ordr is building pipeline with between 20 and 40 partners in a given quarter.
Partner Fit
The IoT security company is interested in partners that have made investments in cybersecurity, as well as strong networking experts.
“Partners with strong networking expertise with companies like HPE, Juniper or Cisco absolutely understand how the network is being asked to do more from a security context. They also have more visibility and awareness that more devices are being asked to traverse the network they’re managing and maintaining — and what that means to them,” said Berkman.
Additionally, Ordr looks for partners who have made investments in verticals such as industrial IoT and health care infrastructure, where there are a lot of IoT devices. Ordr industry solutions include health care, hospitality, enterprise, government, tech manufacturing, retail and transportation.
Ordr offers partners ongoing technical and sales training, joint solution development and selling, multivendor infrastructure integrations and field marketing support. Channel support also includes plug-and-play demo kits, joint sales and marketing, account protection and referral compensation. Additionally, the program offers a chance for partners to become Ordr professional services subcontractors.
Assessment Partners
What is an assessment partner?
According to Berkman, some partners are doing assessments around network segmentation specific to IoT using Ordr technology in that process. Other partners focus on an IoT message around discovery.
“That looks at the IoT devices a company has today and how they’re forecasting growth for the next 24-36 months. Also, they’re having a conversation about beginning the process of taking inventory and how to start protecting and maximizing the devices in the environment,” he explained.
Ordr makes its software available so partners can wrap it into their service offerings. Assessment is often the first phase of giving a customer visibility into what they haven’t seen before.
“The assessment of risk leads to a strategy conversation about products a customer needs and how to operationally implement that strategy,” said Murphy. ‘That’s a real value-added service for partners to bring.”
Partners need to know that Ordr understands the need to work with existing security and network infrastructure tools.
“As we are grabbing information across the network in a passive, agentless manner, we use machine learning to understand what the device is doing. When we integrate with the switch, firewalls and network access control tools – made by Aruba, Cisco, etc. – we’re automatically building and generating policies that those tools operate in. Those policies get ingested into the existing infrastructure. We utilize the existing daily tools of the organization,” said Berkman.
The company also has integrations into ServiceNow and Nuvolo.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 13, 2020 at 04:56AM
Added: May 12, 2020 Via IFTTT
Lucrative Malware as a Service Catches Fire for Malicious Hackers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Lucrative Malware as a Service Catches Fire for Malicious Hackers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/lucrative-malware-as-a-service-catches-fire-for-malicious-hackers/
Criminals with computer skills have plenty of incentive to offer their wares as a service.
During the last several years, software as a service (SaaS) has become the norm — and that goes for malware software, too. In fact, bad actors increasingly are using malware as a service.
When examined from an economic perspective, this trend makes perfect sense. Being able to lease malware gives wannabe malicious hackers a chance to make some money, even if they have almost no computer skills. They simply lease the malware from a cloud service, customize it, then set out to infect the world.
On the flip side, criminals with computer skills have plenty of incentive to offer their wares as a service.
This article originally appeared on Channel Futures’ sister site, IT Pro Today.
The most obvious incentive is that malware authors can potentially make more money through leasing their services to others rather than trying to spread an infection themselves. In most cases, malware authors simply take a cut from every ransom paid to someone who leases their service.
Leasing malware to others may also help to reduce the author’s risk of getting caught. Say a malware-as-a-service author poses as a legitimate security consultant and markets his or her wares as cybersecurity testing tools. That way, if authorities ever question the malware author, he or she has plausible deniability. After all, many vendors create security tools, and it’s not their fault if a customer uses a tool maliciously.
So if a cybercriminal has the computer skills to create an entire malware-as-a-service platform, why use those skills to develop malware? After all, there are plenty of other ways for a skilled software developer to make money.
Malware Pays Off
While some malware authors just want to watch the world burn, for most, it is a way to make money. According to PayScale, the average software developer makes $71,150 per year.
Ransomware has the potential to be even more profitable. Consider, for example, that a 2019 ransomware attack against Virtual Care Providers demanded $14 million in bitcoin.. While this particular company did not pay the ransom, experts say the same Ryuk ransomware used in that attack earned about $3.7 million in the last five months of 2018.
Of course, if cybercriminals offer their ransomware as a service, then the original author is not collecting the full ransom. The customer leasing the ransomware presumably gets the lion’s share, while the author earns a small percentage as a commission.
So with that in mind, let’s pretend that one malware-as-a-service subscriber was responsible for collecting all $3.7 million in RYUK ransoms. Let’s also pretend that the person responsible for infecting all those systems had to pay a 10% commission to the ransomware author. That would mean the ransomware author would earn about $370,000 over five months.
This is far more money than the author could ever hope to make working a corporate job. In fact, $370,000 spread evenly over five months works out to $74,000 per month. That’s more than the entire average annual salary of a corporate software developer.
Of course, if someone has the skills necessary to build an entire malware-as-a-service platform, then that person is more than just a software developer. He or she also has a considerable amount of security knowledge. Even so, the person could probably make more money creating malware than working as a white hat security consultant.
Bug Bounties
In recent years, it has become fairly common for large tech companies to offer bug bounties. In other words, companies such as Microsoft and Facebook offer to pay hackers who can find security holes in their software. This gives the companies a chance to patch the holes before bad guys exploit them.
With that in mind, imagine that a gray hat hacker found a serious security flaw in a major online platform. While the tech company whose software is affected would likely be willing to pay for information about the vulnerability, the same information would probably be worth a lot more if sold to hackers on the black market.
Unfortunately, I don’t see the malware-as-a-service trend slowing down any time soon. Malware is just too financially rewarding for both the malware author and the wannabe hacker who subscribes to the service. The only good news is that companies are getting better at preventing infections since ransomware has become so prevalent.
Brien Posey is the vice president of research and development for Relevant Technologies. He writes technical content for a variety of publications and websites.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 13, 2020 at 04:56AM
Added: May 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Scale Computing Launches New Class of HC3 Appliances
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Scale Computing Launches New Class of HC3 Appliances
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/scale-computing-launches-new-class-of-hc3-appliances/
The new performance tier targets performance-intensive applications.
Scale Computing is out with a new class of HC3 appliances that target database analytics and high-density virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) deployments.
The vendor, which historically targets infrastructure for SMBs, and more recently edge computing, launched the new HC3250DF HCI appliance. It is designed for performance computing for enterprises and SMBs, from the core data center to the edge.
Craig Theriac is director of product management at Scale Computing.
Scale Computing’s Craig Theriac
“HC3 brings together four pillars. Those are simplicity, availability, scalability and affordability,” Theriac told Channel Futures.
Scale says the latest device can get up and running quickly. The integrated platform includes software, servers and storage. The HC3250DF is an all-NVMe device, the first in Scale Computing’s product line. And users don’t have to worry about VMware. The company relies on a KVM-based HyperCore hypervisor.
Expanding Portfolio
Like all Scale Computing HC3 appliances, the HC3250DF features intelligent automation for self-healing and high availability. This keeps clusters running through component and appliance failures. It also features integrated disaster recovery capabilities that protect data and workloads at remote sites for fast failover and recovery.
Scale says the HC3250DF is an ideal application platform for core data center and edge computing use cases where IoT, ease-of-use, high availability and TCO matter. This includes retail, industrial, finance, remote office/back office and mobile platforms.
Scale Computing’s Scott Mann
“This device becomes a differentiator for our partners,” said Scott Mann, director North America channel at Scale Computing. “It is an exciting new technology with all-flash NVMe, offered at an affordable price point.”
Scale Computing is a channel-led company with more than 1,000 global partners.
The vendor recently rolled out a new partner portal and launched new training certification courses. The first phase of training is for a technical and sales certification. A second phase will begin next quarter. This will include more advanced technical and sales training.
The HC3250DF will be available next quarter.
Last June, Scale Computing announced the HE500 series of edge appliances. The company says that new edge family helps companies looking for reliable, easy-to-deploy and affordable infrastructure at the network’s edge.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 13, 2020 at 10:56PM
Added: May 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Might Apple Take On AWS Azure and Google in Cloud?
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Might Apple Take On AWS, Azure and Google in Cloud?
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/might-apple-take-on-aws-azure-and-google-in-cloud/
Speculation is rampant that Apple could be the next big public cloud provider.
This early-in-the-week cloud news roundup highlights a range of activity. First, the question of a possible leap into the cloud game by one of Silicon Valley’s most vaunted companies. Then, a partnership featuring a Google Cloud-only MSP. We wrap with highlights from a China-based cloud computing vendor.
Apple Getting Into the Cloud Game?
Is Apple preparing to launch a cloud computing platform to go up against AWS, Azure and Google?
That’s the question posed over at tech site Protocol, which spotted a recent trend: Apple has hired several software engineers known for their expertise in containers and Kubernetes. Plus, the company has posted dozens of cloud-centric jobs over the past few months, as well as this week.
The new hires of note include Michael Crosby, who used to be at Docker and has proven integral to container development; Arun Gupta, who came from AWS and now leads Apple’s open-source efforts as senior engineering manager; Maksym Pavlenko, also from AWS, who now works as a software development engineer; and Francesc Campoy, from Google, who is working on Apple’s Kubernetes efforts as engineer manager – developer experience.
Apple may just be interested in supporting its applications and other services through its own private cloud platform, rather than continuing to use AWS and Azure. Or, it could be gearing up to compete for its share of world’s lucrative cloud revenue. And if so, that sounds like more opportunity for the channel.
Maven Wave Adds Snowflake’s Data Analytics to Portfolio
Managed service provider Maven Wave and cloud data warehousing vendor Snowflake have joined forces.
Todd Truesdell is managing director, data analytics at Maven Wave.
Maven Wave’s Todd Truesdell
“We view Snowflake as one of the go-to platforms for cloud data analytics,” said Truesdell.
The deal, of course, adds another revenue stream for Maven Wave. But the bigger picture is that teaming with Snowflake helps Maven Wave customers avoid cloud vendor lock-in, Truesdell told Channel Futures.
“Snowflake technology offers clients an alternative to the native cloud data analytics platform that the three major clouds provide,” Truesdell said.
Because Snowflake runs on AWS, Azure and Google Cloud (as of February), enterprises can reduce reliance on a single vendor, Truesdell said.
There’s more to the partnership as well.
“We also see ‘data exchanges’ having significant growth as more companies share their data with their other business partners,” Truesdell said. “Snowflake is on the forefront of this with its data exchange, which offers clients a mechanism for monetizing on their data with other business partners, suppliers and so on.”
Maven Wave says it’s the first Google Cloud partner to launch such a partnership with Snowflake. The MSP’s clients will get access to Snowflake’s training and support, as well as a certification program.
Katie Ecklund is director of SI partnerships, Americas at Snowflake.
“It’s the perfect fit, given Maven Wave’s deep expertise in Google Cloud and data analytics,” said Ecklund. “This partnership will elevate their ability to help enterprises realize the true value of their data.”
For its part, Snowflake achieved general availability on Google Cloud in February after months of initial legwork; that pairing combines Snowflake’s platform with Google Cloud’s AI, machine learning and analytics capabilities, the companies said. Snowflake already worked with AWS and Microsoft Azure. The company serves more than 3,000 users worldwide, including eight of the top 10 Fortune 500 firms.
Tencent Cloud Eyes Expansion in Japan
Tencent Cloud, part of China’s internet services behemoth Tencent holdings, aims to triple its sales in Japan this year, according to a Japan Times report.
This could bode well for the channel; Tencent distributes through resellers, consultants, developers and service providers.
Tencent has targeted Japan since last year but now wants to broaden its focus beyond gaming enterprises.
“We want to develop together in the fields where Japan leads the world, including games, cars and medical services,” Zhao Jiannan, managing director of Tencent Cloud for Northeast Asia, told Japan Times.
Such a strategy will more directly pit Tencent against AWS, Azure and Google. Indeed, recent statistics from Synergy Research Group show Tencent gaining significant traction in the cloud computing market. This may put more pressure on the vendors while also giving channel partners more options.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 14, 2020 at 03:53AM
Added: May 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Juniper Networks Vet Promoted to Lead Nutanix Channel Partner Program
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Juniper Networks Vet Promoted to Lead Nutanix Channel Partner Program
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/juniper-networks-vet-promoted-to-lead-nutanix-channel-partner-program/
Also unveiled are new features for its hyperconverged infrastructure platform, including built-in disaster recovery.
Hired last year to run Nutanix’s Americas channel sales, Christian Alvarez will now lead the global Nutanix channel partner program.
Alvarez came to Nutanix from Juniper Networks, where he was worldwide head of channels and distribution. He worked for Juniper for four years.
As the new senior vice president of worldwide channels, Alvarez is in charge of the company’s channel community and strategy. That includes developing global sales and distribution programs for VARs, distributors, OEMs, global system integrators, telco partners and others.
Nutanix’s Christian Alvarez
Alvarez said he wants to lead Nutanix’s worldwide partner organization through its next phase of growth.
Alvarez joined Nutanix in September as vice president of channel sales for the Americas. Just five months later, the company named him interim head of worldwide partner sales. As the COVID-19 pandemic struck, he has helped partners and customers react to help their redistributed work-from-home users. He also led the development of a special financing program to help partners alleviate cash flow concerns during the crisis.
Chris Kaddaras is Nutanix’s executive vice president of worldwide sales. He’s all-in on Alvarez.
“Christian is an innovator and a strategic thinker, spearheading new offerings and contributing to collaboration across the organization,” said Kaddaras. “Christian is ideally suited to execute on our global mission to help both our partners and customers adapt to and enable virtual work.”
Until Nutanix hires a new Americas regional channel sales leader, Alvarez will continue to lead that effort as well.
Nutanix endured some growing pains in 2019. A year ago, the company saw its global channel chief leave after only 15 months on the job. In addition, its chief revenue officer also left after lower than expected revenue guidance was reported. Those developments came nine months after the company’s president departed to head a big data vendor.
Nutanix HCI Gets Platform Upgrades
Nutanix on Wednesday also announced several enhancements to its hyperconverged infrastructure platform, including built-in multisite disaster recovery tools. Also included is advanced automation for recovering applications and data, as well as support for synchronous replication for AHV workloads. And it also supports near-zero data loss with near sync replication for recovery point objective (RPO) times of 20 seconds.
The Nutanix platform’s ability to support multisite DR allows enterprises to recover faster from simultaneous data center failures. The synchronous replication of data between multiple locations now is natively supported on the Nutanix AHV hypervisor. AHV works with a wide range of critical workloads, including virtual desktop infrastructure, databases and general server virtualization.
Nutanix’s Greg Smith
The new built-in disaster recovery capabilities make things easier for partners and customers. So says Greg Smith, product marketing VP at Nutanix, told Channel Futures.
“Business continuity is now more important than ever and, with this release, Nutanix partners will be able to deliver a native, comprehensive business continuity and disaster recovery solutions to their customers,” Smith told Channel Futures. “Before, customers looking to implement strong disaster recovery plans for critical applications had to deploy complex, often disparate technologies that demanded specialized, ongoing administration. Now, with the new capabilities in Nutanix HCI, AHV customers can deliver disaster recovery applications with significantly less complexity and without real-time management.”
Naveen Chhabra, analyst with Forrester Research, said the updates will allow a Nutanix channel partner to solve customer needs more easily.
“They can new confidently sell a single packaged solution,” said Chhabra. “Up until now, if a client needed data replication, they would have to rely on other companies. Now partners can sell one solution from one vendor.”
That is helpful for managed services providers (MSPs), particularly those who standardize on the Nutanix platform, he said.
“This makes a lot of sense. There will be fewer integration needs. And integrations break, and then things don’t work,” said Chhabra. “This simplifies that and removes those potential problems.”
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 14, 2020 at 03:53AM
Added: May 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
VDI Solutions Improve Support for Remote Workers
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
VDI Solutions Improve Support for Remote Workers
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/vdi-solutions-improve-support-for-remote-workers/
Scale Computing and Leostream are partnering to support organizations’ adoption of VDI solutions.
Recent world events leading into 2020 have reinforced many of your customers’ needs for more flexible computing options for their remote workers. Organizations around the world have been taking the necessary steps to support a distributed workforce for an indefinite future. Many organizations that had previously implemented virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) solutions found themselves better prepared to support their workers remotely. Those that have not yet implemented VDI should now give it proper consideration.
Last quarter, Scale Computing, in cooperation with Leostream, introduced a work-from-home strategy using some VDI solution components that allowed IT administrators to quickly react to the immediate need to connect users remotely to their existing corporate workstations. Many of those who adopted that strategy are now taking a step back to look more strategically at how they may best support work-from-home employees in the future.
A full VDI solution done correctly requires forethought and planning. Now that most organizations have met their immediate needs in providing remote work options for employees, a closer look at VDI can be taken. Scale Computing is here to help. We have partnered with Leostream to provide VDI solutions to organizations of all sizes. Our experts are ready to help you understand how VDI can be deployed successfully and at a lower cost for nearly any size organization.
To help ease the transition from traditional desktop solutions to VDI, Scale Computing is currently offering a free hyperconverged infrastructure appliance with the purchase of three appliances of equal or greater value. This offer allows organizations to acquire a powerful, highly available, easy to deploy and easy to manage infrastructure for their VDI solution. In addition, Scale Computing is offering Leostream VDI licenses at a 25% discount on top of the free appliance offer. Our partners are welcome to make this same offer of a free appliance and the 25% discount on Leostream VDI licenses.
We believe lowering the acquisition cost of our VDI solution will make it easier for organizations to make the decision to adopt a VDI solution, but the real value is far beyond the discount we are currently offering. Our HC3 infrastructure solution lowers the total cost of the solution compared to competing virtualization technologies by being easier to deploy, easier to manage and easier to scale out when needed. VDI solutions have traditionally been complex to deploy and manage because of the underlying infrastructure required. Scale Computing HC3 simply makes it easier and more accessible for organizations of all sizes.
Not only can VDI on HC3 make remote working easier, but it can enhance data security by keeping sensitive data within the corporate network and not exposing the corporate network to employees’ private networks through VPN connections. BYOD support can provide flexible options for workers on the devices of their choice while maintaining data security for their desktop workloads.
This free appliance offer is available through June 30. We would like to talk to you at your convenience to understand how you can help your customers meet their needs with VDI. We welcome you to contact us at [email protected] or 877-722-5359.
If you prefer to research on your own first, you may like to start with one of the following resources from Scale Computing:
White Paper
Introduction to Virtual Desktop Infrastructure – VDI with Scale Computing HC3®
Webinar
HC3 and Leostream: VDI for the Rest of Us
Web Page
Scale Computing Partner: Leostream
This guest blog is part of a Channel Futures sponsorship
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 14, 2020 at 03:53AM
Added: May 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Recruiting and Retaining Security Leadership Rests on Deepening Your Bench
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Recruiting and Retaining Security Leadership Rests on Deepening Your Bench
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/recruiting-and-retaining-security-leadership-rests-on-deepening-your-bench/
Here are tips on recruiting and retaining CISOs.
Recruiting and retaining qualified CISOs and their lieutenants is challenging in the best of times. It’s even more difficult during a pandemic when the new work-from-home environment often impedes work relationships and dampens company loyalties.
A new report by Kudelski Security and its Client Advisory Council (CAC), a cybersecurity think tank, illuminates several skills to help identify prime new recruits or to develop in existing personnel to build and deepen the successor bench.
Among the report’s top findings:
CISOs should have a 50/50 balance of technical and soft skills like communication, relationship building and executive presence. But the report found this talent mix to be extremely rare.
In terms of key CISO skills, 82% of those interviewed say communications skills are critical. That compares to just 52% who believe hands-on technology experience is critical.
The highest percentage of respondents (29%) say governance, risk and compliance positions are the best pre-CISO role. But the report lists a wide range of previous jobs that can also lead to a CISO position.
To gain these insights, the researchers said they surveyed C-level and VP-level security leaders from companies. Those include Aaron’s, AES Corp., BKW, Blue Cross Blue Shield, BNP Paribas, Capital One, Technicolor, Urenco and Zebra Technologies.
Michael Zachman is CSO, Zebra Technologies, and one of the contributing Council members.
Zebra Technologies’ Michael Zachman
“Given the current challenges we face, CISOs and CSOs need to work both internally and externally to build a pipeline of new security leaders,” said Zachman.
While today’s pandemic environment might make recruiting and retaining security talent more challenging, it’s also making more trainable talent available.
Dismal Employment Numbers
According to Janco Associates, a management consulting firm, COVID-19 cost 102,300 IT pros their jobs in April alone.
“IT pros who do not have a job are finding it difficult to even find contract work,” said Victor Janulaitis, CEO of Janco.
Janco’s Victor Janulaitis
“Many companies are directing IT functions to facilitate the support of non-IT professionals with new and enhanced internet driven applications for telecommuters,” Janulaitis added. “The demand for contractor help in this effort was high initially, but now is nonexistent. All of this has put IT professionals the same state as the rest of the labor market.”
Companies can look to that pool of workers to develop more security talent, as IT professionals have experience in both technical and security work.
But this available talent pool will shrink some too. Janco predicts IT hiring will resume by the end of the year, but has cut its forecast for overall IT job market growth to just over 40,000 for 2020.
“Regardless of how you choose to staff teams, it is important to identify employees with institutional knowledge, communication skills and some ambition for career growth who can become security leaders with the right training and mentorship,” said Zachman.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 14, 2020 at 04:51AM
Added: May 13, 2020 Via IFTTT
Larger Premium Dell XPS Laptop Line Gets New 15- and 17-Inch Models
Market Logic
No Context
no date
no date
None
3 Top
Larger Premium Dell XPS Laptop Line Gets New 15- and 17-Inch Models
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog/larger-premium-dell-xps-laptop-line-gets-new-15-and-17-inch-models/
Dell’s new XPS-17 is the first 17-inch version of the XPS in nearly a decade.
Dell is expanding its premium mobile computing line with the rollout of new XPS-15 and XPS-17 laptops.
The upgraded models with 15-inch and 17-inch displays were both long overdue for refreshes. While Dell upgrades its compact 13-inch XPS-13 at least once per year, the company left the 17-inch model for dead. Dell said its last XPS-17 came out nearly a10 years ago. Likewise, the company hasn’t released a major new XPS-15 system in five years.
Dell’s XPS is the high end of its consumer portfolio, but the vendor sells them through both retail and commercial channels. Targeted at content creators, given its starting price is well over $1,000, the XPS appeals to business users and executives.
The smaller XPS-13 is popular among traveling professionals since it is small and lightweight.. Now that most professionals work at home, it appears Dell is betting many may want heftier, more powerful systems.
Based on the specs and descriptions Dell revealed Wednesday, the new XPS-15 and XPS-17 laptops should deliver.
At the high end, Dell is billing its XPS-17 as its most powerful XPS laptop to date. It runs Intel’s 10th Generation Core processors and is available with up to 64GB of RAM and with NVIDIA’s GeForce RTX 2060 graphics card and its Max-Q design.
The Dell XPS-17. The picture at the top of this page is the XPS-15.
“Packing this much performance into a laptop this size required unparalleled engineering ingenuity,” said Donnie Oliphant, Dell’s senior director of client solutions, in a presentation shared with media and analysts. “Under the hood, you’ll find a brand-new thermal design that allows more airflow and more performance to ensure you can tackle your most demanding workloads.”
New Dell XPS Laptop Specs
Set to ship this summer, the XPS-17 is just 19.5 mm thick and offers the portfolio’s hallmark razor thin bezels. A new design featuring dual opposite outlet fans to expand airflow lets it run up to 92 watts of power.
The XPS-17 is available with HDR displays, 500-nit panes, Dolby Vision and 4k resolution. Although it has a 17-inch display, Dell claims it is smaller than almost half (48%) of 15-inch laptops available today. It includes four USB-C Thunderbolt 3 ports, two DisplayPorts, a full-size SD card reader and a 3.5 mm headphone/microphone combo jack. Depending on configuration, the XPS-17 models can weigh between 4.65 and 5.5 pounds.
Meanwhile, the Dell XPS-15, available immediately, is also equipped with Intel’s 10th Generation Core processor and an option for NVIDIA’s GeForce GTX 1650 Ti graphics accelerators. It is thinner than the XPS-17, measuring 18mm, and can support up to 55 watts of power. It starts at $1,299. Weighing more than four pounds, the XPS-15 comes with one USB-C 3.1 port with power delivery, a full-size SD card reader, 3.5-inch audio jack and two Thunderbolt 3 displays. The USB-C and Thunderbolt ports include DisplayPort support.
The new systems also support the recently upgraded Dell Mobile Connect tool, which integrates smartphones with Dell’s newer XPS models. It originally only worked with Android phones, but Dell recently added support for iOS devices as well. The software lets users dial and receive calls, handle texts, see notifications and move files between the phone and PC.
Dell is also offering software that will let partners or tech-savvy customers migrate older Windows PCs to the new systems.
The new Dell Migrate tool moves data and system settings from any Windows 8 PC to new Dell PCs. It specifically works with new XPS, Inspiron and Alienware systems. Available immediately, the tool costs $39.
via Blog
https://mymarketlogic.com/blog
May 14, 2020 at 05:52AM
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via Import
Bookmark your task list (CTRL+D or CMD+D)
No Folder
No Context
no date
no date
None
2 High
Or click "Bookmark" in your browser window and "Bookmark this page"
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via Import
Create your first recurring task
No Folder
No Context
no date
no date
None
2 High
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via Import
Access your tasks anywhere with the Toodledo apps
No Folder
No Context
no date
no date
None
1 Medium
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via Import
Visit our How-to Video Guides
No Folder
No Context
no date
no date
None
1 Medium
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via Import
Create your folders and tags to organize all your tasks
No Folder
No Context
no date
no date
None
1 Medium
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via Import
Import your tasks from your previous task manager
No Folder
No Context
no date
no date
None
1 Medium
Added: Feb 14, 2020 Via Import
Any questions? Need more tips? Visit the Help Center
No Folder
No Context
no date
no date
None
0 Low